Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Wed, 07 Jun 2023 20:33:44 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.1.1 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Home | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/home/ 32 32 The best keypad door locks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-keypad-door-locks/ Thu, 30 Sep 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=399495
best keypad door locks
Billy Cadden

Stop fumbling with keys and upgrade your home with a keypad door lock.

The post The best keypad door locks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best keypad door locks
Billy Cadden

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Electronic Front Door Lock Schlage Camelot Keypad Deadbolt is the best electronic front door lock. Schlage Camelot Keypad Deadbolt
SEE IT

Lots of advanced features make this a winner.

Best with WiFi Schlage Encode Deadbolt Smart Lock is the best Wi-Fi keypad door lock. Schlage Encode Deadbolt Smart Lock
SEE IT

A robust mobile app offers ample control.

Best Electronic Deadbolt Kwikset Powerbolt Electronic Keyless Entry Deadbolt is the best electronic deadbolt door lock. Kwikset Powerbolt Electronic Keyless Entry Deadbolt
SEE IT

Never forget to lock your door again.

Keypad door locks, once popular in commercial settings, have quickly gained traction in recent years with homeowners. The devices add convenience by eliminating the need to fumble with keys to get inside, and also allow homeowners to grant access to friends and family by programming temporary passcodes.

The best keypad door locks can also make your home more secure. Some, for example, automatically lock the door when you or a family member forget to flip the bolt. For even greater control, there are smart keypad door locks that allow you to remotely lock and unlock the door, program pass codes, and even track who’s coming and going. With so many options available, it can be difficult to find the right one. In this guide, we’ll review the factors you should consider when shopping for the best keypad door lock. 

How we chose the best keypad door locks 

We looked at a variety of factors while assessing dozens of keypad door locks options. We considered installation to determine how easily the average DIYer could set up the lock. We also evaulated how easy it was to program (and delete) codes as well as how many different codes the lock supported. 

A good keypad door lock shouldn’t require an IT pro to get it online and running, so we looked at how compatible the device was with smart devices, smart home systems, and home automation platforms—as well as ease of setup. Since most keypad door locks use a battery, we considered battery life as well; these devices are supposed to add convenience, not create more work by constantly requiring battery changes. 

Related: Best Doorbell Cameras

The best keypad door locks: Reviews & Recommendations

Best electronic front door lock: Schlage Camelot Keypad Deadbolt

SCHLAGE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: In addition to providing the programmability that most keypad entry door locks offer, Camelot also includes attractive add-ons, including its Flex-Lock feature, which stops the bolt from accidentally locking you out. 

Specs

  • WiFi Connectivity: No
  • Exterior Dimensions: 4.25 x 5.5 inches
  • Battery: 9-volt

Pros

  • Flex-Lock feature won’t lock you out
  • Various color options
  • Lighted keypad
  • Easy-to-open lever handle

Cons

  • Can fail in extreme cold

As much as keypads can help, they can also be a hassle: Many will auto-lock you out every time the door closes. Schlange’s Camelot offering features a Flex-Lock setting, which allows the user to stop the bolt from dropping and locking you out. It takes some getting used to (a switch on the interior side needs to be flipped vertically to activate the feature), but it’s definitely very useful. Activating it will stop the door from locking while you’re making trips back and forth to the car to unload groceries—or keep the kids from locking themselves out while they’re playing in the yard. 

The lever-style handle is what perhaps makes this the best electronic front door lock: The grip makes it easy to open the door with a load of groceries in both arms with a well-placed elbow.

Like other keyless entry locks, this model comes with two pre-programmed entry codes, but you can create up to 19 different four-digit ones for guests and kids, which are easy to add and delete. It also includes other necessities, such as an override key (in case you forget the code or the battery dies) and a lighted keypad for easier visibility at night.  And, with its seven finish options, it’s easy to match this doorknob with your own personal decor.  

Best WiFi: Schlage Encode Deadbolt Smart Lock

SCHLAGE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This smart deadbolt lock is easy to install and doesn’t require a smart home set up to work. A powerful smartphone app makes this one of the most user-friendly WiFi keypad door locks you can buy. 

Specs

  • WiFi Connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 3 x 5 inches
  • Battery: 4 AA batteries

Pros

  • Does not require a smart hub
  • Numerous programming options via a dedicated app
  • Many finish options

Cons

  • Not compatible with some popular smart home systems

Most WiFi locks require a whole-home smart hub to tap into their wireless features. Not so with this model from Schlage, which allows you to access the lock remotely without going through a smart hub middleman. 

Schlage makes connecting the lock to your network easy—a signature of the best WiFi keypad door lock. Simply scan the QR code in the lock’s battery compartment and enter your WiFi password.  It connects directly to your network, so you can access it via the Encode app or with voice commands through digital assistants such as Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant. It also works with the Amazon Key delivery service, which allows you to grant access for couriers. Through the app, you can create up to 100 permanent or temporary access codes, schedule specific start and end times for each code, and get push alerts when the lock is locked or unlocked and by which user. 

The Encode comes in two different trim designs–the more decorative Camelot and the sleek Century–and four different finishes, making it relatively easy to match it to your home’s style. 

Best electronic deadbolt: Kwikset Powerbolt Electronic Keyless Entry Deadbolt

Kwikset

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Locks don’t secure anything unless they’re locked. That’s why we love the auto-locking feature that covers for those family members who forget to flip the bolt behind them. 

Specs

  • WiFi Connectivity: No
  • Dimensions: 4.75 x 2.75 inches
  • Battery: 4 AA batteries

Pros

  • Auto-lock feature
  • Affordably priced
  • Four batteries provide long battery life
  • Nifty rekeying feature

Cons

  • Interior panel is a bit oversized

Whether it’s a keypad lock or an old-fashioned manual deadbolt, no lock will work if you forget to lock it. That’s what makes this keyless deadbolt lock from Kwikset the best electronic deadbolt door lock around. It will automatically lock the door after 30 seconds, providing back-up for those absent-minded family members. As with other keypad door locks, the Powerbolt allows you to program multiple user codes (up to six) and then delete them as needed. 

While the attraction of devices like this is taking keys out of the equation, one of the top features of this lock is its manual key backup. It also lets you easily rekey the lock if the event the key gets lost or stolen: Just insert an included tool called the SmartKey and rotate the cylinder to remove and swap it with another Kwikset lock. 

At just 4.75 by 2.75 inches, the Kwikset is also more compact than most of its competition. That’s thanks to a five-button design with two numbers on each (for instance the 1 and 2 share a button) as opposed to the requisite 10. 

Best without a keypad: August Wi-Fi Smart Lock

August Home

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: By making installation an easy 10-minute job that virtually anyone can handle, August’s smart lock is perhaps the most user-friendly model on the market. 

Specs

  • WiFi Connectivity: Yes
  • Dimensions: 2.8 inches in diameter
  • Battery: 2 CR123 batteries (included)

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Works with most smart devices and home automation systems
  • Small profile

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Relatively short battery life

The beauty of this innovative smart lock from August Home Store is a design that requires virtually no installation at all. There’s no need to remove your old lock: Simply attach the device over the top of the existing deadbolt inside your home–it’s compatible with most models–then connect it to your WiFi or smart home system. This all takes around 10 minutes. 

You can operate it with a mobile app, most voice assistants, and smart home software such as Apple HomeKit and Samsung SmartThings, and most home automation platforms like those from Logitech and Simplisafe. Unlike previous versions, which required a bridge to connect to the home network, this model features built-in Wi-Fi that eliminates the extra clutter. 

This fourth generation of August’s Wi-Fi smart lock is also trimmer than its predecessors: just 2.8 inches in diameter and 1.8 inches deep. The low-profile design also has other advantages. It installs only on the door’s interior, so there’s no need to worry about matching with your home’s exterior. And, since it doesn’t require any lock changing and is easy to uninstall, it’s one of the only smart door lock options that’s suitable for renters.

Best for a vacation rental: Ultraloq Smart Door Lock

ULTRALOQ

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Being able to change lock passcodes from afar and track who is accessing the property are…well…key features that perfectly suit the needs of someone renting vacation property remotely. 

Specs

  • WiFi Connectivity: Yes
  • Exterior Dimensions: 3 inches x 3 inches
  • Battery: 2 CR12

Pros

  • Can change access codes remotely via the app
  • Records access log
  • Can lock and unlock remotely
  • Compatible with digital assistants

 Cons

  • Some plastic parts

With the ability to change all of its settings from a remote location, the Ultraloq Smart Door Lock is probably the best keypad door lock for a vacation rental—especially for those managing properties from afar. While other door locks require the user to program and delete access codes directly from the lock, this one allows you to make changes from its compatible smartphone app, enabling you to give codes to renters, then delete them after they leave. You can also remotely lock and unlock the door. 

The lock connects via WiFi and is compatible with most digital assistants. It also has other useful features that should appeal to those renting out a property, including a complete log of when the lock was locked and unlocked and by whom. It also has an auto-lock feature, preventing irresponsible renters from leaving your property open when they leave. 

The Ultraloq Smart Door Lock features a compact design. It uses a circular code configuration that makes the outdoor panel smaller than other keypad door locks at just 3 inches by 3 inches. There’s also a mechanical key override in case you forget the code. 

What to consider before buying the best keypad door locks

Connectivity

More and more keypad door locks have smart capability, meaning they can connect to WiFi or a smart home hub. Smart keypads give you greater control over the lock, allowing you to lock and unlock the locks remotely, add and remove user codes, access user logs, and even set when codes are and aren’t active.

Battery life

Most but not all keypad door locks run off of batteries. Battery life depends on the keypad lock as well as how often it is used. When shopping for a keypad door lock, consider where it will be used and how often, then check the model’s estimated battery life to determine if it’s right for the job. Many electronic keyless locks will run for between 3 and 5 years on one set of batteries while others may last less than a year. While features such as auto-locking are nice to have, they do put more of a strain on the batteries. 

Extra security features

While some keypads offer a basic setup that allows you to open a lock with a code, others offer features to enhance protection. This includes automatic locking, which flips the lock after about 30 seconds to ensure that you or a family member doesn’t accidentally leave a door unlocked. Some door locks will also disable the keypad after a set number of failed attempts or even set off an alarm to scare away would-be intruders. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a keypad lock cost?

The cost of a keypad lock can vary significantly. Basic battery-powered keypad deadbolt locks run around $50, while high-end smart locks may cost as much as $300. This price difference is due to the fact that smart deadbolts have built-in wireless connectivity. Mid-tier models include keypad door locks with handles, which run for about $100. 

Q: Do keypad locks have batteries?

Most but not all keypad locks use batteries. Keypad locks that automatically turn the bolt when the correct code is entered as well as smart keypad locks require batteries. Manual keypad locks that require you to manually turn the bolt after entering the correct code require no power source, but we’re not recommending any of those. 

Q: Are keypad door locks safe?

Keypad locks are no more or less safe than a standard lock. Since keypad locks have backup keys as a failsafe, both a keypad lock or standard lock can be picked. If you choose a model that connects to your home WiFi, be sure your network is private and secure. 

Final thoughts on the best keypad door locks

If you’re looking to upgrade the locks on your front door, it’s tough to beat the quality and functionality the Schlage Camelot Keypad Deadbolt offers. It gives you added control with the ability to program numerous passcodes while also including a useful Flex Lock feature that helps ensure your door is locked when it should be. If your budget allows you to make the leap into a smart keypad door lock, Schlage’s Encode Deadbolt Smart Lock is easy to set up and is supported by a robust app that gives you refined control over access to your home.  

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best keypad door locks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cannabis essentials for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cannabis-essentials/ Wed, 19 Apr 2023 20:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=534082
A lineup of cannabis essentials on a white background
Amanda Reed

Ditch your bar cart for a cannabis cabinet—and pack it with these essentials.

The post The best cannabis essentials for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of cannabis essentials on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best grinder A Santa Cruz Shredder grinder on a blue and white background Santa Cruz Shredder
SEE IT

This aircraft-grade aluminum grinder granulates the stickiest of the icky.

Best infuser system LEVO C Levo C
SEE IT

Create cannabis-rich oils for homemade edibles in an easy and low-key process.

Best handheld vaporizer A silver PAX mini on a blue and white background Pax Mini
SEE IT

An intuitive ingestion device that’s discreet and direct.

So you want to smoke weed—either for medicinal or recreational purposes—and you’re looking for a place to start. Sure, you could walk into that headshop down the street, but they most definitely sell counterfeit Puff Bars, and you feel a little claustrophobic surrounded by all that expensive glass. Plus, the college kid behind the counter is a little bit too close in age to your own kid. Thankfully, we at Popular Science share how science shows up in our everyday life, and cannabis and its extracts are quite scientific. Consider this an essentials list of what you’ll want to keep on hand for your next sesh, or what to buy to get started. Move over bar cart, cannabis cabinet has entered the chat!

Remember that every state has different laws regarding cannabis use, so check them out before using. Once you can hit “Add To Cart” with confidence, we’ve cultivated Spotify playlist for both sativa and indica strains to help make sure every hit is a hit.

Best rolling tray: Santa Cruz Shredder Hemp Rolling Tray with Spout

Santa Cruz Shredder

SEE IT

Learning how to roll a joint is a journey all its own, but procuring a solid rolling tray is an essential first step. You can use it as a surface to stuff your cones and pack handheld vaporizers or bowls without getting cannabis everywhere, thanks to high curved edges that prevent mess. A spout makes it easy to put any leftover ground cannabis back into your grinder or storage container. We like this one from Santa Cruz Shredder that has both, and is made of biodegradable hemp. If you’re looking for rolling tray that doubles as decor, we love this glass Keith Haring rolling tray from Higher Standards that could pass as a catch-all plate in your foyer. 

Best rolling papers: Blazy Susan Rolling Papers

Blazy Susan

SEE IT

The Blazy Susan rolling papers are fun to look at, thanks to their bright pink hue, but they’re also some of the best rolling papers on the market. They’re vegan, non-GMO, and made from high-quality wood pulp. They also burn slowly and evenly, which prevents canoeing. We recommend starting with 1 ¼-inch papers if you’re new to rolling (and we won’t judge you if you pick up some pre-rolled cones, in case of difficulties or time constraints). And if you are inviting like-minded friends over for a social smoke, grab one of the company’s namesake spinning rolling trays (available in colorful plastic and limited edition woods), with its specialized inserts and cuts for every manner of supplies, accessories, and end products.

Best cones: Edie Parker Crush Cones in Excite Mint

Edie Parker Flower

SEE IT

These aren’t your average cones. These cones from Edie Parker come in a variety of flavors, including peach, grape, strawberry, and banana. We’re personally huge fans of the mint flavor for a cool fresh taste while taking a hit. Simply pack your ground cannabis into the cone, ignite, find the flavor pearl in the filter tip, crush, and inhale. They also are great to pull out and pass around at a party. Of course, if you don’t need a fun flavor with your joint, we love Blazy Susan’s cones. We’re fans of the Shorty size, which makes for a perfect joint for yourself when you’re seshing alone. 

Best handheld vaporizer: PAX Mini

PAX

SEE IT

There are many benefits to vaporizing cannabis compared to igniting it. Vaporizers use convection, conduction, and sometimes even both to heat your weed to release those sweet terpenes and cannabinoids. The result is better for your lungs and provides a more consistent flavor and aroma. It’s also less stinky than other means of ingestion. You can use the already vaped bud (ABV) in edibles since the vaporizing process decarboxylates, or decarbs, the cannabis. The PAX Mini is our favorite handheld vaporizer and one of the easiest to use. Simply click the top once, wait until the purple light turns green, and inhale. You won’t have to worry about temperature either—the PAX Mini will cool down when not in use and heat up when it’s picked back up. Concentrates might not be your jam (yet!), but the PAX Plus comes with a concentrate chamber to enjoy the wax, shatter, or budder of your choice. Speaking of …

Best for concentrates: Puffco Peak Pro

PuffCo

SEE IT

Dabbing is cool because it involves torches and fire, but it’s also dangerous for just that reason. The Puffco Peak Pro solves that by ditching the fire, making for a more approachable and beginner-friendly device. The instruction manual is easy to read and follow—you don’t have to be a dabbing expert to use the Peak Pro. It’s also Bluetooth-app enabled for customized temperature and color settings. If you’re looking for something more handheld that’s less expensive, the company’s Proxy Travel Pipe is for you. Its silicone body is shatterproof and comes with a pocket for tools, like a loading tool or a cotton swab for cleaning. 

Best splurge: Storz & Bickel Volcano Hybrid

Storz & Bickel

SEE IT

The Rolls Royce of tabletop vaporizers, the Storz & Bickel Volcano Hybrid is absolutely worth its almost $700 price tag, thanks to its high-quality materials and workmanship that gives you a long service life. The Volcano Classic is cheaper (and just as good), but the temperature dial doesn’t list the actual temperature. The Hybrid changes that, letting you know exactly when it’s warm enough for use. You can choose to ingest via the included Tube Kit (which is a hookah-type hose) or the classic Valve Balloon. If you have an Android phone, you can control the Volcano Hybrid with your phone using the S&B app. We personally only bring out the Volcano Hybrid on special occasions, and it definitely makes for a conversation starter among stoners. 

Best waterpipe: Session Goods Bong

Session Goods

SEE IT

Waterpipes are usually … kind of ugly. Not the Session Goods Bong, which is modern, durable, and easy to clean. The included cleaning caps and mouth cover prevent spills when you’re cleaning—just fill it with some isopropyl alcohol and a little salt, shake, and you’re all good. The bong itself is made of sturdy borosilicate glass, and a silicon foot cover hides your nasty bong water, acts as a water line, and protects your piece. Two included bowls—small and large—let you choose how much you want to consume. Plus, nine colors let you coordinate your bong to your living room color story. And who doesn’t love color coordination?

Best pipe: Laundry Day Tanjun pipe

Laundry Day

SEE IT

Pipes are a great introductory tool for beginners, but they aren’t always the prettiest. Laundry’s Day’s Tanjun—and their other collection of smokeware—is meant to be displayed on your coffee table and ogled when passed among friends. It has all the pipe basics—bowl, carb, mouthpiece—and is made of borosilicate glass for toughness. Use the pipe as an incense holder when it’s not in use. 

Best hemp wick: Twisted Bee 100% Organic Hemp Wick

Twisted Bee

SEE IT

It’s fine to light a bowl with a lighter, but sometimes you don’t want to breathe in the butane it emits. The smoke is much hotter when using a lighter, and it burns off more cannabinoids and terpenes. Hemp wicks solve this problem by being a flame conduit, which creates a cleaner flavor and a more flavorful hit. This one from Twisted Bee uses organic hemp with a natural beeswax coating that doesn’t interfere with your flower’s flavor. You can even use it for crafting. Since you get 200 feet of it, you won’t have to worry about running out. 

Best lighter: Clipper Lighter

Clipper

SEE IT

Sure, everyone is familiar with the BIC lighter for ignition needs. Step up to a Clipper, which is windproof, water-resistant, and refillable, making it more friendly to the earth compared to its lighter brethren. You can also replace the flint, and there’s a poking tool for packing down hand-rolled cigarettes. Plus, the Clipper wheel is easier to strike compared to BIC lighters.  

Best joint holder: The Clinger

The Clinger

SEE IT

I personally have dug into my ludicrously capacious bag, the eyes of the group on me, searching for a lighter that is evading my clutches. It’s a humbling experience—one that you don’t have to go through with The Clinger, which is smell-proof, crush-proof, holds a king-sized joint, and hugs your lighter like it’s their friend. It can hold a BIC or a Clipper lighter and fits easily in your pocket. You won’t have to worry about digging for a lighter or accidentally smashing a joint ever again.

Best grinder: Santa Cruz Shredder

Santa Cruz Shredder

SEE IT

This grinder is made of solid aircraft-grade aluminum and has a scratch-free finish for long-lasting use. Thirty-two diamond-shaped sharp teeth pulverize even the stickiest cannabis to make a fluffy and even grind. We recommend a three-piece grinder that separates the flower from the kief, the potent trichomes that have broken away and separated from the flower. You can use those the add a little zhuzh to your joints and bowls. A magnetic lock system protects your cannabis from moisture and spillage, meaning you can take it to and fro without any worries. It’s a pricey grinder, but it’s absolutely worth it.

Best cleaner: Grand Master Smoke

Grandmaster Smoke

SEE IT

You can use isopropyl alcohol and a little salt to clean your pieces. However, we’re also fond of Grand Master Smoke. This cleaner has taken the crustiest bongs and turned them good as new. Simply pour the liquid into a large container or leakproof bag, add your piece, wait 1-3 hours (try soaking overnight for heavily used pieces), drain out the excess liquid from the piece, rinse with warm water, and you’re done! It also helps deodorize your pieces so they aren’t so stinky. And no one wants to hit from a stinky bong!

Best 510 battery: Ooze Twist Slim Pen 2.0

Ooze

SEE IT

I’ve certainly used 510 batteries that work, but aren’t made of quality materials. And who keeps track of that proprietary charger that they all come with? The Ooze Slim Pen can be charged using this proprietary charger, but you can also use a micro USB cable. (Which you probably have a million of around your house). You can draw the pen in two ways: by pressing the button down and inhaling, or just by inhaling thanks to auto draw. It shuts off after 12 minutes of inactivity, saving you battery in the long run. And, you can adjust the voltage for a customized experience

Best infuser system: Levo C

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

One of the knocks against making homemade edibles—beyond the ever-growing number of high-quality premade options—is infusing oil or butter with your flower, which can be a smelly operation. Levo’s C is a countertop appliance makes the process easy. All you need to do is fill its herb pod with bud (up to one ounce) and the glass basin with oil or butter (up to one liter). Once your ingredients are set, you place the glass basin onto the Levo C’s heating pad, select a time and temperature, and wait for the infusion to complete. Making infused oil or butter using this method won’t be quicker than a traditional method, but the results will be more consistent since the temperature will be regulated. Additionally, you won’t have to worry about standing around and stirring the flower constantly to ensure a proper result.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cannabis essentials for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get cool savings on hot TVs with up to 30% off select Amazon Fire models https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-fire-tv-summer-deals/ Wed, 07 Jun 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=546544
An Amazon fire TV on a blue and purple background
Amanda Reed

If you're not a fan of being sweaty, upgrade to an Amazon Fire TV for a cool, air-conditioned hermit creature summer.

The post Get cool savings on hot TVs with up to 30% off select Amazon Fire models appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
An Amazon fire TV on a blue and purple background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

There are some summer days when it’s just too hot to do anything. Sure, you could go set up a backyard pool, but that involves moving your body. Instead, stay comfortable indoors with a new Amazon Fire TV, which is up to 30% off.

Amazon Fire TV 50″ 4-Series 4K UHD smart TV $309.99 (Was $449.99)

Amazon

SEE IT

This TV is the Goldilocks of smart TVs: it’s not too big, and it’s not too small. Support for 4K Ultra HD, HDR 10, HLG, and Dolby Digital Plus means you can watch nature documentaries and comedies in vivid clarity. Even better, you don’t even need cable since you can stream live TV on your device. The 4-Series doesn’t support hands-free voice control, but you can use the remote to summon Alexa to check the weather or launch your streaming apps. Four HDMI inputs allow you to connect your favorite gaming consoles and audio equipment, like this JBL soundbar that’s 25% off.

There’s no shortage of televisions, but these Fire TVs combine quality with price. The one thing worth sweating is whether you’ll miss these deals, so snag one before it’s too late.

Here are some other choice Fire-compatible products that are on sale:

The post Get cool savings on hot TVs with up to 30% off select Amazon Fire models appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These air purifiers are actually on sale right now at Amazon and Best Buy https://www.popsci.com/gear/air-purifier-amazon-best-buy-deals/ Wed, 07 Jun 2023 15:50:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=546537
air purifiers composited
Stan Horaczek

Avoid the fake discounts that pop up when demand for air purifiers increases.

The post These air purifiers are actually on sale right now at Amazon and Best Buy appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
air purifiers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If you’re in North America right now, there’s a decent chance wildfire smoke is affecting you. Here in New York, the air quality is rather awful, so many people are rushing to buy air purifiers. While we have recommended some of the best air purifiers, we know price is a consideration. And while many retailers rush to apply misleading “discounts” to air purifier models, there are some deals out there to be had if you know where to look.

We haven’t personally tested every model on this list, but the selections presented here represent discounts below the products’ usual prices. And we’ve stuck to reputable brands with solid reputations because you definitely want your air purifier to actually purify the air if you’re going to shell out your cash to get it.

LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home Bedroom $39 w/ coupon (Was $49)

Levoit

SEE IT

This very simple air purifier relies on a dual-filter HEPA system to pull particulates out of the air. It can handle a roughly 130-square-foot space and operates extremely quietly. With the coupon applied, this is the cheapest it has been in some time. So, if you’re looking for a simple, quiet solution to clean up the air in your office or bedroom, this is a solid deal.

BISSELL® air280 Max WiFi Connected Smart Air Purifier with HEPA & Carbon Filter Large Room $189 (Was $299)

Bissell

SEE IT

If you want a larger model that will handle a much bigger space, Bissell’s whole-home solution is considerably cheaper now than a month ago. It can handle spaces up to 1,350 square feet with one air change per hour. Put it in a smaller room, and it’ll refresh the air even more often.

More air purifier deals

We expect a lot of people are buying a lot of air purifiers right now, so these deals might not hang around as long as the smoke in the air. iI you see something you want in stock, we say snag it.

The post These air purifiers are actually on sale right now at Amazon and Best Buy appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Brother sewing machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-brother-sewing-machines/ Thu, 16 Jun 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449198
The best Brother sewing machines
Stan Horaczek

The best equipment yields the best results, and Brother sewing machines are well-known in the world of sewing, quilting, and crafting for their quality and innovative features.

The post The best Brother sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Brother sewing machines
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine is the best overall. Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

This model is a solid, mechanical sewing machine that offers automated functioning for multiple sewing purposes.

Best Budget Brother LX3817 Sewing Machine is the best for the budget. Brother LX3817 Sewing Machine
SEE IT

Here’s a mechanical model that won’t stress the wallet while it offers versatile functioning and ease of use.

Best Computerized Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine is the best computerized. Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine
SEE IT

A computerized machine with 165 built-in stitch options along with push-button stitch selection and automated functions.

A great Brother sewing machine meets the needs of the user and provides years of dependable service. Brother Industries Ltd. (the company that manufactures Brother sewing machines) traces its history back more than 100 years. In 1908, Kanekichi Yasui founded the Yasui Sewing Machine Company, working at his home in Nagoya, Japan. He repaired industrial sewing machines and manufactured machine parts for local use. When Yasui’s sons inherited his company, they changed the name to Yasui Brothers’ Sewing Machine Company, and the company title was eventually shortened to Brother.

Throughout its 114-year history, Brother Industries has developed into a global leader in sewing machine design, innovation, and manufacturing. Currently, the company offers one of the most advanced line-ups of innovative machinery for home-sewing pursuits. Its models include reliable sewing machines for basic projects and state-of-the-art, computerized models designed for advanced embroidery, quilting, and crafting. Consumers rely on the best Brother sewing machines to provide quality, value, and features for both utilitarian and creative purposes. Here are our picks of the best Brother sewing machines in the company’s impressive line-up.

How we chose the best Brother sewing machines

We drew on personal experience, peer suggestions, and public opinion in selecting six Brother sewing machines for our recommendations. We then narrowed it down to 11 different models and accessed the in-depth product details and specifications available on the Brother-USA company website. Then, we selected Brother products that are easily available and read the product descriptions, user impressions, and FAQs on retailer sites. Knowing that various readers bring an array of needs, preferences, and monetary resources to the search, we tried to assemble a diverse assortment of Brother sewing machines for our list.

We considered both computerized and mechanical sewing machines. Although the computerized models exhibit advanced technological features, many users prefer simple operating procedures and easy maintenance of mechanical machines. Additionally, we looked for both computerized and mechanical models that provide automated processes such as needle threading and buttonhole making, as these features make sewing easier and more pleasurable.

The best Brother sewing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

As a guiding principle, we searched for Brother sewing machines to meet the needs of beginning sewers, those who engage in basic sewing projects, and those with more advanced skills and experience in quilting, crafting, and fashion design. We endeavored to present Brother machines that meet the requirements of these various types of sewists. 

Best overall: Brother XM2701 Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother XM2701 sewing machine offers versatility as it provides automated features and numerous built-in stitches for advanced sewists, along with ease of operation for beginners. 

Specs

  • Weight: 12.6 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 12.1 x 5.9 x 15.3 inches
  • Number of built-in stitches: 27

Pros

  • Automatic buttonhole function
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Both decorative and straight built-in stitches
  • 6 interchangeable feet included

Cons  

  • Not computerized

The Brother XM2701 sewing machine is easy to operate, making it a viable choice for beginners. On the other hand, it boasts a wide array of stitch options and automated features that appeal to experienced sewing enthusiasts. Stitch options include multiple decorative and quilting stitches along with basic, straight stitches for seams and basting. With 27 built-in stitches and 63 stitch functions, users can create crafts, fashions, home decor items, and quilts. 

Although not a computerized machine, the XM2701 offers several automated features to make sewing projects go more smoothly and quickly. For example, the automatic needle threader eliminates the frustration and eye strain of threading the needle by hand. An automatic, 1-step buttonhole function saves time and ensures consistent, professional-looking results. Additionally, the task of winding the bobbin is an automatic process.

Several convenient features make the XM2701 a popular and versatile sewing machine. The jam-resistant, drop-in bobbin is located on the top of the machine to speed up the sewing process. An LED light brightly lights the work area. The free arm feature also makes it easy to manipulate the fabric when sewing cuffs, sleeves, and pants. 

The XM2701 model includes six interchangeable feet to accomplish multiple sewing tasks: Buttonhole foot; Zipper foot; Zigzag foot; Narrow hemmer; Blind stitch; and Button-sewing foot.

Best computerized: Brother XR9550 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With computerized, push-button stitch selection and automatic functioning, the Brother XR9550 sewing machine offers advanced features for quilters, crafters, and hobbyists, as well as sewing artists. 

Specs

  • Weight: 10.14 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 20 x 13.5 x 17.9 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 165

Pros

  • Extra-wide sewing surface for large projects
  • Push-button stitch selection, including decorative stitches and alphanumeric fonts
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Protective hard case included

Cons

  • Not the best choice for beginners

For the avid sewist who is ready to take their craft to a more sophisticated level, the Brother XR 9550 computerized sewing machine provides numerous features to spark the imagination and facilitate creative success. The machine offers 165 built-in stitches. These include utilitarian and decorative stitches along with heirloom stitches. Choose from among eight different buttonhole styles, and the machine will automatically sew a tailored buttonhole around any button. For monogramming and personalizing projects, a selection of 55 alphanumeric stitches facilitates automatically sewing letters, numbers, and symbols onto fabrics. 

Numerous features of this machine provide ease of operation, taking the stress and frustration out of sewing. The built-in stitches are clearly marked on the front of the machine. Simply push a button for the computerized stitch-selection function, and a backlit LCD display shows the appropriate choice. Additionally, this machine includes an automatic needle threader and a jam-resistant, top drop-in bobbin.

Quilters appreciate the drop-feed feature that facilitates free-sewing for quilting. The work surface is illuminated with a bright LED light, and the extra-wide table allows quilters to handle bulky fabrics and large projects. Alternatively, sewists can use the free arm to sew sleeves, cuffs, and trouser legs.

The XR9550 includes seven interchangeable sewing feet along with accessories: Zigzag foot; Buttonhole foot; Button-sewing foot; Overcasting foot; Blind stitch foot; Monogramming foot; Quilting foot; Protective, hard cover; and an Instructional DVD.

Best for embroidery: Brother SE1900 Sewing and Embroidery Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Sewists can achieve artist-quality results in creative DIY projects by choosing from 138 built-in embroidery designs in the Brother SE1900 sewing and embroidery machine.

Specs

  • Weight: 22.1 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 23.19 x 11.54 x 13.43 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 138 embroidery designs + 240 built-in stitches

Pros

  • Large number of built-in embroidery designs and stitches
  • Built-in memory for imported embroidery designs
  • Built-in memory for personal, custom-designed stitches
  • LCD touchscreen display

Cons

  • Not the best choice for beginners

Take your sewing and crafting projects to the artist level with the Brother SE1900 computerized sewing and embroidery machine. Select from among 138 built-in embroidery designs and see them displayed on the large-size, full-color, LCD touchscreen. Alternatively, users can import new designs and save them to the machine. Additionally, the machine can combine designs and store them in its memory. Measuring 5 inches by 7 inches, the embroidery field provides ample versatility for creative sewists. A hoop is included to facilitate larger embroidery designs, so users are limited only by their imaginations.  

The 240 built-in stitches inspire customizing many crafting, quilting, and garment-making activities. Among the stitch options, the SE1900 offers 11 built-in fonts for monogramming and personalizing the original projects. Additionally, 10 styles of buttonhole stitches facilitate automatic sewing of precisely sized buttonholes.

Several convenient features of this computerized machine take the effort and frustration out of sewing pursuits. The advanced, automatic needle threader eliminates threading the needle by hand. Instead, the thread inserts precisely through the eye of the needle with a simple press of a lever. The jam-resistant feature facilitates a consistent thread feed from the top drop-in bobbin, preventing the work delays that come with tangled threads. With a maximum speed of 850 stitches per minute and labor-saving features for smooth operation, sewing on the SE1900 is an enjoyable and inspiring experience.

To facilitate a broad array of sewing tasks, this machine includes eight interchangeable sewing feet: Blind stitch foot; Buttonhole foot; Button fitting foot; Zipper foot; Zigzag foot; Monogramming foot; and Overcasting foot.

Best for beginners: Brother CP60X Computerized Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The easy-to-use Brother CP60X computerized sewing machine is a top choice for beginners to embark on a learning adventure in sewing, quilting, and crafting.

Specs

  • Weight: 14 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 16.26 x 6.65 x 12.21 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 60

Pros

  • Utilitarian and decorative stitches built in
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Durable metal frame
  • Capable of sewing denim and thick fabrics

Cons

  • Not capable of monogramming

Use the Brother CP60X computerized sewing machine to embark on a lifelong hobby of sewing, crafting, and quilting. It offers straightforward, easy-to-use operating procedures, suitable for beginning sewers. An array of 60 built-in stitch options is prominently displayed on the front of the machine. Choose by simply pressing a button, and the information shows up on the clearly visible LCD screen. In addition to decorative and heirloom stitches, the machine offers a selection of seven auto-size, buttonhole stitches. 

With a fixed needle bar, this machine is particularly well-suited for beginning sewers. The needle remains fixed in place to ensure clean stitching and even seam lines. Additionally, the 2-step, automatic needle threader accurately pushes the thread through the eye of the needle. It saves time and frustration so that beginners can enjoy their sewing activities. 

The CP60X is a versatile sewing machine for multiple purposes. With its heavy-duty frame and exceptionally smooth feed system, the machine handles denim and other thick fabrics without snagging. A favorite feature of quilters, the drop-feed system allows free-motion sewing. Additionally, the machine facilitates free-arm sewing for constructing shirts, cuffs, and trousers. 

This CP60X provides an ample collection of accessories to get started with a sewing hobby. These include a 3-piece needle set, bobbins and a bobbin cover, a quilt guide, and a bilingual instruction manual. The included supply of seven interchangeable feet facilitates multiple types of sewing tasks: Blind stitch foot; Zigzag foot; Buttonhole foot; Button sewing foot; Overcasting foot; Zipper foot; and Monogramming foot (used for decorative stitches only).

Best for quilting: Brother XR3774 Sewing and Quilting Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With built-in stitches for utilitarian and decorative applications, automatic features, and an extra-wide table that accommodates quilts, the Brother XR3774 is a standout machine for quilters.

Specs

  • Weight: 15.87 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 15.3 x 5.8 x 12 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 37

Pros

  • Wide work surface for bulky quilts and large sewing projects
  • One-step buttonhole function
  • Automatic needle threader
  • Jam-resistant, drop-in bobbin

Cons

  • Not computerized

Here’s a mechanical sewing machine with automated features and a large workspace for bulky projects. The large throat area and the extra-wide work table make the Brother XR3774 sewing and quilting machine a viable choice for quilters. For projects other than quilts, sewists may utilize the free arm. This feature facilitates sewing sleeves, cuffs, trousers, and skinny jeans. 

In addition to providing ample space for quilting, this machine offers ease-of-use through several automated functions. The 1-step buttonhole stitch automatically turns out perfectly sized buttonholes. An automatic needle threading system eliminates the frustrating task of threading the needle by hand. Simply press a lever on the side of the machine and the thread inserts precisely through the eye of the needle. Additionally, the top drop-in bobbin winds automatically, and it’s jam-resistant to ensure a smooth, continuous feed of thread. 

The XR3774 includes 37 built-in stitches that produce 74 stitch functions when applied to various sewing tasks. These include both utilitarian and decorative stitch options for multiple sewing and quilting purposes. The 37 pre-set stitches are prominently displayed on the front of the machine. Select a unique stitch pattern by simply turning a dial to the appropriate number. 

This machine includes an ample supply of accessories to facilitate varied sewing and quilting activities: Walking foot; Blind stitch foot; Zigzag foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; Button sewing foot; Spring-action quilting foot; Narrow hem foot; Wide table, detachable work surface; Hard cover to protect the machine when not in use; and an Instructional DVD. Here are more of our picks for the best sewing machines for quilting.

Best budget: Brother LX3817 Sewing Machine

Brother

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brother LX3817 is an affordable machine for the sewing hobbyist, offering ease of operation and versatile features for basic sewing tasks and creative projects.

Specs

  • Weight: 10.36 pounds
  • Product dimensions: 17x 7 x 14 inches 
  • Number of built-in stitches: 17

Pros

  • 17 built-in stitches
  • 4-step buttonhole function
  • LED light for well-lit workspace
  • Jam resistant bobbin

Cons 

  • Not computerized
  • Not as many built-in stitches as other machines

Available at a budget-friendly price, the LX3817 sewing machine provides an array of features to suit the needs of beginners, as well as experienced sewing hobbyists. It’s a full-size machine with 17 built-in stitch options. These include straight stitches, zigzag stitches, blind hem stitch, and couching stitches. The stitch choices are clearly marked on the selection dial, located on the front of the machine. Simply turn the dial to choose the desired stitch patterns for constructing garments, sewing crafts, and embellishing home decor creations. 

In addition to the 17 stitch options, the LX3817 provides a 4-step buttonhole function. With a quick turn of the dial, users may select the appropriate stitches to produce consistent, auto-size buttonholes, lending a professional look to finished projects. 

Several features make this machine a pleasure to use. The work area is well-lit with an LED light and the bobbin cover is transparent for visually monitoring the thread supply. The jam-resistant feature means that the thread on the drop-in bobbin does not become entangled. A convenient control dial lets users adjust the upper tension to avoid loose stitches or fabric puckering. The machine’s design also facilitates free-arm sewing for cuffs, sleeves, and trouser legs. 

This machine includes four interchangeable feet: Zigzag foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; and Button-sewing foot. The LX3817 includes all necessary parts to ensure success on multiple sewing and crafting projects, including: Darning plate; Bobbin cover; Bobbins; Set of 3 needles; and an Instructional DVD.

What to consider when buying the best Brother sewing machines

With many options to choose from, it can be daunting for any consumer to select the most appropriate Brother sewing machine for their purposes. Here are several factors to consider before making a selection:

Computerized or mechanical?

Brother Industries manufactures both mechanical and computerized sewing machines. The mechanical models tend to be easier to operate and maintain. They’re durable and reliable, offering basic sewing features for beginners and hobbyists. As an added bonus, many of the mechanical models include automatic functions for ease of use. On the other hand, some sewists prefer the advanced technological capabilities of computerized sewing machines. Especially for embroidery, crafting, and quilting projects, computerized machines can’t be beat.

Built-in stitches

As a standard feature, all Brother sewing machines include varying arrays of built-in stitches. These range in style from straight, utilitarian designs for basting and sewing seams to complex, decorative stitches for the artistic embellishment of garments, quilts, home decor, and crafts. The built-in stitches offered by the Brother sewing machines reviewed here range from as few as 17 to as many as 240 options. Advanced, computerized machines include alphanumeric fonts among their built-in stitches to facilitate monogramming and customization of sewing projects. Additionally, the Brother sewing-and-embroidery machines include built-in embroidery designs with memory capability for importing or creating additional options. 

Automatic features

In addition to computerized and mechanical operating systems, shoppers might consider the availability of automatic functions on various Brother sewing machines. These features make the machines easier to use and increase the enjoyment of sewing as a pleasurable activity. Many of the Brother machines offer automatic needle threading. This function saves time, frustration, and eye strain, eliminating the need to thread the needle by hand. Additionally, including a 4-step or 1-step buttonhole function is a time-saver for sewists as it tailors a buttonhole of the precise size and shape for every button.

FAQs

Q: How do you thread a Brother sewing machine?

You thread a Brother sewing machine by following the steps in the instruction manual. First, turn off the machine. Then raise both the presser foot and the needle. Pull up the spool pin on top of the machine and place a spool of thread on it. Pass the thread toward you in the groove on the thread guide, and a spring will catch the thread. Pass it through the take-up lever from right to left. Bring the thread behind the guide above the needle. Thread the needle from front to back.

Q: Are Brother sewing machines good for beginners?

Several models of Brother sewing machines are good for beginners. A beginner might enjoy learning to sew on the XM2701, the LX3817, or the CP60X models. These machines offer versatile features with easy-to-use operating procedures. Prefer another brand? Check out the best Singer sewing machines.

Q: How do you use a Brother sewing machine?

A Brother sewing machine may be used for sewing garments and home decor items from original designs or from commercial patterns. Alternatively, it can be used for creating and embellishing craft projects or making quilts. Select a Brother sewing machine that exhibits the qualities to meet your needs, Then, follow the directions in the instruction manual or DVD that comes with the machine. 

Q: How do you set up a Brother sewing machine?

You set up a Brother sewing machine by following the steps in the instruction manual or DVD that comes with the machine. Reading the manual or watching the DVD before setting up the machine is a good idea. Place the sewing machine on a clean, flat work surface to get started. Attach the power cord and the foot-pedal cord. Place a spool of thread on the thread pin and follow the markings for the thread path, culminating in threading the needle automatically or by hand. Wind thread onto the bobbin and drop the bobbin into its case. 

Q: What’s the easiest sewing machine to use?

The easiest sewing machine to use is a mechanical model with clearly marked stitches, thread guides, and stitch-selector dial. Computerized models with numerous stitch options and advanced, automatic features may be more complex in their operating procedures.

Q: How do I choose a good sewing machine?

You can choose a good sewing machine by deciding the type of sewing projects you wish to undertake. Perhaps you’re a beginner who wants to learn basic sewing techniques. On the other hand, you might be an experienced quilter or crafter who needs a more advanced machine. After determining your needs, research sewing machines on the manufacturers’ websites. Investigate options at a local dealer’s store, if possible. Additionally, it helps to read consumer reviews and ratings.

Q: How much does a Brother sewing machine cost?

Brother sewing machines vary in cost from approximately $130.00 for a basic, mechanical machine to $900.00 for an advanced, computerized sewing machine that creates colorful, artistic designs on fabric. Computerized machines that provide versatile features for sewing, crafting, and quilting range in price from approximately $200.00 to $400.00.

Final thoughts on the best Brother sewing machines

Many sewists appreciate the straightforward operating procedures and simplified maintenance of a non-computerized sewing machine such as the Brother XM2701 model. It’s a popular, mechanical machine that provides an ample selection of built-in stitches, automatic needle threading, and buttonhole making. Overall, the XM2701 offers value and versatility for multiple sewing and crafting activities.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Brother sewing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best vacuums for stairs in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-vacuums-for-stairs/ Thu, 03 Mar 2022 18:07:42 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=427743
Best Vacuums for Stairs
Stan Horaczek

Clean upstairs, downstairs, and on every stair in between.

The post The best vacuums for stairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Vacuums for Stairs
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget Best Vacuums for Stairs Bissell Zing
SEE IT

The Bissell Zing is a durable, no-nonsense corded vacuum with a long reach.

Best overall Best Vacuums for Stairs Dyson V11 Torque Drive
SEE IT

The Dyson V11 Torque Drive is an incredible vacuum with a serious price tag.

Best for carpet Best Vacuums for Stairs Shark Cordless Pet Plus with Anti-Allergen Complete Seal
SEE IT

The Shark Cordless Pet Plus digs deep for pet hair and dander, but will also get deep dirt out of carpets.

Cleaning technology has improved by leaps and bounds in the smart home era—we have app-enabled cleaning devices and self-emptying robot vacuums—but finding a vacuum for stairs remains a serious challenge. Household staircases are typically very high-traffic areas and can build up dust and debris quickly—especially if you have pets or kids in the mix. There are tons of vacuums on the market designed to make your day-to-day vacuuming routine as easy and streamlined as possible—but we’ve taken it upon ourselves to test and research some of the absolute S-tier options to help pick out the best vacuums for stairs.

How we chose the best vacuums for stairs

There are thousands upon thousands of highly rated vacuums on the market—which made narrowing our list down to just seven picks quite a feat. We wanted to choose a set of vacuums that worked for various lifestyles and household needs, including carpeted and hardwood flooring, homes with pets and kids, and winding or unconventionally shaped staircases.

To make our selections, we looked at hundreds of high-quality consumer reviews to learn about the little details that manufacturer descriptions don’t tell you, as well as tapping into our own testing to hone in on the absolute best of the bunch. We focused on crucial features like weight and bulk, suction power, and battery life for cordless models. We also kept budget in mind, examining vacuums at various price points to see where a little extra money makes a big difference and where it buys flashy features you don’t necessarily need.

The best vacuum for stairs: Reviews & Recommendations

The best vacuums for stairs will depend on your specific lifestyle and household—which is why we’ve included a spectrum of different vacuums to suit a variety of needs and budgets best. Read on to find the best vacuum for your household.

Best overall: Dyson V11 Torque Drive Cordless Handheld Portable Vacuum Cleaner

Dyson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Dyson V11 Torque Drive might be pricey, but it’s slim, ultra-lightweight, and offers superior suction power that makes it worth every penny.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.2 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hardwood floors
  • Weight: 6.68 pounds
  • Battery life: 60 minutes

Pros

  • Features up to an hour of run time
  • Includes various options to best suit different flooring
  • Extremely lightweight and easy to maneuver

Cons

  • You have to hold down the power button
  • Very expensive

A longtime favorite for its sleek, powerful, and wildly expensive vacuums, the latest Dyson V11 series is leagues ahead of the company’s original stick vacuum design—and happens to be one of the very best vacuum cleaners on the market right now. Of the two models available, we like the Dyson V11 Torque Drive, which features an LCD digital display that monitors performance and battery life.

The V11 Torque Drive has more than twice the suction power of similar cordless vacuums and offers an hour of run time between charges, making it a decent option for all flooring types and square footage. The cutting-edge stick vacuum also weighs in at less than 7 pounds, allowing for easy maneuverability on staircases and beyond. 

It isn’t perfect, though. Like most other Dyson models, the V11 requires holding the power button down rather than simply flipping a switch. It’s a minor annoyance that might sour you on spending hundreds of dollars on it.

Speaking of which, the main drawback for the V11 Torque Drive and its screenless cousin, the V11 Animal—any Dyson product, for that matter—is the price. Depending on the retailer, the Dyson Torque Drive costs $699.99 or more. That’s a lot more money than most vacuums. You definitely get a higher class of product but it will be a serious barrier for most people.

Best for hardwood: Bissell Featherweight Cordless Stick Vacuum (3061)

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Featherweight Cordless Stick Vacuum has impressive suction, a lightweight design, and a removable handheld mode, which makes it great for cleaning stairs.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.26 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 5.8 pounds
  • Battery life: 20 minutes

Pros

  • Super lightweight design for superior ease of use
  • Great price point for the quality
  • Converts to a handheld vacuum

Cons

  • Poor battery life
  • Does not include a wall mount or stand

The Bissell Featherweight Cordless Stick Vacuum ranks high in our books for delivering solid suction for a basic cordless vacuum. Though it costs less than $150, the Featherweight Cordless offers a lightweight, ergonomic design similar to more expensive models from other brands. The powerful suction and lightweight design make this vacuum great for hardwood and laminate flooring.

It’s also quite versatile, with the ability to convert from a stick vacuum to handheld mode that can get into the nooks and crannies of your staircase without having to lug the whole frame up and down. That said, at just 5.8 pounds, the full-sized vacuum is extremely easy to maneuver.

The only big downside to consider is its terrible battery life. At just 20 minutes per charge, you won’t cover very much ground in one sitting. It also lacks any wall mount or stand, which can make charging trickier than it needs to be.

Best for carpet: Shark Cordless Pet Plus with Anti-Allergen Complete Seal

Shark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Designed to trap allergens like dust and pet dander, the Shark Cordless Pet Plus digs deep into carpets for the best clean possible.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.21 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 7.17 pounds
  • Battery life: 40 minutes

Pros

  • Anti-allergen seal
  • Lightweight and easy to use
  • Converts to a handheld vacuum

Cons

  • Not as powerful as other stick vacuums
  • Top-heavy design

The Shark Cordless Pet Plus features an “anti-allergen seal” to ensure 99.9 percent of allergens it sucks up, including particles of dust and pet dander, stay trapped in the vacuum. Its brush roll features long panels called “powerfins” rather than traditional brush bristles, which Shark claims can help the vacuum dig dirt out of carpet. They also prevent the vacuum from getting jammed up with pet hair and other debris that can accumulate in carpets or rugs.

Studies suggest carpets can harbor more dust and allergens than non-carpeted flooring and might even decrease the air quality in the home or office space. As such, the Pet Plus should be a well-appointed option for ensuring minimal particles are able to escape into the air.

Customers tend to praise the Shark adamantly, but some note that the lightweight design feels a bit top-heavy while in use. This might make the maneuverability on stairs slightly more difficult while getting used to the vacuum’s unique shape and design.

Best lightweight: Eureka RapidClean Pro

Eureka

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Eureka RapidClean Pro is among the lightest vacuums on our radar, and features a proprietary “swivel steering” feature that makes it especially maneuverable.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: 0.18 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 5.26 pounds
  • Battery life: 40 minutes

Pros

  • Great price point for the quality
  • Compact, ultra-lightweight design
  • Very quick 40-minute recharge time
  • Combo floor vac and handheld

Cons

  • The suction power could be improved
  • Harder to repair than other vacuums

Eureka RapidClean Pro is a game-changer for those looking for an ultra-lightweight design that can easily go up and down the stairs without feeling like you’re doing a workout. The 5-pound vacuum is easy to carry and converts into a handheld mode to maximize mobility. Off the stairs, the RapidClean Pro features a special “swivel steering” head that allows for better maneuvering as you clean.

The RapidClean Pro’s 40-minute battery life is strictly average, but it only needs 40 minutes to recharge, which means you can rapidly clean large spaces.

One thing to note, especially if you plan to keep this vac around for a while. According to customer reviews, replacement parts can be hard to come by and often cost nearly as much as a new vacuum, so don’t expect to get a decade out of this one.

Best for pet hair: Bissell Pet Hair Eraser Cordless Hand Vacuum

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser features a “triple-level” filtration system and motorized brush tool that works to remove embedded hair and dirt.

Specs

  • Form factor: Handheld
  • Capacity: 0.18 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and upholstery
  • Weight: 3 pounds
  • Battery life: 17 minutes

Pros

  • Includes a variety of tools for carpets, upholstery, and hardwood flooring
  • “Triple-level” filtration system
  • Features a surprisingly large dustbin for a handheld

Cons

  • Terrible battery life
  • Handheld vacuum isn’t ideal for whole-house cleaning

Pet owners must work harder to ensure their floors stay clean and free of dander and debris—there’s no way around it. Thankfully, brands like Bissell cater specifically to those with furry friends at home who don’t want to settle for less than the best in cleaning technology. The Bissell Pet Hair Eraser features great features for picking up hair and dander, including a motorized brush tool that digs them out of carpet and upholstery seamlessly and a “triple-level filtration” system that traps allergens in its bag. Of course, powerful suction is also a major weapon for cleaning all dirt and dust, whether you have pets or not.

Customers rave over the quality and suction power that this small but mighty hand vacuum offers, but reviews lament the short battery life—a mere 17 minutes between charges. If you’re looking for a full-size vacuum that also works well on stairs, check out our “best for carpets” pick, the Shark Cordless Pet Plus, which has similar pet-friendly features.

Best cordless: Samsung Jet 90

Samsung

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The high-tech Samsung Jet 90 offers next-level innovation and convenience.

Specs

  • Form factor: Stick
  • Capacity: .21 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 6.87 pounds
  • Battery Life: 60 minutes

Pros

  • Great battery life
  • Dual replaceable batteries 
  • Auto-empty dustbin

Cons

  • Requires more assembly than the average vacuum
  • Very expensive

The Samsung Jet 90 was made to outperform the average vacuum and do so stylishly. It feels like every element of the vacuum has a special feature: There’s an auto-empty dust bin for easy disposal, a five-layer filtration system that keeps 99.999 percent of allergens out of the air, and an advanced turbo-action brush head that allows for quick and easy cleaning on multiple surfaces at once (great for staircases with runners or carpet).

While it generally excels, some features stand out more than others. The Jet 90 features a charging stand that can recharge two batteries, so you can recharge and replace one to extend its long battery life. (It only comes with one battery, so you’ll need to buy a second to make that happen.)

Like the Dyson V11 Torque Drive, the Jet 90 costs a lot more than most of the competition, but it’s hard to ignore that it improves conventional cordless stick vacuum design in many ways.

Best budget: Bissell Zing Bagless Canister Vacuum (2156A)

Bissell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bissell Zing Canister Vacuum might not offer the same bells and whistles as more expensive models on the list, but it’s powerful for its price and features a hose that makes navigating staircases simple.

Specs

  • Form factor: Canister
  • Capacity: 0.53 gallons
  • Surface recommendation: Carpet and hard floors
  • Weight: 10.23 pounds
  • Battery life: N/A

Pros

  • Incredible price point for the quality
  • Features very good suction power
  • The canister is large and easy to clean

Cons

  • Heavier than other vacuums on the list
  • Doesn’t include spinning brush attachment

The Bissell Zing Lightweight is one of the best budget-friendly vacuums for stairs that we’ve come across. The large canister-style vacuum, which stores dirt in a large, wheeled-base, and features a hose for sucking up dirt, offers incredible suction power and durability that should last for years without requiring maintenance or replacement parts. Additionally, the dirt cup filters and post-motor filter help to capture particles before they hit the air. Its filters can also be hand-washed and reused for years without worrying about the quality or efficiency waning.

Between the corded power solution and heavy canister design, the Zing is not the most convenient solution for stairs. With a generous 15-foot power cable and a 4-foot, 8-inch hose, you have a lot of room to maneuver. Plus, the corded design also means that you won’t have to wait around for your vacuum to charge or worry about replacing a battery, long-term.

Customers love the Bissell Zing for its surprisingly high-quality design and reliability at such a low price but notice it lacked certain attachments, including a spinning brush. As such, the vacuum head sits directly on the floor, making it difficult to pick up larger debris or crumbs.

Things to consider when buying a new vacuum for stairs

Having a robot vacuum is great … until it pleads for help in the form of beeps and/or an automated voice message from a very nice robot person. When shopping for a vacuum with stairs in mind, you’ll want to check a handful of factors to ensure you purchase something that’s right for your particular needs and routines.

Weight

The first thing you’ll want to consider is whether you’ll feel comfortable carrying your vacuum up and down the stairs regularly. Some of the bestselling upright vacuums can weigh up to 20 pounds, which might not sound like that much. Still, it’s enough to make things difficult when you pick it up and put it down repeatedly on each step, not to mention the possibility that it might slip as you clean, especially on winding staircases. 

If you’re cleaning a lot of stairs, we recommend getting a lightweight vacuum that you can easily carry. If you have a large vacuum already that works for you, you could always get a handheld vacuum specifically for the stairs and other hard-to-reach places. Upright vacuums, though heavier, usually offer significant sucking power and are much more effective for carpeted surfaces, so we generally wouldn’t recommend them as your primary cleaner.

Corded or cordless?

You’ll also want to decide whether you want to opt for a cordless vacuum or something that plugs into the wall. Many modern vacuum cleaners feature cordless designs that make vacuuming the staircase much easier and safer than having to watch under your feet for a cord. 

That said, most cordless vacuum cleaners have terrible battery life. Many last under an hour on a single charge and take many hours to fully recharge. Based on our testing, a good option should last at least 40 minutes. While you may not need them to last all that long, there’s nothing worse than having your vacuum die on you mid-clean.

Corded vacuums also tend to last much longer than their cordless counterparts. Most cordless models feature rechargeable internal batteries, which will last many years but can’t be easily replaced when they lose the ability to hold a charge.

Cleaning hardwood vs. cleaning carpet

Vacuuming rugs and carpeted areas require an entirely different approach than vacuuming hardwood flooring. Carpets require more suction power to clean deeply and require a vacuum that can trap common household allergens, such as dust and pet dander, which get trapped out of sight in the depths of the textile.

Attachments

Vacuum attachments might seem like a frivolous add-on or freebie, but they can be useful tools to help you clean parts of your home that might be otherwise inaccessible. The most common vacuum attachments include:

  • Extension wand: a slim, elongated attachment that makes getting into hard-to-reach places much more feasible.
  • Upholstery tool: a wide-mouthed piece that targets upholstered items and fabrics like mattresses or furniture.
  • Crevice wand: similar to the extension wand, the crevice wand has an angled opening that allows you to suck debris from tight edges and window sills.

FAQs

Q: How much does a vacuum for stairs cost?

Deciding how much to spend on a vacuum is a personal decision and may depend on budget, the size of your home, and how often you clean. You can get vacuums at various prices, ranging from $30 to nearly $1,000. Many of the basic cordless models on our list cost between $100 to $200. You can get a basic corded model for less, but you may find the power and build quality of the vacuums gets less consistent as the price tag decreases.

Q: Are cordless vacuums good for stairs?

Cordless vacuums are generally much more convenient but especially helpful for cleaning stairs. Dragging a corded vacuum up and down your staircase can quickly become a safety hazard if you aren’t careful of your footing. That said, it’s important to remember that corded vacuums require much less maintenance and last longer since they don’t rely on a battery for power.

Q: Which vacuum lasts the longest?

The lifespan of a vacuum cleaner depends on a whole slew of factors, including quality, brand, style, and how well you take care of your vacuum. Most cordless vacuums will require a new battery or some other kind of maintenance after about five years, while corded vacuums can last up to a decade or more with proper care.

Q: Is Shark better than Dyson?

In a word, no. Dyson vacuums usually outperform Shark models regarding both suction power and air filtration. That said, Shark vacuums work well and are generally much more affordable than a Dyson, often costing hundreds more than the average vacuum. For many people, buying a Shark vacuum (or another brand) makes more sense than buying a Dyson because of the cost.

Q: How often should you buy a new vacuum cleaner?

It depends. According to Consumer Reports, vacuums last eight years on average. Some top-shelf vacuums can last up to a decade. Sometimes, vacuums can last even longer than that. One member of the PopSci gear team vividly remembers using a ’60s-era Electrolux Automatic G canister vacuum as a kid in the early 2000s. See if you can fix the problem before tossing.

Final thoughts on the best vacuums for stairs

Although they tend to be on the pricey end, there’s a reason that Dyson vacuums have a cult-like following: They really are some of the best on the market for their maneuverability and suction power alone. The Dyson V11 Torque Drive will make vacuuming stairs (and the rest of the household) a breeze—even if you have a carpeted staircase or share your home with pets.

That said, you don’t need to spend nearly $1,000 on a vacuum cleaner to get your house spic and span. I have personally owned the Bissell Zing, our budget pick, for over a decade, and it’s never required any maintenance. There may be better vacuums out there, but you can do the job with nearly any vacuum if you put your mind to it.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission 

to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best vacuums for stairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ergonomic chairs in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-ergonomic-chair/ Mon, 17 May 2021 11:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=364172
The best ergonomic chairs will help support your body while you work.

The best ergonomic chair can help keep you productive, focused, and pain-free all day long.

The post The best ergonomic chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best ergonomic chairs will help support your body while you work.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black office chair with black sliding wheels. Steelcase Gesture Chair
SEE IT

Adjust the seat depth, arms, height, and recline on this ergonomic office chair.

Best premium The Herman Miller Aeron Chair is the best overall. Herman Miller Aeron Chair
SEE IT

A tried-and-true office staple for 20 years, this chair is a serious but rewarding investment for desk workers who spend long hours sitting down.

Best for tall people The SIHOO M18 is the best ergonomic chair for a tall person. SIHOO M18 Ergonomic Office Chair
SEE IT

This chair is designed with a multi-dimensional headset and adjustable lumbar support for big and tall people.

Sitting in a cheaply designed office or desk chair can lead to back, neck, and shoulder pain, poor circulation, increased fatigue, lack of concentration, and digestive issues—but an ergonomic office chair can help. Whether you’re working with a makeshift setup at home or the company chairs just aren’t cutting it, an upgraded seat is one of those office essentials that can make a difference in your general well-being and overall health, especially over time. And there isn’t one ergonomic chair to rule them all, so we have created this guide to help you identify what fit and features will work best for your body. From extra lumbar support to kneeling chairs, we’ve got you covered; say goodbye to cramps, creaks, and crankiness with one of the best ergonomic chairs to improve your posture, comfort, and, ultimately, your mood.

How we chose the best ergonomic chairs

To find the best ergonomic chairs on the market, we looked to long-respected brands, including Herman Miller and Steelcase, as well as new solutions. Our list reflects qualities people look for in a computer chair, such as one designed with sustainable materials, or just a good office chair to help relieve back pain. We also considered user reviews, functionality and adjustability, aesthetics, and price in compiling our list.

The best ergonomic chairs: Reviews & Recommendations

Office workers spend more than 73 percent of the workday sitting, according to a 2022 study. Prolonged chair time can lead to neck and back pain and decrease energy and productivity. While it’s still a good idea to decrease the time sitting, ergonomic desk chairs can make the experience easier on your body and help with back support. While you can do a few things to prevent harmful effects from long hours of sitting down, one of the best ways to support your joints and muscles is to invest in the best ergonomic chair for your body. 

Best overall: Steelcase Gesture Chair  

Steelcase

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Polyester, steel
  • Weight: 78 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 400 pounds

Pros

  • Designed with technology that mirrors the movements of your spine
  • Reclines into four positions
  • Elegant design

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Users say the chair can be hard
  • Little lumbar support

The Steelcase Gesture Chair is, perhaps, the best ergonomic chair on the market. It’s fully adjustable and easy to maneuver. You can move the seat depth forward or backward, change the tilt tension, and move the seat up or down, all using simple built-in knobs. The seat has four recline lock positions, and its wheels work on carpet flooring. The armrests can be rotated 360 degrees, and the 3D Liveback support technology is designed to mimic the movements of your spine as you change positions. The seat cushion is the perfect blend of soft yet structured, with a flexible perimeter to relieve pressure points. A 12-year warranty will keep you and your chair in business for many days to come, plus it’s available in well over 50 fabric and color options so that you can maintain the perfect home office aesthetic along with a complementary computer desk.

Best premium: Herman Miller Aeron Chair

Herman Miller

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Elastomeric, polyester, polyurethane, aluminum 
  • Weight: 43 pounds 
  • Weight capacity: 350 pounds

Pros

  • Industry standard-bearer
  • Comes in three sizes to suit different heights and weights
  • Designed with adjustable lumbar support

Cons

  • Expensive
  • May not work in more traditional settings

The Aeron Chair by Herman Miller is the best for an ergonomic mesh office chair (and ergonomic office chair, to be honest). It is just as supportive as other high-end models, with increased breathability and moisture control. It comes in three sizes—A, B, and C—corresponding to various height and weight ranges. Once you select the right size, you can add on additional features such as fully adjustable arms, a tilt limiter/seat angler, adjustable Posturefit support, and quiet castor options. Manipulate the lumbar support to best suit your back. A tried-and-true office staple for 20 years, this chair is designed for desk workers who spend long hours sitting down, making it a great addition to an ergonomic desk

Best eco-friendly: Steelcase Karman Chair

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Intermix mesh, aluminum
  • Weight: 29 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 350 pounds

Pros

  • Made from recycled materials 
  • Sleek design
  • Lightweight
  • Comfort adjustment dial added

Cons

  • Lumbar support is a separate purchase
  • Supports less weight capacity than other ergonomic chairs

Mesh is a standard feature in office chairs. But Steelcase elevates the breathable weave with a proprietary textile called Intermix in its new Karman Chair. The name is inspired by the weightlessness of the Kármán Line, where the Earth’s atmosphere meets space. The material in this new offering from Steelcase chairs combines yarn and filaments together to create a weave that responds to your body. 

The Karman is designed with a mechanism that automatically senses your weight to provide the right support for your back when you recline. It also features a new comfort dial that adjusts the tension by up to 20 percent. Users can also customize the chair when ordering, choosing between height adjustability, 4-way adjustable arms, or an armless model. You can also purchase a cushion for extra lumbar support for an extra $57. 

The Karman Chair is also designed with sustainability in mind. At 29 pounds, this chair is lighter than many options on the market. It is made from 25 percent recycled and 75 percent recyclable material. Design enthusiasts will also appreciate the ability to choose between 13 colorways and several frame finishes.

Best for tall person: SIHOO M18 Ergonomic Office Chair

SIHOO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Polyurethane, steel
  • Weight: 42.5 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 330 pounds

Pros

  • Designed with adjustable headrest
  • Provides lumbar support you can adjust
  • Very affordable

Cons

  • May not work for very tall or heavy people

Finding comfortable seating can be particularly challenging if you’re tall. SIHOO has designed a chair for people from  5’6″ to 6’2″ that you can adjust to fit every part of your body. This chair is designed with a headrest that’s multidimensional, allowing you to adjust the support of your neck. If you’re looking for a lumbar support office chair, you can also fine-tune the degree of support with a dial. The SiHOO M18’s sleek design and eye-catching colorways (like orange) also allow it to double as a gaming chair. And for all the support it provides, it comes in at a very budget-friendly price.

Best drafting chair: Flash Furniture Mid-Back Drafting Chair

Flash Furniture

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Plastic, plywood, mesh, foam, metal 
  • Weight: 33 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 250 pounds

Pros

  • Provides lumbar support
  • Height-adjustable
  • Affordable
  • Comes in 12 colorways

Cons

  • No head support
  • Not made with sustainable materials

This mid-back drafting chair has all the essential features every ergonomic chair needs and more. A ventilated curved back supports the spine, and the waterfall edge relieves pressure on the thighs. Plus, there is a height-adjustable chrome foot ring. A tilt lever can lock the chair into an upright position or allow for some rocking, while the tilt tension knob controls resistance. The seat can be raised up to 30 inches from the floor, and the dual caster wheels are easy to move with. When you rest your elbows on the padded flip-up arms, you can help increase circulation—or you can flip them up to create a larger seating area. It comes in a variety of colorways, and you can even find a more traditional office chair counterpart should you need an additional model.

Best kneeling chair: Varier Variable Balans Original Kneeling Chair  

Varier

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Birch, fabric
  • Weight: 13.97 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds

Pros

  • Classic design
  • Lightweight
  • Made with sustainable materials

Cons

  • No back or neck support
  • Not ideal for larger people

The Variable Balans was designed by Peter Opsvik, a significant designer and part of popularizing and implementing the ergonomic kneeling chair in homes and offices. Made from high-quality, flexible wood, this chair is exquisitely designed to support your body and relieve pressure. Unlike many other models, note that this unit does not need an additional crossbar—a testament to the thorough engineering that went into the design. It weighs under 14 pounds and comes in eight different colors to complement your style. This chair certainly finds strength in simplicity, allowing you to find your balance and improve back pain. It’s also a great option if you’re looking for a desk chair with no wheels. If you’re not sure a desk stool is for you, but you want to try an ergonomic kneeling chair before committing to a higher-end model, check out the Office Star Kneeling Chair to get started or find more top-rated kneeling chairs.

Best under $400: HON Ignition 2.0

HON

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Plastic 
  • Weight: 42 pounds 
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds

Pros

  • Fully adjustable
  • Affordable
  • Provides lumbar support

Cons

  • No neck support
  • Not made from recycled materials

The HON Ignition 2.0 is a budget ergonomic chair that has many of the adjustable features valued in high-end chairs. It has a breathable mesh back, as well as customizable back recline, height, and seat positioning. The armrests are also fully adjustable to move up, down, towards, and away from your body. It even has an option for lumbar support, which can be moved up or down depending on your lower back’s comfort needs. While it may not be as plush as some of the other models listed here, it should do the trick when elevating a regular office chair. If this price point is still just a little too high for you, take a look at this budget ergonomic chair from Modway, which also has select adjustable features, including armrests, seat height, and tilt.

Things to consider when shopping for the best ergonomic chairs

The best ergonomic chair will support your neck, shoulders, arms, and back, keeping your spine aligned and your joints in the proper position. A great chair should keep you comfortable even during a long workday and help prevent additional strain from sitting for extended periods. While shopping, keep in mind any bad habits you’re trying to change—like posture—as well as any particular areas where you want extra support. You’ll also want to think about your work and find a chair that complements your desk or workspace. Knowing where to get started on your search can be a bit tricky, so we’ve compiled the best ergonomic chairs to help you get started.  

Adjustability

The best ergonomic chair needs to be able to support your body weight, height, and alignment needs over time. To achieve long-term functionality and comfort, invest in a chair that will keep your computer monitor at eye level, your wrists straight, your hands at or below elbow level, your knees in line with your hips, and your feet flat on the floor or footrest. With that in mind, getting a chair with an adjustable seat height is critical. It’s also important that you’re able to adjust your armrests back and forth, as it will lead to optimal hand and elbow placement regardless of limb length, especially if you tend to lean forward. In this position, without an armrest, your back muscles have to do all the work to keep you upright, which will, of course, lead to further strain. You can even go a step further and look for 360-degree rotation, which is particularly great for those who can’t hold the perfect sitting position all day long (we’re looking at you, crossed-legged sitters and hunched-over hand writers). 

We recommend grabbing a model with additional seat depth, back support, or reclining tension customization for maximum comfort. Many desk chairs will allow you to push back and recline, which can be good for relieving stress and pressure throughout your back and hips. Adjustable tension means you won’t have to continuously push back in order to retain that reclined position, resulting in a more comfortable, relaxing experience overall. These extra features will help you address your spine’s specific needs.

Breathability

Ergonomic mesh office chairs are an excellent way to get the support you need without overheating. They can also be easier to get in and out of, which is particularly helpful for those with hip or knee pain. Additionally, mesh chairs are lighter, less bulky, and easier to clean than other fabrics. A high-quality model should be light and springy with just the right amount of flexibility, almost like sitting in a hammock.

While some mesh chairs can be expensive, we think it’s worth it to invest. Low-quality mesh design can create more problems than it solves; your weight won’t be evenly distributed if the mesh is too stiff. If the mesh sags, your back and bottom won’t have enough support. Durable, pliable mesh should be able to lightly contour the body, lifting it from the seat and supporting it from behind without giving way or sinking. If extra airflow and a lightweight design are what you seek, but the high price point of quality, full-mesh models are a deterrent, try looking for a chair that boasts a mesh back and upholstered seat for the best of both worlds.  

Back support

For most of us, back pain has a lot to do with our posture and sitting positions. If you tend to slump forward, creating an exaggerated curve in your spine, chances are your lower back and hips will be stiff long before the end of your workday. To offset the effects of poor posture, look for a chair with additional lumbar support, which will often take the form of a cushion or indentation that contours to your lower back and creates a slight arch, making it harder for you to slouch forward. Take a look at the back of any chair you’re considering and look for that signature S-curve shape. If you see something with a flat back or bowl instead, you might want to consider another option. 

Drafting chairs

Those with specialized professions that don’t utilize a typical desk can benefit greatly from a well-designed drafting chair. The principles behind healthy sitting are still the same for those who use higher work surfaces, including standing desks, so you might need a few additional features to keep your spine in alignment. 

Seat height-adjustability is super important when it comes to drafting chairs; make sure you go for a flexible model with a pneumatic gas lift for easy adjustments. Equally important is the inclusion of a sturdy 360-degree footrest ring. With a drafting chair, there is no chance your feet will be able to rest on the floor, at least not while working at a tall desk; however, the best way to alleviate pain and pressure is to keep your feet flat on a surface squarely underneath your knees. Adjustable tilt tension can also be a key player when it comes to sitting comfortably in your drafting chair. Being up high means more support or resistance might be useful when you want to lean back. Finally, be sure to pay attention to all the features of a regular ergonomic office chair, i.e., armrests, lumbar support, and other customizable options.

Kneeling chairs

Just like active-sitting chairs, kneeling chairs force you to engage your muscles in order to stay upright; they are the quickest way to strengthen your core and improve posture, which, as previously mentioned, is one of the best things you can do to relieve back pain. The best ergonomic chair forgoes any back support and evenly disperses your weight between your spine, thighs, and shins for a sitting experience that is just as comfortable as a traditional model while naturally encouraging better posture. Cushy pads protect your knees and shins, so aside from getting used to your new, healthy sitting position for a few days, you shouldn’t feel any discomfort or pain. After a few weeks of continuous use, you’re likely to notice some sizable changes when it comes to the way you sit. 

There are a few options for kneeling chairs—if you want even more flexibility when it comes to sitting positions, opt for a kneeling rocking chair, which will let you put your feet flat on the floor and recline. If you aren’t sure you’re ready to go totally backless, you can look for one that offers additional mid- or high-spine support. You can even find kneeling chairs that come with casters so you can easily maneuver around your ergonomic workstation. Just keep in mind that you cannot adjust the seat height on a kneeling chair, so make sure you measure your desk height and purchase accordingly. They also can pair well with certain portable desks.

Price

The best ergonomic chairs often come with a high price point, for a reason—these models are built to last for years without degrading or losing their support over time. Practically every part of a solid ergonomic chair is adjustable, which also accounts for cost. However, there are undoubtedly several chairs out there that are more affordable. Make sure you look at the specs of budget ergonomic chairs, checking in on adjustability and lumbar support first. Typically the first thing you sacrifice with a less pricey option is the number of customizable features, like armrests, seat tilt, and more. That doesn’t mean that the chair won’t do a good job supporting your spine, but it does mean that you might sacrifice a little bit of overall comfort. Another way to get a quality chair is to buy used. Though you will probably sacrifice any included warranty, many high-quality, pre-owned chairs are resold through office liquidators and more; this way, you can get an expensive chair for practically half the price.

FAQs

Q: Why are ergonomic chairs so expensive?

Ergonomic chairs are more expensive because of the built-in adjustments. Essentially each chair has the potential to be a few different chairs in one when you consider their additional seat height, tension, armrests, lumbar support, and any additional customizations. These chairs are also designed to last many years, whereas budget ergonomic chair can show visible signs of wear and tear after a year or two of consistent use, leading to a greater cost over time.

Q:  Is an ergonomic chair worth it?

Yes, ergonomic chairs are definitely worth it. When you think about all the hours you spend sitting down at your desk, it only makes sense to invest in a chair that won’t deteriorate your physical health and overall comfort over time. You want to be able to enjoy activities after work, and an ergonomic chair will help you do so. Your body will thank you years down the road.

Q: How do I choose the best ergonomic chair?

To choose the best ergonomic chair for you, first consider your budget, and then look for an option within your price range that offers the most in terms of adjustments and customizations. Think about any specific issues you want to work on, such as back pain or improving posture. Always look for a chair that explicitly provides lumbar support and ensure it suits your height and weight. Or, if you experience uncomfortable sweating during the day, look at an ergonomic mesh office chair. Consider your situation, and you’ll make the right decision.

Final thoughts on shopping for the best ergonomic chairs

You should now be well on your way to finding the best ergonomic chair for you and your workstation. Always look for adjustable features and ensure the chair you’re interested in will provide lumbar support for your lower back. Also, keep in mind that making a sound investment in your physical health is never a bad idea, so try your best to find a well-constructed model that will stand up to the test of time—your back will thank you. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ergonomic chairs in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air quality monitors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-air-quality-monitors/ Thu, 28 Jul 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=458568
Best air quality monitors sliced header
Stan Horaczek

What contaminants are lurking in your air? Knowing what to expect, at least, can be a breath of fresh air.

The post The best air quality monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best air quality monitors sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Temtop M2000 2nd Generation is the best air quality monitor overall. Temtop M2000 2nd
SEE IT

The ability to test many things in one device, with consistent results and audible alerts, makes this monitor our top pick.

Best Smart Atmotube Pro Portable is the best smart air quality monitor. Atmotube Pro Portable
SEE IT

Impressive accuracy, and handy app alerts, help this keychain-sized monitor work well across a wide variety of temperatures and humidity.

Best Indoor Outdoor Davis Instruments AirLink is the best indoor outdoor air quality monitor. Davis Instruments AirLink
SEE IT

This multienvironment-friendly unit offers easy-to-read graphs and charts, Weatherlink.com integration, and compatibility with Davis weather stations.

Nothing beats a breath of fresh air, but air can be contaminated by chemicals, soot, wildfire smoke, and other forest fire byproducts, making an air quality monitor a valuable tool. Even those with the best noses can have difficulty telling how good their local air is, especially with odorless gasses and “Volatile Organic Compounds” (VOCs) from products or processes lurking, so what are you to do? You could call in an air quality professional … or you can begin to do your own tracking with one of our picks for best air quality monitors.

How we selected the best air quality monitors

Largely, selecting the best air quality monitors was more a matter of hitting the research shelves than the shopping cart button. With such a product, the customer sentiment and manufacturer-supplied specs really mean a lot less than in-depth product analysis from researchers and experts that were able to compare consumer-facing products with laboratory-grade equipment. This results in a thin product selection, but I was able to identify five air quality monitors that I can confidently recommend.

The best air quality monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

What is the best air quality monitor? The best air quality monitors have been tested from official sources and come in various shapes, styles, and working methods. While the Temtop M2000 2nd Generation is the top pick for air quality monitor, due to its ease of use and robust testing ability, our four other monitors might be right for you depending on your circumstances. In any event, these five air quality monitors have both proper testing and current availability in the market.

Best overall: Temtop M2000 2nd Generation

Temtop

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Temtop M2000 2nd Generation tests for a wide variety of pollutants, has built-in calibration, and includes an audible alarm.

Specs

  • Measures: CO2, HCHO (formaldehyde), PM2.5/PM10, Temp., Humidity
  • AQ-SPEC report: High consistency
  • Type: Handheld 

Pros

  • Tests many things all in one device
  • High consistency across many devices
  • Has an audible alarm for when levels rise too high
  • Tried and tested by several school systems

Cons

  • Doesn’t work in temperatures below freezing

The Temtop M2000 2nd Generation is a relatively easily operated handheld air quality monitor that has been widely used. It has been used by the New York State Education Department, and the United Federation of Teachers has used it to measure carbon dioxide levels in schools in efforts to fight Covid-19.

The 2nd Generation product improves upon the original Temtop M2000 by adding a data export feature. This is really useful because, as mentioned by the AQ-SPEC report, where the Temtop M2000 2nd Generation suffers losses in accuracy, it makes up for it with high levels of consistency. Even across multiple Temtops, the reading levels should be consistently similar in the same situation. This means that you can pinpoint exactly when contaminant levels have started rising, even if you have to have a replacement device.

I’m also particularly pleased that it attempts a calibration system. While the accuracy, consistency, and difficulty for average users feel a bit daunting, the system’s overall capabilities are more than enough to begin with. Part of the calibration process being that you leave the device outside for lengthy periods is also annoying but manageable.

In reality, the main concern is the device’s limited capabilities during the colder months. Without being able to function below 32 degrees Fahrenheit, the supposed “indoor-outdoor” nature of the device is cut off for many months of the year for those of us too far North or South of the equator. Luckily, in-home monitoring will still work year-round.

Finally, if you like the look of the M2000 2nd Generation, but are looking for something quite a bit cheaper, our budget choice also comes from Temtop. The Temtop P20 has reduced features but also a reduced price tag.

Best smart: Atmotube Pro Portable 

Atmotube

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Atmotube Pro attaches directly to your backpack or belt clip and alerts your phone directly when there’s a problem.

Specs

  • Measures: PM1/PM2.5/PM10, VOCs, Temp., Humidity, Barometric Pressure
  • AQ-SPEC report: High accuracy, high precision
  • Type: Wearable

Pros

  • Impressive accuracy counts
  • Handy app alerts
  • Works well across a wide variety of temperatures and humidities
  • Keychain size

Cons

  • Shorter battery life than hoped for

The Atmotube Pro Portable is a keychain-size air quality monitor that won’t take up much space and can be put just about anywhere or come with you. All of the data collected will be at your fingertips via the Atmo app, available free for Android and iOS devices.

The app will give you your personal stats, access to personal and global maps, and a personalized series of articles to help you understand air quality. You can also export your device’s data as a CSV file for further analysis.

According to the Atmotube’s AQ-SPEC results, the device is quite accurate, ranging from 86% to 98% across various conditions. The AQ-SPEC report also notes that the device is highly consistent across various environmental conditions, saying that heat and humidity had “minimal effect” on the device’s precision. Despite its small size, the Atmotube Pro delivers at a high level.

One of the bigger disappointments with the Atmotube Pro is the battery life. As expected of such a small device, the battery is also quite tiny. When the device is set to take measurements only once every 30 minutes, you can squeeze about a week out of the little battery. However, when you crank that up just a notch, the battery dies much more quickly. This is very unfortunate when using a device that, by its very nature, you want to set up and forget about. Fortunately, if the device isn’t meant to be mobile, you can keep it plugged into the charger while it is running.

Davis Instruments

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The AirLink is made for both indoor and outdoor usage, provides beautiful charts, and works well with other Davis Instruments systems.

Specs

  • Measures: AQI, Temp., Humidity, Dew Point, Heat Index
  • AQ-SPEC report: Highly accurate for PM1.0/PM2.5, but not for PM10, consistent
  • Type: Indoor or outdoor

Pros

  • Weatherlink.com integration
  • Easy-to-read graphs and charts
  • Installs easily both indoors and out
  • Integrates into your Davis weather station

Cons

  • Poor PM10 reading

The Davis Instruments AirLink comes with a heavy-duty body that can be conveniently placed in indoor or outdoor environments. If you want it in your house, place the machine on a desk or table. It has four safety feet to reduce the chances of it sliding off smooth surfaces. Alternatively, mount it outside (near an outlet) and attach the provided weather-resistant cover.

If you’re into more than just air quality monitoring, you’ll really appreciate the extra things the AirLink tracks, such as dew point and heat index. You’ll also be happy to note that it will connect with weatherlink.com and can integrate with your other Davis weather station products. These services are also available on your phone via the WeatherLink app.

I really appreciate that the output looks professional but still feels closer to what you might expect from a cable weather station than what your average lab coat wearer would be reading. The only thing I was disappointed with is that, as per the AirLink’s AQ-SPEC report, the PM10 readings weren’t too accurate. Really, though, this is just a small trade-off for a good home system and typical consumers will be more than happy with this machine.

Best portable: Sensirion SPS30

SENSIRION

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sensirion SPS30 is a no-frills machine dedicated to particulate matter testing.

Specs

  • Measures: PM1.0/PM2.5/PM4.0/PM10
  • AQ-SPEC report: High precision
  • Type: Portable

Pros

  • Small size
  • 8-year lifetime
  • Long-term stability and contamination-resistance
  • Moddable

Cons

  • Drab UI makes interpreting data difficult

If you want to feel like you’re really in the lab, the Sensirion SPS30 might be right up your alley. Right from the moment I opened the company’s product introduction video, I felt instantly reintroduced to the lab environment I once came from.

Where this really shines is the Sensirion SPS30’s great moddability. For example, some users are soldering them on bikes for CanAirIO, a citizen science project dedicated to building a citizen network for monitoring air quality worldwide. The simple USB port connection and loads of data quickly generated by the device lend it to lots of projects. Other possibilities include pairing it with air conditioners, smart home devices, HVAC equipment, and more.

Where this “lab environment feel” really doesn’t shine is the UI. If you’ve ever worked with in-company software or any niche data-collection devices, you probably already know what I mean. You sure get a lot of data, but it isn’t going to look beautiful or come easy to read. Check out the company’s demonstration video for an up-close look at the graphs provided by the machine before deciding whether to purchase.

As for the Sensirion SPS30’s AQ-SPEC report, the key thing to know is that the device is highly precise across temperatures and humidity levels. While PM1.0 and PM2.5 levels were highly accurately measured in field and laboratory testing, PM10 levels were shown to be highly inaccurate in the field trials.

Best budget: Temtop P20

Temtop

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This budget solution will take care of all of your basic air quality monitoring needs.

Specs

  • Measures: PM2.5, Temp., Humidity
  • AQ-SPEC report: Higher precision at low temperatures
  • Type: Desktop or mountable

Pros

  • Highly accessible interface
  • Everything needed for wall mounting included
  • Can double as a nice desk or wall clock
  • Exportable data

Cons

  • Limited pollutants measured, but still great for price
  • Low battery life

Considering that a laboratory-grade air quality tester can cost thousands of dollars, it would seem impossible to make a competitive one in the two-digit range. However, with Temtop’s P20, that isn’t true.

The Temtop P20 can measure PM2.5 pollutants. While it’d be nice to measure other pollutants or even other sizes of particulate matter, doing one thing well is quite impressive for the budget tier. The P20’s AQ-SPEC report tells us that the machine’s precision is most accurate when the local temperature is lower. That being said, the measurements indicate an accuracy of over 90% for most conditions at 68 degrees Fahrenheit.

You’ll probably enjoy having the Temtop P20 around, as it is also a rather nice LCD screen clock. To take a bit of the mystery out of the reading counts, a cute smiley face interprets the PM2.5 levels as good, fair, or poor. Another smiley face interprets your local humidity levels in a similar manner.

While the device can be mounted on the wall and includes the screws needed to do so, I recommend using the back stand and using it as a desk monitor. On the wall, the numbers, time, and smiley faces will probably prove somewhat tricky to see clearly. This will also help you keep it plugged into a charger because the battery only lasts for about 6-8 hours on a single charge.

Finally, those of you interested in data will rejoice. Much like the Temtop M2000 2nd Generation, our top choice of air quality monitor, the Temtop P20 has USB connectivity to export the collected data in CSV format. 

Things to consider before buying the best air quality monitors

One thing to note from the current research is that air quality monitors for public usage are still an emerging market. As such, there are a lot of claims about accuracy that are either demonstrably false or haven’t been thoroughly checked by scientists or any actual regulatory board. With all of this in mind, here are the key things to remember when buying an air quality monitor:

Target pollutant

In a fantasy world, an air quality monitor could sniff out any potential harm in the air and let you know. Unfortunately, air quality monitors in the real world must be designed to target specific contaminants. While it is never a mystery what pollutants an air quality monitor tracks—as they are nearly always prominently displayed in the specs and ads—you may find yourself overwhelmed with a few new terms. Here’s a quick mini-guide to get you up to speed on air pollution vocab:

PM: PM stands for “particulate matter” and measurements of it can tell you how many liquid or solid particles of varying sizes are in your air. The particles are measured in microns, given after the “PM.” For example, PM2.5 tests for the amount of particles that are approximately 2.5 microns in your air. The makers of the Atmotube report that PM1 particles are typically emissions from factories and vehicles, PM2.5 particles usually come from fires and combustion, and PM10 particles are from pollen, mold, and fine bits of old plants and insects. You’ll find that PM2.5 is a common measurement taken by portable air purifiers.

AQI: This stands for Air Quality Index and is a popular, but somewhat outdated, method for measuring air quality. Essentially, the AQI measures pollutant levels for a wide variety of substances, gives them each a score from 0-500, and reports the highest one. It doesn’t matter if only one pollutant is high or if several are, only the top one is getting reported. Still, the data is historically known and the conversions for each pollutant can still be useful. If you want to play around with the system, a handy AQI calculator is available for you.

VOCs: These are “Volatile Organic Compounds” and largely come from human sources. The EPA warns that sources of these contaminants include household cleaners, building materials, and standard office equipment. They also have found that these pollutants are consistently found in much higher concentrations in indoor settings. VOCs are a big part of why our recommended floor cleaners focused so heavily on ingredients. Certain high-end air purifiers, such as the Dyson Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde, are specifically equipped with sensors attuned to these byproducts we bring into our homes as we upgrade furnishings and electronics, etc.

Scientific usage

Before making any purchase of something as important as an air quality monitor, be sure to check out how the product is perceived by experts. That can be as simple as running a Google search with “site:.edu” or “site:.gov” followed by the product name or trawling through the depths of the “Air Quality Sensor Performance Evaluation Center” (AQ-SPEC) website.

AQ-SPEC provides comprehensive data on air sensors after real-world field trials. While AQ-SPEC reports explicitly state that they are not an endorsement of a particular monitor, the evaluations are free for the manufacturer if the sensors are “low-cost” and meet basic selection criteria. As a result, simply bothering to submit a sensor for an AQ-SPEC report is a sign of a manufacturer’s good faith in their product.

All of the air quality monitors on our list have a detailed AQ-SPEC report. Unfortunately, these reports can be a bit dense and read more like a Ph.D. journal submission than a consumer-facing report. I’ve attempted to condense these reports down into the relevant bits, but if you’ve got any interest, you’re highly encouraged to parse through them yourself as well.

Accuracy & consistency

Accuracy and consistency feel very similar at a glance but affect our perceptions of an air quality monitor in big ways. As you might be able to gather from a recent analysis by the Berkeley Lab, accuracy is going to be difficult to maintain. However, high consistency will make these machines still quite valuable sources of information for your home.

Part of this comes down to calibration, which laboratory equipment undergoes frequently. Take the humble pH machine, for example. Back in my lab days, I remember calibrating this machine nearly every day I would use it, using specialized liquid solutions. Now imagine calibrating something that measures air … at home. It appears that cheap calibration is on the way, but that doesn’t necessarily mean it will be easy or reliably done by the average person.

The result is that we have to expect some loss of accuracy when high-quality calibration isn’t feasible. Depending on what is being measured, this might not necessarily be too much of a problem. For example, your home thermometer is likely about 1 degree off, but it is still enough to tell you that you have a fever. The key is getting something accurate enough for your purposes.

Perhaps more important is consistency. While several consumer-grade air quality monitors have a bias, especially after being run for multiple days, if that bias is consistent, we can still get extremely useful information. For example, if your reading for Carbon Dioxide suddenly skyrockets above what you are used to getting, you know you have a problem.

FAQs

Q: How much do air quality monitors cost?

Air quality monitors can cost anywhere from around $80 to a few hundred dollars. Depending on their specifications, laboratory-grade air quality monitors can cost over $2,000 and quickly get into the several-thousand-dollar range. Routine maintenance and calibration can also become regular expenses for these high-level machines. Fortunately, our selection of the best air quality monitors has been tested against these professional machines and fares relatively well.

Q: Can an air quality monitor detect mold?

An air quality monitor can be a mold detector but won’t be able to tell you that you have mold. Molds are typically detected by PM10 sensors, as are other particulate matters, like pollen. So, an air quality monitor that can test for PM10 particles will be able to detect mold particles in your air but not tell you that those particles are mold.

Q: What is the best way to monitor air quality in industrial dusty rooms?

The best way to monitor air quality in dusty industrial rooms is to get your dust problem under control quickly. When you can see you have a problem with air quality, you are less in need of an air quality monitor and more in need of an air purifier.

Final thoughts on the best air quality monitors

Getting a high-quality air quality monitor doesn’t have to be for laboratory professionals alone. While the world of personal air quality monitoring is still emerging, there are still some great products out there. Combining the most stringent testing circumstances with ready commercial availability produced a list of exactly these five air quality monitors, so we’re sure customers will find satisfaction from something on this list.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air quality monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best air purifiers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-air-purifiers/ Mon, 15 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-air-purifiers-2/
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

Whether you’ve got pets, allergies, or worries about wildfire season, you can look forward to better air quality with one of our well-filtered purifier picks.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best air purifiers on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for large rooms Mila Smart Air Purifier Mila Smart Air Purifier
SEE IT

This all-purpose smart air purifier adapts to room size and comes with a carbon monoxide detector and sleep and white noise modes.

Best HEPA A product image of the Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier
SEE IT

This HEPA model features four layers of filtration in a stylish design.

Best for allergies InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier
SEE IT

Certified to keep you safe from dangerous levels of ozone gas.

Air purifiers suck in pollen, dust, smoke, other allergens, and even viruses—pummeling them and then circulating clean, filtered air. It sounds simple enough, but not all purifiers are created equal, and there isn’t one that’s right for every person. Your particular environment and the size of your home are huge factors in choosing the best option for you. Is allergy season wreaking havoc on your sinuses? Do you live in a smoggy city? Has wildfire smoke been wafting through, blanketing everything in an unnatural haze? In short, even the finest filters aren’t guaranteed to fix all that ails you and your home. But if you’re wondering whether air purifiers are really worth it … we think so. They can help distribute cleaner air, and that’s always a good thing, considering the link between air quality and health. So, read on as we clear the air on what we think are the best air purifiers.

How we chose the best air purifiers

As pet owners and parents, we’ve experienced our fair share of smells and toxins—and that’s just from inside the house. To create this list of the best air purifiers, we relied on peer recommendations, critical reviews, online research, user impressions, and plentiful personal testing. We also examined what each air purifier claims to eliminate from the air, HEPA square footage, and MERV ratings.

The best air purifiers: Reviews & Recommendations

Pollen, pet dander, smells, smoke, germs, and other airborne goblins are no match for the best air purifiers. This list includes quiet air purifiers, ones that double as humidifiers, and even ones that claim they can help with a majority of airborne pathogens.

Best overall: Dyson Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This three-in-one smart device automatically adapts to changes in air quality and humidity.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 400 square feet
  • Dimensions: 36.66 x 11.02 x 12.23 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 59.8 dB

Pros

  • Connectivity with Siri and Alexa
  • Three products in one
  • Air quality reporting

Cons

  • Expensive

Between its TikTok- and Insta-famous Airwrap multistyler to its line of powerful vacuums, Dyson has made a name for itself in sucking—which we don’t mean negatively. The Dyson Purifier Humidify+Cool Formaldehyde proves yet again that Sir James Dyson really knows what he’s doing when it comes to pushing air out and in. This air purifier uses an intelligent sensing system and Air Multiplier technology to purify, humidify, and cool the air. You don’t even need to touch the stylish, distinctive unit—it automatically senses and reacts to changes in air quality and humidity (we’ve watched one enthusiastically spring to life time and time again after a particularly aggressive sauté session in the kitchen). It even features a solid-state sensor to detect and destroy formaldehyde emitted by household items—a boon if you’re in a newly renovated/refurbished space, as fresh carpet and new mattresses are emitting odd things.

You don’t have to worry about airborne baddies getting re-released into the air since the entire purifier-humidifier is fully sealed to the HEPA H13 standard. If you love numbers, neat tech, and data, this machine will tickle your brain when it reports your air quality in real time on the LCD screen and DysonLink app (which you can use to tweak/schedule usage). The filters are low-maintenance and easy to replace, and the machine features a deep-clean cycle to get rid of mineral build-up and bacteria that may be lurking in the water system. Although it’s almost $1,000, you’re getting three devices for the cost of one. Talk about smart.

Best for large rooms: Mila Smart Air Purifier

Mila

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This mold- and carbon monoxide-detecting air purifier comes in different filter configurations for custom air purification.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1,000 square feet 
  • Dimensions: 12 x 12 x 15 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 62 dB but lowers to 24 dB while in room

Pros

  • Stylist
  • Small
  • Carbon monoxide, mold detection, and white noise machine built-in

Cons

  • Reviews note excessive air quality notifications

This classy, app-controllable large room air purifier adapts to the size of whatever room it’s placed in. It also looks great in any room it’s placed in. The filter has 45 square feet of HEPA, and with 447 CADR, it’s effective in rooms up to 1,000 square feet. Additional features include a sleep mode and white noise so that it won’t interfere with your sleeping habits. The device also features a carbon monoxide detector. It will monitor your room’s humidity and let you know if it detects any mold. If you’re not a fan of notifications, disable them if you go with the Mila—reviewers note that the Mila app sends lots of alerts.

Best for small rooms: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home Bedroom

Levoit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take this lightweight, compact air purifier from room to room to experience dual-filter, three-stage filtration in your entire home.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 161 square feet
  • Dimensions: 6.69 x 6.69 x 10.43 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Aromatherapy
  • Dual-filter, three-stage filtration
  • Specifically targets hay fever

Cons

  • Not for large homes

The Levoit promises to help relieve allergies, congestion, and sneezing and is our pick for the best small air purifier. Although we can’t vouch for the unit’s specific efficacy against rhinitis, we can vouch for the fact that it has three filters (one more than most other units): HEPA for dust, pollen, and dander; carbon for odors; and polyester for lint and hair. One fun additional feature is that this one has an aromatherapy option if you’d like a little lavender to help lull you to sleep at night.

Best for quiet: Blueair Blue Pure 311i Max

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Particles down to .1 microns are no match for this quiet-but-powerful air purifier.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: Up to 929 square feet
  • Dimensions: 19 x 12.5 x 12.5 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Removes particles down to .1 micron
  • Stylish
  • App connectivity

Cons

  • Reviews note occasional problems with auto-sensing

Blueair makes svelte cylinders with Scandinavian style packed with highly effective electrostatic and mechanical filtration. The Blue Pure 311i Max is HEPASilent but deadly … against microbes in the air. This stylish, small air purifier features five fan speeds and a one-touch auto mode with a fine particles (PM 2.5) sensor to monitor concentration and adjust speed according. This air purifier can clean a 387-square-foot room in 12.5 minutes and a 929-square-foot space in 30 minutes (there are both larger and smaller models, so something for every home). And, it snags all those particles (99.97% of them down to 0.1 micron) all nearly undetected, clocking in at 23 dB on low/night mode—louder than a quiet natural area with no wind but softer than a whisper. And it never runs above 50dB, which makes it QuietMark certified and perfect for a bedroom, TV room, any room … plus it’s only 8 pounds, so it’s easy to move around while you decide between your study and your yoga studio (or realize it’s easiest to buy two).

Is it working? We barely hear it. But we also don’t hear ourselves sneezing and wheezing and complaining about our watery eyes, so we’re going with yes. If we need more confirmation, we can look at a five-color LED that changes according to Air Quality Index (AQI), or we can reference an app that gives insight into indoor vs. outdoor pollution and lets you control mode, tweak LED Brightness, set a schedule, and more (assuming the 311i Max and your phone are connected to WiFi). And if we don’t want it to be working, Google Assistant and Alexa compatibility let us turn it off with voice commands if our phone isn’t convenient. While some reviews note that the auto-sensing feature is not as accurate as they hoped, we’ve observed the Blue Pure 311i Max react firsthand thanks to a low smoke-point cooking oil incident or two. It was lively even from across a loft apartment—and helped with the post-coming odors. And the washable pre-filter fabric cover (shown above in “Stockholm Fog” color, quietly complementing some audio-video gear) meshed effortlessly with the decor to boot.

Best HEPA: Coway Tower True HEPA Air Purifier

Coway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Stylish-meets-powerful with this True HEPA air purifier that features four levels of filtration.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 330 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.5 × 32.7 × 10.7 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 52 dB

Pros

  • Real-time air sensing
  • Washable pre-filter
  • Air quality indicator

Cons

  • Noisier compared to other air purifiers

Multiple fan speeds, a timer, an air-quality assessor, and a filter-replacement indicator light make this the best HEPA air purifier—not just quiet and effective, but user-friendly. At just under $200, it’s neither cheap nor exorbitant for an air purifier, and it’s also aesthetically pleasing. Reviewers note that this air purifier is noisier than most.

Best with UV light: Germ Guardian True HEPA Filter Air Purifier

Germ Guardian

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This quiet air purifier uses CARB-compliant UVC light and titanium dioxide to reduce airborne bacteria, viruses, and mold spores.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 153 square feet
  • Dimensions: 10.25 x 6.75 x 21.5 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 61.2 dB

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Reduces odors
  • Pre-filter traps allergens

Cons

  • UV light can be bad for the environment

UVC light (the most destructive of all the UVs) in an air purifier works as a UVGI—ultraviolet germicidal irradiation—disinfection method by attacking the DNA of cells floating through the air, like mold spores, viruses, and bacteria. (This means, like all other filters, it cannot do anything for particles that have settled into fabric). An activated charcoal filter reduces odors. The 22-inch purifier filters air four times per hour at maximum speed in rooms up to 153 square feet. The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. California Air Resources Board (CARB) compliance means you can rest easy about its environmental footprint.

Best for allergies: InvisiClean Aura II Air Purifier

InvisiClean

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: CARB compliance plus four levels of air purification equals an exorcism for your sneezes.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 319 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12.34 x 6.25 x 17.75 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Four fan speeds
  • Quiet
  • CARB compliant

Cons

  • No auto-sensing

The four fan speeds, whisper-quiet operation, and CARB compliance make this air purifier an especially good pick for allergy sufferers. The California Air Resources Board requires purifiers to produce .050 parts per million of ozone or less, so any device with this certification keeps you safe from unsafe gas levels.

Best for smoke: Alen BreatheSmart 75i

Alen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Detailed air quality indicators, a B7-Pure filter, and a CADR of 347 mean that this air purifier will stop smoke in its tracks.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 1300 square feet
  • Dimensions: 12 x 19 x 27 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 51 dB

Pros

  • 8 colorways
  • Quickly cleans large rooms
  • Auto-adjusts based on air quality

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Little warranty

This is an easy pick for the best air purifier for smoke, thanks to its CADR of 347 (out of 450). Thanks to automatic air-quality detection, when any type of smoke is present, the unit will kick up to turbo. When no irritants are present, the device goes into energy-saving mode. Five air quality colors give you a more detailed visual indicator of air quality—other air purifiers only include three color indicators.

Best portable: WYND Smart Plus Personal Portable Air Purifier

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Take clean air onto the airplane or into the office with this water bottle-sized air purifier developed by NASA and MIT engineers.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: N/A
  • Dimensions: 9.57 x 8.62 x 4.33 inches
  • App connectivity: Yes
  • Max decibels (dB): 55 dB

Pros

  • Small
  • iOS/Android app
  • Medical-grade filter

Cons

  • Expensive for size

This small-but-mighty air purifier designed by NASA and MIT engineers fits in a cup holder and can purify the air in a car in under 15 minutes—that’s eight liters of air per second. And that comes in handy in a world of wildfires and other pollutants you might encounter as you travel—something we know from experience, as one accompanied three passengers in a Honda CR-V through the smoke-heavy American West during fall 2021. And, if you like numbers, the WYND air purifier connects to an iOS/Android app to track real-time hyperlocalized data on dust and other particulates. It also enables you to switch between different purifier presets, like auto and night, control other WYND devices, and alerts you when encountering poor air quality. The included desktop kickstand accessory lets you position the air purifier to direct a clean bubble toward your face (as shown above), giving your nose and lungs instant access to medical-grade filtered air in an office or elsewhere.

Best budget: LEVOIT Air Purifier for Home, Core 300

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This compact air purifier tackles smoke, dust, pollen, bacteria, and viruses without hurting your wallet.

Specs

  • Recommended room size: 219 square feet
  • Dimensions: 8.7 x 8.7 x 16.25 inches
  • App connectivity: No
  • Max decibels (dB): 50 dB

Pros

  • Filter life indicator
  • Timer
  • Quiet

Cons

  • Louder than other air purifiers

This cheap air purifier targets smoke, dust, and pollen, along with some bacteria and viruses. Four specialty replacement filters include a pet-allergy option and a toxin absorber for particularly smoky or smoggy areas. Like higher-end air purifiers that are more expensive, this Levoit air purifier features timer settings and a sleep mode. And the display lights can be turned off to ensure a pitch-black room when sleeping. Although the air purifier is louder than some competitors, it resembles a whooshing fan at its highest setting—if you can deal with that, this air purifier is for you.

What to consider when buying the best air purifiers

The best air purifier for you might not be the one your best friend or neighbor loves. You want a HEPA filter with a high MERV rating that’s designed to cover the amount of space you have in your particular room or dwelling. Beyond that, consider whether you want other features like pathogen-killing UV light, smart controls, and/or odor elimination. Do you need the best air purifier for pets or perhaps something portable? Air purifiers for mold or models to get rid of smoke? Air filters work only on airborne particles. To get at anything that’s settled into upholstery or rugs, you’ll need a handy vacuum, a helpful robot, or something else that offers deep-clean suction.

Size of space

There’s an alphabet soup to make sense of when choosing the best air purifier for your home. ACH (air changes per hour) correlates to the airflow of your device. It’s calculated based on the volume of your space, ceiling height, and how many cubic feet per minute the device can cover. It’s independent of other factors, e.g., the filter’s efficacy—to calculate that you need the CADR (clean air delivery rate) rating; because a HEPA filter is more efficient, its CADR rating may be lower, which is deceptive.

The most important thing to note is that an air purifier’s efficacy cannot be calculated based on square footage alone. You can find handy calculators online to determine the proper purifier for your needs, but here’s what to consider with any device: Will it successfully rid your home of odors with carbon or other comparable filters? Is it a good choice for pet owners? Does it feature UV light? Read the fine print.

HEPA

You’ve likely heard of high-efficiency particulate air, or HEPA, filters. They are a type of pleated air filter that, according to the Environmental Protection Agency, “can theoretically remove at least 99.97% of dust, pollen, mold, bacteria, and any airborne particles with a size of .3 microns.” The smaller the particle, the more penetrating and nefarious it can be. So when you’re shopping for air purifiers, check out their filters’ MERV (minimum efficiency reporting values) rating. The higher the MERV rating, the better it is at trapping the tiniest particles.

Suppose it’s the coronavirus that has you shopping for purifiers. In that case, it should be said that though a HEPA filter should be able to catch a virus of that size, there’s no conclusive proof that an air purifier can kill airborne COVID-19-carrying air droplets. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has stated that any room housing a coronavirus patient “should be exhausted directly to the outside, or be filtered through a high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter directly before recirculation.”

If your main concern about your indoor air quality is lingering food or cigarette smoke odors, make sure the model you’re considering specifically targets fumes and other volatile organic compounds. HEPA filters aren’t good at eliminating odors on their own.

The HEPA filter was initially designed to capture radioactive particles when the atomic bomb was being developed because it can capture 99.97 percent of particles as small as .3 microns, which can evade other types of filters. (This is sometimes referred to as “true HEPA,” as European HEPA standards are required to trap only 85 percent of particles.) It works by ensnaring, sieving, and rerouting irritating particles.

A HEPA air purifier is considered the gold standard, but it does have limitations. Any particle smaller than .3 microns—for example, some viruses and VOCs (volatile organic compounds) like aerosols, ammonia, and other toxins—will slip right through. Changing your filter often enough is key. A HEPA filter does a great job of capturing mold. If you don’t change the filter, the purifier can redistribute that mold back into the air.

Allergies

The best air purifiers for allergies depend on what your particular triggers are because different filters work on different-sized particles. Pet hair and pollen are large particles, dust is medium-sized, and smoke is small. A combination HEPA-carbon filter is your best bet for filtering the maximum number of irritants to help reduce your allergies.

The addition of an ionizer and UV light, if you’re comfortable with it, adds a belt to your proverbial suspenders. Because UV light does create ozone particles, we recommend choosing an air purifier with UV light that’s approved for sale in California.

Smoke

Pollutants—like smoke and soot—can aggravate asthma, irritate your eyes, and stress your lungs and heart. An intuitive HEPA purifier with multiple fan speeds, maximum air circulation, and zero ozone output is the best one for allergy sufferers and people who are sensitive to smoke. The best air purifiers for smoke have a higher CADR rating. This means your device will be better at eliminating smoke and its odor, whether you’re talking about cigarettes, cannabis, or wildfires.

FAQs

Q: How much does an air purifier cost?

Even cheap air purifiers aren’t that cheap—they range between $50-$900. So chances are, if you’ve found an option that’s within your budget, you don’t need to second-guess it. Go through all the checkboxes you would for a more expensive model: Does it feature a true HEPA filter? Does your air purifier also feature a carbon filter? Is it ozone-free? If the answers are yes, then go for it. What you’re likely sacrificing are bells and whistles you may not even need, like WiFi capability or large-space efficacy, but still possibly getting other extras, like low-noise operation and triple filtration.

Q: Should I sleep with the air purifier on?

Sure, there’s no reason not to sleep with the air purifier on! An air purifier contributes to an overall healthy home environment, even while you sleep. In fact, many models feature white noise or overnight modes, so they can continue to work without disturbing you (and possibly even helping you sleep).

Q: Where is the best place to position an air purifier?

The best place to position an air purifier is probably not where you think. Don’t stick it in a corner or behind a piece of furniture to conceal it. Beyond that, if there’s a particular pollutant (smoke, food odor) that you’re trying to combat, place the purifier near it. You want it 3 to 5 feet off the ground—so on a table or sill if it’s not a tower-style—and, whenever possible, near sites of good airflow, like doorways and windows. Moving your purifier from place to place helps maximize its efficacy.

Q: Will an air purifier affect my plants?

Your plants should be safe and sound in the presence of an air purifier, with one exception: models that expel ozone. Otherwise, purified air is good for plants, just like it’s good for humans.

Q: Do air purifiers with UV light really offer extra sanitation?

Opinions on whether air purifiers with UV lights are worth it differ. UV can conquer indoor air particles that escape other filters, like bacteria and viruses, but the EPA has said there’s no way to measure the effectiveness of UV filtration. The UV lights are technically considered pesticidal devices—”an instrument or other machine that is used to destroy, repel, trap or mitigate any pests, including bacteria and viruses”—according to the EPA, and it does not review, and therefore cannot endorse, those. UV light creates potentially harmful ozone, as well, although the amount is small.

Final thoughts on the best air purifiers

In almost every category, the best air purifiers have a true HEPA filter and a carbon filter. Together, they get you the most coverage regarding the breadth of pollutants the purifier will attack. Beyond that, the most important qualities are energy efficiency and picking the right model for the size of your room. Everything else—design, whether the device is app-enabled, UV lighting—is just gravy.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best air purifiers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best routers for Comcast in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-routers-for-comcast/ Wed, 22 Jun 2022 02:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=451298
The Best routers for Comcast in 2022
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Sure, you can use the router Comcast provides, but those rental fees will add up fast.

The post The best routers for Comcast in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best routers for Comcast in 2022
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall Motorola MG7700 is the best overall router for comcast. Motorola MG7700
SEE IT

Comcast approved, this modem-router combo is quick to set up and the right bandwidth for most high-speed customers.

Best Netgear NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V is the best Netgear router for comcast. NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V
SEE IT

Supporting up to 30 devices and a shared storage device, this is a robust reliable home internet hub.

Best 600 Mbps for Cable Internet ARRIS SURFboard SBG7400ACS is the best 600 mbps for cable internet. ARRIS SURFboard SBG7400ACS
SEE IT

Approved for Xfinity, with built-in virus protection features, this is a stable east-to-setup option.

When you sign up for Comcast’s Xfinity internet service, you’ll be presented with a choice that seems almost trivial but will turn out to be one of the most critical parts of your customer experience: Rent a modem/router combo from Comcast or go out and buy your own. At first, it might feel like a no-brainer to go with the Comcast-provided choice. You know it will work well with what you have and the quoted price is never too expensive. However, the math is clear: you’re probably going to be a Comcast customer for many years, so buying your own modem and router will be cheaper. It can be scary to go out and finally make the purchase, though, because you don’t know if the equipment you’re looking at will work with Comcast. That’s why we’ve worked hard to put your fears to rest and come up with this list of the best routers for Comcast.

How we chose the best routers for Comcast

Getting one of the best routers for Comcast is typically a two-step process. First, you need to identify what kind of router you want. Are you going budget? Is Netgear best? Or are you searching for the best portable Wi-Fi? Whatever you’re looking for, there is probably a great router that works with Comcast in the list. This brings us to the second step: verifying that the router works with Comcast internet. This is done in a variety of ways, including researching the wide diversity of customer experiences, manufacturer claims, and product certifications. When combined, these two steps will lead you to one of our best routers for Comcast, just like they informed our list.

The best routers for Comcast: Reviews & Recommendations

The best routers for Comcast are ones that pick up on the key needs of consumers today, while also conferring some advantages of their own. It is tempting to fall into the trap of thinking that only DOCSIS 3.1, Wi-Fi 6E, multi-gigabyte-supporting routers are the best, but the reality is that a more measured approach is best. No over-the-top router built today will actually be the router of choice in the far future it imagines. Instead, our recommendations focus on the best routers for Comcast that will work great in 2023 and beyond … but not so far beyond that we enter a future beyond our current understanding.

Best overall: Motorola MG7700

Motorola

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A Comcast Xfinity-approved modem-router combo that has all you need for quality internet quickly.

Specs

  • Modem combo: Yes
  • Max speed: Supports internet plans up to 800 Mbps
  • Wi-Fi standard: Wi-Fi 5

Pros

  • Comcast approved
  • Quick Setup
  • Right speed for most high-speed customers
  • 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports

Cons

  • Connectivity issues in large homes

The Motorola MG7700 is an upgrade to the very successful MG7550. As far as Wi-Fi routers for your home go, this one will prove to be a top competitor for the modern era. Serving up to 800 Mbps service plans and coming with four Ethernet ports ready to serve the gigabit generation, you should be happy for quite some time.

The MG7700 is only approved to work with Comcast Xfinity, Cox, and Spectrum, which works out in your favor as a Comcast customer. You’ll find that setup is generally quite quick, with only a power cord and your coaxial cable needing to be plugged in before following a few simple steps to secure your connection. Plus, if you do run into any problems, your customer support tech from Comcast Xfinity will likely be at least somewhat familiar with the MG7700 and can give you some pro tips about working with the device.

The Motorola MG7700 works best in medium-sized homes, with those in large homes finding some trouble connecting in the far corners of their home. For these customers, the Wi-Fi 6/DOCSIS 3.1 Motorola MG8725 might work better, but for the average person in the here and now the MG7700 will more than suffice.

Best Netgear: NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V

NETGEAR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is a tried-and-true Netgear with the perfect balance between reliable performance and price.

Specs

  • Modem combo: Yes
  • Max speed: Certified for 800 Mbps Xfinity Cable (1,900 Mbps theoretical maximum)
  • Wi-Fi range: Suitable for 1,800 sq. ft. homes

Pros

  • Supports up to 30 devices
  • Shared storage drive
  • 4 gigabit Ethernet ports
  • Access to Comcast Voice (VoIP)

Cons

  • Older model

The NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V is a robust model that has not only stood the test of time but still competes as one of the best routers of today.

A manufacturing sticker tells us that the C7100V is “100% Certified Compatible” with cable internet from Xfinity up to 800 Mbps, while the actual speed that it can reach is somewhat faster. This should be enough for most consumers by itself, but the four gigabit Ethernet ports certainly aren’t reducing the value either.

Next, we have the access to Comcast Voice, a VoIP system signified by the “V” at the end of the product model. While VoIP is certainly nothing new, we aren’t into turning down well-tuned extras.

Speaking of being nothing new, the C7100V isn’t exactly the new kid on the block. When models have been out for a few years, you have the advantage of knowing exactly what you are going to get and the markdowns in price that come with time. The trade-off, of course, is lowered future longevity and the potential for reduced support from the manufacturer coming on the horizon. In all, with the C7100V you know you’re getting a modem-router combo that won’t break down easily and should still be worth something in a few years.

Best 600 Mbps for cable internet: ARRIS SURFboard SBG7400ACS

ARRIS

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This is a recommended for 600 Mbps router that is capable of so much more.

Specs

  • Modem combo: Yes
  • Max speed: Approved for 600 Mbps cable, with 1000 Mbps download
  • DOCSIS: 3.0

Pros

  • Approved for Comcast Xfinity
  • Built-in McAfee protection
  • 4 gigabit Ethernet ports
  • Password-free connection via WPS

Cons

  • Tricky installation
  • Not compatible with DSL or fiber

ARRIS’s SURFboard SBG7400AC2 is a DOCSIS 3.0 router that is suggested for cable internet plans of around 600 Mbps. Again, that’s cable plans (it won’t work with DSL or fiber) and that is a suggestion. In many instances, this product is capable of much higher speeds, such as via the Ethernet ports that can give you a full gigabit connection.

One interesting feature that comes with the SURFboard SBG7400AC2 is access to McAfee Secure Home Internet, part of the McAfee Secure Home Platform. When enabled, it provides McAfee-level security to all devices connected to your network, controlled via an associated app. You can control the security via Alexa or Google Assistant, set parental controls, and even set it to prevent your devices from accessing the internet while you’re away from home for an even higher level of security. For those of you seeing another McAfee product in your lives as a hassle, you’ll be happy to know that this part of the router is optional.

Getting connected to the router with your device is also quite easy. The small button below the status lights, labeled “WPS,” can be pressed to connect applicable phones and other devices. No having to give your password out and no lengthy password typing. A win-win for sure.

The initial setup feels like the main drawback with this router, as the provided instructions are a tad confusing and the SURFboard Manager app isn’t as user-friendly as we’d like. Still, once it works the SURFboard SBG7400AC2 provides a lot for the right niche it serves.

Best Wi-Fi: Amazon eero 6e Mesh Wi-Fi Router

Eero

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Amazon’s eero Mesh Wi-Fi Router sets up quickly to provide whole-home internet coverage.

Specs

  • Modem combo: No
  • Wi-Fi range: Supports 2,000 sq. ft. area
  • Max Speed: Supports internet plans up to 2.3Gbps

Pros

  • Tiny and lightweight
  • 2 gigabit Ethernet ports
  • Amazon Alexa support
  • Stay secure with auto-updates

Cons

  • No modem combo

If you’re looking for a pure router, no modem combo, to help distribute internet power throughout your home, Amazon’s own eero 6e Pro Mesh Wi-Fi Router is the perfect device to do so with. As a mesh router, it packs a lot of power in a tiny size and can help you destroy those pockets of your home that are currently just filling one or fewer internet bars on your phone.

The eero Mesh is an Amazon product, so there is no surprise that it comes with Alexa support. Here, Alexa can give you control over the access individual devices have to your Wi-Fi network, meaning your naughty child’s late-night Fortnite session can be shut down with a single sentence.

The eero Mesh is not expensive, with the three-pack option coming in at about the price of the modem-router combos on this list. This is a good thing because the only downside to this system is that in real homes it often isn’t meeting up to the 2,000 square foot coverage area suggested by eero. Too many customers are reporting difficulties using the product through their walls or just outside their home, suggesting a weak signal. Instead, give every room its own happy cube of Wi-Fi-fed internet joy.

TP-Link

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The TP-Link AC1750 Archer A7 provides Alexa support, a VPN server, parental control, and more at a price point anyone can afford.

Specs

  • Modem combo: No
  • Max speed: Supports plans up to 300 Mbps (1750 Mbps theoretical maximum)
  • Wi-Fi range: Suitable for 2,500 sq. ft. home

Pros

  • Competitive pricing
  • 4 gigabit Ethernet ports, 1 gigabit WAN port
  • Award-winning customer satisfaction
  • Built-in Alexa and parental control support

Cons

  • Old model
  • No modem combo

Finally, we get to the TP-Link Archer A7, which is a reliable older router without the modem combo. If you’re truly looking for the best routers for Comcast, as opposed to modem-router combos, and are on a budget this is the go-to pick that should satisfy you for quite some time.

What you might not be expecting from an older, budget router is the Alexa support and robust parental controls, which can set time limits and filtering levels. The router even has a VPN to secure your web-browsing privacy just an extra bit more.

Much like our commentary with the NETGEAR Nighthawk C7100V, there are certain pros and cons when it comes to getting an older router. With the Archer A7, you do get the satisfaction of knowing that the product you’re buying is a two-time winner of a customer satisfaction award from JD Power—the same group known for rating the best cars positively. If it were only to have a modem tied in with it, it could likely still be a high-ranking contender in its own right.

What to consider when buying the best routers for Comcast

So, you’ve followed the two-step approach outlined above and have arrived at a decent-looking router for Comcast. How do you evaluate it from here? A lot of the decision-making process from here comes down to stats and the nearly unlimited wealth of knowledge that comes from the huge Comcast user base. Numbers and individual experiences can tell you a lot about the short-term functioning of a router, but there is nothing like the masses to show you if a router outperforms the rest in the long run.

The next thing you should consider is possibly the biggest question you’ll face when getting a router for Comcast. A question so important, that it will divide the acceptable range of products for you to buy into two parts. So, what is this oh-so-essential question?

Max speed: Routers are rated on the max speed they can deliver. If that speed is higher than the internet speed Comcast is giving you, you’re overpaying for your router. However, if the speed is lower, you’re overpaying for your internet. Every. Single. Month. The recommendation is fairly straightforward and simple: Find the perfect internet speed for you, then buy a router that has a max speed somewhat above that speed. Getting a router with a bit extra leaves you some growing room as your internet package expands, as well.

For modem-router combo users, the next thing you’ll need to consider is DOCSIS. Standing for “Data Over Cable Services Interface Specification,” this factor affects your speed by determining how well the aforementioned “internet juice” can travel from the modem part of the combo to the router part.

In 2022, you’ll only need to select from DOCSIS 3.0 and DOCSIS 3.1. If you want to skip the technical details, we can simplify this selection by saying that DOCSIS 3.0 will be fine for average internet users of the current age but DOCSIS 3.1 is better for top-of-the-line internet speeds and equipment and is more “futureproofed.” In the years that come, we can expect that the basic standard will switch from DOCSIS 3.0 to DOCSIS 3.1.

Now, onto the fine details. DOCSIS 3.0 is capable of 200 Mbps upload speeds and up to 1 Gbps download speeds. In a world where most Americans don’t have gigabit internet yet, it will do fine. However, as coverage expands and competition drives prices cheaper, this will rapidly change. DOCSIS 3.1 has 2 Gbps upload and 10 Gbps download speeds. To put that in comprehensible terms: FromSoftware’s Elden Ring is 60GB. With DOCSIS 3.1 and fast enough internet, you could theoretically download Elden Ring in just 6 seconds. The best gaming routers of tomorrow will certainly be DOCSIS 3.1 routers.

Wi-Fi standard: There are three Wi-Fi standards you are likely to hear about while router shopping. From most to least common, they are: Wi-Fi 5, Wi-Fi 6, and Wi-Fi 6E. Much like DOCSIS 3.0 above, Wi-Fi 5 is going to be fine for the vast majority of you. It isn’t until you get to faster internet speeds or want a dozen or so devices connected to the router at once that you will want something better. Let’s look at these future-thinking options now:

We’ve explained Wi-Fi 6 in detail before, but here are the key facts: Wi-Fi 6 just started to appear in 2019 and is made to handle the faster, multi-gigabit internet speeds we are commonly starting to see. More importantly, it is able to handle a much larger number of smart devices at once. Think about your home filled with you and your spouse browsing through your phones while doing work on your laptops, with the addition of your teen and about a dozen of their friends doing a group project on just about as many phones and laptops. This is the future Wi-Fi 6 will have us prepared for.

Wi-Fi 6 routers also tend to have next-generation security protocols, like WPA3, and an extended Wi-Fi range.

Wi-Fi 6E is even newer than Wi-Fi 6, with the E standing for “Enhanced.” It uses technology that few devices today can actually take advantage of. Understanding Wi-Fi 6E in detail is worth it for the futurist but, in the here and now, there is such a thing as being too prepared. If you want something to last far into the future, one of our picks for the best Wi-Fi 6 routers should be more than enough.

Wi-Fi range: Wi-Fi range is quite a bit more simple to understand than the above. This is the range that you can get Wi-Fi signal from the router. The only time this calculation can get complicated to understand is if you have a multi-story home (at which point you might want to look at our suggestions for best Wi-Fi extenders). The range is a direct point A to point B count, so you might have to study up on your Pythagoras.

The last thing to consider is that walls, electronic devices, and certain other materials in between your device and the router can weaken the signal somewhat. Like a lot of stats in the tech product world, more is better, but just enough will suffice.

FAQs

Q: How much do routers for Comcast cost?

The best routers for Comcast can cost anywhere from around $50 to somewhat over $300. A lot of this comes down to if you are getting a modem-router combo or a plain router by itself that you will use with a separate modem. Some routers can be even more expensive than $500 but these typically use tech that the majority of customers won’t be able to get the full benefits of, such as advanced Wi-Fi standards and DOCSIS 3.1.

Q: What router is best for Comcast?

The best router for Comcast is the Motorola MG7700, as it comes Comcast Xfinity-approved and delivers high-quality internet speeds. The Motorola MG7700 is also very convenient to set up and will work well for most users.

Q: Are Xfinity routers any good?

The basic router provided by Xfinity is okay but comes with a monthly rental fee. Buying your own modem and router will save you a ton of money over the long run and give you access to higher quality service and bonus features. Our best routers for Comcast Xfinity above should all prove to be a better choice in the long run, depending on your own situation.

Should I get a modem-router combo?

Quick lesson time! In a simple sentence, here is the difference between a modem and a router: A modem is the part of your internet equipment that gets the “internet juice” from the company and a router is the part that “sprays” it around your house. Okay, that’s a bit oversimplified and a tad gross but can serve as a basic guide for those of you wondering, “Do I need to get a modem combo or just a router?”

If you get a router but don’t have a modem, you will be stuck with a box spraying signal around your house, but the signal won’t have any internet in it. Again, that’s a bit oversimplified, but the problem remains: If you have a plain router, you are going to need a separate modem box to make your internet work.

This is why so many of us get modem-router combos; you get everything you need in one box. The two are so commonly housed together that you might already have them confused as being one and the same. It doesn’t help that manufacturers will advertise the combos as simply a “router.” To avoid disappointment, be sure to check what you are actually getting by reading the labels and fine details carefully before you make a purchase.

Final thoughts on the best routers for Comcast

At the end of the day, the most important thing when buying your own router for Comcast is making sure you end up with both a router and a modem, have a router that is compatible with Comcast, and are able to enjoy the speeds provided. All of our best routers for Comcast are suitable for Comcast and many have modems, too. Nearly everyone will be happy using the Motorola MG7700 with their Comcast Xfinity internet.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best routers for Comcast in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best massage chairs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-massage-chair/ Fri, 13 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389012
The best massage chairs in a collage
Stan Horaczek

Give sore muscles the spa treatment in the comfort of your own home.

The post The best massage chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best massage chairs in a collage
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black massage chair Real Relax Favor 03 Massage Chair
SEE IT

Feel like you’re floating on a cloud in this zero-gravity massage chair.

Best stylish The Esright Massage Recliner Chair is the best massage chair for the style-conscious. Esright Massage Recliner Chair
SEE IT

A stylish recliner and useful massage chair.

Best for tall people Human Touch Novo massage chair for big and tall people Human Touch Super Novo
SEE IT

This expensive chair has ample room for people up to 6’9″.

Ditch the standard recliner and get yourself a great massage chair that does much more than rock back and forth. With multiple options, heat functions, muscle compression, and soothing vibrations, a massage chair is a therapeutic throne. New styles, sizes, and price points let you slide a quality chair into just about any living space. Go big with a large chair that feels like a bear hug, or keep it simple with one disguised as a typical piece of living room furniture. Melt away all the stress of the modern world with the best massage chairs you’ll look forward to using.

How we chose the best massage chairs

You should feel like you’re in a tropical paradise in a massage chair—not sitting in the middle of a mall an arm’s reach away from a lotion kiosk and sportscar raffle. It should be equal parts functional and stylish: you want something that will look good in your living room and make your back feel like it’s being pummeled into blissful oblivion. We looked at reviews, recommendations, user impressions, and what’s used in spas to guide our search. And, we did the incredibly difficult and not-at-all relaxing work of trying out a few—all in a hard day’s work of product testing.

The best massage chairs: Reviews & Recommendations

Ready to ease aching muscles with the touch of a button? When picking one, think about size and cost first. New features like zero gravity tilt and foot massagers can be worth the extra money. And look for a style that works for the room. A big chair looks fine in a man cave but may look out of place in the dining room.

Best overall: Real Relax Favor 03 Massage Chair

Real Relax

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This easy-to-use zero-gravity massage chair includes voice controls and Bluetooth connectivity to truly sit down and relax.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 52 x 27 x 43 inches
  • Capacity: 400 lbs.
  • Reclining angle: Around 145 degrees
  • Controller: LCD screen; voice control

Pros

  • Voice control
  • Bluetooth, smartphone connectivity
  • Intuitive controls

Cons

  • Heavy

The Real Relax massage chair is great for full-body massages. Eight massage rollers and 50 airbags are strategically placed to hit the right spot. It’s particularly good at massaging and rolling calves and feet. The controls are intuitive. Switch between six auto programs, heating, reclining, and leg compression quickly using your voice or the large LCD remote controller. The zero-gravity tilt—which can recline up to 145 degrees—turns this chair into a cloud of comfort, and the chair can handle up to 400 pounds.

This chair also comes with Bluetooth speakers and smartphone connectivity in order to jam to your favorite music or play spa tunes to set the mood. But even without those extras, this is one of the best zero-gravity massage chairs and it costs a little over $1,000. Not a bad deal for what you’re getting. Reviewers note that it takes at least two sets of hands to get the chair inside when it’s delivered. Post-assembly, it’s easy to move thanks to two built-in wheels.

Best stylish: Esright Massage Recliner Chair

Esright

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: At first glance, this massage chair looks like a recliner, making it an inconspicuous addition to living room relaxation.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 35.8 x 33.5 x 43.2 inches
  • Capacity: 330 lbs.
  • Reclining angle: 150 degrees
  • Controller: Remote

Pros

  • Side pocket
  • Resembles a recliner
  • Cup holder

Cons

  • Difficult to close the footrest

If you don’t want a big professional massage machine taking up space in your home, but still want a good massage chair, the Esright Massage Recliner Chair is a great solution: It looks like a standard faux leather recliner you’d buy at the furniture store. Eight modes of vibration target lower-back pain and the heating function keeps your body comfortable and cozy on cold nights. The chair is also a genuine recliner and swivel chair, featuring a 150-degree reclining angle, 360 degrees of rotation, and rocking capabilities, making it ideal for a home theater. It even includes a cup holder and a side pocket for beverages and magazines.

Assembly is easy and it’s not too heavy. While it doesn’t pack the same powerful punch as a zero-gravity massage chair, this recliner is an affordable chair with a great sense of style. Reviewers note that it takes some strength to close the footrest, which is controlled by a pull handle between the seat cushion and armrest.

Best for small spaces: CirC – Premium SL Track Heated Massage Chair

Synca Wellness

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This ergonomic, retrofuturistic chair is perfect for small spaces and apartments thanks to its compact design.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 40 x 21.75 x 37
  • Capacity: 250 lbs.
  • Reclining angle: N/A
  • Controller: Remote

Pros

  • Ambient lighting
  • Ergonomic
  • No assembly required

Cons

  • Not for tall people

Not all massage chairs are big and bulky. The CirC massage chair is a compact 22 inches wide. It’s great for anyone smaller than 5’10’’ and the lack of armrests means it can fit well in corners and near walls. It uses rollers and SL track massage technology to focus on your back and neck. There are no vibration functions and it doesn’t recline, but for a simple, lightweight massage chair, this is great for apartments and small spaces. It has lumbar heating and the chair massage feels good, even for a straight-back model. It’s also an ergonomic chair, meaning you aren’t sacrificing comfort for style. It makes for a nice reading chair, thanks to the built-in ambient lighting. The chair doesn’t need assembling and the fabric cover is replaceable. Those taller than 5’10’’ will need something bigger, so take a close look at the size before buying. 

Best for tall people: Human Touch Super Novo

Human Touch

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A larger seat and adjustable massage roller widths make this one a great option for taller or larger people.

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎63″D x 34″W x 46″H
  • Capacity: 285 lbs.
  • Controller: LCD screen

Pros

  • Zero-gravity
  • Bluetooth capabilities
  • Customizable

Cons

  • The control panel interface could be more user-friendly

Zero-gravity massage chairs usually have small seat widths that feel cramped and uncomfortable for some people. The Human Touch Novo, however, offers a wider sitting area and an extended length in order to accommodate bigger and taller bodies. Despite its extra room, this chair still offers all the bells and whistles you’d expect, with many premium features you won’t find on cheaper models. The built-in Bluetooth speakers come from Altec Lansing, so they provide more fidelity while you get your rub on. An assortment of 38 different programs allows users to customize their routines. Each program simulates the hands of an actual massage therapist by changing up the pressure, direction, and intensity based on the desired effect.

Because this is a zero gravity chair, it reclines all the way back. Once you’re fully lounged, the chair can stretch out your legs and back to relieve the feeling of pressure that can build up over the course of the day. Of course, this is one of the biggest chairs on the list and it’s also the most expensive. But, if your body takes up a lot of room, you’ll need a serious massage chair. This one fits the bill.

Best budget: BestMassage Recliner Chair

BestMassage

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This optoin features capabilities of more expensive models at a fraction of the price.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 39.8 x 27 x 34 inches
  • Capacity: 275 lbs.
  • Reclining angle: Up to 160 degrees
  • Controller: Remote

Pros

  • Easy assembly
  • Eight modes of vibration
  • Color options

Cons

  • Tall people might find it a bit small

For less than $150, the BestMassage Recliner Chair does a pretty good job at rubbing away lower back pain. It’s not designed to tackle shoulders and it won’t compress your legs for increased blood flow, but for the same price as a non-massaging chair, why not go for the one with the robotic fingers? It has a two-point massage system and eight modes of vibration. It comes in seven durable and easy-to-clean colors. Even in the reclined position, it feels sturdy and comfortable. If you don’t mind giving up the bells and whistles of zero-gravity massage chairs, this simple recliner has the vibration power to make it one step better than a traditional living room chair. Assembly only takes two minutes and does not require any tools to build. Some reviewers note that people taller than 6 feet might find this chair too small for them.

What to consider when buying the best massage chairs

If you’ve never owned a heated massage chair, it may seem like an intimidating purchase. With varying sizes, features, and cost, how do you know what chair is the best for your home, your budget, and your body? Before bouncing your muscles into bliss, understand how these luxury chairs work and know what to look for when choosing a massage chair.

Function

The key selling point of any massage chair is its ability to rub you the right way. Larger versions will typically have a wide assortment of massage options. Shiatsu massage chair functions mean the chair will come with “fingers” that will move in a circular motion, mimicking the touch and feel of human hands. A rolling massage simply means your body will be treated to a rolling pin that travels up and down the body, mashing any muscles in its path.

Smaller massage recliners that look more like regular furniture will generally focus on your lower back. These are the cheapest massage chairs, but the rollers and fingers won’t travel down to your feet and may miss your neck and shoulders depending on your height and seating position. The bigger chairs can work on your entire body, head to toe. They can also pinpoint specific areas, like calves or shoulders. Full-body massage chairs are not cheap, and they are not small. Before you pursue this option, make sure you have the space and the budget for a top-to-bottom robotic masseuse. 

Should you buy a zero-gravity massage chair?

When shopping for the best massage chair, you’ll come across a zero-gravity feature. These large chairs can recline and raise your legs above your chest. The result is a feeling of weightlessness that feels incredible. (But truth be told, you’ll still be well aware of gravity, so don’t expect a 100-percent accurate feeling of floating into space.) 

Zero-gravity massage chairs will be big and look more like a spaceship escape pod seat than a chic piece of home decor. But for a more blissful experience, these chairs can’t be beat. And once you’ve felt the luxury of a horizontal chair massage, you’ll never want to use another chair, or bed, ever again.  

Size and assembly

While a simple, low-cost chair will be somewhat easy to move into position, the big zero-gravity massage chairs are bulky and heavy. Moving these 300-pound beasts around a carpeted living room or down a flight of stairs requires strength and patience. You’ll need a good shoulder rub after setting up a large massage chair. 

Many of the big chairs will have small wheels on the rear legs so the chair can be tilted and pushed. But even with the helpful wheels, these chairs can be tricky to maneuver. You’ll need two people to get everything in the right place. Measure your space before you buy, and give yourself a lot of wiggle room for reclining. 

The massage chair will usually arrive in one or two shipping boxes. Assembling isn’t too difficult, but give yourself a free afternoon or weekend to put it all together. You can pay extra for professional assembly, which can save time and frustration.

Budget

An affordable heated massage chair may cost between $100 and $200. These models are good at targeting lower back muscles. But once you enter the full-body massage chair market with its broader functionality, expect to pay $1,000 or more. 

These chairs are loaded with high-tech features such as heating and cooling elements, air cushions for better blood flow, and even smartphone apps to help you manage your relaxation. Some will come with LED lights and speakers. And they are more powerful, with deeper muscle penetration than the budget-priced massage chairs. Is all of that massage power worth it? Yes, if you want a total spa experience. But keep in mind that it won’t last forever. The moving parts will wear out and the electronics will begin to fail. And unless you’re a professional massage chair repair mechanic, once the chair breaks, it’s broken for good. After a few years of use, it may be time to buy another chair. 

Medical benefits

A massage chair is more than just a fancy piece of novelty furniture. They are genuine helping hands. When muscles contract and stiffen up, they can put pressure on nearby nerves. The result is pain. Massaging loosens the muscles up and decreases the pressure around the nerve. The result is nirvana. 

Massage chairs are great for the common aches and pains we all feel after a stressful day (or year, or decade). If you have chronic muscle pain, though, talk to your doctor. For inflammatory disorders and severe back pain, a heated chair message may not be the cure-all you’re hoping for. Massage chairs are designed for relaxing, but aren’t a replacement for medical treatment. 

Air cushions in the legs and feet area of the chair help your circulation and add to the feeling of relaxation. For best blood flow, choose a chair that has multiple massage modes instead of simple vibrations. The more variety, the better the blood flow.  

FAQs

Q: What is a zero-gravity massage chair?

A zero-gravity massage chair is the best of the best. It can be reclined to a nearly flat horizontal position. When your legs are raised above your chest, it can create a feeling of weightlessness. This position makes for a more relaxing experience. Zero-gravity chairs are bigger and bulkier than standard massage chairs, so make sure you have room for it in your house. These provide the most comprehensive chair massage.

Q: Are massage chairs bad for your back?

Massage chairs are not bad for your back when used correctly. First, massage chairs should never be targeting your spine—they are designed for rubbing muscle, not bone. Second, if you have chronic back pain, these may only provide temporary relief. And third, always limit your time in the chair. Spending more than 15 minutes in a full-body chair can overdo it on your muscles. Trained massage therapists know when to stop and when to keep going, but your massage chair isn’t that smart. So it’s always best to stop the massage after 15 minutes of use. The chair will come with advice from the manufacturer. Follow their guidance.

Q: How much does a good massage chair cost?

A good massage chair can cost as little as $200. But the best full-body chairs will usually run closer to $1,000. Zero-gravity chairs—the ones that look like futuristic cockpits—can cost a lot more, so keep a close eye on your budget. Is a massage chair worth $1,000? If you want a great muscle massage in the comfort of your own home, it sure is. Consider how much a spa treatment costs and an at-home chair massage won’t seem so expensive. If you don’t want to spend that much, you can find cheaper options that do a good job at vibrating lower back pain away but won’t do much for necks, shoulders, and legs.  

Final thoughts on the best massage chairs

These high-tech pieces of furniture offer powerful kneading, rubbing, and pulsating pressures to teach your muscles a lesson in relaxation. Some chairs will also use air cushions to massage calves and hips. And don’t forget the feet. A good massage chair should have dedicated rollers and vibrations to soothe weary feet. Look one that hits the spot and won’t break your bank account. With the best massage chair, your home will become a sanctuary of tranquility.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best massage chairs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best home saunas of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-home-saunas/ Wed, 29 Dec 2021 15:52:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=399585
best home saunas
Billy Cadden

Work up a sweat, detoxify, and burn calories without having to leave the house.

The post The best home saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best home saunas
Billy Cadden

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best infrared Double-paneled reforested Canadian hemlock wood provides optimal heat retention. BOTARO Maxxus Saunas Seattle Infrared Sauna
SEE IT

Double-paneled walls constructed with reforested Canadian Hemlock wood planks.

Best indoor All you need is a few feet of square footage and a nearby outlet to use this portable sauna. SereneLife Full Size Portable Steam Sauna
SEE IT

Everything you need for a sauna experience in the comfort of your own home.

Best tent Dual pockets and doubled zippered openings help keep your hands free. Durasage Oversized Portable Steam Sauna
SEE IT

Dual front pockets are perfect for holding a phone, tablet, book, and more.

Saunas can provide many health benefits, including detoxification, improved circulation, stress and pain relief, weight loss, and more and general relaxation depending on the person. But it’s not always convenient to get to the spa or gym for a sauna session. Not to mention, those visits can get expensive. But fortunately, you can get all of the benefits of the sauna without ever having to leave your house, thanks to portable saunas, outdoor saunas, or home saunas, which have been growing in popularity in recent years.

Home saunas tend to use one of two different methods to achieve sweat-inducing temperatures. First, there is traditional steam, which heats the air around you to bring up your body heat. With portable saunas, this steam is typically generated by an external steamer pot that feeds into a sauna tent. The second employs infrared technology that uses electromagnetic radiation to warm your body directly rather than heating the air. This type of heat penetrates deeper into the body and is believed to impact and heal deep tissue.

Whichever you decide on, it’s essential to know what you’re buying—which is why we’ve gone ahead and done the research to compile a list of the best home saunas on the market today.

How we picked the best home saunas

We chose two high-end infrared models for those who have the space to commit to a full sauna setup and three budget-friendly steamer pot options with collapsible storage that practically anyone can use in their homes. Not everyone can spring for the luxury models.

We surveyed dozens of models with dense online research to find picks that would strike the right balance of features, simplicity, and price. We considered outside opinions as well as known and often-reported issues.

The entries on this list have been well-received by users at virtually every level.

The best home saunas: Reviews & Recommendations

Best infrared sauna: BOTARO Maxxus Saunas Seattle Infrared Sauna

BOTARO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This low EMF infrared carbon option operates more efficiently than ceramic heaters and maintains safer temperatures than traditional rock and water steam.

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 41.3 x 47.2 x 74.8 inches
  • Weight: 230 pounds
  • Materials:  100% Canadian Reforested hemlock Wood

Pros:

  • Double-paneled Canadian Hemlock wood
  • Six total heating panels
  • MP3 connection and built-in speakers

Cons:

  • Not quite big enough for two people
  • Requires dedicated space

The BOTARO Maxxus Saunas Seattle Infrared Sauna is the best infrared sauna and the closest thing you’ll get to a spa experience in your own house. This sauna pairs double-paneled, reforested Canadian hemlock wood with low EMF infrared carbon materials for maximum energy efficiency. Unlike ceramic heaters, you’ll never have to replace the six heating panels—of which there are two located on the rear wall, one on each side wall, one under the bench, and one on the floor.

It also operates at a maximum temperature of 140 degrees, which is safer than the 200-degree temps traditional rock and water saunas can create,. Though it does take some space to set up, the sauna plugs into any dedicated 15 amp 110-volt outlet, and no special wiring is required. It can also be installed just about anywhere, including on carpeted floors, basements, master baths, or the garage.

Though the sauna is marketed as accommodating two people, you may find that it’s a better fit for just one. But that’s a small concession when considering the added bells and whistles, such as an MP3 aux connection, built-in speakers, and an interior reading lamp.

Best sauna tent: Durasage Oversized Portable Steam Sauna

Durasage

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a ceramic steam generator and chair, this sauna kit includes everything you need to set up and enjoy a complete spa experience at home.

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 33 x 31.5 x 41 inches
  • Weight: 15.72 pounds
  • Materials: Polyester, PVC

Pros:

  • Dual pockets and zippered openings
  • Extra space than most portable saunas
  • Produces steam up to 212 degrees

Cons:

  • Can take a while to heat up

Read a book, flip through a magazine, or scroll on your phone during a sweat session with the Durasage Oversized Portable Steam Sauna, thanks to dual pockets and two zippered openings that allow you to keep both hands free for other things. Unlike competitor products, this sauna tent is slightly larger to provide a roomier fit.You can even put a towel over the top hole and sit on the floor for a completely immersive sauna experience.

The powerful 1.8-liter steam generator uses a plastic reservoir and ceramic heating element to vaporize water up to 212 degrees Fahrenheit, creating an internal temperature ranging from 110 to 115 degrees. It takes about 15 minutes to start producing steam from the time the unit is plugged in and turned on; however, customers report that it works great once you allow the sauna to heat up entirely. The steam generator hose could be slightly longer, so it could sit on the side instead of behind the sauna, but it’s not a deal breaker.

Best indoor sauna: SereneLife Full Size Portable Steam Sauna

SereneLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You’ll love this large-capacity, full-size sauna with a collapsable design that can be easily folded into a closet for storage when not in use.

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 35.4 x 35.4 x 70.9 inches
  • Weight: 27.8 pounds
  • Materials: Cloth, plastic

Pros:

  • Easy access, full-sized design
  • Fully collapsable for easy storage
  • Energy-efficient

Cons:

  • Not tall enough to fully stand up
  • No internal zipper

Unlike portable saunas that require the user to sit on a chair with a hole to poke their head out, the SereneLife Full Size Portable Steam Sauna is large enough that you can fit your entire body inside with an easy-access “sit-in” design. Yet, it still includes a small window and convenient hand access zippers, so you can use your phone or read a book or magazine while getting your sweat on. When you’re finished, the unit is collapsible and can be easily stored in a closet.

With a 1600 watt high-power heating element and four-liter capacity steamer, this sauna is also energy efficient while having the ability to reach the maximum temperature of 122 degrees Fahrenheit quickly. Additionally, the included wired remote control makes it simple to set the timer and heat settings from inside or outside the unit.

Despite its full size, some users may find it challenging to stand up and get out of, particularly since you cannot open the zipper from the inside. It’s also worth noting that there is no on/off switch, so you have to plug and unplug the back of the sauna to turn it on.

Best 2-person sauna: Dynamic Andora Low EMF Far Infrared Sauna

Dynamic

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A variety of unique features and easy assembly sets this premium, natural, reforested Canadian hemlock wood home sauna apart from the pack.

Specs:

  • Dimensions: 47 x 43.1 x 74.4 inches
  • Weight: 319 pounds
  • Materials: Natural reforested Canadian hemlock wood

Pros:

  • Control panel with LED display
  • Tempered glass door and side windows
  • Fully assembles within on hour

Cons:

  • Pricier than comparable models
  • Small gap at the bottom of the glass door

Despite its extra-large size, this large, 2-person sauna assembles in just one hour, which is faster than an Ikea coffee table. .

But it’s the special touches that really take this home sauna above and beyond, such as a wide, clear tempered glass door with side windows, built-in MP3 aux connection with speakers, and a soft touch control panel with an LED display that sets temperature and time. It also features 10 different ambient light settings, a towel rack, a magazine rack, and a water holder.

Yes, the price tag is a bit steeper than similar models—but its features and build quality go a long way in justifying its price. It can reach a maximum temperature of a wonderfully uncomfortable 140 degrees. 

Things to consider before buying a home sauna

When deciding whether a home sauna is the right fit for you, there are several considerations to factor in.

Size

First, you must ask yourself if you have the space in your home to use and store this type of product. If you live in a small house or apartment, a collapsible portage sauna tent that works with a steamer pot is almost certainly your best bet. Full-sized models can take up as much space as small rooms, while collapsible models can easily fit in a closet or under a bed when they’re not in use.

Materials

If you’re fortunate to have extra space in a basement, garage, or master bath and are serious about sweating, you may want to consider a full-sized unit constructed out of natural reforested Canadian hemlock wood. The tents typically employ insulated fabric to keep in heat and prevent liquid from soaking through.

Heating method

If space and expense are not an issue, the type of heating method is another component that can weigh into your home sauna buying decision. Both traditional steam and low EMF far infrared both have their pros and cons. An infrared sauna will give you more of a cleansing effect when it comes to the material you’re sweating out. However, because these units do heat the body with radiation, it’s important to check the EMF levels the saunas are emitting.

In addition to ensuring that the body doesn’t take on too much radiation, this type of sauna may not be suitable for people with certain types of heart conditions or hypotension. That said, it’s a good rule of thumb to check with your doctor before starting any kind of new health regimen.

FAQs

Q: How much does a home sauna cost?

The portable picks and prefabricated kits on this page range from budget to luxury and can cost from a little more than $100 to a little less than $3,000. It’s another story if you want a professional one installed in your home. Those can range from $3,000 to $6,000 on average, after parts and labor, but hitting $10,000 (or more) isn’t out of the question.

Q: Are home saunas expensive to run?

The cost of running a home sauna varies depending on the type of sauna you choose. For example, traditional saunas that use steam typically take at least 10 minutes to an hour to fully heat up, and the total wattage can generally be calculated using cost per kilowatt. On the other hand, infrared saunas are usually more cost-effective since they do not require time to warm up, and the heating elements use less power, even if these saunas are initially more expensive.

Q: Do saunas have any adverse effects?

Though there are many health benefits to using home saunas, there are also potential side effects and risks to consider. These effects can range from mild to moderate heat discomfort and light-headedness to hypotension, transient leg pain, and airway irritation. These potential risks are why it’s important to check with your doctor before using if you think you may be at risk for any of these conditions.

Final thoughts on finding the best home saunas

It should come as no surprise that our pick for the overall best home sauna is the BOTARO Maxxus Saunas Seattle Infrared Sauna, which is the closest thing to a genuine spa experience without having to leave your house. Yet, it doesn’t come with quite as high of a price tag as the Dynamic two-person home sauna.

That said, we understand that not everyone has the space or the budget for a complete home sauna setup, which is why our second pick is the Durasage Oversized Portable Steam Sauna. Not only does it achieve the primary goal—which is to make you sweat—but when not in use, it conveniently folds up for easy storage.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

Read next: Best Inflatable Pools

The post The best home saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best 4K TVs for 2023, as chosen by experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-4k-tvs/ Thu, 16 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=450004
Samsung OLED 4K
Stan Horaczek

Treat your eyes to the best 4K TVs money can buy.

The post The best 4K TVs for 2023, as chosen by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Samsung OLED 4K
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget OLED The LG C2 OLED TV LG C2
SEE IT

It’s technically a 2022 model, but it’s phenomenal and you can find it for a great price.

Best overall The Samsung S95C OLED on a stand in a room with two chairs Samsung S95C OLED
SEE IT

Samsung’s flagship OLED TV adds brightness, but keeps the image quality and features.

Best budget TCL 55" Class 6-Series 4K Mini-LED TV TCL 6-Series
SEE IT

Mini LED backlighting helps this affordable TV punch well above its price tag in terms of quality.

If you’re buying a new TV in 2023, it really should be a 4K TV. Those 1080p models can still keep up at smaller sizes, but the centerpiece of your living room really deserves the full 2160p experience. At the same time, 8K is still crawling along when it comes to affordable TVs and available native content. 4K really is the sweet spot, and it will be for some time. But choosing a specific model can be complicated. What backlight technology do you want? Do you need a 120Hz refresh rate? What the heck is VRR? Luckily, we’re here to break down these variables and provide expert insight into which TV should handle most of your binge-watching and video gaming needs. Let us help you pick the best 4K TV for your space, budget, and viewing habits.

How we chose the best 4K TVs

The editors and writers at Popular Science have decades of collective experience when it comes to covering, reviewing, and generally nerding out over TVs. The authors of this story have written for countless publications, from general to enthusiast, including Maxim, Men’s Journal, Engadget, and Sound & Vision.

We’ve tapped into our collective experience to parse the specific differences between models for these selections. These selections are based on a foundation of personal hands-on experience, spec comparisons, user feedback, and opinions from other trusted names in the industry. We nerd out about TVs in our free time, too.

The best 4K TVs: Reviews & Recommendations

Now that you know what to look for when picking out the best 4K TV for you, you can go out and take your pick. Of course, if you need help getting started, our list features the cream of the crop. For most people, one of these five models will be the best 4K TV.

Best overall: Samsung S95C OLED

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 55”, 65”, 75”
  • Display: OLED
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • HDR: HDR10, Dolby Vision
  • Ports: 4 HDMI 2.1, RF, Ethernet

Pros

  • Exceptional OLED picture quality
  • Bright enough for rooms with moderate light
  • 4K/120Hz
  • Ports live on a separate box connected with a cable for easy installs
  • Solar-powered remote

Cons

  • Expensive
  • UI can feel bloated

You’ll see this TV pop up in many “best of” TV articles this year. The reason is simple: Samsung did a wonderful job with its most recent OLED display. This is a flagship TV, so it isn’t cheap, but it offers almost anything you could want from a current-generation TV. It offers four HDMI 2.1 ports to support current (and future) gaming consoles. Plus, all its ports live on a separate box connecting to the ultra-thin panel with a single wire. That makes this TV super versatile when it comes to installation.

When it comes to picture quality, I was very impressed during my viewing time with it. I hooked up a PS5, then played several games and watched a few high-res Blu-ray titles, including the latest Venom movie, which is particularly challenging in terms of color and contrast. Samsung’s OLED looked fantastic throughout all of it.

The built-in speakers aren’t phenomenal, but that’s easy to forgive on a wildly skinny TV. You’re best off adding a soundbar or other external audio. The UI can also get a bit clunky, but that’s more of a general Samsung thing than it is specific to this TV.

Quibbles aside, the real star here is the picture quality. It maintains the super-deep blacks that make OLED so appealing. But, due to Samsung’s new display tech, it’s considerably brighter than many OLEDs that came before it. I had no trouble watching content in a fully lit room with strong overhead lights on full-blast. If you have an absurdly bright room, you may still be better off with something like a QLED, but most viewers should be stoked on this TV if they can stomach the relatively high cost.

Best budget: TCL 6-Series Google TV

TCL

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 55”, 65”, 75”
  • Display: QLED
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • HDR: HDR10, Dolby Vision
  • Ports: HDMI 2.1 x 3, USB 2.0 x 2, Ethernet, Bluetooth

Pros

  • Mini-LED QLED 4K display
  • Three HDMI 2.1 ports
  • 4K/120Hz
  • Affordable

Cons

  • TCL makes three “6-Series” TVs, which can get confusing

If you are shopping on a budget, the TCL 6-Series with Google TV makes it very easy to cut some small technical corners and get a great 4K TV at a lower price than our other picks. It features a vibrant, color-accurate QLED 4K display and excellent brightness that can easily combat the sunniest living rooms. TCL also supports HDR10 and Dolby Vision, so you can enjoy the latest season of Stranger Things on Netflix the way it was meant to be seen. The R646 also features two HDMI 2.1 ports, so you can play games in 4K at 120Hz, with features like variable refresh rate available. At this price point, the TCL R646 is unbeatable, offering an impressive 4K picture and a brightness that provides the kind of “wow factor” that matches more expensive alternatives.

Because this TV relies on Mini LED tech, it can provide more localized dimming for content. That means light won’t seep into the dark areas and ruin the contrast ratio. That can seriously detract from the overall visual appeal. If you don’t want the Google TV version, TCL also offers a Roku version if you prefer that platform.

Best budget OLED: LG C2

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Sizes: 42, 48”, 55”, 65”, 77”, 83”
  • Display: OLED evo
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • HDR: HDR10, Dolby Vision
  • Ports: HDMI 2.1 x 4, USB 2.0 x 3, Ethernet, Bluetooth

Pros

  • Sharp, vibrant picture
  • 4K/120Hz support
  • Four HDMI 2.1 ports
  • Up to 20 percent brighter than previous models

Cons

  • OLED panel could be brighter

The LG C2 has just about everything you could want out of a TV even though it’s technically last generation’s model. As the OLED designation suggests, it provides spectacular color and contrast. But, thanks to the latest generation OLED evo panel, it’s also 20 percent brighter than its predecessor. It maintains the deep blacks for which OLED TVs are renowned while pumping up the maximum brightness and overcoming one of OLED’s only inherent weaknesses. As a result, the C2 is a phenomenal all-around TV that will fit in just about any space or use case. It offers a full suite of HDMI 2.1 ports for connecting to game consoles and streaming devices. It offers an array of variable refresh rate modes to prevent artifacts and jaggies during gaming sessions. Plus, it supports just about every form of HDR you could want. If you’re not ready to jump to the C2, you can still find pretty great deals on the C1 out there. If you’re not putting it in a super-bright room, then the C1 should perform excellently while saving you some money.

Best QLED: Samsung QN90C

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes:
  • Display:
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • HDR: HDR10, Dolby Vision
  • Ports: HDMI 2.1 x 4, USB 2.0 x 3, Ethernet, Bluetooth

Pros

  • Very bright
  • 4K/120Hz support
  • Four HDMI 2.1 ports
  • Excellent overall picture quality

Cons

  • Ports live on the TV instead of on an auxiliary box

If you want a bright display, QLED still reigns over almost everything else on the market. It’s not just about brute force brightness, however. Samsung has been refining its QLED TVs for years, and the company has managed to squeeze exceptional picture quality out of its QLEDs at every level. This is the high-end stuff, though, and it’s worth the extra investment. Samsung employs some of its most powerful image processing in this display, which allows it to excellently upscale content of just about every kind.

Despite its relatively skinny stature, this TV offers excellent built-in sound. I was genuinely impressed with the stock sound performance during my review period with the TV. I fired up Godzilla vs. Kong on Blu-ray, and the visuals were predictably meticulous, but the sound was also impressively boomy and clear despite the lack of extra help.

I still find Samsung’s TV UI clunky. I typically just remember the buttons that get me where I want to go rather than trying to navigate the on-screen menus. And I would have loved for Samsung to put the ports on an external box like it has with the OLEDs and other high-end models. But that’s not a deal breaker.

At the end of the day, this is a killer TV that will perform in literally any room. While it’s capable of impressive brightness, it doesn’t rely on it as a selling point. With Film Maker Mode turned on, it can reproduce all the color and contrast accurately and elegantly.

Best for gaming: Sony Bravia XR A90J

Sony

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 55”, 65”, 83”
  • Display: OLED
  • Refresh rate: 120Hz
  • HDR: HDR10, Dolby Vision
  • Ports: HDMI 2.1 x 2, HDMI 2.0 x 2, USB 2.0 x 3, Ethernet, Bluetooth

Pros

  • Gorgeous picture
  • Ample ports and features for gaming
  • Built-in Chromecast and AirPlay

Cons

  • Expensive

The Sony Bravia XR A90J features a fantastic 4K picture that produces perfect blacks and a relatively bright HDR experience for an OLED. It also supports a wide color gamut, high contrast ratio, and a fast response time, ensuring every game, movie, and TV show looks flawless. It also features Variable Refresh Rate support, a gaming staple, and special PS5-exclusive features, like automatically switching in and out of HDR mode when you start playing a game or other HDR-compatible content on the console. If we’re being honest, the A90J is pretty close to fitting in our “overall” and “best OLED” categories, but we feel it’s best suited for gaming, especially if you’re playing on a PS5.

Because this model is technically a generation old, you can typically find it at a very affordable price, compared to other TVs with similar overall picture quality and specifications. Don’t be afraid to save yourself some cash to buy video games.

Things to consider when choosing the best 4K TVs

When searching for the best 4K TVs, we focused on finding models that balance display quality, color accuracy, port selection, gaming features, and price. Together, these elements help us distinguish between a good TV and a great one.

QLED vs. OLED

Two luxury display technologies are central in lighting up the best 4K TVs. On a technical level, OLED and QLED take different approaches, but both enhance the brightness and contrast of your TV, improving its picture quality over older models.

Organic Light-Emitting Diode displays, or OLED for short, are currently considered the cream of the crop among high-end 4K TVs. Though it shares three letters with “LED” TVs you’re more familiar with, OLED is actually an entirely new display technology. In OLED TVs, each pixel generates its own light, allowing these sets to turn individual pixels on and off. This gives viewers more life-like blacks, rather than the darkest possible gray. You also won’t see any light bleeding out into on-screen shadows, as they do on older LCD TVs.

Quantum Dot Light-Emitting Diode displays, commonly known as QLED, are a next-generation upgrade of the conventional LED TV. QLED TVs feature a transmissive layer of “quantum dots” in the screen panel, enhancing a TV’s color, brightness, and contrast. High-end QLED TVs pair that with a backlighting feature called “local dimming,” which allows your TV to enhance or reduce its brightness in specific areas to improve contrast, not unlike OLED displays.

OLED displays offer sharper contrast and “true” blacks that QLED can’t replicate, so they are the premier choice if money is no object. On the other hand, OLED TVs feature comparatively low brightness, which may be a liability in a living room with a lot of natural light. However, manufacturers have begun to remedy that problem by introducing new materials into the OLED formula.

Since QLED panels are based on LED technology, you can find them in a wider variety of price points than OLED. That said, there’s a big difference between an affordable QLED TV with moderately enhanced colors and a top-of-the-line QLED model with local dimming and other enhancements.

As always, the best way to find your preference is to go to a showroom and see the difference for yourself. Short of that, we recommend letting price and logistical considerations guide you to one type of TV or the other.

High dynamic range (HDR)

High Dynamic Range, or HDR, is a display technology that allows your TV automatically its brightness to create more contrast between well-lit and darkened on-screen elements. In situations with challenging lighting, it enhances the overall image with greater detail and color depth. Let’s say you’re looking into a dark room from the outside: HDR can simultaneously display detail in the bright space outside and inside the dimly lit room. TVs with HDR are also capable of displaying more vibrant, varied colors. In addition to enabling more precise contrast, bright colors will look more full and vibrant.

There are a few different standards of HDR, including HDR10, HDR10+, and Dolby Vision. HDR10 is the most widely adopted and is an open, free standard supported by everything from 4K TVs to Blu-ray players. Dolby Vision offers a few advantages over HDR, including “dynamic” metadata, which allows your TV to adjust its brightness on a scene-by-scene or frame-by-frame basis. HDR10 uses “static” metadata, which means it sets brightness levels once for the content you consume. HDR10+ also uses dynamic metadata similar to Dolby Vision.

Generally, today’s top TVs feature support for a few different HDR standards, but for the best possible HDR experience, you’ll want Dolby Vision or HDR+.

Refresh rate

Refresh rate, measured in Hz (Hertz), refers to the frequency your TV refreshes what’s on the screen every second. Refresh rate has been a core feature on computer monitors for some time but has only become a serious consideration for TVs in the last two years. If you’re buying a high-end TV for gaming and own either a PlayStation 5 or Xbox Series X, you should hold out for one that supports a higher refresh rate.

Prior to 2020, all TVs supported the same 60Hz refresh rate. Most TVs still do, and that’s perfectly fine for watching streaming services, cable, movies, and playing most consoles. With the PS5 and Xbox Series X, though, you have the ability to play some games at up to 120 frames per second, unlocking smoother animations. Likewise, some live sports broadcasts will benefit from a higher refresh rate.

HDMI 2.1

To enable 4K at 120fps, your TV must support HDMI 2.1, the newest version of the standard TV connection for plugging everything from cable boxes to game consoles to streaming devices.

HDMI 2.1 can transfer data at up to 48Gbps, theoretically allowing you to watch 10K video at 120Hz on the right TV. For now, you only need it to watch or play in 4K at 120Hz on the small number of games that support those specs on PS5 and Xbox Series X

There are other reasons you’ll want it, though. HDMI 2.1 supports many other features that can enhance your viewing and gaming experiences, including Auto Low Latency Mode (ALLM), a feature that enables Game Mode on your TV (if that feature is available) and typically reduces input lag. It also opens the door for Variable Refresh Rate (VRR) over HDMI, which can stabilize volatile frame rates in games.

Unfortunately, TVs equipped with HDMI 2.1 don’t always support every feature introduced by the latest standard. Making matters worse, manufacturers aren’t always transparent about the HDMI 2.1 features supported by their TV. You’ll have to pay close attention to what the manufacturer says when purchasing … and then get coordinating HDMI cables.

FAQs

Q: How much does a 4K TV cost?

Since buying a new TV almost always means buying a 4K TV, prices range from a few hundred dollars for a budget 40-inch TV to upwards of $4,000 for a top-of-the-line 70- to 80-inch OLED. Beyond size, brand name, display technology, and other factors may impact the price from model to model. We’ve broken down the top TVs by size, display technology, and more, so check with our other, more specific guides if you’d like more help narrowing down your options.

Q: What size 4K TV should I choose?

Ideally, you should pick the size of your display based on the size and layout of the room where you will put it. According to the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers, you want to place your TV far enough away so that it fills up at least 30 degrees of your horizontal field of view.  For a 55-inch 4K TV, ideal for bedrooms and dorm rooms, you should sit about 7.5 feet away. That is the target, but getting a little closer or further away is fine, depending on your room and what size TV you can afford.

For more help figuring out where to put your TV, check out our handy guide.

Q: Should I get an 8K TV?

Short answer? No, not yet.

While manufacturers are pushing the technological envelope with giant 8K TVs, there is currently little to no 8K content available right now. An 8K TV can upscale 4K content, making it look sharper, but we wouldn’t recommend buying an 8K TV just for that. Realistically, there will be better, more powerful, and more affordable 8K TVs on the market by the time it makes sense for even a niche home theater fan to buy an 8K TV.

Final thoughts on the best 4K TVs

You can’t go wrong with our recommendations if you want to upgrade to a 4K TV. You’ll get top-notch picture quality, ample port selection, and support for next-generation technology, including HDMI 2.1 and the latest HDR standards. The good news is there has never been a better time to jump on the bandwagon with more ways to enjoy 4K content, thanks to streaming services and next-generation consoles. The LG C1 is, pound-for-pound, the best 4K TV available, hitting all the essential benchmarks while offering an incredible OLED image. Once you see the higher resolution yourself, you’ll wonder what took you so long to upgrade. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best 4K TVs for 2023, as chosen by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best routers for Spectrum of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-routers-for-spectrum/ Mon, 27 Jun 2022 16:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=452202
The best routers for Spectrum
Stan Horaczek

Make the most out of your internet by supplying your own router for your Spectrum service.

The post The best routers for Spectrum of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best routers for Spectrum
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Netgear Nighthawk Cable Modem Wi-Fi Router Combo Netgear Nighthawk Cable Modem Wi-Fi Router Combo
SEE IT

This modem-router combination takes the guesswork out of Spectrum compatibilty.

Best cyber secure Gryphon AC3000 Gryphon AC3000
SEE IT

Hackers are no match for this protective router.

Best budget TP-Link AC1750 TP-Link AC1750
SEE IT

Lots of expensive features are packed into this budget-friendly router.

If you work from home—and you’re a Charter Communications customer—you know there’s a huge difference between a bad router and the best routers for Spectrum internet. A bad router means long wait times talking to customer service, annoyingly slow load speeds, and a pixelated presence on work video calls. Choosing the best router for work, play, and just surfing the web makes life easier—and reduces the amount of low to no bandwidth-induced headaches you might get. 

How we chose the best routers for Spectrum

We know how important a strong Wi-Fi connection is to effortless, lag-free gaming and streaming high-quality lossless audio. I personally have made the mistake of not doing my research before buying a router—would not recommend spending a few days Wi-Fi-less and with my own thoughts. To prevent you from facing a similar situation, we looked to personal testing, peer recommendations, critical reviews, and user impressions to find the best Spectrum routers.

The best routers for Spectrum: Reviews & Recommendations

The best routers for Spectrum can handle everything, whether it’s a day full of video meetings, nights scrolling TikTok, intense gaming sessions, or streaming lengthy explainer videos on YouTube. These are our top picks.

Best overall: Netgear Nighthawk Cable Modem Wi-Fi Router Combo

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to worry about purchasing a separate modem with this trusted combination device.

Specs

  • Data transfer rate: 1,900 Mbps
  • Coverage: 1,800 square feet
  • Plan speed compatibility: Up to 400 Mbps
  • Parental controls: Yes
  • Ports: Four 1-gigabit Ethernet ports; one USB 2.0 port

Pros

  • Easy installation
  • Independent channels for 2.4 GHz and 5.0 GHz
  • Warrants fast, reliable internet. 

Cons 

  • Slow return on investment
  • No support for Wi-Fi 6

The Netgear Nighthawk proves that two is better than one: This router also features a built-in modem, meaning you don’t have to shop for a Spectrum-compatible modem. This router covers 1,800 square feet for up to 30 devices and is compatible with Spectrum speed plans up to 400 Mbps. It includes separate networks for 2.4 GHz and 5.0 GHz bands, meaning you can organize your devices based on band level. You can plug in gaming consoles and computers to Ethernet thanks to four one-gigabit Ethernet ports, and can share storage with a connected device using the USB port. The router supports Wi-Fi 4 and 5 but does not support Wi-Fi 6. It features a WPA2-PSK security protocol, which is secure enough to protect your home without an enterprise authentication server—simply provide an 8- to 62-character-long passphrase to encrypt your network. However, it will take some time to see a return on your investment with the Nighthawk. Multiple reviews note that owners’ internet speed and performance were improved after setup, making the purchase worth it. Find more options for the best Netgear routers here.

Best for gaming: ASUS AX5700 Wi-Fi 6 Gaming Router

ASUS

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Reduced lag and latency are a tap away thanks to the router’s game mode and support for Wi-Fi 6. 

Specs

  • Data transfer rate: 5700 Mbps
  • Coverage: 2,500 square feet
  • Plan speed compatibility: 1 Gbps
  • Parental controls: Yes
  • Ports: two 3.2 USB ports; one 2.5 G WAN/LAN port; one WAN port; four Ethernet ports

Pros

  • Fiber internet compatible
  • Easy installation
  • Plenty of LAN ports for devices if need be

Cons 

  • Upright design can hinder placement 

We are no strangers to the ASUS AX5700—we’ve previously named it the best all-purpose gaming router. And it is compatible with Spectrum’s Internet Gig plan, which can handle up to 1 Gpbs, making it a perfect addition to this list. It’s Wi-Fi 6 compatible and includes MU-MIMO functionality for increased speed and security. Download the ASUS Router app to turn on the mobile game mode, which reduces lag and latency for back-to-back Victory Royales. AiMesh support allows you to bring seamless, interruption-free coverage to your home—and, considering the price of mesh routers, that makes this one a steal. Hackers will be KO’d thanks to free lifetime access to ASUS AiProtection Pro, which includes WPA3 protection—the latest Wi-Fi security protocol—powered by Trend Micro, a cyber security software company. However, you can only set the router vertically, which could pose a problem if you need a horizontal router. 

Best for streaming: Linksys – Dual-Band AX5400 Wi-Fi 6 Router

Linksys

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Between the wide coverage range, support for more than 30-plus devices, and splittable price, this router means the only thing your roommates will lag on is doing their dishes. 

Specs

  • Data transfer rate: 5.4 Gbps
  • Coverage: 2,800 square feet
  • Plan speed compatibility: 1 Gbps
  • Parental controls: Yes
  • Ports: 4 Ethernet ports; 1 internet port; 1 USB port

Pros

  • Easy setup
  • Separate guest access
  • Easy device connection thanks to a WPS button

Cons 

  • Reviews note trouble connecting the router to the Linksys app

We’ve all had the problem of the internet slowing because it’s slogged down by everyone’s respective phone, laptop, and gaming system streaming at once. This problem is exacerbated if your roommates like Internet-of-Things smart devices that connect to the network. Expect the slog to stop with this dual-band router, which can connect to more than 30 devices. Additionally, this router is Wi-Fi 6 compatible, meaning it’s fast and futureproof. This router includes four Ethernet ports, one internet port to connect the router to the modem, and one USB port. Also, the router can create a guest access network so your roommates’ siblings or frequent callers don’t cause security problems or snag too much bandwidth when they add their binge-watching to what’s pulling down all the data. A WPS button makes device connection easy, and you can use your smartphone, tablet, or computer browser for quick set-up. The second biggest problem with this router is deciding who will take it at the end of the lease. The largest problem is connecting it to the Linksys app.

Best mesh: NETGEAR Orbi Whole Home Tri-band Mesh Wi-Fi 6 System

NETGEAR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Up to 5,000 square feet of coverage and an included satellite extender means you can take meetings almost everywhere in your home without lag.

Specs

  • Data transfer rate: 4.2 Gbps
  • Coverage: 5,000 square feet
  • Plan speed compatibility: 1 Gbps
  • Parental controls: Yes
  • Ports: 1 Ethernet WAN port; 3 Ethernet ports; 2 Ethernet ports on satellite extender

Pros

  • No dead zones
  • Wide coverage area
  • Tri-band Wi-Fi

Cons 

  • Must pay Netgear to service software issues
  • Expensive
  • App capabilities are only free for 30 days

We’ve all experienced the pain of being laggy and pixelated on a video call, either from weak signals or dead spots in the home. Say goodbye to all that with the Netgear Orbi, which covers 5,000 square feet and includes a satellite extender for more reach. This router, our pick for working from home, can support up to 40 devices and has a crazy-fast data transfer rate of 4.2 Gbps, plus support for Wi-Fi 6 for futureproofing. Unlike other routers, this one supports a tri-band frequency: 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz band for connecting your devices, and a separate 5 GHz band so the router and included satellite can communicate with each other. Netgear Armor Antivirus and data theft protection powered by Bitdefender means business secrets will stay secret. However, there is a catch: this capability, along with others in the Orbi app like parental controls, are only free for 30 days. Afterward, you’ll need a subscription. And you’ll have to pay Netgear for software troubleshooting—that can be a lot of money to spend after purchasing an already-expensive router.

Best cyber secure: Gryphon AC3000

Gryphon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This router does not use a web browser for configuration, making it less likely that a hacker will jack your info. 

Specs

  • Data transfer rate: 3 Gbps 
  • Coverage: 3,000 square feet
  • Plan speed compatibility: 1 Gbps
  • Parental controls: Yes
  • Ports: 1 WAN port; 3 Ethernet ports with backhaul capabilities

Pros

  • Easy installation with Gryphon app
  • Free intrusion detection in the first year
  • Responsive support team

Cons 

  • No advanced customization options

You won’t need to worry about hackers and internet thieves with the Gryphon AC3000, which offers advanced security thanks to its Wi-Fi 6 functionality, vulnerability scans, and app configuration that prevents hackers from accessing your network via the web. It also secures connected devices and sends alerts when it detects vulnerabilities, weak passwords, or infected devices. The router has fantastic basic security and you also get one year of intrusion detection for free with purchase. Afterward, it’s $89 per year. It covers 3,000 square feet—an average 2-3 bedroom home—at lightning-fast speeds thanks to its 3 Gbps data transfer rate. If you purchase multiple Gryphon routers, you can create a mesh network for even stronger, wider coverage. The Gryphon Connect app includes robust parental controls, including content filtering, screen time, and usage monitoring. Its user interface is incredibly streamlined and simple. However, reviews note that there could be more advanced customization options, like more device categories and fields for categories that should be blocked.

Best budget: TP-Link AC1750

TP-Link

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The TP-Link AC1750 features high-end capabilities at a fraction of the cost. 

Specs

  • Data transfer rate: 1750 Mbps
  • Coverage: 2,500 square feet
  • Plan speed compatibility: 400 Mbps
  • Parental controls: Yes
  • Ports: 1 USB port; 1 WAN port; 4 Ethernet ports

Pros

  • VPN Server
  • Alexa compatibility
  • Bandwidth prioritization (QoS)

Cons 

  • Not compatible with Wi-Fi 6

The TP-Link AC1750 tops Amazon’s list of computer routers for a reason: it includes a VPN server, bandwidth prioritization, parental controls, Alexa compatibility, and can connect up to 50 devices—all for under $100. A 2,500-square-foot range means you can take video calls outside and bandwidth prioritization allows you to assign devices to either of the dual bands to prevent congestion and slow internet speeds. Connect it to Alexa to turn the guest Wi-Fi on or off using your voice, or use the TP-Link Tether app to set up and manage your network. WPA/WPA2 wireless encryption keeps the entire family protected from hackers, and parental controls protect your kids from looking up mature content on the internet. The only downside of this router? It’s not Wi-Fi 6 compatible, which means it could become obsolete as new Wi-Fi protocols come out.

What to consider when buying the best routers for Spectrum

Routers are not one-size-fits-all. Here is what you need to know when shopping for the best routers for Spectrum:

Modem vs. router

A modem connects you to a wide area network, or WAN—the internet that Spectrum provides. A router connects your devices to a local area network, or LAN—your own little piece of the internet that Spectrum provides. You can’t connect to a router without a modem. Spectrum customers are required to use an authorized modem, and the company provides a preconfigured Wi-Fi router for a monthly fee. However, that adds up, and purchasing your own can save money in the long run. If you buy your own router, you don’t have to give it back if you cancel your service—you can use it with your new internet provider.

Compatibility with Spectrum

Make sure that the router your purchase is compatible with Spectrum. Otherwise, you’ll have to return it. You can find a list of Spectrum-compliant routers on the company’s site. Although buying the correct modem is more important, it never hurts to double-check. Also, the router can only run as fast as your internet plan provides. For example, if you have a router that can only reach speeds of 300 Mbps and have an internet plan for 200 Mbps, you’ll only max out at 200 Mbps.

Wireless protocol

The wireless protocol, or Wi-Fi standard, determines your router’s throughput and range. You can determine the protocol by finding the number 802.11 and a certain letter combination:

  • 11ax (Wi-Fi 6): Wi-Fi 6 is the newest standard and delivers speeds up to 10 Gbps. However, not all devices and internet connections support Wi-Fi 6. You may not need to upgrade just yet, but switching to Wi-Fi 6 will help futureproof your internet connection. This standard is the fastest.  
  • 11ac (Wi-Fi 5): This standard appears on most routers, and supports speeds up to 3.5 Gbps. 
  • 11n (Wi-Fi 4): This standard supports speeds up to 600 Mbps and was the first to allow both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequencies. This standard, compared to Wi-Fi 5 and 6, is the slowest. 

Range and signal strength

Wi-Fi range is determined by the kind of router you’re using, the wireless protocol the router follows, and the space you’re in. Wi-Fi signals have a harder time permeating through concrete, compared to wood, stucco, and other building materials. For example, 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi routers can reach up to 150 feet indoors and 300 feet outdoors and should be used if you’re looking for long-distance Wi-Fi. Routers running on 5 GHz bands can reach around one-third of these distances since it uses narrower wavelengths—because of this, you should choose a 5 GHz router for speed but only if your devices can be located nearer to your internet access point. Newer routers operate on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands to reach greater distances and achieve maximum throughput for devices in closer proximity.

Budget

The best routers range from $50 up to $500. The best Wi-Fi extenders can help with spotty internet, but Consumer Reports recommends using a mesh router system that relies on multiple systems to spread strong Wi-Fi signals. However, a mesh router system can be pricey. On the flip side, Wi-Fi extenders are cheaper and can be a perfect solution if you’re looking for more reliable coverage in certain areas of your home. However, poor placement of your extender won’t help your Wi-Fi woes and can cause more connectivity problems if your Wi-Fi extender creates a separate network that your device has to switch between.

Extra features

Many newer routers are compatible with voice assistants like Siri and Alexa, have parental controls, and provide separate networks for guests. Built-in VPNs and routers with multi-user, multiple-input, and multiple-output technology—also known as MU-MIMO—can help with security and network speed, respectively. However, if you would not benefit from the bells and whistles—and the added costs associated with them—then there’s no shame in going for a basic router.

FAQs

Q: How do I use my own router with Spectrum?

Per Spectrum’s website, you should first connect the coax cable and power cord to the internet modem. Plug one end of the Ethernet cable into the modem. Plug the other end into the Internet, Uplink, WAN, or WLAN port on the router. Wait 2-3 minutes for the router to light up. You can then either connect an Ethernet cable from the router to a computer or laptop or open a browser and enter the IP address on the router to configure it. You can also configure your router using an app if the router has that feature. Contact the manufacturer if you have any problems with setup.

Q: Does any routers work with Spectrum?

Technically, yes. It’s really the modem that matters, as that will connect you to Spectrum’s internet. However, make sure the router is compatible with your plan. If you have a router that only reaches speeds up to 200 Mbps and a 1 Gbps internet plan, your devices will only be able to reach internet speeds of 200 Mbps.

Q: What’s the difference between a router and a modem for Spectrum?

A router will not work without a modem. The modem is the entire pie that Spectrum has baked: A modem connects you to all the internet that Spectrum provides. Well, at least the slice of Spectrum’s pie you pay for. Your plan determines how large your slice is. The only way you can access that slice of pie is through a modem. Connecting a router to the modem lets you give bites of the pie you’ve bought to your phone, laptop, gaming console, and/or smart devices.

Final thoughts on the best routers for Spectrum

Whether you decide on a router that helps you jumpstart your streaming career, keeps your new battlestation in sync with the rest of the squad, or feeds your OLED TV buttery-smooth 4K video, the best routers for Spectrum will be suited to your lifestyle and internet needs. It doesn’t matter if you go ham-handed on the features or keep it simple—the best routers will get you streaming, web surfing, online gaming, and working with ease.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best routers for Spectrum of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best garden tools in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-garden-tools/ Sat, 24 Apr 2021 17:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=283688
The Best Gardening Tools
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

The best garden tools will make your job faster and easier so you can spend more time enjoying what you’ve grown.

The post The best garden tools in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Gardening Tools
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best gardening gloves Pine Tree Tools Bamboo Gardening Gloves Pine Tree Tools Bamboo Gardening Gloves
SEE IT

This pair of gardening gloves are comfortable and will keep your hands free from small nicks and exposure to poison ivy.

Best gardening knife Fiskars Garden Hori Knife with Sheath Fiskars Garden Hori Knife with Sheath
SEE IT

This knife is perfect for pruning, cutting, and weeding. The attractive sheath makes it easy to safely store, too.

Best garden hose Aqua Joe iberJacket Non-Expanding Kink-Free Garden Hose Aqua Joe iberJacket Non-Expanding Kink-Free Garden Hose
SEE IT

A garden hose that’s easy to move around and won’t get kinked or cut is an absolute gardening essential.

As the weather turns warmer, it’s only natural to want to spend time outdoors, which means polishing off your green thumb and grabbing some garden tools. Whether planting tomatoes in a stand-up planter or squash in a raised garden bed, there’s little as satisfying as watching your efforts pay off in the form of fresh, tasty food you can pick right in time for dinner. Seasoned pros already have a shed or basement full of equipment, but if you’re new to gardening, it can feel overwhelming to get started. The wrong gear can lead to frustration and wasted efforts, whereas the best gardening tools can help you get your garden planted, weeded, watered, pruned, and harvested easily.

Best garden hose reel: Giraffe Retractable Hose Reel

Giraffe Tools

SEE IT

If you’ve ever used a vacuum with a retractable cord, you know it’s hard to go back to winding long cords up yourself. The Giraffe is the best garden hose reel because it’s self-winding and can lock at any length you need. It’s 100 feet of ½-inch hose, wall-mountable with just four screws and anchors, and it’s a sturdy unit that retracts slowly so you won’t hurt yourself.

Best pruning shears: KOTTO Four-Pack Kit with Storage Bag

KOTTO

SEE IT

When it comes to garden clippers, you will likely want more than one type. For delicate work, like cutting herbs, you need something precise and narrow, whereas you’ll need something more heavy-duty with thicker branches and stems. The best pruning shears depend on your job, but versatile bypass pruning shears that make sharp, clean cuts are generally a must-have for any garden, and clippers or scissors are easier to work with when you need precision so you don’t wind up cutting things you don’t mean to cut. So the best choice is … all of the above, which you get in this convenient gardening kit.

Best wheelbarrow: Gorilla Carts Heavy-Duty Poly Yard Dump Cart

Gorilla Carts

SEE IT

The best wheelbarrow for your garden can easily and efficiently haul what you need, and this Gorilla cart fits the bill: It has a padded handle that can be pulled by hand or converted to hook up to a tractor or ATV. The difference between a traditional wheelbarrow and a dump cart is that the latter has a simple mechanism to release the tub vertically to dump out whatever you’re carrying easily—rocks, logs, dirt, what have you. This dump cart is versatile and easy to maneuver.

Best shovel: Hooyman Short Handle Digging Shovel

Hooyman

SEE IT

A good shovel is essential when digging flower beds or planting vegetables, and the no-slip handle on this one from Hooyman makes all the difference. Both the handle and shaft grips are textured, which makes them easy to grab even when your hands are sweaty, or you’re working in the rain. The shovel’s carbon blade is serrated, which Hooyman says makes it easier to break up rocks, too.

Best gardening knife: Fiskars Garden Hori Knife with Sheath

Fiskars

SEE IT

Slicing a small branch or pruning vegetables? A gardening knife is the best tool for the job, and we like the Hori Knife from Fiskars because of its two-sided construction and built-in ruler. One side of this knife is a standard blade, while the other is serrated, which means it’s ready for both slicing and cutting. Its forked tip was specifically designed for cutting through the thin stems of small weeds. The knife’s hilt has raised edges, which give you a safe place to rest your index finger and thumb while cutting things, and the included sheath is perfect for storage.

Best hand rake: Fiskars Cultivator

Fiskars

SEE IT

Some digging jobs don’t require a shovel, which is where Fiskars’ Cultivator comes in clutch. The hand rake has cast-aluminum prongs, a grippy handle, and a circular hole for easy storage on a pegboard. This tool is deceptively simple but can be used for loosening or aerating soil, and removing weeds. You could also use it to dig smaller holes for vegetable or fruit planting, or to help excavate potatoes when they’re ready to be harvested.

Best pots for seedlings: DSUWAZU Peat Pots for Seedlings

DSUWAZU

SEE IT

If you want to kickstart your gardening indoors before your area gets warm enough to keep plants outside, you’ll want a set of seeding pots. This 100-piece from DSUWAZU may seem excessive, but the pint-sized pots will last several years and even come with plant labels. We like these seedling pots because they’re made of a biodegradable material, which will break down in soil over time. The pots will stay intact before you use them, however, so picking up a big set now means you’ll be ready for several planting seasons.

Best garden hose: Aqua Joe iberJacket Non-Expanding Kink-Free Garden Hose

Aqua Joe

SEE IT

Carrying a garden hose can be cumbersome, but this one from Aqua Joe makes it a lot easier. The 50-foot hose’s outer jacket is made from marine-grade fiber that’s abrasion resistant and won’t get kinked or twisted. Additionally, the materials Aqua Joe used are free from BPA, lead, and phthalates. The company says its host is roughly half the weight of a traditional one, which makes a big difference when hauling it around your backyard. The thin hose can also be easily stored in a shed or garage once gardening season is over, though Aqua Joe says it can be used in temperatures as low as 0 degrees Fahrenheit.

Best rain gauge: AcuRite Magnifying Rain Gauge

AcuRite

SEE IT

Water is essential to all life, but too much can kill your plants, so AcuRite’s Magnifying Rain Gauge is a gardening essential. It can measure up to five inches of rain, and the larger numbers are easy to read from a distance. A stake at the bottom of the rain gauge will keep it in the ground during inclement weather, but its holes allow you to screw it into the side of your home if you’d prefer to keep it elevated. In either case, its acrylic coating will prevent it from getting damaged.

Best potting bench: Yaheetech Outdoor Garden Potting Bench

Yaheetech

SEE IT

If you have enough space, a potting bench will allow you to keep all of your most-used tools in one place and give you a solid surface to pot your plants before they go outside. This one from Yaheetech has a 44.1-inch tabletop and stands 49.2-inches tall. This is enough space for you to spread out your tools and work for hour-long stretches without getting a backache. We like this potting bench because it has plentiful storage, including a top shelf, pull-out drawer, bottom shelf, and side cabinet. The cabinet has a latch, so its contents can be kept secure. Our favorite touch is the three hooks on the right side for hanging handheld tools. Most of the potting bench is wood, but its tabletop is made out of metal, which is more durable and won’t stain when soil gets spilled on it.

Best gardening gloves: Pine Tree Tools Bamboo Gardening Gloves

Pine Tree

SEE IT

Last but not least, a pair of gardening gloves is the most fundamental item we’re recommending, and they should always be worn. This is to avoid minor cuts and scrapes, but more importantly, exposure to poison ivy and ticks. This pair from Pine Tree Tools are available in multiple sizes, are easy to spot because of their green color, and is thin enough to give you complete control over all your fingers. They’re even touchscreen-friendly in case you need to use your phone. A textured grip on the palm-side of the gloves will make handheld tools even easier to hold, while their cuff makes them easy on your wrist and simple to remove.

FAQs

Q: Who makes the best garden tools?

There’s no single answer to the question of who makes the best garden tools because there are different brands known best for different types of gardening tools. For instance, Fiskars is known for its shovels and spades, while Gorilla is known for the best wheelbarrows and garden carts.

Q: How do you keep garden tools in good condition?

The key to keeping garden tools in good condition is to keep them away from moisture. And the problem isn’t only rain; leaving them in the dirt or on grass that gets damp with morning dew will likely cause metal tools to rust and degrade and wooden handles to split, crack, warp, rot, or dry out. It’s important to clean your tools off after each use (and dry them) and then store them away from the elements—in a shed, garage, or storage box. Ideally, you’ll hang any tools, such as full-size shovels or rakes, on a wall, as concrete floors can retain moisture. You may also want to rub wooden handles with linseed oil from time to time to keep them in good condition.

Q: Which set of tools are used in preparing a garden plot?

When preparing a plot in the ground for backyard gardening, you’ll need a soil test kit to check whether your soil is ready for gardening. Then you’ll need to cut down unwanted plants with a chainsaw or pruners. If you have grass growing in the area, you can kill it off by spreading newspapers over the area and putting mulch on top to hold it down. You may need to use a root-killing tool if there’s anything deeply rooted in the area. You’ll need a good tiller once you’re ready to prep the soil—go for an electric one if you possibly can, as it’ll save you a lot of strain. You’ll also need a rake to even out the soil, and a shovel or spade for digging and planting.

Q: How much do garden tools cost?

This depends on the type of tool and whether they’re electronic or not. Most of our recommendations cost under $50 and cover a majority of everyday gardening use cases.

Final thoughts on the best garden tools

If you put the time and effort into being the best plant parent you can be, investing in the best garden tools you can afford can make your job easier and help you achieve better results. Once you have the right garden equipment for the job, you may find that your hobby becomes a better stress-buster, and your harvest becomes more abundant. Happy gardening!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best garden tools in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best ergonomic desks in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-ergonomic-desk/ Tue, 09 Mar 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-ergonomic-desk/
Go easier on your body with one of the best ergonomic desks.

Make the most out of your workday with the best ergonomic desk—one that fits you just right.

The post The best ergonomic desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Go easier on your body with one of the best ergonomic desks.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Lillipad Work Station is one of the best ergonomic desks. Lillipad Work Station
SEE IT
Best dual-monitor FLEXISPOT Adjustable Standing Desk FLEXISPOT Adjustable Standing Desk
SEE IT
Best height-adjustable FEZIBO Adjustable Electric Standing Desk FEZIBO Adjustable Electric Standing Desk
SEE IT

If your home office is a hodgepodge of mismatched furniture that leaves you achy at the end of a long day, consider the ergonomic desk. These desks can go a long way toward making your workstation a little less clunky and a lot more comfortable. By definition, the term “ergonomic” refers to efficiency and comfort; ergonomic computer desks, then, are designed with those two key factors in mind. By forcing you to sit up straight, relax your shoulders, place your wrists in a neutral position, and not get too close to your screen, they should make for a much better workday. Of course, a desk can’t actually force you to adhere to these habits—but the best ergonomic desks will make it that much easier.

How we chose the best ergonomic desks

Working from home means a lot of time at our desks. All that sitting and typing can do a number of our bodies. Ergonomic desks provide a range of features that can help counteract some of those negative effects, thanks to height adjustability that allows you to alternate between sitting and standing and a wider workspace, where you can incorporate desk pads and other ergonomic tools. In compiling our list of ergonomic office desks, we considered various factors, including space requirements, height adjustability, what type of equipment the desks could support, whether they provided storage, price, and value.

The best ergonomic desks: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking for a durable desk that can support two monitors or a portable, lightweight option you can use for other purposes or easily stick in the closet, there’s an ergonomic desk to suit your needs.

Best overall: Lillipad Work Station

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Steel and composite
  • Dimensions: 42 x 46.25 x 24 inches
  • Weight: 67 pounds

Pros

  • Comes fully assembled
  • Provides generous workspace
  • Designed with integrated power strip
  • Portable

Cons

  • Heavy 
  • Expensive

If you’ve got a complex workspace with a monitor or two, laptop, desktop, and power cords, but you don’t want to sit all day, consider the Lillipad Work Station. This electric desk is available in two versions that rise to either 42 inches or 48 inches (recommended for people 5’9” and taller), allowing users to stand at an ergonomic desk height. At 67 pounds and 72 pounds each and with metal legs, these desks are more substantial than many other options on the market, but are designed with wheels for portability. 

The main selling point of the Lillipad is that it comes fully assembled and ready to go out of the box. When the UPS man delivered the box to my apartment, he struggled to get it up the steps. But once I got it out of the box, it was straightforward to start using the Lillipad 42. I just plugged it in, unlocked the safety lock, and used the buttons in the righthand corner of the desk to raise and lower it. The 46-inch wide workspace provided more than enough room for my equipment, and if you have a single monitor or two monitors, you can purchase stands for either separately from Lillipad. 

The workstation also features an integrated power system with three outlets, three USB ports, and one USB-C port, so you can plug everything in and charge your devices. The desk is available with a tabletop in four colors (maple, black, white, oak). When I was done working, it was easy to lower the desk to its lowest height of 6 inches for storage. That said, while this workstation is designed with portability in mind, it’s worth noting that at about 70 pounds, the Lillipads aren’t necessarily easy to toss in the trunk of your car.

Best smart: Autonomous SmartDesk Connect

Autonomous

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Engineered wood and steel
  • Dimensions: 53 x 29 x 49 inches
  • Weight: 47 pounds

Pros

  • Designed with collision sensor
  • App lets you schedule standing and sitting sessions
  • Sleek design
  • More affordable

Cons

  • No storage
  • Smaller workspace than other models

Studies show that standing desks can help you be more productive and burn a few more calories than sitting all day. But if you forget to stand up, you forego the benefits. The Autonomous SmartDesk Connect can help keep you on track. This ergonomic desk works with an app that allows you to schedule sitting and standing sessions (from 23 inches to 50 inches high).

Made of engineered wood with a steel frame, this desk comes in classic and XL sizes, allowing you to choose between a desk that’s 53 inches or 70 inches long. Assembly should take about 30 minutes. The Connect Classic can support up to 350 pounds. It’s worth noting that this desk doesn’t come with storage space. But if you want to optimize your workday, the Connect could be a good fit.

Best with storage: Nost & Host Computer Desk

Nost & Host

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Engineered wood and steel 
  • Dimensions: 47.24 x 23.62 x 55.12 inches
  • Weight: 46.3 pounds

Pros

  • Provides overhead and lower storage
  • Modern design
  • Generous workspace

Cons

  • Not height-adjustable
  • Made from lower-quality wood

This ergonomic computer desk checks all our style boxes (no plastic in sight!) while offering tons of storage and adjustable shelves. The finish is also scratch-resistant and waterproof, in case you spill some coffee. But, while some of the shelves are adjustable, the desk itself is not—meaning there’s no wiggle room when it comes to height. So you may also want to accompany this desk with one of the best ergonomic chairs.

Best for small spaces: GreenForest 2-Tier Folding Desk

GreenForest

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Engineered wood and metal 
  • Dimensions: 32 x 32 x 32.7 inches
  • Weight: 20 pounds

Pros

  • Comes assembled
  • Provides ample workspace
  • Lightweight
  • Can serve a range of purposes

Cons

  • Not substantial
  • Not height-adjustable

Small-space living demands a certain degree of ingenuity, and this ergonomic desk from GreenForest fits the bill. Available in small and large sizes, this rectangular desk comes fully assembled right out of the box. With two tiers, this desk has plenty of room for a laptop, keyboard, and mouse in its 27-inch workspace and can support two monitors on the upper shelf. The design is sleek, and it can double as a writing desk, TV table, or display table. When you’re done, it easily folds down to a super slim shape. And at just 20 pounds, it’s easy to transport.

Best dual-monitor: FLEXISPOT EM7 Adjustable Standing Desk Converter

Flexispot

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: MDF, steel, rubber
  • Dimensions:‎16.3 x 16.3 x 5.7 inches
  • Weight: 45.3 pounds

Pros

  • Allows you to work on two monitors at once
  • U-shaped design
  • Mechanical lift

Cons

  • Not actually a desk
  • No storage space

If you’d like to adjust the height of your workspace but don’t want to invest in a whole new desk, consider the FLEXISPOT EM7 Adjustable Standing Desk Converter. The lower tier of this converter can easily hold a standard keyboard and mouse, or a 13-inch laptop, while the upper tier can support two monitors. Using the handle, users can adjust the mechanized X frame in height from  4.7 inches to 19.7 inches.

It’s the unique shape of this converter is what really makes it stand out—because it’s a U (instead of your typical rectangle), it will be so much easier to interact with all of your monitors without constantly readjusting your seat. This model is available in three sizes (36, 40, and 42 inches) and two colors (black and rustic). For further options, check out the best desks for dual monitors.

Best for gamers: Mr.IRONSTONE Gaming Desk

Mr. Ironstone

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Polyvinyl chloride, stainless steel, engineered wood
  • Dimensions: 23.6 x 45.2 x 30.4 inches
  • Weight: 36 pounds

Pros

  • Designed with cable storage
  • Comes with cup holder
  • Has headphone hook

Cons

  • No shelves for storage
  • Not height-adjustable

Simple yet functional, this ergonomic gaming desk makes the most of every inch of space, ensuring that nothing comes between you and your game. Cluttered desktop? Slip tangled wires into the built-in cable storage in the back of the desk, and drop your soda can into the cup holder. Sans clutter, you’ll be climbing up the leaderboards in no time. For additional support during long sessions, pair it with one of the top office chairs for back pain.

Best height-adjustable: FEZIBO Adjustable Electric Standing Desk

FEZIBO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Steel, wood
  • Dimensions: 24 x 48 x 27.1 inches 
  • Weight: 73.8 pounds

Pros

  • Adjusts from 27.6 inches to 47.3 inches
  • Available in four different heights
  • Two tiers for more computer equipment

Cons

  • Limited storage

This adjustable desk is actually electric, so there’s almost no work to be had in changing its height—tap the buttons, et voila. This ergonomic stand-up desk comes in four versions, with a range of heights (40, 48, 55, and 60 inches). Industrial-grade steel makes this desk extremely sturdy, and a two-tier wooden top provides plenty of room for a laptop, keyboard, mouse, and at least one monitor. This desk comes in six colors with casters that allow for portability but also lock to keep your workstation in place.

Best budget: EUREKA ERGONOMIC Simple Computer Desk

Eureka

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Wood
  • Dimensions: 39.4 x 29.5 x 23.6 inches 
  • Weight: 23.36 pounds

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Generous workspace
  • Lightweight
  • Multi-functional

Cons

  • Provides no storage
  • Not adjustable

In stark contrast to some of the other desks we’ve mentioned, this ergonomic desk from Eureka is as simple as it gets. Minimalism is key here: a steel frame means you’re not compromising on materials, and a very plain design makes this desk easy to assemble. You’ll miss out on some features—like a second-tier for storage, or side shelving, for example—but if you’re a minimalist at heart, this could be the desk for you.

Features to consider when shopping for the best ergonomic desk

When shopping for the best ergonomic desk, you will want to consider a few factors: comfort, size, price, posture, and style. And, like most purchases, you can rarely have it all—more likely, you’ll have to prioritize your needs and shop accordingly. On that note, check out the following desks below, all selected with the aforementioned factors in mind.

Style

It’s no secret that ergonomic desks aren’t exactly the most stylish—in some cases, far from it. They’re designed with efficiency and productivity in mind, and inevitably, that means that taste isn’t top priority. But that’s not to say that to be comfortable and maintain good posture, you must forego style altogether. Find the right desk that matches your home office décor, and you can have it all. And you can pair it with one of the best office chairs.

Your space

If you don’t have a separate room for your home office or even a designated permanent space, you’re probably looking for a desk that’s lightweight, portable, and easy to shuffle around. Maybe you want to tuck it away in a closet each evening or remove your laptop and make good use of the surface area for some other task. That doesn’t mean it can’t be ergonomic. In fact, you can follow the exact same rules of sitting far enough away from your screen, for example, and keeping your wrists straight, as you can with a much larger desk.

Simply put, sometimes it feels really good to completely remove any reminder of work from your space, and take back some of that work-life balance that might have otherwise been lost in our collective shift to working from home.

Number of monitors

Computer workstations vary widely depending on your job; for some, a mere laptop will do, while others need a much more extravagant, shall we say, setup. We’re talking two—or sometimes, three!—monitors, along with a host of other gear, and with that amount of screentime, only the sturdiest desk will suffice.

Beyond that, trying to squeeze everything in on top of a too-small surface area makes for a cramped, uncomfortable home office setup—thus, your ergonomic desk of choice better be quite large, too. If you prefer another option, check out these laptop stands for desks.

Work and play

We’ve already talked a lot about optimizing your workflow with the help of an ergonomic desk, but that doesn’t mean these home office beauties are exclusively for work. On the contrary, we know that so much of our social lives happen online, too, and that means we spend a lot more time at the computer than just the amount required for our jobs. Case in point: gaming, which is extremely popular, extremely fun, and extremely time-consuming, in that any hours spent behind the screen seem to simply melt away.

When you’re spending hours at a time hunched over your game of choice, it doesn’t take long before your back and neck begin to protest. That is, unless you have an ergonomic desk setup, in which case, your posture is excellent, and you’re golden.

Standing vs. sitting

One telltale sign of an ergonomic desk is its adjustable height, which means you don’t have to sit down all day. As the saying goes, everything in moderation, including being on your feet versus being on your bottom. By cranking the desk up to a taller height, you can stretch out those legs, readjust your posture, and squeeze a little more movement into your day—without, say, running around the block.

Price

When shopping for an ergonomic desk, it’s fairly easy to drop a few hundred bucks. The difference between a desk that checks all the boxes and one that doesn’t could be serious back, neck, or shoulder pain. And if you’re working from home, you will spend most of your days at this thing, so you want it to feel good and look good. We get it! That said, don’t go out of your way to break the bank. More money doesn’t always signal a superior product.

So, with that in mind, how does one find a good, cheap ergonomic desk? We’re so glad you asked. First things first: go simple. Cut out all the extra bells and whistles that you don’t really need (even if they look cool). Go for a more affordable material than say, solid wood, and be prepared to assemble it yourself. Here’s the best ergonomic desk we’ve found at an affordable price.

FAQs

Q: How much does an ergonomic desk cost?

Ergonomic desks can range from more than $1,000 for high-end electric models like the Lillipad Work Station to less than $90 for simple options such as our budget pick, the EUREKA ERGONOMIC Simple Computer Desk.

Q: Does an ergonomic desk really improve posture?

Yes—if you utilize it correctly, that is! Your posture should naturally improve after sitting up straight, relaxing your shoulders, placing your wrists in a neutral position, and not getting too close to the screen. Ideally, the right ergonomic desk will make it easier to achieve this setup.

Q: How do I choose the right size ergonomic desk?

First, assess the size of your home or apartment before you go shopping. Will the desk live in a separate office? Or does it need to fit in several different areas? Will it serve one person or a few? These are all important considerations for picking the right size desk and will help you determine what’s best for you.

Q: Who makes the best ergonomic desk?

The company that makes the best ergonomic desk depends on what you’re looking for. Eureka, Jarvis, Poppin, Kensington, and Flexispot are all good places to start. To really answer that question, however, you’ll have to pinpoint what your priorities are and decide how much money you’re willing to spend.

Final thoughts on shopping for the best ergonomic desk

Ergonomic desks can potentially improve your workday vastly, so it’s worth taking the time to research and find out just what type of desk might be the right one for you. By considering factors like comfort, size, price, posture, and style, you’ll be on your way to buying the best ergonomic desks for your office in no time.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best ergonomic desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best food storage containers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-food-storage-containers/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 15:38:45 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390871
The Best Food Storage Containers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Make the most of your food—from prep to a week's meal planning.

The post The best food storage containers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Food Storage Containers
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Rubbermaid Brilliance Glass Storage Set Rubbermaid Brilliance Glass Storage Set
SEE IT

This durable, versatile set is fit for a full house.

Best glass containers The FineDine 24-Piece Superior Glass Food Storage Containers Set is the best glass food container set. FineDine 24-Piece Superior Glass Food Storage Containers Set
SEE IT

This set comes with containers in a wide range of sizes.

Best budget Rubbermaid's Easy Find Vented Lids Food Storage are the best value. Rubbermaid Easy Find Vented Lids Food Storage
SEE IT

Comes with 16 dishwasher- and microwave-safe containers.

Food storage containers—if chosen carefully—can extend the life of a restaurant meal, keep food from spoiling, and bring your lunch to the office. They’re also great for weekly meal prep if you’re trying to kick your delivery habit. Picking the best food storage containers can be tricky, thanks to a glut of options. They come in various shapes and sizes: rectangular boxes, circular bowls, and even bento boxes for entire meals. You can also choose from glass, plastic, or even metal containers. Some work better for hot versus cold meals, and others are not ideal travel companions. Choose the wrong one and you could end up with a backpack full of spaghetti and lunch from the vending machine. Here’s how to pick the best food containers for your pantry, refrigerator, or lunchbox.

How we chose the best food storage containers 

We considered dozens of models and evaluated each based on price, versatility, durability, and expert reviews. The best food containers shouldn’t leak, and their material should be best suited for the food you’re storing. For example, a glass container is great for liquids like soup because it won’t stain as easily as plastic and can be heated up directly in the microwave. Plastic containers, on the other hand, are easier to transport to work and weigh less, so they’re easier to tote. We also considered the variety within each set because even the best containers won’t get much use if they can’t handle your culinary creations—whether you’re a grillmaster or a vegetarian

The best food storage containers: Reviews & Recommendations

We could find the best options at every price point by considering the aforementioned factors—materials and durability—along with others, like whether the storage containers were microwave- or dishwasher-safe.

Best overall: Rubbermaid Brilliance Glass Storage Set

Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This durable glass set can fulfill the needs of an entire household thanks to its smart variety, making it our pick for the best foot storage containers overall.

Specs

  • 18 pieces
  • Glass containers
  • Freezer-, microwave-, oven, and top-rack dishwasher-safe.

Pros

  • Range of shapes and sizes
  • Can be used in both the freezer and oven
  • Lids are BPA-free

Cons

  • Glass is a little heavy

Food storage containers typically have one job: keeping leftovers fresh, but Rubbermaid’s Brilliance Glass Storage Set can be used for so much more. The solid-feeling glass containers can also be used to cook food or reheat food in both the oven and microwave. Rubbermaid offers its containers in a wide assortment of configurations, but we like the 18-piece set as it serves most needs—from reheating lasagna (worked better than we expected) to keeping small portions of herbs fresh for longer periods of time (another success).

Our favorite feature of these containers is their sturdy construction. Yes, the largest glass container is a little harder to move around when it’s full than a plastic one would be, but the improved durability is worth the tradeoff. The lids BPA-free plastic lids on these containers snap on at two points, while a rubber strip around each one ensures a perfect seal. This keeps oxygen from getting in (extending the life of your food) and odor from getting out. In our experience, smelly foods like fish were contained, while chopped up vegetables lasted a few extra days before they could be used in a stir fry or eaten raw.

We’re big fans of efficiency in the kitchen, and the largest container in this collection saved us a lot of time because it doubles as a cooking vessel. While baking dishes like mac & cheese we were able to cook, serve, and stow our meal in a single container. Rubbermaid says you can safely use the glass part of these containers in temperatures up to 450 degrees fahrenheit—which covers most recipes. If you don’t mind modifying your recipes, you could even use the larger containers in this set for single-serving pies or banana bread.

Clean up was similarly simple: soap and water in a sink did the trick. Dishwashing also worked if you have the luxury of that appliance in your place. If you want a container set that’s ready to keep your food fresh and ready whenever you need it, Rubbermaid’s Brilliance Glass Storage Set is our new go-to recommendation.

Best for meal prep: C Crest 5-Pack Glass Meal-Prep Containers

C Crest

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These sturdy glass containers have compartments for every part of your meal. 

Specs

  • 5-container set
  • Glass
  • Microwave-, oven-, freezer-, and dishwasher-safe

Pros

  • Meal prep-friendly
  • Leak-proof
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • A bit heavy
  • Lids should be cleaned separately

These bento box-style containers are the best food storage containers for meal prepping made to keep your pre-prepared meals ready to eat all day. The larger compartment of each box can be used for an entree, while the two smaller sections can be used for sides. The design will help prevent your grapes from getting covered in salad dressing when the container gets knocked around in your bag. 

The containers can be used in the microwave, oven, and freezer, making them convenient to bring outside the house. While the lids are not microwave-, oven-, or dishwasher-safe, they have silicone seals to prevent leaks. Plus, the snap-locks further prevent spills.

They’re also easy to clean when you’re done eating. The lids’ silicone seals are simple to remove for detailed scrubbing, and the glass box is dishwasher-safe.

Best glass containers: FineDine 24-Piece Superior Glass Food Storage Containers Set

FineDine

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a dozen containers in nine different sizes, this is the most versatile pick on our list. 

Specs

  • 24-piece set 
  • Glass containers
  • Containers are dishwasher-, freezer-, and oven-safe

Pros

  • Variety of sizes
  • Safe to transfer directly between freezer and oven
  • Hinged locks

Cons

  • Container may get hot in the microwave
  • Lids are not dishwasher-safe

Got a big family? This glass set has plenty of options. You get two 12-ounce, one 21.5-ounce, one 35-ounce, two 11-ounce, one 17.5-ounce, one 27-ounce, one 21.5-ounce, one 32-ounce, and two 13.5-ounce containers, and lids for all of them. The transparent borosilicate glass allows for rapid temperature changes without damaging the containers themselves. The glass material also prevents staining and lingering odors.

The varying sizes in this FineDine set mean you’ll have a container for every need. (Thanksgiving leftovers, anyone?) The leakproof lids use a hinged locking system and rubber gasket to stay sealed and avoid spills. They’re also stackable for easy cupboard storage. 

This is one of our favorite glass sets because of its ability to adapt to multiple needs, whether you need something small to bring for a post-workout meal or a large container for a dinner party. Its locking lids take away any stress of potential mess. Plus, it’s available in two colors: gray and blue.

Best plastic containers: OXO Good Grips Smart Seal Leakproof Plastic Food Storage Container Set

OXO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This set is convenient and compact. Containers can be stacked inside each other, and lids feature four locking tabs.

Specs

  • 16-piece set 
  • Plastic
  • Microwave-, freezer-, and dishwasher-safe

Pros

  • Locking lids
  • Interchangeable lids
  • Compact storage

Cons

  • Not oven-safe
  • Plastic may stain

This set has one of the widest ranges of sizes on our list. From 5.7-ounce containers that can handle some grapes to a 49.6-ounce container that can hold an entire salad, OXO’s plastic storage containers have you covered. 

On a practical level, these are designed to avoid leaks. The four locking tabs on each lid secure it in place against the containers, and a silicone seal helps further lock in food and liquids. Plus, if you have OXO’s glass containers, you can use the plastic lids from this set on the same-sized containers in the glass collection. 

We like these containers because they are easy to clean, store, and transport. And, if you need more, you can pick up the 20-piece, 28-piece, or 30-piece set.

Best portable: Porzu Bento Lunch Box

Porzu

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This set comes with everything you need to take it out for the day—utensils, a three-compartment box, and a bag. It’s sturdy and lightweight (and, honestly, it’s really cute). 

Specs

  • Four-piece set (one 1400 milliliter bento box, one fork, one spoon, and one carrying bag)
  • Plastic
  • Microwave-, dishwasher-, and freezer-safe 

Pros

  • Includes everything you need for a meal
  • Durable and shockproof box
  • Three colors available

Cons

  • Multiple parts are not dishwasher- or microwave-safe
  • Only one box

If you just need a single container to bring your lunch to and from work, this may be the only one you need. Porzu’s 5.5-inch by 8.3-inch bento box has three compartments: one sizable enough for a main dish and two for sides. The inner tray is removable, so you can have a box with just one big compartment if you want. And the spoon and fork fit neatly inside the lid.

While the outer tray, cutlery, and lid are not dishwasher- or microwave-friendly, the compartmentalized tray can be easily heated up and washed. An elastic ring and snap-on lid keep food secure and prevent mess. It’s also lightweight enough that you can put the entire box in your bag if you don’t want to carry the provided bag in addition to the rest of your belongings.

Best budget: Rubbermaid Easy Find Vented Lids Food Storage

Rubbermaid

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These containers stack neatly for easy storage with minimal cabinet space. 

Specs

  • 16-piece set (four 3-cup containers and four 5-cup containers, lids included)
  • Plastic
  • Freezer-, top-rack dishwasher, and microwave-safe

Pros

  • Splatter-free lid
  • Two size options
  • Durable material

Cons

  • Stains easily
  • Vent makes the lid more difficult to clean

This set of eight rectangular containers is both affordable and functional. The BPA-free plastic can be used in the microwave, freezer, and top rack of the dishwasher. The entire set weighs just over five ounces, making each container considerably lighter than a glass dish with the same capacity.

Each of the 3-cup and 5-cup containers comes with a vented lid to reduce pressure and prevent your food from exploding all over your microwave. They’re also easy to store, as the containers can be stacked together vertically so they only occupy the size of one 5-cup container’s footprint.

Things to consider when buying food storage containers

What are you eating?

The food you store will affect the material you need for your containers. For example, if you are storing liquids like soup or messier food like casseroles, a glass container will be the better option, as it doesn’t retain smells or stains. You’ll also likely be able to easily microwave the container, making it better for hot meals. On the other hand, plastic containers are great for cold or dry meals, like sandwiches and chips. They’re also lighter than glass containers, making them easier to transport on the go. 

Do you need a set?

Some people only need one or two containers for sporadic use, but if you know you’ll use a food container on a daily basis, it’s better to look for a set. When selecting one, we recommend looking for those that offer varying sizes and shapes so you can cater to as many of your household’s needs as possible. It’s also useful to find a set that can be stacked together when not in use so you can maximize your cabinet space. 

Key features to look for

Lids that lock will help prevent spills, and those with rubber seals help further prevent leakage. In addition, having a food container that can be washed in the dishwasher also helps ensure you can use it as often as possible—after all, hand washing them every day can add up to an annoying chore.

FAQs

Q: What is the best container for food?

The best container for food will prevent spills and keep your meal safe. In short, it should fit into your life seamlessly. Whether you choose glass or plastic will depend on what you plan to store (when in doubt, go for glass). If you’re paranoid about leakage, look for containers with secure snap-on lids.

Q: Are plastic food containers safe?

At the least, your container should be BPA-free. From there, you can look for those that can be used with multiple kitchen appliances (for example, the freezer and/or microwave). If you’re just going to store dry food, you should be safe with a plastic container.

Q: What food container is suitable for transporting food?

Containers with secure lids can be safely transported, but if you’re looking to make a trek just a little easier, we suggest using plastic or paper containers, as they’re more lightweight than glass. Plastic containers are even better, as they often have locking lids that keep your food from spilling out.

Q: How much do food storage containers cost?

This depends on their material and the number of pieces included in the set. You can spend as little as $15 and as much as $45 based on our recommendations.

Final thoughts on the best food storage containers

There’s more to a food container than meets the eye. Our favorite set is the Pyrex Simply Store Meal Prep Glass Food Storage Containers because they can cater to many needs for either a single or multi-person household. It’s stain-resistant, comes in multiple sizes, and can be easily stored, making storing your mise en place, meals, and leftovers one less thing to worry about.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best food storage containers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best twinkle lights of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-twinkle-lights/ Thu, 08 Jul 2021 18:19:58 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=378005
A lineup of the best twinkle lights on a white background
Amanda Reed

Add instant ambiance and mood to any setting with these twinkle lights.

The post The best twinkle lights of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best twinkle lights on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best traditional Yuletime, the best twinkle lights for holidays Yuletime Clear String Lights
SEE IT

Classic Christmas charm doesn’t have to only come around the holidays. These durable and bright lights are great for year-round decorating in both indoor and outdoor spaces.

Best battery-powered Lightning Ever, the best twinkle lights that are battery operated Lighting Ever Globe String Lights
SEE IT

Add a customizable and warm light to your environment, no plug or extension cord needed.

Best heavy duty Brightech, the best heavy duty twinkle lights Brightech Ambience Pro Outdoor String Lights
SEE IT

Twinkle lights are notoriously flimsy, but this pick will withstand the test of time in any condition—including weathered outdoor environments.

If you’re looking to light up a tree, a patio, a garden, or the trim in your home in a unique way, there’s no better option than twinkle lights. Also known as fairy lights, Christmas lights, and hanging lights, these long strands of bulbs or LED lights add a subtle glow to rooms and provide moody accent lighting. Twinkle lights come with vastly different designs, so it can be tough to make the right choice without extensive research. We’ve selected the best twinkle lights and outlined all the key considerations so you can get straight to decorating.

How we chose the best twinkle lights

In case overhead lighting is your enemy, or you’re looking for some LED lights for your TV, fun lights can make your home look more inviting. In order to find the bright lights from the dull ones, we did heavy researched, read reviews, asked peers for recommendations, and hung potential candidates inside, outside, and around our homes.

The best twinkle lights: Reviews & Recommendations

Decor can be expensive, but adding twinkle lights is a fun way to brighten up your home without breaking the bank. Once you decide how you want to use them, there are lots of options to fulfill your needs.

Best traditional: Yuletime Clear String Lights

Specs

  • Feet per string: 66 feet
  • Bulb count: 200
  • Color options: 13
  • UL certified?: Yes

Pros

  • UL-certified
  • low heat construction
  • Waterproof

Cons

  • Colors darker in person

These UL-certified lights come with male and female plugs for a long-distance extension on large objects and structures. Its durable 22 AWG wire features a pure copper core and low-heat construction, as well as a green waterproof outer shield, making this a perfect fit for decorating greenery and foliage. Because of its traditional design, paired with its ability to easily daisy-chain, this set of lights is a cost-effective choice for adding timeless cheer and ambiance to any space.

Best solar: Brizled Solar String Lights

Specs

  • Feet per string: 39.37 feet
  • Bulb count: 120
  • Color options: 4
  • UL certified?: No

Pros

  • Solar panels included
  • Waterproof and durable
  • Easy to affix

Cons

  • Not UL certified

This set of solar lights includes two solar panels and just under 80 feet of lights. The LEDs are fixed to a length of copper wire, which can be maneuvered around trees to add warm light to your yard. The solar panels attach to the lights and make it easy to add sparkle without any extension cords. All of the parts in this set are durable and waterproof, too, so feel free to go crazy with them on your patio, in your pool area, or in any other relatively exposed outdoor space.

Best battery-powered: Lighting Ever Globe String Lights

Specs

  • Feet per string: 16.4 feet
  • Bulb count: 50
  • Color options: N/A
  • UL certified?: No

Pros

  • Battery-operated for ease of use
  • Adjustable brightness
  • Timer

Cons

  • Shorter compared to other options on our list

Not unlike our pick for solar twinkle lights, these battery-powered lights are perfect for subtle placement in hard-to-reach areas. Not only are these great for indoor spaces like bookshelves and cabinetry, but they’re also ideal for portable applications such as camper vans or tent lighting. This length of 50 LED globe lights is five meters long and is powered by three AA batteries. The unit also features adjustable brightness, a remote control, and a built-in timer that automatically turns on for six hours daily.

Best smart: Twinkly Multicolor LED String Lights

Specs

  • Feet per string: 157.5 feet
  • Bulb count: 600
  • Color options: N/A
  • UL certified?: No

Pros

  • Plenty of length to work with
  • Smart home assistant-compatible
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Expensive

These lights from the aptly-named brand Twinkly allow you to customize and automate your settings via the free app. Plus, they’re compatible with most popular smart home assistants like Alexa and Google Assistant. You can integrate them with your existing smart lights to create whole scenes that are remote or voice-controlled. This design uses cutting-edge LEDs with diffused lenses to provide brighter with a high level of granular control. If customization and ease of use are of concern to you, these are the twinkle lights to choose from. Got an entire wall that needs

Best heavy-duty: Brightech Ambience Pro Outdoor String Lights

Specs

  • Feet: 48 feet
  • Bulb count: 15
  • Color options: One
  • UL certified?: Core is UL listed

Pros

  • Waterproof
  • Durable
  • Run cool and use little power

Cons

  • Lights more spaced out compared to other options on our list

If you’re looking for bright mood lighting for an outdoor area like a patio, check out these heavy-duty twinkle lights. They feature two-watt LED Edison bulbs spaced three feet apart, mounted on a sturdy industrial-grade waterproof cable. String together up to eight strands for large-scale lighting in dining areas and other large spaces. These LEDs run cool, use little power, and last relatively long, which makes them a fantastic long-term decorating option.

Best budget: Twinkle Star LED String Lights

Twinkle Star

SEE IT

Specs

  • Feet per string: 33-99 feet
  • Bulb count: 1,000 max
  • Color options: 10
  • UL certified?: Yes

Pros

  • Lots of color and light function options
  • UL certified
  • Can get 99 feet of lights for less than $20

Cons

  • Reviews mention colors aren’t as true to product photos

These warm string lights can be used indoors and out, and come in multiple lengths. Plus, there are eight light functions to choose from: Combination, Waves, Sequential, Slow Glow, Chasing/Flash, Slow fade, Twinkle/Flash, and Steady On). With 10 available color options, you get plenty of room to let your imagination run wild. Even better, they’re UL certified, meaning they’ve been tested for safety, meaning the backyard romantic moment you’ve painstakingly planned won’t go up in flames—literally. Plus, you can’t beat the price.

What to consider when shopping for the best twinkle lights

Finding the best twinkle lights for your space depends on the size of the environment you want to light. Certain designs of twinkle lights are better suited for accenting objects, while others can create mood lighting over large areas. Here are a few important questions to consider when shopping for the best lights for your home decor needs.

Will you use them for ambiance?

Longer lengths of twinkle lights are best for creating ambiance over bigger areas and are perfect for stretching across ceilings and underpasses to add mood lighting from above. Illuminating your space this way is a great alternative to spotlighting, which is often brighter and can create asymmetry and hard shadows in space. If you’re going this route, opt for lower-wattage lights in a high quantity so you can max out the vibe in every part of your space without making it so bright as to ruin the mood. If you want something with even more customization and colors, you can also look at our favorite LED strip lights, which offer a full RGB spectrum of ambient lighting.

Do you need outdoor features like waterproofing?

Twinkle lights have a reputation for falling short when it comes to durability, but that’s because people stretch them and place them outside, subjecting them to the elements. Choose a style that is specifically designed with waterproof features if you want year-round lighting in an outdoor space. The savings in maintenance and time alone more than make up for any difference in price.

Do you want smart home integration or phone control?

Smart home compatibility and remote control capability are features that were practically made for twinkle-light integration since this type of lighting is usually either hard to reach or in a strategically placed location. Pick lights that allow you to control them with an app, so you can integrate them with your existing home automation settings. This allows you to make scheduled or on-the-fly adjustments to your home’s ambiance with very little effort.

Will you need battery-powered or solar-powered functionality?

Twinkle lights consume quite a bit of power, and because they’re accent lights, they’re often in tucked-away spots where there isn’t access to electricity. For these cases, consider twinkle lights that operate with a battery pack, rechargeable batteries, or a solar panel to ensure that your out-of-reach areas never have to go without light.

Are you using them for traditional tree lighting or exterior decoration?

Sometimes, you only need a bunch of basic twinkle lights to serve traditional uses like tree decorating. In these cases, buying the simplest design of light strings is the more cost-effective to get the job done quickly. These designs are best suited for temporary installations you won’t keep up with all year.

FAQs

Q: How much do twinkle lights cost?

Depending on features and how many lights you’re getting, twinkle lights can cost between $13-$200.

Q: How long do twinkle lights last?

While traditional twinkle lights that use incandescent bulbs may require maintenance and bulb replacement as often as twice a year, some types of LEDs can last upwards of 50,000 hours. If you’re looking for longevity, you can’t do much better than lights that use LEDs.

Q: Do twinkle lights attract bugs?

Light in the ultraviolet spectrum attracts bugs, and incandescent twinkle lights give off just as much of this light as do regular incandescent bulbs. LEDs, however, give off significantly less ultraviolet light. If you’re aiming to discourage the attention of flying insects and other creatures, choose a set of LED lights.

Q: Are twinkle lights safe?

Twinkle lights are usually very safe thanks to the spacing of the bulbs, which diminishes the likelihood of heat buildup. Some models even include inline fuses to prevent bulb blowouts. To ensure your lights operate safely, don’t allow the bulbs to touch, and don’t use them in tight areas.

Final thoughts on the best twinkle lights

Twinkle lights are a novel way to accent your decor and add soft ambient light to indoor and outdoor spaces. Battery- and solar-powered designs are ideal for lighting hard-to-reach areas, while waterproof designs are essential for year-round outdoor use. Twinkle lights ensure the environment stays adequately lit without drawing attention to the lighting itself. This makes them an excellent choice for activities like dining and entertaining.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best twinkle lights of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best portable desks in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-portable-desk/ Tue, 23 Feb 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-portable-desk/
Best portable desks sliced header
Tony Ware

Get maximum mobility with a desk that comes with you.

The post The best portable desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best portable desks sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Vivo Standing Desk Vivo Standing Desk
SEE IT

A great portable option that is strong enough to support up to 33 pounds.

Most adjustable The Lillipad Work Station is one of the best ergonomic desks. Lillipad Work Station
SEE IT

This heavy-duty work station comes with an electric motor that lets you adjust it from 6 inches to 42 inches of height right out of the box.

Best budget LapGear Essential Lap Desk LapGear Essential Lap Desk
SEE IT

This lightweight lap desk will keep your computer and your legs from overheating.

The verdict is in on sitting all day: It’s not good for you—but a portable desk can help. Having to stay seated in one location all day wrecks your back and overall health. Getting up on your feet and gaining the ability to move around will make you healthier and create a happier, more flexible work environment. Whether working from home, in an office, or on the go, a portable desk allows you to set up shop anywhere. Every space will have demands, so here’s how to find the best portable desk for your setup.

How we chose the best portable desks

We work, and we work till we know what works. As a remote-first office, we’ve tried many portable desks around our own homes and asked coworkers and peers for recommendations. We scrolled through specs and critical perspectives and combined that research with real-world user impressions to find the best portable desks we could stand (or sit) behind.

The best portable desks: Reviews & Recommendations

When we’re stuck in one place, work—or life, for that matter—can become repetitive, hurting our productivity. Neither sitting nor standing for hours throughout the day isn’t great for your overall health, so how about having the ability to move where you work? Feel healthier and more comfortable while you work with a portable computer desk. Also, a change of scenery can help stimulate creativity beyond the health benefits.

Best overall: Vivo Standing Desk

Vivo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This space-efficient desk riser allows on-demand standing without needing an outlet or expanding your workstation.

Specs

  • Material: Wood, metal
  • Dimensions: 31.5″D x 31.5″W x 31.3″H
  • Weight: 22 pounds

Pros

  • Room for laptop and monitor
  • Wide keyboard tray
  • Lift-assist mechanism
  • Minimal assembly

Cons

  • Hydraulics can be sticky/inconsistent

This adjustable standing desk is a great portable option that is strong enough to support up to 33 pounds. The double-tier workstation also means it’s great for people who use a mouse, keyboard, second monitor, or need some extra space for papers. If you want one surface, the keyboard tray is removable. The Lift Assist mechanism allows you to rotate from sitting and standing mode—4.5-20 inches—easily throughout the day. It’s available in seven colors and five widths, from 26 to 42 inches.

Most adjustable: Lillipad Work Station

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This substantial workstation can support two monitors plus a comprehensive computer and accessories surface. It comes ready to go out of the box, easily lifts to standing, and is designed with wheels for portability.

Specs

  • Material: Steel and composite
  • Dimensions: 42 x 46.25 x 24 inches
  • Weight: 67 pounds

Pros

  • Comes fully assembled
  • Provides generous workspace
  • Designed with integrated power strip
  • Portable

Cons

  • Heavy 
  • Expensive

If you’re looking for a substantial portable desk that will provide maximum adjustability, consider the Lillipad Work Station. This electric desk is available in two versions that rise to 42 inches or 48 inches (recommended for people 5’9” and taller), allowing users to stand. At 67 pounds and 72 pounds, each and with metal legs, these portable desks with wheels can also support a full workstation.

A key feature is that the Lillipad comes fully assembled. When the UPS man delivered the box to my apartment, he struggled to get it up the steps. But once I got it out of the box, it was easy to start using the Lillipad 42. I used two wheels to move it in place, plugged it in, unlocked the safety lock, and used the buttons in the righthand corner of the desk to raise and lower it. The 46-inch wide workspace provided more than enough room for my equipment, and if you have a single monitor or two monitors, you can purchase stands for either separately from Lillipad. 

The workstation also features an integrated power system with three outlets, three USB ports, and one USB-C port, so you can plug everything in and charge your devices. When I was done working, it was easy to lower the desk to its lowest height of 6 inches for storage. That said, while this workstation is designed with portability in mind, it’s worth noting that, at about 70 pounds, you’ll need to lift them carefully, and it’s not going to be easy just to toss one into the back of your car.

Best lap desk: Cooper Mega Table for Bed & Sofa

Cooper

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you need space for a laptop and open book, whether you might need to work or study, the Cooper mega table is for you.

Specs

  • Materials: MDF wood, aluminum alloy, polycarbonate, silicon
  • Dimensions: 19.3″D x 25.6″W x 10.6″H
  • Weight: 26.6 pounds

Pros

  • Extra-large surface area
  • Perfect for the floor, couch, or counter
  • Foldable legs for storage
  • Ergonomic edges and carrying handle

Cons

  • May be tall for children/those with short torsos

The smart design of this folding lap desk means it takes up very little space and allows you to lay out all you need for the day. The large surface area and 11-inch leg height allow you to lie in bed without needing to place the desk on your legs. Beyond that, a handy side drawer gives additional space for your pens, pencils, and notebooks, making this option an ideal portable writing desk. This portable laptop desk can be propped up on a countertop, and you have a standing desk as well. A groove in the back lets you set up your phone or tablet.

Best rolling desk: Sdadi Standing Desk

Sdadi

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Easily assembled and moved around, this wheeled adjustable desk fits whether you stand or sit.

Specs

  • Materials: Engineered wood and alloy steel
  • Dimensions: 23.6″D x 45.3″W x 23.6″H
  • Weight: 26 pounds

Pros

  • Standing and seated modes
  • 2-inch ABS mute wheels with locking function for maneuverability
  • Easy to install, can be finished in 15-20 minutes by one person with attached tools

Cons

  • Instructions need work
  • Tilting isn’t perfectly balanced

Made of steel and wood, this ergonomic portable desk allows you to stand or sit with the ability to move your desk anywhere you please. The height can be adjusted between 27.5 to 45.3 inches. The portable adjustable desk’s durable, lockable 2-inch wheels make it super easy to move on carpet, wood, or floor materials. This option is easy to install, and there are four styles available, so you’ll be able to find a portable rolling desk that fits your aesthetic.

Best foldable desk: Need Foldable Writing Desk

Need

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With no assembly required, this foldable writing table is sturdy and perfect for a home office/dormitory.

Specs

  • Materials: Engineered wood and alloy steel
  • Dimensions: 15.75″D x 31.5″W x 29.25″H
  • Weight: 17.9 pounds

Pros

  • 4.5 inches, convenient for storing
  • High-strength, thick powder-coated steel tubing
  • Scratch-resistant surface
  • Adjustable leg pads

Cons

  • Legs sometimes uneven/wobble

A stylish wood finish gives this folding desk a great look. This collapsible portable desk is lightweight but made of quality steel components, so you’ll be folding it away for years to come. An ideal option for those with heavier desktop computers or additional weight on their desks, it can support up to 220 pounds. Conveniently adjustable leg pads allow it to be propped to the right height.

Best compact desk: Rainbean Portable Workstation

Rainbean

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With multiple configurations, this table lets you work comfortably whether sitting, standing, or lying on your back.

Specs

  • Materials: Aluminum
  • Dimensions: 16.54″W x 10.24″D x 1.97″H
  • Weight: 3.3 pounds

Pros

  • Adjustable
  • Ergonomic
  • Ventilation holes for laptop heat dissipation

Cons

  • Not padded
  • Poor instructions booklet

We love how small this portable workstation is. It boils your desk down into the essentials and can fit a mouse and laptop easily. This compact desk gives you full control and flexibility to work in the most comfortable position possible. This may be too little if you need to sprawl out notes across your desk. However, if you’re short on space, this is the smart portable desk for you.

Best full-sized premium desk: Hoek Home Office Desk

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Fabricated-to-order and hand-finished before being flat-packed, this quality carpentry is a modular, minimalist workstation that’s up and running within seconds of arrival.

Specs

  • Materials: Birch or walnut plywood, recycled plastic
  • Dimensions: 47.5″L x 23″W x 30″H
  • Weight: 42 pounds

Pros

  • Quick assembly
  • Can be hung from the included mountable wall cleat
  • Sustainably sourced materials
  • Lifetime warranty

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Hanging requires drilling in a wall mount

If you’re looking for more surface area for work but have limited working space, Brooklyn, NY-based Hoek designs, machines, and hand-finishes quick-assembly furnishings that arrive flat-packed and can hang flat on a wall (mountable wall cleat included). Ultra-slim but extremely sturdy, the 42-pound fabricated-to-order tabletop (sustainably sourced maple or natural birch plywood, with a black colorway option) sits atop modular 100% recycled HDPE plastic legs that click in or out in seconds (no tools required) and store on the chassis’ underbelly when not in use. Measuring 47.5 inches long by 23 inches wide by 30 inches high, with an integrated handle, the Home Office Desk offers a stylish, easily moveable workstation. And suppose later you want it further kitted out. In that case, you can purchase a perfectly paired CNC-meets-carpentry creation, including a monitor shelf (wide enough to fit the vivid vista that is the 34-inch Samsung OLED G8, as seen here), keyboard under-shelf, and/or a headphones/bag hook (or buy it all upfront as a discounted bundle). That would allow you also to use this as a portable gaming desk. At $495 ($795 for the bundle), the Hoek Home Office Desk costs far more than the other options in this roundup. Still, you’re buying creative, quality craftsmanship with a lifetime warranty that makes your workspace look appealing, not just practical.

Best budget: LapGear Essential Lap Desk

Lapgear

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: An inexpensive way to keep your lap, and laptop, properly ventilated while working wherever you feel like sitting.

Specs

  • Materials: Plastic, fabric
  • Dimensions: 10″D x 13.7″W x 2″H
  • Weight: .66 pounds

Pros

  • Cheap and compact
  • Easily carried and stored
  • Good for children and adults

Cons

  • Cheap

This lightweight lap desk will keep your computer and your legs from overheating. This portable travel desk is available in six colors, from basic black to bright turquoise, which is a nice plus when setting up portable desks for the whole family. It fits up a laptop up to 13.3 inches, so make sure you’re buying a surface that works for your computer. LapGear also has a pro model with luxury features like a built-in mouse pad and wrist rest if you’re working with a larger device.

What to consider when buying the best portable desk

Creating a workspace anywhere is super helpful today, where it’s not uncommon to be working from home. The problem is we don’t all have extra space to turn a room into a properly kitted-out office. What to do? Using a portable desk, you can create a workspace anywhere and get back to what you need to do. Bedrooms, sofas, and yards are all fair game when setting up a portable desk.

For those looking for the ease of working from bed, a lap desk can easily be set up after you’ve hit snooze a few too many times and transport you into your next conference call. If you have minimal space, you may want a standing desk extension that can be put onto a countertop.

Location

It’s great to work from an extremely comfortable location like your bed. Work guilt-free by setting up a fully functioning laptop desk for your bed. Working on a bed or sofa can also ease the strain of sitting at a desk all day. You’ll be able to prop up a notebook, lay out your laptop, scatter some snacks, and do most things you would on any other kind of desk. It’s also ideal for days off—who wants to crane their neck to watch a movie or YouTube video when the laptop could just be propped up closer to eye level?

Portability

One of the biggest benefits of a portable desk is that it allows you to set up an office in various rooms. Do you need to be seated at your desk one moment and then rearrange the space to make room for a photo shoot later in the day? Look to a portable desk on wheels for those who want to switch their workspace daily. You won’t have to lift it, so it’ll be friendlier on your back and let you transfer your gear from room to room without removing it from the desk’s surface.

Storage

If you’re setting up a home office, the last thing you want to do is turn valuable home space into a room that will only be used when you’re on the clock. A foldable desk is one of the best portable desks that allows you to create a multi-functional room in seconds.

With foldable legs, you can slide your desk conveniently under a bed or sofa to maximize space. Think about your options when turning your daytime office into a game room, study, or guest room.

Your space

You’ll want to create a portable workstation within the room’s framework for the most compact spaces. A desk that clips onto an existing table can add extra functionality to a space, and easily move with you from room to room. Make sure to look for ventilation holes to allow airflow within your laptop (and keep your legs from overheating if you choose a lap desk).

Price

If the price is a factor, you can still get the best portable desk without sacrificing quality. For most jobs, you need a surface for your laptop. If that sounds like your job, a basic lap desk is a great option that will allow you to use your computer or take some notes while sitting on a seat, sofa, or bed.

FAQs

Q: How much does a portable desk cost?

Our selections range from $12 to more than $1,100, depending on the size and quality you’re searching for.

Q: How do I choose a portable desk?

To pick the best portable desk for you, it’s best to define how you’d like to use it. Decide if you want to be standing or sitting, lying in bed, or sitting on the floor. Once you know this, you can find the desk that will work in your space.

Q: How big should a portable laptop desk be?

The size of a portable laptop desk depends on what you plan to include in your workspace. A heavy-duty portable desk like the Lillipad Work Station can support two monitors, plus a desktop, keyboard, and other equipment, but it can weight 67 or 72 pounds, depending on which model you choose. Meanwhile, the LapGear Essential Lap Desk weighs less than a pound and is great for working on the go, on the couch, or in bed.

Q: What makes these desks portable?

Most are lightweight, making them easy to move from room to room. That said, an option like the Lillipad Work Station is more substantial at 67 pounds but is designed with wheels for transport and storage.

Q: Can I put my computer on a portable desk?

You definitely can put a computer on a portable desk. That said, some portable desks designed for laps won’t work well with desktop computers, as they will likely be too heavy. All portable desks can hold laptops, notebooks, iPads, and more.

Final thoughts on the best portable desks

Gain the freedom to set up your workspace anywhere by getting the best portable desk. Consider a lap desk with vented airflow if you prefer to sit or a standing option with wheels for easy mobility. With a deal that’s easy to transport, you can turn any room or outdoor space into an office that lets you do your work efficiently and effectively.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best portable desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best bidets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-bidet-toilet/ Wed, 06 Oct 2021 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278386
Home photo

Say goodbye to toilet paper and pop a squat on one of these bidets.

The post The best bidets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Home photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall The Toto Washlet S550E is the best bidet on the market. Toto Washlet S550e
SEE IT

The Washlet provides premium features with the quality that makes you feel like you’ve landed in a spa.

Best with Dryer The Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat is the best bidet with dryer. Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat
SEE IT

A soothing heated seat and dryer let you relax while you take care of business.

Best Budget The LUXE Bidet Neo 120 is the best budget bidet. LUXE Bidet Neo 120
SEE IT

Two dials control it all and let you retrofit your toilet at a bargain price.

Bidets aren’t unusual in Asia, Europe, and the Middle East, but they’ve been a foreign topic of conversation in the United States until recently. Thankfully, we’ve all learned a few lessons about the pros of a gentle water spray to cleanse our most sensitive parts in the midst of a toilet paper shortage. Bidets feature safeguards that ensure only clean water touches the body, and they’re less abrasive than traditional toilet paper. Trust us, if you haven’t experienced the fresh clean sensation of a bidet, you’re in for a clean (and sanitary) treat.

Whether you’re ready to install a bidet/toilet combo or transform your existing toilet, there’s a model that will do the job. You don’t necessarily need to spend a bundle (though you can). What you do need is a little research (like what we’ve got) to figure out exactly which model you need.

How we picked the best bidets

Bidets upgrade one of the most intimate spaces of the home. We asked a series of questions to determine which ones belonged on our list. 

Performance: Does the bidet do what it’s supposed to do? Can different users get the same results? Is it durable? If it doesn’t get you clean, it didn’t make the list.

Installation: Do you need a professional, or can DIYers handle it? Does the bidet come with all the necessary hardware? Installation isn’t always a cinch, but it should be doable. 

Ease of operation: Do you need an advanced degree to wash your hiney? The answer had to be no to this one to make it onto our list. You shouldn’t have to study to use the toilet, er, bidet.

The best bidets: Reviews and Recommendations

 Best overall: Toto Washlet S550E

Toto

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Toto Washlet S550E installs onto an existing toilet yet provides premium cleaning and comfort, making it one of the best bidets on the market.

Specs: 

  • Type: Electronic
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros:

  • Heated seat and warm water
  • Remote control
  • Features eco-friendly ewater cleaning after each use
  • Memory for 2 users

Cons:

  • Expensive
  • Sensor can cause lid to open when not using the bidet or toilet

Toto bidets set the standards that other brands emulate. The Toto Washlet provides control over just about every bidet variable. A heated seat, nightlight, air dryer, auto lid, air deodorizer, and warm spray water are all included. You may not need an air deodorizer, but with the S550E, your toilet smells fresh and clean after every use. Not bad. Not bad at all. 

A remote control gives you power over all of it. You can adjust the wand angle, water temperature, water pressure, or set the water to oscillate. The nozzle automatically self-cleans after each use. That doesn’t mean you don’t ever need to manually clean it every now and then, but it’s constantly getting rinsed. This model has a memory feature for up to two users. Toto includes a pre-mist feature as part of the ewater design that wets the inside of the bowl to prevent debris from sticking.

This Toto is pricey. And, if the toilet placement in the bathroom is just right, the automatic lid may open and close every time someone enters the bathroom.

Best toilet combo: WOODBRIDGE B-0960S B0960S Smart Bidet

Woodbridge

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Woodbridge gets the top spot among bidet toilet combos for its sleek outward appearance and highly efficient (and luxurious) inward performance.

Specs:

  • Type: Bidet/toilet combo
  • Installation: Full replacement
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes 

Pros:

  • Attention to detail in construction and design
  • Remote control
  • Adjustable water temperature, pressure, and toilet seat temperature

Cons:

  • Installation can be difficult
  • Poor customer service

The WOODBRIDGE B-0960S B0960S Smart Bidet brings pretty much everything you could want from a bidet toilet combo to the bathroom. It offers a sleek, tankless design and a remote control. Every screw and fastener has a cover, so all you see is a sleek, sophisticated toilet. You don’t even have to flush yourself. The sensor automatically flushes when you exit.

The seat has adjustable heat and a dryer finishes off the job. The Woodbridge even has a built-in air purifier that draws air in and over a carbon filter to get rid of odors. A high-tech spray nozzle offers an oscillate or massage setting, too. It’s all controlled with a touchscreen remote control that you can hold in your hand or mount to the wall.

However, this sophisticated bidet isn’t the easiest to install, and the company doesn’t offer the best customer service. Some reviewers have also had trouble with water volume when flushing.

Best with dryer: Brondell Swash 1400 Luxury Bidet Toilet Seat

Brondell

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Brondwell’s memory features and heat adjustability put it at the top of the pack when it comes to bidets with dryers. 

Specs: 

  • Type: Electric
  • Installation: Existing toilet 
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros:

  • Fits on an existing toilet
  • Memory feature makes automatic adjustments to dryer temperature
  • Self-cleaning features

Cons:

  • Flimsy plastic in the seat
  • Trouble maintaining water temperature in winter

The Brondell bidet fits onto an existing toilet and comes in either an elongated or round design. The air dryer on this model offers warm, comfortable heat that’s fully adjustable using the remote control. The remote lets you set memory settings, so with the touch of a button, the bidet is set specifically for you. A heated seat keeps the rest of you warm.

Two stainless-steel nozzles do the rinsing, and they get sterilized after each use. A removable deodorizer freshens the bathroom, and a gently closing lid means no more slamming. 

There are a couple of cons with this model. A few users have had problems with the plastic in the seat breaking down after a year or two. Others have found that the unit has trouble maintaining the water temperature, especially in winter.

 Best electric: Bio Bidet Bliss BB2000

Bio Bidet

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Bio Bidet Bliss adds a little extra with different streams for each gender and high-tech touchscreen controls. 

Specs: 

  • Type: Electric 
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Yes

Pros:

  • Three stream options for different genders or washing preferences
  • Self-cleaning, from the inside out
  • Activate main features without remote control

Cons:

  • Seat heating function doesn’t work well

The Bio Bidet Bliss gets the best electric bidet for how its combination of features works together. There’s one worth mentioning right upfront—the three stream options: posterior wash, feminine wash, and vortex wash. The posterior and feminine wash come out of different openings and angles to clean different parts of the anatomy. The vortex wash uses extra water for added cleaning power. 

The Bliss nozzle self cleans, but it does it from the inside out. First, it rinses the inside of the nozzle before running water over the outside to finish the job. While this model has a remote control on which you can access and adjust every feature, it also has onboard manual controls for the main functions. The Bliss is an excellent option for those who don’t want to mess with settings every time they go to the bathroom. The Bliss tops off the features with a heated seat, warm water, air dryer, and built-in nightlight.

Where it doesn’t seem to function as well is the heated seat. Some users have found that it doesn’t get very warm or stay very warm.

Best budget: LUXE Bidet Neo 120

Luxe

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The LUXE made the cut for the simplicity of the installation and design and the impressive performance, which is all you really need from a budget bidet. 

Specs: 

  • Type: Non-electric
  • Installation: Existing toilet
  • Adjustable temperature and pressure: Temperature—no, pressure—yes

Pros:

  • Easy installation
  • Self-cleaning feature
  • Manual, so it doesn’t turn on if you don’t want to use it

Cons:

  • No warm water
  • May require bumpers to stabilize and protect the  toilet seat

The LUXE Bidet Neo 120 attaches to your existing toilet seat with an easy installation process. (You may need some additional hardware based on the toilet seat shape and design.) The LUXE attaches underneath an existing toilet seat. 

Manual controls on the attached control box run the show. This model only has two dials. One controls water pressure, and the other turns on the bidet and turns on the self-clean feature. However, there’s variation in water pressure because the pressure starts at the house pressure. If you have high water pressure in your home, you’ll automatically get more pressure with this model. 

On the downside, there’s no heated water—room temperature and cold are all you get. And, as we pointed out earlier, you might have to install additional bumpers on the seat to get it to flush. 

Also consider: Soft Spa Electronic Bidet Toilet Seat

Soft Spa

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Soft Spa Electronic Bidet Toilet Seat offers an array of customizable features to suit any user, and it provides the option of a hands-free nozzle clean.

Specs:

  • Power method: Electrical cord (outlet required)
  • Materials: Plastic, metal, stainless steel, and rubber
  • Style: Elongated

Pros:

  • 12 features
  • Remote-controlled
  • Works with most standard flush systems
  • Adjustable water temperature
  • Dryer

Cons:

  • Only plug into a GFCI grounded outlet

If you’re looking for a way to save money on toilet paper and cut down on its negative environmental impacts, Soft Spa 9500 gives you everything you could want from a bidet toilet seat without being too cumbersome in your bathroom. It comes with 12 remote-controlled features, ranging from adjustable seat and drying temperatures to a night light (making it easier to use if you stumble in in the middle of the night). You can adjust the water temperature and pressure to your own liking, and the bidet also offers a gentle mode. The self-cleaning wand and deodorizer feature keep you fresh and mess-free. 

Fluidmaster reports that installation takes less than half an hour. The model comes with the bidet seat and lid, remote control, supply lines, and everything you need besides a wrench and flathead screwdriver. The provided T-valve taps directly into your water line to channel water both to your bidet seat and the toilet tank. The four-foot electrical cord can be used with a temporary extension cord—if you opt to do this, Fluidmaster recommends you only use a three-prong grounded extension cord rated for 15 amps. The bidet has a GFCI plug, so it can be used with or without a GFCI outlet, according to Fluidmaster.

Things to consider when buying the best bidets

Types of bidets

  • Electric: Electric bidet seats are the most high-tech and luxurious of the bidets. You can control water pressure and temperature and enjoy a warm toilet seat while using a remote to make adjustments. These models usually clean themselves too. Some include a built-in dryer, kind of like your own personal car wash (no TP needed). These models install onto an existing toilet.
  • Non-electric: Non-electric bidets also install directly to an existing toilet. These models tap into the existing water pressure and take some adjusting to dial in the right water pressure. Non-electric bidets may be self-cleaning. Others are manual clean only. 
  • Handheld: You know that water sprayer at your kitchen sink? That’s pretty much what a handheld bidet looks like, except it attaches to your toilet tank. These are another model that’s easy to add to an existing toilet. They often have pressure controls, too.
  • Bidet/toilet combo: If you’re going all in, the bidet/toilet combo is for you. These combos have the bidet fully integrated into the toilet’s design. They’re the most expensive option and have all of the features of an electric bidet.

Water temperature and pressure

It’s pretty easy to see why your tushy benefits from adjustable water temperature and pressure. Some models allow you to adjust both each time you use the bidet, while with others, you have to use whatever pressure you get throughout the rest of the house.

Nozzle angles

Bidets with an adjustable nozzle angle let you customize the angle to your backside. Bidet newbies might have trouble making adjustments while using the bidet, so you might want to forgo this feature if this will be your first bidet.

Extra features

Get ready for a little luxury with a heated seat, remote control, or a drying fan. All three of these extras make the bathroom experience feel more like a spa than your home throne. Of course, they’ll add to the price and might take some time to learn to use, especially if they’re controlled by a touchscreen remote.

FAQs

Q: Are bidets sanitary?

Bidets are very sanitary, but they take some getting used to. The bidet does the washing, so there’s no getting debris on your hand or ripping through toilet paper. Many bidets have self-cleaning features that rinse the nozzle after each use. They still need to be cleaned regularly, but for the most part, they clean themselves.

Q: How do you dry after using a bidet?

You dry after using a bidet with either the bidet’s heated dryer or with toilet paper. However, you’ll need much less toilet paper to dab off after using a bidet.

Q: How to pronounce bidet?

Phonetically, bidet is pronounced bi-dae, (dae sounds like day). The word bidet comes from the French word bider, which means to trot. That pretty much describes what people must have looked like when using the first bidets.

Final thoughts on the best bidets

The Toto Washlet S550E provides pretty much everything you need or could ever want from a bidet. Toto bidets also have a distinction as some of the best bidets on the market, a reputation with which we fully agree. If you don’t have thousands to drop on a bidet, LUXE Bidet Neo 120 can keep you clean for a fraction of the cost.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

Related: Best shower speakers

The post The best bidets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best last-minute Memorial Day mattress deals you can still get https://www.popsci.com/gear/last-minute-memorial-day-mattress-deals/ Sat, 03 Jun 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=544997
A woman just waking up in bed turns off an analog alarm clock.
Most of the products tested in a new study had 20, 30, or 50 percent more melatonin than the quantity listed on the label. Deposit Photos

Been sleeping on whether or not to buy a new mattress? There are still top-quality, deeply discounted options available ... if you act fast.

The post The best last-minute Memorial Day mattress deals you can still get appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman just waking up in bed turns off an analog alarm clock.
Most of the products tested in a new study had 20, 30, or 50 percent more melatonin than the quantity listed on the label. Deposit Photos

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Memorial Day Weekend is the unofficial start of summer, and things are heating up outside and online because it’s one of the top times of the year to save on the best mattresses. Memorial Day Weekend is also in our rearview, but extended sales can help you sleep easy, knowing you saved hundreds off the premium price of restorative rest … but only if you act fast.

Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe Cooling $749.30 – $1,998.80 w/ code MEMORIAL25 (Was $999 – $2,665)

Brooklyn Bedding

SEE IT

If you want to beat the heat with a deal you can’t beat, now’s the time to “add to cart” the Brooklyn Bedding Aurora Luxe Cooling mattress. Take the pressure off your joints and degrees off your body with a GlacioTex cover and thermal-regulating foam, supported by premium steel coils. Side sleepers will appreciate the medium firmness body contouring, which can be amplified with an optional pillow top. While you’re crafting the perfect bedroom set, save on a chunky knit weighted blanket to keep you cozy and calm, no longer anxious about whether you’re getting the absolute coolest price possible on a refreshing night’s sleep.

Casper Snow $1,196 – $1,916 (Was $1,495 – $2,395)

Casper

SEE IT

Keep more in your wallet while keeping your spine aligned with a mattress from bed-in-a-box pioneers Casper. Save 20% on all mattresses, from the new entry-level Casper Signature Foam to the Wave Hybrid Snow (which a staff member found revitalizing). However, that flagship is nearly $3,000 on sale, while the new Casper Snow mattress features some of the same technology—including HeatDelete Bands, Phase Change Material, and a CoolTouch Cover, plus airflow-friendly foam in ergonomic zones—and offers it for a grand less. Not too soft and not too firm, balanced in temperature regulation, support, and motion isolation—sounds like a Goldilocks mattress. You can also get 20% off all pillows and sheets, plus 10% off everything else.

Wipe the crusties from your eyes and check out more dreamy deals:

  • Helix 25% off sitewide + 2 free Dream Pillows with mattress purchase and free shipping w/ code MEMORIALDAY25
  • Nectar Sleep 33% off everything (mattresses starting from $359)
  • DreamCloud 40% off all mattresses

The post The best last-minute Memorial Day mattress deals you can still get appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best paper shredders in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-paper-shredder/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 18:40:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-paper-shredder/
The best paper shredders of 2022.

Shred through those sensitive documents, bills, and credit card offers like Edward Scissorhands on a caffeine high.

The post The best paper shredders in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best paper shredders of 2022.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy Duty Paper Shredder Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder
SEE IT

Extra security and speedy shredding make this shredder work for home or office. 

Best for home The Wolverine SD9113 Heavy Duty Shredder is our pick for the best heavy duty paper shredder. Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder
SEE IT

A high paper capacity and powerful cutters shred through documents and more without slowing down.

Best budget Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder
SEE IT

An excellent balance of power and capacity come together for under $30.

A paper shredder can help keep your personal and confidential information out of the hands of identity thieves and away from prying eyes. So much of our sensitive info, from bank account numbers to social security numbers, is printed on our mail, contracts, and bills. Each time one ends up in the trash, we leave ourselves vulnerable to identity theft. It’s super easy to avert this possibility by shredding documents and credit cards. It takes no time at all, either. Here’s a list of the best paper shredders currently available.

How we chose the best paper shredders

When searching for the best paper shredders, I considered over 50 models from 10 brands in all price ranges, looking for a balance between performance and price. My picks were based on their ease of use, safety, versatility, and capacity. Specific features were paramount to making my picks, including reverse buttons to remove jams, simple emptying mechanisms, and a way to easily empty baskets, all contributing to their overall ease of use. The paper shredders we recommend have thermal overload sensors and other safety mechanisms that turn off the cutters when the lid is removed from the basket. Finally, I factored in how many papers the shredder could handle at once. Capacity also included the basket volume, which determines how often it needs to be emptied.

The best paper shredders: Reviews & Recommendations

When active, those cutters that can handle a wide range of materials, including paper clips and staples, take some of the work out of shredding. Some versatile models also have wide mouths for easier paper entry. 

Best overall: Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder

Fellowes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This shredder from Fellowes can take on big jobs with its nine-gallon bin, but it’s quiet and safe to use, making it great for home or office.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 25.2 x 11.4  x 17.3 inches
  • Paper capacity: 14 sheets
  • Security level: P-5

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Childsafe
  • Quiet

Cons

  • Expensive

Shred 14 sheets of paper at once in the teeth of this heavy-duty shredder from Fellowes. The micro-cut size means enhanced level P-5 security, and saved space, partly thanks to the 9-gallon integrated bin, and a tiny shred that comes out to roughly 2,000 particles per sheet of paper. It’s super quiet, making it perfect for shared workspaces, and the auto-stop feature can detect when your hands are close to the opening, so it’s extra safe to use and child-proof.

Best for home: Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder

Wolverine

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Wolverines P-4 cross-cut comes with an 18-sheet capacity and long runtime that catapult it to the front of the heavy-duty shredders. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.4 x 10.4 x 22 inches
  • Paper capacity: 18 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • Shreds through paper, credit cards, CDs, clips, and staples
  • Cross shreds for added security
  • Completely pull out the waste bin for dumping

Cons 

  • Loud
  • Basket fills quickly

The Wolverine SD9113 Heavy-Duty Shredder puts P-4 security on everything that passes through its cutters. Those cutters handle a wide range of materials, including staples, paper clips, credit cards, CDs, and (of course) paper. A high 18-page capacity and 60-minute runtime goes through paper quickly, without the need to cool for up to 60 minutes. 

While the wastebasket fills quickly, it is easy to empty and pulls completely out of the shredder. The only other downside to this model is the noise. It makes a racket but gets the job done.

Best for office: Aurora AU1580MA Professional Grade Micro-Cut Paper/ CD and Credit Card Shredder

Aurora

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The AU1580 makes quick work of paper, credit cards, CDs, and paper clips, turning them into a micro-shredded mass that’s nearly impossible to identify. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 16.93 x 12.99 x 23.62 inches
  • Paper capacity: 15 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • 60-minute continuous runtime
  • Quiet operation
  • Reverse mechanism effectively fixes jams

Cons 

  • Big and heavy

The Aurora AU1580MA shredder isn’t your average Home Depot shredder. This behemoth can hold 8.5 gallons of shredded paper. That kind of capacity doesn’t come without significant weight. The AU1580 weighs in at 43.28 pounds but features casters to provide some mobility. 

It makes quick work of 15 pages at a time and can handle CD/DVDs, paper clips, and credit cards. The blades turn them into a micro-shredded P-4 mass that’s caught in the basket. An impressive 60-minute runtime lets offices with a high paper volume stay ahead of shredding. Even when shredding at full power, this model stays relatively quiet. Five indicator lights provide insight into the current status, such as door open, overload, bin full, overheat (includes automatic shutdown), and power. 

This model’s size takes up a good amount of space, so it’s not the best for small offices or homes.

Best heavy-duty: Ideal 2604 P-4 Office Shredder with Automatic Oiler

Amazon

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This German-designed shredder can handle the shredding needs of up to 10 people, is fast and secure, and comes with a sustainably made wooden cabinet. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 19.5 x 18.5 x 36.5 inches
  • Paper capacity: 23-25 sheets
  • Security level: P-4

Pros

  • High capacity
  • Fast
  • Comes in a wooden cabinet 

Cons

  • Heavy 
  • Expensive

This industrial-grade shredder from Ideal is a high-security, German-engineered solution perfect for legal and medical office use and any high-volume home business where privacy must be protected at all costs. Thanks to its automatic-oiling feature, it runs continuously and can easily munch through staples, paper clips, and stacks of paper 25 sheets thick, adding up to a shred rate of about 500 sheets per minute. This, thanks to its sturdy, steel-toothed construction and its 26-gallon wastebasket, make it ideal for use by a staff of 8 to 10 people.

Best portable: Aurora AU800SD Professional Strip Cut Paper Shredder

Aurora

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Aurora model made the list as the best home paper shredder for its power, small size, versatile fit, and range of shreddable materials. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 6.5 x 12.99 x 2.95 inches
  • Paper capacity: 8 sheets
  • Security level: P-1

Pros

  • Compact and easy to store
  • Expands to fit different wastebaskets
  • Shreds credit cards and CD/DVDs

Cons 

  • Cannot handle a high volume

This portable paper shredder from Aurora can be used with or without a wastebasket, which allows you to use it in multiple locations from office to home. It cuts in strips and can destroy up to eight sheets of paper at a time, plus CDs, DVDs, and credit cards. It sits securely atop any open wastebasket and even has an extendable arm allowing it to accommodate bins up to 15 inches wide.

The AU800 can handle eight pages at once and shreds them to ¼-inch pieces. That’s only P-1 security, so this isn’t intended for ultra-sensitive information. A jam remover button helps dislodge paper or other materials from the blades. However, be aware that this model isn’t designed for high paper volumes. It shuts down and requires a cool-down period fairly quickly.

Best for credit cards: AmazonBasics 6-Sheet Capacity, Paper Shredder

Amazon Basics

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Amazon’s paper shredder features safety features and quick credit card shredding, rising to the top of the competition. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 12.8 x 7.3 x 15.9 inches
  • Paper capacity: 6 sheet 
  • Security level: P-3

Pros

  • Safety mechanism shuts it off if it’s not fit to the basket correctly
  • Shreds quickly during its 30-minute runtime
  • Auto-senses paper for better energy efficiency

Cons 

  • Produces more paper dust than other models

This shredder from AmazonBasics comes with a 3.8-gallon integrated wastebasket and shreds up to six sheets of paper at a time in a cross-cut pattern, meeting P-3 security requirements. Easily shred a banker’s box worth of bills within the three-minute continuous run cycle, and you won’t have to worry about overheating thanks to the automatic shutoff feature.

Credit cards get a special center spot on the cutter, and it blows right through them. It also features the standard reverse mechanism and an auto-on feature that senses paper and turns on the cutters. If you’re worried about security, this is the best shredder for credit cards. You can also use it to destroy a single credit card at a time.

Best budget: Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder

Bonsaii

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For less than $30, this model provides security, a transparent window, great capacity, and versatile shredding options.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 13.3 x 6.88 x 13.97 inches
  • Paper capacity: 8 sheets
  • Security level: P-2

Pros

  • Shreds credit cards, paper, paper clips, and staples
  • Sharp, steel cutters hold their edge
  • Transparent window lets you see when it’s full

Cons 

  • Noisy
  • Short runtime

The Bonsaii 8-Sheet Strip-Cut Paper Shredder offers an impressive array of features for a relatively inexpensive model. Its 8-page capacity gets only better when you consider that it can also shred credit cards, paper clips, and staples. It even has a dedicated slot for shredding CDs, which is especially helpful if you’re getting rid of old data discs. That reduces the work it takes to prep papers for shredding. It’s the heavy-duty steel blades that eat through materials and strip cut them into P-2 sized pieces. 

Many of our recommendations adhere to the P-3 safety standard, but we can forgive the slightly less sophisticated security given the shredder’s cost. While we like the automatic overheat protection and cooling system, this model can only run for about two minutes before it needs to shut down. That might limit the shredding capacity in a large office. It’s also a noisy addition to the office environment.

Things to consider before buying one of the best paper shredders

Security level

Paper shredders are given a security rating according to the size of the paper pieces they create. Larger pieces are easier to reassemble, warranting a lower security level. Levels range from P-1 to P-7. The P-1 level machines create basic strips and offer the least security, while level P-7 is reserved for organizations like the NSA that have to shred top-secret documents. Depending on the sensitivity of the document’s information, you may need a P-3 or P-4 level shredder that cuts documents into smaller pieces than a P-2 model. At the P-5 and P-6 levels, the machines micro-cut the paper into tiny particles, making it nearly impossible to reassemble.

Paper capacity and runtimes

Shredders can handle different paper volumes at once, anywhere from four to 20 pieces. Machines that can shred a higher volume at once cost more. However, if you’re shredding hundreds of papers every week, these machines will save you time. 

Models that can shred more at once also have more powerful motors with longer running times. Less powerful motors may only run for five minutes or less before they need to cool down. Heavy-duty models can often run 30-60 continuous minutes.

What you’re shredding

Paper isn’t the only thing that needs shredding. Some of the best paper shredders can also eliminate credit cards and CD/DVDs. For those who have secure information in multiple mediums, this kind of shredder can offer a secure way to dispose of more than paper. 

Size

A home office may be limited in space, with monitors and equipment taking up desk space, making the size of the paper shredder a serious matter to consider. Some models are as big as a garbage can, while others are small enough to sit on a desktop. A no-basket paper shredder can sit atop almost any garbage can and can be stored in a drawer.

FAQs

Q: Is cross-cut or micro-cut shredder better?

When deciding which is better, cross-cut or micro-cut, you have to consider what kind of information you’re shredding. Cross-cut shredders offer some security, but there’s a possibility of the information being visible if someone really wanted access to it. This type of shredding works well for everyday emails, documents, and non-sensitive personal information. However, if there’s confidential information, a micro-cut shredder creates smaller pieces that are incredibly difficult to reconstruct.

Q: Should I shred old utility bills?

According to the Federal Trade Commission, you can shred utility bills immediately after they’ve been paid. Other documents like pay stubs and medical bills need to be hung onto for a little longer, but utility bills aren’t something you need to keep for years.

Q: How long should a shredder last?

With proper maintenance and oiling, a paper shredder should last about 10 years. However, that estimate is based on usage. Never exceeding the paper capacity and runtime limits will assure that you get the best life out of the shredder.

Q: How much does a paper shredder cost?

This depends on its size, paper capacity, and other features. You can pay as little as $30 to as much as $1,780 for our recommendations.

Final thoughts on the best paper shredders

The Fellowes Powershred 14-Sheet Micro-Cut Heavy-Duty Paper Shredder gets top marks because of its security rating, high paper capacity, and safety features. However, if you’ve got a business that regularly handles sensitive information, you’ll probably need the power of the Aurora AU1580MA Professional Grade Micro-Cut Shredder. This model’s high-capacity cutters whip through paper, credit cards, and other materials. Bring your own wastebasket with this portable Aurora shredder and use it in multiple locations from office to home. It cuts in strips and can destroy up to eight sheets of paper at a time, as well as CDs, DVDs, and credit cards. It sits securely atop any open wastebasket and even has an extendable arm that allows it to accommodate bins up to 15 inches wide.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best paper shredders in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get drilling after grilling with DeWalt deals on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/dewalt-tool-amazon-deals/ Thu, 01 Jun 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=545089
DEWALT Max Cordless Drill / Driver Kit
DEWALT

It's time to get a tool that'll last a lifetime. But act quickly, as this 45% discount won't be around nearly as long.

The post Get drilling after grilling with DeWalt deals on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
DEWALT Max Cordless Drill / Driver Kit
DEWALT

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The beginning of summer is a great time to finally get around to those home projects that have been piling up since November. But to do that, you’ll need the right tools for the job, and DeWalt has you covered if you’re stuck with a rusty, crusty screwdriver or a cheap corded drill with barely any torque. The company has discounted its Cordless Drill / Driver Kit to $99—an $80 discount that makes it accessible to many more people (and, coincidentally, makes it an amazing Father’s Day present).

DeWalt Max Cordless Drill / Driver Kit $99 (Was $179)

DEWALT

SEE IT

We like that DeWalt offers this deal on a full kit instead of just a drill because it will likely be a one-and-done purchase. The company has bundled an extra battery, charger, half-inch drill driver, and carrying case. The only accessory we recommend getting is the company’s 45-piece bit set, which will prepare you for any home repair task. The drill itself has all the features we look for in a tool: power (it rotates up to 1,500 times per second); safety (a locking mechanism); ergonomics (a 3.8-pound weight and grippy handle for easy maneuverability); and thoughtful extras (a front-facing light that shines when the drill is activated). This model is also cordless, meaning you can safely carry it up a ladder or use it in places without an outlet.

Given DeWalt’s reputation and this tool’s power—likely more than you’ll need, but helpful to have when necessary—this is probably the last drill you’ll ever need. The company is confident enough to recommend using it on stone, metal, and wood. Whether you’re attaching new gutters to your home, setting up outdoor security cameras, or want to go overkill when tightening screws on cabinet handles, this drill is up for the task. Just remember to keep at least one battery fully charged, and to store it inside the carrying case when it’s not in use to ensure it lasts a lifetime.

More tool deals to help improve your home (and life):

The post Get drilling after grilling with DeWalt deals on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Power post-Memorial Day savings with $100 off a Jackery solar generator https://www.popsci.com/gear/post-memorial-day-amazon-deals/ Wed, 31 May 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=544801
Jackery Explorer 300
The Jackery Explorer 300 offers lots of power in a little, easy-to-lug package. Stan Horaczek

Plus, post-Memorial Day deals from Roomba, Samsung, and more, all on Amazon.

The post Power post-Memorial Day savings with $100 off a Jackery solar generator appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Jackery Explorer 300
The Jackery Explorer 300 offers lots of power in a little, easy-to-lug package. Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Memorial Day is over, but you most likely have leftover burgers, snacks, and beers in the fridge from your celebrations. The Memorial Day deals also linger with $100 off a Jackery solar generator, among other savings.

Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300 $239.99 (Was $349.99)

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

The Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300 is an excellent starter portable power station if you want to power smaller appliances before moving on to a larger, more powerful solar generator. It weights less than 10 pounds and can be charged with an outlet, car charger, and via solar power (although you’ll have to purchase solar panels separately). It can charge up to six devices, including laptops, drones, and cameras. It may not be able to power a refrigerator, but it can keep your WiFi running (important so no one gets bored in a power outage after all the board games are exhausted).

We’re also fans of Bluetti—another brand included in our best solar generators round-up—and the company’s EB3A, 268Wh portable power station (another excellent starter portable power station) is on sale for 40% off, down to $209 (from $349).

Like the meat in your fridge during a blackout, this deal will expire if you don’t act. Although it won’t smell as bad, you’ll still feel sorry that you didn’t act sooner and avoid the situation altogether.

Here are more post-Memorial Day deals for continued savings all week long:

The post Power post-Memorial Day savings with $100 off a Jackery solar generator appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best computer desks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-computer-desk/ Fri, 30 Jul 2021 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=384870
The best computer desks of 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Stop using the kitchen table as your workstation and add a sturdy and stylish desk to your home office.

The post The best computer desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best computer desks of 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Walker Edison Modern Industrial Computer Gaming Desk Walker Edison Modern Computer Gaming Desk
SEE IT

Use this versatile model for computer work, writing, or gaming.

Best for two people Tribesigns Double Computer Desk with Printer Shelf Tribesigns Double Computer Desk with Printer Shelf
SEE IT

Designed to allow the room and privacy for two people to share a workspace.

Best budget The Cubiker Computer Desk is the best budget computer desk. Cubiker Computer Desk
SEE IT

This affordable desk still comes with plenty of storage for its size.

A computer desk is more than just a coffee table and some extension cords. It’s a dedicated space for the computer, and it’s the literal foundation for all your work and online play. Fortunately, computer desks have come a long way since folding card tables and particleboard eyesores, with models that bend and shape to your specific needs. Finding a computer desk with useful options but not add-on gimmicks and unnecessary flourishes is important. It should be nimble enough to handle your tasks and sturdy enough to support your workload. And, most importantly, it should make you happy and excited to get stuff done. You can easily get overwhelmed with choices or discouraged by high prices. Be strong. You’ll find plenty to pick from as you scroll through our recommendations for the best computer desks below.

How we chose the best computer desks

I’m a writer and editor with more than 15 years of experience who has done extensive product reviewing. In compiling our recommendations for the best computer desks, we considered options from dozens of brands. We prioritized computer desks that provide good value for the money and serve a wide range of needs.

Our desk recommendations cover couples sharing home office space, gamers looking for a rad home for their battlestation, creatives who use two big monitors, and people with little floor space or money for a desk. We also considered the materials, durability, versatility, and storage space of the available options.

The best computer desks: Reviews & Recommendations

Comfort, efficiency, and style should combine when picking the most important piece of office furniture—next to an ergonomic office chair and a dependable coffee maker. Corner desks, adjustable desks, standing desks, portable desks, ergonomic desks, folding desks, dual monitor desks—there’s a desk for every job and every computer.

Best overall: Walker Edison Modern Computer Gaming Desk

Walker Edison

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This industrial-looking desk will work well in a home office or for gamers. It comes with a drawer and shelves for storage, plus a USB port and AC plug-in for additional power.

Specs

  • Material: Driftwood and metal 
  • Dimensions: 23.5 inches D x 48.12 inches W x 30 inches H
  • Storage: Drawer and shelves

Pros

  • Durable design
  • Provides storage
  • Allow for plug-ins

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide adjustability for standing

Thanks to the handy shelves, plugs, and ports, the Walker Edison Modern Computer Gaming Desk is more useful than a standard table desk. A simple pull-out drawer provides enough space for your supplies, and the open shelves prevent gadgets, cameras, paperwork, and other items from getting lost in a dark, dingy filing cabinet. If you’re looking for a nice computer desk, everything is open and inviting, yet built to withstand even the hardest typers or heaviest lunches.  

Best adjustable: Flexispot Kana Pro Bamboo Standing Desk

Flexispot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This beautiful bamboo desk is durable, comes in a variety of shapes and dimensions, and comes with safety features like a child lock to make it safe for the home office.

Specs

  • Material: Bamboo
  • Dimensions: Rectangular or curved, from 48 inches x 24 inches to 78 inches x 30 inches 
  • Storage: None

Pros

  • Customizable sizes
  • Eco-friendly material
  • Safety features for working at home

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No storage space

You shouldn’t have to choose between standing and sitting desks. Get the best of both worlds with the Flexisport Kana Pro. This durable model comes in rectangular and curved shapes with various dimensions, so you can pick the size you need. Made of long-lasting bamboo that’s finished with a scratch- and water-resistant lacquer, this standing desk’s frame comes in white, black, or gray and is also available with casters for portability. 

This modern desk mechanically adjusts between 23.6 inches and 49.2 inches, so you can easily alternate between sitting and standing. Safety features include anti-collision technology and a child lock that make it safe for home use. And a cable management system keeps your cords organized and your workstation tidy. That said, the desk is somewhat expensive and has no dedicated storage space beyond the desktop.

Best for two people: Tribesigns Double Computer Desk with Printer Shelf

Tribesigns

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The desk is designed to make the most of a home office for two, with space for a printer dividing two substantial desks. 

Specs

  • Material: Engineered wood
  • Dimensions: 19.7 inches D x 19.69 inches W x 29.5 inches H
  • Storage: Stand for printer and two shelves underneath

Pros

  • Ample workspace for two people
  • Room for a printer built-in
  • Clean design

Cons

  • Isn’t adjustable for standing

Share the space, but not the frustration with this two-person computer desk from Tribesigns. The inexpensive dual-desk gives you the surface area needed to get things done with the privacy needed to focus. A printer shelf sits between each workstation, making you feel like you’re in your own little office. And with accessories like printers and scanners easy to reach for both workers, you won’t be interrupted with, “Can you hand me that?” Add a few plants or books for more privacy. Perhaps best of all, the simple, understated style is less likely to cause fights over design when shopping for furniture. This is the best desk for storage on our list.

Best for small spaces: Prepac Wall-Mounted Floating Desk

Prepac

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If space is at a premium, this wall-mounted floating desk allows you to make the most of your wall and provides some storage to boot. 

Specs

  • Material: Composite wood
  • Dimensions: 19.75 inches D x 42.25 inches W x 39.5 inches H
  • Storage: Small shelves 

Pros

  • Solution for a small space
  • Attractive espresso color
  • Decent storage for such a small desk

Cons

  • Assembly and wall mounting make take some time

It’s not for everyone or all types of work, but the wall-mounted Prepac desk provides a flat place to rest a laptop and get to work. The accompanying (removable) shelves can hold supplies and cables, and the tabletop is just big enough for a laptop and mouse. If you don’t want a big piece of furniture hogging up valuable space or need to add a workspace to a cramped living space quickly, this small computer desk is the most efficient workstation available. You will need to mount this on the wall, which adds another step to the already annoying task of desk assembly. But once put together, the desk is surprisingly sturdy. While you shouldn’t rest your 45-pound desktop computer on this surface, it can hold up against most office work. If you want more vertical storage, check out this minimalist wall-mounted desk.

Best for corner: Teraves Reversible L-Shaped Desk

Teraves

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This L-shaped desk provides plenty of workspace for one or two people, plus room for files or a large monitor for creatives and gamers. 

Specs

  • Material: Engineered wood and metal
  • Dimensions: 68.9 inches D x 53.1 inches W x 30 inches H
  • Storage: Two shelves

Pros

  • Large workspace
  • Comes with shelves for storage
  • Made with durable materials

Cons

  • Can take up a lot of space

The Teraves Reversible L-Shaped Desk gives you space and options. The elegant desktop surfaces can be arranged to suit your needs. It’s great for work and gaming and is one of the most affordable desks that fits nicely in a corner. The long side gives you 69 inches of space. The short side is 53 inches long. That’s plenty of room to work, so it would be best for two monitors, yet it isn’t too bulky to block your office door. Theoretically, you could fit a second person at the desk if you’re willing to give up some privacy.

Best for gaming: NTENSE Genesis Adjustable Gaming Desk

NTENSE

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Designed for gamers, this sleek modern desk comes with LED lights to enhance the experience and also allows you to adjust from sitting to standing.

Specs

  • Material: Engineered wood and metal 
  • Dimensions: 29.8 inches D x 53.62 inches W x 40 inches H
  • Storage: None

Pros

  • Height adjustable 
  • Comes with LED lights
  • Dedicated space for cup holder and headphone hook

Cons

  • Expensive

The simple NTENSE Genesis Desk can be adjusted to three different heights to give you the right angle for work or gaming. A built-in wire trough keeps cords from strangling your productivity and snagging your legs. The headphone hook and cup holder can be installed in four different areas, ensuring everything you need is within reach. But best of all, this modern model looks good. Remote-controlled RGB LED lights make this best gaming computer desk glow and shine like a futuristic work hub without looking like a disorganized cyberpunk rig.

Best budget: Cubiker Computer Desk

Cubiker

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This affordable option comes in five different widths and has a side for storage. 

Specs

  • Material: Engineered wood, steel, fabric
  • Dimensions: Available in 32, 40, 47, 55, and 63 inches.
  • Storage: Side storage bag

Pros

  • Modern look
  • Range of sizes available
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Not much storage space

The Cubiker Computer Desk checks off the three most important boxes for any quality desk: It’s flat. It’s durable. It’s the right size. While some budget desks are puny tray tables, the Cubiker’s 40-inch surface has enough space for a laptop and two monitors, with room to spare. The modern design will fit into any home office or gaming room, and the storage bag keeps things organized. It lacks USB ports and electrical outlets, but a few extension cords can turn this simple desk into a bonafide gaming hub. And go ahead and cover it with coffee stains, phone numbers, and stickers—it’s inexpensive! 

What to consider when shopping for the best computer desks

The best computer desk means different things to different people. Do you want a small and sleek modern computer desk? Or something large and multi-functional? Think about your computer use and what would make your current workspace more efficient.

Look for longevity

A well-made computer table won’t break or bend under pressure; it will last your entire career. Think of your desk as a hard-headed, dependable friend even when work gets stressful. This is not the time for cheap plastic and too many moveable (i.e., breakable) parts.

While it might seem cost-effective to buy the cheapest work table to simply “get the job done,” investing in a more substantial desk will eliminate furniture breakdowns and keep the workflow flowing. Working on a solid, dependable surface makes any task, from closing a deal to Slack-ing funny memes, feel important.

If you want a permanent workstation, think carefully about style and material. Tiny desks with spaghetti-thin legs won’t last past one intense Zoom call or Twitch livestream. And enormous, solid wood desks belong in Ebenezer Scrooge’s office, not your house. Simplicity is best, with clean lines, dark wood surfaces, and metal accents. Desks that are too trendy will look dated faster than you can say “spinning CD storage racks.” 

Luckily, there are solid desks that have an airy, lightweight aesthetic and storage for all the necessary tools of your trade.

A two-person desk doesn’t have to break the bank, or your relationship

As more people now work from their house, your home office desk might be getting crowded with a new “employee” (significant other) or pesky “interns” (kids). But adding a second worker to the office can quickly get pricey. Buying a two-person desk is often cheaper than buying two separate desks. And the style will be uniform instead of looking like your office is a collision of tastes. 

When shopping, think about how the two of you will work together. You want to conserve office space, but working on top of each other is a path towards annoyance and arguments. You need a little privacy and room to focus. 

Instead of a single tabletop, consider a two-person computer desk with desk space between workstations. This boundary will improve your work and prevent your relationship from falling apart before lunch.

Gaming desks don’t need to be elaborate

Desks don’t have to be all about work; they can still meet your needs with style. Even if your gaming rig has multiple screens, keyboards, wires, and a wildly expensive steering-wheel controller, it can all rest on a single level of an impressive-looking desk. 

Multi-level desks are often bulky, and some of those cubbyholes will only be used to store a dusty old ream of sprocketed Commodore 64 printer paper. Plus, the more planes and elements to a desk, the more the desk takes over, and the work and gaming become secondary. You need a workspace, not a 12-foot-tall cat tower.

Save as much space as possible

How small can a computer desk be? If you want a desk that’s one step above working on your lap but a few steps below standard workspaces, there are tiny options that conserve space for those organized enough to handle the limited surface area and lack of storage. 

Hidden desks that fold or roll away can turn any room into an office as needed. With a few flips and twists, your hallway is now your work HQ. Those living in cramped apartments or overcrowded houses need a desk as small as possible. And because tiny desks can be mounted or placed anywhere, your options for workspace subscribe to the number-one rule of real estate: Location, location, location.  

The guest room, the living room, even the bathroom can be a viable workspace with a compact computer desk. If you need the basics or even less than the basics, go small and keep your work-life balance leaning towards life.

Find a computer table that bends to your needs

L-shaped computer desks offer all the space you need while taking up as little space as possible. The L-shaped desks are standard for those serious about working from home and feeling in charge. You can make your own L-shape by combining two rectangular desks together, but a properly designed L-shaped desk will add uniform style and functionality to your workspace. 

When shopping online, take special notice of the size. L-shaped desks quickly grow and grow. And when shopping in-store, know the big airy sales floor will make any desk look perfect for your room. Remember: Measure twice, buy once.

You can also arrange and rearrange most L-shaped desk layouts, giving them a bit more versatility than you may assume. And you can easily fit two people at one well-sized L-shape desk, if privacy isn’t a concern. The L-shaped desk might be the most-used piece of furniture in the house.

Can a desk be healthy?

Like the desk itself, the standing desk trend rises and falls. One year these moveable tall tables are all the rage. Next, a Harvard study finds standing desks to be of no real benefit for weight loss. It comes down to your own personal taste. 

Standing desks do offer the benefit of keeping you on task. It’s hard to zone out when you’re upright. Remember when shopping for a standing desk that you want one that works efficiently. If the act of raising and lowering the desk requires six steps and a key, it probably won’t do you much good. 

It’s also important that the standing desk offers enough workspace for your laptop and other accessories. If you have to bend down to get equipment every ten minutes, your back won’t be a happy worker.

Price

Computer desk prices can vary significantly, with luxury furniture pieces skyrocketing past the $5,000 mark. You just need a place to work. But before you fork over $10 on the cheapest thing you can find, know that a low price may mean less workspace, poor quality, or a deadly combination of both. 

Scrutinize the product dimensions to ensure you get an adult-sized desk and not a breakfast-in-bed tray. And see if there are any weight limits in the specifications because a decent-sized desk isn’t worth much if it can’t even support a Nintendo Switch. 

Luckily, a computer desk is a simple, readily available piece of furniture, so you should be able to find one within your budget that won’t collapse under a mild breeze. Don’t spend hundreds of dollars if you only need a basic table with legroom and some storage.

FAQs

Q: How much does a computer desk cost?

A computer desk can cost anywhere from under $100 to more than $1,000, depending on its size, the materials it’s constructed from, and whether it includes a mechanical component that allows it to range from a sitting to a standing desk.

Q: How do I choose a computer desk?

Start by measuring your space. The best computer desk for you fits where it needs to fit. Everything else, such as shelves and accessories, is secondary to the size. A desk that’s too small will hinder productivity. A desk that’s too big will clog up a room. You want a desk that fills the perfect amount of available space.

Q: How thick should a computer desk be?

The best desk is thick enough to hold your laptop or desktop computer and everything else you need without bending or buckling. Be wary of anything thinner than 19mm (about the size of two standard Lego bricks stacked together). Some sleek, stylish gaming desks look great, but the thin material can’t take a beating.

Q: What wood is best for a computer desk?

The best wooden computer desks are made of hardwoods such as oak, walnut, and cherry. But a solid wood desk will be more expensive and much, much heavier than you probably need. Unless you’re using the computer desk also to chop firewood or weld car parts, you can feel safe and supported using composite material and medium-density fiberboard (MDF). Avoid glass, because chipped, scratched wood can look rustic and cool, but the nicked glass looks cheap and sad. 

Q: Are L-shaped desks good for professionals?

It depends on your computer setup. If you have multiple monitors and bulky accessories (think printers) on your desk, it makes sense to use an L-shaped desk because you’ll have enough space for them. If you have a minimalist computing setup, the extra space afforded by an L-shaped desk won’t be necessary.

Q: Can you build your own computer desk?

Yes. If you want to buy wood and feet for yourself, you can assemble your own computer desk from scratch. The upside is you can tailor its size perfectly to your room, but it’ll require tools and some DIY knowledge.

Final thoughts on choosing the best computer desks for you

The best computer desk has one job: support your computer. Find a well-made desk that won’t crumble in a year and won’t overpower a room. Everything else is up to your own personal preference. Do you want shelves? Desk drawers? Do you need an L-shaped or corner desk to fit into a specific space? Do you want to try a standing desk? Before clicking “add to cart,” think carefully about how you’ll use the desk. It’s more than just a slab of wood. You need something more specialized than a kitchen table and more attractive than a folding table. But most of all, you need a computer desk that works.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best computer desks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Memorial Day generator deals: Solar, electric, and gas-powered models https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-generator-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:04:08 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543237
A lineup of solar generators on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

Generate some more money in your pocket with these Memorial Day power station deals on Amazon.

The post The best Memorial Day generator deals: Solar, electric, and gas-powered models appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of solar generators on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

A generator is a must-have if you’re RV-ing, camping, or just spending time away from an outlet. A portable power station helps you stay charged, which is incredibly important if your phone is the only thing connecting you to modern society. Plus, they’re incredibly handy in a power outage. We found plenty of generators on sale for Memorial Day, from tried-and-true gas generators to newfangled solar generators.

Jackery Solar Generator 1000, 1002Wh Capacity with 2 SolarSaga 100W Solar Panels $1,299 w/ coupon (Was $1,649)

Jackery

SEE IT

This Jackery solar generator-panel combo package has everything you need to get started on sustainably powering burners, laptops, drones, and cell phones when you’re not near a wall outlet. In fact, it can power up to eight devices at a time. And, the included solar panels can bring it up to full charge within 6 hours—if you’d rather charge it beforehand via AC outlet, that process is shortened to 5.5. hours. Talk about timely.

If you decide to get a beefier Jackery generator, like the Jackery Solar Generator 2000 PRO, you’ll get a free Jackery dual-sided 80W solar panel when you spend over $2,000 on Jackery products. That’s a $249 value right there, and your savings only get bigger when you combine it with the $150-$350 coupons Jackery is offering on Amazon.

Here are more generator deals to shop this Memorial Day:

Solar generators

Gas generators

Dual-fuel generators

Inverter generators

The post The best Memorial Day generator deals: Solar, electric, and gas-powered models appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals cook up major savings https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-kitchen-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:01:46 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543240
The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

Warm up to big savings on air fryers, espresso makers, blenders, and more kitchen gadgets this Memorial Day.

The post The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals cook up major savings appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals on a blue gradient background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer is just around the corner, meaning backyard cookouts and outdoor parties with family and friends. You can save on the gear you’ll need for more than a seasons-worth of gatherings by shopping the best sales on kitchen items and appliances. From an outdoor pizza oven to a mug that has a basketball hoop, we have you covered.

Ooni Fyra 12 $244.30 (Was $349)

Ooni

SEE IT

Ooni is hosting a 30% off sale on select pizza ovens and accessories for Memorial Day Weekend, and you can score a $105 discount on the entry-level Fyra 12. This pizza oven runs on wood pellets and can reach temperatures of up to 950 Fahrenheit, necessary for cooking a traditional Neapolitan pie in about a minute. The Fyra 12 reaches its maximum temperature in about 15 minutes so that you can get cooking quickly—you don’t want to leave your guests hungry. If you’re not the one hosting the pizza party, the Fyra 12 is only 22 pounds, so you can easily grab it and go with ease. If you’ve been curious about getting a pizza oven but uncomfortable committing to one due to its price and typical size, don’t skip Ooni’s sale. The company even offers a 60-day guarantee, so you can knock out a few pies without making a full commitment.

Here are more Memorial Day kitchen and appliance deals:

Microwaves

Toasters & toaster ovens

Air fryers & pressure cookers

Blenders, food processors, & stand mixers

Coffee & espresso machines

Appliances

Pots, pans, and utensils

Miscellaneous

The post The best Memorial Day kitchen & appliance deals cook up major savings appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best tiki torches of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-tiki-torches/ Thu, 15 Apr 2021 16:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=282868
A black tiki torch with flame in a twilight sea background.
Oleg Illarionov, Unsplash

Give your backyard the gift of light and your body the gift of a bug-free outing with our guide to solid tiki torches.

The post The best tiki torches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A black tiki torch with flame in a twilight sea background.
Oleg Illarionov, Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Solar Solar lights make the best tiki torches TomCare Solar Lights
SEE IT

Eight hours of sunlight gives you 12 hours of torchlight.

Best for Bugs Mosquito control tiki torches Deco Home Tikki Backyard Torch
SEE IT

Keep bugs 15 feet away with this easily-refillable torch.

Best Budget Four bamboo tiki torches TIKI Brand Luau Bamboo Torches – 12 Pack
SEE IT

Get 5 hours of power at a time for less than $25.

Light the torch and let the opening ceremony of summer commence. Since our days living in caves, humans have used torches to keep the lights on and the party going. The best tiki torches are much more than simple, oversized matches. Torches made of glass and metal bring new artistic options to outdoor decor. Solar-powered tiki torches eliminate the need for fire. Tiki torches with citronella shield you and your guests from annoying (and dangerous) mosquitoes. You now have dozens of options to ignite your outdoor space with bright, beautiful light. 

From the simple bamboo firesticks to the elaborate glass vases, you can mix and match your outdoor illumination to create unique spaces for big parties and quiet nights. While you can pick up a few cheap tiki torches at the grocery store, don’t ignore the potential of specialized troches only available online and in home stores. Learn the pros and cons of these new ambiance staffs and find the very best tiki torches for your yard, deck, event or campsite with this guide.

The best tiki torches: Reviews & Recommendations

Best for decks: TIKI Brand Resin Jar TIKI Torch 4-in-1

TIKI

SEE IT

To achieve the best lighting, including on your deck, you need variety and the best deck tiki torch that does it all is the Jar Tiki. The artful jar can stand on its own as the centerpiece on a table. For decks and porches, the smaller pole height works on railings thanks to the included mount. Each of the metal torches offers up about four hours of flame-time, so keep the fuel handy. It’s the best way to add varying heights to your space while maintaining the cohesive look of matching torches.

Best solar: TomCare Solar Lights

TomCare

SEE IT

The TomCare Solar Lights are the best solar powered torches thanks to lifelike illumination that flickers and flutters like the real thing. With 8 hours of sunlight beaming on the solar cells atop each torch, the flame will stay lit for about 12 hours. That should carry you through the entire night. The pole stands at 43 inches, which is shorter than most that stretch past the 60 inch mark, so make sure the height works for your space. (They are waist-level, not eye-level.) The waterproof lights stand up against most summer weather, but you want to bring these in during the harsh winter months. Installation is stratightword with the plastic stakes and everything is contained in one well-balanced solar tiki torch.

Best glass canisters: TIKI Brand King Oahu Glass Torch

TIKI

SEE IT

Bring whimsy to your outdoors with the King Oahu glass tiki torch. The modeled glass looks amazing in the day and shines and shimmers like ice at night. Fifteen ounces of fuel fit into the glass, enough for an evening of tiki wonderment. It can be used on the included pole or as a tabletop torch. It works best as a staked pole torch because on a table it can tip and fall over too easily. If you have pets on leashes, keep the leashes clear of the poles or the torches will topple. The lights are hefty, and feel strong when properly staked. Use them to outline the party space and prepare for oohs and ahhs as guests watch the tiki god, and the tiki god watches back.

Best for bug control: Deco Home Tikki Backyard Torch

DECO WINDOW COMPLETE WINDOW SOLUTION

SEE IT

The best tiki torches for mosquitoes are ones that stay lit. The Deco Home metal torch is a simple design that can handle the citronella fuel of your choice. It is a basic backyard torch—but it’s well-made and solid. Filling the torch with bug repellent fuel is easy and a full torch will last 6 hours. Loaded with citronella oil, the torch keeps bugs 15-feet away, but some biters will still break through your line of defense. You will want to add some bug spray to your arms and legs.

Best budget: TIKI Brand Luau Bamboo Torches – 12 Pack

TIKI

SEE IT

Bamboo tiki torches will last long enough for a fun, dry night in the yard and they are easy to stake and fuel. Keep a few torches on hand stored safely in the garage and bring them out as needed throughout the summer. You’ll get 5-hours of flame power with a full 12 ounce tank of fuel. The attached snuffer puts out the flame easily when the party’s over. Don’t expect too much from these cost-effective lights, and you’ll get more than your money’s worth.

How to find the best tiki torches for your outdoor space

Offering quiet mood lighting is just one of the many functions of the best tiki torches. The designs of today have become artful lighting elements with features that add usability to your backyard. Mosquito control is is one of the biggest benefits, and new solar-powered torches even provide realistic flame ambience without the danger of fire.

You can find tiki torches that can be used season after season. Metal tiki torches may lack some of the classic, delightfully cheesy design of the vintage bamboo, but these modern lights provide new, eye-catching style to any backyard. 

Of course, if the torch runs out of gas, what good is it? Tiki torches will use replaceable gas or oil to stay alight and there are a variety of fuels to choose from. Efficient design and top-quality fuel give long life to your nightlight and eliminate the need to stop the party to fill up or replace the lights. And new table-top tiki torches bring big light to the centerpiece of a table. No longer just for the perimeter of the party, these tiny (and safe) torches bring the party nice and close. 

Explore all options and choose the best tiki torches for your specific space. 

What are the best deck tiki torches?

Height is important when shopping for the best deck tiki torches on the market. A 5-foot lawn torch is great for open spaces, but won’t be useful on a deck or if you want to bring the torch closer to the party. Smaller 3-foot ones are easier to use in tighter spaces and can bring brilliant backyard lighting to decks and patios. And tabletop torches can be placed anywhere and make beautiful centerpieces.

Wherever you plan to use the torches, be sure to check that it’s a safe space that’s not directly under an awning, tree or patio umbrella. Unless it’s a small tabletop model, keep the torches 3-feet away from people, patio furniture, and buildings. You also want space between each torch—at least four feet. Too many torches crammed into a small space will lose any flickering light effect and look cluttered.

What about solar lights?

Ditch the fire fuel and draw power from the biggest tiki torch in the solar system. Solar tiki torches provide safe, flame-free/smoke-free light that shines anywhere you need it. Today’s solar torch designs offer flickering light that looks lifelike and many “flames” can be adjusted to provide unique lighting options. 

The biggest benefit of solar tiki torches is fire safety. Pets and children will knock over anything in the yard, so going flameless is a smart idea for areas prone to play. And these cool lights are also easier to use and maintain than gas-fueled torches. The water-proof casing means you can leave them staked in the ground all season. And with a day of sunshine, the solar battery should charge up a full night’s worth of light.

The downside to solar powered tiki torches will become very clear on a cloudy day. They may also be dimmer, even on a full charge, than the standard ones.

Get creative with glass

Many modern tiki torches are sleek and minimal. But a glass torch can help bring some of the fun back to the backyard with lights made to be seen. Because they are basically glass jars, they make for one of the best tiki torch canisters and will hold a lot of fuel. And glass doesn’t rust or warp in the rain. But the real benefit of glass tiki torches is that they become eye-catching works of art. 

If you’re shopping for backyard lights that make an impact, glass tiki lights on a pole or a tabletop are the perfect conversation piece. Tabletop glass torches can “glow up” even a basic picnic table and tall glass torches staked into the ground offer heavy-duty construction that minimizes spills and tumbles.

Can tiki torches help with bug control?

The smells of summer are backyard barbecue, sunscreen, pool chlorine and citronella. Citronella is a natural oil from lemongrass that has been used to deter mosquitoes for hundreds of  years. It’s safe and inexpensive. But is it effective for bug control, including when it’s used in a torch? The answer: Kind of. 

There are plenty of fuels infused with citronella and they all claim to keep bugs away. If it doesn’t seem to be working there are two issues to consider: First, citronella doesn’t work well on windy days. Once the citronella fumes mix with air, it quickly gets diluted and ineffective. Second, citronella works best in close areas. If the torches are spread too far out, it won’t deter the bugs. Keep the torches within 15-feet of the action for best results. 

If you need more help shielding guests from bugs, use the torch in conjunction with a spray-on bug repellent that has DEET as one of the ingredients. Spray your arms and legs and hopefully you’ll stop slapping yourself silly all night.

What if I’m looking for something cheaper?

If all you want is some temporary outdoor lighting, pick up a set of bamboo tiki torches for very little money. The bamboo has a classic look and it works well enough … until it doesn’t. 

While generally safe to use, the bamboo torches may catch on fire, and not in the intended way. They also create a lot of smoke so some fine tuning with the wick is expected. If you don’t need fancy metal material and elegant style, go simple and go cheap with the traditional and temporary torch.

FAQs

Q: How long does a 12 oz tiki torch last?

A 12 oz tiki torch should last between five and six hours. Sadly, there is no eternal flame for backyard fires. Even solar-powered lights will fade after 10 or 12 hours. Be prepared by stocking up fuel. Don’t try to concoct your own “emergency” fuel with rubbing alcohol or other chemicals. Leave it to the pros. DIY modification of the torch to try and get more life out of the fuel can result in dangerous fires, ruined torches, and horrible, horrible parties

Q: Do tiki torches really keep mosquitoes away?

Tiki torches can keep mosquitoes away, but don’t expect miracles. Citronella oil used in some fuels is a safe and effective bug repellent, but it works best in a small area like a porch or deck. Place the torches in a circle and keep them near the people (but not close enough to burn anyone). For best results, give your arms and legs a light coat of bug repellent. And the best trick to keep mosquitoes out of your yard is to remove standing water on the property: Birdbaths, upturned Frisbees, even small water bottle caps can become breeding grounds for mosquitoes. Give the yard a daily once-over and if you see anything that collects water, dump it out.

Q: Is it OK to leave tiki torches outside?

Yes, you can leave some types of tiki torches outside. Metal torches and solar-powered torches are designed to hold up against the elements. Glass torches won’t rust, but a strong storm can knock them over and break the glass. You should always bring the torches inside if possible during a strong rainstorm. This will ensure the torches last as long as possible. Wood and bamboo torches should never be left out in the rain or the material will crack and crumble.

A final word on shopping for the best tiki torches

The best tiki torches give new life to the outdoors. Metal tiki torches are sturdy and dependable sources of light. Solar lights/torches are safe and simple. Glass ones add style to the backyard. And the classic bamboo tiki torches bring affordable ambiance to any event. Find the best deck torches, or ones for the yard, around the pool, or for lining a walkway. The beauty of a flickering flame makes any summer night fun and memorable.

The post The best tiki torches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Memorial Day grill deals are sizzling https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-grill-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:05:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542659
The best memorial day grill deals composited
Stan Horaczek

If your long weekend barbecue is suffering from an old grill, get yourself a new outdoor cooking rig.

The post The best Memorial Day grill deals are sizzling appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best memorial day grill deals composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Memorial Day Weekend is the official kickoff to summer grilling season, which means it’s time to invest in shiny new equipment to ensure your burgers, dogs, and vegetables come out perfectly every single time. The tools you use can impact not only the flavor of your food but how easy it is to flip, season, and even transfer to and from a plate. The good news is that getting the good stuff means you won’t have to replace any of it for a long time.

Weber Genesis E-325s Gas Grill $899 (was $1,049)

Weber

SEE IT

if you’re looking for a rock-solid, propane-powered grill with tons of useful features, you’ll have difficulty finding a better option than the Weber Genesis E-325s, especially now that it’s now at the lowest price it’s been in months. It relies on Weber’s patented burner tech, which provides consistent, clean flame to char your grub. Plus, a Sear Station part of the grill gets exceptionally hot for searing steaks or other cuts of meat that thrive under high temps. Plus, it offers several features that facilitate easier cleaning, like easily accessible grease management. That means you can spend more time eating burgers and a lot less time scrubbing old sludge out of your grill.

If you’d prefer the natural gas version, that’s also on sale for $1,219 (down from $1,319).

Everdure CUBE Portable Charcoal Grill $156.99 (Was $199)

Everdure

SEE IT

The Everdure Cube is the portable charcoal grill every camper, apartment dweller, tail gator, or beach bum could use to cook up a storm on the go. The steel grill comes with a food storage tray and cutting board, which latch onto the top of it to make carrying and prepping your food easier. Similarly, metal handles make the grill simple to carry to and from a car, or indoors to outdoors. Despite its compact size, the Everdure Cube offers 115 square inches of grilling space. Everdure says this is enough room for three medium steaks or six small burgers at once.

Once your grilling is done, you can remove the Cube’s grates, empty out its chamber, wash the storage tray and board, and store. The Everdure offers the cube in five colors, and while the Khaki colorway is marked down to $150 we prefer the pop of the orange option seen above. If you’ve given up grilling due to the lack of space or high cost, don’t skip this deal.

Pellet grill deals

The best gas grill deals

The best charcoal grill deals

The best grilling accessory deals

The best Solo Stove fire pit deals (for marshmallow grilling, roasting … whatever)

The post The best Memorial Day grill deals are sizzling appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Memorial Day audio deals let you blast bops all summer long https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-audio-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:00:39 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543136
A lineup of the best audio deals on a blue and white background
Amanda Reed

Enjoy the song of the summer and have money left over to stock the cooler when you pick up these party speakers and more on sale.

The post The best Memorial Day audio deals let you blast bops all summer long appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best audio deals on a blue and white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

If upbeat anthems and sunny savings make your heart go padam padam, you’ll want to free yourself long enough to scroll through this post. We’ve collected the best Memorial Day Weekend discounts on speakers, headphones, earbuds, and more to help you celebrate the unofficial start of pool season and beach vacations with more tunes in your ears and money in your pocket.

JBL Boombox 3 $399.95 (Was $499.95)

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Live sound specialists JBL makes several of our favorite portable party speakers, and the 13-pound 160W Bluetooth 5.3 Boombox 3 is the one you want to soundtrack your summer—from patio parties to friendly pick-up games. With its three-way speaker configuration, which includes a subwoofer that extends to 40 Hz, you can get any party started. And with 24 hours of battery life on a single charge, a sturdy molded handle, and IP67 (surf and sand protection), you can keep those parties going—wherever they occur. Act now and you can get all that for $100 off, so your favorite tracks slam, but your wallet isn’t hit as hard. If that’s too much body or budget for you at this time, however, there are other JBL party speakers and soundbars on sale:

Need a speaker that’s purse-, pack-, and pool-friendly? The Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3 is our favorite pint-sized Bluetooth party to take from the bathtub to the backcountry or on a bike, and this IP67 360-degree audio orb is available for $85 (down from $99).

Want to wire something more permanent on the back deck? The fully sealed Definitive Technology AW6500 outdoor speaker—featuring a 6.5″ mid-woofer, a 1″ tweeter, and a 5″ x 10″ oval pressure-driven low bass radiator, and available in black or white—is on sale for $249 (down from $299). And the smaller AW5500 is only $199 (down from $249).

Want to go wireless in the living room instead? Save $500 when you bundle the KEF LS50 Wireless II speakers and KC62 subwoofer together for $3,799.98 (down from $4,299.98). Just add both to your cart, and you can cut cords and cost on one of our favorite powered bookshelf (or standmount) speakers, plus a compact unit that provides muscular musical bass. Or save $250 when you buy both the smaller, desktop-friendly KEF LSX II speakers and KUBE 8b subwoofer for $1,749.98.

See more sweet-sounding audio deals hear and now:

The post The best Memorial Day audio deals let you blast bops all summer long appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best inflatable hot tubs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-inflatable-hot-tub/ Thu, 17 Feb 2022 20:20:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=281623
These are our picks for the best inflatable hot tubs on Amazon.
Natasha Roy

Sit back and relax in an inflatable hot tub that gives you the comforts of a permanent model without the financial or space commitment.

The post The best inflatable hot tubs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
These are our picks for the best inflatable hot tubs on Amazon.
Natasha Roy

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall The Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub is the best overall. Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub
SEE IT

A portable, durable design and excellent pump and heater allow for long-term comfort and relaxation.

Best Value The CO-Z Inflatable Tub is the best value. CO-Z Inflatable Tub
SEE IT

This personal hot tub can hold water with temperatures up to 122°F and lets users sit back and relax.

Best With Hydro Jets The Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro is the best with hydro jets. Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro
SEE IT

Adjustable hydro jets let you customize your comfort.

The heat and motion of a hot tub’s water massage relax tense muscles and minds. But not everyone has the square footage or budget for a full-size permanent model. Plus, wouldn’t it be nice to set up a hot tub while camping or on vacation? The best inflatable hot tubs let you set up an escape anywhere you’ve got water and enough space.  

An inflatable hot tub can fit one to eight people and may feature hydro jets or air jets to provide water massage. While they can weigh over 100 pounds, these hot tubs can be stored in the garage, basement, or under a bed when folded down. They may feature temperature controls, padded seats, neck rests, and digital controls, too. Welcome to the world of inflatable hot tubs. Have a seat and relax while reading through our guide to find the best one for your backyard.

How we picked the best inflatable hot tubs

I looked at over 30 models when searching for the best inflatable hot tub. It’s a fairly limited field, but there were definitely features that stood out. I considered ease of set up, air jets or hydro jets, capacity, and the durability and effectiveness of the included heater and pump. 

Setup: Setup ease included looking at whether or not you need extra tools. Once set up, I considered the stability of the design. Could you sit on the edge of the hot tub?

Jets: How many jets are there, and how effective are they? 

Heater and pump durability: Pumps and heaters are a weak spot for many inflatable hot tubs. I looked for models that showed durability with a combination of good customer service when there was a problem.

The best inflatable hot tubs: Reviews & recommendations

Best overall: Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub

Coleman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The SaluSpa made the list for its durable construction, easy-to-access digital controls, and ease of cleaning and draining. Definitely one of our favorite inflatable hot tubs on the market.

Specs:

  • Capacity: 4-6 people, 242 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Cover, pump, chemical dispenser, 2 filter cartridges

Pros:

  • Coverage of bubble jets
  • Stable design and construction
  • The heater maintains a set temperature for up to 72 hours

Cons: 

  • Can experience early pump failure

The Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub comes with all the features for a relaxing night in a hot tub. A digital control panel easily adjusts the temperature up to 104°F. The heater raises the temperature by about two degrees per hour, so it can take some time to reach that set temperature at first. Once it’s there, an automatic timer holds that temperature for up to 72 hours. 

The control panel also controls the air jets that surround the bottom edge of the hot tub. This design doesn’t have seats, though they can be bought separately. However, when you’re sitting on the bottom, those air jets gently massage the lower back. It’s advertised as holding four to six people, but in practice, it fits four average-sized adults comfortably. The Coleman’s structure includes interior wall supports, making the sides strong enough to sit on. However, it still folds down for compact storage. 

Something to watch out for is pump failure within the first year. A low number of users experience this, and the company offers good customer service, but it could be an issue.

Best large model: Intex PureSpa Greywood Deluxe

Intex

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A package that includes everything to get you started, along with a high capacity and supportive structure, puts the PureSpa near the top of our list.

Specs: 

  • Capacity: 6 people, 290 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Insulated cover, filtration system, 2 filter cartridges, LED light, 2 headrests, thermal ground cloth, inflation hose, carry bag, floating chlorine dispenser, test strip

Pros:

  • Internal structure adds support and shape
  • Bubble jets provide a massage-like feel
  • Quiet operation 

Cons: 

  • Small floating chlorine dispenser
  • LED light easily corrodes

The Intex PureSpa Greywood Deluxe features a fiber-tech interior structure that helps it hold its shape, even when filled to the 290-gallon capacity. It can fit up to six people, two of whom can use one of the two provided seats. However, this hot tub is fairly shallow, and the seats raise you out of the water quite a bit. 

The 170 bubble jets surround the bottom perimeter and move quite a bit of air. They draw air from the outside, so if it’s cold outside, they can cool the water temperature, too. You can adjust the temperature up to 104°F and control the bubble jets using the wireless digital controls. The pump and heater run extremely quietly. This model comes with a lot of extras like a thermal ground cover and insulated cover, both of which help conserve energy by preserving heat. 

The PureSpa includes a little ambiance with a color-changing LED light. However, that light can be a weakness, as some users have noted that it corrodes quickly, requiring frequent replacement. Additionally, the included floating chlorine dispenser is small enough that you’ll have to find another method for keeping the water clean.

Best with hydro jets: Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro

Bestway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This model’s adjustable hydro jets can pivot to adjust the angle and twist to change the flow rate, making it one of our top inflatable hot tubs with hydro jets—and one of the most comfortable. 

Specs:

  • Capacity: 4-6 people, 210 gallon
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Cover, pump, chemical dispenser, 2 filter cartridges

Pros:

  • Adjustable hydro jets
  • Twisting bevel increases or decreases flow rate
  • Easy setup with a strong internal structure

Cons: 

  • Chlorinator problems

The Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro features a strong internal I-beam structure that holds the shape over time, but it’s the hydro jets and their design that got this model on the list. The jets can pivot to adjust the angle, helping target pain points. A twist of the jet’s bevel adjusts the water flow for customized water massage.  

It also features a digital control panel to make temperature adjustments up to 104°F. An automatic timer works both for and against you with this model. While it’s an excellent way to save energy by shutting down the heat after 72 hours, if you’re planning on getting in after the heat has shut down, it can take several hours to get it back to temperature. Daily use requires remembering to turn the heater and pump back on. Lift handles and an insulated cover round out the other top features. 

Where this model falls short is the chlorinator. It’s not large enough to effectively keep the water clean. Most users have to use an alternative method to sanitize the water.

Best for winter: Bestway 60022E SaluSpa

Bestway

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Bestway model is our pick for the ultimate hot tub for winter because of its 39°F minimum temperature range and power-saving timer that keeps it at temperature for up to 72 hours. 

Specs: 

  • Capacity: 4-6 people, 222 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 104°F
  • Included: Cover, pump, chemical dispenser, filter cartridge

Pros:

  • 39°F minimum operating temperature
  • Power saving timer keeps it at temperature even in low outdoor temperatures
  • Simple setup and digital control panel

Cons: 

  • Can have pump problems

The Bestway 60022E SaluSpa has a minimum operating temperature of 39°F, which is slightly lower than similar models. It also has a power-saving timer that maintains the temperature for up to 72 hours. That can work for or against you—if you use it daily, it could get annoying to reset it every time. However, it also means there’s no risk of accidentally leaving it on for days at a time. 

Besides the temperature minimum and timer, this model also offers easy-to-use digital controls that let users adjust the temperature or turn on the air jets. Most reviewers find it easy to set up and run. When it’s not filled, the handles allow you to easily move the hot tub around your property. It also includes a cover with locking clips to help maintain the water temperature. 

As far as cons, the pump has been known, in some cases, to prematurely wear out.

Best value: CO-Z Inflatable Tub

CO-Z

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re working on a budget, this personal hot tub can provide heated comfort, easy portability, and an ergonomic design.

Specs: 

  • Capacity: One person, 25 gallons
  • Max water temperature: 122°F
  • Included: Electric air pump

Pro:

  • Comes with a convenient cup holder
  • Compact and easy to store
  • Can fit in some showers

Cons: 

  • Difficult to drain

The CO-Z Inflatable Tub provides a relaxing spot to kick back and relax. It can hold water that’s up to 122°F, and an extra thick bottom provides some insulation to maintain the water temperature. While it’s a bit of a bear to inflate and deflate, once it’s up, you get a personal hot tub experience complete with a seat and armrests. There’s also a cup holder to sip your favorite drink while you relax. 

Of all the models on our list, this one is the easiest to store simply because it’s smaller. That also means the pump is smaller, again saving storage space. However, this is a tough hot tub to drain when you’re done.

Things to consider before buying an inflatable hot tub

Weight and location

As goes for inflatable pools, you’ll need to consider the tub’s weight before deciding on a location. A deck can’t support the weight of a full inflatable hot tub—which can weigh more than 2,000 pounds—unless it’s been built to do so. 

Instead, opt for a patio or other ground-based space. You’ll also need to be near a fairly high-powered outlet for the pump and heating mechanism unless they’re battery-powered. The area should provide somewhere you can safely drain hundreds of gallons of water, as these hot tubs require regular draining and cleaning every so often. Be careful if you decide to set up the hot tub in a garage or basement since draining can cause serious water damage.

Inflatable hot tubs are made of tough materials, but they still shouldn’t be placed on anything sharp, like gravel. All that weight pressing down on a sharp object could lead to punctures.

Installation, maintenance savings, and cost

These hot tubs usually don’t require extra tools to install, which makes setup quick. However, it takes a couple of days for them to warm up. You’ll also need some accessories. These hot tubs require an investment in hot tub cleaning chemicals, a cover if it’s not included, and a skimmer to scoop out leaves or other debris. A seat, luckily, isn’t really necessary, thanks to a comfortable padded base and short walls.

FAQs

Q: Are inflatable hot tubs expensive to run?

They are expensive to run. They’re usually more expensive than a full-size permanent hot tub simply because they lack the same insulation to hold the water temperature. The lack of insulation can also make it take longer to heat the water to the desired temperature, all the while using more power to do so. Accessories like a cover and thermal ground cover can help hold the heat. Models with built-in timers can save money by turning off the heater automatically.

Q: What can I put under my inflatable hot tub?

Any material that can help insulate the hot tub and protect it from the ground can work as a ground cover. A drop cloth, foam tiles, thermal ground cover, or plastic resin base pad are all options worth considering.

Q: Can you put an inflatable hot tub in a basement?

You can put one in a basement, but it comes with specific hazards and issues that must be addressed. For example, you’ll experience more condensation and rising humidity levels, so you will need extra ventilation and possibly a dehumidifier. There’s also a risk of water damage if the hot tub leaks or if it drains by accident. Additionally, you’ll need some way to safely drain the water.

Final thoughts on the best inflatable hot tubs

The Coleman SaluSpa Inflatable Hot Tub offers the best mix of features, durability, and comfort, making it our top choice. For those who want adjustable comfort, the Bestway SaluSpa Hawaii HydroJet Pro’s adjustable hydro jets customize your comfort and spa experience.

The post The best inflatable hot tubs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get a flavorful $200 discount on the Kamado Joe Jr. charcoal grill at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/kamado-joe-grill-amazon-deal/ Thu, 25 May 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543568
Kamado Joe KJ13RH
Kamado Joe

Upgrade you grill in time for summer cookout season with 40% off on a portable charcoal grill.

The post Get a flavorful $200 discount on the Kamado Joe Jr. charcoal grill at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Kamado Joe KJ13RH
Kamado Joe

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer cookout season is almost here, and the centerpiece of the action is, well, a grill. Kamado Joe has slashed the price of its 13.5-inch portable Joe Jr. charcoal grill down to $299—a $200 savings and its lowest price ever. This grill has all the features of Kamado Joe’s larger grills in a more compact form, making it ideal for weekend car campers and apartment dwellers with small backyards alike. Plus, its big, orange body perched on a cast iron stand is an aesthetically pleasing conversation starter if the sweet smells of your cooking aren’t enough to get people to come to ask what’s good.

Kamado Joe KJ13RH Joe Jr. $299 (Was $499)

Kamado Joe

SEE IT

A big part of the appeal of Kamado Joe’s grills is the materials the company uses. Lifting the Joe Jr. grill’s lid reveals ceramic plates that insulate heat around the stainless steel grill grates. The grates can be lifted and replaced with different accessories like a sear plate for different types of cooking. If you plan on keeping the KJ13RH outside all the time, we recommend getting a bundle with a cover, which adds roughly $20 to the price but is well worth the extra couple of bucks.

The grill’s air vent allows you to monitor and adjust its heat and how much smoke is inside without opening it. An analog thermostat on the KJ13RH’s front side makes it easy to keep track of the grill’s temperature, too. Charcoal grills impart more flavor than their gas counterparts, and while they take a little extra time to get going, clean, and maintain, your effort will be rewarded with great-tasting meat and vegetables. If you thought you didn’t have enough space for a grill, or your current one is getting long in the tooth, don’t miss this deal on a compact cookout essential.

Other great deals for super summer grilling:

The post Get a flavorful $200 discount on the Kamado Joe Jr. charcoal grill at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best desks for dual monitors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-desks-for-dual-monitors/ Mon, 27 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=451950
The Best Dual-Monitor Desks In 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Put your displays on a strong foundation with the best desks that can support multiple monitors.

The post The best desks for dual monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Dual-Monitor Desks In 2023
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ergonofis The Sway is the best overall desk for dual monitors. Ergonofis The Sway
SEE IT

The Sway from Ergonofis is a modern standing desk for the modern worker.

Best standing The ApexDesk Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk is the best overall. ApexDesk Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk
SEE IT

ApexDesk’s Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk gives you the flexibility you need.

Best budget Mr. Ironstone L-Shaped Desk is the best budget desk for dual monitors. Mr Ironstone L Shaped Desk
SEE IT

Maximize your room’s available space with this affordable L-shaped desk.

A dual monitor setup is a godsend for multitaskers who run several apps side by side. Of course, setting up a workstation with dual monitors presents more challenges than a simple PC and monitor: You need something large, sturdy, and, ideally, a flat surface that pairs well with a pair of monitor arms. It can be a delicate balancing act. Luckily, we’re here to help you get it right. The best desks for dual monitors can fit into any kind of workflow and aesthetic—seated or standing, productive office or gaming battlestation.

How we picked the best desks for dual monitors

I’ve covered gadgets and home office gear for over 10 years for publications like Popular Science, CNN Underscored, and Gear Patrol. For seven of those years, I commuted to an office where I used a dual monitor setup. In addition to drawing on that experience, I consulted peer recommendations, critical reviews, user impressions, and PopSci’s exhaustive coverage of office furniture, including the best ergonomic desks and the best standing desks, plus conducted independent research into home office setups to see what works for people and what doesn’t.

The best desks for dual monitors: Reviews & Recommendations

There isn’t all that much to picking a desk with dual monitors in mind. It needs to be wide. It needs to be sturdy. It needs to have a flat lip in the back. Everything else is gravy.

Our picks are wide enough to accommodate two monitors, with plenty of space leftover for your keyboard, mouse, and everything else you want on your desk. A few of our picks offer more modern amenities that will fit well with your technology and various gadgets, while the others feature more classic, tried-and-true designs.

Best overall: Ergonofis The Sway

Ergonofis

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sway is a handmade standing desk that features programmable buttons, cable management accessories, and more for a clean, modern design.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 60 x 30 x 22.7 (WDH)
  • Adjustable height range: 22.7-48 inches
  • Weight: 70 pounds

Pros

  • High-quality materials inform polished design
  • Appealing add-ons and accessories
  • 300-pound lifting capacity
  • Lets you store standing and seated heights

Cons

  • Expensive

Handmade using locally sourced wood, The Sway from Quebec-based manufacturer Ergonofis is an incredibly elegant, modern standing desk. Available in three different solid wood finishes—including a beautiful walnut and a more earthy-toned maple—the Sway offers motorized height adjustment, so you can switch from sitting to standing at any time. It has a max lifting capacity of 300 pounds—enough to hold your dual monitors, a desktop PC, and whatever else you want to stash on your desk surface. You control the desk’s height using a slick inset touch screen, which lets you program two heights so you can switch between sitting and standing with a single tap.

Ergonofis makes a fairly wide array of polished add-ons that maintain the desk’s beautiful look, including a few cable management options, a desk drawer, and a desk shelf that can fit two monitors. If you’re looking for a modern desk that’s customizable and is compatible with a host of accessories, The Sway desk from Ergonofis is an excellent choice.

Best standing: ApexDesk Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk

ApexDesk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: ApexDesk’s Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk gives you the flexibility you need.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 60 x 27 x 48 inches (WDH)
  • Adjustable height range: 29-49 inches
  • Weight: 49.9 pounds

Pros

  • Curved design
  • 20 hours of height adjustability
  • Built-in cable management

Cons

  • Simple look

It may not look as nice as some of our other recommendations, but ApexDesk’s Elite Series is highly functional and easily accommodates a couple of screens. Its height-adjustable design allows you to switch between any height between 29 and 49 inches and set four preset heights when you find ones that work for you. The desk can also support a hefty 235 pounds, making it a solid choice for users with a lot of gear on their desks.

Earlier models of this desk didn’t come with any cable management, but ApexDesk updated their design to build it in. Two holes on the upper right and upper left sides of the desk make it easy to snake cords from above and below the desktop. If you have a lot of tech accessories, this cable management system will keep the top of your desk clean.

While it lacks the luxurious locally sourced wood, the ApexDesk’s Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk costs substantially less than most of our other recommendations. If you want to upgrade to a substantial standing desk but don’t want to spend over $600 on a showpiece desk, it is an excellent choice.

Best for music production: Flexispot Studio Standing Desk ESD 101

Why it made the cut: With a tray for an 88 keyboard, space for an equalizer, amp, speakers, and two monitors, this versatile desk is perfect for musicians and podcasters alike. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 63.4 x 32.6 x 6.6 inches (LWH)
  • Adjustable height range: 28.5 inches to 48.2 inches
  • Weight: 110 pounds

Pros

  • Room for 88 keyboard
  • Space for two monitors, amp, speakers, and more
  • Anti-collision technology to protect expensive equipment

Cons

  • On the smaller side for dual monitors

Music production can require a lot of equipment, and you need it to be close at hand. FlexiSpot has come up with a solution that will make the process easier for pros and amateurs alike. Made of maple wood with a metal base, the Studio Standing Desk comes equipped with room for all the essentials: an 88 keyboard tray, a shelf with space for two monitors and speakers, room for an equalizer and amp, and more. Plus, you can raise or lower the desk at the touch of a button, so long hours spent mixing don’t have to be long hours spent sitting. And it’s designed with anti-collision technology to keep expensive equipment safe. 

Best gaming: Secretlab Magnus Metal Desk

Secretlab

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a stealthy all-metal design, RGB light strip, and cable management tray, the Magnus from Secretlab is the perfect complement for your gaming setup.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 59 x 28 x 29 inches (WDH)
  • Adjustable height range: N/A
  • Weight: 92.6 pounds

Pros

  • Sleek design with built-in RGB lighting
  • Excellent build quality
  • Cable management system

Cons

  • Accessories can make the total package expensive

A gaming desk is more than a place you put your desktop and monitors; its design should enhance your gaming experience. The Secretlab Magnus’ all-metal construction and magnetic modular upgrade system make it perfectly upgradable, just like your gaming PC. Its comparatively robust range of add-ons includes a magnetic leatherette desk mat, cable anchors, and headphone hanger. The stealthy, sleek design lets meld with the peripherals and other components of your system. It even features a built-in RGB strip, which you can customize or sync to other elements of your setup.

Best home office: Crate & Barrel Tate Walnut Desk

Crate&Barrel

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Tate desk features three solid poplar drawers, an integrated power strip with two outlets, and two USB ports.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 60 x 30 x 30.75 inches (WDH)
  • Adjustable height range: N/A
  • Weight: 120 pounds

Pros

  • Clean vintage design
  • Integrated power strip
  • Three drawers for storage

Cons

  • No built-in cable management
  • Rear edge is too thick for desk-mounted monitor stand

If you just want a really nice desk that happens to be big enough to support a dual-monitor setup, there are a ton of options for you. As a jumping-off point for your conventional office desk search, we like the Tate desk from Crate & Barrel. It features elements of vintage and modern style, creating a clean, mid-century design. It’s clean, sturdy, and versatile, allowing it to fit in with any decor. 

At 60 inches wide, the Tate is also a sprawling desk with plenty of room for a dual-monitor setup. Though it lacks some of the monitor-specific flourishes in some of our other picks, it has a few tech-focused tricks, including an integrated power strip on the underside of the desk to minimize the number of cables running from it. It isn’t a special, PC-optimized desk, but it’s a handsome, versatile piece of furniture.

Best small: Burrow Pilot Desk

Burrow

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Pilot Desk from Burrow features a spacious drawer, cord management compartments, and a hidden opening to let you mount a monitor arm.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 43 x 27 x 29 inches (WDH)
  • Standing desk height range: N/A
  • Weight: 85

Pros

  • Mid-century modern design
  • Spacious drawer for peripherals
  • Cord management compartment

Cons

  • On the smaller side for dual monitors

The Pilot Desk from Burrow is compact compared to our other picks but it’s difficult to resist its charm. The mid-century modern-style Pilot Desk looks like a vintage piece, but features a bunch of small, modern flourishes that make it perfect for anyone who appreciates classic furniture design, but needs the modern conveniences of a PC-ready desk.

Specifically, the Pilot has cord management compartments, and removable wooden plate to reveal a hidden monitor arm mount. It also comes furnished with a bottom drawer, which many of our picks only offer as an add-on. To bring it all together, the Pilot Desk features drafting table-style legs, meaning it’s always dressed for success even if you’re not during your next meeting. There’s also a standing version of the Pilot Desk with the same design and amenities if that’s more your speed.

Best budget: Mr. Ironstone L-Shaped Desk

Mr IRONSTONE

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The L-shaped desk from Mr. Ironstone is a simple, affordable way to give yourself a ton of desk space.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 50.8 x 18.2 x 29.53 inches (WDH)
  • Standing desk height range: N/A
  • Weight: 40.79 pounds

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Space-saving design
  • Adjustable feet

Cons

  • Limited depth

This L-shaped desk from Mr. Ironstone is simple, clean, and durable enough to support up to 100 pounds—more than enough to hold two monitors. The desk is made from P2 MDF board and a sturdy metal frame and it comes with a laminated finish that’s easy to clean. It also comes in several colors, from black to rustic brown, and features adjustable feet, so you can keep it stable on uneven surfaces. L-shaped desks are great space savers and the L-shaped desk from Mr. Ironstone offers a simple solution at an affordable price.

Things to consider when choosing the best desks for dual monitors

Aside from your computer, your desk is an essential part of your setup; it’s where you’ll spend hours of your day. That’s why finding a desk that fits your needs is so important. To accommodate two monitors, you need a wide desk, so it doesn’t feel like your setup is cramped.

If you have room in your space, we recommend using a desk that’s at least 55 inches wide to accommodate a dual-monitor setup, and at least 30 inches deep to ensure you have as much desk space as possible. In a smaller room, you could scale down to 48 inches wide and 24 inches deep. At 48 inches, your monitor may likely span the entire width of your desk.

We also strongly recommend picking up either a desk-mounted dual-monitor stand or two desk-mounted monitor arms, which will help maximize your desk space and improve your PC’s ergonomics.

Reminder: It’s hard to overspend on a desk

Furniture is an investment. We all buy bargain furniture from Ikea or Walmart every now and again but you will likely need to spend hundreds or even thousands of dollars to get a stable desk that will look good and last a long time. A well-made desk, constructed from good materials, should be something that you can use for your whole life. 

Our selections run the gamut of prices, from just over $100 to nearly $2,000. All of them are solid but ultimately have different reasonable lifespans based on how they’re built, which often corresponds to their cost. When checking out a desk, consider what it’s made from and how it’s constructed. If it requires assembly, check the company’s customer service and warranty policy. A company that uses good materials and stands by its products is far more likely to make a desk worthy of becoming the centerpiece for your setup.

Standing desks

Several studies suggest sitting for long periods can result in everything from heart disease to diabetes. Using a standing desk can help mitigate the negative effects of spending your work time at a desk day in and day out. There are many types of standing desks, ranging from stands that “convert” a conventional desk into a standing desk, permanently tall desks, and height-adjustable desks that can shift from seated to standing height and back, either manually using a crank or automatically via a built-in motor.

A good standing desk setup allows you to alternate between sitting and standing throughout the day. Experts increasingly agree that standing for extended periods of time creates long-term health problems, just like sitting all day. To truly optimize your desk setup for your health, we recommend using a height-adjustable desk. While a manual option, including a stand that stacks on a seated desk, will work for some people, users with a heavy PC setup should opt for something motorized. You can change between standing and seated positions easily.

A motorized height-adjustable desk also allows you to adjust your seated position precisely, which is also important for overall office ergonomics, according to the Mayo Clinic.  Ideally, you should adjust the height of your chair so your knees are about level with your hips. Your wrists should also be straight, with your hands at or below elbow level. Your monitor should also be about an arm’s length away and the top of the screen should be at or slightly below eye level.

If you decide to pick a motorized standing desk, check and make sure its motor is powerful enough to accommodate the full weight of your setup, including your monitors. A pair of displays will likely put somewhere between 25-40 pounds on your desk, and that’s without factoring in a stand or stands. Regardless of the design, do not exceed the specified weight limit for your desk.

Convenient additions

Many new companies, especially those who make desks designed specifically for computers, offer additional attachments and accessories to enhance your desk, depending on your needs. For example, you can add a desk drawer and cable management shelf to our top pick, the Sway by Ergonofis. On the one hand, these add-ons are made for the specific desk you’re buying and often help address common needs, like additional storage. On the other, they usually cost extra, making an expensive piece of furniture even pricier. Also, you may be able to find third-party alternatives for some common upgrades, which will cost less, but may not work as well or look as good.

We recommend taking a good, hard look at the available upgrades and your setup to see what additions make sense for you. We can’t categorically say that they’re good or bad, just that they can only solve a problem if you have a problem to solve. Again, we recommend thinking about a desk as a long-term investment: You want to get something that comes as close as possible to perfectly fitting your needs.

FAQs

Q: How much do desks for dual monitors cost?

As you can see from our list, desk prices span from just over $100 well into the thousands. A basic desk made from cheap materials shouldn’t cost much, but has a life expectancy of a few years (maybe less if you buy an unassembled piece with a manufacturer-made flaw). Realistically, a great desk that’s built to last should cost a few hundred dollars or more. With a desk—and most furniture, really—premium materials and handmade craftsmanship can drastically drive up the price, but also make the biggest difference in the quality of the product.

Q: How do you organize a desk with dual monitors?

There are a million ways to organize any desk. It all comes down to what you specifically have on your work surface, and what feels right when you’re working. With dual monitors, specifically, we recommend using a dual-monitor arm to free up desk space and give yourself precise control over how you position your displays. You should also take care and manage your cables to minimize chaotic clutter. If you can, make sure you have a short, clear path to anything on your desk that you use or touch frequently. Conversely, keep decorative items near the back of your desk or in other places where they won’t interfere with your work.

I personally recommend keeping your setup as minimal as possible, but what works for you might be different—some people thrive in chaos.

Q: What is the best position for two monitors?

When using two monitors, giving them an equal amount of desk space may be tempting. But it’s more ergonomic to situate your “main” monitor directly in front of you and place the second monitor to the left or right (whichever is more comfortable) at a slight angle. Using this “offset” formation minimizes how often you turn your head, putting less strain on your neck. 

Final thoughts on the best desks for dual monitors

A dual-monitor desk setup is serious business. Whether you’re compiling data, editing video, or streaming games on Twitch, you need a strong workflow because you’re getting stuff done. Once you know how much space (and cash) you can devote to your next desk, all you have to do is pick a piece that fits your needs and your taste. We hope you’ll find something that can serve as a foundation for your computing life for as long as you need it.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best desks for dual monitors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best standing desks in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-standing-desks/ Mon, 11 Oct 2021 00:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-adjustable-desk/
The best standing desks of 2021

Help reduce orthopedic ailments that sitting for long hours can cause.

The post The best standing desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best standing desks of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Flexispot Comhar Pro Q8 is the best standing desk overall. Flexispot Comhar Pro Standing Desk Q8
SEE IT

Beautiful design and a range of ports for charging and connectivity make this our top choice.

Best electric The Flexispot EB8 Standing Desk is the best electric standing desk Flexispot EB8 Standing Desk
SEE IT

Three USB ports and a convenient desk drawer make this adjustable desk an ideal workstation setup.

Best for gaming This VIVO standing desk is the best model for gaming. VIVO Electric Adjustable Stand Up Desk
SEE IT

Spacious tabletop offers ample room for a variety of monitor and laptop setups.

Adjustable standing desks easily conform to both sitting and standing positions to reduce the number of hours per day you spend sitting, which many medical professionals believe to be a healthier alternative to using a traditional desk. The best adjustable desk may effectively reduce the time you sit during a workday, anywhere from short, 15- to 30-minute intervals to several hours. Equally important, this type of desk allows the user to switch from standing to sitting throughout the day as desired. While there are specially designed computer desks and ergonomic desks, standing desks have become so popular in recent years that countless options are now available. We studied the market to find some of the best standing desks geared toward a range of activities and workspaces that will help get you moving in no time.

How we chose the best standing desks

As more people want to reap the benefits of a standing desk, the market has become flooded with cheap and knockoff products. So in making our top picks, we sorted through some 50 models of standing desks to narrow the field. Among the priority features we insisted on: easy assembly, sturdy construction, user-friendly operation, and overall durability.

Instead of simply choosing the highest-rating desks, we also sought out a variety of products geared toward various lifestyles. To include something for virtually everybody, we considered the gamut, from a converter to modify an existing desk to a standing desk, a strong solution for small spaces, and even the most high-end options for those looking to invest seriously in their orthopedic health and posture.

The best standing desks: Reviews & Recommendations

Sitting at a desk for long hours has been linked to many health problems, including obesity, increased blood pressure, and high blood sugar and cholesterol. But standing for similar periods isn’t optimal either, as it can cause knee problems, sore feet, and lower back pain. So for many people, the ideal solution is a hybrid: an adjustable-height standing desk.

Best overall: Flexispot Comhar Pro Standing Desk Q8

Flexispot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Flexispot’s new flagship desk is not only beautifully designed, it comes with a built-in wireless charger and USB-A and USB-C ports for excellent connectivity.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 55.4 inches x 31.2 inches x 4.1 inches
  • Weight: 79.6 pounds
  • Colors: Black and white

Pros

  • Easy to assemble with clear written and video instructions
  • Solid bamboo desktop
  • Built-in wireless charger and ports for USB-A and USB-C
  • Built-in cable management
  • Embedded height adjuster
  • Large height range

Cons

  • Motion doesn’t stop instantly
  • Thick lip makes it difficult to attach accessories like monitor arms
  • Wireless charging is slow
  • Couldn’t get anti-collision feature to work
  • Expensive

Flexispot’s new flagship standing desk is the Comhar Pro Standing Desk Q8. Right off the bat, this desk offers really attractive features—a solid bamboo top that beautifully contrasts the base (available in both black and white), a built-in wireless charger (plus USB-A and USB-C ports embedded in the front), an embedded drawer, and a sleek look on top of all of that.

Setting up the desk was simple enough. It arrives in two boxes—one with the top of the desk, the other with the frame. Unpacking the top first will make it easy to follow the instructions and build the whole thing upside down before flipping it over (this can be done by one person, though having a second to assist will be helpful). Flexispot includes a hex key and screwdriver to assemble the desk, though the instructions recommend using a drill instead of the screwdriver . Using drill bits for both the hex key and screwdriver, assembly took less than 20 minutes.

Some of the biggest strengths of this desk can also be a weakness. The Comhar Pro has a sturdy metal base that Flexispot claims can support more than 200 pounds of weight; the frame is too thick for many standard-sized clamps, so you’ll need to take up desktop space with stands for monitors, microphones, or any other work accessories that might be needed (monitor arms could be installed by drilling a hole in the desktop, but be careful not to hit any of the wires or control systems underneath). The quick but smooth motion of its dual motors rolls to a gentle stop upon release of the directional buttons; it can be difficult to adjust to a precise height without pressing the up or down button multiple times. There’s a built-in wireless charger; it’s significantly slower than charging via the built-in ports and a cable. 

Overall, the Comhar Pro Standing Desk Q8 would be a welcome addition to any office, whether at home or in the workplace. It’s full of little features that make it (somehow) exciting to explore a desk. The nearly 4.5-foot-long is more than large enough to set up multiple monitors on. The LED screen that displays the desk’s height turns off once the desk has stopped moving, so that the extra light won’t bother users. The built-in USB ports allow devices such as wireless mice or cell phones to be charged without clogging up those same ports on a computer or dongle. This desk makes it exciting to work from home again. You can find its companion chair, the Flexispot Ergonomic Chair Pro (OC14), in our guide to the best office chairs.

Best for dual monitors: ApexDesk Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk

ApexDesk

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This electric adjustable desk lets you transform seamlessly from sitting to standing position with a push of a button and give your posture a kickstart within seconds.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 60 x 27 x 48 inches
  • Weight: 131 pounds
  • Colors: Assorted frame and surface options 

Pros

  • Ample table top work surface
  • Powerful dual-motor lifting system
  • European design and engineering

Cons 

  • Doesn’t include a cable management tray
  • Beveled edge makes it difficult for C-clamps

Achieve a perfect balance of sitting and standing throughout the workday with the ApexDesk Elite Series Adjustable Standing Desk. A simple button push allows the desk to move anywhere between 29 to 49 inches in height within seconds, thanks to a powerful dual-motor lifting system. A digital controller with four programmable presets lets you choose your favorite positions for even easier adaptability.

A favorite among reviewers and users since its launch in 2015, the Elite Series boasts a beautifully crafted, ergo-shaped work surface constructed of water-resistant, laminated engineered wood. Pre-installed metal anchors make for easy installation, while beveled edges lend a sophisticated look that can host two monitors. 

The beveled edge, however, makes it challenging to install the C-clamps needed to set up boom mics, monitor mounts, and other accessories. Some consumers were also disappointed that, for the price, the standing desk doesn’t include a cable management system, which instead must be purchased separately. 

Best converter: FITUEYES Height Adjustable Standing Desk Converter

FITUEYES

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This standing desk converter lets users transform a stationary desk into a standing model with minimal assembly.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 31.5 x 24.2 x 19.8 inches
  • Weight: ‎29 pounds
  • Colors: Black (brown and white also available)

Pros

  • Dual gas spring force for easy transitions
  • Minimal assembly is needed out of the box
  • Desk base can hold up to 33 pounds

Cons

  • Keyboard tray is stationary and not very large
  • Lowered height may be too high for sitting

For a sturdy, affordable approach to the sitting-for-hours dilemma, consider transforming your existing desk with the FITUEYES Standing Desk Converter. The spacious work area provides enough room for a variety of computer setups, including single or dual monitors, a laptop and computer monitor, and more. In addition, the dual gas spring force lets you transition from sitting to standing in one smooth motion, from 19.8 to 4.3 inches, depending on your height. And the converter can support up to 33 pounds.

Though the product description says the manual standing desk converter comes fully assembled, some users note that minimal assembly is required; fortunately, that’s typically quick and easy. And because it does raise off the desk’s surface, it’s important to note that it will make your desk slightly higher from a seated position. 

As for the keyboard tray, some folks like that it is fixed to avoid rattles when typing, while others would have preferred that the tray slide in and out. Also keep in mind that the tray only accommodates keyboards 15 inches or less.

Best for small spaces: Flexispot Quick Install Standing Desk

Flexispot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Those short on home office space will appreciate the compact, minimalist design and easy assembly of the Flexispot Quick Install Standing Desk.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 30 x 60 x 25.5 inches
  • Weight: 31.4 pounds
  • Colors: Black/wood (white/wood also available)

Pros

  • Ample legroom under the desk
  • Quick and easy assembly
  • Minimalist design suits any decor

Cons 

  • Doesn’t lower enough for short people
  • Lacks holes for wires

The Flexispot Quick Install Standing Desk is the best standing desk for those who need to fit a workstation into a bedroom, living room, kitchen, or other common area. The minimalist design allows the desk to fit seamlessly into virtually any interior aesthetic. Easy five-minute assembly requires simply inserting the lifting columns into the pre-installed crossbeam and attaching the feet. 

Though small in size, this Flexispot boasts generous legroom thanks to legs that are offset towards the back of the desk. The feet are also adjustable, so you can use the leveling glides along the bottom to ensure that the desktop is even, not slanted.

While reviewers rave that the desk is easy to assemble and operate, shorter people find that even the lowest setting is too high for sitting, and recommend using a good office chair and footrest for optimal performance. Other consumers point out the lack of holes or grommets for wires to pass through, but a desk wire organizer is an affordable solution to this issue.

Best electric:
  • Flexispot EB8 Standing Desk
  • Why it made the cut: Features such as USB charging ports, industrial-grade sturdy steel frame, T-style legs, and a stylish bamboo finish make this electric standing desk a true workhorse.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: ‎48 x 24 x 28.3 inches
    • Weight: 91 pounds
    • Colors: Bamboo, white (also comes in black, red oak)

    Pros

    • USB ports
    • Electric lift with four programmable height presets
    • Supports up to 110 pounds
    • Child lock

    Cons 

    • Heavier at 91 pounds, so more difficult to move

    If you’re looking for industrial-grade quality that’s built to last, look no further than the Flexispot EB8 Standing Desk. Three handy USB ports (one Type C and two Type A), sturdy steel T-style legs, and a styling bamboo finish are just a few reasons why this adjustable electric motor-equipped standing desk is consistently top-rated among both consumers and pro reviewers alike. And with just a few bolts to be added, setup takes mere minutes.

    You can save up to four customized settings between 28.3 and 47.6 inches, so the lift mechanism of this tall user-friendly desk reaches your ideal height at the touch of a button. The desk not only adjusted smoothly, but it also supports up to 110 pounds, typically more than enough for a computer and such office equipment as a scanner and printer. The desktop has ample room for all your work needs, along with slim drawers to tuck away any additional supplies. And the integrated lock option adds to the feeling of security that your workspace will remain safely in place, even if you have children scampering around the desk.

    One downside to this desk is that the edges are at a straight angle, which can be uncomfortable on wrists when spending long hours at work. That said, you can add a desk pad to the edge of your table to make the design slightly more ergonomic.

    Best for gaming: VIVO Electric Adjustable Stand Up Desk

    VIVO

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a spacious tabletop ideal for a variety of computer setups and monitors, this is the best standing desk for gamers and those who work long hours.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 31.5 x 63.1 x 29.5 inches
    • Weight: 55.4 pounds
    • Colors: White (various colors also available)

    Pros

    • Spacious 63-inch surface
    • Durable steel frame construction
    • Integrated cable management system

    Cons

    • Instructions challenging to understand
    • Tabletop seems thin and flimsy

    Gamers and others who spend long sessions in front of a computer should find the VIVO Electric Adjustable Stand Up Desk a real winner. The 63-inch tabletop surface with a curved, modern shape is perfect for a variety of computer setups and monitors. Using the touch screen controller, you can create your own personalized ergonomic workstation with comfortable viewing angles and customized height settings.

    The all-steel construction desk frame is strong enough to support up to 176 pounds with an adjustable height range of 29.5 to 49.6 inches. However, some users complain that, in contrast, the tabletop itself seems flimsy. One consumer review even stated the intention to attach the base to a solid piece of wood for an all-around high-performance desk setup should the original surface wear out.

    Unlike many competitor products, this standing desk comes with an integrated cable management system that keeps cords and cables neatly organized and hidden from view for a tidy workspace. Unfortunately, this feature complicates assembly, and many customers note that the instructions can be challenging to follow. Tip: If the user manual seems confusing, watch the online video tutorial, which is easier to follow. 

    Things to consider before buying a standing desk

    Congrats on making the decision to improve your posture while building more pleasure into your workday with an adjustable standing desk. Here are some things to consider before making the investment, since most standing desks are pricey, heavy to ship and, as such, potentially difficult to return.

    Pick your power

    Adjustable desks are either manually or electrically powered. Manual models, obviously, require the user to physically lift and lower the work surface, while pricier electric models require virtually no effort to move up and down. Some electric desks are noisier than others, which may be an issue if you share your workspace with others who may be irritated or distracted or irritated by the sound.  If you decide on an electric desk, check out the extended warranty along with potential parts and labor, should you run into technical difficulties.

    Measure horizontally and vertically

    Measure the space where you intend to put the desk—not just the square footage but the height at which you’ll want it to stand. Then consider the adjustable height range of products as you shop to ensure that the desk will fit where you want to put it and meet your fundamental sitting and standing requirements.

    Check dimensions

    If you plan on putting computer and technical equipment on your standing desk, check the tabletop dimensions and standard weight requirements. This will ensure that the desk will be large and strong enough to hold everything you need to function effectively at work.

    Understand assembly

    Get a sense of what’s involved in putting the desk together in your workspace. Will you need special tools for the assembly of either the desk or the accessories?

    Investigate special features

    Some standing desks may have such extras as a cable management system, keyboard trays, and equipment clamps. Would these make life easier for you? If you choose a desk that doesn’t include these features, can they be purchased separately and easily installed?

    FAQs

    Q: How long should you stand at a standing desk?

    The right length of time to stand at a desk varies depending on the individual, but most experts agree that you should generally stand for approximately one hour for every hour or two that you spend sitting. However, the bottom line is that you should alternate between sitting and standing regularly through your workday.

    Q: Do chiropractors recommend standing desks?

    Though professional opinions differ, many chiropractors will recommend standing desks to patients looking to improve their posture by sitting for fewer hours throughout the day.

    Q: Do electric standing desks break?

    Electric standing desks can be a pricey investment and, unfortunately, because of their numerous moving mechanical parts, there is always a risk that something will break or malfunction. For example, motors sometimes burn out or electrical wires break. Voltage issues pose another potential risk, as they can cause the desk to stop working. The Uplift V2 is an electric standing desk that gets high marks for its performance.

    Final thoughts on the best standing desks

    If you’ve heard the quip “Sitting is the new smoking,” you may be on the hunt for an adjustable desk that will allow the option to stand while working, thus staving off poor posture and other health risks. The best adjustable standing desk, be it manual or electric, will go up and down to various heights with ease. It will also be sturdy enough to support the desktop items you need to function effectively and fit neatly in your space. We found the best standing desk to be the Flexispot EB8 Standing Desk. This desk’s sturdy design, ample workspace and bonus features like USB ports make it quick and easy to change heights with the press of a button. However, apartment dwellers and others with limited home-office space may prefer the compact Flexispot Quick Install Standing Desk. 

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best standing desks in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best energy-efficient air conditioners of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-energy-efficient-air-conditioners/ Fri, 17 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=449644
    The best energy efficient air conditioners composited
    Stan Horaczek

    Beat the heat and save some money with the best energy-efficient air conditioners.

    The post The best energy-efficient air conditioners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best energy efficient air conditioners composited
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner (MAW08V1QWT) is the best overall energy efficient air conditioner. Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner (MAW08V1QWT)
    SEE IT

    Midea’s unique U-shaped design, energy-efficient components, and support for smart features make it our top pick.

    Best window LG Dual-Inverter 18K (LW1817IVSM) is the best energy efficient air conditioner. LG Dual-Inverter 18K (LW1817IVSM)
    SEE IT

    The LG LW1817IVSM is powerful enough to cool off a large one-bedroom apartment.

    Best budget Frigidaire FFRE053WAE is the best cheap energy efficient air conditioner. Frigidaire FFRE053WAE
    SEE IT

    The Frigidaire FFRE053WAE will keep you comfortable on a budget.

    No one wants to sit at home, sweating, on a sweltering summer day but staying cool can be a challenging and expensive proposition for those who lack an air conditioning system. Luckily, an energy-efficient AC can help you keep your home cool while keeping your utility bills low. Listen. If you’re reading this, it’s probably hot out (or it will be soon). Do yourself a favor and let us guide you through picking the best energy-efficient air conditioners for every person and space.

    How we chose the best energy-efficient air conditioners

    I live on the bottom floor in a small apartment with no central air conditioning. It can get hot in the summer, with temperatures in our bedroom generally hovering around 80 degrees. That’s not conducive to sleep, and even the best portable fans don’t always provide enough respite throughout the place. In other words, my air conditioner is very important. Therefore, I take buying a new one very seriously.

    Our selections are the product of hours of research, including personal experiences, peer suggestions, user impressions, and the foundation we used for Popular Science’s previous air conditioner guides, including the best window air conditioners and best portable air conditioners. I have over 10 years of experience covering consumer electronics for Popular Science, CNN Underscored, Gear Patrol, and XDA Developers, among others.

    The best energy-efficient air conditioners: Reviews & Recommendations

    If you’re in a situation where fans alone cannot keep you cool, it may be time to get an air conditioner. Now that you know how to pick one, let’s talk about the best energy-efficient air conditioners you can buy today.

    Best overall: Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner (MAW08V1QWT)

    Midea

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Midea U will quietly cool down your space, thanks to its distinctive U-shaped design.

    Specs

    • Type: Window
    • Energy efficiency: 15 CEER
    • BTUs: 8,000
    • Energy Star certified: Yes
    • Estimated noise level: 42 dB (low) – 47 dB (high)

    Pros

    • U-shaped design
    • Quiet operation
    • Support for smart features

    Cons

    • Difficult installation process

    Most window air conditioners feature a box-style design. The Midea U-Shaped Air Conditioner takes a slightly different approach. It features a slot between its vents and the housing for most of its hardware. The shape lets you close your window and keep most of the air conditioner’s noise outside your home. It also lets you freely open and close the window without the unit falling out.

    The Midea U also uses inverter technology, which helps better regulate energy flow to the unit based on demand. It received an extremely high 15 CEER score, which is incredible considering that most efficient units score an 11 or 12. Lastly, the Midea U supports smart home features so that you can set recurring schedules—and it’s compatible with Alexa and Google Assistant, allowing you to turn the unit on or off with your voice.

    Finding an in-window AC unit with great design, intelligent features, and energy efficiency can be challenging. The Midea U hit all those marks, making it a rare and exciting appliance.

    Best window: LG Dual-Inverter 18K (LW1817IVSM)

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The LG LW1817IVSM is quiet, energy-efficient, and supports smart functionality.

    Specs

    • Type: Window
    • Energy efficiency: 14.7 CEER
    • BTUs: 18,000
    • Energy Star certified: Yes
    • Estimated noise level: 44 dB (sleep mode) – 59 dB (high)

    Pros

    • Quiet operation
    • Capable of cooling off large spaces
    • Smart feature support

    Cons

    • Pricey

    If you need a powerful air conditioner that cools a whole apartment or floor of your home, the LG LW1817IVSM is a high-powered window unit. Like our top pick, it features inverter technology, which makes it especially quiet and efficient for its size. It provides 25 percent more energy savings than the Energy Star certification requirement. It has a CEER of 14.7 and pumps out up to 18,000 BTUs, allowing it to cool spaces up to 1,000 square feet. Meanwhile, it keeps comparatively quiet, hitting just under 60 dB at high power and shushing down to just 44 dB in a specialty sleep mode.

    In addition, the LW1817IVSM supports a smartphone app that allows users to set schedules and turn the unit on or off remotely. It also supports Alexa and Google Assistant for hands-free control. These features make LG’s air conditioner easy to use, allowing you to stay cool effortlessly rather than fiddle around with settings.

    Best portable: Whynter ARC-14S

    Whynter

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Whynter ARC-14S portable air conditioner features a slick design and convenient auto-drain technology.

    Specs

    • Type: Portable
    • Energy efficiency: 11.2 EER
    • BTUs: 14,000
    • Energy Star Certified: N/A
    • Estimated noise level: 56 dB

    Pros

    • Slick design
    • Capable of cooling large spaces
    • Auto-drain technology

    Cons

    • Loud

    Portable air conditioners often don’t meet the same specs as window units, but the Whynter ARC-14S comes close. It offers a respectable 11.2 EER rating while pumping out an impressive 14,000 BTUs of cooling power. That makes it one of the best energy-efficient air conditioners on the market.

    It also offers some convenient features, including an auto-drain function that recycles captured moisture to create more cool air. This helps your room cool and means you don’t have to worry about emptying out a moisture tank (a common feature on portable AC units). It also features a dual-exhaust design, improving its ability to cool your space. Regarding portable air conditioners, the Whynter ARC-14S hits all the right notes with its design, features, and energy efficiency.

    Best design: Windmill AC With WhisperTech

    Brandt Ranj

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Windmill AC features an attractive design, an app that lets you control the window unit remotely, and a new compressor that helps keep it quiet.

    Specs

    • Type: Window
    • Energy efficiency: 11.9 CEER
    • BTUs: 8,000
    • Energy Star Certified: No
    • Estimated noise level: 42 dB (low)

    Pros

    • Great design
    • Smart home features
    • Easy to install

    Cons

    • Unable to control the direction of the fan
    • Not energy star certified

    Air conditioners are generally an eyesore. They’re big … they’re bulky … they’re hanging out of our windows or taking up space in the corners of our rooms. Windmill puts extra care in its AC aesthetics, with rounded corners and a clean, pleasing front vent. Windmill also prides itself on making the unit especially easy to install and comes with step-by-step instructions.

    The company has just introduced a new model—available in 8,000 and 10,000 BTU configurations—with a variable speed inverted and linear fan. These two design changes allow the AC to operate at volume levels as low as 42 dB. In our first-hand tests, the technology Windmill calls WhisperTech lives up to its name. We could use this air conditioner regularly without needing to crank the TV or leave our living room to nap. Keeping the air conditioner on eco mode cooled the room as quickly as similarly sized units would on their higher settings despite consuming less electricity. This is because Windmill’s air conditioner sucks air from your room through a vent at the bottom while blowing cool air from the top. This design improves its cooling efficiency.

    The Windmill AC also features an app, so you can turn it on/off remotely, set it to one of three different modes, and use your voice with support for Alexa and Google Assistant. Air conditioners have looked the same for several years, and while Windmill isn’t reinventing the wheel, its AC is undeniably easier on the eyes than its competition. The fact that it supports remote control and operates more quietly and efficiently is all icing on the cake.

    Best budget: Frigidaire FFRE053WAE

    Frigidaire

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Frigidaire FFRE053WAE offers quiet operation, a programmable timer, and impressive energy efficiency at an affordable price.

    Specs

    • Type: Window
    • Energy efficiency: 12.1 CEER
    • BTUs: 5,000
    • Energy Star Certified: Yes
    • Estimated noise level: 50 dB (low) – 56 dB (high)

    Pros

    • Affordable
    • Programmable timer
    • Quiet operation

    Cons

    • Noisy on high

    The Frigidaire FFRE053WAE includes everything you need in a basic air conditioner for a small room. It features a programmable timer and remote control. Plus, it’s Energy Star certified and very efficient. The unit is also relatively quiet on low at 50 dB but gets relatively close to our noise limit of 56 on high. And there’s no avoiding the fact that this air conditioner is affordable because it isn’t all that powerful. We don’t recommend going for this one to cool off a big room. If 5,000 BTUs will get the job done, then this is a very strong choice.

    What to consider when picking from the best energy-efficient air conditioners

    It’s easy to get blindsided when picking a new air conditioner. It’s one of those appliances that we don’t think about too much until they stop working. Before choosing the best energy-efficient air conditioner unit for your home, it really helps to learn the basics—knowing the pros and cons of different air conditioner types and energy ratings will help you make an informed decision about balancing energy consumption and cooling power. We also considered factors like smart features and noise level, which can significantly affect the overall experience. 

    One programming note: While central air will definitely keep any home cool, the installation is a very involved process that you should sort out with experts, including a contractor. This guide focuses on in-window air conditioning units and portable air conditioners, which you can buy as a quick and efficient way to cool a room or home without any major installation costs.

    Window units vs. portable air conditioners

    Window and portable AC units offer roughly the same amount of cooling power for around the same price. However, they operate in different ways, which may determine whether one works better for you. Before making your choice, you should know what type of air conditioner you need to shop for.

    An in-window air conditioner must be installed in a window, often using a bracket to keep it from falling out. Depending on the unit, you may be able to leave your AC in place all year round, or you may have to take out and reinstall it every year. Once installed, in-window air conditioners are almost always quieter than portable air conditioners and don’t take up any space in your home.

    By contrast, a portable air conditioner usually needs to be near a window but is far easier to move around. Simply plug it into an outlet and install a window kit to vent moisture and exhaust. Many portable ACs vent their exhaust through a hose, potentially giving you the ability to cool down a room with a smaller window that couldn’t hold an in-window model.

    You definitely want to figure out whether you have a place to install an in-window or portable air conditioner before picking a unit. All things being equal, we’d usually recommend a window unit over a portable AC, but plenty of logistical factors may lead you to go the other way.

    How much power do you need?

    Air conditioners come in many sizes, often based on their cooling capacity. To figure out what size air conditioner you need, look at the size of the room or home you’re trying to cool. Measure the space to determine how many square feet you need your AC to cover. Energy Star’s buying guide features a geometry refresher to help people calculate a room’s area specifically for this purpose.

    Once you know the square footage, you can determine how much cooling power you need from your air conditioner. Appliance manufacturers measure AC cooling power in British Thermal Units, commonly known as BTUs. According to Consumer Reports, you need 20 BTUs per square foot for the area you want to cool down. The amount of cooling power you need may vary beyond this basic calculation, though, based on room-specific factors such as sun exposure.

    A 5,000 BTU air conditioner should have enough power to effectively cool 100-150 square feet, which is more or less the standard bedroom size in homes and apartments. To cool more than a single room, your power requirements climb: Realistically, you want 12,000-14,000 BTUs to cool 550-700 square feet.

    Some factors may prevent you from using an air conditioner large enough for your space. For example, your window may be too short or narrow to support a large window unit. While it isn’t always up to you, remember that using an air conditioner that’s too small may reduce its effectiveness. Likewise, a large air conditioner may use more power than necessary when cooling a smaller room. 

    Understanding energy-efficiency ratings

    No matter what you do, your air conditioner will use a lot of power. We recommend picking an air conditioner with energy efficiency in mind for a variety of reasons, from saving money to minimizing the environmental impact of keeping cool. Air conditioners feature several energy efficiency ratings, which indicate certain thresholds for sipping power rather than guzzling it. For this guide, we’re going to focus on three energy standards: The Energy Efficiency Ratio (EER), Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio (CEER), and Energy Star certification.

    The Energy Efficiency Ratio measures the ratio of an air conditioner’s output per hour, as measured in British thermal units (BTUs), to the AC’s power draw, measured in watts (W). The EER measures the system’s overall efficiency, with a higher rating resulting in a more efficient system. For example, let’s say a 12,000 BTU air conditioner is powered by 1,000W. For every 1W of energy provided to the AC unit, we will get 12 BTU of cooling effect in return. That’s better than a 12,000 BTU unit powered by 1,400W, which would result in a less efficient rating of 8.57.

    Combined Energy Efficiency Ratio (CEER) is a standard set by the Department of Energy (DOE) in 2014 that rates the energy efficiency of window-based air conditioners. The ratio shows the cooling capacity output, measured in BTUs, relative to the electricity use and standby/off-mode power consumption.

    Some of the best air conditioners also have an Energy Star rating, indicating that they meet federal guidelines for energy efficiency and use 10 percent less energy than an AC unit that isn’t Energy Star-certified. In general, picking an Energy Star-certified air conditioner is the way to go. While window and central AC systems offer Energy Star ratings, no portable units are Energy Star-certified.

    How loud is it?

    All air conditioners are noisy. There’s no way around it, but that’s all the more reason to try and buy one that’s as quiet as possible. Most air conditioners feature an estimated noise level, measured in decibels (dB), to tell you how loud an AC gets at peak performance.

    According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, air conditioners often operate around 60 dB, which is “comfortable” to listen to over a sustained period. That said, the Environmental Protection Agency recommends limiting exposure to indoor noises above 45 dB. Of course, these statistics don’t factor in your personal tolerance for ambient noise. Ultimately, the best advice we can give is that you should look for an AC that runs quietly, especially if you’re buying an AC that you want to last, and avoid any unit that hits above 60 dB.

    Are there smart features?

    As with many modern appliances, many modern air conditioners feature nuanced controls and internet-enabled “smart” capabilities, such as setting target temperatures and schedules or controlling the device through a smartphone app. These functions make your air conditioner more convenient and more efficient. Of course, these features are considered luxuries, so you may not find them on less expensive units.

    FAQs

    Q: How much money will an energy-efficient air conditioner save me per year?

    According to the Department of Energy, an air conditioner with an Energy Star rating can save you an average of $70 per year compared to older, less efficient air conditioners. That may not sound like a lot, but it adds up over the lifespan of your appliance. With modern air conditioners, you can save even more money by programming your unit to cool on a schedule.

    Q: How cool should my space be if it’s 100 degrees outside?

    For the most energy efficiency, the U.S. Department of Energy recommends residents set their indoor temperature to 78 degrees when they’re asleep during the summer months. When you go out, you should set the temperature to 85 degrees. When you’re sleeping, a balmy 82 degrees. Of course, these are recommendations for people with central air, who can cool their home to a specific temperature, and don’t keep your personal preferences in mind.

    Q: Is it more energy-efficient to leave an air conditioner on all day?

    The short answer is yes; it is more energy-efficient to leave your air conditioner on all day. The long answer is a little more complicated. The most effective way to run your air conditioner is to program it to keep your space at a specific temperature throughout the day, whether it’s the suggested 78 degrees or slightly cooler.

    Surprisingly, the worst thing you can do is turn the air conditioner off completely. Yes, you save power when it’s off, but it’ll inevitably have to work extra hard to regulate your space’s temperature and humidity when you need it again.

    Q: How much does an energy-efficient air conditioner cost?

    This depends on its size and other features, but you can spend as little as $206 to as much as $650 on the models we recommend.

    Final thoughts on the best energy-efficient air conditioners

    As temperatures rise over the summer, air conditioning can be the difference between a comfortable summer and a sticky, sweaty one. Picking one of the best energy-efficient air conditioners requires a little planning, but it’ll be worth it when you don’t have to suffer through a heat wave. Whatever style you choose, the energy-efficient options on our list will help keep you cool and save you money.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best energy-efficient air conditioners of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Windmill Air Conditioner review: Silence sounds cool https://www.popsci.com/gear/windmill-whispertech-air-conditioner-review/ Wed, 24 May 2023 17:05:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542854
    Windmill AC with WhisperTech in an apartment window (color-corrected header)
    Brandt Ranj

    Windmill's WhisperTech is proof that, when it comes to a quieter window AC, you can have your (ice cream) cake and eat it too.

    The post Windmill Air Conditioner review: Silence sounds cool appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Windmill AC with WhisperTech in an apartment window (color-corrected header)
    Brandt Ranj

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    For city dwellers, air conditioners humming is an omnipresent summer sound, as familiar as the melody of birds chirping and ice cream trucks chiming. But what if it didn’t have to be like that? For the past few weeks, I’ve tried the latest generation of the Windmill AC with WhisperTech, and this efficient, easy-to-install, WiFi-enabled window unit is a game-changer for anyone who wants to keep cool without getting an earful of white noise while working or trying to sleep.

    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    SEE IT

    Overview

    • Windmill developed WhisperTech, a new technology that offers the same air conditioning performance while making less noise.
    • Installation and setup can take as little as five minutes, and the air conditioner is compatible with most windows that open upward and downward.
    • The air conditioner’s minimalist look isn’t necessary, but Windmill’s focus on aesthetics and simplicity extends from the hardware to the software, creating a welcome harmony.

    Pros

    • WhisperTech lives up to its name
    • Can be controlled remotely using a streamlined mobile app
    • Incentives are there to make the air conditioner eco-friendly

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • The most powerful model only covers rooms up to 450 sq. ft.

    Verdict: If your window unit’s sound irritates you, but you still need a way to beat the summer heat, Windmill’s WhisperTech makes its latest AC hard to beat.

    The build

    What if an air conditioner didn’t have to suck? This seems like the question the designers at Windmill asked themselves during the development of their first-generation model, which was released a couple of years ago. The company has just released a new energy-efficient air conditioner, which builds upon the successes of the original with a new technology it developed called WhisperTech, which makes the AC up to nine times quieter than traditional models, according to Windmill. After listening to what the 8,000 BTU version does, or maybe that should be what it doesn’t do, I can recommend the Windmill AC with WhisperTech to anyone looking to upgrade from an old air conditioner before the summer, especially if you need a unit for your bedroom.

    To its credit, Windmill didn’t try to fix what wasn’t broken in an attempt to make this new air conditioner overly complicated to install or use. It has the same minimalist look as the original model (with its auto-dimming LED display), comes bundled with the same accessories, uses the same app, and has an identical installation process. Windmill simply added a welcome feature, and even offers its original air conditioner alongside the new one.

    The setup

    Installing the Windmill AC with WhisperTech took about five minutes. All you really need is a single- or double-hung window that’s 23-37 inches wide and can open 14 inches (no through-the-wall, no casement, and no slider windows). The air conditioner comes with strips of insulation, which can be placed on the bottom of your window to prevent outside air from getting in and to ensure your air conditioner fits snugly. The AC unit comes in a single piece, and once it was unboxed, I put it into my window, extended its accordion-like arms, and closed the top window sash on top of it. The top frame of this air conditioner has three holes, which you can use to screw the unit into your window to hold it securely. My landlord doesn’t want any more holes in the window and instead uses a fitted piece of wood between the top window sash and frame to hold AC units in place.

    Windmill includes a set of cosmetic side panels, which match the top and bottom of the air conditioner to make the unit look even more sleek, but I actually prefer the out-of-box look. The company went so far as to include a pair of scissors with its air conditioner, so you can cut the panels to fit the exact size of your window—this is a nice touch and impressive detail. The second (and technically optional) part of setting up this air conditioner is connecting it to your home’s WiFi network with Windmill’s app (available for iOS and Android). This allows you to control the AC from your phone at home or remotely (there’s also an included remote if you prefer that when in the house). This might sound like it could be tedious, but Windmill streamlined the onboarding process, and I got it on my WiFi router and added to my many smart devices within about 10 minutes. You can also connect the Windmill AC unit to Google Assistant and Amazon Alexa for voice control.

    Windmill AC app on an iPhone
    Windmill’s mobile app puts all the air conditioner controls in your pocket. Brandt Ranj

    The performance

    So, how does it sound? It’s weird because I’ve never really listened to an air conditioner before. It seemed unnecessary because the assumption was every AC would sound kind of like a tractor in the far distance. Windmill’s WhisperTech has me rethinking my entire approach. I keep the Windmill AC on eco mode (its default), and my Apple Watch’s microphone registered it at about 57 decibels from roughly six inches away. That number dropped into the 40s when I moved to the couch. This number is impressive because it means you could sit right next to Windmill’s air conditioner all day without it causing any hearing loss—in fact, you’re liable to tune it out as I did.

    The reason for this air conditioner’s quiet behavior is the switch from a fixed-speed compressor with a rotary fan to a variable-speed compressor with a linear fan. Switching to more adaptable components allows the Windmill to dynamically cool your room, getting a little louder or softer automatically if need be. Practically speaking, turning up the air conditioner’s fan speed to high, or switching from eco to cool mode, increased the noise some. However, the AC is so efficient at cooling my room that toggling those settings never felt necessary. It’s like the highest gear on a car—rarely important, but nice to have when necessary.

    It could be tempting to crank this air conditioner to its highest setting (generally quiet) to cool your room down as quickly as possible, but I never felt the need. Windmill’s air conditioner sucks hot air from your room through a vent on the bottom and shoots cold air out the top. This approach makes the AC much more efficient at cooling a room—I could feel the effects within a few minutes—and gets you to your target temperature more quickly. The eco mode on the Windmill AC, which the company says is 35% more efficient vs. the minimum efficiency standard, works as well as the high cool setting on similarly sized models.

    The eco mode will also shut off your air conditioner after it reaches your set temperature rather than continually blasting cool air until you ask it to stop. And if you’re in parts of California and New York, Windmill will also incentivize you to keep the air conditioner on eco mode by offering to enroll you in its Eco Rewards program, which automatically adjusts the AC’s settings to be less burdensome to your power grid. You can opt out of Eco Rewards anytime, but sticking with it can earn you up to $10 in cash or a four-pack of activated-carbon filters (a $65 value), which help protect against fumes, odors, smoke, and volatile organic compounds.

    So, who should buy the Windmill AC with WhisperTech?

    Plan to purchase an air conditioner in 2023? The Windmill AC with WhisperTech should be near the top of your list, so long as you plan on keeping it in a room that’s not much larger than 365 sq. ft. Its $399 price tag—tack on an extra $100 if you’d like the larger 10,000 BTU model that covers up to 450 sq. ft.—isn’t cheap, but you’re getting what you pay for. The good-looking, easy-to-install air conditioner won’t interrupt you while you work and can keep you cool all summer long.

    The post Windmill Air Conditioner review: Silence sounds cool appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best Netgear routers for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-netgear-routers/ Tue, 23 May 2023 21:35:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=444040
    The best netgear routers composited black edition
    Stan Horaczek

    Netgear makes a wide range of routers. Whether you're a gamer, content creator, or streaming fan, here's how to pick the best one for you.

    The post The best Netgear routers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best netgear routers composited black edition
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best mesh Netgear orbi 9 black edition router on a plain background Netgear Orbi Quad-Band WiFi 6E Mesh System RBKE963
    SEE IT

    Netgear’s most powerful hardware creates a robust mesh network for fast coverage of a huge area.

    Best overall Netgear Nighthawk raxe500 router roundup Netgear Nighthawk RAXE300 WiFi 6E Router
    SEE IT

    This powerful router offers everything many homes will need at a very reasonable price.

    Best for gamers netgear nighthawk pro xr1000 roundup Netgear Nighthawk Pro Gaming WiFi 6 Router XR1000
    SEE IT

    Gaming-specific features allow players to tune their systems for minimal ping and maximum performance.

    A router is an absolutely essential part of any home here in 2023, and Netgear routers have been delivering fast, reliable internet for the better part of three decades. They don’t slack on security, either. In 2021, the company won our Best of What’s New award in the security category for its Netgear Armor technology. And while the company offers strong products across the board, you’ll want to choose the best Netgear router to match your bandwidth, coverage, and speed needs.

    Routers are essential components—they work with your modem to create a home network of interconnected devices capable of simultaneously delivering high-speed internet to all your devices. After all, what’s the point of your high-definition television if you can’t stream 4K video quickly? If your wireless connection lags, how can you stream the latest virtual reality, PC, and video games? Netgear routers use the most advanced WiFi technology to deliver low ping rates to gamers (meaning smoother gameplay), glitch-free video conferencing, and high-definition downloads with consistent, reliable speed. This buying guide explores and recommends the best Netgear routers for your home streaming needs.

    How we chose the best Netgear routers

    Living in a house with two remote-working adults and two obsessed teenage gamers, I know how essential it is to have reliable, fast internet that can juggle multiple devices without lag. For this buying guide, I researched over 20 models of Netgear WiFi routers. All the models I reviewed support WiFi 6 or WiFi 6E, the newest, most advanced (next-generation) WiFi, at least in a practical sense. WiFi 6 and 6E make connecting to the internet more efficient by splitting fast connections across a network of devices. As individuals and families are now connecting to more devices, this is crucial for optimal performance.

    Purchasing your router, rather than renting from your internet provider, saves you monthly cash on your internet bill and allows you to select a router model ideal for your home and lifestyle. I compared models based on features like network communication speed, frequency channels, wireless signal range, security, parental controls, customer reviews, and prices. So whether you want the most powerful Netgear router on the market or a high-speed solution for your apartment, we have options to keep your home network lightning-fast and seamlessly connected.

    Over several decades, I have covered innovation, tech, and business for the likes of Fast Company, Popular Science, CyberArk, and many others. I specialize in distilling complex ideas and technical data into easily consumable content, providing straightforward recommendations, advice, and explanations. 

    The best Netgear routers: Reviews & Recommendations

    While we offer specific recommendations for different types of users, it’s worth checking out all the entries before purchasing. There’s always some overlap between needs and models. The best Netgear router for you depends on your specific usage, living space, and needs. While you can buy Netgear routers at most major electronics retailers, many models (especially on the high end) offer a free year of the Netgear Armor security software, usually costing $99 annually.

    Best overall: Netgear Nighthawk RAXE300 WiFi 6E Router

    Netgear

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 7.8Gbps
    • Ports: Five (5) 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet ports + one (1) 2.5G/1Gbps Multi-Gig port and USB 3.0 Type-C port
    • Signal Range: Up to 2,500 square feet
    • WiFi Technology: 6/6E
    • WiFi Streams: 8 simultaneous WiFi streams
    • Security: Netgear Armor and Smart Parental Controls

    Pros

    • Sleek modern design
    • Six antennas deliver stronger connections with less interference
    • Netgear Armor provides an automatic shield for cybersecurity

    Cons

    • Very old wireless products may take some work to get connected

    The Nighthawk RAXE300 router is our choice for best overall because, for a reasonable price, it delivers an impressive spec sheet and can easily handle a larger network of devices without compromising speed. For less than $400, you’ll get a powerful router that uses WiFi 6E—delivering the fastest WiFi and the greatest capacity for your new WiFi 6E-compatible devices (such as Apple’s M2 iPad Pro, 2023 MacBook Pro, 2023 Mac mini, and lots of current high-end Android phones). By reducing data loads on the other two bands (tri-band), WiFi speeds increase for all networked devices. The futuristic design, which resembles a stealth aircraft, utilizes six pre-optimized antennas to deliver strong connections throughout your space, up to 2,500 square feet. 

    This router will handle networks with multiple users, even all high-definition streaming. With eight simultaneous WiFi streams, your household can all enjoy no-lag AR/VR gaming, 4K streaming (it could handle 8K if that were a thing), and seamless video calls at the same time. Other significant features include many ports that allow for wired connections. For internet safety, this router is compatible with Netgear Armor for state-of-the-art cybersecurity. For families, parents can access Netgear smart parent control, which allows parents to manage screen time and accessibility, all with the Netgear app. If you’re a typical or semi-advanced internet user, this likely has everything you need for a very reasonable price.

    Best mesh: Netgear Orbi Quad-Band WiFi 6E Mesh System

    Netgear

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 10.8Gbps
    • Ports: Three 2.5G connections, nine 1 Gigabit Ethernet ports, 10 Gig Internet port
    • Signal Range: Up to 9,000 square feet
    • WiFi Technology: 6/6E
    • WiFi Streams: Quad-Band technology and Dedicated Backhaul WiFi
    • Security: Netgear Armor and Smart Parental Controls

    Pros

    • A 3-piece WiFi system, including one router and two satellites, covers up to 9,000 square feet 
    • Get max speed connections for up to 200 devices
    • 10 Gigabit internet port allows you to connect to the fastest internet plans

    Cons

    • Pricy to get started

    Netgear Orbi RBKE963B Mesh system is our upgrade pick because it’s the most flexible and powerful WiFi system offered by Netgear. With up to 10.8Gbps WiFi speeds and coverage for up to a whopping 9,000 square feet, including front and back yards, this 3-piece mesh system is ready for your smart home and high-definition devices.

    An attractive design, the three-piece Orbi system features 12 internal antennas, a 2.2 GHZ quad-core processor, and high-power amplifiers within each device. Style-wise, each device looks identical, but one is your router, and the other two are satellites. Each device allows for wired connections with LAN ports and gigabit ethernet jacks. While this system may offer more than you need now, as more internet companies offer higher speeds and more devices adopt WiFi 6E, this system will prepare your home network for the future.

    This package includes one year of the Netgear Armor security software for free if you buy directly from Netgear. The Black Edition is also exclusive to Netgear.com so get it there if you prefer it to the white version.

    Best for gamers: Netgear Nighthawk Pro Gaming WiFi 6 Router XR1000

    Netgear

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 5.4Gbps
    • Ports: Five (5) 10/100/1000Mbps Gigabit Ethernet ports—1 WAN & 4 LAN, USB 3.0 Type-C port
    • Signal Range: Up to 2,500 square feet
    • WiFi Technology: 6
    • WiFi Streams: 6 simultaneous WiFi streams
    • Security: Netgear Armor and Smart Parental Controls

    Pros

    • Fast file transfer speeds
    • Users can customize and filter game servers with Geo-Fencing
    • Ping Heatmap lets you see your connection quality to each server
    • Bandwidth Allocation—allows you to prioritize gaming devices

    Cons

    • May require firmware updates to avoid delayed transmission of WiFi signal

    Netgear Nighthawk Pro Gaming XR1000 router is our choice for best for gamers because of the unique features and customized controls designed specifically to enhance gameplay. This slim router features a red and black design with four antennas which helps it fit in with the aesthetics of most PC gaming accessories. You can often find this model on sale for up to $100 off its retail price, making it a very solid buy if you don’t need the WiFi 6E functionality.

    Gamer-friendly features include DumaOS 3.0 software, which was built specifically for games. It reduces ping rates by up to 93% (which means less jittery gameplay and lower buffering times) and allows for lag-free online gaming. Users can maximize internet speed with custom controls that prioritize applications and devices, eliminate network congestion and enhance the gaming experience. The Geo-Filter setting helps you filter out high-ping game servers and helps you choose the server with the best connection. It takes a little work to get everything set up perfectly for your gaming, but that elbow grease will pay off when you’re lagging a lot less than your competition.

    Best for small homes: Netgear Nighthawk 4-Stream AX3000 WiFi 6 Router RAX40

    Netgear

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 3Gbps
    • Ports: Five (5) 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet ports (1 WAN & 4 LAN) and USB 3.0 Type-C port
    • Signal Range: Up to 1,500 square feet
    • WiFi Technology: 6
    • WiFi Streams: 4 simultaneous WiFi streams
    • Security: Netgear Armor and Smart Parental Controls

    Pros

    • Stream 4 devices with HD & 4K UHD content at the same time
    • Two external antennas help extend strong WiFi signals throughout your home
    • USB 3.0 Port allows you to backup and access stored media

    Cons

    • No WiFi 6E

    Netgear Nighthawk AX3000 router is our choice for best for small homes because it delivers speed up to 3Gbps and offers four simultaneous WiFi streams up to 1,500 square feet. While many specs of this router match our choice for best value, this router also delivers a higher internet speed connection at a reasonable price (again, maximized for smaller spaces).

    With WiFi 6, this router efficiently delivers faster internet speed to multiple devices in your network, allowing you to stream ultra HD 4K/8K quickly. It also allows you to try out Netgear’s security services free of charge for 30 days (after which you can decide if you would like to pay to continue to use it). Netgear Armor offers a wide range of cybersecurity protections, and Netgear Smart Parent Controls allow parents to monitor and limit access to devices within the network. This reasonable price tag brings bang for your buck and will allow your family to stream multiple devices quickly and precisely.

    Best for families: Netgear Nighthawk 12-Stream WiFi 6E Router RAXE500

    Netgear

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 10.8Gbps
    • Ports: Five (5) 10/100/1000 Mbps Gigabit Ethernet ports (1 WAN & 4 LAN) + one (1) 2.5G/1Gbps Multi-Gig port, two (2) USB 3.0 ports
    • Signal Range: Up to 3,500 square feet
    • WiFi Technology: 6E
    • WiFi Streams: 12 simultaneous WiFi streams
    • Security: Netgear Armor and Smart Parental Controls

    Pros

    • Tri-band offers 200% more spectrum than dual-band
    • More high-bandwidth WiFi channels
    • Ultra-low latency for an enhanced gaming experience
    • High-speed WiFi up to 10.8 Gbps

    Cons

    • May be overkill for some more casual users

    Netgear Nighthawk RAXE500 is our choice for best for techie families because it delivers impressive speed, can juggle multiple users, and covers up to 3,500 square feet. When you have a high-tech household, this powerful router is a great choice; it offers the same WiFi connection speed as the Orbi mesh system. The RAXE500 is under $500 on sale, making this much more comparatively affordable.

    With 12 streams of WiFi 6E, your network will be able to connect multiple devices with state-of-the-art speed. A new 6GHz band offers fast speed to new WiFi 6E devices and reduces data loads with three bands (Tri-band). This high-powered router is a great option for a techie family with multiple smart devices and the latest 6E technology.

    Best budget: Netgear 4-Stream WiFi 6 Router R6700AX

    Netgear

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 1.8Gbps
    • Ports: Five (5) 10/100/1000Mpbs Gigabit Ethernet ports (1 WAN & 4 LAN)
    • Signal Range: Up to 1,500 square feet
    • WiFi Technology: 6 Technology
    • WiFi Streams: 4 simultaneous WiFi streams
    • Security: Standards-based WiFi Security, Netgear Armor, Smart Parental Controls

    Pros

    • Unleash fast speed on multiple devices with WiFi 6
    • 1.5GHz Quad-Core processor for stronger streaming and gaming experience
    • Use the Nighthawk app to protect and monitor household

    Cons

    • Not for larger homes, as the signal range covers up to 1,500 square feet

    Netgear R6700AX router is our choice for best value because it is available for less than $100 and delivers strong connections best for smaller households. Using four streams of WiFi 6 technology, you’ll get more consistent speed and connectivity on all your network’s devices. Simultaneous dual-band allows for better connection and less interference.

    Setting up your WiFi and managing your settings, speed, and security is managed through the Nighthawk app. You can also use voice control to control your network, as this router is compatible with Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant. With a lower price point, this isn’t the absolute fastest on our list, but for most average users, this affordable router will deliver the speeds they need for fast streaming, gaming, and video calls. The Nighthawk app also allows you to keep tabs on speed and performance.

    Things to consider when choosing the best Netgear router

    When you are in the market for a new router, there are important things to consider before purchasing. Here are some factors to remember to help you choose the best router for your home:

    Compatibility with your internet provider

    Before you decide on a router, check with your internet service provider to ensure the router will be compatible with your current modem.

    Size of your space

    Think about the size of your space and the location where you will install the router. Ideally, a router should be in the center of your home. Wireless coverage is based on square footage; more square footage covered means a more expensive router. Most people should be good with a single router, but if you have a larger space or a spread-out space, you may opt for a mesh system that offers routers and satellites to extend WiFi coverage.

    Price

    Routers and mesh systems vary in price from under $100 to well over $1,000, with higher-end models offering high-speed connections, more coverage area, and customizable features. 

    Netgear Armor

    In 2021, we awarded Netgear’s advanced network security tech our coveted Best of What’s New award in the security category. Netgear Armor monitors the network and its devices for malicious activity. Once it identifies something troubling, it addresses the problem while alerting other users and devices of the problem. That keeps you informed about security issues that may pop up on your network and fixes them before they can cause serious harm. Netgear Armor typically costs $99 annually for a subscription, but some routers on this list offer a free year if you buy directly through Netgear.com.

    Hardware compatibility

    The latest WiFi technology, 6 or 6E, offers significant improvements, but you should check to see if your hardware is compatible to reap the benefits. Your laptop, smartphone, and other smart home devices should also support WiFi 6/6E.

    WiFi bands

    Most routers are at least dual-band, supporting frequencies like 2.4 gigahertz (GHz) and 5 GHz. Other routers offer tri-band, which broadcasts three signals. Newer routers may include a 6 GHz band. WiFi bands affect speed and range. If you use a lot of smart devices, you should be aware of your WiFi bands for optimal setup.

    Ports

    While routers provide WiFi, they also can be hardwired with an ethernet cable for devices like PCs and TVs to ensure they operate with the fastest internet speed. Make sure you have enough ports for the devices you want to hardwire.

    Security

    Routers often come with cybersecurity protection and parental controls. Many of Netgear’s routers come with a free trial of Netgear Armor (internet security) and Netgear Smart Parental Controls, which will cost extra if you choose to use them.

    Speed

    Routers offer differing maximum speed levels; the faster the speed, the more expensive the router. However, it’s important to consider that your internet provider determines the maximum speed, so ensure you have upgraded your internet service package.

    FAQs

    Q: What is the most powerful Netgear router?

    The most powerful Netgear router is the Orbi 960 Series Quad-Band WiFi 6E Mesh System. This router can cover up to 9,000 square feet, including front and backyards, with up to 10.8Gbps WiFi speeds. Netgear’s Quad-Band technology and dedicated backhaul WiFi allow you to connect up to 200 devices with maximum speed.

    Q: What is the best Netgear router for streaming?

    The best Netgear router for streaming will be high-speed, allowing you to access your content lag free. The Netgear Orbi line is a great choice for streaming; this high-end state-of-the-art router delivers speed up to 10.8Gbps, revolutionary Quad-Band mesh, and WiFi 6E technology.

    Q: What is Netgear Armor?

    If you want to add extra security to your network, Netgear Armor relies on Bitdefender to monitor your network and devices for malicious activity. Once it detects a bad actor, it can notify the network and all the devices thereon in seconds. This prevents the problem from propagating while the security software does its work. It costs $99 for an annual subscription, but you get a free year with select routers if you buy directly from the Netgear site.

    Final thoughts regarding the best Netgear routers

    Even if you have the most basic needs for internet in your home or office, choosing the right router can make a big difference in the quality time you spend on your computer or phone. The best Netgear routers run the gamut from advanced mesh network systems to basic (and rock solid) stand-alone devices that dish out a constant stream of connectivity exactly where you need it. The company’s excellent and hard-earned reputation and broad product offerings will keep the TikToks flowing for years to come.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best Netgear routers for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Clean up with $100 off a Dyson before Memorial Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/dyson-memorial-day-amazon-deal/ Tue, 23 May 2023 17:10:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542881
    A lineup of Dyson products on a yellow and pink background
    Amanda Reed

    Be prepared to easily suck up all the sand, dirt, and pet fur before and from Memorial Day weekend fun with up to 20% off vacuums at Amazon.

    The post Clean up with $100 off a Dyson before Memorial Day appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of Dyson products on a yellow and pink background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    From its iconic AirWrap to a three-in-one air purifier, Dyson has continually wowed us with product innovation with a streamlined look—that’s no easy feat when talking about a vacuum cleaner. You, too, can try Dyson for yourself with up to $100 off vacuums and air purifiers before Memorial Day.

    Dyson Ball Animal 3 Extra Upright Vacuum Cleaner $399 (Was $499.99)

    Dyson

    SEE IT

    We’ve raved about Dyson’s cordless vacuums in the past, and we think their corded vacuums deserve their stars, too. The Dyson Ball Animal 3 Extra Upright Vacuum Cleaner—on sale for $399, down $100 from $499.99—is excellent if your furry friends leave a light dusting of fur all over the house. A de-tangling cleaner head automatically clears wrapped hair from the brush as you vacuum, and three cleaning modes allow you to customize how you clean. An included pet grooming tool lets you suck up dog hair from the source, and a turbine tool tackles fur shellacked to the couch. Getting rid of dirt and fur and getting a good deal? Color us impressed.

    Don’t wait on this deal—this pre-Memorial Day deal will truly be a memory if you don’t act ASAP.

    Here are more Dyson and vacuum deals that blow us away:

    The post Clean up with $100 off a Dyson before Memorial Day appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best storage sheds in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-storage-sheds/ Fri, 26 Mar 2021 12:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279043
    Best storage sheds sliced and diced header
    Tony Ware

    These space savers range in price and size, but they all add valuable nooks and looks to your yard.

    The post The best storage sheds in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best storage sheds sliced and diced header
    Tony Ware

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall A product photo of the Lifetime 8 x 12.5 ft. Outdoor Steel and Plastic Storage Shed Lifetime 8 x 12.5 ft. Outdoor Steel and Plastic Storage Shed
    SEE IT

    This storage shed provides versatile storage options that are durable and secure, thanks to the steel-reinforced dual wall panels.

    Best for pool equipment Suncast makes one of the best storage sheds for pool equipment. Suncast Modernist 10' x 7' Outdoor Storage Shed
    SEE IT

    Stow your floaties and your pool vacuum in this ultra-durable shed.

    Best budget gray garage storage container Oakmont Waterproof Patio Deck Box
    SEE IT

    You don’t need tools to assemble this small, budget-friendly storage shed.

    Your backyard can and should be your oasis, and a great storage shed adds to your sanctuary’s aesthetics. Whether you have large rolling fields or only a tiny patio space, being able to relax in privacy on a nice afternoon really is a privilege and shouldn’t be disrupted by haphazard tools or a ramshackle structure in your line of sight. Maintaining your space doesn’t have to be a major financial investment either. Whether you want a purely functional storehouse or a larger arrangement with windows, organizing systems, and multiple doors, there are an amazing variety of outdoor storage sheds on the market. Below, we’ve selected some of the best storage sheds on the market to help you easily get a sturdy, durable, and attractive solution into place. 

    How we chose the best storage sheds

    Searching for the best storage sheds is like “The Three Little Pigs”—you have to look for those made of straws and sticks before finding the holy grail made of bricks. We looked at reviews, recommendations, user impressions, and choices from our own backyards to find the ones that will protect your gardening gear from a wolf with incredible lung capacity.

    The best storage sheds: Reviews & Recommendations

    If you’re on the hunt for storage shed ideas, you should be careful to select the right size and look for the property you have. Thoughtfully selected storage sheds can increase curb appeal and even drive up the value of your home. First and foremost, however, a storage shed must be functional, so consider features like doors and windows for security and convenience. You want it to be as easy as possible to put away that leaf vacuum and bring out the pool vacuum and propane grill.

    Best overall: Lifetime 8 x 12.5 ft. Outdoor Steel and Plastic Storage Shed

    Lifetime

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The steel-reinforced dual-wall panels and high-density polyethylene construction mean less shed maintenance and more gardening time.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 146 x 92 x 96 inches
    • Material: Plastic, steel
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: Yes

    Pros

    • Adjustable shelving
    • Pitched roof
    • UV-protected panels

    Cons

    • Anchoring hardware sold separately

    This 12.5-foot-wide Lifetime outdoor storage shed is designed with steel-reinforced construction and easy-to-maintain dual-wall high-density polyethylene. A wooden cottage look with a high-pitched roof allows for quick drainage, and two double doors allow easy access to storage items. This plastic storage shed also offers steel-reinforced lockable doors and an interior shelving system for added organization (who doesn’t like to admire a well-oiled chainsaw). Five small skylights and two shatter-proof polycarbonate windows give more than enough light to grab the right screwdriver, and a slip-resistant high-density polyethylene floor protects against oil, solvents, and stains. Heavy-duty steel trusses strengthen the roof enough to withstand gusts, gales, and everything in between. The entire shed is UV-protected to prevent weather damage. This durable shed has only one downside: anchoring hardware is sold separately, a valuable purchase if the shed won’t have heavy lawn equipment like mowers to weigh it down.

    Best for bikes: KETER Manor 4×6 Resin Outdoor Storage Shed

    KETER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This stylish, compact storage shed has room for a push mower, electric bike, and more.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 51.2 x 75.6 x 78 inches
    • Material: Resin, steel
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: No

    Pros

    • Skylight and window for air circulation
    • Lockable
    • Wood-look sans-maintenance

    Cons

    • No built-in storage organization

    The KETER is an attractive, durable, all-weather shed that requires no maintenance, thanks to its polypropylene resin plastic material. Extra features include a skylight, window, and vent for lighting and air circulation. Advertised as easy to build, this KETER shed includes a floor panel, though it will require a level ground surface like all sheds. One of several resin storage sheds on our list, it’s lockable for security, although you must add your own padlock. This storage shed doesn’t have built-in storage but can fit a shelving system of your choosing. Steel reinforcements add an extra layer of strength and durability. Its dove-grey coloring is easy on the eyes and won’t get you in trouble with the HOA, and the wood-like texture makes it look extra classy and luxurious.

    Best compact: MCombo Outdoor Storage Cabinet

    Mcombo

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This quaint, stylish wood storage shed can be painted to create ethereal garden vibes.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 25.6 x 18.1 x 70.5 inches
    • Material: Fir wood
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: Yes

    Pros

    • Paintable
    • Weather-resistant
    • Waterproof roof

    Cons

    • Might be too short for brooms and rakes

    A great choice for small gardens, this storage shed features solid wood construction in a natural light wood finish. Don’t let the wood construction fool you: it’s made of fir and is weather-resistant. The combination of open storage and shelving makes this storage shed easy to keep organized—three shelves for small items and one space for long tools. It even includes an upper space to keep sharp out-of-reach items away from small, curious grabby child hands. In case you’re turned off by grey plastic exteriors, you can stain or paint this storage shed to fulfill your cottagecore fairy garden fantasy. A sloping, waterproof asphalt roof prevents water accumulation and helps its longevity. Four metal brackets keep the shed anchored, and a raised bottom prevents the floor from getting wet through contact with the ground. Reviewers note that tall gardening supplies, like rakes, brooms, and garden hoes, might be too tall to fit into the storage shed.

    Best extra-large: Majestic Do-It-Yourself 8 ft. x 12 ft. Outdoor Wood Storage Shed

    Handy Home Products

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 108 x 96  x 144 inches
    • Material: Wood
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: Yes

    Pros

    • Provides 786 square feet of storage
    • Attractive, customizable design
    • Loft and shelves built in for extra storage

    Cons

    • Some assembly required
    • Expensive

    Items like riding lawnmowers, snow blowers, bikes, grills, and tools can occupy lots of space. If you’ve got that kind of equipment and more, an extra-large storage shed may be in order. Handy Home Products’ Majestic Do-It-Yourself Outdoor Wood Storage Shed provides plenty of storage space while still looking good in the backyard. 

    The wooden shed measures 8 feet by 12 feet, providing 768 square feet of storage. This shed comes with a kit to install shingles on the peak roof and allows you to customize the paint color. It’s available in two versions: with or without a floor. Wide, 64-inch double doors open out, while a transom of small windows over the doors lets light in. The shed also comes with a wraparound loft and shelves for additional storage. And the lockable doors will help keep your equipment secure.

    Best for pool equipment: Suncast Modernist 10′ x 7′ Outdoor Storage Shed

    Suncast

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 129.5 x 87.5 x 89.5 inches
    • Material: Resin
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: Yes

    Pros

    • Provides 438 cubic feet of storage 
    • Modern design
    • Durable

    Cons

    • Heavy 
    • Expensive
    • Padlock for door purchased separately

    If you’ve got a pool in the backyard, the equipment you need to maintain it and the floats you buy to enjoy it can quickly accumulate. The Suncast Modernist Outdoor Storage Shed may provide a tidy solution. At 129 inches long by 87.5 inches wide and 89.5 inches high, this shed offers 438 cubic feet of storage space—providing plenty of room for a pool vacuum with plenty of space left over for patio furniture.

    Made of resin, this storage shed is waterproof and durable and can support up to 40 pounds of snow in the off-season. The sleek gray design looks modern, and the barn door is steel-reinforced for extra durability. This shed also has five transom windows that let in light to help you find what you’re looking for and vents to keep air circulating and resist rot. That said, this shed is an investment and, at 490 pounds, won’t be easy to move.

    Best for organization: Rubbermaid Storage Shed

    Rubbermaid

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This weather-resistant outdoor shed features a pegboard interior to hang tools and mount shelves or baskets.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 89.75 x 45 x 20.25 inches
    • Material: Resin
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: Yes (sold separately)

    Pros

    • Impact immune flooring
    • Double-wall construction
    • Can attach shelving and utility hooks to wall

    Cons

    • Assembly takes time

    With 332 cubic feet of storage, your lawn and garden tools can be easily assessed with this Rubbermaid storage shed’s wall-mounted organization system, like a shelf and wire basket/tool organizer sold separately. Double doors allow you to store a push mower or wide patio furniture. Double-wall resin construction and an impact-resistant floor help it withstand the elements, dents, leaks, and seasonal wear and tear. The ability to attach pegboards, shelving, and utility hooks takes organization to another level. However, assembly takes time—reviewers note it takes between five to seven hours, depending on how closely you follow directions and personal handiness.

    Best steel: Arrow Classic Charcoal Steel Storage Shed

    Arrow

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This shed is made out of galvanized steel and coated in Valspar polyester paint to prevent rust and corrosion.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 71.25 x 99.75 x 72.88 inches
    • Material: Galvanized steel
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: No

    Pros

    • Lockable sliding doors
    • 12-year limited warranty
    • Low gable roof

    Cons

    • Floor and foundation not included

    For those in the market for metal storage sheds, this heavy-duty pick from Arrow is built for ultimate protection from the elements. It’s made of galvanized steel and is finished with Valspar polyester paint to seal the steel from rust and corrosion. It’s also easy on the eyes, thanks to traditional vertical wall panels and classic lines for a timeless look. The sliding doors sit on large glides that prevent sticking and derailing—add a padlock to ensure your lawn equipment stays in your backyard. There’s a 12-year limited warranty that gives you peace of mind in case of a defect. A low gable roof prevents water from pooling. You’ll have to build your own floor or foundation, as they are not included. However, the instructions give foundation guidelines, like recommended concrete slab thickness.

    Best budget: Oakmont Waterproof Patio Deck Box

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: You don’t need a large backyard to store gardening tools and cushions thanks to this chest, which fits on your patio or back porch.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 47.3 x 24.0 x 24.8 inches
    • Material: Polyethylene
    • Assembly required: Yes
    • Storage options: No

    Pros

    • Affordable
    • Durable
    • Easy to assemble

    Cons

    • Hard to disassemble if not put together correctly

    Opening from the top like a luggage chest, this patio deck box offers water-resistant storage for backyard items like cushions and gardening tools thanks to its 120-gallon storage capacity. Its affordable and durable discoloration-resistant polyethylene material comes in an on-trend neutral grey with a rattan texture for visual interest. It’s lockable in case you want to protect what’s inside. You can assemble it without tools, but follow the steps closely—it’s hard to take apart if incorrectly assembled. Reviews also say it’s not sit-proof—save the sitting for your patio furniture or a portable chair. With its smaller footprints, it’s the most portable storage shed on our list.

    What to consider when buying the best storage sheds

    The best storage sheds look good in your space and help you keep your garden tools, bikes, and outdoor equipment clean, safe, dry, and organized. You don’t want anything happening to the solar generator you keep topped off in case of emergencies. Storage sheds can be a go-to for all your outdoor equipment if your home doesn’t have a garage, or they can boost your overall storage if you do.

    Most storage sheds are constructed using plastics, metal, wood, or a combination, and many come as storage shed kits. Wood tends to be the most attractive, expensive material and requires the most maintenance; high-end wood sheds can cost thousands of dollars and might require a contractor to build if you aren’t handy. Metals and plastics may not be quite as charming. Still, they are typically very durable and more affordable, and many imitate the look of wood sheds with faux planking, natural colors, and cottage-style windows. Metal sheds are the most economical option, but they can sometimes rust over time, especially if used in wet locations.

    Be sure to select doors that open easily for more oversized items but that also lock securely. Overall, height is also an important factor; larger sheds often require the owner to enter the shed, and being able to stand comfortably is nice. While typically only higher-end sheds have operational windows, allowing natural light into the shed is also practical. Finally, consider how you will organize your stuff once you have the shed. Some shed manufacturers offer corresponding organizational systems to help you hang hooks, shelves, and bins. 

    Access

    If you’ve ever had the “good” fortune of managing storage in a tiny crawl space, then you realize having easy access is very important. Consider how you can lift, drag, or roll your stuff into the storage shed. Whether you will be putting items into storage for the off-season, have bulky, heavy lawn equipment, or plan to store bikes or motorcycles—door width, type, and quantity are important. In addition, look for sheds incorporating natural light and organizers to make overall access easier and more efficient.

    For easier navigation, consider a storage shed that offers multiple doors. For example, if you live in a climate where you need to store many bulky items in the off-season, dragging those out is a waste of time just to dig up other tools and supplies. More than one door means you can decide to keep certain items stationary for long periods while being able to access other areas inside the shed. Door hinges also vary, with some doors opening out, sliding, lifting up, or folding down. The best storage sheds will allow for easy access to your stored items.

    Bike storage

    Whether storing one bike or your whole family’s collection, it’s essential to have secure, dry storage sized just right. The best bike storage shed will be at least 6 feet in either width or length because a typical adult bike is 3 inches shy of that 6-foot mark. So be sure to double-check the manufacturer’s specifications that the interior dimension of the shed is over 69 inches, as interior and exterior dimensions differ. 

    Look for easily maintained and waterproof shed materials, like plastics. Look for sheds that offer a lockable door latch to keep bikes safe from theft. Even when shopping for smaller, space-saving sheds, look for a skylight or window features. Less expensive sheds may skimp on this feature (inexpensive metal sheds often offer no windows), but this added natural light feature would make retrieving your bicycle or whatever else you have in there much easier.

    Yard size

    While it would be nice to have a large yard, many people don’t, especially if you live in or near major cities. If you are pressed for space, selecting each addition with care becomes even more important. Luckily, there are a lot of well-made, attractive storage sheds sized for smaller spaces. 

    The best small shed will be designed to hold your garden essentials. Some small storage sheds look more like rectangular chests and can also work as a coffee table or bench. These lower units can easily hold hoses, gardening equipment, outdoor cushions, and/or pillows. Taller storage sheds take advantage of height and can fit full-sized rakes, shovels, as well as offer shelves for smaller items. The best small storage sheds come in various materials and, due to the smaller footprint, will usually be pretty reasonably priced. 

    Organization

    Available storage is almost every homeowner’s dream. Even when you start without much and are a fan of minimal living, stuff accumulates. While it can be tempting to get the largest shed you can and fill it to the brim with all your extra stuff, you aren’t really solving problems with this method. Cluttered sheds are bound to be filled with items you forget about or may find too hard to unbury. The longer things stay tucked in a corner, the more likely a family of spiders has moved in.

    The best storage sheds with tool organizers will help keep your home and garden orderly. While it’s possible to purchase shed storage systems independently, some manufacturers offer systems tailored specifically to their shed model and design. For example, some sheds offer built-in pegs or grids that work easily with coordinating shelves, hooks, bins, and racks. The benefit to purchasing a shed that coordinates with a planned storage system is that you know it will work to maximize your space, and usually it can be customized and arranged to your specific needs. The more organized your shed, the quicker, easier, and more efficient your jobs become.

    Budget

    The best storage sheds on a small budget may not be as large or modern-looking as some more expensive options, but they’ll still get your garden in gear and keep your tools neat. Metal sheds, while not always the cutting edge of style, tend to be very affordable. However, they usually don’t come with a floor, so a level foundation is required, ideally one slightly lifted off the ground. And maybe it’s only some accessories and smaller tools you need to stow. A bargain-priced patio box could be your best choice if you’re looking for the most compact solution in a social space.

    FAQs

    Q: Are plastic or metal sheds better?

    Both plastic and metal sheds have pros and cons that make it hard to say which is a better choice. If you are looking for the most cost-effective option, you may want to consider a metal shed. Plastic and metal share some characteristics: both are durable, rot and insect resistant, and difficult to customize. Plastic sheds outperform metal sheds in two areas: they hold up better to water (rarely springing any leaks) and do not rust. A plastic shed will be the better choice if you live in a wet climate.

    Q: What to consider when buying a storage shed?

    When buying a storage shed for your home, consider the size, shape, design, and material you want the shed to be constructed from. Typically sheds are offered in metal, plastic, or wood. Consider the pros and cons of each material and the overall cost and maintenance. Before making your purchase, check for any zoning laws, permits, or homeowner association rules. Finally, consider the foundation and flooring. Keeping a shed elevated and off the wet ground will help prevent rotting and/or corrosion. Not all sheds come with the shed floor; this may have to be purchased separately.

    Q: What is a good size for a storage shed?

    A good size for a storage shed depends on several factors. Consider the overall size of your yard, the amount of storage you need (not only now but also down the line), and how you will use the shed. Some people strictly want a shed to hold their landscaping equipment, while others want to be able to store out-of-season furniture, grills, bikes, motorcycles, and even have designated areas for use as a workbench. For larger yards and larger storage demands, a good size is 12 feet by 12 feet. Space-saving sizes are available at 4 feet by 6 feet or 4 feet by 8 feet. The best size for a storage shed depends on your needs and outdoor space. Storage sheds that are tall enough to stand in are a good idea for comfort and ease of use.

    Final thoughts on the best storage sheds

    The best storage sheds will keep you organized, look attractive in your outdoor space, and be built to last. With options in various materials (solid wood and high-tech waterproof plastics, to name a couple), these structures shelter your items from the weather and will also be designed with customizable organizing systems for easy access to your garden tools and recreational equipment.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best storage sheds in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best USB power strips in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-usb-power-strips/ Sat, 20 May 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539864
    The best USB power strips
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    A USB power strip is the small, simple tech accessory can make a big difference in the neatness of your space.

    The post The best USB power strips in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best USB power strips
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Austere VII Series Power 6-Outlet Austere VII Series 6-Outlet with USB-C PD
    SEE IT

    In build quality, utility, and performance, Austere’s USB power strip stands unmatched.

    Best for larger adapters Belkin USB Power Strip Belkin USB Power Strip
    SEE IT

    If you’re constantly frustrated with the dance of plugging and unplugging electronics because of their bulky connectors, this is the solution you seek.

    Best budget Anker 20W USB C Power Strip Anker 20W USB-C Power Strip
    SEE IT

    Anker’s 20W USB-C Power Strip offers excellent performance for an incredibly reasonable price.

    A USB power strip solves a common problem: filling every outlet in your home with a power plug for your phone, tablet, computer, smartwatch, or other tech accessories. Power adapters for these devices are small, but they’re taking up valuable real estate that could be used to keep appliances plugged in all the time. If you’ve ever spent any time rearranging power adapters underneath your work desk and getting confused about which one goes to what gadget, you’ll understand the utility of this tech accessory. The best USB power strips will keep your most commonly used portable devices charged and ready for the day ahead without bumping power-hungry ones off the grid.

    How we chose the best USB power strips

    Our recommendations for the best USB power strips come from a mix of hands-on testing and research. Despite their utility, these are relatively low-tech gadgets with a single job: keeping your devices charged and powered. That said, we factored in their size, how many outlets they have, which USB ports are featured, and any other extra features when determining which ones made the cut. You’ll be able to find a great USB power strip regardless of your power needs, space constraints, and budget. You can rely on our recommendations to remain a permanent, well-used part of your home theater or office setup for several years.

    The best USB power strips: Reviews & Recommendations

    This may not be the most glamorous gadget, but it’s still important to take the time to learn the ins and outs of all your options. Our guidance can help you make the right choice, so the only thing you’ll have to think about is which gear to plug into your USB power strip.

    Best overall: Austere VII Series 6-Outlet with USB-C PD

    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Number of outlets: 6
    • USB Ports: 5 (3 USB-C, 2 USB-A)
    • Surge protection: 4,000 Joules

    Pros

    • Myriad USB ports
    • Sleek look
    • Surge protection

    Cons

    • Price

    We’ve been testing Austere’s VII Series 6-Outlet with USB-C PD for several months, and it’s provided rock-solid performance in a well-constructed package. The USB power strip has five USB ports and six outlets. Critically, one of the USB-C ports can supply up to 45W of power, which is enough to charge a laptop. All of this power strip’s USB ports are on the bottom, far away from its outlets. This allows you to organize your area a little more neatly. You’ll never accidentally yank out a power cord when trying to unplug your phone’s charging cable. In practice, this design has worked out really well, and we hope it becomes the industry standard.

    We used this power strip’s USB ports to charge phones, laptops, tablets, Bluetooth speakers, Bluetooth earbuds, and other portable devices. The cables fit into the VII Series’ USB ports snugly and securely and never popped out, even when the power strip was moved around. Similarly, we connected computer monitors, powered speakers, vacuums, and everything in between to the VII Series’ outlets and had an identical result. The outlets were spaced far enough apart that we could finagle large power adapters next to one another without incident.

    We were continually impressed by the VII Series’ overall build quality during our tests. It’s uncommon for such a basic gadget to look and feel so luxurious. The aluminum Austere used for the USB power strip’s chassis makes it feel as nice as a MacBook. The company even paid attention to the cable connecting the power strip to your wall; it’s thick, braided, and has sufficient reinforcement around the connector so it won’t fray. Austere says its USB power strip can insulate electronics from up to 4,000 joules of power spikes. If you’re in an area with many thunderstorms or your home’s electricity is so-so, this is a big feature.

    All of these features contribute to the VII Series’ high price. This is the only USB power strip we recommend that costs over $62, but its performance and build quality are unmatched. If you want each component in your home theater or office to be top-notch, Austere’s VII Series 6-Outlet with USB-C PD is peerless.

    Best travel friendly: Alitayee USB C Travel Power Strip

    Alitayee

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Number of outlets: 3
    • USB Ports: 3 (1 USB-C 2 USB-A)
    • Surge protection: Yes

    Pros

    • Compact, flat design
    • Neat cable storage
    • Multiple USB ports

    Cons

    • Only one USB-C port

    Every inch of space counts when you’re packing, which makes Alitayee’s 20W USB C Power Strip a no-brainer for frequent travelers. You can plug up to six devices into its assortment of outlets and USB ports. We’re a little disappointed that the power strip has a single USB-C port since that’s required to charge most portable devices at their full speed, but at least it can supply up to 20 watts of power. Alitayee labeled each of this power strip’s USB ports so that you can differentiate between the charging performance of its USB-C ports. The one with an orange tint supports the QuickCharge 3.0 standard, which can supply up to 18W of power.

    Many compact USB power strips are available, but Alitayee’s stands out because its power cable can be curled around a hollow ridge around the side of the device. This makes it easier to pack and remove from a bag. It’s annoying to wrangle a thick cord out of a backpack in the middle of a flight or crowded train, and this power strip will save you from the annoyance. Alitayee says this USB power strip will automatically shut off if it’s overloaded, which is very helpful if you’re charging a device overnight or connecting multiple gadgets to it simultaneously. These are helpful features, but this device is not a surge protector.

    If you’re a wanderlust who sees packing efficiently as the only way to go, pick up Alitayee 20W USB C Power Strip.

    Best design: TP-Link Kasa Smart Plug Power Strip HS300

    TP-Link

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Number of outlets: 6
    • USB Ports: 3 USB-A
    • Surge protection: Yes

    Pros

    • WiFi-enabled
    • Fits in a big smart home ecosystem
    • Sleek look

    Cons

    • No USB-C ports

    TP-Link’s Kasa Smart Plug Power Strip HS300 is way more technically advanced than our other recommendations and could very well become a central part of your smart home. Each of its six outlets can operate as its own smart plug, which you can manage through the Kasa app on your iOS or Android device. This allows you to change the power state of any device connected to the outlets on and off. You could use this feature to turn on a lamp in your living room before heading to it or turn off your receiver if you accidentally forgot earlier.

    These smart features are complemented by three USB-A ports, perfect for charging a smartphone and other smaller electronics. We wish TP-Link would update the HS300 with USB-C ports, but most of its design time was dedicated to ensuring six smart plugs could be operated from a single power strip. Like most of TP-Link’s smart home accessories, the HS300 doesn’t require a hub to work and can be controlled via an Amazon Alexa or Google Home-enabled speaker.

    If your current power strip is filled with smart plugs, or you want to have complete control over a cluster of smart-home accessories, this is the best USB power strip you can get.

    Best for larger adapters: Belkin 12-Outlet Surge Protector

    Belkin

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Number of outlets: 12
    • USB Ports: 1 USB-C, 2 USB-A
    • Surge protection: Yes

    Pros

    • A lot of outlets
    • Surge protection
    • Wall mountable

    Cons

    • Bulky

    We’ve all had the unfortunate experience of having to move power adapters around on a power strip because they wouldn’t fit next to one another. Belkin’s USB Power Strip makes this a non-issue. Half of its outlets are oriented vertically, while the other half face outward. The second set is spaced far enough apart that any-sized power adapter will fit without bumping into another one. We recommend using the vertically-oriented outlets for slimmer power plugs, which don’t run any risk of interrupting one another.

    This plethora of outlets is complemented by two USB-A ports and one USB-C port, which can supply power to small and medium-sized electronics like phones, tablets, and portable game consoles. Belkin’s USB power strip is also a surge protector that can handle surges of up to 4,000 joules, so your devices will be safe in case of a sudden energy fluctuation.

    The only downside to using a USB power strip with this many outlets is that it’s larger than our other recommendations. You can mount it to a wall, which is a pretty solid solution, but the power strip’s long power cable will make your setup look a little inelegant. Still, this power strip’s sheer utility outweighs that minor complaint.

    Best budget: Anker 20W USB C Power Strip

    Anker

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Number of outlets: 3
    • USB Ports: 3 (1 USB-C, 2 USB-A)
    • Surge protection: No

    Pros

    • Price
    • Port assortment
    • Size

    Cons

    • Fewer outlets

    Anker’s 20W USB C Power Strip is an excellent deal in the entire world of tech accessories, not just its own category. For under $15, you get a compact three-outlet power strip with two USB-A ports and one USB-C port. Its smaller size means fewer outlets than most of our recommendations, which is the only potential flaw. This won’t be an issue if you don’t have too many electronics.

    We’re very pleased with this USB power strip’s cubic shape, which allows you to plug three big power plugs into it without the risk of them bumping into one another. It doesn’t offer any surge protection, but that’s to be expected from a power strip in its sub-$20 price range. Anker does offer a seven-point safety system, which can prevent common issues like overloading and short-circuiting from damaging your electronics. Additionally, the company offers an 18-month warranty with up to $200,000 in reimbursement if your gadgets get damaged while connected to this power strip during everyday use.

    Anker’s solution should be sufficient if you’re curious about trying a USB power strip or don’t have heavy power needs.

    What to consider when shopping for the best USB power strips

    Number of outlets

    USB ports are the main advantage of getting this type of power strip, but you’ll still need enough outlets for your more energy-hungry electronics. We recommend getting a USB power strip with two or three more outlets than you currently need to account for changes in your work or home theater setup. Travel-sized power strips have fewer outlets because of their smaller size, but you’ll probably have fewer gadgets to plug in while on the go.

    Types of USB ports

    There are two types of USB ports found on the power strips we’re recommending: USB-C and USB-A. USB-C ports can output far more power, and many newer gadgets can take advantage of that thanks to fast charging features. USB-A ports can output less power, but are still sufficient for charging smartphones, Bluetooth speakers, and other smaller electronics.

    Surge protection

    Some USB power strips also offer surge protection. A surge protector has mechanisms built into it that prevent fluctuations in power or other abnormalities—like power surges—from overloading and potentially damaging the electronics connected to it. A USB power strip without surge protection will simply provide gadgets with the power they need to run and may have other less sophisticated damage prevention features.

    FAQs

    Q: Is it safe to keep a USB power strip on all the time?

    There shouldn’t be any issues with leaving your USB power strip on all the time unless you’re overloading it. Be sure to read the specifications for your power strip and the attached gadgets to ensure it’s not being overburdened. The quality of your home’s electricity will also play a big role—if the outlet your power strip is plugged into can’t supply enough juice, you will run into problems.

    Q: How many years do USB power strips last?

    A USB power strip can last a decade or more if it’s not being overloaded.

    Q: Do USB power strips use electricity when turned off?

    Yes. Any gadget plugged into an outlet will draw a meager amount of power, even if there’s nothing connected to it.

    Q: What should not be plugged into a USB power strip?

    Any gadget can be plugged into a power strip. You’ll only run into a problem if your electronics are drawing too much power at once.

    Q: Is turning off a power strip the same as unplugging it?

    No. Unplugging a power strip will draw no electricity from the wall. Turning it off will still draw some power from the wall.

    Q: How much do USB power strips cost?

    This depends on their feature set, the number of outlets they have, and their size. Depending on your needs, you can spend as little as $20 or almost $200.

    Final thoughts on choosing the best USB power strips

    A USB power strip is a tech accessory that makes total sense but is easy to overlook. You’ll be able to reduce the number of USB power adapters plugged into your walls and invest in more durable charging cables instead. Our tests have proven that the best of these power strips can make an appreciable difference in the overall quality of a work setup. Having an extra outlet or being free of the annoyance of constantly plugging and unplugging different devices prepares you for different work situations. This is the type of simple upgrade that you’ll be kicking yourself for not making earlier.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best USB power strips in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Solo Stove’s lit Memorial Day deals include 45% off and a free mini fire pit https://www.popsci.com/gear/solo-stove-memorial-day-deals/ Fri, 19 May 2023 14:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542179
    Solo Stove Memorial Day Weekend Sale
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    Get these hot deals before they flame out.

    The post Solo Stove’s lit Memorial Day deals include 45% off and a free mini fire pit appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Solo Stove Memorial Day Weekend Sale
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Solo Stove is responsible for making our favorite smokeless outdoor fire pits—with the Bonfire 2.0 being a particular favorite after our tests. And right now, Solo offers that model and others at up to 45% off during its Memorial Day Weekend sale. On top of that, much of its collection also comes with a free Solo Stove Mesa, the company’s $119.99 tabletop fire pit, with the promo code FREEMESA. These are some of the deepest discounts we’ve ever seen on these outdoor essentials, and we’re surprised to see Solo Stove launch them so early.

    Solo Stove Bonfire 2.0 $249.99 (Was $399.99)

    Stan Horaczek

    SEE IT

    The Bonfire 2.0 is Solo Stove’s mid-sized smokeless fire pit, and it’s the perfect choice for most outdoor patios and backyards. The circular barrel can hold several pieces of wood, while the wide lip directs flames upward instead of outward. Ash from the burning wood falls into an ash pan, where it sits rather than getting burned up. A lot of smoke from fire pits comes as a result of burning ash. Solo Stove updated the Bonfire’s design to make this chamber easily accessible so that you can remove and empty it after every use with relative ease.

    Our tests found that the Bonfire 2.0 burned wood more efficiently than a traditional fire pit, was easy to move around, and that its claim to be “smokeless” was mostly accurate. All fire pits will produce some smoke—you’re burning wood, after all—but Solo Stove’s patented design reduced it significantly. A ring of holes at the bottom sucks air in, the air rises through the fire pit (there’s a gap between the fire pit’s barrel and outer edge), and it exits through another ring of holes up at the top.

    If you plan on hosting parties this summer or want to extend the time you can use your backyard from spring through autumn, don’t miss this deal. It’s straight fire.

    Get these other great outdoor deals:

    The post Solo Stove’s lit Memorial Day deals include 45% off and a free mini fire pit appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best 3D printers under $500 for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-3d-printers-under-500/ Thu, 18 May 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542009
    the best 3D printers under $500 composited
    Stan Horaczek

    You don't need to spend a ton of money to get a reliable, versatile 3D printer.

    The post The best 3D printers under $500 for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    the best 3D printers under $500 composited
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Prusa mini 3D printer Prusa Mini+
    SEE IT

    This advanced printer offers surprising features at this price.

    Best for DIY projects Creality Ender 3 V2 neo 3D printer Creality Ender 3 V2 Neo
    SEE IT

    This model comes with a learning curve, but rewards users with excellent performance.

    Best for printing large objects Artillery Sidewinder 3D printer Artillery Sidewinder X2
    SEE IT

    The printing area is almost twice as large as its competition.

    The best 3D printers under $500 may be hard to imagine for people just getting started. Consumers who want to buy excellent quality 3D printers sometimes fall into the same trap: They think the more expensive the device or gadget is, the better it will be. But because the 3D printer market is still very competitive and the industry continues to evolve, you can often buy a model for less money than its slightly larger brandmate. In other words, a printer that costs $450 might have many of the same features found on a $750 model that came out a year ago. With that in mind, we’ve collected five of the best 3D printers under $500 that we recommend.

    How we chose the best 3D printers for under $500

    To compile the list of 3D printers we recommend for this guide, we considered several factors. We prioritized well-built models that will last and grow with users as their skills improve. While many of these sub-$500 models work well for beginners, we don’t want users to feel limited by them down the road. We also require a 3D printer to employ reliable, intuitive software because you can’t print if you can’t get your design to the machine. Our picks are based on a mix of real-world experience, spec comparisons, editorial reviews, user feedback, and company reputation.

    The best 3D printers for under $500: Reviews & Recommendations

    You don’t have to look far back to find a time when 3D printers were extremely specialized pieces of equipment beyond the reach of most casual users. That has changed in the past decade, however. That progress comes (at least in part) thanks to the RepRap movement, which helped forge the way for the 3D-printing industry to create products that were more affordable, easy to use, and based on open-source technology. The movement also helped standardize many aspects of 3D-printing technology, which benefits all consumers and businesses. The following list features our choices for the best model to buy if you’re starting out in the world of 3D printing: 

    Best overall: Original Prusa Mini+ 3D Printer

    Prusa

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, PETG, ABS, ASA, 
    • Print Volume (HWD): 7 x 7 x 7 inches
    • Connectivity: USB drive, Ethernet
    • Dimension: 15 x 13 x 15 inches
    • Weight: 9.9 lbs.

    Pros

    • Excellent value for the price
    • Easy to use
    • Includes 2.8-inch color LCD
    • Comes with an Ethernet port

    Cons

    • Print volume is smaller than Prusa’s flagship i3 MK3S+

    Although the Prusa Mini+ is smaller than Prusa’s flagship i3 MK3S+, it still delivers much of the same quality and versatility. Plus it’s less expensive. So, you still get the same high-quality results when printing out objects. In some cases, you even get upgrades. For instance, Mini+ also comes with a color LCD, which is easier to use than the i3 MK3S. Insert a thumb drive with a compatible file, and the screen will show you a preview of your print. Then, just press the print button, and the machine goes on its way. It’s very simple if you want it to be.

    This printer supports a ton of different printing materials, including PLA, PETG, ASA, ABS, PC (Polycarbonate), CPE, PVA/BVOH, PVB, HIPS, PP (Polypropylene), Flex, nGen, Nylon, Woodfill, and other filled materials. The print head is also relatively fast, considering the size and price of this model. However, the i3 MK3S+ is larger, allowing you to build slightly large project, and it’s also compatible with many more materials than the Mini+ is. But overall, the Mini provides excellent value for the money, which is why it’s the best 3D printer overall for 3D printers under $500. 

    Best for printing large objects: Artillery Sidewinder X2

    Artillery

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, ABS, Flexible PLA, Wood, PVA, HIPS
    • Print Volume: 11.8 x 11.8 x 15.6 inches 
    • Connectivity: USB, TF card, USB stick
    • Dimensions: 21.65 x 15.94 x 34.25 in (with spool holder)
    • Weight: 28.4 lbs.

    Pros

    • Provides a large print volume 
    • Easy to use
    • Prints quietly

    Cons

    • Color LCD can be a little glitchy

    One of the standout features is that, for the price, it has a very large print area so that you can produce objects that are larger than a chess set piece. The build volume is 11.8 x 11.8 x 15.6 inches, providing more flexibility in creating your designs.  

    3D printers can be complicated to assemble. The process can feel like a project in and of itself. Luckily, however, this printer comes 95 percent assembled and is very easy to set up. You can get up and print quickly without a lot of fuss.

    It has other features that can be helpful during the 3D printing process. It has a filament runout detection and recovery system so that it will know when there’s no more filament and stop the print, but it will also resume printing once more filament is supplied to the unit. Also, if power is lost, you can resume the project from the last layer, saving time and money. Plus, it’s compatible with several different slicer apps.

    Best for DIY projects: Creality Ender 3 V2 Neo

    Creality

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, ABS, PETG, 
    • Print Volume (HWD): 8.7 x 8.7 x 9.8 inches
    • Connectivity: Micro USB, transflash memory card
    • Dimension (HWD): 17.2 x 16.7 x 18.6 inches
    • Weight: 21.60 lbs.

    Pros

    • Inexpensive
    • Its redesign improves the overall experience of it
    • Faster than predecessor 

    Cons

    • Learning curve can be steep for some

    Creality has a history of producing some fine 3D printers, but as many reviewers have pointed out, they can require some tweaking and maintenance to keep them printing correctly. However, that shouldn’t be a problem if you have a DIY spirit. That extra bit of elbow grease gets you a great value on a very capable printer.

    The new iteration of this 3D printer includes some impressive enhancements to an already solid-performing 3D printer. It has a CR-Touch feature, for instance, which gathers the bed deviation data by touching multiple points in the bed and compensating for them accordingly, allowing for hassle-free bed leveling. It now comes with a full-metal Bowden extruder, which the company says makes for smooth feeding through the system. It also comes with a new 4.3-inch user interface, which is easier to read. Creality has also updated the build plate: The PC spring steel magnetic build plate has good adhesion to the model and enables quick removal of the print with just a slight bend of the platform.

    Best budget: Monoprice MP Cadet

    Monoprice

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, PLA Pro
    • Print Volume (HWD): 3.9 x 4.1 x 3.9 inches
    • Connectivity: USB, Wi-Fi, microSD card
    • Dimension: 8.3 x 8.3 x 11.4 inches  
    • Weight: 6.6 lbs.

    Pros

    • Small, compact, and lightweight
    • Quick set-up time
    • Comes with auto-leveling feature

    Cons

    • Small print volume
    • Not as versatile as other models

    Although there are plenty of 3D models you’ll pay a lot of money for, there are also a decent number of inexpensive 3D printers, like this model from Monoprice, which makes it a great model for beginners and students. 

    The Monoprice MP Cadet has a simple but elegant interface that allows beginners to get up and running quickly. Despite its small size, it’s a solid performer: It can print relatively quickly. It’s also compatible with two slicer apps: Ultimaker Cura, an open-source slicing application for 3D printers, and Wiibuilder softare. Most of all, this printer delivers decent-quality prints consistently. However, since it’s a budget model, it’s not as versatile as some other, more feature-packed 3D printers.

    Best for kids learning about 3D printing: 3Doodler Create+ 3D printing pen

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, ABS, FLEXY, Wood
    • Dimension: 4.45 x 3.15 x 0.2 inches
    • Weight: 0.11 lbs.

    Pros

    • Very easy to use and set up
    • Safer than most 3D printers
    • Intuitive controls
    • Inexpensive

    Cons

    • Offers fewer features and capabilities than 3D printer

    The 3Doodler Create+ Pen isn’t a 3D printer. So, it doesn’t offer the robust set of features that you’ll find on a 3D printer. However, what it does do is give teens (14 years old and older) access to creating objects using a process that’s very similar to the “additive 3D printing” process found on 3D printers.

    What’s nice about this pen is that it’s well-designed and includes very intuitive controls, so you’re up and running quickly. Once you’ve set it up, you can use the pen, which extrudes heated plastic like a 3D printer. One of the main differences is that your creation isn’t based on a digital CAD file. The pen comes with 15 different colors of 3Doodler Create plastic refills & a comprehensive activity guidebook.

    Features to consider when shopping for the best 3D printer for your needs

    While it’s always tempting to buy the biggest, baddest 3D printer on the block, that’s not always the best call. You may waste money, filament, and time getting the wrong machine. Here are some essential variables to understand and consider before you bring a 3D printer into your home workshop.

    Explore methods of 3D printing

    Right now, fused deposition modeling (FDM) represents the most common method for 3D printing. All the 3D printers in this roundup rely on FDM. An FDM printer relies on a small heated nozzle that lays down thin layers of plastic made of melted from a spooled filament. These machines are called fused filament fabricators or FFF. While we mostly recommend FDM 3D printers, you can also explore other technologies. Those include stereolithography (SLA), which uses a resin-based method to print, or other methods.

    Learn about 3D printing materials

    You’ll need filament if you want to print because you need a material. Two of the most popular are polylactic acid (PLA) and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABD). Most 3D printers can only print one color at a time, especially at this price point, but it’s a hard rule. Before you buy tons of filament spools, make sure the type of filament you’re buying will work with your printer. You’ll need the correct size and material to make sure things go smoothly. Experimenting with different materials is fun, but wasting money on messed up prints is decidedly not.

    Size

    Once you know what you’ll primarily be printing, you can decide how big of a printing area you need. The largest printer on this list can handle prints up to 11.8 x 11.8 x 15.6 inches, but most are much smaller. Getting a printer that’s too large will often slow down your production process and take up unnecessary space in your home or shop. However, going too small means you’re limited in what you can print. The key is finding balance.

    Resolution

    Resolution is measured in microns (a lower number is more detailed), with the default on many printers being 200 microns. However, some can print at 100 or 50 microns. Generally speaking, higher resolution leads to smoother prints, but that’s not always the case. You’ll want a well-rounded machine. High-res prints won’t do you much good if they take way too long or frequently mess up.

    Open or closed frame?

    3D printers that are closed are safer when it comes to pets or other random objects invading your print space. Open-frame 3D printers are generally larger in size.

    Software

    You’re going to need software to actually send designs to the printer. These programs are called slicers, and there are several out there. You’ll want to check which titles are compatible with your machine. Some work just fine with open-source options, while others very much prefer proprietary software. Some titles include PrusaSlicer, from Prucer, and Cura, from Ultimaker. 

    FAQs

    Q: Are 3D printers expensive to buy and to use?

    Although you can still find 3D printers that are very pricey, those models are generally targeted at commercial markets. By and large, most 3D printers for home use have come down in price, and you can find some very capable models for less than $1,000, even as low as $200. But in order to get a clearer picture of what your cost of ownership of the 3D printer will be, you’ll want to factor in how you’ll actually be using it. You’ll want to assess how much you’ll be printing, which means you’ll also need to find out the price of replacement spools of filament or other additional materials for your 3D printer.  

    Q: What are 3D printers used for? 

    Today, 3D printers are used in many different industries across the globe, including healthcare, automotive, construction, manufacturing, the food industry, education, and in the production of different consumer products. At home, 3D printers can produce various hardware items, like hooks, hangers, coasters, clips, various types of desk organizers, etc. Or they can be used for more artistic pursuits, like cosplay.

    Final thoughts when buying the best 3D printer

    Just a decade ago, 3D printers under $500 weren’t very impressive or even available. Now, however, you have a ton of options available to you. Many of these machines offer advanced features and solid build quality that will churn out pieces for years to come. If you’re willing to spend some extra cash, you can upgrade to the best 3D printers under $1,000 for bigger prints, more material options, and more advanced features. But if you’re a beginner, enthusiast, or aspiring pro, any 3D printers on this list should suit your needs just fine.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best 3D printers under $500 for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best outdoor TV antennas in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-outdoor-tv-antennas/ Fri, 18 Mar 2022 13:04:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=431930
    Best outdoor antennas round-up header
    Stan Horaczek

    How to lose cable, but keep your local channels.

    The post The best outdoor TV antennas in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best outdoor antennas round-up header
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie is the best outdoor TV antenna. Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie TV Antenna
    SEE IT

    The Antennas Direct 8-element Bowtie TV Antenna looks big, but it gets the job done and some for those with room.

    Best budget GE Outdoor TV Antenna is the best for the budget. GE Outdoor TV Antenna
    SEE IT

    GE’s sturdy and affordable antenna should cover almost anyone.

    Best long-range Five Star Outdoor Digital Amplified HDTV Antenna is the best long-range outdoor TV antenna. Five Star Outdoor Digital Amplified HDTV Antenna
    SEE IT

    The Five Star Outdoor Digital Amplified HDTV Antenna gets better range than most.

    The switch from cable and satellite to streaming services has led to a surprising comeback for a certain older piece of gear: the humble TV antenna. Digital streaming platforms like Netflix and HBO Max may have all the hot shows you want, but not your local network affiliates for regional news and sports. Fortunately, if you have an antenna, these stations are still broadcast for free. If you own your home or otherwise have safe access to bolt down a larger, fixed antenna, you will absolutely get better performance and more bang for your buck, which could be essential if you’re in a rural area and need that extra juice to pull in distant signals clearly. Choosing the best outdoor TV antennas can seem like an overwhelming task meant for technicians, but we’ve done that research for you so you can just choose the antenna best suited for your needs.

    How we selected the best outdoor TV antennas

    Compact, affordable indoor TV antennas have become a popular choice, allowing even apartment dwellers access to over-the-air (OTA) signals. However, traditional roof- or attic-mounted antennas still outperform their indoor counterparts, with the obvious physical advantage of being higher up and having less interference. You don’t necessarily need anything fancy: Mass cord-cutting—people moving away from cable and satellite to streaming services—is mostly a case of “out with the old, in with the new.” We’ve combed through consumer and critic reviews to find a consensus on the best-performing antenna on the market today, depending on various specific needs such as range, cost, or size. You can also make your own.

    The best outdoor TV antennas: Reviews & Recommendations

    If you are able to install an outdoor TV antenna on your roof, there’s really no reason not to these days. The best outdoor TV antenna gets you all the channels you want clearly. Why pay someone else for an inferior broadcast when you can get the better version directly for free? Here are the best outdoor TV antennas that we could find.

    Best overall: Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie TV Antenna

    Antennas Direct

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie is a powerful all-purpose antenna that should suit most people with room for it.

    Specs

    • Range: 70 miles
    • UHF/VHF: Both
    • Installation: Attic/Outdoor
    • Gain: 17.4Dbi

    Pros

    • Great performance
    • Flexibility from multiple aimable panels
    • Lifetime warranty on parts

    Cons

    • Large
    • Includes mounting hardware but requires mount and coaxial cable

    Antennas Direct’s 8-Element Bowtie antenna is not subtle. The four large lattices, stacked two-tall, side by side, stick out. But that’s the secret to its power! Its eight sensing elements are spread out across two independently rotating columns, allowing you the flexibility to either spread them out for wider coverage or focus them for a better signal in a single direction. Its listed range of 70 miles, 17.4 dBi gain, and flexible configuration make it a great all-purpose option, although it will typically require some additional hardware to mount and connect fully.

    Best long-range: Five Star Outdoor Digital Amplified HDTV Antenna

    Five Star

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Five Star’s outdoor antenna reaches extremely far for its accessible price.

    Specs

    • Range: 200 miles
    • UHF/VHF: both
    • Installation: Outdoor
    • Gain: 15 – 35 dB (boosted)

    Pros

    • Fantastic long-range performance
    • 360-degree motorized coverage
    • Mounting pole and hardware included

    Cons

    • Relatively complicated assembly and installation

    The Five Star Outdoor Digital Amplified HDTV Antenna makes it very clear that it can take in signals from any direction with its six reflector elements spread over three poles pointing outward from a central, motorized shaft. It boasts an impressive 200-mile range with a built-in signal booster, making this a great option for rural areas. It also includes wiring and hardware for attaching up to five televisions and a mounting pole. Although it does require a bit more assembly than other options, that reflects a lot more capability for people willing to put in a bit of work.

    Best small: Winegard Elite 7550

    Winegard

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Winegard’s Elite 7550 antenna performs extremely well, especially for its size.

    Specs

    • Range: 70 miles
    • UHF/VHF: Both
    • Installation: Outdoor/attic
    • Gain: N/A

    Pros

    • Great performance
    • Excellent interference mitigation
    • Compact

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • Plastic construction and roof mount

    Winegard has emerged as a big name in TV antennas for good reason, and the Elite 7550 is a great example of what you can get if you’re willing to spend more on a contemporary antenna. Although it doesn’t match the expansive range of some, it performs extremely well within its listed 70 miles, bringing in more and clearer channels than many other antennas. Much of its special sauce is the built-in mechanisms it has for reducing interference from competing signals, such as an LTE filter to cut out cell phone interference. This makes it great for cities or large towns where the problem is more likely to be an overabundance of signals in the air rather than reaching for distant, quiet ones. The only complaint we’ve seen consistently is that, despite promises that it is fully weatherized, many people have said the plastic construction and mounting hardware don’t feel as sturdy as they would like, which could be a concern if you live somewhere with more serious storms and winters.

    Best motorized: PBD Digital Outdoor TV Antenna

    Pingbingding

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: PBD offers a more value-focused alternative to our long-range antenna that also covers every direction.

    Specs

    • Range: 150 miles
    • UHF/VHF: both
    • Installation: Outdoor
    • Gain: 32-36 Db

    Pros

    • Excellent performance
    • 360-degree motorized rotation
    • Easy assembly
    • Great price

    Cons

    • Complaints about remote control

    PBD’s Digital Outdoor TV Antenna looks like a laser turret meant to shoot down rebel X-wings from the top of a Star Destroyer with its directional array and 360-degree motorized rotation, if you’re into that sort of thing. It features a great long-range antenna and comes at a relatively low price for the power and flexibility it offers. In contrast to our other, more expensive motorized antenna, the PBD also features very easy snap-on assembly that minimizes the need for tools. The only complaints we have seen are that some people have found the remote control for rotation to be imprecise or buggy but, across the board, it is a very dependably well-liked product.

    Best budget: GE Outdoor TV Antenna

    Why it made the cut: GE’s Outdoor TV Antenna is a well-built, no-frills solid workhorse that doesn’t cost all that much.

    Specs

    • Range: 70 miles
    • UHF/VHF: Both
    • Installation: Outdoor/attic
    • Gain: N/A

    Pros

    • Easy setup
    • Affordable
    • Durable

    Cons

    • Ugly
    • Unidirectional

    GE’s Outdoor TV Antenna 29884 is as no-frills as its generic name would suggest, but often that’s all you need. It’s got solid performance at a 70-mile range that it even functions well in an attic, which you may want to do since it’s not too aesthetically pleasing. It only receives signals from the direction it’s pointed, with no rotation or omnidirectionality, so it may not be the best fit if you can pull in distant signals from multiple cities. In many cases, however, it’s more than good enough, especially for how much less you’ll pay than for some of the more expensive options on this list.

    What to consider before buying the best outdoor TV antennas

    Anyone looking to invest in an OTA TV antenna should start by learning a little bit about their local broadcast landscape. What stations are available at their address, along with info about broadcast frequency and, most importantly, the distance and relative strength. There are various free tools online for getting all this information, including AntennaWeb, and the FTC’s own DTV Reception Maps.

    Over 95% of Americans have access to local affiliates of FOX, CBS, ABC, NBC, The CW, and PBS. Most will also likely have some combination of other broadcast stations like Ion, Telemundo, and MeTV. As a general rule, the closer you are to a major city, the more stations you will have closeby. Make note of the stations that you want to watch, and then find an antenna that can accommodate the most distant signals that matter to you.

    SD, HD, or 4K?

    Since the U.S. mandated that broadcasters transition from analog broadcasting to digital in 2009, the signal quality of OTA television has vastly improved. So much so that it is often less compressed (and so clearer and brighter) than the same channel being crunched down and sent over a landline as part of a cable package. Full HD (1080p) has become the current industry standard for most broadcasts, and all of the antennas we recommend can receive that signal. Some antennas also market the ability to process 4K broadcasts, but that isn’t something you really need right now. While 4K OTA broadcasting is possible, few networks do so. There’s little pressure to upgrade at the moment since the difference between SD and HD, which itself still feels fresh to many OTA watchers, is much more noticeable to the unaccustomed eye than the difference between HD and 4K.

    Range

    There are a few specifications that you really want to keep in mind when picking your antenna. At the top of the list, check out its maximum range. Your reception and picture quality for OTA channels will drop off if a station is near the outer edge of what your antenna receives. If you have channels on the edge, you may find yourself wanting a separate amplifier to boost the signal, but a higher maximum range is always better. 

    Gain, expressed in decibels (dB), is a measure of how well a given antenna performs against a standard reference in picking up signals in a particular direction, ranging up into the 30+ dB on the very high end. More gain is better, as you might expect. Unfortunately, manufacturers don’t always list it. Other stats like impedance and voltage are often listed in ohms and hertz, respectively, but most TV viewers won’t find scrutinizing them to be extra effort, as they are quite technical.

    UHF and VHF?

    The other major capacity listed that may confuse a first-time buyer is Ultra High Frequency (UHF) and Very High Frequency (VHF), which refers to the frequency bands at which particular signals are broadcast. Like air traffic control keeping planes from running into one another, these signals are managed by the FTC to ensure that different stations and other broadcast functions (such as cell or emergency) are all spread out at different points along the electromagnetic spectrum to avoid interfering with one another. 

    As the names suggest, UHF is the higher-frequency band, and most TV stations live there. VHF is still very much in play, however. This will be listed along with each station in the above-mentioned online tools (with VHF often being divided into Hi-V and Lo-V), so that will give you a sense of what you should care about. Contemporary antennas are typically either UHF only or combined, with outdoor antennas being able to actually have separate dedicated elements to capture both. Even without dedicated VHF support, however, UHF antennas often end up capturing Hi-V signals regardless.

    FAQs

    Q: Is a bigger outdoor antenna better?

    Typically bigger does mean better for outdoor TV antennas. Although there are always technological advances allowing engineers to squeeze more capability into a smaller form factor, the basic physical reality of antennas is that more receptors spread out over a larger area will pick up more signals, just like being higher up will always help.

    Q: What is the difference between an antenna booster and amplifier?

    There is no real difference—the industry uses these terms interchangeably to describe devices that boost or amplify the signal once you have captured it from the antenna, improving its quality. 

    Q: Do trees interfere with TV antennas?

    Yes! Any physical object, including a large tree, can interfere with your broadcast signal if they stand directly between the antenna and its source. Wet leaves can be particularly disruptive, as the water makes them even more prone to reflect signals and create noise. This is frequently less of an issue than indoor alternatives since they are often placed high up on the roof, but you may want to consider trimming some branches if you’re having trouble receiving a nearby signal.

    Final thoughts on the best outdoor TV antennas

    There’s no better time than now to drop your cable or satellite TV subscription, and an HDTV outdoor antenna may be just what you need to finally pull the trigger. The exact type and model you need will depend on a number of factors, but you can rest assured that there is almost certainly a great option out there for you at a very reasonable price.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best outdoor TV antennas in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best smoke detectors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smoke-detectors/ Thu, 30 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=453513
    best smoke detectors sliced header
    Stan Horaczek

    A smoke detector can be the difference between life and death.

    The post The best smoke detectors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    best smoke detectors sliced header
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best photoelectric First Alert SA511CN2-3ST is the best photoelectric smoke detector. First Alert SA511CN2-3ST
    SEE IT

    This smoke detector two-pack from First Alert packs a one-two punch.

    Best ionization First Alert 9120B is the best ionization smoke detector. First Alert 9120B Smoke Detector
    SEE IT

    First Alert’s 9120B Smoke Detector brings quick protection to your home.

    Best for smoke and carbon monoxide Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector is the best smoke and carbon monoxide detector. Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide
    SEE IT

    Kidde’s combo smoke alarm also protects against carbon monoxide.

    According to the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), around two-thirds of home fire deaths happen in spaces without a smoke detector. It takes minutes for a fire to fill your home with thick black smoke. The critical warning they provide can mean the difference between life and death. If your detectors are broken or very old, you should take the time to replace them. Luckily, even the best smoke detectors are affordable and easy to install.

    How we chose the best smoke detectors

    I’ve been renting an apartment with my wife (and dog) for nearly 10 years and, during that time, I replaced our old smoke detector with something new. I regularly test the detector to ensure it’s in working order, and I also monitor the condition of our major appliances, wall heater, and fireplace for potential fire risk. These are just a few small steps necessary in a more comprehensive fire safety plan, which also includes a fire extinguisher and escape route.

    When I’m not obsessing over my family’s safety, I’m writing about gadgets and gear for publications like Popular Science, CNN Underscored, and TechnoBuffalo. To make these selections, I consulted fire safety guides from health and safety organizations, including NFPA.org, Ready.gov, and RedCross.org. I also reviewed PopSci’s previous coverage of the best practices for fire safety and consulted expert reviews.

    The best smoke detectors: Reviews & Recommendations

    Smoke detectors are extremely important for every home. If you haven’t replaced yours in the past decade, buying a new set is time. The best detectors are affordable, reliable, and easy to install. More importantly, they’ll provide you and your family with fire protection and peace of mind.

    Best photoelectric: First Alert SA511CN2-3ST

    FIRST ALERT

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The First Alert SA511CN2-3ST packs powerful interconnectivity and voice alerts to let you know when there’s a fire.

    Specs

    • Type: Battery-powered (AA x 2)
    • Sensor: Photoelectronic
    • Interconnectivity: Yes

    Pros

    • Interconnectivity
    • Simple setup
    • Voice alert

    Cons

    • Limited number of location presets

    The First Alert SA511CN2-3ST hits all the basic marks we look for in a smoke detector. This UL-Listed photoelectric model features interconnectivity, so you can connect up to 18 smoke alarms across your home. You can also assign it with one of 11 pre-set home locations, so its voice alert can tell you where the smoke is coming from.

    Since it is designed to work as part of a larger set, we’re recommending a two-pack of detectors to make it a little more affordable if you decide to replace a full set of smoke detectors. That said, you can always get an individual model as well.

    Best ionization smoke detector: First Alert 9120B Smoke Detector

    FIRST ALERT

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The First Alert 9210B Smoke Detector supports interconnectivity, an easily accessible test/mute button, and a 9-volt backup battery system.

    Specs

    • Type: Hardwired (battery backup; 9-volt)
    • Sensor: Ionization
    • Interconnectivity: Yes

    Pros

    • Battery backup
    • Interconnectivity
    • Easily accessible test/mute button

    Cons

    • Hardwired means more difficult installation

    The First Alert 9120B Smoke Detector is a hardwired ionization unit that features a single test/mute button and a 9-volt battery backup system. It can also act as part of an interconnected, multi-unit alarm system of up to 12 First Alert smoke detectors, so you have more comprehensive coverage in your home. The 9120B also features a dust cover to keep particles from getting in, a mounting bracket lock for tamper resistance, and smart technology designed to reduce false and “nuisance” alarms. 

    Best for smoke and carbon monoxide: Kidde Smoke & Carbon Monoxide Detector

    Kidde

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: If you don’t already own a carbon monoxide detector, Kidde’s combination smoke/CO alarm has you covered.

    Specs

    • Type: Battery-powered (9-volt)
    • Sensor: Photoelectric
    • Interconnectivity: No

    Pros

    • Also offers a carbon monoxide detector
    • Voice alerts
    • Easy battery replacement

    Cons

    • No interconnectivity

    Kidde’s combination smoke and carbon monoxide alarm is an excellent option if you need to install both smoke and carbon monoxide detectors. The battery-powered combination alarm constantly monitors your home for both smoke and gas, providing specific voice alerts if danger is present. (It also calls out “low battery” when it’s time to replace its 9-volt power source.) Kidde’s combination alarm also features a convenient hush/test button and a battery compartment on the front, making it easy to perform an annual battery change.

    Best battery-powered: First Alert PR710 Slim Smoke Alarm

    FIRST ALERT

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a slim profile and long-lasting battery, the First Alert PR710 Slim is a great way to protect your home.

    Specs

    • Type: Battery-powered (lithium-ion)
    • Sensor: Photoelectric
    • Interconnectivity: No

    Pros

    • Long-lasting battery
    • Very little maintenance
    • Slim profile

    Cons

    • No interconnectivity

    If your home is too old for a hardwired smoke alarm, but you don’t want to ever change a battery, the First Alert PR710 Slim is a solid photoelectric smoke detector with a sealed lithium-ion battery guaranteed to last 10 years. Its thin, low-profile design is no-frills—just a single test/mute button, and that’s it. Unlike many of our other picks, it uses a classic siren, rather than voice alerts. It also cannot sync with other alarms. All in all, it’s a great option for apartments and other small spaces where you just need one smoke alarm, and you’d prefer to buy a new smoke detector every 10 years than replace a set of batteries every few months.

    Best smart: Google Nest Protect

    Google

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Nest Protect by Google provides a multitude of smart features in addition to smoke and CO detection.

    Specs

    • Type: Battery-powered or hardwired
    • Sensor: Split-spectrum
    • Interconnectivity: Yes

    Pros

    • Smartphone notifications
    • Supports battery-powered and hardwired setups
    • Split-spectrum sensor
    • Advanced interconnectivity

    Cons

    • Expensive

    The Google Nest Protect offers traditional smoke and carbon monoxide monitoring, with several convenient smart features. Chief among them, you receive a direct alert through the Nest smartphone when it detects danger. You can also conveniently mute the alarm through that alert. The Protect features a specialized photoelectric “Split-Spectrum” sensor, which uses two LED lights to detect a wider range of smoke particles. According to Google, the Split-Spectrum Sensor adds all the benefits of Ionization smoke detectors, without drawbacks like false alarms (or buying two types of smoke detectors).

    Of course, the downside here is that the Nest Protect costs a lot more than any other smoke detector. In many cases, you can buy three standard photoelectric detectors for the price of one Nest Protect. It may be a convenient upgrade if you already have Nest gear at home, but it’s paying a pretty penny for the privilege.

    Best budget: Kidde Smoke Detector (i12060)

    Kidde

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Kidde Smoke Detector is simple, affordable, and offers powerful interconnectivity.

    Specs

    • Type: Hardwired (battery backup; 9-volt)
    • Sensor: Ionization
    • Interconnectivity: Yes

    Pros

    • Very affordable
    • Interconnectivity
    • Easily replaceable backup battery

    Cons

    • Requires professional installation
    • Hardwired might work in all homes

    If you’re already planning to get some electrical work done, this Kidde Smoke Detector is a very affordable hardwired smoke detector with a battery backup. It looks simple but can sync with up to 24 safety devices, including up to 18 smoke alarms. In addition to a hush/test button on the front, Kidde’s smoke detector also features a tamper-resistant locking pin, a low battery indicator, and a flashing LED, so you know it’s working. Conveniently, the unit also features a front-facing battery door, so you can easily replace the 9-volt battery. Small features like this can make a big difference, particularly if you’re in a space with multiple alarms.

    Things to consider when buying the best smoke detectors

    A smoke detector, or “smoke alarm,” senses the presence of smoke and blasts a loud alarm in response. While they vary in size and shape, household models typically feature plastic enclosures and are mounted high on a wall or ceiling.

    Though smoke detectors seem ubiquitous and interchangeable, manufacturers use a couple of different methods to make them:

    • Photoelectric smoke detectors trigger an alarm when smoke enters a chamber and reflects light onto a sensor. They protect better against slow, smoldering fires than fast, raging fires. 
    • Ionization smoke detectors feature a sensor with a small amount of radioactive material between two electrically charged plates. When smoke enters the chamber, the flow of ions becomes disrupted, activating the alarm. Ionization-type detectors are generally better at identifying fast-burning flaming fires.

    Both photoelectric- and ionization-style detectors have advantages and disadvantages, so there is no one obvious choice. For comprehensive coverage, the NFPA recommends using both kinds in your home. Some devices feature both technologies in a single device.

    We recommend placing your smoke detectors based on their expertise. Use photoelectric detectors near stoves and outside of bathrooms, where smoke may accumulate over time from a small fire. Put ionization-style units in areas where fires are less likely to start so that they can catch fast-moving flames.

    You shouldn’t have to think too much about your smoke detectors. A great one should be easy to install, take little effort to maintain, and accurately alert you when there’s an emergency. After installing a smoke detector, you shouldn’t even notice it’s there (unless it goes off). We considered dozens of options to find the best smoke detector. These factors separated the good detectors from the bad ones.

    UL listing

    The first and most important thing to look for in a smoke detector is a certification from Underwriters Laboratories, the safety science company that sets standards for equipment like smoke and carbon monoxide detectors. All smoke detector manufacturers must meet the company’s most recent standard for smoke alarms, ANSI/UL 217, to place a UL certification on their products. Essentially, the “UL Listed” seal of approval tells you that a detector has been tested to meet strict requirements and will work as advertised. 

    Hardwired vs. battery-powered

    In addition to sensor technology, smoke detectors vary based on how they receive power. Most detectors rely on disposable batteries but hardwired models that you wire into your home’s power are also an option.

    Battery-powered smoke detectors—which usually rely on disposable 9-volt, AA, or lithium cells—offer flexible placement. You can easily install one in any room in your home at any time. They also require slightly more maintenance, as you need to replace their batteries annually to ensure they’re operational. It’s important to note that manufacturers advise against using rechargeable batteries in smoke detectors, as they lose their charge more quickly and have a shorter runtime than standard disposable batteries.

    Alternatively, some battery-powered detectors come with sealed-in lithium batteries designed to last 10 years, making it so you never have to worry about replacing a battery. Some states, including California, require you to use this kind of detector to prevent people from taking the batteries out when the alarm goes off. Check your state and city ordinances for the best guidance on what’s required in your area.

    Other smoke detectors are designed to get hardwired into your home’s electrical system. This makes it so you’ll never have to replace a battery to keep them operational. That said, installing them is a much more time-intensive process and includes working with electrical wiring. If you purchase a hardwired detector, make sure to buy one that features a backup battery, which will keep your detectors on if your house loses power.

    Interconnectivity

    If you need to protect a large home with multiple floors, it helps to buy a set of “interconnected” smoke detectors that can sync with each other so that if one detector senses smoke, all of your alarms will go off. In the event of a serious, fast-moving fire, this will ensure that everyone in your home knows to get outside as quickly as possible.

    Smart features

    Most smoke detectors are relatively basic devices, but there are some newer “smart” models with internet-enabled features. These detectors will often sync up with a mobile app, allowing you to check their status and mute them from your phone. The app also can give you a warning before the alarm goes off, giving you a small window to silence it if you’re cooking or already know it’s a false alarm. Some even offer voice alerts and can tell you which detector senses smoke.

    FAQs

    Q: How often should I replace my smoke detector’s battery?

    The U.S. Fire Administration and National Fire Protection Association recommend replacing the batteries in your smoke alarms at least once yearly. With a 10-year lithium battery, you should replace the detector when the battery gets low. In either case, you should test your alarms once monthly to ensure they’re working properly.

    Q: How often should I replace my smoke detector?

    You should consult the manufacturer’s instructions when replacing your smoke detector. In general, smoke alarms should be replaced every 10 years. This will ensure you always have a unit that works properly and meets modern safety standards.

    Q: How many smoke detectors should I install in my home?

    It may sound like overkill, but the U.S. Fire Administration recommends you place a smoke detector inside and outside each bedroom and sleeping area. You should also have at least one smoke alarm on every level of your home to ensure every corner is covered. Remember, you only have a few minutes before conditions in your space become untenable from a raging fire, so it’s essential to have as early a warning as possible. An early warning could provide you with precious time to respond accordingly.

    Q: What should I do if a smoke detector goes off while I’m cooking?

    Everyone triggers a smoke alarm while cooking every once in a while. While “nuisance alarms” like these are annoying, so you shouldn’t take the battery out of your detector. When a smoky kitchen threatens to set off the detector, press the alarm’s hush button and open nearby doors or windows. Then wave a towel at the alarm to help clear the air. You can also temporarily move the alarm away from your kitchen, but remember to move it back when the smoke clears.

    Final thoughts on the best smoke detectors

    A house fire can spread quickly, so every second counts. An early warning from a smoke detector can be the difference between life and death. If your home isn’t properly outfitted with detectors, you should take the time to install them. Your safety depends on it.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best smoke detectors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Get two Ryobi batteries and a free power tool for $99 right now at Home Depot https://www.popsci.com/gear/ryobi-free-power-tool-home-depot-deal/ Thu, 18 May 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541940
    Ryobi power tools on a white background
    Pick your free tool. Stan Horaczek

    Get anything from an impact driver to a $189 belt sander completely free.

    The post Get two Ryobi batteries and a free power tool for $99 right now at Home Depot appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Ryobi power tools on a white background
    Pick your free tool. Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Once you buy into a power tool system, you can never have too many backups to power the tools. That’s especially true with a company like Ryobi. Its One+ 18V batteries are compatible with nearly 300 different cordless tools and devices. Right now at Home Depot, you can get two 18V 4Ah, a charger, and a power tool of your choice for $99. That’s an impressive deal and a great way to ensure no unexpected pause in your latest project.

    Note: You have to make sure you add the free item to your cart at the same time as the battery bundle. There’s a box right under the price on the product pages that says “Free gift with purchase,” and that’s where you pick your free power tool. Also note that this is an online-only deal and you’ll have to buy through the site rather than shopping in-store. You can, however, checkout online and then pick up your order in the store if you don’t want to wait for shipping. You’ll just need to make sure everything is in-stock at your local branch.

    ONE+ 18V Lithium-Ion 4.0 Ah Battery (2-Pack) and Charger Kit (Includes a free power tool of your choice)

    Ryobi

    SEE IT

    This deal typically only rolls around once yearly or so, and just the batteries alone for $99 is a pretty solid value. However, when you buy this package, you can choose from a long list of tools and get one completely free. Here’s the list currently available, as well as their normal prices:

    This is a great chance to get a tool you need, replace a tool that’s getting old, or get something you’ve never tried using before. Never used a planer? Now’s your chance.

    More Home Depot power tool deals

    Once you’ve taken advantage of the free Ryobi tool, here are some other power tool deals to peruse:

    The post Get two Ryobi batteries and a free power tool for $99 right now at Home Depot appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best pillows of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-pillow/ Thu, 20 May 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-pillow/
    The best pillows on a bed
    Christopher Jolly via Unsplash

    Get a good night’s sleep with the best pillow for your sleeping position.

    The post The best pillows of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best pillows on a bed
    Christopher Jolly via Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best soft down pillow Casper Sleep Down Pillow for Sleeping, Standard is the best pillow for comfort. Casper Sleep Down Pillow
    SEE IT

    This breathable pillow keeps your neck supported and your spine aligned.

    Best pillow for any position Coop Home Goods - Eden Adjustable Pillow - Hypoallergenic Shredded Memory Foam with Cooling Gel is the best pillow for side sleepers and the best pillow for stomach sleepers. Coop Home Goods Eden Adjustable Pillow
    SEE IT

    This versatile pillow has gel-infused memory foam and is encased in hypoallergenic materials.

    Best body pillow COOP HOME GOODS - Adjustable Body Pillow - Hypoallergenic Cross-Cut Memory Foam – Perfect for Pregnancy Coop Home Goods Adjustable Body Pillow
    SEE IT

    This body pillow can support your back, knees, stomach, and hips.

    Whether you just bought a new bed, or the pillow you’ve been using is old, lumpy, and smelly, getting a new pillow is never a bad idea. You should replace yours every one to two years to make sure it provides enough support, and prevents your head and neck from sinking too far into the cushion. You should always replace your pillow when you notice that it has begun to yellow despite washing, or if you can easily fold it in half. Not only will a new one provide better support at night, but regular replacement can reduce allergies and provide a more restful sleep experience.

    Buying this product may seem a simple and straightforward process, but there are so many options available today that it can be challenging to choose the best one for you. We’ve created this comprehensive guide to buying the best pillow for you (and your family, and your sleepover guests). While it’s not a traditional gift, these could be just the right thing to get for a friend—especially one who doesn’t put a lot of effort into selecting household essentials.

    Things to consider when shopping for the best pillows

    A pillow is nothing more than a straightforward square or rectangular chunk of fabric and filler with the simple task of cradling your head as you sleep. Remember, though, that it will be supporting your upper half for thousands of hours, so it’s worth investing a little time and energy into choosing the right one. Below are five key things to consider as you start thinking about the right selection for you. We’ll examine pillow fill material, your sleep position, and special features. There’s also a bonus section just for pillows that help support other body parts.

    Best soft down: Casper Sleep Down Pillow

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Casper Sleep Down Pillow is a great option for people who favor a light, soft pillow. It comes in a standard and king size, with an outer fabric made out of 100% cotton, inner fabric made from 100% polyester, and a fill of white duck down and feathers. The feathers are ethically sourced, and the material is breathable, which prevents overheating when you’re asleep. It has a two-inch gusset along the side to support your neck and help align your spine. It’s also fairly soft, so even stomach sleepers can prop it under their heads. Best of all, it’s machine-washable for easy maintenance. If you need extra support, check out Casper’s standard foam fill.

    Best for any sleep position: Coop Home Goods Eden Adjustable Pillow

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    This adjustable Coop pillow is ideal for almost any sleep position. This is also great to keep you cool at night. The Eden is filled with shredded foam that you can add to or detract from, creating perfect size and firmness. It’s vegan and cruelty-free to give you ease of mind as you drift off, and the hypoallergenic case allows you to wake up peacefully. The package even comes with a separate fill bag, so you won’t need to place another order. The foam is gel-infused, which assists temperature control, and comes in standard, queen, and king sizes. Whether you’re looking for the best pillow for side sleepers or for stomach sleepers, this one is a great choice.

    Best for hot sleepers: Tempur-Pedic Cloud Breeze Dual Cooling Pillow

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Cloud Breeze the best cooling pillow to stay comfortable at night while getting the right amount of support. The fill is a thick layer of memory foam surrounded on both sides by two layers of cooling gel encased in a quilted, washable cover. It provides a medium level of firmness, so it might not be the best pillow for stomach sleepers, but it’s going to be great for all other positions (or even stomach sleeps who tend to switch it up as they sleep). This durable pick also doesn’t lose its shape, giving you long-term support. This Tempur-Pedic pillow comes in a queen and king size and measures roughly 6.5 inches tall.

    Best body pillow: Coop Home Goods Adjustable Body Pillow

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Like the Eden, the Coop Home Goods body pillow is super-adjustable. It’s made from shredded memory foam that is easily added to, using extra fill to customize the shape and support specific areas. It measures 54 x 20 x 7 inches, which fits nicely at the head of most beds and can accommodate both short and tall sleepers. This is one of the best pregnancy pillows, as it supports healthy alignment and conforms to your body. It also encourages side-sleeping, which can help reduce snoring, and it supports your knees, stomach, back, and hips. The cover is machine-washable, and the material is hypoallergenic, providing restful sleep for allergy sufferers.

    Best budget: LUCID Premium Shredded Memory Foam Pillow

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    While something top-quality is typically going to run you over $50, there are plenty of options out there that are a bit more budget-friendly. You probably won’t be able to find a 100% down pillow or top-notch memory foam for less, but you can find several poly-fill, gel, or shredded foam options. All sizes of the LUCID Memory Foam Pillow come in at under $50. Its latex and memory foam blend help you mold it to your comfort, and the cooling gel foam keeps you cool. The moisture-wicking cover is great for hot sleepers.

    FAQs

    Q: How soft or firm should your pillow be?

    There are various options available for pillow fill. First, let’s talk down, which is made from duck or goose down (the softest, fluffiest feathers), other duck or goose feathers, and other fill particles. A down option is relatively light and soft. You can even find hypo-allergenic down, which is composed of a cleaned pure down and a natural substance called syriaca to prevent allergic reactions. Down options have long lifespans and provide optimal comfort. Some are advertised as being made of synthetic down, which means they’re filled with materials such as polyester. They need to be replaced more frequently than natural down and skew towards medium on the softness scale, but are less expensive than real down. Wool and cotton fills are also hypoallergenic and long-lasting but are firmer than down.

    Memory foam pillows and mattresses are extremely popular these days, although memory foam is technically not a fill. Foam is a great way to get a pillow that contours specifically to your shape, which can be instrumental in relieving head, neck, and shoulder pain. Memory foam works by evenly supporting and distributing weight, which relieves stiffness in joints and pressure points. If you tend to run hot while you sleep, know that memory foam also retains heat, though some come with shredded foam or vents and cooling fabrics to offset this effect. You can also find some with microbead, buckwheat hull, and kapok (a cotton-like material).

    Q: What’s your sleep position?

    Though you probably cycle through different positions—your back, your side, your stomach—throughout the night, your most common sleep position can have specific health benefits or consequences, so it’s a good idea to find a pillow that complements that pose. If you’re one of the lucky few who naturally sleeps on your back (which naturally gives you adequate rest while aligning your spine), look for one with medium firmness and loft to elevate the neck slightly. Foam pillows are particularly good for back sleepers because they gently lift your head without letting it sink into the pillow and having it fold over your face.

    The best pillow for side sleepers will be tall with a high loft and firm support. That’s because you want the pillow to relieve pressure on the bottom shoulder by lifting the head and elongating the neck. Note that “firm” doesn’t mean stiff or rigid here, so side sleepers should get a pillow that can be fluffed and molded for maximum support. Look for fills that contain latex, Kapok, or shredded foam.

    Things get more complicated for stomach sleepers. Sleeping on your stomach is generally not recommended because it puts pressure on your abdomen and can result in lower back pain. However, we know change can be challenging, so while you work on adjusting your sleep position, look for a pillow with a low loft, which puts the top closer to the mattress, and is filled with soft support from down or feathers. You might also want to investigate an adjustable-fill pillow, which you can zip open to add or subtract contents as necessary. This is one of the best for stomach sleepers who lift their head by placing their arms underneath rather than at their sides because it allows you to get the pillow to the exact height you need.

    Q: Do you need a special-feature pillow?

    Just like tech, pillows can have special features too. If you tend to run hot at night, look for a pillow that’s washable, because sweat can yellow a pillow and make it smell. You should also look for a cooling pillow that has cooling technology beyond moisture-wicking or generic fabric type, such as cooling gel pads or infused fills, heat absorption, or pinhole core ventilation.

    Another popular special feature is an anti-snore design. While you should always consult your doctor first, adjusting your head level can provide some profound relief. Anti-snore pillows often come in the shape of a wedge, but you can also find smaller pillows to use as a level or an insert along with your current one. Other special features include vibration technology and glow lights.

    Q: What about a pillow for other parts of your body?

    We would be remiss if you didn’t encourage you to check out some pillows for other parts of your body. Designs for other body parts, including pillows that provide support for your entire body, can be a great source of relief for those who are pregnant, have stiff joints, sore muscles, or bad backs. For example, body pillows are particularly long and can wrap fully around the body, supporting the back and stomach. The design makes them some of the best options for side sleepers and pregnant snoozers who need a little more support. Despite their size, you can easily place them behind decorative throws at the head of the bed when not in use.

    Wedge pillows are super for getting your snoring to subside. By keeping your head above your neck and chest, but still in line with your spine, you can also relieve cold symptoms associated with mucus build-up or sinus pressure.

    Knee pillows are designed to fit in between the legs when sleeping on the side. They have a cross-section in the shape of the number eight, providing support for your thighs and calves. A knee pillow can open up misaligned hips and take pressure directly off of your lower back.

    Final thoughts on shopping for the best pillows

    Never settle when it comes to finding the best pillow that is right for your sleep position, body size, and comfort. From the best travel pillows to the best pregnancy pillow, you want to make sure you’re getting the right design for you. Once you decide on the fill and firmness that works, consider if it is the correct height. Once you have the pillow, you may have to set your alarm a few minutes early because you very well might have trouble getting out of bed after such a restful sleep!

    The post The best pillows of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best 3D printers under $1,000 for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-3d-printers-under-1000/ Wed, 17 May 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541695
    The best 3D printers under $1000 composited
    Stan Horaczek

    You don't need a huge operating budget to start 3D printing at home.

    The post The best 3D printers under $1,000 for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best 3D printers under $1000 composited
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Prusa i3 3D printer with an orange statue head on the print bed Original Prusa i3 MK3S+ 
    SEE IT

    This is a very solid mix of price, features, and ease of use.

    Best easy-to-use Anycubic Cyper 3D printer with a sphere on the print bed Anycubic Vyper
    SEE IT

    It’s easy to use but its open design allows for large, complex prints.

    Best for kids Toybox 3D printer Toybox 3D printer
    SEE IT

    Easily print toys from a huge online database via app.

    While it would be fun to deck out your home like a true factory full of $100,000 rapid prototype machines, it’s not as logistically simple as it is to find a fantastic 3D printer under $1,000. These machines run the gamut from simple to advanced and can make everything from essential replacement parts to fun gaming miniatures. The models in this article are all priced under a grand. However, since prices have continued to drop over the past several years, you’ll find better-performing models in this segment with more versatile features, which are also more reliable and easier to use than previous models. Here are five of the best 3D printers under $1,000 that we recommend for all of your rapid prototyping and silly manufacturing needs.

    How we chose the best 3D printers under $1,000

    We considered several factors to compile the list of 3D printers we recommend for this guide. First of all, the model needed to be available (you’d think that went without saying, but 3D printing is hot and more approachable than ever, so you’d be surprised how quickly these go out of stock). We also looked to see if the 3D printer was well constructed for a home 3D model and easy to use, with intuitive controls and features. Additionally, we ensured that the 3D printer came with compatible software to develop and create the digital design yourself, which your print would be based on. Lastly, we considered price. Although you can spend as much as $2,000 to $10,000 (or more) on professional- or commercial-grade 3D printers, we chose printers for this guide that were less than $1,000.

    The best 3D printers under $1,000: Reviews & Recommendations

    In the past 12 years, 3D printers have not just come down in price, but they’ve also become easier to use for several reasons. The most notable motivation comes from the RepRap movement, which helped forge the way for the 3D-printing industry to create products that were more affordable, easy to use, and based on open-source technology. The movement also helped standardize many aspects of 3D-printing technology, which benefits all consumers and businesses. The following list includes our choices for the best model to buy if you’re looking for a 3D printer that’s less than $1,000.

    Best overall: Original Prusa i3 MK3S+

    Prusa

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This very versatile and reliable 3D printer is for those experienced in 3D printing and those just learning.

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, ABS, PETG, ASA, 
    • Print Volume (HWD): 9.8 x 8.3 x 8.3 inches
    • Connectivity: USB, SD Card
    • Dimension: 19.6 x 21.6 x 15.7 inches 
    • Weight: 15.4 lbs.

    Pros

    • Produces excellent quality prints 
    • Very versatile
    • Easy to Use
    • Reliable

    Cons

    • A bit pricey

    This well-built Prusa 3D printer is for just about any user, from 3D printing beginners to those who’ve been at it for years. That’s because the i3 MK3S+ reliably delivers high-quality results for most typical home users. It produces excellent quality prints with lots of detail, partly due to the 3D printer’s solid build quality, which ensures those details will render properly. Also, the i3 MK3S+ has fewer errors during the printing process than other models in its class. 

    It’s not a perfect 3D printer, though. I had a few minor quibbles with the i3 MK3S+: For instance, it has a decent-sized 3.4-inch display, but it is monochrome and not a touchscreen (other models have color touchscreens). You can connect using an SD card to add your project to the machine easily enough. However, if you want to connect via WiFi, you’ll need a Raspberry Pi Zero W accessory. 

    But those quibbles aside, it’s an excellent performing 3D printer overall. For instance, it’s compatible with Ultimaker Cura, an open-source slicing application for 3D printers, and Prusa’s own software, PrusaSlicer. What’s also nice about this model is you can automatically calibrate it or use the Mesh Bed Leveling process to compensate for microscopic imperfections of the print sheet. Plus, it prints pretty quietly, so it won’t disturb others around you. 

    This printer has a nearly unassailable reputation among the 3D printing community, and, in our eyes, it’s very well-deserved.

    Best for fast printing: Bambu Lab P1P

    Bambu

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: It has very fast printing speed without reducing print quality.

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, ABS, PETG 
    • Print Volume (HWD): 10 x 10 x 10 inches
    • Connectivity: WiFi, Bluetooth, SD Card
    • Dimension (HWD): 15.2 x 15.3 x 18 inches
    • Weight: 21.3 lbs.

    Pros

    • Very fast printing speed
    • Excellent print quality
    • Easy to set up
    • Can print in multiple colors

    Cons

    • Pricey
    • A bit noisy

    This model consistently clocks faster print speeds than many other consumer 3D printers. While most 3D printers produce PLA objects at a speed of 60mm/s (different materials will quicken or slow down the speed), the Lab P1P’s toolhead promises up to 500 mm/s. 

    But what’s also important to note is that even though this model has a much faster printing speed, the quality of the 3D printing isn’t reduced. Such an increase in speed can be incredibly important if you’re using the Lab P1P for a small business. It also comes with a number of other advanced features, including the ability to print in different colors, vibration compensation, and a camera. Plus, it has Bambu Lab’s Automatic Material System (AMS), which communicates with the toolhead to ensure a smooth filament feed. Plus, the whole thing sets up in less than a half-hour, which isn’t true for many cheaper models that require in-depth assembly.

    Best with dual extruders: Flashforge Creator Pro 2

    Flashforge

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: A reasonably priced 3D printer that includes dual extruders

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, ABS, PETG
    • Print Volume (HWD): 7.9. x 5.9 x 5.8 inches
    • Connectivity: SD card, USB
    • Dimension: 20.7 x 14.2 x 15.9 inches 
    • Weight: 33.1 lbs.

    Pros

    • Dual extruders
    • Anti-scrape design to prevent cross-contamination 
    • Safe closed design
    • Easy to use

    Cons

    • Slicer software could be improved
    • Noisy

    What sets this 3D printer apart from many models is that it comes with two independent dual extruders (IDEX). It relies on two nozzles that work simultaneously and independently, allowing you to print two colors or materials in the same piece. 

    That kind of flexibility opens the door to improvements in both creativity and productivity. The 3D printer even lets you print two models simultaneously or mirror them. If you’re only printing one object, it can go up to 200mm x 148mm x 150mm. If you’re printing two objects, they’re limited to 80mm x 148mm x 150mm in mirror mode. That’s still quite a bit of space in the printing chamber.

    Plus, it has an anti-scrape design to prevent cross-contamination when working in mirror or parallel modes. It’s not perfect, though: its slicer software, Flashprint, could be improved. It’s also noisy. Setup can also be tricky, but there is a ton of support information on the internet in the form of documents and videos to help with every part of the Flashforge 3D printing process.

    Best easy-to-use: Anycubic Vyper

    Anycubic

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: A well-constructed, easy-to-use 3D printer that’s fast and sets up quickly

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA, ABS, PETG, TPU, Wood
    • Print Volume (HWD): 9.6 x 9.6 x 10.2 inches 
    • Connectivity: Trans-flash Card; USB (expert mode)
    • Dimension: 20 x 18 x 20.3 inches 
    • Weight: 22 lbs.

    Pros

    • Easy to use
    • Prints quietly and quickly
    • Large 4.3-inch LCD

    Cons

    • A bit pricey

    The Anycubic Vyper isn’t overly basic, but it is very simple to use for a few crucial reasons. For starters, you can quickly assemble the 3D printer, so you’re up and running in less than 30 minutes. Use auto leveling, too, to avoid spending time manually adjusting the 3D printer. Plus, it comes with a large 4.3-inch touchscreen, making it easy to operate. This printer does its best to maintain advanced features without

    Its dual-cooling fan system allows it to cool down rapidly, and its double-gear extrusion system reduces the chances of filament tangle. This model also prints quickly without losing any quality or detail. It also comes with its Z-axis gap elimination module, which can avoid print layer marks and ensure printing precision. 

    Best for kids: Toybox 3D Printer

    Toybox

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This inexpensive and kid-friendly 3D printer is easy to use and small enough to fit almost anywhere

    Specs

    • Materials Supported: PLA 
    • Print Volume (HWD): 3.5 x 2.8 x 3.1 inches
    • Connectivity: WiFi 
    • Dimension: 9.1 x 7.4 x 7.4 inches 
    • Weight: 6.6 lbs.

    Pros

    • Easy to use
    • Quick set-up time
    • Relatively inexpensive 
    • One-touch 
    • Comes with lots of projects

    Cons

    • Print volume is small
    • Not as versatile as other 3D printers
    • Open frame means adult supervision


    This relatively inexpensive and easy-to-use 3D printer is ideal for kids, beginners, or those simply looking for a streamlined 3D printing process. Setting up generally takes just a few minutes, and then you’re ready to go. You can connect to the 3D printer’s app to browse the various projects, which you can customize and print out. You can also develop your own projects from scratch. The Toybox catalog includes access to thousands of toys, and the company expands the available selection weekly to keep things interesting.

    The printer might not be for all kids, though. For example, it has a tiny print volume, so you’ll be limited to printing only small toys or parts. And although it’s targeted largely toward children, the 3D printer has an open-frame design, which means it’s not enclosed or sealed off with glass. So, if you intend to have your children use it, you’ll want to supervise to prevent them from putting their hands near the device while it’s printing. Nevertheless, it’s easy to use and fun, so if your children are creative and like to create things, this 3D printer might be a great gift for them.

    Features to consider when shopping for the best 3D printer for your needs

    Part of the reason that 3D printers come in all different sizes, with vastly different feature sets, and an even great variety of price points, is that many different types of people use 3D printers: For example, a designer might use it for creating a prototype, while an educator might develop a print to replicate an artifact to use in his history class, while an artist might use a 3D printer to explore the potential of working in a new medium. But that’s just the tip of the iceberg. That’s why you need to take some time to consider the following features and capabilities before you buy your 3D printer.

    Explore methods of 3D printing

    There are a number of different processes that can be used in 3D printing. But today, the most commonly used method on consumer 3D printers is fused deposition modeling (FDM)—and all the 3D printers in this review use FDM technology: An FDM printer sends a filament of plastic (most often from a spool within the printer) through a small, heated nozzle, which then precisely lays down the thin layers of plastic on the surface of the base to construct the object. (In the 3D printer industry, FDM is also referred to as “fused filament fabrication,” or “FFF.”) An FDM 3D printer is pretty flexible, but if you’re looking for different results, you’ll want to research some other processes, such as stereolithography (SLA), which uses a resin-based method to print, or other methods.

    Learn about 3D printing materials

    It’s important to learn what materials you can use with your 3D printer. The filaments used in FDM 3D printers can be made of different types of material, too. Two of the most popular are polylactic acid (PLA) and acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABD), but there are others. You can buy spools of replacement filament, but just be sure the material and size are compatible with your model. Most 3D printers print in just one color, but some select models have dual extruders so that you can print with two colors.  

    Analyze your 3D printing needs

    When it comes to 3D printers, you’ll also want to closely examine and evaluate the features, specifications, and capabilities you think you’ll need. For example, if you’re looking to print objects that are a bit larger, you’ll want to go with a model with a larger print volume that can handle larger prints. Or maybe you’re looking to produce a lot of objects quickly. Then pay close attention to the printer’s speed. Additionally, ensure it has the connectivity options, like WiFi or Bluetooth, that allow you to work in the manner you’re expecting. 

    Resolution

    What is the top resolution on your 3D printer? Resolution is measured in microns (a lower number is more detailed), with the default on many printers being 200 microns. However, some can print at 100 or 50 microns. Higher resolution generally translates into smoother prints.

    Is it an open frame or close frame?

    3D printers that are closed are safer, but open-frame 3D printers are generally larger in size. Closed printers are ideal if you have kids or pets who might get curious during your print and reach into the printing area. Closed printers also prevent particulates and other environmental pollutants from creeping into your prints.

    Are there any automated features?

    More and more 3D printers are including automated features, such as auto-leveling the print bed, in order to speed up the process and to make the 3D printer easier to use. However, it’s worth checking reviews about how well these automated functions work. You may do some of the work yourself and waste time re-doing things that the automated system failed to do successfully.

    Software

    Are you interested in designing your 3D print yourself? If so, you’ll need software known as a “slicer” to create it. Some popular choices are PrusaSlicer, from Prucer, and Cura, from Ultimaker. Access to common and open-source utilities makes printers more versatile but can sometimes run into compatibility issues, especially after a software update.

    FAQs

    Q: Are 3D printers expensive to buy and to use?

    Although you can still find 3D printers that are very pricey, those models are generally targeted at commercial markets. By and large, most 3D printers for home use have come down in price, and you can find some very capable models for less than $1,000, even as low as $200. But to get a clearer picture of your cost of ownership of the 3D printer, you’ll want to factor in how you’ll actually be using it. You’ll want to assess how much you’ll be printing, which means you’ll also need to find the price of replacement filament spools or other additional materials for your 3D printer. 

    Q: What are 3D printers used for? 

    Today, 3D printers are used in many different industries across the globe, including healthcare, automotive, construction, manufacturing, the food industry, education, and in the production of different consumer products. At home, 3D printers can produce various hardware items, like hooks, hangers, coasters, clips, various types of desk organizers, etc. Or they can be used for more artistic pursuits, like cosplay.

    Q: Is 3D printing safe?

     

    While the 3D printing industry as a whole has taken steps to make consumer-grade 3D printers safer for everyone using them, some health experts still express concern. For example, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s website says, “3D printing hazards vary depending on the type of printer and materials used.” It also points out that some methods used in 3D printing can cause you to breathe in harmful materials: “3D printing can release particulates and other harmful chemicals into the air.” Some materials can also be harmful if they come into contact with the skin, such as “metal powders, solvents, and other chemicals.” And some materials can also be flammable or combustible. For more, see the CDC’s “3D Printing Safety at Work” webpage.   

    Final thoughts on the best 3D printers under $1,000

    Some scientists and environmentalists have long considered 3D printers a “greener choice.” However, like conventional inkjet and laser printers, 3D printers produce waste, mainly due to the various processes used in printing 3D objects, which are most often plastic. And adding more plastic into the environment is never a good thing. However, how sustainable your 3D printer is for the environment depends upon many factors, including the materials you use: For instance, PLA plastic is considered relatively easy to recycle and is only more biodegradable than other materials used for filaments. 

    Additionally, some experts in the 3D printer industry believe some fundamental aspects of 3D printing should benefit the Earth and its environment. For example, one of the projects of the RepRap movement, which made 3D printers and technology more accessible over the past 10 years, was to create self-replicating 3D printers. In doing so, the group predicted that such self-replicating machines could benefit society overall by producing less waste in our global ecosystem. Whether you are more concerned with long-term outcomes or short-term projects, the best 3D printers under $1,000 deliver creative and consumer value.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best 3D printers under $1,000 for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Enhance your countertops and carpets with SharkNinja appliances up to 40% off at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/shark-ninja-amazon-sale/ Wed, 17 May 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541645
    A lineup of Shark appliances on a purple background
    Amanda Reed

    Ditch that toaster you've had since college for something that is utilitarian—and on sale—from Amazon.

    The post Enhance your countertops and carpets with SharkNinja appliances up to 40% off at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of Shark appliances on a purple background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    If you’re in the throes of apartment hunting like myself, you know how fun it is to window shop and imagine what cool gadgets you will put in the new crib. If you’re lucky enough to have a place locked down and are moving in, you can turn window shopping into real shopping. If security deposits and pet fees have your wallet crying for relief, find respite in these SharkNinja deals on Amazon.

    Ninja DT251 Foodi 10-in-1 Smart XL Air Fry Oven $209.99 (Was $349.99)

    Ninja

    SEE IT

    This countertop appliance has 10 presets: air fry, air roast, bake, whole roast, broil, toast, bagel, dehydrate, reheat, and pizza. No offense to your toaster, but can it bake? Exactly. A digital display lets you know exactly what temperature it’s currently at, and a 90-second preheat time means you don’t have to wait around to get a frozen pizza going. I personally have seen someone put at least two dozen chicken wings in this thing multiple times to feed an entire party of people participating in a group Hot Ones challenge. If the price and the capacity don’t sway you to purchase it, then I don’t know what will.

    If you’re upgrading your car while you drive boxes over to the new pad—or if you’re picking up an Uber/Lyft side job to help get back on your financial feet after that deposit—we have a completely different recommendation on sale. The Rexing V33 3 Channel 1440p Resolution Dashcam is on sale for $199.99—a $120 savings from the usual $319.99 price. It comes with a front, cabin, and rear camera, and records in 2K resolution. Plus, it comes with voice control and a built-in GPS logger in case of an accident.

    Someone else could swoop up that apartment you want, and plenty of people could sell out these deals—snag them before they’re gone. You can also check out our other air fryer recommendations.

    Here are more SharkNinja deals to make your new place feel like home:

    The post Enhance your countertops and carpets with SharkNinja appliances up to 40% off at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best 3D printers for cosplay in 2023, according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-3d-printers-for-cosplay/ Tue, 16 May 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541385
    Best 3D printers for cosplay sliced header
    Tony Ware

    From raw beginner to content creator extraordinaire, you can bring your cosplay character to life with a 3D printer.

    The post The best 3D printers for cosplay in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best 3D printers for cosplay sliced header
    Tony Ware

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best for beginners Flashforge Adventurer 3 best for beginners 3D printer for cosplay product image Flashforge Adventurer 3
    SEE IT

    This is a 3D printer that can be up and running in the space of an afternoon, not a weekend.

    Best for pros Anycubic Kobra Max best for pros 3D printer for cosplay product image Anycubic Kobra Max
    SEE IT

    As a large 3D printer, it can print out pieces that the most dedicated cosplayers might want.

    Best budget Ender 3 Max Neo best budget 3D printer for cosplay product image Ender 3 Max Neo
    SEE IT

    It has a large enough printing area to get decently sized pieces out without breaking the bank.

    More and more, cosplay enthusiasts are looking to 3D printers for themed clothing and accouterments. Cosplay—embodying a fictional character through costume and makeup—is a hobby that can be done at any level, with any material. Want to be a robot? A cardboard box and tinfoil aren’t an awful place to start. But, as your performance art progresses, getting more precision cuts and customized looks becomes a top priority—especially if you’re attending big conventions and entering competitions. For that, having one of the best 3D printers can seriously help. Notches on sword sheaths, perfect polygon placement, and more can all be achieved with one of the best 3D printers for cosplay, and here are our top picks for the most accurate accessorizing.

    How we chose the best 3D printers for cosplay

    When we search for the best 3D printers, we look for 3D printers that could be used by a wide assortment of people and a wide number of use cases. Many of these printers will be great for cosplay as well. Others, not so much. To help us sort the list, we got pointers on the best 3D printers for cosplay directly from a cosplay artist before making our final picks.

    Alex Norimaki, a content creator (Twitch/Instagram), engages with her audience by doing the things that young her would like. Whether showing her viewers an older game that she enjoyed as a child or by cosplaying as her favorite characters, she can share her love of creativity. And she shared her love of 3D printers with us to help inform our selections.

    The best 3D printers for cosplay: Reviews & Recommendations

    The following 3D printers for cosplay cover a wide range of required skill intensity, cost, and overall ability to accommodate the widest range of cosplayers possible. Whether this is your first time using a 3D printer for home designs or you’ve been in the hobby producing costume play props for some time, you should be able to find something to up your craftsmanship in the printers that follow.

    Best overall: Bambu Lab X1-Carbon Combo 3D Printer

    Bambu Lab

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This is the “dream 3D printer for cosplay,” according to experts.

    Specs

    • Speed: 500 mm/s
    • Filaments: 4 filament inputs (PLA, PETG, TPU, ABS, ASA, PVA, PET)
    • Size: 256 x 256 x 256 mm output
    • Auto-leveling beds: Dual Auto Bed Leveling
    • Enclosure: Yes

    Pros

    • Four filament holders mean user efficiency and multi-color printing
    • Best out-of-the-box printer
    • Upgradeable frame
    • Advanced anti-fail detection systems

    Cons

    • On the expensive side

    The Bambu Lab X1-Carbon Combo 3D Printer has it all and is the best 3D printer for cosplay if you want to start with the best and get something that can scale with your prowess. In a large way, this is due to its most simple feature—the four filament feeders—but the accompanying tech that comes with the machine will help you tremendously. The fact that it is built to go fast and has a built-in enclosure obviously helps, too.

    Still, the main reason why Alex and other cosplayers like her look at the Bambu Lab X1-Carbon is due to the filament threads you see at the top of the machine. They allow you to use multiple colors in your print, up to four with the base model but more with upgrades. While Alex is very forthright that 3D-printed cosplay pieces are quite easy to paint with acrylics, she still values multicolored printing due to time reduction. Plus, if you want sharp edges on your colors but don’t have painting skills, this is a great way to do so. The Bambu Lab X1-Carbon Combo 3D Printer can also use a wider range of materials than most 3D printers due to its advanced nozzle, drive, and cooling mechanics.

    You’ll also have access to some more advanced anti-fail checks on the progress of your prints. Sometimes traditional 3D printers will output something that’s just a tad off-center. For cosplay, that’s not acceptable, as wearables and fan-favorite designs highlight these sorts of imperfections quickly, and judges look at accuracy. To counteract this issue, the Bambu Lab X1-Carbon Combo 3D Printer has AI-assisted bed leveling. Additional AI features include first-layer inspection and “spaghetti monster” (the term for stringy coatings on 3D prints that have suffered failures) detection so you can leave your printer alone and know that your time is being used with maximum efficiency.

    Best for beginners: Flashforge Adventurer 3

    Flashforge

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Flashforge Adventurer 3 will ease anyone into the world of 3D printing.

    Specs

    • Speed: 10-100 mm/s
    • Filaments: PLA, ABS, PETG, etc.
    • Size: 150 x 150 x 150 mm output
    • Auto-leveling beds: No, but uses leveling-free design.
    • Enclosure: Yes

    Pros

    • Leveling-free design, built-in enclosure with camera, quick snap nozzles, and Plug’n’Play nature make it very beginner-friendly
    • Quiet, 50dB operation
    • Lifetime technical assistance
    • Price point allows you to get started without breaking the bank

    Cons

    • Internet connection can be spotty
    • Smaller size

    Want to get started 3D printing right away? The Flashforge Adventurer 3 will take you on that adventure without a problem. According to the manufacturer, after you unbox the Flashforge Adventurer 3, you can plug it in, follow a few simple directions, and start printing within around five minutes. In reality, that claim seems to be a sort of speedrunners edition of the setup, which includes carefully removing pieces from the inside of the machine and a several-page startup guide. Still, even for absolute beginners, this is a 3D printer that can be up and running in the space of an afternoon, not a weekend.

    Beyond its essentially plug-and-play nature, the Flashforge Adventurer 3 comes with many of the hassles of 3D printing eliminated from its setup. Its build plate is factory calibrated, easing the hassle of leveling, and the build area is already enclosed. Proper nozzle cleanup—which can cause a number of printing errors if neglected—is easy due to the “snapping” nature of the nozzle connection. If, like Alex, you want to take an excited peek at the emerging product, you won’t have to take any special precautions to do so, as the Flashforge Adventurer 3 has a built-in camera specifically for this purpose. Be patient for visual feedback, though, as the internet connection quality is one of the few common complaints about this otherwise super 3D printer for beginners.

    Best for pros: Anycubic Kobra Max

    Anycubic

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Get the large pieces that the pros wear from the Anycubic Kobra Max.

    Specs

    • Speed: 80-180 mm/s
    • Filaments: PLA, ABS, PETG, TPU
    • Size: 450 x 400 x 400 mm
    • Auto-leveling beds: Yes
    • Enclosure: No

    Pros

    • Easy-to-use machine
    • Huge print volume for great gear
    • Advanced, 25-point auto-leveling functionality

    Cons

    • Heavy device that requires some environmental planning

    Anycubic’s Kobra Max is an easy-to-use 3D printer that can suit beginners, but that scales well for professional cosplayers. The reason is that, as a large 3D printer, it can print out pieces that the most dedicated cosplayers might want. At 17.7 inches in height, it can, for instance, print out a typical scimitar in just two pieces.

    The Kobra Max uses the in-house LeviQ leveling function to ensure quality prints. This is a 25-point “inspection” for your 3D printer’s bed, which systematically double-checks and calibrates the machine’s leveling. There’s still a lot of room to demonstrate your skill when using the Kobra Max, though, as the machine is heavy, large, and doesn’t come with an enclosure. Be sure to plan around the environment of your home when using this device.

    Best for prototypes and accessories: Flashforge Finder 3

    Flashforge

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Flash Forge Finder 3 is a small 3D printer capable of getting precise cuts for small adornments.

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 180 mm/s
    • Filaments: PLA/ABS/HIPS/PETG/PETG PRO/TPU 95A, etc.
    • Size: 190 x 195 x 200 mm
    • Auto-leveling beds: No
    • Enclosure: Yes

    Pros

    • Quick setup
    • Takes up less space than others on this list
    • Start/stop functionality (resume printing after power outage)
    • Easily removable build plate

    Cons

    • Only works with Linux
    • Best for small objects only

    While a lot of 3D printing for cosplay is going to be centered around printing out cool swords, impressive armor, and other large objects, the accessories are just as essential. For brooches, pendants, and other gaming objects, you should consider the Flash Forge Finder 3, which utilizes a smaller printing area well.

    Bonus features included with the Flash Forge Finder 3 that make it excellent for cosplay include the easily removable build plate. This way, you can use your full hand to remove small, more delicate printed objects and not worry about knocking your valuable equipment for a loop while doing so. Additionally pleasant is the resume printing function, which allows for mid-printing stops without ruining the finished product.

    Best budget: Ender 3 Max Neo

    Ender

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Large size, small price.

    Specs

    • Speed: Up to 120 mm/s
    • Filaments: PLA, ABS, PETG, etc.
    • Size: 300 x 300 x 320
    • Auto-leveling beds: Yes
    • Enclosure: No

    Pros

    • Great size-to-price ratio
    • Quick assembly time
    • Perfect for bracers, hilts, saber blades, and more
    • Multiple options available to match your needs

    Cons

    • No enclosure

    If you are looking for a value pick when getting a 3D printer for cosplay, consider the Ender 3 Max Neo. It has a large enough printing area to get decently sized pieces out without breaking the bank and tends to be amongst the best choices when you compare output size to price. The manufacturer also provides alternative models of the Ender 3 that bring that value up even higher.

    But can you get gorgeous cosplay-tier prints out of a budget printer? Alex thinks so, citing this pick for cheapest 3D printer as the most similar in design and functionality to the printer she has used most frequently for home use. It has the room to grow with your hobby and is affordable to use for experimentation. As Alex says of learning moments, “Don’t be afraid of trial and error because it’s gonna happen.”

    What to consider when selecting the best 3D printers for cosplay

    Whether you pick a 3D printer for cosplay or to print miniatures, things like speed and cost will matter. But what matters most in the specific needs of the cosplay artist? In talking to Alex Norimaki, we found three things mentioned repeatedly in relation to 3D printing for cosplay: the printing environment, the printer’s size, and automatic leveling.

    Peripherals photo
    If only Link could print his own armor in The Legend of Zelda: Tears of the KingdomAlex Norimaki

    Printing environment

    One of the first things to consider before buying a 3D printer is what kind of environment it will be placed in. Look for temperature fluctuations and air movements around the machine, which can all potentially warp the final product.

    For her part, Alex says she prefers printing in her small closet to keep air flow to a minimum. That being said, she’ll still take small peaks to see how a print is coming along or to measure progress. “They’re not quite as needy as you might think they are,” she admitted after chuckling about her impatience.

    Don’t have such an out-of-the-way space? That’s what an enclosure is for. Some 3D printers are already enclosed or include an enclosure attachment, and these are the best for beginners, but it really isn’t a requirement. If you discover you truly need one later, you can buy your own enclosure separately or improvise. As a result, Alex recommends not to worry too much about a 3D printer for cosplay not having an enclosure if you’re otherwise sold on the device.

    Size

    To put it bluntly, size matters in the world of 3D printing for cosplay. To get a big sword, mystical crossbow, or magical greaves in the most efficient way possible, you’ll want the ability to print large, whole pieces out.

    Still, Alex warns that you don’t have to buy the biggest 3D printer to start with. You can always assemble from several pre-printed parts. You might also just want to print out smaller accessories. The filament responds well to glues and is pretty hard, too, so you have several options when it comes to final assembly.

    Auto-leveling beds

    In 3D printing, leveling is important to keep the finished products properly aligned. Without it, things can get lopsided. With small miniatures, this isn’t always such a big deal or noticeable, but things get a bit different when cosplay gets thrown into the mix. Large wearables that are printed in a misaligned way can cause a cosplay performer to look off-balance. Iconic set pieces will look off.

    Alex, who does not claim that balancing and leveling by eye are amongst her many skills, highly suggests getting auto-leveling beds if you can. Since she goes on stage with her printed works sometimes, she wants them always to look correct to the audience. It’s just one less piece to worry about in the 3D printing puzzle, improves print quality, and gives you increased peace of mind from before you tap that “start” key to when onlookers are appraising your final outfit.

    Peripherals photo
    3D printing assists cosplayer Alex Norimaki with her crowning achievements … Alex Norimaki

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a 3D printer for cosplay cost?

    A 3D printer for cosplay can cost from the mid-$300s to over $1,000. Several factors influence the final cost of the printer, including size, technology level, and brand. Also, be aware that the printing device isn’t the only cost factor. Filaments, and even electricity, are recurring costs associated with 3D printers that must also be considered before making a purchase.

    Q: Are Resin printers good for cosplay?

    Resin printers are typically not as good for cosplay as other printers. Why? Resin 3D printers specialize in making smaller things, like miniatures and figurines. If your primary cosplay 3D printing goals involve making small adornments to be attached to other materials, you can likely get away with a resin printer, but you should otherwise target a filament printer.

    Q: Where can I find cosplay 3D printer files?

    You can find cosplay 3D printer files in various places on the web. First, check websites like MyMiniFactory, which has a special cosplay STL files hub. Images of people holding the final product are displayed, so you can get a really good idea of how it should look. Next, try the associated software that comes with your machine for some basics that will work quickly. Finally, if you can’t find what you want, you can always try making the file yourself using a program like SelfCAD.

    Final thoughts on the best 3D printers for cosplay

    Getting the best 3D printer for cosplay, while not exactly cheap, isn’t as intimidating as it might once have been. With the technology becoming increasingly diversified, it is also becoming more accessible and cheaper. If you have the willpower and time, there is a 3D printer out there that can suit your cosplaying needs and match a reasonable budget.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best 3D printers for cosplay in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best outdoor projectors in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-outdoor-projectors/ Thu, 28 Apr 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=439531
    The best outdoor projectors composited
    Stan Horaczek

    Screen blockbusters at your neighborhood block party with these great projectors.

    The post The best outdoor projectors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best outdoor projectors composited
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall BenQ TK850 is the best outdoor projector overall. BenQ TK850
    SEE IT

    A top-tier true UHD DLP 4K cinema experience.

    Best HD Epson Home Cinema 3800 is the best HD outdoor projector. Epson Home Cinema 3800
    SEE IT

    A 3LCD HD projector that competes with 4K.

    Best portable Anker Nebula Solar is the best outdoor portable projector. Anker Nebula Solar
    SEE IT

    Ultra-portable and battery-powered for taking the show(s) on the road.

    As the weather warms up, outside activities heat up, and outdoor projectors transform the natural world into open-air movie theaters. They feature powerful lamps for use even when the sun hasn’t fully set or the streetlights are on, and they’re light enough to make moving them from your media room to your deck easy on your back. Many projectors suited for outdoor use include features like rechargeable batteries, smart TV operating systems, and robust speakers to help streamline set-up. Most importantly, just like any projector you’d buy for indoor use, they don’t skimp on important image specs, such as color, contrast, and resolution. When you don’t want your cul-de-sac drive-in to become a giant car wreck of a viewing experience, turn to the best outdoor projectors. 

    How we chose the best outdoor projector

    When considering the best outdoor projectors for our recommendations, we relied on our experience with home-theater projectors. Also, we reached out to professionals in the TV and AV worlds to discuss their favorite projector brands and the types of specs they care about when shopping. We read trade journals and websites, sifting through reviews to get the impressions of typical users. We narrowed our selection of projectors down to 10, focusing on image quality. Color, contrast, and resolution were all taken into account. Balanced against these specs were features making the projector most suited to outdoor use, including brightness, portability, and versatility. Price was an important factor, especially regarding “bang for your buck,” though it wasn’t of primary concern when judging the higher-end categories of projectors. 

    The best outdoor projectors: Reviews & Recommendations

    Shopping for outdoor projectors can be tricky, filled with jargon, numbers, and an endless parade of acronyms. If you want the most out of your home-theater experience, there’s much to learn, especially when hosting backyard movie night. So read on for guidance in choosing the best outdoor projectors to watch the stars under the stars.

    Best overall: BenQ TK850

    BenQ

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: True 4K resolution, excellent picture quality, and a relatively lightweight build make this projector our top choice despite a higher price tag.  

    Specs

    • Brightness: 3,000 ANSI Lumens
    • Contrast Ratio: 30,000:1
    • Weight: 9.8 pounds

    Pros

    • Native 4K resolution
    • Lightweight design that’s easy to carry outdoors
    • 10-bit HDR processing

    Cons

    • Expensive

    The TK850 continues BenQ’s reputation for making excellent home theater projectors with a true UHD DLP unit that’s bright enough for outdoor use even under higher ambient light levels. The 30,000:1 contrast ratio isn’t the highest we’ve seen. However, it still delivers detailed blacks and lush colors (covering the DCI-P3 color space), thanks in no small part to the high-end 10-bit HDR (High Dynamic Range) processor and 12-bit imaging processor, plus a dynamic iris. The high-lumen projector’s lens array features 10 individual elements—the glass inside the lens—that work to increase color, brightness, and sharpness. The image size can be a nice, theatrical-feeling 300 inches. 

    Lots of projectors in the TK850’s price range have great specs, but BenQ’s 4K projector hits above its weight class—literally. At only 9.8 pounds, it’s a cinch to move movie night from the living room out to the deck. Vertical lens shift and keystone correction work alongside the 1.3x zoom lens to make positioning the projector easier. The built-in 10-watt CinemaMaster Audio+2 speakers are good enough that, at least with smaller events, you won’t need to run external speakers. Connect your media—whether a Blu-ray player, computer, Fire or Roku TV stick, or set-top streaming box—via two HDMI ports or a USB 3.0 data input (so don’t forget those HDMI cables). Or pay an extra $100 for a model with built-in Android TV. If you’re looking for the best outdoor projector for gaming, consider the BenQ X1300i.

    Best HD: Epson Home Cinema 3800

    Epson

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This ultra-bright HD projector delivers a cinema-like picture with brilliant colors and deep blacks even when it’s not completely dark. 

    Specs

    • Brightness: 3,000 ANSI Lumens
    • Contrast Ratio: 100,000:1
    • Weight: 15.2 pounds

    Pros

    • Accurate color
    • Can display 4K content using pixel shifting
    • Easy-to-adjust settings
    • Wide variety of inputs

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • Somewhat heavy

    The Epson 3800 projector is an excellent outdoor choice for anyone who doesn’t need native 4K resolution but still wants a large, movie-theater-quality picture. And with a contrast ratio of 100,000:1 and 10-bit HDR color processing, this 3LCD projector will give you deep blacks and bold colors (100% of the RGB color signal) on a screen up to 300 inches from corner to corner. 

    What’s more, the 3800 can still deliver a 4K image—sort of. While its native resolution is 1920 x 1080, it uses a technology called pixel shifting to interpolate the missing pixels and fill out a full UHD frame. Is it perfect? No, and at the maximum screen size some loss of sharpness has been reported. But at, say, 150-200 inches, issues become much less noticeable. 

    At 14.1 pounds, the projector isn’t as heavy as units meant to live permanently in a media room, but it’s also not a complete lightweight. The same could be said for this smart projector’s $1,700 price tag, which is a bit high for an HD unit. On the other hand, the superb picture quality and ability to play 4K movies without having to down-res them to HD are worth the extra bucks for this high-quality projector. The Epson also features dual HDMI 2.0 ports, dual USB ports, dual 10-watt speakers, and Bluetooth connectivity for easy integration into any media environment.

    Best portable: Anker Nebula Solar

    NEBULA

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Lightweight, battery-powered, and featuring built-in Android TV, this projector travels easily and delivers a strong picture despite a relatively low brightness rating. 

    Specs

    • Brightness: 400 ANSI Lumens
    • Contrast Ratio: 1,000:1
    • Weight: 3.1 pounds

    Pros

    • Very lightweight
    • Up to three hours of battery life
    • Built-in Android TV
    • Native HD resolution but can accept 4K inputs

    Cons

    • Picture suffers in ambient light
    • Color accuracy could be better

    This 3.1-pound, battery-powered projector is built for on-the-go use. Fully charged, it runs for 1 1/2 hours in Standard mode and 3 hours in Battery mode—albeit with a dip in brightness. That’s usually enough for a couple of episodes of your favorite series or one movie. And don’t worry about carrying media around with you because the built-in Android TV includes apps to connect to all the major streaming services (though you’ll need access to a WiFi network and a Google account). Built-in dual 3-watt speakers can handle Dolby Digital Plus encoded audio and are loud enough for a decent-sized screening out on the lawn, though the sound quality could be better. 

    The Solar Portable accepts 4K signals and down-converts them to its native 1080p resolution. In HD mode, colors were nuanced (if just a bit off), and shadows maintained a lot of detail, even in dark scenes. However, 4K content requires some contrast adjustment and never improves on the 1080p image. Also, while the projector is bright enough to deliver a nice 180-inch image, don’t expect to go much larger without the picture starting to go soft. 

    When considering a projector like the Solar Portable, it’s all about weighing priorities. You might be giving up a larger image and a bit of color accuracy, but you’ll gain the portability that could have you watching movies in unique places like a treehouse, the middle of a field, or on a hill where you first proposed to your spouse. A combination of factors makes this outdoor movie projector one of our favorite portable projectors.

    Best for daylight: Anker Nebula Cosmos Laser 4K Projector

    Anker

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This 4K UHD laser projector provides images you can watch in daylight with built-in Android TV, two 10-watt speakers, and a handle that lets you easily transport it.

    Specs

    • Brightness: 1,840 ANSI Lumens
    • Contrast Ratio: 1,500,000:1 dynamic 
    • Weight: 10.7 pounds

    Pros

    • Impressive brightness
    • 3840 x 2160 display resolution 
    • 4K laser system
    • Built-in Android TV

    Cons

    • Expensive

    For those looking to create a cinematic experience in all kinds of light, the Nebula Cosmos Laser 4K Projector can help you do it. The 4K UHD laser projector comes equipped with 1,840 ANSI Lumens and 3840 x 2160 display resolution for a bright and vivid picture even on a sunny day. Outdoor projector setup is easy for this model, which is available in 1080p and 4K versions. The Nebula Cosmos is also designed with intelligent technology that allows it to adapt to the environment for a display of up to 150 inches. This daylight projector also has two 10-watt speakers and two 5-watt tweeters, creating an immersive sound experience. 

    The built-in Android 10 TV provides access to more than 400,000 movies and 7,000 apps and streaming services. And it’s designed with an ergonomic handle that lets you easily move it from the living room to the backyard. That said, the lack of battery and corded electric power will be a factor in the settings in which you can use this projector.

    Best for rooftops: Epson EpiqVision Mini EF12

    Epson

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This small and light projector is easy to lug up a few flights of stairs but comes in heavy with its picture quality and built-in Android TV. 

    Specs

    • Brightness: 1,000 ANSI Lumens
    • Contrast Ratio: 200,000:1
    • Weight: 4.7 pounds

    Pros

    • Native 1080p resolution
    • Supports 4K media (down-converted to HD)
    • 3-chip LCD avoids rainbow artifacts
    • Built-in Android TV
    • Excellent speakers

    Cons

    • No 3D support
    • Could be brighter

    Movies on the rooftop in the summer—what could be more fun? The EpiqVision Mini EF12 is small and light enough to perch on even the highest roof and delivers a gorgeous 1080p picture once you’re there. The integrated Android TV means you don’t have to go back downstairs to grab a Blu-ray player, and the built-in 5-watt Yamaha stereo speakers save you a trip for extra audio. The 1,000-lumen MicroLaser light source is bright enough for a 140-inch outdoor projector screen if it’s really dark out. Still, it’s more reasonable to expect 80 inches on most neighborhood rooftops awash in light pollution. Thanks to the projector’s 200,000:1 contrast ratio, colors are nicely saturated, and shadow details pop. Three-chip LCD technology displays 100 percent of the RGB color range. Besides the built-in streaming functions, the EpiqVision Mini also has two HDMI inputs for external players. 

    Best for streaming: XGIMI MoGo 2 Pro Mini Projector

    XGIMI

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This lightweight mini projector is Full HD (1080p), has Android TV 11 built-in, and can work with Netflix.

    Specs

    • Brightness: 400 ISO lumens
    • Contrast Ratio: Not available
    • Weight: 4.6 pounds

    Pros

    • Full HD (1080p)
    • Android TV 11 built-in
    • Lightweight

    Cons

    • Doesn’t provide as much brightness as other models

    The XGIMI MoGo 2 Pro Mini Projector makes it easy to stream your favorites. This mini projector comes internet-ready with Android TV 11 built-in, providing quick access to over 5,000 apps, including Paramount+ and HBO Max (and you can use a streaming device or contact customer service to watch Netflix.) At 4.6 pounds, this wireless projector is designed for portability and just requires two AAA batteries to operate. 

    The MoGo Pro 2 supports HDR 10 and features intelligent screen adaption technology that automatically adjust to the viewing space. It’s also 3D-ready. And its two 8-watt speakers work with Dolby Audio for quality sound. That said, it’s not as bright as some other models.

    Best budget: GooDee Video Projector 2022

    GooDee

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Despite some flaws, this projector impressed with its 1080p native resolution and a wide variety of inputs—all for about a 10th of the cost of our top picks.

    Specs

    • Brightness: 300 ANSI lumens
    • Contrast Ratio: 3,000:1
    • Weight: 5 pounds

    Pros

    • True HD resolution
    • Dual 3-watt speakers
    • Incredibly inexpensive

    Cons

    • No control for display size
    • Hard to adjust the unit height
    • No wireless connectivity

    The most recent upgrade to the GooDee projector raises the native resolution from 1280 x 768 to full 1080p, a welcome upgrade that improves picture sharpness. A 300-lumen LED doesn’t provide the most light, but the projector can still create a 200-inch picture with respectable color and contrast—thanks in part to a 3,000:1 contrast ratio. It won’t win any awards for the picture quality, but considering that all this is delivered for less than $200, it’s an impressive device.

    Expect some compromises at this price when purchasing a budget-friendly projector, however. For one thing, the projector doesn’t perform well with ambient light; wait until the sun is truly down before starting your movie. It also suffers from a dearth of adjustment controls. For instance, you’ll need to move the projector closer or farther from the screen to make the picture bigger or smaller. But the wealth of connectivity and dual 3-watt speakers add to the convenience and value.

    Things to consider before buying the best outdoor projector

    Projectors shine light on a surface that reflects the light back to our eyes. That means using a projector with a plain, white wall isn’t going to deliver the best picture because too much light gets absorbed by the paint. For the optimal viewing experience, you need to buy a screen—which can run from around $25 to a little over $100, depending on sizes, stands, and accessories. These have reflective surfaces that increase perceived brightness, contrast, and color saturation—all of which our top picks for best outdoor projectors deliver. 

    Luminosity

    Brightness, measured in ANSI lumens, is one of the most important specs for an outdoor projector. This describes how much light the projector creates. The more light, the bigger and brighter the picture. It also determines how dark a space needs to be for the best projector performance. Since outdoor projectors can’t take advantage of blackout curtains to fight ambient light from a full moon or from inside your neighbor’s home, putting out as much light as possible has distinct benefits. High-end projectors have brightness ratings of 2400 lumens or more, while less-expensive machines deliver somewhat less. While manufacturer claims don’t always match independent testing, the numbers are useful for making general comparisons—a 3,000-lumen projector will be about three times brighter than a 1000-lumen one. Remember, you can’t ever go wrong with more light but brightness isn’t the only specification that matters when selecting a projector. 

    Let there be light

    Images are created by focusing a light source onto a chip, and that image is then sent through a lens to your screen. Light sources come in three varieties: Lasers, LEDs, and Ultra High Pressure (UHP) lamps. UHPs are most common in mid-range and higher-end projectors and are essentially high-end light bulbs. Yes, they’re bright, but they also generate a lot of heat and, over time, can burn out. Replacements aren’t cheap, though you won’t have to swap out UHPs anywhere near as often as you might have replaced the old incandescent bulbs in your hallway. LEDs and lasers are far more efficient than UHPs, but there’s a significant increase in cost vs. performance, and they’re usually built into high-end models. 

    Chips

    As mentioned above, projectors use imaging chips to create a picture, and there are three types: Digital Light Processing (DLP), Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), and Liquid Crystal on Silicon (LCoS). DLP chips find a home in units at all different price points and deliver average contrast and nice color. Sometimes units will use one DLP chip, while sometimes they use three: one each for the Red, Green, or Blue colors that make up an image. LCD chips can be found on budget to mid-range projectors and often have better color than DLP projectors, but contrast ratios sometimes suffer. Lastly, LCoS chips are used in mid- to high-end projectors; they tend to deliver the best picture quality overall, but cost more.

    Single-DLP projectors sometimes suffer from what’s known as “the rainbow effect,” where bright objects on the screen leave very quick, multicolored pixel trails behind them. Many people don’t even notice these artifacts, which is why thousands of single-DLP projectors have been sold and continue to sell. Some people simply aren’t bothered by them. If you have an opportunity to test a single-DLP projector at a store, consider doing so in order to gauge how you feel about the rainbow effect should you encounter it. 

    Contrast ratio

    Another aspect of picture quality is contrast ratio, or the difference between the black and white output. This is usually expressed as a number representing black followed by a number representing white, with each separated by a colon. So, for instance, something like 15,000:1. 

    The greater the difference between black and white, the more color variation the projector displays. An image from a projector with an 18,000:1 contrast ratio will, in most cases, look better than one with a 3,500:1 contrast ratio, with bolder, more true-to-life colors, subtler gradients, and richer blacks. Remember, though, contrast isn’t the only factor in determining picture quality, so always look at the number in the context of all the unit’s specs.  

    Resolution

    Resolution describes the number of pixels that make up a digital image. A high-definition image is 1920 pixels wide by 1080 pixels high—we often simply call this 1080p. A 4K image (also called Ultra High Definition, or UHD) is twice as large, at 3840 pixels wide (close enough to 4000 to earn the name 4K). The higher the resolution, the sharper the image at large sizes.

    A projector that can display a 4K image is wonderful and, since these units also play HD media, you’re covered for whether you’re streaming the latest Marvel movie in ultra high def or you’ve dug out an older Blu-ray. At the same time, many HD projectors use a technology called pixel-shifting to double the 1920 resolution. It’s not perfect, but many people won’t notice the difference, and these projectors cost less money. Also, the resolution isn’t the only factor determining picture quality; many movies look fantastic in HD, especially if you’re not blowing up the picture to monumental proportions. 

    FAQs

    Q: How much does the best outdoor projector cost?

    The best outdoor projectors cost roughly $900 to $1,900, depending on features and specs. Generally, with projectors, you get what you pay for. But that doesn’t mean you can’t find excellent units at many different budget levels.  

    Q: How many lumens do you need for an outdoor projector?

    Outdoor projectors can project an image with a brightness as low as 500 lumens. However, you won’t get as large a picture size at that brightness, and any ambient light will cause the image quality to suffer. For the best outdoor use, look for units with a brightness of more than 2,000 lumens. 

    Q: Is it worth getting a 4K projector?

    It’s worth getting a 4K projector if you watch a lot of 4K media and want as big a picture size as possible without losing detail. Otherwise, some HD projectors will use pixel-switching technology to create a nice 4K image, while others will accept a 4K signal but down-convert it to HD. 

    Q: Can I watch Netflix on a projector?

    You can watch Netflix on a projector, along with any other streaming service. Projectors have a variety of inputs, including HDMI and, sometimes wireless, making it easy to connect to a set-top box like a Roku. Some also have USB inputs for Fire TV sticks or similar. Finally, newer projectors, like smart TVs, sometimes have certain pre-installed apps ready to play back media from your favorite streamer right out of the box.

    Q: Do outdoor projectors work in daylight?

    Outdoor projectors do work in daylight—sometimes. The trick is to find one with a high enough brightness rating for the light you’re dealing with, such as the Anker Nebula Cosmos Laser 4K Projector. However, projectors often suffer at their brightest settings from color and contrast issues that might be bothersome when watching a movie. On the other hand, if you’re gathering with friends for a World Series party, and cinematography isn’t a priority, these shortcomings are much less of a concern. Generally speaking, projectors always perform best in darker environments. 

    Final thoughts on the best outdoor projectors

    Choosing the best outdoor projector isn’t too different than choosing the best projector for your home. To capture that cinema experience, you want one that delivers a large picture with bold colors and rich blacks. On top of that, it needs to be bright enough to overpower ambient light and mobile enough to move in and out of the house easily. A tall order, but one we think the BenQ TK850 accomplishes with ease. We also really like Epson’s Home Cinema 3800 and EpiqVision Mini EF12, but the 3800 costs nearly as much as the BenQ while pixel-shifting to achieve a 4K picture. Meanwhile, the EpiqVision Mini EF12—though lighter and cheaper—also uses pixel shifting and is much less bright than the other two. All three have strengths to recommend them, though, depending on your needs and viewing habits.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best outdoor projectors in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best TV antennas for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-tv-antennas/ Tue, 22 Mar 2022 17:26:53 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=432561
    The best TV antennas
    Stan Horaczek

    You don’t have to pay a cable company for broadcast TV.

    The post The best TV antennas for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best TV antennas
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best outdoor Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie is the best outdoor TV antenna. Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie TV Antenna
    SEE IT

    A solid workhorse that should be more than powerful enough.

    Best indoor Mohu Leaf Supreme Pro is the best indoor TV antenna. Mohu Leaf Supreme Pro
    SEE IT

    Easily installed in a high corner with great range for an indoor antenna.

    Best overall Antop AT-800SBS-J HD Smart Panel Antenna is the best indoor/outdoor TV antenna. Antop AT-800SBS-J HD Smart Panel Antenna
    SEE IT

    It has a long range and a 4G LTE blocker to minimize signal interference.

    As cord-cutters are abandoning cable in droves for the ever-expanding world of digital subscriptions, one underdog technology making an unexpected comeback is the humble TV antenna. Netflix and Crunchyroll aren’t going to carry your local news or sports, but fortunately, your local stations are still providing them for free, in the air all around you! The quality of over-air images has continued to go up ever since switching from analog to digital, so it’s quite a bit better than your memories of futzing with set-top rabbit ears to find hints of coherence in the static. Just like setting up Wi-Fi within your home, the spatial nature of over-the-air television means you’ll need to be deliberate about your antenna choice and placement to get the most bang for your buck. Fortunately, we’ve done all that research for you and are here to walk you through everything you need to know to pick one of the best TV antennas for your home.

    How we chose the best TV antennas

    With so many different particular needs to address, there isn’t really a single “best” TV antenna for that new OLED or QLED TV beaming entertainment into your home. We made our selections based on professional and consumer impressions, intending to cultivate a range of options that should suit the needs of most TV viewers in the United States, including options that will suit homes or apartments, rural areas or urban living, and more. These TV antenna reviews will help you find the best model for your needs.

    The best TV antennas: Reviews & Recommendations

    The best TV antennas are more powerful and accessible than ever. If you’re new to OTA television after a lifetime of cable or streaming and looking for an antenna for local channels, you’ll be pleasantly surprised by how it looks. No matter your budget or needs, the best TV antenna to complete your setup is very likely here among the choices we’ve collected.

    Best overall: Antop AT-800SBS-J HD Smart Panel Antenna

    Antop Antenna Inc

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Antop’s indoor/outdoor AT-800SBS-J antenna is a versatile performer at a premium price.

    Specs

    • Range: 85 miles
    • UHF/VHF: Both
    • Installation: Indoor/Outdoor
    • Gain: N/A
    • Size: 6 inches L x 10 inches W x 22 inches H

    Pros

    • Flexible indoor or outdoor configuration
    • Includes both indoor stand and outdoor mounting pole
    • Great reception

    Cons

    • Bulky
    • Expensive

    Antop’s AT-800SBS HD Smart Panel Antenna is one of the best-performing indoor/outdoor versatile antennas, making it our pick for best overall. This HD TV antenna has a long range, particularly for an indoor model, and has a 4G LTE blocker to minimize signal interference. When placed inside, the white box with protruding poles on either side seems a little gaudy. When mounted on a roof, it’s one of the nicer-looking antennas, though. This digital TV antenna is expensive, but it provides unparalleled flexibility and high performance.

    Best for outdoor: Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie TV Antenna

    Antennas Direct

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Antennas Direct 8-Element Bowtie is a large, powerful, versatile outdoor antenna fit for almost anyone’s needs.

    Specs

    • Range: 70 miles
    • UHF/VHF: Both
    • Installation: Attic/Outdoor
    • Gain: 17.4Dbi
    • Size: 36 inches L x 6 inches W x 48 inches H

    Pros

    • Great performance
    • Flexibility from multiple aimable panels
    • Lifetime warranty on parts

    Cons

    • Large
    • Includes mounting hardware but requires mount and coaxial cable

    Antennas Direct’s 8-Element Bowtie antenna is a solid workhorse that should be more than powerful enough for most people who have the space to mount it in an attic or, ideally, on the roof. Its eight separate antenna elements are split between four reflecting panels on two independently rotating shafts. These can be either aimed at a single target to better capture signals from a particular direction or spread out to catch a wider range. With a maximum range of 70 miles, 17.4 dBi gain, and flexible configuration, this outside TV antenna is a powerful all-purpose option. However, it requires some additional hardware to mount and connect fully.

    Best for indoors: Mohu Leaf Supreme Pro

    Mohu

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Substantially larger than most of its indoor competition, the Mohu Leaf Supreme Pro stands out with great performance and convenient installation.

    Specs

    • Range: 65 miles
    • UHF/VHF: UHF, Hi-V
    • Installation: Indoor
    • Gain: N/A
    • Size: 21.5 inches L x 0.5 inches W x 12 inches H

    Pros

    • Easy setup
    • Great performance
    • Detachable cable

    Cons

    • Larger than comparable indoor antennas

    Mohu is one of the biggest manufacturers of indoor TV antennas for a reason. The Leaf Supreme Pro measures a commanding 12 x 21.5 inches, so it’s hard to ignore its presence. It’s a very thin, flat panel, though, so it can be easily installed in a high corner and features reversible black and white sides to make it as discreet as possible. The coaxial cable is also conveniently detachable, meaning you can avoid an unsightly wire going up your wall when you’re not actually using it.

    On the plus side, this antenna for smart TV gets great range for an indoor antenna and comes with a separate, USB-powered amplifier that noticeably improves performance. Thin, flat indoor antennas generally don’t do quite as well as their outdoor counterparts, but this wireless antenna for TV gets pretty close without many tradeoffs.

    Best long-range: Five Star Outdoor Digital Amplified HDTV Antenna

    Five Star

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Five Star’s outdoor antenna reaches further than most, providing a fantastic range at a very reasonable price.

    Specs

    • Range: 200 miles
    • UHF/VHF: Both
    • Installation: Outdoor
    • Gain: 15 – 35 dB (boosted)
    • Size: 17 inches L x 8 inches W x 7 inches H

    Pros

    • Fantastic long-range performance
    • 360-degree motorized coverage
    • Mounting pole and hardware included

    Cons

    • Not the simplest assembly process

    In search of the best indoor TV antenna 100 mile range? The Five Star Outdoor Digital Antenna boasts 200-mile, 360-degree coverage and the hardware to back it up. It features six reflector elements spread across three poles on a motorized spoke, which can eke out as much coverage as possible. It includes wiring and hardware for attaching up to five televisions, perfect for a large, remote home. It conveniently also includes a mounting pole. It requires a bit more assembly than other options, but you get a lot of coverage for your time and effort. 

    Best budget: 1byone Digital Amplified Indoor HDTV Antenna

    1 BY ONE

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: 1byone’s Digital Amplified Indoor HDTV Antenna is inexpensive and barebones but solid if you just need the minimum.

    Specs

    • Range: 50 miles
    • UHF/VHF: Both
    • Installation: Indoor
    • Gain: 28 dB
    • Size: 13.6 inches L x 10 inches W x 2.4 inches H

    Pros

    • Cheap
    • Picks up nearby signals well

    Cons

    • Does deliver on advertised range
    • Black on both sides and can’t be painted

    For less than $30, 1byone’s Digital Amplified Indoor HDTV Antenna is a very good bargain for a short-range indoor antenna. The consensus from trusted sites and critics suggests that it works great for apartment dwellers living in or nearby cities. It’s also a regular Amazon bestseller at 3.9/5 with over 14,000 reviews because it’s a cheap antenna that does the job, which is all a lot of people need. Despite a perhaps overly bold Amazon listing boasting a 200-mile range—an unrealistic claim for an indoor antenna—the 1byone works very well within the manufacturer-stated reasonable 50-mile range. That should be more than enough if you just want free TV with antenna to get channels and don’t care about maxing out range or extra features that make it easier to hide.

    What to consider before buying one of the best TV antennas

    TV antennas are very simple to set up and use, but picking one and TV antenna installation requires a little advanced planning. At the very least, you should know whether you want an indoor or outdoor TV antenna. Traditional, roof-mounted outdoor antennas are substantially more powerful for picking up station signals over a wider range but require permanent installation on your roof or another high place and require outdoor cable management. It takes some work and isn’t an option for most renters and apartment dwellers.

    If an outdoor antenna isn’t feasible, smaller wall- and window-mounted indoor TV antennas must be fastened to a high spot in your space. They offer a shorter range but are far more discreet and easy to install. Indoor antennas are almost all omnidirectional because all the local interference of walls and windows tends to even out any benefit you might get from a targeted antenna like one would on their roof.

    What do you want to watch?

    TV antennas can only pick up local broadcast channels. For most of the United States, an antenna should catch local affiliates of FOX, CBS, ABC, NBC, The CW, and PBS, which all reach over 95% of American homes. In addition, some areas may have broadcast channels like Ion, Telemundo, and MeTV, as well as various public access stations. The number of channels you can find with an antenna will vary widely depending on where you are, with more options as you get closer to a major city.

    If you want to find out antenna TV channels by zip code, there are several free tools online, including AntennaWeb and DTV Reception Maps from the Federal Trade Commission. Input your address, and you can find what stations are nearby, and what kind of antenna you’ll need to watch them. They also include maps of when the signals are actually broadcast, which can be important for some outdoor antennas.

    Won’t the image quality be bad, though?

    If you’ve ever watched a TV with built-in “bunny ear” antennas, you might assume that a broadcast TV signal will come in faded, with crackly black and white static (like the opening line of Neuromancer). Fortunately, things have changed drastically since then. In 2009, the U.S. government mandated that TV stations transition from analog to digital broadcasting. As many cord-cutters have been pleasantly surprised to learn, digital signals broadcast over the air are often less compressed than the versions sent over landline by cable services. Major networks broadcast over the air (OTA) in Full HD, or 1080p, and many users claim their broadcast channels come in with brighter, crisper images and sound. You can find an HD free unlimited antenna to pick up those signals.

    Why is this happening? Both cable and OTA transmissions will degrade over long distances, and cable signals often have to cover a much longer distance than your local station’s broadcast. Cable offers more channels, of course, but broadcast still has some utility.

    Range and gain

    There are two major specs you want to consider when looking at TV antennas: range and gain. An antenna’s maximum indicates how far away it can be from a station to pick up a broadcast signal. Generally speaking, having a higher range is always better. That said, some antennas boasting very high ranges achieve those stats using built-in signal amplifiers, which may not deliver stellar picture from stations out on the fringes of their extended ranges.

    Gain, expressed in decibels (dB), measures how well a given antenna performs against a standard reference in picking up signals in a particular direction. As expected, a higher listed gain number means better performance, particularly with signals coming from the edges of your antenna’s range.

    UHF and VHF

    More than an underappreciated 1989 Weird Al vehicle, UHF (ultra-high frequency) and VHF (very-high frequency) are terms you’ll see while antenna shopping. They refer to the bands of frequency on which particular channels are broadcast. Most contemporary channels are on UHF, but there are still VHF broadcasts out there. 

    This distinction mostly matters for outdoor antenna users, since most indoor antennas are UHF or combined, but even nominally UHF-only will usually pick up VHF stations regardless. The online tools for finding your local broadcasters mentioned above will include this information about each station. Many antennas are advertised explicitly for both. In general, this is only something you need to worry about if a critical mass of broadcasts you care about are VHF, especially Lo-V.

    FAQs

    Q: How much do TV antennas cost?

    The cost of TV antennas ranges from about $20 for basic models to more than $125 for options with a longer range, smart features, and a blocker that minimizes signal interference, such as the Antop AT-800SBS-J HD Smart Panel Antenna.

    Q: Are antennas worth it? 

    Yes, antennas are worth it. Rather than going the way of the dinosaur, OTA broadcast technology has actually improved quite a bit in the last decade or so. If you’re dropping your cable subscription, an antenna can be a great, low, one-time investment for a lifetime of free local programming. 

    Q: What range antenna do I need?

    Ideally, you want an antenna to pick up all nearby local channels. The exact range you’ll need for that will depend on where you live. Generally speaking, the closer you are to a large town or city, the lower the range required to get what you want out of your antenna. As we mentioned in our section on finding nearby channels, there are online tools for determining where your nearby broadcast signals are coming from. 

    Q: Where is the best place to put an indoor TV antenna?

    Generally speaking, you want to put your TV antenna as high as possible. Ideally, you also want to minimize the number of things that might get between your antenna and the TV station’s broadcast tower. That’s why the best ones are, often, outdoor models you mount on your roof. For indoor antennas, look for a high window, or consider running wires so you can set it up near an exterior wall in an attic. These are general best practices; the only way to find the best spot in your home is to experiment with different spots until you’re satisfied with the picture quality.

    Final thoughts on the best TV antennas

    If you’re considering joining the cord-cutting wave or have done so and miss your local channels, a TV antenna could be the perfect way to round out your TV setup. The exact type and model you need will depend on several factors, but you can rest assured that there is almost certainly a great option out there for you at a very reasonable price.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best TV antennas for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    This Bluetti portable power station is the cheapest it’s ever been on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/bluetti-portable-power-station-amazon-deal/ Mon, 01 May 2023 18:15:26 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=538068
    Bluetti EB3A portable power station
    Stan Horaczek

    Take up to 40% off a portable power station that you'll want in your emergency kit during a power outage.

    The post This Bluetti portable power station is the cheapest it’s ever been on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Bluetti EB3A portable power station
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Whether you’re riding out a power outage or trying to keep yourself (and your tripmates) entertained off the grid, a reliable portable power station can be a lifesaver. Right now, Amazon has the excellent Bluetti EB3A portable power station for just $209, which is $140 off its regular price and the cheapest price we’ve ever seen. It’s just one of several Bluetti solar generators at unbeatable prices right now, and one belongs in your emergency kit.

    Bluetti EB3A portable power station $209 (Was $349)

    Bluetti

    SEE IT

    This isn’t a massive power station, but it does hold considerably more juice than a typical battery pack. The EB3A offers a 268Wh capacity, which can fully charge a smartphone up to 20 times or run bigger appliances for several hours. It’ll keep a WiFi router on for up to 10 hours or power a CPAP machine for up to five hours.

    The battery inside is a LiFePo system, which promises excellent durability and longevity. It won’t degrade as quickly as some of its competition. The front of the device offers a pair of 120v standard outlets, two 120V CD sockets, a pair of USB-A connectors, and a USB-C for faster charging. You’ll also find an LCD display to keep track of the device’s performance and a handy flashlight so you can actually find your phone to charge it. It will even accept up to 200W solar panels if you want to turn it into a makeshift solar generator.

    Even with all that juice inside, this box only measures 10″ x 7.1″ x 7.2″ and weighs just 10 pounds. The integrated handle makes it very easy to chuck in and drag out of a car or grab on your way out the door. You may not need this right now, but you’ll absolutely be glad you have it when the need arises.

    More portable power stations that are great in a pinch but won’t put the pinch on your budget:

    If the Bluetti doesn’t fit your specific needs or budget, you might find something interesting in these other portable power station deals going on right now. Note: Some listings may require you to apply a coupon to get the price listed; check the box underneath the price on the Amazon item page to add the coupon.

    The post This Bluetti portable power station is the cheapest it’s ever been on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save more than 45% on DeWalt power tools at Amazon right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/dewalt-power-tool-amazon-spring-sale/ Mon, 15 May 2023 14:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541151
    DeWalt power tools arranged on a plain background
    Stan Horaczek

    Save on drills, drivers, saws, extra batteries, and more.

    The post Save more than 45% on DeWalt power tools at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    DeWalt power tools arranged on a plain background
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    It’s DIY season, so it’s time to fill out your tool kit or replace those old hand-me-downs you’ve used since Seinfeld was airing new episodes. Right now, Amazon has a heap of DeWalt power tools on deep discount, including some truly essential bits of kit like extra batteries, reciprocating saws, and drivers.

    DEWALT 20V Max Cordless Drill / Driver Kit, Compact $99 (Was $179)

    DeWalt

    SEE IT

    Just about every project can benefit from a strong, reliable drill/driver, and this DeWalt one is only $99 at the moment. It relies on DeWalt’s flexible 20V Max battery system and comes with both a charger and a carry bag. The compact batteries are $40 by themselves, and this package includes two of them, so it’s like you’re paying $20 for the actual tool and bag. Plus, buying it at Amazon means you won’t get suckered into buying a $3 sports drink at the checkout of the big-box hardware store like you would if you went in person.

    More Dewalt deals

    Maybe you don’t need a drill. That’s OK. There are plenty of other Dewalt tools on sale at Amazon right now. Here are some of the standouts:

    The post Save more than 45% on DeWalt power tools at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best 85-inch TVs for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-85-inch-tvs/ Fri, 12 May 2023 21:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=541068
    The best 85-inch TVs composited
    Stan Horaczek

    An 85-inch TV used to cost as much as a sedan, but now they're much more attainable.

    The post The best 85-inch TVs for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best 85-inch TVs composited
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall The Samsung QN90C TV on a stand in a room showing the Lord of the Rings. Samsung Neo QLED QN90C
    SEE IT

    It produces a bright, vibrant image that’s suitable for all spaces and types of content.

    Best budget Hisense ULED U7H TV with a basketball player on the screen Hisense ULED U7H
    SEE IT

    This TV’s features and image quality perform well above its price.

    Best OLED LG C2 OLED TV early Black Friday deal LG C2
    SEE IT

    It’s only an 83-inch TV, but its image quality and performance make up for it.

    The typical 85-inch TV offers screen real estate bigger than a typical twin mattress. That kind of massive display was strictly for the rich until just a few years ago. Now, massive TVs have gotten a lot more accessible. And while the floor on an 85-inch TV still hovers around $1,600, just imagine how impressive that gigantic screen would look in your living room. The Stranger Things monster would look life-sized. The movie Dune will put out enough light to give you a sun tan (not quite, but it will be really bright). While these TVs are inherently awesome thanks to their big screens, there are some differences between models. You likely don’t need a flagship model to make the most of your viewing experience, so you can probably save thousands of dollars by choosing the right model. These are the best 85-inch TVs we recommend right now.

    How we chose the best 85-inch TVs

    I have been writing about TVs and home theater equipment for the better part of two decades. Much of that work has appeared here on PopSci, but I have also covered it for Engadget, Sound & Vision, Men’s Journal, and numerous other publications. 

    The selections on this list come from a mix of hands-on testing, spec sheet comparisons, editorial reviews, and user feedback. While we could have simply picked the flagship displays to represent the “best” overall picks, we looked for the optimal mix of image quality, features, and price. Our hands-on testing typically involves testing streaming content (as that’s the most common way to consume content right now), as well as Blu-ray playback and gaming performance tests done with a PlayStation 5

    The best 85-inch TVs: Reviews & Recommendations

    Whether you’re carefully choosing the correct panel for your home theater system or you’re just trying to get a quick reassurance that you’re about to make a solid Black Friday purchase, these picks for the best 85-inch TV have you covered. Be sure to read through them, as there is definitely some overlap between the awards.

    Best overall: Samsung Neo QLED 4K QN90C

    Stan Horaczek

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Resolution: 4K
    • Refresh rate: 120Hz (up to 144Hz in some cases with a PC)
    • Other sizes available: 43”, 50”, 55”, 65”, and 75”
    • Ports: 4 HDMI 2.1, 2 USB, Ethernet, headphone, optical audio out, RF
    • Price: $4,499

    Pros

    • Excellent picture
    • Bright enough for any space
    • Robust smart TV offerings
    • Neo QLED makes for high contrast ratios

    Cons

    • Ports on the back of the TV instead of Samsung’s remote box
    • Pricey

    Samsung’s typical QLED displays produce exceptional brightness and excellent color on their own. For its latest generation of Neo QLEDs, however, the company has integrated MiniLED backlighting in order to goose the contrast ratios and allow the TV to take finer control over how objects are rendered on-screen. In short, it’s just a beautiful picture. I spent some time watching Blu-rays and playing PS5 games during my review period and was impressed with the punchy picture that could still handle more subtle imagery without overpowering my eyeballs. Ghostbusters: Afterlife isn’t a great movie, but it does have some fast action scenes with lots of on-screen objects and the QN90C rendered them beautifully. It’s still not quite as precise as OLED, but it’s gettin’ closer.

    This display also does an impressive job with sound. We typically always recommend augmenting any TV’s built-in sound with at least a soundbar (if not a full wireless surround sound system). This TV supports Dolby Atmos, and its built-in speakers allow it to localize sound without external equipment. So, if a helicopter is coming in from above, it actually sounds like it’s above everything else on the screen. This effect is cool at any size, but it’s particularly effective with a big 85-inch screen.

    While the picture itself is what makes this TV stand out, it’s also flush with features. It offers four HDMI 2.1 ports, and it has a built-in gaming mode for cloud gaming. Perhaps the most impressive extra feature is the anti-glare coating on the screen. Even with an annoying amount of front light hitting the display, the Samsung does an effective job when it comes to combatting glare. If your TV room gets a lot of light, that can make a huge difference. Contrast ratio doesn’t mean much if all you can see is a reflection of your own body sitting on the couch with a bucket of popcorn propped on your gut (which is the official PopSci TV testing position).  

    Best budget: Hisense ULED U7H QLED

    Hisense

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Resolution: 4K
    • Refresh rate: 120Hz
    • Other sizes available: 55”, 65”, and 75”
    • Ports: 4 HDMI (2 of which are 2.1), Ethernet, RF
    • Price: $1,699

    Pros

    • Very affordable
    • Excellent picture for the price
    • Bright
    • Full-array local dimming for better contrast

    Cons

    • Picture lags behind more expensive sets

    You can sometimes find this 85-inch monster of a TV on sale for $1,500. That’s a wild price for a full-featured QLED like this one. The U7H relies on an array of small LEDs for its backlight, which provide precise control over which areas get illumination and which ones don’t. That leads to better overall contrast ratios and more pleasing images. Quantum Dots help pump up the overall brightness. 

    It runs on the Google TV platform, which makes it more agnostic than some of the other first-party platforms. It also offers a more intuitive navigation that I find easier to get around than some competitors. 

    Dig into the menus and you’ll find the Filmmaker and IMAX Enhanced modes, both of which attempt to make content look as close to the creator’s original intention as possible. The 120Hz refresh rate allows smooth action during sports or video games. But, it’s easy to tone down when you want to watch a movie without it looking like a soap opera. 

    This TV really is an excellent mix of performance and features. It was a deal at its original $2,499 price point, but now that it’s often on sale, it’s practically a steal. Hisense technically offers an even more upscale version of this TV in the U8H series, but it has been nearly impossible to find the 85-inch version in-stock anywhere for any price.

    Best for gaming: Sony Bravia X90K

    Sony

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Resolution: 4K
    • Refresh rate: 120Hz
    • Other sizes available: 55”, 65”, and 75”
    • Ports: 4 HDMI 2.1, 2 USB, Ethernet, RF
    • Price: $1,999

    Pros

    • Exclusive features for PS5 players
    • Short response time
    • Excellent upscaling
    • Google TV platform
    • Modes specially calibrated for Netflix and other applications

    Cons

    • Not as bright as some other sets

    It makes sense that Sony would make solid gaming TVs. After all, the company is responsible for one of the most popular gaming console lines of all time. This LED TV doesn’t rely on Quantum Dots. Instead, it relies on full-array local dimming to use its available brightness to the best of its ability. It can carefully control which areas of the screen get light and which ones don’t. I often find Sony’s picture quality a bit oversharpened and a little harsh for my specific taste, but I was easily able to tone it down during my demo to my specific taste. If you don’t want to do any tweaking, this TV offers specific modes, including various flavors of HDR, IMAX Enhanced mode, and a setting specifically calibrated toward streaming Netflix content. 

    Hook up a PS5 to this TV and you unlock a few exclusive features. Those include Auto HDR tone mapping, which increases the overall picture quality and color reproduction that you’ll get from PlayStation 5 games. Auto Genre Switching also keeps tabs on what you’re watching and adjusts its performance to match appropriately. 

    Beyond the gaming-specific features, you also get high-end specs that you’d expect from a TV that costs this much. You get HDMI 2.1 ports, Dolby Atmos support, and some of the best upscaling you’ll find, thanks to the powerful built-in processor.

    Best OLED: LG C2

    Specs

    • Resolution: 4K
    • Refresh rate: 120Hz
    • Other sizes available: 42”, 48”, 55”, 65”, 77”, and 83” (they don’t technically offer a strict 85-inch TV).
    • Ports: 4 HDMI 2.1, 2 USB, Ethernet, RF
    • Price: $4,296

    Pros

    • Exceptional contrast ratio
    • Great color reproduction
    • Extremely slim display and attractive design
    • Powerful processor for upscaling

    Cons

    • Not technically 85 inches
    • Big OLEDs are still very pricey

    OK, so this is technically an 83-inch TV, but you’ll hardly notice those two missing inches thanks to the truly exemplary image quality. The LG C2 is one of the best TVs you can buy at just about any size. It offers the deep black and shadow levels you expect from an OLED, but LG’s OLED Evo tech cranks up the maximum brightness. So, if you’re in a relatively bright room, you can still get an OLED and see what you’re watching before the sun goes down. 

    The LG C3 technically debuted in January at CES 2023, but it isn’t a huge leap up from the C2, which you can currently get at a discounted price. You’re really buying an OLED for the contrast ratio, and it’s really hard to improve that much beyond what the C2 offers. 

    Of course, you get the full suite of features to go with all that picture quality. LG’s fifth-gen processor offers excellent upscaling, so content looks good even if it’s not native 4K or HDR. You get four HDMI 2.1 ports for connecting data-hungry devices. And the panel itself is absurdly thin, so it’s easy to mount just about anywhere, even when you have a giant size like this.

    The LG G3 also deserves a mention here, as it’s a truly excellent TV, but it’s considerably more expensive and won’t necessarily provide a huge noticeable upgrade for most people. It’s likely the best overall OLED, but it’s not the best mix of features for the price as far as this list is concerned. If money is no object, however, ball out with the G3.

    Best LED: ​​SAMSUNG Crystal UHD CU8000

    Samsung

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Resolution: 4K
    • Refresh rate: 120Hz
    • Other sizes available: 43”, 50”, 55”, 65”, and 75”
    • Ports: 3 HDMI, 2 USB, Ethernet, RF
    • Price: $1,695

    Pros

    • Very affordable even when it’s not on-sale
    • Decent specs for the price
    • Very good color reproduction
    • Easy to mount
    • Robust smart TV features

    Cons

    • Picture is mid compared to higher-end models
    • Only 3 HDMI ports

    If you’re worried more about size and price than other factors, this relatively barebones 85-inch TV should fit the bill nicely. Its retail price sits well under $2,000, and you can often find it discounted as low as $1,500. 

    This is the big-box variant of Samsung’s TVs like the one you’ll see at department stores or price clubs. It relies on the company’s Crystal processor, which does a surprisingly solid job of upscaling lower-resolution content to fit the 4K display. It also does a lovely job with color replication, though its contrast ratio can’t match levels offered by its OLED or QLED competition. There are some other compromises as well. You only get three HDMI ports, and the included feet aren’t very sophisticated in terms of a TV stand. 

    But, even with the caveats, this is still a great-looking TV. The panel is slim, the colors are poppy, it’s relatively bright, and there’s a whole lot of screen for not a lot of money. If you’re looking for a big TV on which you can watch movies in a relatively dark room, this will more than meet your needs and leave you with enough cash leftover to get some grub hub. I recommend pairing some Buffalo Wild Wings with the new sci-fi epic Silo on Apple TV+.

    Best 8K: Samsung Neo QLED QN900C

    Stan Horaczek

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Resolution: 8K
    • Refresh rate: 120Hz
    • Other sizes available: 65” and 75”
    • Ports: 4 HDMI 2.1, 2 USB, Optical audio, RF, Ethernet
    • Price: $7,999

    Pros

    • 8K detail is really impressive
    • Future proof to an extent
    • Powerful image processing
    • Great color reproduction
    • Ports sit on a remote box for easy installation
    • Very skinny bezel

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • No 8K content to really watch

    You don’t need an 8K TV, but that may make you want one even more than you already do. An 8K picture contains more than 33 megapixels of information. Right now, very few sources can pump out that much image data at once. Advanced gaming consoles are slowly working their way up to 8K, but it’s going to be a while before streaming content starts making the leap. 

    All of that said, Samsung’s 8K TV does look spectacular. It offers the company’s highest-end features. Everything from its connectivity to its image processor represents Samsung’s state-of-the-art tech. That image processor is necessary, too, as it can upscale 4K or even 1080p content all the way up to 8K with impressive accuracy. I spent a few hours streaming and playing PS5 games with it during my review period and was surprised by how effectively the TV took less-than-8K stuff and made it look great on such a high-res display. Horizon: Zero Dawn looked bright, poppy, and sharp with tons of detail. It also didn’t look wildly oversharpened like some TVs do when they’re working hard to upscale an image. 

    This is truly a flagship TV, and while it’s definitely expensive and ahead of its time, it will last for years, when 8K may be much more reasonable. So, this is a solid option for anyone looking to really futureproof their purchase. It’s also great for people with money who just want to flex their cool 8K screen, even though it’s somewhat impractical. 

    Things to consider when shopping for the best 85-inch TV

    Backlight

    At this point, just about every TV relies on LEDs for their backlight, but manufacturers use different varieties and configurations to achieve their desired effects. Typical LCD TVs employ LED arrays around the outside edge or across the entire face of the screen. Some manufacturers augment those LEDs with a Quantum Dots layer, amplifying the light output. As a result, these QLEDs typically offer a brighter, punchier picture. 

    As Quantum Dot technology has evolved, manufacturers have mixed with me with backlight enhancements like MiniLED and MicroLED. By making the LEDs in the array smaller, the TV can take greater control over contrast on a very localized level while still maintaining excellent brightness, thanks to the Dots. When you see a qualifier like Neo QLED, you can expect this. 

    All those TV technologies are considered transmissive as they involve a backlight shining through an LCD panel. OLED, on the other hand, is emissive, which means each pixel creates its own illumination. Organic Light-Emitting Diodes sit behind colored filters and push out the exact amount of light they need. Sometimes they even turn all the way off to create deep blacks in shadowy areas. As a result, OLEDs often produce phenomenal color and exceptional contrast ratios at the cost of overall brightness. OLEDs really are fantastic, but you’ll only find one on this list, as OLEDs don’t typically make it all the way up to 85 inches. They’re also still relatively expensive at normal sizes, so bigger panels can get a bit out of hand financially. 

    Refresh rate

    Most of the time, you’re going to be choosing between 60Hz and 120Hz when it comes to refresh rate. Higher-end models typically offer the faster 120Hz rate, while more affordable models stick to 60Hz. This stat simply refers to the number of times the on-screen image refreshes. 

    The 120Hz displays can create smoother motion, which is great if you’re playing video games or watching sports. If you’re only watching movies and want a typical look for your content, those faster refresh rates may not matter that much at all. 

    Some displays can reach all the way up to 144Hz in some specific modes, but that’s really only useful in some gaming situations.

    Connectivity

    What are you going to plug into your TV? If you’re going to plug in a 4K Blu-ray player, Xbox Series X/S, or PlayStation 5, you’re going to want to max out on HDMI 2.1 ports (and compatible cables) that can handle all the bandwidth they require for high-res playback. At this point, most major TV manufacturers offer a pretty standard selection of ports, but you’ll want to make sure that you have those HDMI 2.1 ports to maximum and future compatibility. 

    Platform

    Every modern TV is a “smart TV” at this point, but they’re not all equally intelligent or pleasant to use. Both LG and Samsung use their own proprietary smart TV platforms called webOS and Tizen, respectively. Sony often defaults to Google TV, while some manufacturers like TCL rely on the Roku platform. If you’re looking for a TV that doesn’t require an extra box for streaming, make sure you get one with an interface you don’t loathe using.

    Resolution

    If you’re going all the way up to 85 inches, you’re not going to find any 1080p TVs in current lineups. Just about all the best 85-inch TVs out there are 4K, which makes sense since it’s the current state of the technology. You will find some 8K displays out there, but you won’t find very much native 8K content to watch at all. If you want to futureproof your TV, you can splurge on an 8K set now, but we typically consider it overkill for most people. Though, we are talking about baller TVs here, so if you want to go all out and get an 8K display, then go for it. Just don’t expect to see a glaring difference between its performance and a 4K model on the vast majority of things you watch or play.

    FAQs

    Q: Is a 4K resolution enough for an 85-inch TV?

    It’s plenty unless you plan to sit as close to it as you would a computer monitor. And if that’s your plan for an 85-inch TV, you’re likely to run into other practical problems before noticing pixels come into play. Even if you bought an 8K TV, you still won’t be able to find 8K native content for it, so you’d just be watching upscaled 4K anyway. 4K is plenty. Don’t sweat it.

    Q: Is a bigger TV better for your eyes?

    Not necessarily. If you’re looking at a lot of text on the screen, a bigger display may make it easier to read. So, if you’re a big role-playing game fan or keep the captioning on at all times (like I do), it could be good for your eyes to increase the size of that text. Ultimately, a bigger TV just bombards your eyeballs with more light for better or worse. If you really want to make the TV easier on your eyes, however, think about adding some backlight to your setup

    Q: Can one person lift an 85-inch TV?

    As stated before, an 85-inch TV is actually larger than a twin-size mattress (at least in length and height), so you’re going to have a heck of a time getting your arms around it to lift it. A single person can likely get it up off the ground, but the sheer size of it will make it very awkward to maneuver if you’re trying to transport it or hang it on a wall. Best to see if a friend can give you a hand rather than risk a big, expensive TV.

    Q: Can I wall-mount an 85-inch TV?

    You can absolutely mount an 85-inch TV. In fact, we recommend it. Many 85-inch TVs come with built-in stands that are too wide for some smaller media consoles. Even if you don’t fully mount your new 85-inch TV to the wall, we suggest anchoring it in case it gets knocked or shaken. 

    If you buy a mount, ensure it’s rated to handle a large TV. Most support a range, but the 85s almost always require the largest model. Despite their large size, most 85-inch TVs still rely on mounting holes in a familiar VESA arrangement but check compatibility before screwing into the wall. 

    Q: How far should I sit from the 85-inch TV?

    Ideally, you’d sit about seven to 10 feet away from an 85-inch TV. You want your eyes to hit the vertical center line of the display, which will fill enough of your peripheral vision without making you turn your head or lose track of objects at the far edges of the picture. That said, some people like the feeling of a really huge TV. You can sit as close as five feet if you’re one of those people. Any closer than that, though, and it might start to feel really uncomfortable. 

    Final thoughts about the best 85-inch TVs

    It truly is wild how accessible 85-inch TVs have become in recent years. Earlier in my career, a popular electronics manufacturer had me take a car service out to New Jersey to see their 70-inch plasma TV, which cost $22,000 and couldn’t stay on for more than a couple of hours because it would raise the temperature of the room and overheat. Now, you can get an 85-inch TV for less than a tenth of that price, and it comes with free shipping. 

    The best 85-inch TVs offer all of the features you want out of a flagship display with enough screen real estate to really show off your favorite content. If you have the room and the cash to make it happen, an 85-inch TV is about as hard as you can ball out on a TV, and we wholeheartedly recommend it.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best 85-inch TVs for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best inflatable pools in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-inflatable-pool/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368169
    Best inflatable pools roundup sliced header
    Tony Ware

    Warm sunny days get even better when you can float to your heart’s desire in an easy to set up inflatable pool.

    The post The best inflatable pools in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best inflatable pools roundup sliced header
    Tony Ware

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall The Intex 28405E PureSpa4 Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa is the best inflatable pool overall. Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa
    SEE IT

    Kick back and relax with headrests, heated water, and bubbles.

    Best budget The Airso Inflatable Swimming Pool is the best value. Tukuos Inflatable Swimming Pool
    SEE IT
    This pool sticks to the basics and provides space for floating or splashing all day long. 
    Best kiddie The Bountech Inflatable Double Slide Bounce is the best inflatable pool with slide. BOUNTECH Inflatable Double Slide Bounce House
    SEE IT

    Two slides and a climbing wall equal hours of pool time fun.

    In the past, inflatable pools have been perceived as inferior to their in-ground cousins. That’s no longer true. These easy-to-use options provide the benefits of an in-ground pool without the expense and year-round maintenance. Depending on the size and features, these pools can even travel with you or remain a backyard fixture until the weather gets cold. Our recommendations for the best inflatable pools can provide fun for the whole family.

    How we chose the best inflatable pools

    To narrow down the field of blow-up pools, I started with durability, then looked at setup, capacity, and accessories to find inflatable pools that would offer the best performance. 

    Durability: Thick wall materials that resist punctures but are still repairable offer the best bang for your buck. 

    Setup: How long does it take to set up the pool? Complex setups may make you avoid setting it up at all. We also prioritized options that are easy to clean so you can spend more time in the pool.

    Capacity: The pool has to fit the number of people who want to use it. A pool that fits four adults will fit more kids than that because of their smaller bodies.

    Accessories: Ground covers, insulated covers, filters, pool floats, and toys are all extras worth paying for upfront. Buying them separately can get pricey. 

    The best inflatable pools: Reviews & Recommendations

    The best inflatable pools have the size, features, and capacity for your family. Above-ground inflatable pools that are easy to clean and store can ensure you spend time relaxing instead of maintaining the pool. 

    Best overall: Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa

    Intex

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Simple setup, portability, and a long list of comfort features make this inflatable pool a standout for adults. 

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 28 x 58 x 28 inches
    • Capacity: Four people
    • Gallons: 210

    Pros

    • Fast, easy setup
    • A hard water filtration system
    • Comfortable seating that includes headrests

    Cons 

    • Online directions are better than those included with the pool

    This Intex inflatable pool includes everything you need to get it set up and bubbling from the minute it arrives: from a cover with child locks to keep out leaves and hold in heat to a heating system to heat the water before your first dip. Extra accessories include a 10-watt hard water system; two-filter filtration; floating chlorine dispenser; inflation hose; ground cloth; carrying bag; and headrests.

    The setup process for this inflatable hot tub usually takes less than an hour. Once you’ve got everything hooked up and ready to go, it can hold four adults. One thing to note is that the online directions are better than those that arrive with the pool. 

    Best kiddie: BOUNTECH Inflatable Double Slide Bounce House

    Bountech

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Bountech’s climbing wall and two slides make it fun on the way up and down, propelling it to the top of the “pools with slides” list. 

    Specs 

    • Dimensions: 178 x 144 x 92 inches
    • Capacity: Three to four children
    • Gallons: NA

    Pros

    • Climbing wall instead of a ladder
    • Two slides and a water cannon
    • Easy setup

    Cons 

    • Sometimes arrives with a defective blower

    The Bountech lets kids splash, shoot, climb, and slide. You can secure this kiddie pool with eight ground stakes and a protective net to keep sliders on the slide. Despite its large size, this kids’ inflatable pool is easy to assemble. With the included blower, one parent can get it set up on their own. At 750 watts, the blower can keep the slides inflated as long as the total bodies onboard don’t exceed the 350-pound weight limit. We also like that it comes with a repair kit and several patches. 

    A word of caution: The large inflatable pool works well most of the time, but a few units have underperformed and have not kept the slide fully inflated.

    Best for families: Intex Swim Center Family Lounge Inflatable Pool

    Intex

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Ample seating, lots of splash room, and a simple setup make this inflatable pool one of the best for those who like a built-in lounge seat.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 88 x 85 x 30 inches
    • Capacity: Four adults
    • Gallons: 261.5 

    Pros

    • Simple set up
    • Two drink holders
    • Comes with a repair patch

    Cons 

    • Does not come with an air pump

    Intex knows inflatable pools. This inflatable family pool offers a simple inflation setup and enough seats for four. It doesn’t come with an air pump, so you must buy one separately. However, the pool can fully inflate with an electric pump within 15 minutes. Two built-in drink holders let kids sip without getting drinks in the pool. We like that this inflatable pool with pump also comes with a repair patch just in case there’s a puncture. 

    Best for adults: Bestway Fast Set Paradise Palms 15×33 Inflatable Pool Set

    Bestway

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This tropically inspired backyard pool provides plenty of room for adults to cool off and take part in the fun with palm trees that spray water.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 15 feet by 33 inches
    • Capacity: Seven people
    • Gallons: 2,566

    Pros

    • Large
    • Palm trees spray water
    • Comes with filter

    Cons

    • Doesn’t come with a pump
    • No ladder to get in and out

    So you don’t have a tropical vacation planned. That doesn’t mean you can’t go swimming among some palm trees. The Bestway Fast Set Paradise Palms 15×33 Inflatable Pool Set brings the spirit of an adult vacation to your backyard. At fifteen feet around, this big inflatable pool is large enough to fit 2,566 gallons of water and seven people. Just hook up your garden hose and the palm trees will spray water. There’s also room for lounging on one of the best float tubes.

    This pool comes in seven sizes, and you can choose between a tropical or a more dignified rattan print or blue exterior (minus the palm trees). The liner is three-ply for puncture resistance, and this pool also comes with a repair kit. The included 530-gallon filter will help you keep it clean, while a built-in control valve allows you to drain the water when you’re done.

    Best with filter: Summer Waves Quick Set Inflatable Above Ground Pool

    Summer Waves

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Summer Waves pool mimics an in-ground model, including a cartridge filter pump for safer, cleaner swimming making it our top pick for an inflatable pool with a filter. 

    Specs 

    • Dimensions: 144 x 144 x 36 inches
    • Capacity: Approximately five people
    • Gallons: 1,815

    Pros

    • Easy-to-replace filter cartridge
    • Simple setup
    • Provides a lot of swimming/floating space

    Cons 

    • Takes a long time to fill with water
    • Doesn’t include a patch kit

    The Summer Waves pool provides size and volume above the norm for an above-ground pool. It is 12 feet across and 36 inches tall and holds a sizable amount of water even if it’s only filled to 80-percent capacity. It’s made of triple-layer PVC that resists punctures fairly well. However, having a patch kit with a pool this size is still a good idea. 

    Setup takes less than 15 minutes, and the filter easily connects to the pool. A smart design makes filter replacement a simple process. Besides the lack of a patch kit, the only downside is that it’s so large that it takes a long time to fill with water.

    Best budget: Tukuos Inflatable Swimming Pool

    Tukuos

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Three air chambers create a simple pool that holds a surprising amount of water for the price. 

    Specs 

    • Dimensions: 118 x 72 x 22 inches
    • Capacity: Six people
    • Gallons: NA

    Pros

    • Fast inflation with an electric air pump (sold separately)
    • Strong walls hold lots of water
    • Easy to access drain plug

    Cons 

    • In some cases, it develops holes fairly quickly

    This pool by Tukuos keeps things simple but provides a lot of square footage for backyard splashing. It features three separate inflatable rings that fill within 10 to 15 minutes with an electric air pump (not included). A strong, UV-resistant material resists punctures even with rambunctious play. For the price, you get a good-sized inflatable pool that’s simple to fill and easy to empty with the drain plug. However, a small number of units have punctures upon arrival. It doesn’t come with a repair kit, but it’s worth having one on hand.  

    What to consider when buying the best inflatable pool

    Inflatable pools may be easier to set up than some of their above-ground counterparts, but that doesn’t mean any old pool will do. Here is what you should consider before purchasing the best inflatable pool.

    Setup and location

    The complexity of the pool setup varies from model to model. Some models take a few minutes with the help of an air pump. Others may require some construction and setup time before the water can flow. 

    Inflatable pools require a flat, sturdy location like level ground, a patio, or a deck. However, if the pool is on a structure, that structure needs to be able to handle the weight. One gallon of water weighs about 8.3 pounds. These pools can get heavy very quickly and can collapse a porch or deck that’s not reinforced. If there’s no level ground available, an inflatable pool isn’t a great option. They need even support around the entire base to successfully hold water without breaking. 

    Air pumps

    Many inflatable pools come with an electric air pump. You may need to invest in an air pump or air compressor to blow up the pool if the model you choose doesn’t include this accessory. 

    Capacity

    How many people will use the pool at once? A couple of kids can play in a pretty small pool and be happy for hours. However, several kids and a few adults will need more square footage and water volume to relax comfortably. Make sure to measure the space where the pool will be placed. You don’t want to buy a pool that’s big enough for the family and learn after the fact that it’s too big for the yard. 

    Drainage

    Most inflatable pools have drainage plugs. However, you need to think about drainage when setting up the pool. Make sure it’s not in a place where all that water can cause damage. Even small pools can hold 100 gallons or more. That much water needs somewhere to safely drain.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does an inflatable pool cost?

    Inflatable pools are generally budget-friendly compared to the cost of in-ground pools. They start at under $25 for small-capacity kiddie pools. They can range up to more than $700 for premium versions that include jets for a spa-like experience, water treatment, and filters, like the Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa. It’s also worth checking to see if the inflatable pool you’re considering comes with a pump, filter, or ladder, and if not, figuring those costs in, if necessary.

    Q: How long can you leave water in an inflatable pool?

    How long you can leave water in an inflatable pool depends on the tools you have to keep it clean. For sanitary reasons, replacing the water after each use is best. If you leave the water in the pool for a couple of days, cover the pool to prevent debris and animals from wandering in. Some pools come with a filter or chlorine tablets. However, ensure the pool’s material can withstand any chemicals you use.

    Q: How do you inflate an inflatable pool?

    There are a range of ways to inflate an inflatable pool. Some inflatable pools come with an electric pump, and electric pumps are definitely the easiest way to inflate them. You may have to buy a pump separately if one isn’t included with the pool. Your other options are a manual pump, like a bike bump, or good old-fashioned blowing, which we don’t recommend.

    Q: How do you find a leak in an inflatable pool?

    To find a leak in an inflatable pool, create a soap (dish soap) and water mixture, and spray it onto the area where you suspect a leak. If there is one, you’ll see bubbles start to form over the puncture.

    Final thoughts on the best inflatable pools

    For adults who like to soak, the Intex 28405E PureSpa 4-Person Inflatable Hot Tub Spa is easy to set up, relaxing to use, and offers filters and water treatment. It doesn’t hurt that it includes headrests, too. However, for keeping kids entertained, it’s hard to beat the slides and climbing wall of the BOUNTECH Inflatable Double Slide Bounce House. Whatever floats your boat (and your body), there’s an inflatable pool to fit your yard and lifestyle.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best inflatable pools in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best portable fans of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-portable-fan/ Wed, 21 Jul 2021 21:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=380827
    Best Portable Fans
    Stan Horaczek

    You can stay cool without sacrificing your outdoor fun with the best portable fans.

    The post The best portable fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best Portable Fans
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Best Portable Fans Milwaukee M18 Jobsite Fan
    SEE IT

    The Milwaukee M18 makes it easy to stay cool.

    Best handheld The Handfan Misting fan is our pick for best portable misting fan. HandFan Misting Fan
    SEE IT

    HandFan’s Misting Fan is a great option for every use around town.

    Best budget The Comlife Portable Neck Fan is our pick for the best wearable fan. Comlife Portable Neck Fan
    SEE IT

    Portable neck fans are so hot right now.

    The cooling breeze of a portable fan is a cheap and easy way to combat scorching temperatures. With the press of a button, you get an instant breeze to keep the heat at bay. Best of all, they don’t rely on outlet power and are (mostly) small enough to transport in a purse, pocket, or backpack. Some are even made to attach to strollers. The next time you leave the comfort of your AC, the best portable fans will make sure you stay cool.

    How we chose the best portable fans

    The temperature and humidity can get unbearable during where I live, which makes doing anything outdoors uncomfortable. That’s why I’ve made it my mission to find the best portable fans, so I can stay cool wherever I am.

    Outside of my pursuit to keep cool, I write about gadgets and gear and have been doing so for over 10 years. My byline has appeared on sites like XDA Developers, Gear Patrol, and CNN Underscored. To find the best portable fans, I researched and tested everything I could get my hands on. I also looked at editorial reviews and customer feedback to give me an idea of what people value most in a portable fan.

    Popular Science has been writing about the best fans for years, so I also drew on previous knowledge and recommendations from colleagues.

    The best portable fans: Reviews & Recommendations

    To find the best portable fan, you want to think about when you’ll be using it and where. Are you looking for something small to toss in your beach bag? Do you need something that stands on its own to cool you down at your desk? Or are you looking for a stroller fan that can cool your little one? Answering these questions will help you find the fan that fits your needs. We picked these fans for some of the most common scenarios where you need a light cooling breeze on the go.

    Best overall: Milwaukee M18 Jobsite Fan

    Milwaukee

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: Milwaukee’s M18 Jobsite Fan provides several hours of operation and a 120-degree adjustable head.

    Specs

    • Height: 10.29 inches
    • Weight: 5.2 pounds
    • Battery-powered: Rechargeable

    Pros

    • 120-degree adjustable head
    • Long-lasting battery
    • 18mph max air velocity

    Cons

    • Expensive

    Milwaukee is well known for making some of the best tools available, so it’s no surprise it also makes a great portable fan. Made of durable plastic and capable of circulating air over 40 feet, the cordless fan features a rechargeable battery that provides up to 17 hours of runtime on the lowest setting. If you’re on a job site or a camping trip, a single charge can keep you cool all day long.

    In addition to a long-lasting battery, Milwaukee’s M18 features a 120-degree adjustable head with nine stopping positions, so you can angle it almost any way you like. It also offers three-speed settings, with the highest options capable of 18mph max velocity. And if the M18’s battery does run out, the fan comes with an AC adapter to keep the breeze flowing.

    Want to up the refreshment even more? If you’re looking for an industrial misting fan that’s easily transportable, try out the RYOBI 18-Volt ONE+ Bucket Top Misting Fan Kit, which sits on top of a bucket (sold separately) filled with water—and ice, if you like—and provides hours of revitalizing fog.

    Best for stroller: Amacool Stroller Fan

    AMACOOL

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Amacool Stroller Fan is easy to use and features flexible tripod legs that can attach to almost anything, particularly strollers.

    Specs

    • Height: 12 inches
    • Weight: 0.43 pounds
    • Battery-powered: Rechargeable

    Pros

    • Flexible tripod legs
    • Also includes adjustable LED light
    • 360-degree adjustable head

    Cons

    • Small battery means poor battery life

    This stroller fan comes in three cute colors with a protective fan cover and flexible tripod legs that are easy for you to attach, but hard for your baby to remove. It can easily adhere to the sides, tray, or hood of your stroller as well as your little one’s car seat, playpen, or baby gym. The fan head is adjustable vertically and horizontally with 360 degrees of rotation. It even has three fan speeds so you can customize the breeze your baby needs. The fan lasts between 2.5 and 10 hours, depending on wind speed, and can be easily recharged via USB. While this fan is safe for babies and toddlers, always make sure to have an adult on the lookout whenever it’s switched on.

    Best handheld: HandFan Misting Fan

    HandFan

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The HandFan Misting Fan gives you a breeze and a cool spritz of water for extra relief in your personal paradise.

    Specs

    • Height: 8.9 inches
    • Weight: 0.41 pounds
    • Battery-powered: Rechargeable

    Pros

    • Misting capabilities
    • Three speed options
    • Foldable design

    Cons

    • One button design can be confusing

    This rechargeable handheld misting fan from HandFan is one of the best ways to stay refreshed during a hot summer day. It can easily fit in the pocket of a purse or backpack, with a handle that can be adjusted from 0-180 degrees for handheld or standalone use. Choose from three different fan speeds to cool you down no matter the weather. You can even trigger night mode, which includes a delightful array of colored lights. 

    Best of all, the HandFan comes with a built-in mister and 17-millimeter water reservoir, which can produce a steady stream of gentle mist for 10 minutes at a time. All of these functions can be controlled with just one button for ultimate ease. This mini-fan weighs just 6.6 ounces and measures 4.1 by 8.9 inches, the perfect size to keep handy in your car, back pocket, or travel bag.

    Best for camping: Fxexblin Camping Fan

    Fxexblin

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a battery that can last up to 25 hours and a lantern with three brightness levels, the Fxexblin Camping Fan is the perfect companion for the Great Outdoors.

    Specs

    • Height: 6.8 inches
    • Weight: 0.7 pounds
    • Battery-powered: Rechargeable

    Pros

    • Adjustable light
    • Durable design
    • Battery can last up to 25 hours

    Cons

    • No place to store remote

    This Fxexblin camping fan is an excellent choice for anyone who likes to spend time outdoors. It features three fan speeds and a battery that can last up to 25 hours on slow speeds, and a full six hours at maximum speed. The lantern also has three brightness levels, and each facet can be adjusted using an included remote control. You can even plug in your mobile phone or computer and use the fan’s USB-C port to charge your device in case of an emergency. The unit itself can be charged via USB cable, power bank, car charger, laptop, and more. It also includes four battery-indicator lights which help you anticipate charging time and battery life. The hook design means you can suspend the fan above you or simply fold the handle down to have it stand upright. At just 11.2 ounces and 6.8 by 5.4 inches, this powerful fan will be easy to transport for on-the-go use.

    Best for desk: Honeywell Turbo on the Go  

    Honeywell

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Honeywell Turbo is lightweight, provides a powerful breeze, and includes a convenient handle for carrying.

    Specs

    • Height: 5 inches (12 inches with handle flipped open)
    • Weight: 0.49 pounds
    • Battery-powered: AA x 4

    Pros

    • Lightweight
    • Handle doubles as a stand
    • Battery-powered and USB-powered

    Cons

    • Needs four AA batteries

    While the Turbo On the Go fan won’t replace traditional AC, it’s a fantastic way to stay cool during a hectic workday and a great small personal fan for a desk. It measures roughly 5 by 12 inches and weighs under one ounce, so you don’t need to worry about it taking up too much space or dragging you down if you’re on the move. This fan produces a breeze you can feel from up to three feet away with several set-up options, including standalone, hanging, or carrying. It can be powered with four AA batteries for outdoor use or via a USB-A cable, which can plug directly into your work computer.

    Best budget: Comlife Portable Neck Fan  

    COMLIFE

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Comlife’s Portable Neck Fan can be worn like a necklace and also used on a desk.

    Specs

    • Height: N/A
    • Weight: 0.43 pounds
    • Battery-powered: Rechargeable

    Pros

    • Also USB-powered
    • Can be worn like a necklace
    • Two fans offer double the breeze

    Cons

    • Can get in the way while worn

    You shouldn’t have to pause all your favorite pastimes just to dab sweat away or take a break in the shade. A wearable fan, like this one from Comlife, is a magnificent way to keep moving even when the heat starts to rise. This double-headed small portable fan hangs comfortably on the neck and is 360-degree adjustable so you can stay cool without anything getting in your way. It features six fan speeds, battery life between two and nine hours depending on use, and an included USB cable for simple charging. This mini portable fan weighs just 0.4 pounds, so you won’t be under any strain while wearing it, even during exercise. From cooking to hiking, cycling to traveling, you’ll have no trouble keeping comfortable, even during a vigorous workout.

    What to consider when buying the best portable fans

    We look for the same things in a portable fan that we would in any other cooling device. Aside from strong airflow, a portable fan shouldn’t produce much noise. It should, on the other hand, be durable enough to throw in a bag and be easy to clean. Here’s everything to look out for in your search.

    Size and weight

    Portability is an essential part of a good personal handheld fan. When researching our picks, we paid special attention to things like size and weight. Portable fans come in all shapes and sizes, and different options work better for different situations. Before making your pick, you should take a moment to figure out how and where you plan to use your fan, whether you’re traveling, sitting at your desk, or working on an engine in your garage.

    Remember that the bigger the fan, the stronger the airflow. A handheld pocket fan will only generate enough wind to cool down one person. There are also larger portable fans big enough to cool down a small space, like a tent. 

    Power

    Portable fans use a couple of different battery types. Usually, they’ll either use built-in rechargeable batteries or require disposable cells, like AAs. Some models with built-in rechargeable batteries can also plug directly into the wall, so you can recharge the battery and use the fan simultaneously. Often, the whole point of a portable fan is to get away from outlets, but it’s still a nice perk.

    A traditional battery is the most straightforward option. Just install a few AA batteries and feel the temperature drop. While single-use batteries are convenient, we generally avoid them whenever possible to minimize generating e-waste. (Of course, you always pop in some rechargeable batteries to sidestep the issue.)

    A built-in rechargeable battery means you don’t need to buy batteries from the store. However, there’s always the risk of forgetting to recharge a rechargeable battery each night, which could render a portable fan useless.

    Noise

    No fan is competently silent, but nobody wants to use one that sounds like a buzzing insect. No matter what size portable fan you choose, you don’t want the whirring to be a distraction, especially if you’re using it as a travel fan. We focused on finding options that produce minimal noise, even on their highest setting. A quiet fan is particularly important if you plan to have it pointed at you from close range.

    Cleaning

    Keeping your fan clean is not only the sanitary thing to do, but it ensures everything works effectively and efficiently. A good fan should be relatively easy to disassemble (and reassemble) so that you can access the fan blades and remove dust and hair collected on moving parts.

    Extras

    For outdoor summer days, you can’t go wrong with a mini fan that can give you a cooling spritz. If you don’t want to miss out on enjoying beach trips, summer barbecues, or picnics, then reach for a small, handheld fan you can easily slip into your bag or pocket—major bonus points for a model that has a small reservoir for water. With the push of a button, you’ll feel a steady spray that refreshes and cools.

    There are also portable options you can wear around your neck. These portable fans sit comfortably around your neck so you can keep your hands on the steering wheel, tongs, walking stick, oar, etc. These battery-powered fans are a great way to get a breeze without taking a break from your favorite activities.

    Finally, some options include flexible tripods that can attach to strollers and car seats, ensuring your little one stays cool on a warm day. Kids love to grasp and grab at just about everything, so make sure your stroller fan is sturdily attached yet adjustable, so you can angle airflow without worrying your baby will get a hold of the mini fan.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a portable fan cost?

    Depending on its features and functions, a portable fan starts at $20 and goes into the hundreds. The most expensive portable fan on our list is around $120.

    Q: Is there a fan that blows cold air?

    Some fans blow colder air but keep in mind that they can be a bit pricier than the portable models listed above. Unlike energy-efficient air conditioners that use freon, or regular fans which circulate the ambient air, cold-air fans need to use more advanced technology to create highly concentrated, controlled pressure and super-high speeds that actively cycle and slightly chill the air. Top-notch models like the Dyson Pure Hot Cool can do more to chill the air around you. If you want actively cooled air and live in the right climate, you might be interested in trying an evaporative cooler that cycles recently evaporated, chilled water from a reservoir to cool a room.

    Q: What is the quietest portable fan for the bedroom?

    There are several options out there for super-quiet fans you’re sure to sleep through, and many others include a sleep or night mode to further quell sound or lights. Honeywell, Vornado, and Lasko make small portable fans that are practically noiseless. It will be a bit more challenging to find a compact, pocket-portable fan that can provide the same options when it comes to quiet modes, but that shouldn’t be as much of an issue when you’re using them on the road.   

    Q: How long do portable fan batteries last?

    Battery life depends on a few factors, like fan size and what setting is used. If you use lower power, most portable fans will last for several hours. Crank it up to the highest setting and the battery may only last for a couple of hours.

    Q: What type of portable fan is best for the beach?

    Any fan that’s designed for outdoor use would work well at the beach, as long as you’re not taking it into the water or burying it in sand. No portable fan will be completely resistant to the elements, so it pays to be cautious when using electronics outside.

    Final thoughts on the best portable fans

    While the summer heat can undoubtedly feel oppressive at times, there’s no reason why you can’t grab one of the best portable fans out there to make things more bearable, especially if you know which factors to prioritize. If you want to stay especially active, go for a mini wearable or personal handheld model. If you need some extra chill indoors, a compact desk fan or lightweight tower fan will do the trick. And for special situations, make sure you look for a fan that proudly boasts its strengths, like stroller or camping fans. Beating the heat won’t be so hard with a great portable fan in hand.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best portable fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best fans of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fan/ Tue, 08 Jun 2021 18:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368374
    Home photo

    Beat the heat during the sweaty season with these breezy picks.

    The post The best fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Home photo

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best window A large all-gray fan with two twin reversible airflow blades centered on a red button and numbers on it. Bionaire Window Fan w/ Twin 8.5-In. Blades
    SEE IT

    Takes in cool air while expelling hot air.

    Best for desk Opolar makes some of the best fans for desks. OPOLAR USB Desk Fan
    SEE IT

    This durable fan is an attractive addition to your desk.

    Best budget A portable all black color desk fan with an upper round shape and with flat shape under it. Honeywell HT-900 TurboForce Air Circulator Fan
    SEE IT

    This small but mighty model has an aerodynamic turbo design that allows you to feel the air from 27 feet away.

    As the thermostat rises, it makes sense to make sure you have a fan on hand for your home or outdoor adventure needs before the stifling summer weather makes you too lazy to shop. In addition to cooling you down without running up your electricity bill, an efficient one can help keep you healthy by stimulating air circulation. Science has confirmed that we hate being hot, and a quality fan could mean the difference between a pleasant evening or a poor night’s sleep.

    So whether you’re looking for the best for your bedroom to keep cool at night, a battery-powered pick to bring on your next camping trip, or deciding between the best window or electric fan, we’ve compiled this handy guide to the best fans help you chill out and find relief from the sweltering heat.

    The best fans: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best overall: Vornado 660 Large Whole Room Air Circulator Fan

    Vornado

    SEE IT

    The Vornado is one of the best fans for the bedroom fan because of how effectively it circulates air. Although it doesn’t oscillate, this Vornado creates a vortex of air that bounces off the walls, leaving the entire room feeling cool. And while it would be nice if it had some basic features like a remote control or timer, the no-frills design makes it simple to find the right power setting.

    Best battery-powered: Honeywell HTF090B Turbo on the Go Personal Fan

    Honeywell

    SEE IT

    While it’s great to have a stationary fan that you can depend on, it’s also very helpful to have one you can take with you throughout your day. Honeywell’s Turbo on the Go Fan is made by a trusted name. It weighs just .64 ounces, but it comes with 250 watts of power. This battery-operated floor fan is powered by four AAA batteries, and it also has a USB port you can plug in to supplement the battery power. It’s also designed with an adjustable base that makes it freestanding. And at a price of around $15, this fan is an excellent way to save energy and money.

    Best for windows: Bionaire Window Fan w/ Twin 8.5-In. Blades

    Bionaire

    SEE IT

    This window fan lets you set both of its blades individually, meaning you can use it to bring in fresh air from outside, expel hot air from indoors, or do both at the same time. Other great features include a programmable thermostat and timer, so you can set it and forget it while maintaining your preferred temperature.

    Best desk: OPOLAR USB Desk Fan

    Opolar

    SEE IT

    If you work in a stuffy office, a fan for your desk can provide welcome relief. Opolar’s USB desk fan is designed with four wind modes (including super wind) and it tilts 90 degrees to make sure the cooling breeze hits its target. At the same time, it’s early silent, so you won’t disturb your coworkers and it’s 6.5-inch body won’t take up a lot of space on your desk. The USB port allows you to plug into your laptop and other devices and its size also makes it great for portability. And it comes in at a very budget-friendly price.

    Best budget: Honeywell HT-900 TurboForce Air Circulator Fan

    Honeywell

    SEE IT

    This is an inexpensive, quiet fan for use in small to medium-sized rooms. While you can pivot the head of this model 90 degrees, it doesn’t oscillate or offer any features beyond its three power settings. For the price, though, it does pack a powerful punch. Reviewers say this is the least expensive they’ve found, isn’t noisy at all, and the airflow is nice without blasting you with cold air.

    Things to consider when shopping for the best fans

    Before you begin your search for the best fan, make sure to measure the size of the room where you plan to use it. Most have several speed settings, but you’ll want to determine in advance that the one you bring home is powerful enough for your space. Another aspect to consider is how much sound it makes. Some, especially if they’re set to full-blast, can be quite loud, while others are so silent you might even forget they’re on. If you’re very sensitive to noise, you may want to consider a bladeless fan, which tends to produce much less of a din than traditional ones. But bladeless models are often more expensive, so if you want the latest technology, expect to pay a higher price. 

    Not to worry, though, because there are plenty of great picks for every budget. Most are cheaper than air conditioners, plus they use less electricity, so buying one may ultimately help you save money. Also worth considering is whether you want one with a remote control or timer. If the temperature in your bedroom dips overnight, you might prefer one that you can turn off (or that is already off) before you get out of bed. Many are battery-powered, so you can bring them outdoors, like outdoor misting fans. Other models, such as window fans, will bring fresh air inside by sucking in cooler air from the outside. 

    Airflow

    If you’re looking for something that will not only make you feel cooler but actually lower the temperature of your home, window fans are the way to go. The key to making them work, however, is all about positioning. Inward-facing models bring in cool air from outside, while outward-facing ones exhaust hot air from inside. To make the most out of your window unit, you might want to consider buying two of them and placing them on opposite sides of the room or house. Just be sure to put the inward-facing model on whichever side gets more shade so you maximize the amount of cool air coming in. 

    Want even more control over airflow? Other window fans come with inward- and outward-facing blades that can be set individually. Dual window fans can help cool down any room, but they are especially helpful in the kitchen since they can expel heat and odors while bringing in fresh air from outside.

    Bladeless fans

    Bladeless fans (also known as air multipliers) work by utilizing entrainment, meaning the air surrounding the edges of this electric option will begin to flow in the direction of the breeze. Finally, because the ring is thinner at the front than it is at the back, a phenomenon known as the Coandă effect occurs, creating low pressure in the inner part and causing additional air to be sucked in from behind it. Considering the technological wizardry behind their sleek design, it’s no surprise that air multipliers are significantly more expensive than their traditional counterparts. But if money is not your main concern bladeless fans can’t be beaten when it comes to both functionality and aesthetics. 

    Battery power

    If you’ve ever found yourself struggling to fall asleep in a stuffy tent, you may want to consider buying a battery-operated fan before going on your next camping trip. Even if you’re not an outdoorsy adventures person, this type can still make a great addition to your next picnic or keep mosquitoes away while sitting on the porch. The best thing about battery-powered models is that they are portable, but there are advantages and disadvantages depending on the situation. 

    The most important things to consider before you buy are the size and weight, plus how long the batteries will last. You probably won’t want to lug around a heavier fan if you’re going on a long hike, but if you just plan on using it on your patio or you’re taking it with you in an RV, you might appreciate the extra power that a bigger design provides. You’ll also want to think about whether the model runs on rechargeable or disposable batteries. Rechargeables are better for the environment, but if you don’t have a way to charge them, they won’t do you much good. Some battery-powered models also come with neat features such as a radio or lights, but using these add-ons will run the battery down faster. 

    Price

    If you want to stay cool this summer without putting too much strain on your wallet, an inexpensive device can be a lifesaver. Mass-produced electric models have been around for more than a century and, today, affordable options abound. Does anyone actually need an expensive bladeless fan? Not necessarily, but staying cool and keeping the air around you circulating can make all the difference when it comes to your health. Although cheaper ones tend to lack bells and whistles like timers and remotes, if you can live without those extra features, there are plenty of models that you can pick up for a budget-friendly price point of less than $20.

    FAQs

    Q: Are bladeless fans better?

    Bladeless fans are also called air multipliers because they’re specially designed to blow out more air than regular ones. But since they also come at such a steep price, the question of whether or not they’re “better” for you will depend on your budget. There are many on the market that will keep you perfectly cool at a much lower price point. 

    Q: What should I look for when buying a fan?

    When you’re buying a fan, make sure that it’s powerful enough to keep your space cool. The size of your room or home may dictate the best type of fan to choose. Some models are also noisier than others, so look for a quiet fan for your bedroom that won’t keep you up at night.

    Q: Which fan is best for summer?

    The best for summer depends on the space you plan to use it in, and how hot it gets outside vs. inside. For example, if it’s cooler outside than in, the best window model will help bring that cool air inside while exhausting hot air outside. 

    The final word on choosing the best fans

    The best fan for you is the one that keeps you comfortable. For most people, this is going to come down to how powerful the model is and whether or not it is a quiet fan. Beyond that, there are plenty of extra features that you may want (such as timers, remotes, and thermostats), but if you’re just looking for a blast of cool air, those bells and whistles may not be necessary. Ultimately, the most important thing to remember when shopping is to buy it before the temperature goes up and while a variety of popular models are still in stock.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best projectors under $200 for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-projectors-under-200/ Thu, 14 Apr 2022 19:00:02 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=433292
    the best projectors under $200 composited
    Stan Horaczek

    Turn any wall into a window to other worlds with a portable projector.

    The post The best projectors under $200 for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    the best projectors under $200 composited
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    best overall WiFi Bluetooth Projector, DBPOWER is the best overall projector under 200. DBPOWER WiFi Bluetooth Projector
    SEE IT

    Excellent all-around performance with HD video and a good warranty.

    Best bright image Projector, GooDee 2022 is the best projector under 200. GooDee 2023 Projector
    SEE IT

    With an extra bright image, this is a solid outdoor movie night option.

    Best portable Kodak Ultra Mini Portable Projector is the best portable projector under 200. Kodak Ultra Mini Portable Projector
    SEE IT

    Palm-sized but still potent, this tiny pocket projector offers big entertainment.

    Projectors do wonders at making any room—even minuscule city apartments—feel like a home theater. And not all projectors require a big investment to open up a huge new window of immersive entertainment. If you’re ready to expand your laptop binges and smartphone scrolling to the size of your wall, you can explore the world of streaming content at a surprisingly affordable price. You shouldn’t expect top-tier performance at this price point, but the best projectors under $200 can still provide a satisfying experience if you choose the right model and do a little prep work. 

    How we chose the best projectors under $200

    Having spent countless nights watching YouTube with my girlfriend’s cat at the foot of the bed purring and curled up around the projector’s exhaust fan, I know the joys of a simple-to-use home projector. For this best-of list, I evaluated leading projectors from numerous manufacturers, looking for the magic combination of a few factors that add up to make some truly great picks. We narrowed down this list from dozens based on intensive research, editorial reviews, and spec comparisons. 

    The best projectors under $200: Reviews & Recommendations

    These projectors offer surprisingly capable combinations of tech features that capitalize on crisp definition, Apollonian illumination, dynamic sound, and the connectivity you need for nightly use. Most hook into your laptop using an HDMI cable, while some pair wirelessly through a WiFi network. For audio, many pair with powered speakers (or an AV receiver) via aux connections and sometimes support Bluetooth. At the $200 price point, few projectors may be completely cord-free or the perfect pairing for your premium sound systems, but they could be a great partner to that new portable party speaker. Still, today’s budget projectors offer versatility and delivery that would have been unthinkable at this price a decade ago.

    Best overall: DBPOWER WiFi Bluetooth Projector

    DBPOWER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With native HD, 9,000 lumens, and WiFi connectivity, this is a versatile and powerful projector, but it’s the customer support that makes it the best overall.

    Specs

    • Luminance: 9,000 lumens
    • Definition: 1080p
    • Connections: HDMI, WiFi, Bluetooth (sound), TV stick, USB, AV port, 3.5mm audio

    Pros

    • Really nice picture with good definition and bright luminance
    • Solid connectivity options
    • Allows viewers to screen cast from their phones

    Cons

    • Bluetooth connection is only sound, advertising is misleading
    • Some high-end sound systems won’t connect

    This projector hits all the basics with aplomb: It offers 1080p definition without much warping along the edges, delivers 9,000 lumens to be visible in half-light conditions, and features impressive connectivity options. That connectivity lets you pair your devices to the projector via WiFi to screencast from a phone, or connect a sound system via Bluetooth. However, it will not deliver video via Bluetooth. That’s typical, but the product listings make it slightly confusing. 

    The projector also delivers a few special features, such as a zoom function that allows you to shrink the image to 75% via the remote. Built-in speakers create a modicum of surround sound illusion. However, we think you’ll be best served by connecting to a separate Bluetooth speaker device.  

    Best bright image: GooDee 2022 Projector

    GooDee

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With 1080p native resolution, 9,500 lumens, and two speakers to create a modicum of surround sound, this projector is more than capable of achieving most of what most users want.

    Specs

    • Luminance: 9,500 lumens
    • Definition: 1080p
    • Connections: 2 HDMI, VGA, 2 USB, AV, TF card

    Pros

    • Two speakers for true stereo sound
    • Extra bright LED luminance
    • Decent connections

    Cons

    • Build quality is a bit cheap
    • Edges get somewhat fuzzy

    At the sub-$200 price point, it can be hard to find a projector with really excellent brightness. The GooDee 2022 distinguishes itself here. Offering 9,500 lumens with a 3,000:1 contrast ratio and a max screen size of 230 inches, this budget projector emphasizes going big. A pretty perfect option for backyard movie nights, this might be the best outdoor projector under $200, hitting a nice sweet spot of big image and lightweight build. 

    The GooDee does have a little trouble with warping and fuzziness around the image corners. However, that’s nothing rare at this price point. The device also suffers from a somewhat cheap-feeling build. It doesn’t feel super solid and primed for longevity. Still, the brightness and resolution may compensate for this for most users.

    All in all, GooDee delivers a projector that yields a pretty bright, crisp image, with good contrast and resolution. It’s especially suited for backyard movie parties.

    Best portable: Kodak Ultra Mini Portable Projector

    KODAK

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With support for 1080p signal and a two-hour battery charge, this super-petite projector fits in a pocket and makes for a perfect companion for campers with kids or travel.

    Specs

    • Luminance: 25 ANSI lumen
    • Definition: 640 x 320 (capable of displaying images meant for 1080p)
    • Connections: HDMI, USB, MicroSD

    Pros

    • Ultra-portable
    • Makes a great camping projector

    Cons

    • Battery often dies in under two hours

    Ready to bring your projector camping? The Kodak Ultra Mini projector does some amazing things considering its size. At about 3 inches square and only 150 grams, the Kodak lives up to its title as a true “ultra-mini” projector housed in that tiny body is a decent projector that hooks up to most smartphones and portable devices.

    With such a tiny size and low price, the Ultra-Mini will require you to make some sacrifices. While it can receive a 1080p signal, it only outputs at 640 x 320, meaning the 1080p video entering the projector will be downscaled to a much lower native resolution. It’s quite a drop from HD, so don’t expect crisp, beautiful video that perfectly represents contemporary cinema. Additionally, the brightness isn’t anything to write home about. Still, it’s nothing to sneer at on a dark tent wall. One other issue with the device is its short battery life. It generally won’t make it past two hours, so don’t expect any Lord Of The Rings marathon binges here.

    If a miniature portable projector is something you’re after and you decide you can afford the bells and whistles, Kodak’s more expensive Luma 350 could be worth exploring. For its small price and equally tiny size, however, the Kodak Ultra Mini is the best mini projector under $200. It’s worth a look, even if it could be a good idea to get your expectations in order before you spring for it.

    Best for home theater: Wsky HD Projector (Refurbished)

    Wsky

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a native 1080p HD resolution and a significantly higher-than-average 5,000:1 contrast, this projector puts its double-dense LED tech to work.

    Specs

    • Luminance: 7,500 lumens
    • Definition: 1080p
    • Connections: HDMI, VGA, audio port, USB, MHL

    Pros

    • 84 LEDs double the standard LED count in a projector and achieve greater detail, contrast, and less fuzziness on the exterior of the image
    • Value priced

    Cons

    • Sound quality isn’t great

    For a sub-$200 cinephiles projector, look no further than the Wsky HD Projector. This projector puts the work in on image quality using a higher-than-average LED count. The 5,000:1 contrast is noticeably better than much of the competition, and the 1080p HD coverage looks great, even with new movies. With better-than-average corner coverage achieved via the keystone wheel, Wsky also doesn’t suffer from as much of the edge blurriness that might make subtitles illegible on some projectors.

    The Wsky’s sound won’t rack up any bonus points, however. While it advertises Dolby sound, the two speakers aren’t powerful enough. However, plugging speakers into the audio jack can mitigate this sound deficiency. Sadly, no Bluetooth audio connection is available. However, those who stump for Bluetooth speakers may be able to pair them to a device that’s sourcing video (such as your laptop, though there might be sync issues). 

    With its impressive video capabilities, the Wsky HD Projector is worth consideration for anyone who wants a projector that yields a great picture.

    Best with DVD player: BIGASUO Upgrade HD Bluetooth Projector

    BIGASUO

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: For folks with a legacy DVD collection who might want to skip all the wires, this projector has a built-in DVD player and does a decent job at all the rest.

    Specs

    • Luminance: 5,500 lumens
    • Definition: 720p
    • Connections: HDMI, VGA, AV, USB, Bluetooth (sound), TF SD card

    Pros

    • DVD player built in
    • Decent connectivity, including Bluetooth for sound

    Cons

    • Resolution and brightness are both somewhat low
    • Sound is nothing to write home about

    Are you itching to tuck into the entire Lassie television series on DVD box set? The BIGASUO Upgrade HD projector with a built-in DVD player might be your best bet. The BIGASUO projector is remarkable for its connections and legacy media opportunities. 

    The Bluetooth connection for sound is particularly useful in concert with the built-in DVD player. Often with contemporary laptops, Bluetooth sound on a projector is redundant since most laptops can pair to a Bluetooth speaker while casting video through HDMI. However, since this device acts as its own DVD player, the Bluetooth connection can be important for those skipping the laptop entirely. This means you can natively watch DVDs from the device while simultaneously paired with a Bluetooth speaker for sound.

    Outside of its DVD player, this is an unremarkable projector. It downscales HD video to its native 720p definition, which falls short of similarly priced native HD projectors. Its brightness similarly lags the competition somewhat.

    If you’re looking for a capable all-in-one DVD player/projector hybrid, the BIGASUO Upgrade HD is a good pick. Otherwise, you may want to move on.

    Best with screen: YABER WiFi 9000L

    Yaber

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Yaber boasts an impressive 10,000:1 contrast, supplemented by an included SCT screen that improves the image.

    Specs

    • Luminance: 9,500 lumens
    • Definition: 1080p
    • Connections: HDMI, USB, VGA, AV, audio, TF card

    Pros

    • Includes projection screen, which is primed for contrast
    • Decently bright
    • Lightweight and portable at just over two pounds

    Cons

    • Resolution could be better

    Pay for a projector, get the whole shebang? You’ll get just that with the YABER WiFi 9000L, which features a projection screen included in the box. While lots of folks use their projectors on a blank wall, you can demonstrably get a better image with a specially designed projection screen.

    The rest of the YABER’s specs are average. It features a 1080p native resolution, and its brightness is better than average but not outstanding. It uses two speakers for decent sound. The WiFi connectivity is a nice touch that may sway some buyers. That, coupled with the 10,000:1 high definition, makes for a good all-around projector that’s a perfect addition to some households.

    Best for gaming: WiMiUS P28 4K Projector

    Wimius

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This HD projector isn’t actually true 4K, but it does deliver 1080p video at gaming speeds, extra bright 400 ANSI lumens (about 9500 lumens), 10,000:1 contrast ratio, and extra nice keystone correction. 

    Specs

    • Luminance: 400 ANSI lumens
    • Definition: 1080p
    • Connections: 2 HDMI, 2 USB, 1 VGA, 1 AV, 1 audio output

    Pros

    • Great video quality with very bright and detailed image
    • Relatively low lag makes it worthy of games
    • With a wider-than-average keystone correction capability, you’ll get a more balanced picture

    Cons

    • “4K” claim refers to 4K video input which is standard and downgraded to HD
    • Edges of the picture remain fuzzy

    Available for a solid sale price more often than not, the WiMiUS P28 fits within the $200 mark for our purposes. While the false 4K advertising is certainly a turn-off, the projector is still a good enough deal to highlight on this list. 

    This projector has a classic HD 1920×1080 resolution, make no mistake. The 4K claim simply refers to the projector’s ability to accept 4K video and downscale it to HD, which is common. Still, this projector throws a nice-looking image: It has the highest contrast ratio of any projector on this list, with about 9,500 lumens (rated at 400 ANSI lumens) and claims of a 60Hz refresh rate that should appeal to gamers. That said, the image has some issues; its edges tend to blur, with the middle properly focusing and the corners getting fuzzy.

    In the end, this is a pretty capable extra bright projector. But don’t be fooled by the advertising … this isn’t a magical unicorn 4K projector for under $200.

    Best budget: Vamvo Mini Movie Projector

    Vavmo

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With its two built-in speakers, 720p resolution, and under 1-pound weight, Vamvo dishes up a budget projector that does a really decent job. 

    Specs

    • Luminance: 3,500 lumens
    • Definition: 720p
    • Connections: HDMI, VGA, SD/TF, AV, USB and RC

    Pros

    • Better sound delivery than most at this price
    • Lightweight build makes it a great choice for a portable option
    • Decently bright

    Cons

    • Non-HD picture is a bit blurry

    For a truly low price for its capabilities, the Vamvo Mini Movie Projector is the value pick for budget projectors. This 720p projector still delivers a decent enough high-contrast picture that’s adequately bright in dark rooms at 3,500 lumens, so that it’s effective in moderately dark to very dark spaces. While it advertises its support for 1080p HD, the 720p resolution will mean that high-end pictures do downgrade and lose detail. If you’re just watching the occasional movie in a dark backyard on a DIY screen or sheet, that may not matter very much.

    The projector’s speakers certainly fall short of outstanding. Still, you can’t knock the performance here for the price point. It does a better job than most at this level. Overall, Vamvo is a true budget projector. While none of its components outpace the best equipped of the competition, if a low price is your most important metric, then it’s worth real consideration for its decent treatment of all the basics. At about just under a pound, this Vamvo is portable, reliable, and very cheap.

    Things to consider when shopping for the best projectors under $200

    You won’t get a chance to try out these projectors before you take the leap and buy one, but you can get a good idea of what you’re getting by comparing the specs. Here are some essential features to look for when trying to pick the best model for you. 

    Do you need 4K?

    4K is all the rage (until 8K finally established itself), and while I type this article on a laptop with a 4K screen, the resolution difference between 1080p and 4K at that scale is subtle. However, a projector is arguably one of the best applications of 4K resolution. Since projectors often cast their image onto large surfaces, the more pixels the projector displays, the better it looks at visual detail. That said, true 4K resolution is currently prohibitively expensive for an “under $200” list.

    The difference between 1080p and a resolution like 720p is quite drastic. With a difference of 1080 lines of pixel dots versus 720 lines of pixel dots, you will notice the difference, especially if you’re projecting large. Generally, a substantive price difference separates the standard resolution brackets. So unless you are dedicated to getting the most portable projector out there, the choice should generally come down to budget vs. resolution. Go for the 1080p model unless image quality really isn’t important to you.

    Read the fine print

    Yeah, you want to believe that companies are being transparent about their products, but there’s a lot of bluster in the budget projector market. Often companies will claim their product supports HD in a header, then reveal that it has a native resolution of 720p, accepting HD video and downscaling it. It’s important to fully examine the specs of the projector you’re considering purchasing to ensure that it’s really the right one for you.

    Keystone effect

    Keystone correction refers to the illusion that’s created when your projector casts a square image onto a wall at an angle, creating a trapezoid. The shape created looks like the crowning keystone a mason would use to construct an arch. 

    Today’s projectors compensate for the keystone effect by including a control that skews the image. This control usually takes the shape of a ring or nob by the focus control. Keystone correction can also be added digitally. 

    Some projectors are better at keystone correction than others. But all projectors can benefit from supplementing keystone compensation with proper alignment of the projector against the wall. For permanent installation, getting the projector alignment right the first time is usually a good idea. Whether your projector will be installed permanently, or be moved around the house (or beyond), it’s worth understanding Keystone controls before you make a final decision.

    Screen or wall?

    Screens can make a huge difference in the image quality you get from your projector. Painted walls often contain more bumps and crevasses than you would expect. Not only do projector screens deliver a flat uniform surface, but they also often come primed with materials that help your projector do its work. Some projectors ship with a screen in the package. Many others would benefit from one. It’s worth considering whether you want to invest in a projector screen.

    Luminance

    Most of the time, projectors with the highest luminance are better than others for most users. Since projectors work by casting light onto a wall, higher luminance equals a brighter, more visible image, that will show up in half-light settings and on surfaces that aren’t primed for contrast. Usually, companies describe luminance in terms of lumens, which is the International System of Units standard for measuring total light emission over a unit of time. Sometimes, projectors advertise their brightness using the term “ANSI lumens,” a (generally) more accurate metric created by the American National Standards Institute for measuring total light emitted from a projector. While ANSI lumens aren’t directly convertible to lumens without accounting for a few additional factors (such as room temperature and surface color), 400 ANSI lumens roughly translates to a little under 1000 lumens. For this article, we prioritized higher luminance in most cases.

    Picture quality and definition 

    We’re in the era of 4K, and while a 4K resolution projector is rarely achievable for less than $200 (though we’ve got some great choices starting at $500), HD has become the bottom line in most cases. Many projectors still offer less than 1080p resolutions, and some are still worth considering, especially if you’re stumping for ultra-portability (or ultra-cheap prices). Still, most of the time, 1080p HD is the baseline we look for in a model designed for watching content. It creates a detailed image that does justice to your Criterion Collection binges. Definition isn’t the whole story, though: some projectors warp or blur image edges, skewing the picture. Other factors like contrast and color reproduction can also affect quality. This list prioritizes projectors that achieve image quality that displays the worlds you escape in how the director (or game designer) envisioned them.

    Connectivity

    At the sub-$200 price point, most projectors use HDMI cables for video connection. A few offer WiFi connections to supplement this. A few even offer Bluetooth connectivity. I factored in a projector’s connection offerings when I evaluated it and highlighted any that stand out from the crowd.

    FAQs

    Q: Which brand is best for projectors?

    At the sub-$200 price point, DBPOWER is the most all-around capable projector. You also get solid support along with your purchase. 

    Q: What should I look for in a good projector?

    Great projectors under $200 offer solid brightness, which usually delivers 5,000 lumens and up, HD video, good connectivity, and reliable customer service. 

    Q: How many lumens do I need for outdoor projector?

    No projector can keep up with the luminance of the sun. Projectors that deliver the maximum possible lumens do the best outdoors; in the under $200 category, look for projectors that deliver 7,000 lumens and up, and 9,000-9,500 would be best.

    Q: How many lumens is a good projector?

    Certain mini portable projectors that emphasize small size can justify low brightness and still qualify as good quality. However, generally, 5,000 lumens and up makes a good projector brightness.

    Q: What are the best projectors under $100?

    The Vamvo Mini Movie Projector dishes up lean, mean video for under $100. With HD video, 3,5005-lumen brightness, and good connectivity, it’s a steal.

    Q: What projectors under $200 work well with PS4?

    The WiMiUS P28 is a powerful gamer-ready projector. Its impressive video does justice to the PS4’s graphics and readily keeps up with 60Hz video without lagging. At just under $200, it’s a great choice. If you’re moving up to the PS5, though, you might want to consider larger, albeit more expensive projectors or you’re just wasting all that next-gen game engine.

    Q: How long does a projector last?

    While so many components factor into the lifespan of your tech. Companies often advertise the lifespan of the LEDs or other light sources that power their projectors. Some are primed to last for 10 years, while others may only deliver about a year.

    Final thoughts on the best projectors under $200

    The best projectors under $200 offer tuned combinations of value and performance. You’ll find HD video, bright high-lumen LEDs, and solid connectivity at the price point. You can also find ultra-mini projectors capable of projecting from a phone or tablet and easily fit into a shirt pocket. For one of the best value projectors around, the Vamvo Mini Movie Projector delivers good video and brightness at a super-budget price. The Wsky HD Projector, with its impressive LED tech, is our favorite for home theater, though you might want to pair it with external speakers. DBPOWER, on the other hand, was the clear choice for the overall best projector under 200 for its HD video, good brightness, connectivity, and a customer service plan and warranty that goes far beyond most on this list. Whatever you pick, enjoy the new dimensions of video and picture quality that your projector will bring to your home media. 

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best projectors under $200 for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save up to 30% and bring internet dark spots into the light with Amazon eero mesh WiFi routers https://www.popsci.com/gear/wifi-mesh-router-amazon-sale/ Wed, 10 May 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540253
    An eero mesh router on a gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    Step up your internet game (and gaming) with one of Amazon's eero router—and save some dough while you fill in the dead zones.

    The post Save up to 30% and bring internet dark spots into the light with Amazon eero mesh WiFi routers appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    An eero mesh router on a gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Poor internet is the bane of a modern person’s existence. Looking like you’re streaming in from a potato on a work video call? Breaking up like Pangea? And you can’t even game with your friends because it takes 10 years to download Rocket League? All awful experiences! Help turn your slow internet to something fast and furious with Amazon eero mesh WiFi routers, on sale for up to 30% off.

    Amazon eero Pro 6E mesh Wi-Fi System $319.99 (Was $399.99)

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    You’ll already need a modem if you’re going to invest in the eero, or else you won’t be able to take advantage of the 4,000 square feet of network coverage it provides. You can also connect your smart home devices and control compatible Thread and Zigbee devices with an Alexa device. Plus, you don’t have to worry about how many devices you connect—the eero can handle more than 100 of them. The router also gives you peace of mind, thanks to automatic updates about your network’s safety and security.

    If you’d like to take this time to snag a modem—one that you don’t have to rent or return to your provider—check with your internet provider first. We love the Motorola MB7621 Cable Modem, which is on sale for $89.98 and works with Xfinity, Cox, and Spectrum.

    Faster internet with more even coverage is just a mouse click away—which equates to a minute or two if you don’t have an eero.

    Here are more eero and router deals we’re speeding to get our hands on:

    The post Save up to 30% and bring internet dark spots into the light with Amazon eero mesh WiFi routers appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best raised garden beds in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-raised-garden-bed/ Tue, 08 Jun 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368035
    The best raised garden beds will help you start growing whether you have a big backyard or apartment balcony.

    Put your green thumb to good use and elevate your gardening game in these raised beds.

    The post The best raised garden beds in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best raised garden beds will help you start growing whether you have a big backyard or apartment balcony.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Greenes makes some of the best raised beds for gardening. Greenes Fence Original Cedar Raised Garden Bed
    SEE IT

    This raw, premium cedar planter is built to last, expandable, and is easy to assemble.

    Best metal A grey garden structure and it is full of green flowers in it. Galvanized Raised Garden Beds
    SEE IT

    Grow herbs, vegetables, flowers, and plants in this stable metal garden bed, outfitted with an anti-rust coating and an open bottom for drainage.

    Best tiered A wooden garden bed structure in the shape of three steps and it is full of green flowers in it. YAHEETECH Three-tier Raised Garden Bed
    SEE IT

    This stable and low-maintenance pick allows you to create three separate garden beds to suit different plants and herbs.

    Whether or not you’ve already joined in on the grand tradition of gardening, there’s no time like the present to startand a raised garden bed can help. Buying produce at the grocery store is all well and good, but if you’ve had the chance to grow your own, you know there’s nothing quite like the taste of fresh, well-cared-for veggies. It doesn’t get much more farm-to-table than that. Now, with a little time, elbow grease, and some garden tools, here’s how to create the best raised garden beds for your own harvest.

    How we chose the best raised garden beds

    American food culture is very much devoted to its meat and dairy consumption, but for the past decade or so, the farm-to-table food movement, maybe even the rise of plant-based “meat,” has made major strides in putting vegetables back in the spotlight. While the majority of Americans don’t have the capacity or expertise to become fully self-sufficient, building raised garden beds is within reach for most. Thus, one of the most accessible and rewarding hobbies can enable people to grow their own food, nurture new life, and spend more time outside feeling productive and purposeful.

    This is the true gift of gardening: Even if you only harvest a few carrots in your backyard garden, or your flowers don’t all bloom, you still get to witness and partake in the most literal—and rewarding—version of reaping what you sow. In making our recommendations for the best raised garden beds, we considered material quality, durability, customizability, variety of sizes, and price. So whether you’re a novice gardener or an old farm hand looking to learn some new tricks, we’ve compiled this elevated guide to raised planter boxes to help you grow your skillset—along with a tasty bounty. Get started with one of the best garden hoses.

    The best raised garden beds: Reviews & Recommendations

    It’s no secret that gardening has made a serious comeback. It presents the perfect, practical excuse to get outside—even if only to the backyard. You can grew veggies, nurture green thumbs, and experience the catharsis that comes with getting your hands dirty during planting season. So if you’re looking for raised bed garden ideas, here are our recommendations to get you growing.

    Best overall: Greenes Fence Original Cedar Raised Garden Bed

    Greenes

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Cedar wood
    • Dimensions: 4 feet W x 8 feet L x 7 inches H or 10.5 inches H.
    • Colors: Unfinished

    Pros

    • Made from long-lasting cedar
    • Easy to set up
    • Can stack or expand to customize size

    Cons

    • Some users were disappointed with the quality of the wood
    • Doesn’t provide much protection from animals

    Planting a garden is a way of getting back to nature, so it makes sense that you’d want one of the elevated garden beds free from chemicals and made from sustainable materials. Greenes Fence Original Cedar Raised Garden Bed fits the bill. Made from unsanded 11/16-inch boards of cedar, these raised beds are safe to grow vegetables and herbs in. You can stain them, or they will fade to gray over time.

    The boards are also designed for easy, tool-free assembly, with joints that interlock—though you can top off the corners with decorative tops that do require a screwdriver to install. You can pick from options 4-feet wide by 8-feet long by either 7- or 10.5-inches high. And the interlocking design allows you to either stack or expand the open-bottomed frames to create a range of sizes and heights for your garden. You can get a head start on growing with one of the best seedling starter trays.

    Best wood: Boldly Growing Cedar Raised Garden Bed Kit

    Boldly Growing

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Cedar wood, metal
    • Dimensions: 4 feet L x 4 feet W x 1 foot H or 8 inches L x 4 inches W x 1 foot H
    • Colors: Unfinished, will fade to gray

    Pros

    • Made from sustainable wood
    • Available in two sizes: square and rectangular sizes
    • Easy to assemble

    Cons

    • Little protection against animals
    • Not customizable

    This cedar raised garden bed kit has everything you need to kick start your vegetable garden—no tools required. The raw, premium cedar comes in 1.5-inch thick boards that are rot-resistant. You can pick from two sizes: square (4 feet by 4 feet) or rectangular (8 feet by 4 feet). The corner joints make assembly easy, but if you’re not happy with your purchase, the kit comes with a one-year guarantee of satisfaction. Then water your new garden with one of the best garden hoses.

    Best plastic: The Lakeside Collection Raised Garden Bed Set

    The Lakeside Collection

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Polypropylene (plastic)
    • Dimensions: 45.38 inches D x 45.38 inches W x 5.63 inches H
    • Colors: Brown

    Pros

    • Durable
    • Customizable into four shapes
    • Easy to assemble

    Cons

    • Not made from sustainable materials
    • Doesn’t provide protection from animals

    Convenience is king with this garden bed from the Lakeside Collection. The kit comes with eight polypropylene (plastic) panels that you can assemble into one of four shapes: square, rectangular, octagon, or double height. It’s easy to assemble, and the material is durable enough to last through the seasons. It will work well for growing veggies and as a flower bed. The set is also collapsible and easy to store should you decide to take it down during the winter.

    Best metal: Galvanized Raised Garden Beds

    FOYUEE

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Steel and metal 
    • Dimensions: 8 feet (96 inches) L x 4 feet (48 inches) W x 1 foot (12 inches) H
    • Colors: Gray

    Pros

    • Made of weather-resistant, durable material
    • Comes in two sizes
    • Easy to assemble

    Cons

    • Only comes in rectangular shape
    • Not customizable

    When it comes to garden beds, use an eco-friendly material or risk damaging your plants. Galvanized raised beds provide a good solution, and this galvanized steel and metal garden bed fits the bill. Available in two rectangular sizes (8 feet by 4 feet or 6 feet by 3 feet), this rust-resistant, durable pick will protect your plants without poisoning your crop with chemicals.

    Best small: Raised Metal Garden Planter Box

    Progard

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Steel
    • Dimensions: 24 inches (2 feet) L x18 inches H x11 inches W or 40 inches L x 32 inches H x 11 inches W
    • Colors: Gray

    Pros

    • Made of sleek steel
    • Ideal for small spaces
    • Lightweight and easy to assemble

    Cons

    • Small capacity
    • Can’t grow plants with deep roots

    If you’re in the market for metal raised garden beds, this galvanized, rust-resistant steel puts this planter box on par with our previous choice of raised metal garden bed, but with a twist: it’s tiny enough to fit in a limited space. With a built-in drainage system and weather-resistant steel, this bed is one of the planter boxes that could easily become home to a thriving bunch of herbs, veggies, or flowers.

    Best large: Outdoor Living Today Raised 8×12 Foot Garden Bed

    Outdoor Living Today

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Cedar wood
    • Dimensions: 141 inches L x 92 inches W x 67 inches H
    • Colors: Brown

    Pros

    • Provides growing space for tall plants
    • Self-contained unit
    • Has fence to keep critters out

    Cons

    • Involved assembly process
    • Expensive

    If you’re looking to grow a bountiful harvest for a family, Outdoor Living Today’s Raised 8×12 Foot Garden Bed can help. At 141-inches long by 92-inches wide by 67-inches high, this wooden structure is a self-contained mini farm with large planter boxes, a walkway, and a door that latches. It’s made of rot-resistant cedar wood, and its height provides the space for you to grow large plants such as tomatoes and beans while also keeping dogs and other small animals out. This raised bed set also comes with a fence to keep critters out. That said, you should consider that assembly is estimated to take four to six hours.

    Best tiered: YAHEETECH Three-tier Raised Garden Bed

    YAHEETECH

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Fir
    • Dimensions: 47.2 inches L x 47.2 inches W x 22 inches H
    • Colors: Unfinished

    Pros

    • Provides three levels of growing space
    • Saves space
    • Unit can also be assembled into three separate beds

    Cons

    • Not weatherproof

    Ready to launch your micro-farm? Connect each garden bed tier using the built-in plugs, and you’re ready. Added bonus: Each bed is made of 100-percent fir planks, ensuring its durability and quality. The tiered structure allows you to grow different types of plants that might not thrive next to each other. And while you can stack the beds for a tiered setup, you can also easily separate them and have three stand-alone beds instead. If you’re interested in hydroponics, you may want to also consider one of the best indoor herb gardens.

    Best with self-watering system: Keter Urban Bloomer 12.7 Gallon Raised Garden Bed

    Keter Urban Bloomer

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Resin
    • Dimensions: 32 inches L x 14 inches W x 30 inches H
    • Colors: Dark gray

    Pros

    • Provides self-watering system
    • Sleek, display-worthy design
    • Good capacity for a unit this size

    Cons

    • Not made of sustainable materials
    • Not designed for large yield

    If you’re in the market for a sleeker look for your garden that you can maintain even when you’re out of town, consider the Keter Urban Bloomer. This raised garden bed looks modern and works both indoors and out on a balcony. 

    The main selling point of this unit is its self-watering system. The unit comes equipped with seedling trays to get your seeds started. The watering system is smart, ensuring plants don’t get drenched (which encourages root rot). There’s also an easy-to-read water gauge that displays in red or green whether you should water or not and a manual drainage cap that lets you release excess water. 

    While the resin material isn’t sustainable, the unit is ergonomically designed for easy planting. With a capacity of 12 cubic feet of soil, this raised bed won’t necessarily provide you with a big harvest, but the depth will allow you to grow some taller plants. This unit is also easy to assemble and great for small apartment dwellers getting started with gardening.

    Best budget: Apipi Two-pack Raised Garden Planter Fabric Bed

    Apipi

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Material: Polypropylene (plastic)
    • Dimensions: 11.8 inches L x 11.8 inches W x 9.8 inches H
    • Colors: Green

    Pros

    • Affordable
    • Provides depth for taller plants
    • Lightweight

    Cons

    • Doesn’t provide much shelter
    • Wide open for animals to partake

    On the hunt for cheap raised garden beds? The award for most lightweight and most affordable garden bed clearly goes to this two-pack of beds from Apipi. All you need to do with this two-pack is unfold each foursome, fill each square with dirt, and start planting. It’s also got impressive depth that will allow you to grow root vegetables like carrots. Easy as pie. That said, this option is also made of plastic and isn’t sustainable. It also doesn’t provide any shelter to protect your plants and won’t ward off animals intent on nibbling your lettuce. But it’s a very affordable way to get you (or your kids) growing.

    Things to consider before purchasing a raised garden bed

    People have been growing food for thousands of years, so it might seem easy. But in practice, ensuring you have the right setup—including good soil, healthy seedlings, and a protective structure that gives your plants room to grow—is essential to reaping a harvest of herbs or plum tomatoes. Keeping these factors in mind will help you select the best raised bed option for your space and gardening aspirations.

    Materials

    Wooden garden beds are probably the most classic style you can buy, and they’ve stood the test of time for good reason: They look great, blend in with the natural environment, and you can trust that they won’t poison or otherwise damage your crops. It’s important, however, to choose the right kind of wood when building a garden bed because wood is, obviously, vulnerable to rot. While pine is one of the cheapest options available, depending on where you live, it may not last you more than a handful of years before starting to crumble. A cedar raised garden bed, then, is the best, albeit most expensive, option for a wood garden bed.

    If wood is the most permanent option for raised garden beds, plastic is the most temporary. For folks renting, moving soon, or just generally indecisive about where to plant their gardens, plastic wins: It’s lightweight, easy to move around, and super affordable, especially compared to wood.

    Plastic has its downsides, of course. It won’t keep its shape as well as wood and might bend or snap under pressure. But it’s cheap to replace broken boxes, and if you have hesitations about where or when to move your garden beds, plastic may be the right material for your elevated garden bed.

    Metal garden boxes are by far the most durable: Galvanized raised beds are nearly unbreakable, unlike plastic, and they won’t rot, unlike wood. It’s not a flawless material, though; metal can obviously rust, and it’s both heavy and fairly expensive. That said, if you live in a place that requires extra protection from the elements or prefer an extra-sturdy material, metal is a great option for your raised garden bed.

    Fabric might not be the first thing that comes to mind when hunting for a durable, long-lasting garden box. But, contrary to popular belief, certain types of fabric are plenty sturdy to protect your plants and thus serve as adequate garden beds. Obviously, you’re not going to get the years-long guarantee that you might get from some other materials, but what this option lacks in longevity, it certainly makes up for in price.

    Shape and size

    If you don’t have much in the way of outdoor space, building a raised garden bed is a great alternative. Garden boxes come in all shapes and sizes, and there’s no harm in keeping things small. Maybe you don’t have a backyard, per se, but do you have a balcony, fire escape, front porch, windowsill, or rooftop? Take a look around and search for a creative substitute space. Then, simply find a garden bed that works with what you’ve got. A little ingenuity can go a long way.

    Your space

    This one’s for the folks who can’t resist doing things just a little bit differently. If you have the space—and a love of smart design—consider veering off course and opting for a tiered garden bed. Unlike the classic one-level beds, these babies can house two or three times the amount of vegetables without expanding their footprint. Also, they are often easy to separate in case you want individual beds. It should come as no surprise that they cost more, but it might be worth the investment if you’re an ambitious gardener with a long veggie wish list.

    Assembly

    While some raised garden beds can be unfolded and let you start planting within minutes, others may involve hours of assembly. Check what assembly will require, and if it’s not a task you or someone you know can take on, be prepared to figure in the extra cost of hiring a pro to help you put your raised beds together.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a raised garden bed cost?

    The cost of a raised garden bed ranges from just over $20 for a plastic model that you can just unfold and start filling with soil up to thousands of dollars for a self-contained mini-farm with a door and walkway. Fortunately, there are many options for beginning and experienced gardeners at various price points.

    Q: How deep should an elevated garden bed be?

    When asking this question, the ground underneath your garden bed is the most important factor to consider. Is it soil or grass, where roots can take hold? Or is it less hospitable to growth? The former doesn’t require much more than tilling and fresh soil, but the latter likely needs around three feet of depth to give your plants enough room to grow fully. 

    Q: How to choose a raised garden bed?

    Choosing the right raised garden bed for you means considering several factors: for example, the environment in which you live, the money you’re willing to spend, and how many seasons you expect to use the garden box once it’s built. You might find it helpful to start by deciding which material you prefer and go from there.

    Q: What is the best size for a raised vegetable bed?

    There’s a simple correlation between size and harvest here: The bigger the vegetable garden, the more vegetables you can grow. Before you build your garden bed, start with your wishlist of veggies. Then, research how much space each type needs, and size your beds accordingly so that everything has plenty of room to grow. 

    Final thoughts on the best raised garden beds

    Nurturing new life in a vegetable garden or flower box is a true delight. Reconnect with the great outdoors, discover a newfound appreciation for food and flowers, and get your hands dirty with the best raised garden beds. You might surprise yourself—and your tastebuds, too.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best raised garden beds in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save up to $200 on pro-grade espresso machines for Mother’s Day at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/breville-espresso-machines-amazon-deal/ Mon, 06 Mar 2023 15:30:18 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=517323
    Breville espresso machines on a white background. they're on-sale at Amazon.
    Stan Horaczek

    Catch this rare sale on Breville's high-end Barista-series espresso machines, discounted up to 20%.

    The post Save up to $200 on pro-grade espresso machines for Mother’s Day at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Breville espresso machines on a white background. they're on-sale at Amazon.
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    A quality caffeinated beverage can really change the tone of the morning, whether it’s yours or that of a special lady in your life, and Amazon is currently offering 20% discounts on Breville’s high-end Barista-series espresso machines. The entire line offers stainless steel construction and everything you need to make an espresso better than the one that costs $6 at the local coffee shop. They grind, brew, and even steam milk, so there’s no need for extra devices to fuel a morning routine. None of these devices are cheap, but with the price of commercial coffee shops climbing constantly, one could pay for itself in just a couple of months. It all depends on how dependent someone is on those morning shots (we can’t keep the hopper even half full of beans, so no judgment).

    Breville Barista Touch Espresso Machine $879 (Was $1,099)

    Breville

    SEE IT

    This is the big dog in the Breville Barista pack, and it’s being offered at its lowest price in months. If espresso machines were the Muppets, this would be Kermit. The Breville Barista Touch replaces some analog controls with a handy full-color touchscreen display you can use to choose your favorite drinks. It makes flat whites, lattes, Americanos, and a host of other delicious drinks with names that sound like paint colors you might choose for your understated dining room. It heats up in just four seconds and handles every step of the coffee creation process. Plus, it looks extremely classy.

    More deals on coffee and espresso machines

    Maybe you’re not ready to spend that much on an espresso machine. We totally get it. Here are some more coffee and espresso machine deals that will leave money in your budget for beans, a fancy insulated mug, and more:

    The post Save up to $200 on pro-grade espresso machines for Mother’s Day at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best dog houses of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-dog-house/ Tue, 23 Nov 2021 17:49:33 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=281885
    Keep your pooch warm and safe in one of the best dog houses.

    You can make a sizable difference in your pet’s comfort and security when you pick one of the best houses for man's best friend.

    The post The best dog houses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Keep your pooch warm and safe in one of the best dog houses.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall The Eillo Dog House is one of the best options available for dogs at an affordable price. MidWest Homes for Pets Eillo Folding Outdoor Wood Dog House
    SEE IT

    Available in multiple sizes, the sturdy construction keeps your pet safe from the elements.

    Best double A grey with black roof wooden outdoor dog house with two doors in it. PawHut Wood Cabin-Style Elevated Pet Shelter
    SEE IT

    This pick can house two dogs and is easy to maintain.

    Best budget A small outdoor do house with one door and white wall and blue roof. Pet Republic Dog House
    SEE IT

    This affordable option offers an elevated floor and is ideal for small-to-medium dogs.

    Setting up your four-legged friends with a cozy place to rest, like a dog house, is one of the easiest ways to help them feel secure. Dogs crave companionship, true, but they are also denning animals that need a space where they can go to get away if they are stressed or seek a break from typical household traffic. Granting your dog a dedicated sanctuary—whether it’s a dog crate or a full-fledged dog house—is a surefire way to bring them peace of mind in a communal space and provide a predictable place for them to park for naps, to shelter from inclement weather, and to use as a home base. While choosing the best dog house for your pet can seem tricky due to the many variations and styles available on the market, we’ve kept a few simple factors in mind so you can pick from a list that guarantees a perfect fit for your pooch.

    How we chose the best dog houses

    We’re big dog lovers at Popular Science. There’s no shortage of gear to buy for your canine, but we look for items that can genuinely help improve your pet’s life. Our dog house selections provide valuable shelter from both the cold and the heat. We examined the quality of build materials, size, appropriateness for different breeds, insulation, ventilation, and price. We also considered user reviews in compiling our list of recommendations.

    The best dog houses: Reviews & Recommendations

    Whether you’ve got a terrier who loves to bask in the sun or an older dog that can use some insulation during the winter months, these dog houses can help keep your pet stay safe and cozy through the seasons.

    Best overall: MidWest Homes for Pets Eillo Folding Outdoor Wood Dog House

    Midwest Homes for Pets

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Sizes: Small, medium, large
    • Dimensions: Medium (25.24 inches D x 40.6 inches W x 29.1 inches H)
    • Materials: Wood, asphalt, metal
    • Weight: 35.7 pounds

    Pros

    • Easy to assemble
    • Made of wood
    • Comes in three sizes

    Cons

    • Insulation kit has to be ordered separately

    The Eilio Folding Outdoor Wood Dog House checks all the major requirements for shelter for your canine. Made of water-resistant wood, this dog house comes in a beige stain that’s attractive while easily able to blend in with the surroundings. The roof is made of asphalt to protect against the elements, and the elevated floor keeps dogs off the wet ground. This model is available in small, medium, and large sizes to fit a range of breeds. If you’re looking for an insulated dog house, you can purchase a tailored kit for each size. Setup is easy and doesn’t require any tools. And the dog house comes with a one-year warranty. Add another layer of comfort with a dog bed.

    Best all-weather: Petsfit Wooden Dog House

    Petsfit

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Sizes: Small, medium, and large
    • Dimensions: 19 inches D x 41 inches W x 27.5 inches H (medium)
    • Materials: Finnish spruce, stainless steel, asphalt
    • Weight: 46.3 pounds

    Pros

    • Attractive design
    • Waterproof
    • Easy to assemble and clean
    • Comes in three sizes

    Cons

    • Some users say the wood is lightweight and flimsy
    • Not insulated

    Available in three sizes (small, medium, and large) and multiple colors (grey, light grey, red, and yellow and white), this dog house from Petsfit offers ample protection for your pup, regardless of size. It uses stainless steel hardware and asphalt shingles to offer a durable shelter. The roof can be opened up for easy cleaning. A raised floor keeps your pet from dealing with the soggy ground.

    Best for small breeds: WARE Premium Plus A-Frame Dog House

    Ware

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Sizes: Small, medium, large, and extra large
    • Dimensions: Small (20 inches L x 28 inches W x 30 inches H)
    • Materials: Wood
    • Weight: 32.6 pounds

    Pros

    • Attractive design
    • Waterproof
    • Easy to assemble

    Cons

    • A few users said the product arrived with broken parts
    • Some extra parts (including door) sold separately

    Just because you may not be able to afford a rustic cabin in the woods doesn’t mean you can’t help your Chihuahua lead its best life. WARE’s Premium Plus A-Frame Dog House is a top-of-the-line house for small dogs. This modern dog house will likely inspire some envy with its architectural look, but it’s also designed with waterproof shingles to protect from the elements. Unfortunately, a door, porch, and insulation kit are considered add-ons and are sold separately, but this house does come with adjustable feet that keep your pooch away from the ground. And this modern dog house is available in sizes from small to extra large to accommodate a range of breeds.

    Best extra-large: Confidence Pet XL Waterproof Plastic Dog Kennel

    Confidence

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Sizes: One
    • Dimensions: 41 inches D x 38 inches W x 39 inches H
    • Materials: Plastic
    • Weight: 29.5 pounds

    Pros

    • Insulated
    • Waterproof
    • Durable

    Cons

    • Some users report plastic panels aren’t easy to assemble
    • May be affected by strong winds

    Looking for a big dog house for your Newfie or a Great Dane? This kennel from Confidence Pet is sized for large dogs, with an exterior that’s 41 inches long, 38 inches wide, and 39 inches tall. It has a wide entrance for easy access and is constructed out of waterproof plastic for easy assembly and enduring protection in the rain and snow. Two air vents allow your pet to stay cool in hot weather—an essential feature for any extra-large dog house.

    Best double: PawHut Wood Cabin-Style Elevated Pet Shelter

    PawHut

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Size: One (comes in grey and natural wood)
    • Dimensions: 59 inches L x 63.5 inches W x 39.25 inches H
    • Materials: Fir wood
    • Weight: 85 pounds

    Pros

    • Rustic look
    • Designed for two dogs
    • Raised construction protects pets from moisture

    Cons

    • Some users say it’s cheaply made
    • Expensive
    • Not large enough for big dogs

    This durable pet shelter from PawHut is made of solid fir wood and has a total weight capacity of 286 pounds, making it one of the sturdiest and best double dog houses available. This large doghouse has a raised design and a big basking porch leading to its two living rooms with vinyl-curtained doorways. A hinged asphalt-finished roof offers plenty of protection for various weather conditions while still allowing easy cleanup, and its large side windows promote a healthy degree of airflow.

    Best indoor: Casual Home Wooden Large Pet Crate and End Table

    Casual Home

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Sizes: Five 
    • Dimensions: 27.5 inches L x 20 inches W x 24 inches H
    • Materials: Wood 
    • Weight: 28.25 pounds

    Pros

    • Attractive design
    • Doubles as an end table
    • Comes with lockable gate

    Cons

    • Will show chew marks
    • Some users said the materials weren’t high quality

    This dog crate from Casual Home doubles as a stylish end table, making it one of the best indoor “dog houses” for any space. It sports functional mission-style side slats for good ventilation, and the locking gate keeps your pet cozy and secure overnight or while you’re out. Its top offers ample space for lamps, beverages, and more. For another portable crate option, consider the Diggs Revol Dog Crate.

    Best for travel: Enventur Inflatable Dog House

    Diggs

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Sizes: Small, medium, large
    • Dimensions: Small (27 inches L x 18 inches W x 20 inches H)
    • Materials: PVC, nylon mesh, metal 
    • Weight: 13 pounds

    Pros

    • Easy to transport
    • Lightweight
    • Comfortable

    Cons

    • Not immediately available

    Even traveling, having a few familiar comforts from home is nice for you. Your dog is no different, so Enventur’s Inflatable Dog House is super cool. Developed as part of a Kickstarter campaign, this dog house combines the durable PVC used in inflatable kayaks, bite-resistant mesh, and rust-resistant metal that can withstand the elements. Using the included adapter, you can inflate it with a standard manual or electric air pump in minutes. It’s designed with D-rings that attach inside your car to keep your pet secure as you travel to your destination. The floor and walls are cushioned to ensure a relaxing experience for your pooch, and mesh windows provide plenty of ventilation. And when you’re ready to pack up, the Enventur folds down flat and comes with handles for easy carry. It comes in small, medium, and large and is currently available for preorder.

    Best budget: Pet Republic Dog House

    Pet Republic

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Sizes: Two (medium and large)
    • Dimensions: 27.17 inches W x 25.6 inches D x 27.16 inches H
    • Materials: Plastic
    • Weight: Not available

    Pros

    • Provides ventilation
    • Weather resistant
    • Easy to clean

    Cons

    • Some users found it hard to assemble

    If you’re in the market for cheap dog houses, consider this shelter from Pet Republic. This model is set apart from other budget dog houses by its thoughtful use of an elevated floor for better isolation during rain and a system of buckles and screws for assembly. It has an entrance of 17.7 inches tall and 10 inches wide, making it perfect for small to medium dogs of every kind, and it’s fairly lightweight, allowing users to move it about space as needed.

    Things to consider when shopping for the best dog house

    Your pet’s safety and comfort are paramount when picking the best dog house. Here are the factors you should take into consideration before making a purchase.

    Materials

    Dog house materials and insulation are another key design variant that determines whether an outside dog house suits your specific needs. Dogs living in temperate locations or spending equal time indoors and outdoors may do well with a standard wooden dog house for ample protection from mild rain or sunny days. Pets living in snowy or wet locales that reach lower temperatures, meanwhile, will gain much more from having a properly insulated dog house to provide their shelter (of course, pets should never be left unattended outdoors in freezing temperatures, so these dog products are meant as a short-term shelter for outdoor stays in bad weather).

    Weather

    While many designs of outdoor dog houses are available, only certain models offer a level of flexibility suitable for long-term use in various weather conditions. Wooden dog houses are fantastic for a temperate climate and dogs that primarily reside indoors. Still, if you’re looking to be prepared for any possible scenario, an insulated model finished with durable plastic will deliver in spades.

    Insulated plastic designs are some of the best outdoor dog houses available due to their ability to withstand normal wear and tear from extreme environmental factors, including ultraviolet light, rain, and frost. This toughness allows them to provide consistent protection for your dog at a level superior to regular wood and to last much longer than less durable constructions, making them more effective in a wider range of situations. The plastic also provides a stable shell for foam insulation to reside within, which can add to the consistency of your pet’s comfort in cold and hot weather. Adjustable window vents and elevated flooring are other key aspects found in the best outdoor dog house designs, which provide a customizable level of comfort in any season and add resistance to flooding and excess cold.

    Size of dog

    It’s easy to see larger dogs as more resilient and more tolerant of the discomfort brought on by the elements, but they need shelter and comfort just as much as smaller pets. Of course, protecting your large dog from harsh sunlight and cold winds can pose a, well, bigger challenge if you’re dealing with a limited amount of outdoor space, so it’s crucial to select a properly sized design that provides ample shelter without introducing a cumbersome or restrictive obstacle to your yard.

    The best extra-large dog houses on the market are constructed from durable plastics that are both lightweight and waterproof, allowing them to perform leaps and bounds above alternative wooden designs when it comes to flexibility. Besides, wooden constructions in this size class tend to be heavy and difficult to move around when needed. And, unlike most wooden dog houses, plastic designs also won’t require any extra finishing on the user’s part if they want true waterproof performance.

    Number of dogs

    Pet owners with more than one dog may prefer a double dog house over a traditional offering due to their fun apartment-style designs and space-saving efficiency. Double dog houses provide the perfect alternative to buying multiple outdoor shelters at once and also offer your pets the option of sticking together rather than having separate dwellings, which is an important consideration for these companionship-driven pack animals.

    When shopping for the best double dog house for your yard, you may want to maximize your space by selecting a design that offers a dedicated exterior common area, like a porch or basking area. Models that integrate thoughtful features like this allow your dogs to enjoy extra comfort and convenience not normally afforded by resting on the ground. As is the case with single outdoor dog houses, the best double dog house should also be elevated somewhat to achieve better insulation and isolation from snow, ice, and water.

    Size of house

    Proper sizing is one of the most significant and misunderstood factors that come into play when shopping for the best dog houses for family pets. While traditional human-centric logic may suggest that a dog house with extra interior space to spare is more desirable, the opposite is actually true when it comes to dogs. 

    Sure, an extra-large dog needs an extra-large dog house, but there’s actually no benefit, and there may be a detriment, to an extra-extra-large design. A model that’s too big for your pet won’t retain their body heat like a snug design, which is especially crucial to consider when shopping for an outdoor dog house that can be used in cold weather. In addition, dogs in the toilet training process are prone to soiling a designated area in their dog house if given the space to comfortably do so without messing in their resting area. For these reasons, it’s generally recommended that dog houses offer no more space than required for your pet to enter, turn around, and comfortably lie down.

    Decor

    The best indoor “dog houses” combine the elegance and simplicity of fine home furnishings with the security and comfort that only a dedicated shelter can provide. To avoid ending up with an indoor den that’s intrusive or cumbersome, it’s a good idea to choose a piece that can blend in with your existing furniture collection and provide some measure of versatility by doubling as an end table or other useful piece of furniture. Doing so will ensure that you not only save valuable indoor space, but also you end up with a resting place for your dog that’s much more durable and lasting than a traditional plush indoor dog house.

    Many indoor options include swiveling containment doors and function more as dog crates, which is useful for providing an extra level of security and comfort for your dog, as well as a measure of discipline and regularity. An indoor sanctuary with a closing door can keep your pet safely contained in short-term situations where you don’t want them roaming around (say, when you’re running errands or seeing a movie) and help them grow accustomed to a bedtime and wake-up routine.

    Price

    A sturdy dog house that provides reliable comfort and protection isn’t exactly easy to find on the cheap, but if you’re willing to make a few compromises and forgo some of the flexibility found in more pricey offerings, you can find a suitable model for low-impact use on a budget. The best inexpensive choices are more sheds than houses and are made of durable plastics that offer natural resistance to the weather, allowing your pet to stay dry and the structure to last. Due to the fact that wood is both more absorbent and more expensive than plastics, this is actually one of the more desirable features of less expensive plastic dog houses.

    Insulated dog house models are also difficult to acquire on a budget, and it’s important to note that waterproof plastic isn’t really meant for prolonged shelter in inclement weather. Adjustable ventilation is also not typically found at a lower price point, but choosing a house with static vents is a great way to ensure your pet stays cool and comfortable in hot weather.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a dog house cost?

    Dog houses range in cost from $50 for plastic options that provide basic shelters to luxury dog houses modeled on multimillion-dollar homes that can cost thousands of dollars, such as the Beam House. While compiling our list of the best dog houses, we prioritized durability and value.

    Q: What is the best dog house for cold weather?

    An insulated dog house made of durable plastics is best for extended cold-weather protection. Look for a design with an interior floor elevated off the ground, as this will provide further isolation from the elements on cold and wet days.

    Q: Is it cheaper to build or buy a dog house?

    Though it may be cheaper to build a dog house, it’s difficult to quantify the difference between a good pre-made plastic dog house and a hand-built wooden design. A well-made plastic design is durable and weatherproof on a long-term basis right out of the box, while a wooden build will require much more finishing and insulation despite the small cost savings.

    Q: What makes a good dog house?

    The best dog houses are sized properly for the intended occupant to increase their warmth and comfort. Whether made of wood or plastic, choosing a design that specifically accommodates the local climate is essential to provide the protection your dog requires.

    The final word on the best dog houses

    Finding the best dog house for your canine companion comes down to ensuring that the size is appropriate for their breed and that the material is appropriate for the environment where it will be used. While wood is a great material for outdoor dog houses in temperate locations, insulated plastic is the preferred construction for wetter and colder climes. The best designs should have an elevated floor to isolate your pet from the elements. Allowing your dog access to its own comfy space is important for maintaining its sense of comfort and security while protecting its long-term physical and emotional well-being.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best dog houses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best garden hoses of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-garden-hose/ Tue, 27 Apr 2021 12:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=284433
    Keep your flowers happy with one of the best garden hoses.

    Keep your yard thriving with the help of these essential tools.

    The post The best garden hoses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Keep your flowers happy with one of the best garden hoses.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Flexzilla makes one of the best garden hoses. Flexzilla HFZG5100YW Garden Lead-in Hose
    SEE IT

    The durable, kink-free design of this garden hose makes it ideal for washing the car, watering the garden, or setting up a sprinkler for the grass.

    Best heavy-duty Bionic Steel makes the best garden hose that's heavy-duty. Bionic Steel 100 Foot Garden Hose
    SEE IT

    Users needn’t worry about rust, kinks, or even temperature extremes with this impressive stainless steel garden hose.

    Best budget Melnor makes one of the best garden hoses at a budget-friendly price. Melnor 86050-AMZ Flat Soaker Hose
    SEE IT

    Delicate plants won’t suffer damage thanks to this vinyl soaker hose that releases water gradually.

    Having the right lawn equipment is crucial when you want to foster a healthy yard, and one of the first tools you should consider purchasing is a garden hose. The options run from lightweight, coiled options designed for smaller yards to heavy-duty models with layers of insulation that are ideal for commercial use. Whether you need something to water window boxes or wash the car, we’ve rounded up the features to look for and our recommendations for the best garden hoses available today.

    How we chose the best garden hoses

    We conducted extensive product research into more than 40 different garden hoses. We drew on our significant experience from years of yard and garden maintenance when compiling this selection of the best garden hoses. The primary criteria we considered when looking at each type of hose included length, material, and any extra features, like a no-kink design or an included spray nozzle.

    Length is a key consideration since a too-short hose might not allow you to water the entire yard; therefore, were prioritized options available in multiple hose lengths over similar ones that come in one size only. We looked for hoses with special features that made watering easier and also factored in the hose’s material and couplings. We then selected products with more durable construction over cheaply made versions. After all, you don’t want your outdoor misting fan’s lifeline to fail you on a sweltering day.

    The best garden hoses: Reviews & Recommendations

    Shopping for a garden hose isn’t difficult, but buying the wrong length or opting for a heavy-duty model that’s cumbersome to use in a large backyard can easily make you regret a purchase. We’ve rounded up the best options for a variety of situations and price points below so you can make the best decision going in and don’t get soaked.

    Best overall: Flexzilla HFZG5100YW Garden Lead-in Hose

    Flexzilla

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Standard garden hose
    • Material: Hybrid polymer
    • Length: 3-, 5-, 10-, 25-, 50-, 75- and 100-foot lengths available

    Pros

    • Lightweight and easy to maneuver
    • Kink-free hybrid polymer material
    • Drinking-water safe

    Cons

    • Larger sizes take up a lot of storage space
    • Can be heavy

    Home gardeners who keep up with watering are likely to appreciate the kink-free design of the Flexzilla Garden Hose. It’s available in convenient sizes for garden use, including 25, 50, 75, and 100 feet. Its flexible hybrid polymer is drinking-water safe, so users can take a refreshing sip while tackling outdoor chores.

    This standard garden hose is lightweight and easy to maneuver, with corrosion-resistant aluminum couplings for a secure, leak-free fit. The only shortcoming is that larger sizes take up much space when fully coiled. But as long as one has room to store it, the Flexzilla is a versatile, dependable, and durable choice.

    Best expandable: TheFitLife Flexible and Expandable Garden Hose

    TheFitLife

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Expandable hose
    • Material: Latex, fabric, brass
    • Length: 25, 50, 75, 100 feet

    Pros

    • Available in four lengths
    • Expands and folds up easily
    • Easily transported

    Cons

    • Fabric exterior can pick up dirt

    One of the hottest trends in the past few years has been the invention of the expandable garden hose that doesn’t kink. Patios, driveways, or manicured lawns are all prime locations for this style of hose. These fabric-wrapped, rubberized coils shrink to an easily transported size when the water pressure is turned off and extend to full length when pressure is applied. Some of them come with hangable sacks or can be thrown into an unused pot for easy storage, making for the most convenient option if you don’t enjoy the ritual of a neatly coiled water hose. Because the outer sheathing of an expandable hose is absorbent fabric, these are best used around areas that don’t have a lot of dirt or mulch, as the fabric will pick up pieces of debris when dragged across your yard.

    Best permanent coil: Water Right PCH-025-EP-6PKRS 300 Series 25-Foot Coil Hose

    Water Right

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Coiled hose
    • Material: Polyurethane
    • Length: 25, 50, and 75 feet available

    Pros

    • Lightweight
    • Fun to use
    • Less expensive

    Cons

    • Can’t handle a large volume of water
    • Advertised lengths shorter because of coiling

    If your gardening needs are simple and don’t require a large volume of water—and you like the aesthetics of a spring-loaded, lightweight garden hose—the Slinky-type coil hose is right for you. These coils resemble the vintage toy that could magically walk downstairs on its own and, if you stay within the 25-foot length, are a dream to manage. Just getting started? Check out our guide to the best raised beds.

    Best hybrid rubber: Giraffe Garden Hose 25 feet Lightweight Hybrid 5/8 inch

    Giraffe Tools

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Hybrid hose
    • Material: Polymer 
    • Length: 2.5, 3, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100 feet

    Pros

    • Available  in 7 lengths
    • Extremely durable
    • Designed with inner insulation that keeps it flexible in cold weather
    • Strong water pressure of 150 psi

    Cons

    • More expensive
    • Heavy

    Made of strong, modern materials that can take temperature swings, sun exposure and rough abuse, these hybrid rubber garden hoses are designed for commercial use and can take a beating. Perfect for connecting to a sprinkler and moving over mulch, dirt, and around trees, the classic hose is the most commonly used for residential applications. For other classic garden hoses, try this 50’ option or this 100’ garden hose.

    Best for drinking: Camco 25-Ft TastePURE Drinking Water Hose

    Camco

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Standard hose
    • Material: PVC
    • Length: 25 feet

    Pros

    • Lead-free, BPA-free, and phthalate-free
    • Resists kinking
    • Comes with UV protection

    Cons

    • Only available in one size
    • Material may degrade over time

    If you’ve ever taken a long slurp from the end of a hose, you’ll know that they are not meant to transfer drinking water and commonly leave a plastic, rubbery aftertaste in your mouth. There have been advances in technology in the last few years that eliminate this chemical effect. While the prices are higher and the longevity of the hose can be compromised by the PVC materials that don’t stand up to temperature fluctuations with the strength of traditional rubber, if you’re intent on drinking water from your hose—or need an RV water hose for your camper rig—you’ll want to purchase a BPA-free version like this hose.

    Best heavy-duty: Bionic Steel 100 Foot Garden Hose

    Bionic Steel

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Standard garden hose
    • Material: Stainless steel
    • Length: 25-, 50-, 75- and 100-foot lengths available

    Pros

    • Impressive weather resistance
    • Crush-resistant aluminum couplings
    • Kink-free and rust-proof

    Cons

    • Reduced flexibility

    Durability in all sorts of conditions is the main benefit of the Bionic Steel Garden Hose. It’s made of interwoven stainless steel to resist the effects of such extreme weather as sub-zero temperatures and hot, sunny days. The hose also features rugged, crush-resistant aluminum couplings that can be trampled without damage.

    This workhorse of a hose is available in 25-, 50-, 75- and 100-foot lengths, and it’s easy to coil for storage. The stainless steel material is rust-proof and resistant to kinks, though this benefit may reduce flexibility.

    Best commercial: Gilmour Pro Commercial Hose 3/4 Inch

    Gilmour

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Commercial garden hose
    • Material: Rubber and vinyl
    • Length: 25, 50, 100 feet

    Pros

    • Incredibly durable
    • Double reinforced
    • Powerful water pressure of 500 psi
    • Available in three lengths

    Cons

    • Can become stiff
    • Must be hand-coiled

    You’ll likely use a commercial-style hose for a permanent installation instead of casual daily use, but these hoses are built for toughness instead of flexibility. Often extremely stiff due to their double-walled manufacturing, these are typically not suited for roll-up hose keepers and, instead, must be coiled by hand.

    Best budget: Melnor 86050-AMZ Flat Soaker Hose

    Melnor

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Type: Soaker hose
    • Material: Vinyl
    • Length: 25-, 50- and 75-foot lengths available

    Pros

    • Water seeps through the entire length of the hose
    • Gentle water release won’t damage plants
    • Affordable

    Cons

    • Plastic coupling is vulnerable to cracking and leaking

    Safely hydrate delicate plants with the Melnor Soaker Hose. It’s capped at the end to create the necessary internal pressure for water to seep through its porous vinyl sides. Whereas powerful bursts of water from a standard hose can damage plants, this soaker option gently gives flowerbeds, vegetables, fruits, and other plants the water they need to thrive.

    This lightweight garden hose is available in 25-, 50- and 75-foot lengths, and when not in use, it lays completely flat, making it easy to fold and store. The only issue with this Melnor model is that its two couplings are plastic, which may be susceptible to cracking and leaking.

    Things to consider when choosing the best garden hose

    In addition to length and material, it’s important to understand the various types of garden hoses available. Keep all the following factors and features in mind while shopping for the best garden hose for your needs.

    Type

    The most common garden hoses include standard, soaker, sprinkler, flat, coiled, and expandable. Different garden hoses may be uniquely suited to specific outdoor duties.

    Standard garden hoses run straight, which makes them vulnerable to kinking. They are round in shape and typically use metal or plastic couplings at each end to connect to a faucet or spray nozzle. Soaker garden hoses slowly release water into the garden, thanks to thousands of pinholes along the length of the hose. Sprinkler garden hoses may seem like soakers at first glance, but they have fewer holes, allowing them to function more like a horizontal sprinkler system. Flat garden hoses are intended to reduce kinking. They lay flat when empty but will take on a rounded shape when filled with water. The flat shape also makes them easier to roll and store. Coiled garden hoses have a design that allows them to rapidly return to a more compact, coiled shape after use. This makes it easier to prep the hose for storage. Expandable garden hoses combine the compact storage capabilities of a coiled option with the length and kink-free design of a flat model. It can expand up to three times its length when filled with water and, after use, shrink to its original size for compact storage. The expandable material won’t kink but, over time, may lose flexibility and become unable to expand fully.

    Length

    While the most common garden hose length is 50 feet, some hoses range from just 10 feet to 150 feet. Take some basic measurements from your outdoor faucet to the perimeter of your yard to determine the best length for the hose.

    Keep in mind that the longer the hose, the less water pressure it will have due to friction and drag caused by water flowing through it. So balance the length with optimal water pressure and, if necessary, consider a hose with a larger diameter, which may help you achieve the desired length without losing substantial water pressure.

    Material

    Garden hoses are made from a range of different materials intended to allow for flexibility while protecting the hose from damage. Common materials include vinyl, latex, rubber, plastic, and various metals.

    Vinyl is commonly used for the hose itself. It’s a lightweight, flexible material, though not as durable as other options. These products may also be labeled polyvinyl chloride (PVC). Latex is regularly used to make expandable hoses. It may have a polyester fabric exterior to improve durability and protect the hose from punctures. Rubber is a tough, durable, temperature-resistant material ideal for standard, coiled, and flat garden hoses. However, it is typically more expensive than vinyl. Plastic, commonly used for hose couplings, is more vulnerable to cracking and breaking than metal couplings. Metals like brass, aluminum, and stainless steel, are regularly used to make strong, reliable hose couplings. Stainless steel may also be used to form the exterior of heavy-duty hoses.

    FAQs

    Q: What is the standard garden hose size?

    The standard garden hose sizes are 25, 50 or 100 feet in length—however, longer is not always better. Once you move into the 50-foot or even 100-foot garden hose length, it becomes frighteningly easy to turn the whole thing into a tangled mass of frustration, so keep this in mind if you do decide to purchase a permanent coil hose that’s longer than 25 feet.

    Q: How long should a garden hose last?

    The best garden hoses should last 10 years or more, but that’s dependent on how well you take care of your garden tools. For example, leaving a hose out in the sun or exposed to other weather elements can cause rapid deterioration and dramatically decrease your hose’s shelf life. If you fully drain your hose after use every time and coil it neatly—kinking can lead to tears and holes—before storing it in a safe place, you’ll get many more years out of it.

    Q: What is the best kink-free garden hose?

    The best kink-free garden hoses are, hands down, expandable hoses. The design makes it impossible to pinch the flow of water off while you’re using them. 

    Q: Does garden hose length affect water pressure?

    Yes, hose length does affect water pressure. In general, the longer the garden hose, the lower the water pressure, because as water passes through the interior of the hose, the contact causes resistance, reducing water pressure.

    Q: What’s the best way to store an expandable hose?

    To properly store an expandable hose, turn off the water, disconnect the hose, and allow it to shrink and dry fully. Then simply roll the hose up and place it in a garden box or a shed, to protect it from direct sunlight and, to a degree, extreme temperature changes. Some products come with a storage bag or hook to keep the hose neat when not in use.

    Q: Do I need a garden hose nozzle for my hose?

    A garden hose nozzle isn’t necessary when it comes to watering the lawn. Users can simply position a thumb partially over the hose opening to direct water over a broad area. However, a nozzle makes watering much easier to control, a benefit when it comes to fragile plants that could be damaged by anything more than a light misting.

    Final thoughts on the best garden hoses

    A good garden hose is a backyard essential. Even if you’re not much of a gardener, you’ll likely rely on it for a host of tasks, from washing patio furniture to filling the kids’ blow-up  Made with drinking water-safe materials, the Flexzilla Garden Hose is lightweight and available in multiple lengths so that you can choose the right size for your yard. If you haven’t the space to store a long hose, TheFitLife Expandable Garden Hose is an excellent and affordable option.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best garden hoses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best garage door openers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-garage-door-opener/ Mon, 23 Aug 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=391011
    Make coming home easy with the best garage door opener.
    Ralph Kelly, Unsplash

    Make your comings and goings as easy as open and shut.

    The post The best garage door openers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Make coming home easy with the best garage door opener.
    Ralph Kelly, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best smart The Genie StealthDrive Connect Model 7155-TKV is the best smart garage door opener. Genie StealthDrive Connect Model 7155-TKV
    SEE IT

    This Genie garage door features compatibility with Amazon and Google virtual assistants and offers battery backup.

    Best quiet The Chamberlain B550 Smart Garage Door Opener is the best quiet option. Chamberlain B550 Smart Garage Door Opener
    SEE IT

    A quiet belt-drive designed for smooth performance keeps this garage door opener from waking the neighbors.

    Best wall-mount The LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series is the best wall-mount garage door opener. LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series
    SEE IT

    The LiftMaster is compact, quiet, and compatible with smart-home devices.

    The open-shut of a garage door opener signals the arrival and departure of family. However, if the device is loud or unreliable, those entrances and exits might be more irritating than happy. A new garage door opener should be on your to-buy list if your garage door gets stuck more often than not and wakes the neighbors every time it’s activated. 

    The best garage door openers glide freely and operate quietly, so you don’t even know they’re there. From wall-mounted to smart garage door openers, the options keep growing. Today, it’s a matter of narrowing it down to a model that fits within your budget and includes features that make your life easier. Ultra-quiet or extra powerful, belt-drive, or chain-drive—they’re all out there and ready to do the heavy lifting. Check out the best garage door openers that made our list, and get key tips for picking the right model for your home. 

    The best garage door openers: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best smart: Genie StealthDrive Connect Model 7155-TKV

    Genie

    SEE IT

    The Genie StealthDrive Connect Model 7155-TKV connects to a long list of smart home systems, including Alexa and Google Assistant. The app offers 3D-installation instructions for easy setup. The device also allows you to use voice control to open (or close) the garage door from anywhere. Beyond connectivity, this model’s quiet belt drive offers one- and-a-quarter horsepower, making it powerful enough for larger doors.

    Best quiet: Chamberlain B550 Smart Garage Door Opener

    CHAMBERLAIN

    SEE IT

    The Chamberlain B550 Smart Garage Door Opener comes with one-half horsepower and a belt made with high-grade, rubber-like materials that dampen noise. It’s compatible with several popular smart home systems, offering remote control when you’re away from home. The app sends out push notifications to let you know if the garage door opens or if you left it open. There’s a myQ Guest feature that allows you to give three people access to your account and, therefore, the garage. Finally, this model comes with safety sensors, a wireless keypad, wall control, and two vehicle remotes. 

    Best wall-mount: LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series

    LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series

    SEE IT

    The LiftMaster 8500 Elite Series garage door opener’s sleek design gets bonus points for the general strengths of all wall-mounted models. First, it’s compact and takes up less space than an overhead model. That makes it easy access for maintenance and updates. This model gets top marks because the design reduces vibrations and other noise. As a bonus, it’s smart, giving you remote access from anywhere.

    Best chain-drive: Genie Chain Drive 7035-TKV

    Genie

    SEE IT

    The Genie Chain Drive 7035-TKV powers the chain drive with a DC motor. While this model will be noisier than a belt-drive or wall-mounted model, that DC motor does make things quieter. The Genie Chain Drive 7035-TKV garage door opener has an automatic battery backup built in, so you don’t get stuck inside or outside when there’s no power. Included in the package are two pre-programmed remotes and a wall console with a vacation lock.

    Best budget: beamUP Workhorse BU100

    beamUP

    SEE IT

    The beamUP Workhorse BU100 lifts your garage door with a three-quarters horsepower DC motor. It offers a few high-end options despite its affordable price tag, including a built-in LED security light and smart capabilities. The beamUP can also connect with Alexa, Apple Watch, IFTTT, and HomeLink, giving you the ability to open, close, and check on the status of the garage door from any location with a connection.

    How do the garage door openers work?

    There are several types of garage door openers: chain-drive, belt-drive, screw-drive, direct-drive, and wall-mounted. Chain and belt drives come with a stationary motor that moves the chain or belt to open and close the door. Direct-drive garage door openers have a stationary chain with a motor that moves along the length of the chain to open the door. Screw-drive garage door openers have a threaded rod along with a trolley that moves and opens the door. Wall-mounted models are designed with a torsion bar and put the motor on the wall next to the garage door rather than on the ceiling.

    Chain and screw-drive models work well for heavy doors, but they tend to be noisy. Belt and direct-drive models are quieter but are often more expensive. Wall-mounted garage door openers are quiet and take up less space, but they’re not as strong as the other types. 

    A garage door opener shouldn’t hesitate to lift a standard-size garage door. Standard aluminum doors require a one-half horsepower residential door opener. One-piece and oversized garage doors need more power, three-quarters to one horsepower. (Commercial garage door openers can have up to one and a half horsepower, but that’s not usually needed for residential use.) 

    Think about backup power, too. You’ll still need to get into (or out of) the garage during power outages. Models with a backup battery will take the heavy lifting out of your hands—literally—no matter the power status. 

    Related: Find out why air compressors are the low-key, must-have tool for your garage.

    What smart features are available in the best garage door openers?

    Nowadays, nearly everything comes in a smart version, including garage door openers. WiFi-enabled garage door openers connect to an app that you can load onto your mobile devices. From there, you can remotely access the door’s controls and, with some apps, status. You can let in guests when you’re away from home or get notifications if the garage door opens unexpectedly. 

    Many models can also link to smart hubs to interact with the rest of the smart devices in your home. With some models, that means voice control over the garage door, too. Some models include valuable add-ons that include speakers, parking assist modules, or carbon monoxide detectors. It all depends on the model and the extras offered by the manufacturer.

    A quiet opener keeps family sleeping and neighbors happy

    A squeaky garage door can make fast enemies, and squeaks aren’t the only issue that crop up. Depending on the location of your garage, even a well-functioning garage door opener can disturb sleeping babies, guests, or family members if the garage is near a bedroom. 

    Belt-drive and wall-mounted garage door openers offer quieter operation than chain and screw-drive models. If you go the belt-drive route, there are two motor options—DC and AC. Of the two, DC motors are a little quieter. Stay away from chain-drive models if noise is an issue. Even a well lubricated chain-drive model will be louder than a belt-drive or wall-mounted garage door opener.

    Unusual roof lines may need a wall-mounted garage door opener 

    Wall-mounted garage door openers (also known as jackshaft or side-mount garage door openers) install on a wall on either side of the garage door. These models use a torsion bar to open and close the door. They’re commonly used in garages that have high or unusual roof and ceiling lines. You might also want to consider a wall mount if you have a large vehicle or use a carrier on top of your car. 

    Wall-mounted models offer quiet operation, and they’re easy to access for maintenance. However, because of their location and how they operate, they’re not designed for heavy doors. They also need to be installed near an electrical outlet.

    What is the best garage door opener for large doors?

    Variations in garage-door design may necessitate the use of a more powerful garage door opener. A couple of factors come into play when buying an opener for a heavy door. First, consider the opener’s horsepower. A standard aluminum garage door only needs an opener with one-half horsepower. Solid wood doors, however, may require three-quarters horsepower. You can find models with up to one and a half horsepower, but these are typically used in commercial settings rather than in residential areas. 

    The other main factor is the drive type. Chain drives offer better durability and strength over belt-drive, wall-mounted, and direct-drive openers. The downside is that chains are noisy, but if you’ve got a big, heavy door, these models won’t give out under a big load.  

    What’s the most budget-friendly?

    Budget-friendly garage door openers offer excellent power and sometimes a few extras like built-in lights and battery backups. There are a few smart garage door openers that fall under $200 that give you added remote options. The differences are typically in noise level and installation limitations. 
    Most of the lower-priced garage door openers are chain-drive models. That inherently makes them louder, though the ones with a DC motor are quieter than those with an AC motor. Wall-mounted, direct-drive, screw-drive, and belt-drive models don’t typically fall in the affordable category. 

    FAQs

    Q: Which is better, belt or chain garage door opener?

    Belt and chain garage door openers each have their pros and cons. Belt-drive garage door openers are quieter, but they’re typically more expensive. Chain-drive models can lift more weight, but they’re noisy. For some people, noise is a determining factor. In which case, a belt-drive would be better. Someone with a large garage door may need the strength and durability of a chain drive. 

    Q: How do I know if I need a new garage door opener?

    It might be time for a new garage door opener if:

    – It makes excessive noise that’s increasingly getting worse. 
    – It’s slow to open and close. 
    – It won’t open at all. 
    – It periodically stops and then starts working again. 
    – Old technology limits what you can do with the garage door opener.

    Q: How long should a garage door opener last?

    Most garage door openers last about 10-15 years. Of course, how often it’s used, regular maintenance, and the opener type make a difference in longevity. Some models may last well past 15 years, while others may exhaust before the 10-year mark. 

    A final word when shopping for the best garage door openers

    The best garage door opener should work so well that you forget it’s even there. When choosing a model, know how much horsepower you need. Power and durability may be at the top of your list if you have a solid wood garage door, or you may have a house design that requires a less obtrusive wall-mounted garage door opener. Then, look for a design that’s within your budget and has convenient features allowing you to enter and exit without needing to give much thought to the garage door at all.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best garage door openers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Treat yourself to a discounted nugget ice machine at Amazon right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/nugget-ice-machine-amazon-deal/ Mon, 08 May 2023 15:05:07 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539686
    I don't know what that orange drink is, but I want it.
    Imagine how good that will make your. Stan Horaczek

    If you've always wanted the good chewy ice at your home, this is a solid opportunity.

    The post Treat yourself to a discounted nugget ice machine at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    I don't know what that orange drink is, but I want it.
    Imagine how good that will make your. Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Imagine it’s summer, and you’re sitting outside drinking your warm-weather drink of choice (mine is the Liquid Death iced tea lemonade that it calls Armless Palmer). Your cup is filled with perfectly soft little pillows of ice that you can chew on without assaulting your teeth and gums. You’ve essentially made yourself a sophisticated slushy because you hit up these Amazon deals on nugget ice makers. Whether you call it nugget ice, pebble ice, or just “the good ice,” it’s like having access to the awesome ice from Sonic in your own home.

    Kndko Nugget Ice Maker Countertop $279 (Was $339)

    Kndko

    SEE IT

    Nugget ice makers don’t simply freeze water into little chunks. Instead, an auger rotates ice, which gets reduced to shavings before it’s compressed into small pellets that are softer and much easier to chew than typical cubes. This countertop ice maker can churn out up to 45 pounds of ice daily, so it’s great for parties. It’s also self-cleaning, which is very handy because cleaning these machines can be a real pain.

    EUHOMY Nugget Ice Maker Countertop $299 (Was $399)

    Euhomy

    SEE IT

    This machine only churns out 30 pounds of ice per day (which is likely still way more than you need), but it measures 17.64″ D x 9.69″ W x 17″ H so that it won’t take up scads of counters space. It takes about 15 minutes to get the first batch of ice once you turn it on, or you can hook it up directly to your home’s water system and have a constant supply of delicious little ice pellets at all times.

    GE Profile Opal $629 (Was $679)

    If you’re flush with tax refund cash and want the gold standard of nugget ice makers, you can save yourself $50 on the GE Opal right now. It comes with a one-gallon side tank, WiFi connectivity, and a clever recirculation system that prevents the ice from clumping up (which is an issue with some cheaper and older models).

    More ice maker deals

    It’s getting warmer out, and Amazon wants to sell you some ice machines. As a result, you can find some very solid deals right now. Here are some more ice machines you may want to check out. Note: Some of these deals require applying a coupon, which involves clicking a checkbox below the price on the product page, so keep a lookout for those.

    The post Treat yourself to a discounted nugget ice machine at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best home weather stations of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-home-weather-stations/ Wed, 10 Aug 2022 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461393
    Best home weather stations sliced header
    Tony Ware

    From wind speed to local humidity, these home weather stations will have you feeling like a meteorologist.

    The post The best home weather stations of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best home weather stations sliced header
    Tony Ware

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best Overall Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station is the best overall. Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station
    SEE IT

    A solar-powered, connected measurement system that’s quick to setup and easy to monitor.

    Best For The Money Tempest Weather System is the best for the money. Tempest Weather System
    SEE IT

    With a downward-facing intake and 1,000-plus feet of wireless data transmission, this solar-powered, Google Home-equipped station meets all needs.

    Best Basic EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station is the best basic home weather station. EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station
    SEE IT

    Easy to install and clean, this inexpensive and highly educational station measures more than you’d expect.

    With summers getting hotter and hotter each year, wanting a personalized weather statement each day is starting to make more sense. However, if you’re new to the home weather station game, you might not be sure of what you want yet. There are quite a lot of options to choose from, wired and wireless models to deal with, and even some viable analog products out there. When paired with samey-looking digital displays, it can be difficult to decide the overall best product. That’s why we’ve worked diligently to determine customers’ needs in a home weather station, while also avoiding common flaws these systems might have. The result is our list of the best home weather stations purchasable in 2023.

    How we selected the best home weather stations

    I have experience with consumer weather station usage in a field environment, as per my previous career in the sciences. Used for much the same reason that anyone would want a personal home weather station—the desire to know very local meteorological conditions—I have a bit of insight into what you might desire from a home weather station. Not to mention what problems you might face! For, as it turns out when you have instruments measuring weather, you also have to open them up to the weather, a not always friendly beast. I combined that experience with critical reviews and online user impressions to select our top five models for home weather stations.

    The best home weather stations: Reviews & Recommendations

    The home weather stations we’ve collected vary in style, functionality, and pricing so that you’ll be able to find something that fits your desires. We’ve also looked at what you’re looking for, such as compatibility with the Google Home system, and found top-ranking products that match those desires.

    Best overall: Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station

    Ambient Weather

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Ambient Weather WS-2902C is Amazon’s best-rated home weather station and has robust weather monitoring capabilities.

    Specs

    • Measures: Wind speed and direction, temperature, humidity, rainfall, UV and solar radiation
    • Power supply: Solar with AA-battery backup
    • Sensor size: 15 x 11 x 10 inches

    Pros

    • Solar-powered measurement station
    • Connects with Ambient Weather system
    • Quick setup

    Cons

    • Measurement station and display device use different types of batteries

    The first home weather station, and the overall winner on our list, is the Ambient Weather WS-2902C. The WS-2902C earns this distinction by having appealing features and being the best-rated home weather station by online shoppers.

    First and foremost is the easy setup-and-forget nature of this home weather station. After taking a few minutes to place it on a pole, you won’t find yourself fiddling with it often. Part of this is because of its hybrid solar and battery-powered measurement unit. Another important aspect is how easily accessible your data is via the Ambient Weather app environment.

    One of the main problems I found with the product was that the display device and measurement stations used different types of batteries—the former taking AAA’s and the latter taking AA’s (may we recommend rechargeables). Admittedly, this is a minor problem, as the display device can be plugged in and the measurement station only needs batteries for cloudy days.

    At the end of the day, this is a fantastic wireless weather station that also has nice power-saving features, making it amongst the best eco-friendly home weather stations as well. All for a sub-$200 price point!

    Best for the money: Tempest Weather System

    WeatherFlow

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Tempest Weather System provides information on par with a professional weather system but at a much more affordable price.

    Specs

    • Things measured: Temperature, “feels like” temperature, solar and UV radiation, wind speed and direction, dew point, humidity, barometric pressure, lightning strikes, rainfall
    • Power supply: Solar with lithium-ion battery backup
    • Sensor size: 11.70 x 4.23 inches

    Pros

    • Downward-facing intakes on measurement device
    • Solar-powered
    • Works well with Google Home
    • 1,000+ foot wireless data transmission range

    Cons

    • Periodic measurement quirks

    The Tempest Weather System provides a myriad of data points in a well-designed package. With the Tempest reporting around a dozen weather stats, it is hard to believe that it has no moving parts, reducing the impacts of age and wear and tear on the system. Furthermore, the design makes sure that any openings are downwards-facing, reducing the chances of clogging.

    Unlike a lot of home weather systems, the Tempest Weather System does not have an indoor display unit. Instead, the Tempest Weather Station is “smart” and updates every 3 seconds to 1 minute to a wireless transmission hub you can locate within 1,000 feet of the weather station. From there, info is sent to your smartphone(s) and Internet-of-Things devices. This includes Google Assistant, making it the best weather station for Google Home. You can then use the data to program your smart home, such as by having fans turn on or off depending on temperature readings given by the device.

    All of this advanced measurement isn’t 100% perfect, but once you understand the quirks, you’ll be able to get a good read. The rain gauge, for example, uses touch-based vibrational sensors to get a reading. Each pitter-patter of rain on the side gets interpreted as a raindrop. That’s great, but sometimes other vibrations or small things hitting in on the windiest of days will also set it into rain gauge mode. The lightning detection has its own quirks, with user reviews mentioning that the Tempest Weather Station has mistaken gunshots for lightning. However, once these small quirks are acknowledged and accounted for, you are left with the best home weather station for the money due to just how much it can do.

    Best with wind speed: WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter

    WeatherFlow

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter is your personal handheld view into the world of wind.

    Specs

    • Things measured: Average wind speed, wind gust, apparent wind speed, true wind speed, wind direction, temperature, humidity, pressure, dew point, heat index, wind chill, etc.
    • Power supply: Internal battery
    • Size: Handheld

    Pros

    • High mobility
    • Works directly with your phone
    • Gives detailed wind speed analysis
    • Multiple app integrations

    Cons

    • Uses phone’s compass instead of providing one

    If you’re here just to know about wind speed, you’ll be delighted with the handheld WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter. This version is the newest update to the popular 2019 model and has the capability to give you a detailed look at your immediate wind conditions, making it a perfect golf, kiting, or overall nature companion.

    One interesting thing that the WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter will tell you is both the apparent wind speed and true wind speed. The apparent wind speed tells you how fast the wind is going relative to the device, while the true wind speed gives a measure of how fast the wind is actually going. The WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter also reports gust wind speeds and average wind speeds.

    The makers of the WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter clearly have the hobbyist in mind and that shows more in the selection of apps you can use it with than with any other factor. Pair this weather station with any of the following six apps: Wind & Weather Meter, iKiteSurf, iWindSurf, SailFlow, FishWeather, and WindAlert.

    What might disappoint you about the WeatherFlow WEATHERmeter is the lack of an internal compass. Instead, you must rely on your phone’s compass for accurate wind direction readouts. However, we wouldn’t count this as too bad of a tradeoff considering phone compasses are getting better every year and you are able to get such an advanced wind meter in such a convenient-to-carry form.

    Best basic: EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station

    EZRead

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This analog weather station gives you a hands-on read of your local weather conditions.

    Specs

    • Things measured: Temperature, wind chill, rainfall, total rain, wind speed and direction
    • Power supply: N/A; completely analog
    • Item size: 1 x 8 x 10 inches

    Pros

    • Highly educational
    • Easy to install and clean
    • Measures more than expected
    • Inexpensive

    Cons

    • Tiny measurement display can’t be read from window

    For the weather hobbyist that wants to understand the weather in a way that transcends digital charts and displays, the EZRead 840-0052 is the best home weather station. Considering that it is only ~$20, the EZRead can also be bought in bulk, making it also ranked as the best weather station for kids and student projects.

    To get started using the EZRead the only thing you’ll need to do is mount it and wait for weather to happen. The mounting process is relatively simple, as the metal frame has two preconfigured holes in it, which Headwind Consumer Products recommends affixing to a fence or patio support, but feel free to be creative.

    The EZRead measures a surprising quantity of things, including total rain and wind speed, and does so in both the good ole American Imperial units as well as the more scientifically customary metric units. The EZRead has a wind chill chart directly on the device, to help you convert the thermometer’s temperature to a “feels like” number. In this way, this home weather station will become an arithmetic booster for your kids and bridge the gap between science, math, and reality.

    Finally, for all that has been said about cleaning tubes and open holes in home weather stations, it must be said that nothing can be easier to clean than the rain gauge on the EZRead. It is essentially a removable graduated cylinder and can be cleaned with a vase or pipe cleaner quickly. The manufacturer recommends this rain gauge part be turned upside down during freezing weather to prevent damage, but it can just as easily be moved inside.

    Best budget: Newentor Weather Station

    Newentor

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This home weather station provides you with the reading and stats you really want without the extra costs and hassles of a premium model.

    Specs

    • Things measured: Temperature and humidity
    • Power supply: AA-batteries
    • Display size: 7.5 inches

    Pros

    • Also includes atomic clock, weather forecast, and lunar phase
    • Display unit can accommodate up to 3 sensors
    • Gets the fundamentals right without charging you extra

    Cons

    • Limited valid sensor placements

    If the main thing you want to know is how hot of a summer day you are about to face and how much humidity will be bearing down on you, consider looking no further than the Newentor Weather Station. You aren’t being charged extra for delicate wind meters and rain gauges, and the whole apparatus is supplemented by local weather forecasts. This is definitely the best home weather station for those in rural areas where the local station’s rain forecast is good enough but local humidity and temperature change wildly based on local hills, mountains, rivers, and lakes.

    This home weather station’s indoor display unit will also give you additional information, such as the time from the WWVB atomic clock system, a weather forecast, the current moon phase, and a mini calendar. A happy/sad/neutral face system will tell you about the outside weather conditions and there are optional temperature alerts. The Newentor should sync with the WWVB system within about 24 hours of initial use, after which all time-based additional features will begin working.

    The sensors (this package comes with one, but you can order up to two more for the system) can be installed within 200 feet of your indoor display unit, but some care must be taken in this. Newentor recommends a North-facing wall and that the unit be out of the way of rain and direct sunlight. In my eyes, this makes a North-facing patio the best place for installation, but your personal circumstances may vary. Additionally, the unit requires two AA batteries.

    Finally, while our best basic product (the EZRead, discussed above) is technically the cheapest home weather station on our list, we’ve listed this as our best budget pick. The reasoning is simple: The Newentor Weather Station is the best digital weather station under $50.

    Things to consider before buying home weather stations

    When you first decided to buy a home weather station, you probably excitedly asked yourself a few questions, such as: Can a home weather station measure more than temperature and humidity? Can I get one that is affordable? Where will I be able to put the measuring devices?

    As it turns out, there are quite a few things that you will need to consider when making a home weather station purchase that aren’t that obvious, including:

    Things measured

    The big four for home weather stations are temperature, humidity, wind speed, and wind direction. Nearly all home weather stations can measure these but there are things that you might want to be measured, such as the UV radiation level, that are nice to know and can add extra usefulness to your system. Some of our best home weather station picks can also measure other stats, such as dew point, lightning strikes, and gust wind speed.

    One issue is that you may discover you don’t really want or need all of the measurements provided by a given home weather station. While being able to measure a lot of different things looks great for marketing, it also drives up costs. For many people, a home weather station that is able to measure a few things well is better than a home weather station that can measure dozens of things.

    Additionally, as we’ll see in the next category, you should also consider the ability of each thing to be measured properly based on your local environment. Based on the instrument positioning, see below, measuring rainfall might be difficult if you’re wanting to set up your home weather station near a small-leafed bush.

    Instrument positioning

    Instrument positioning will likely be the most important, but also most obscure, factor that determines your overall happiness with your home weather station. One of the unfortunate parts of being a weather machine is that you have to experience a lot of, well, weather and nature. You’ll want to think about where you are going to put your home weather station’s measurement device as well as where any intake holes are placed on it.

    Commonly, difficulties with instrument positioning will present themselves in an upward-facing hole, usually as part of the rain gauge. One aesthetically pleasing, but operationally sub-optimal installation onto a pole that has a bird feeder or bird house and you’ve got a major problem: bits of seeds or bird excrement clogging up your home weather station.

    Other sources of problems include foliage blocking wind meters, mowed lawns kicking up grass into side-facing holes, and overheating equipment. Not all devices are made to withstand all conditions. You want one that’s durable and then you want it positioned thoughtfully so you can, say, find out how much action your home wind turbine might get today or whether you need to be worried for your solar generator’s panels.

    Power supply

    Are you going with a battery or a wire for your home weather station? The answer to this question is going to be very important for the quality of interactions you have with your home weather station.

    While you might think that the choice will come down to having a wired model or something with a battery, the reality is a bit different. Some models tend to work off of solar power, with a battery used as a backup, while other models use solely batteries. We’ll be presenting a mixture of both styles to you, as each can be appealing at certain price ranges and functionalities.

    We also have a very basic analog product, the EZRead Headwind Consumer Products 840-0052 5-in-1 Weather Station. This one forgoes the whole power supply problem altogether and relies solely on the power of wind and gravity to make it work.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a home weather station cost?

    A home weather station can cost anywhere from $20 for an analog reader to over $300 for an advanced digital model. Modern-day weather enthusiasts should aim to find something that is around $300 but anyone can find a great, workable model for less. When pricing home weather stations, balance your needs with what the station provides. For example, avoid paying top dollar for a home weather station that will count local lightning strikes if all you want is something that can tell you the current temperature and humidity.

    Q: Where should home weather stations be located?

    Home weather stations should be located near the home, in the environment specified by the manufacturer. Budget-friendly home weather stations might do worse in direct sunlight, while solar-powered home weather stations clearly need direct sunlight. Our write-ups on each of the best home weather stations should give you an idea if the station is right for your home.

    Q: Are home weather stations worth it?

    Home weather stations are worth it if you have a burning desire to know about hyper-local weather, typically get inaccurate results from your local weather station as a result of special geographic concerns, or certain weather factors influence your life heavily. For example, if you live on the East side of a mountain, but your local weather station is on the West side of it, a home weather station will turn out to be more accurate. Another example is golf and gardening enthusiasts, who will find very local wind and humidity readings very useful.

    Final thoughts on the best home weather stations

    Getting one of the best home weather stations in 2023 means that you can get quality without having to spend the sometimes exorbitant amounts for professional weather stations that meteorologists use. Even basic analog weather stations like the EZRead can provide value to the right person, but we recommend the Ambient Weather WS-2902C WiFi Smart Weather Station for the right blend of quality and cost.

    The post The best home weather stations of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best motion-sensor trash cans of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-motion-sensor-trash-can/ Thu, 25 Mar 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278297
    The best motion sensing trash cans
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    The best touchless trash can for your home makes collecting garbage a smell- and spill-free experience.

    The post The best motion-sensor trash cans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best motion sensing trash cans
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall silver smart trash can Simplehuman Voice + Motion-Sensor Trash Can
    SEE IT

    This easy-to-use all-in-one electric trash can has it all: voice activation and a motion sensor, plus more.

    Best for large spaces rectangular sleek motion sensor trash can EKO Mirage-T Motion-Sensor Trash Can
    SEE IT

    A motion-sensor trash can available in over nine sizes.

    Best for small spaces compact silver motion sensor trash can Ninestars Automatic Touchless 3-Gallon Motion-Sensor Trash Can
    SEE IT

    A compact, hands-free trash can with impressive battery life.

    Trash doesn’t have to be a complete mess with the help of a motion-sensor trash can. While a trash can may seem like a banal part of your kitchen essentials, think about how many times a day you need to discard paper towels, food scraps, packaging, paper, and other pieces of garbage. With that kind of frequent use, you deserve something much better than ordinary. A touchless trash can sounds futuristic, but they are a contemporary way to eliminate germs and keep things clean around the house. An electric trash can is more convenient than foot-pedal models and suited for all levels of mobility. The best motion-sensor trash cans come with special features like voice control and odor control, plus they can sleekly complement your other appliances. 

    How we chose the best motion-sensor trash cans

    A motion-sensor trash can is one of those kitchen supplies we can’t wait for you to experience. They are super convenient, safe, and germ-free because you won’t have to worry about getting any gunk or goo on your hands from lifting the lid. A smart trash can is a choice that feels like a luxury while being impressively practical. Most rely on advanced infrared technology to sense natural movements but remain closed when your dog or cat tries to grab a naughty snack but ends up spilling scraps, coffee grinds, dust, vacuumed-up fur, etc., all over the place. You can even get an automatic trash can that is voice-activated to offer you the most when it comes to easy use. The best motion-sensor trash cans will elevate the everyday, mundane task of throwing out your garbage. We considered a range of options on the market to compile our list of recommendations.

    Related: How to reduce your garbage before it gets to the trash can

    The best motion-sensor trash cans: Reviews & Recommendations

    Whether you’re living in a one-bedroom studio or have a four-story home for you and your family, you need a garbage can that can hold more than one day’s worth of trash. While you don’t need to be harboring waste, you also don’t need to keep shoving your takeout containers and food wrappers down into the can by hand in a desperate, unhygienic attempt to stop the overflow. Trying to compress your trash doesn’t necessarily mean you’re throwing too much away (though we should all try to limit our garbage); it often just means your can is too small. Here are our recommendations for a range of household sizes.

    Best overall: Simplehuman Voice + Motion-Sensor Trash Can  

    simplehuman

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This voice-activated and motion-sensor trash gives users two ways to manage waste without touching the can and comes in a range of colors.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 13 inches D x 18.5 inches W x 24.8 inches H
    • Power: Uses four AA batteries
    • Capacity: 15.3 gallons (58 liters)

    Pros

    • Features voice activation and motion-sensor technology
    • Comes in five stainless steel finishes (brushed, black, bronze, white, rose gold) 
    • Designed with built-in liner dispenser

    Cons

    • Expensive

    This 58-liter stainless steel trash can from Simplehuman is equipped with accurate voice recognition technology that deciphers commands at a whisper, even in a noisy environment. You can say open, close, or stay open for multi-trip trash. This trash can also comes with a motion sensor and liner pocket, storing 20 liners inside the unit for easy replacements. 

    Best for large spaces: EKO Mirage-T Motion-Sensor Trash Can  

    EKO

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This sleek-looking can hold up to 80 liters of trash and comes with a built-in deodorizer.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 18.5 inches W x 10.9 inches D x 28.4 inches H 
    • Power: Six AA batteries
    • Capacity: 45 liters, 50 liters, 80 liters

    Pros

    • Large capacity
    • Comes in three sizes
    • Fingerprint-resistant

    Cons

    • Can’t use rechargeable batteries
    • Expensive

    As far as kitchen essentials go, you can feel confident about the EKO Mirage-T. This unit is available in a ton of sizes, starting with 12 gallons and going up to 21 gallons; it’s truly one of the largest motion-sensor trash cans on the market. It is designed with a fingerprint-resistant exterior, a removable liner ring, and a deodorizer compartment to keep things smelling fresh. 

    Best for small spaces: Ninestars Automatic Touchless 3-Gallon Motion-Sensor Trash 

    Ninestars

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This small trash can is ideal for bathrooms, children’s rooms, or home offices. 

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 12 inches L x 8.4 inches W x 15.16 inches H
    • Power: Two C batteries
    • Capacity: 12 liters (3 gallons)

    Pros

    • Odor resistant
    • Small footprint
    • Can use liners from the brand or other standard liners

    Cons

    • Can’t hold a lot

    This 3-gallon trash can is the perfect size for bedrooms and bathrooms alike. It was a precise, water-resistant motion sensor, a removable ring liner, a sealed lid, and the ability to last up to six months without changing any batteries (we suggest rechargeable ones and recycling any old batteries properly). This touchless trash can has a non-skid base and is made from durable type 430 stainless steel.

    Best for odor control: iTouchless 13-Gallon SensorCan 

    iTouchless

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This touchless can is designed with a carbon filter that helps fight odor. 

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 16 inches L x 11.75 inches W x 25.5 inches H
    • Power: Adapter or four D batteries
    • Capacity: 13 gallons

    Pros

    • Comes with carbon filter to fight odor
    • Sizable capacity
    • Can use adapter or battery power

    Cons

    • Need to remove whole lid to remove trash bag

    This iTouchless trash can is the best motion-sensor trash can for most homes. It’s completely hands-free with an additional compartment that holds an AbsorbX “Natural Activated Carbon Odor Filter” to stop stinky smells in their tracks; an excellent addition to your kitchen. Plus, this unit can be powered using an AC adaptor or batteries for ultimate flexibility. There is also a “Stay Open” mode for those times when you’re making frequent trips to throw something away, but rest assured even with the lid open, troublesome smells will be kept at bay.

    Best dual-compartment: Ninestars Motion-Sensor Trash Can/Recycler 

    Ninestars

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Pitch your trash and recyclables in one container with this combo device. 

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 21.3 inches L x 13 inches W x 26.2 inches H
    • Power: Four D batteries
    • Capacity: 13- and 18-gallon sizes available

    Pros

    • One-stop trash and recycling solution
    • Available in two sizes
    • Can use liners from the brand and other standard liners

    Cons

    • Users report motor in lid can stop working

    This Ninestar touchless trash can has two depositories for trash and recycling and one quiet-closing, touch-free lid that seals in odors. It is available in two sizes, 13 and 18 gallons, with a non-skid base, removable ring liner, and a long-lasting battery so you can conveniently place your can anywhere.  

    Best budget: Mainstay Motion-Sensor Trash Can

    Mainstay

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This budget-friendly option is a good size for families, and it’s designed with a lid that stays open when you place objects in front of the sensor. 

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 11.34 inches W x 16.38 inches L x 26.42 inches  H
    • Power: Uses three C batteries
    • Capacity: 13.2 gallons

    Pros

    • Motion sensor allows for touchless open
    • Available in three color options (black, silver, red)
    • Affordable

    Cons

    • Only available in one size

    This 13-gallon motion-sensor trash can comes in three colors—black, silver, red—to match your kitchen. It’s made from stainless steel and features infrared technology to ensure it stays open while an object, or your hand, is in front of the sensor, and then it closes gently after five seconds. 

    Things to consider when looking for the best motion-sensor trash can

    Can size and capabilities

    The most popular size for any trash can is 13 gallons. If you have more space, we recommend sizing up to 17 or even 21 gallons. Just make sure you can lift the bag out of the can with ease when it’s time to take it out. If you are going to get a large receptacle, an electric trash can will only make throwing things out more accessible. Typically, each touchless trash can will need just a light wave of motion to pop open quietly. This is great when your hands are just a little too full to lift the lid. 

    A motion sensor on a large trash can is also ideal for those who end up throwing away a lot of food scraps while cooking. Instead of using food-covered hands and dirtying the lid, which you then have to clean, you can easily toss the odds and ends from your latest dish without any additional mess. While a large trash bin can sometimes foster unpleasant smells, especially if it’s holding food scraps, you won’t have to worry because most motion-sensor trash cans have extra-tight lids to hold in less than pleasant scents. If you’re not convinced, you can also find a touchless trash can with additional room for a deodorizer.

    Your space

    If the kitchen is covered, look for a smaller automatic trash can to fit underneath your desk or beside the bathroom sink. Chances are you’re not shooting for a 13-gallon vertical can stick next to your toilet, but that doesn’t mean you couldn’t benefit from the same mess-free perks that the best motion-sensor trash can provides. Smaller trash cans lower to the ground can be hard to get to, even if there is a foot pedal at the base. A motion sensor makes things a little easier to dispose of and also keeps you from needing to get too close. 

    Now, we don’t know about you, but we sometimes need a little extra encouragement to take out the bathroom or bedroom trash before it’s stuffed to the brim. You know it’s time to take out what’s in a motion-sensor trash can when the lid won’t close and battery life begins to wane. There won’t be room to negotiate when your trash can lets you know the garbage needs to go. 

    Odor elimination

    No one enjoys the stench of garbage wafting through their home. It’s unpleasant and uncomfortable, especially if you have guests over. Not only is getting rid of smells good for people but eliminating odor is always a great tactic for keeping pets and pests uninterested in the contents of your trash can. If you’ve already done everything you can to make your trash less smelly, we recommend an option designed with deodorizing in mind. Fortunately, a motion-sensor trash can, by design, is excellent at trapping terrible odors. Other hands-free, touchless trash can models rely on a foot pedal to flip open the lid. This often results in a sudden drop when the lid closes and a whoosh of smelly air forcefully being exerted into the room. Motion-sensor trash can lids are typically timed and gently close, which helps keep any unfortunate odors in the can. 

    If you’re looking for something a little more heavy-duty regarding scents, look for a touchless trash can that incorporates a filter. The best motion-sensor trash cans will have a built-in space that can fit a deodorizer or carbon filter, which not only contains smells but captures and neutralizes them.

    Recycling

    Garbage and recycling may not end up in the same place, but that doesn’t mean you can’t use the same convenient, stress-free handling. If anything, juggling plastic cartons, bottles of wine, and cans of LaCroix is an even more daunting task. Getting a dual unit is a great way to keep things clean and orderly around the house while eliminating extra stress or mess. When it comes to creating a streamlined system, we believe in consolidation. The best kitchen trash can for eco-conscious households will have separate internal compartments, one for your trash and the other for recyclables, united under one lid to cut down on clutter and ultimately save space. 

    Voice activation

    Maybe we are living in the Year 3000 because not only can you purchase a motion-sensor trash can, but you can also find a voice-activated model. Voice activation is a “handy” feature if your fingers are always full to the brim. We can’t tell you the number of times we’ve tried to save ourselves trips by carrying every empty bottle over to the trash in one go, only to put them all down again to open the lid. Whether you’re holding a ton of paper towels after a spill, hoping to avoid any drips or spills from precarious take-out bags, or you’ve just picked up the baby and need to toss a dirty diaper, voice activation can be the superhero you didn’t know you needed. While a voice-activated model can provide extra advantages to calm a hectic day, it can also assist those with chronic pain or limited mobility. 

    Voice-activated models work by using embedded microphones especially attuned to the human voice (similar to the best smart speakers equipped with at-home assistants like Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant), blocking extraneous sounds like music or television. This microphone can recognize commands like “open can,” “close can,” and occasionally more. Though these touchless trash cans can be a bit pricey, we believe you’re getting your money’s worth regarding cleanliness and convenience.  

    Price

    A trash bin equipped with advanced technology can be invaluable, but many can also be pricey. Luckily, the best motion-sensor trash can for a smaller household doesn’t need to break the bank; there are a handful of budget-friendly options that will definitely do the trick. While a smaller can (around 4 gallons) is almost always available under $50, a larger option can also fall within your budget if you monitor your favorite sites for deals. 

    FAQs

    Q: What is the most popular size trash can for the kitchen?

    The most popular size for a kitchen trash can is 13 gallons. This size can fit nicely in small areas or corners without being too small. Thirteen gallons and above means you won’t be battling frequent overflow. If this standard size is slightly too big, we suggest looking at a model between 7 to 10 gallons instead. 

    Q: Are sensor trash cans worth it?

    The short answer is yes, sensor trash cans are worth it. While the price bump can be prohibitive, we do believe that a motion-sensor trash can has many benefits, convenience being only one. A hands-free trash can helps you avoid bacteria and germs crawling around your garbage. Touchless trash cans are also highly beneficial for those who experience issues or pain related to mobility. A hands-free (or foot-free) model eliminates the need for physical strain on the joints.  

    Q: What can you do with old garbage cans?

    If you’re ready to take the plunge and upgrade to one of the best motion-sensor trash cans, you’ll need to find something to do with your analog bin. While you can include this old garbage can with your other trash, there are a ton of different options when it comes to upcycling your old garbage can. Consider turning it into a planter, compost bin, or, if it’s large enough, think about using it as storage for gardening tools like rakes and shovels. 

    Q: How much do motion-sensing trash cans cost?

    The price of motion-sensing trash cans varies a lot, but our recommendations cost between $39 and $250.

    Q: Do all motion-sensor trash cans eliminate odor?

    A motion-sensor trash can will reduce the odor from garbage because it’ll remain firmly closed until opened. Using scented garbage bags can also help eliminate odor.

    Related: The truth about plastics recycling

    Final thoughts on the best motion-sensor trash can

    The best motion-sensor trash can for you will fit your space and provide a hassle-free garbage toss. Don’t be surprised if you start trying to wave your hand over every trash can you see, only to experience disappointment at their basic functions, followed by joy when you remember that you have a smart trash can waiting for you at home.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best motion-sensor trash cans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best universal remotes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-universal-remotes/ Thu, 09 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448329
    The best universal remotes
    Stan Horaczek

    One remote to rule them all.

    The post The best universal remotes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best universal remotes
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Even without the touchscreen, the Harmony Companion’s wide compatibility and design justify its comparatively high price tag. Logitech Harmony Elite
    SEE IT

    The Logitech Harmony Elite remains the best universal remote even though it isn’t in production.

    Best for home theater The SofaBaton U1 Universal Remote offers great features in an affordable package. SofaBaton U1
    SEE IT

    The SofaBaton U1 Universal Remote offers great features in an affordable package.

    Best simple remote The One for All URC7880 Smart Control 8 enhances traditional remote design with modern day smarts. One for All Smart Control 8 (URC7880)
    SEE IT

    The One for All URC7880 Smart Control 8 enhances traditional remote design with modern day smarts.

    Juggling multiple remotes for TV, cable box, soundbar, game consoles, and all the other devices in your living room can get extremely frustrating. Once upon a time, manufacturers made third-party universal remotes, which connected to many devices so you could navigate them all with one magic wand. Despite the fact that we have more devices than ever, universal remotes are a dying breed. You could argue they’ve been replaced by smartphones but switching between a hundred different clunky apps just isn’t as elegant as the defunct, yet still supported Logitech Harmony remote. Here’s the thing, though. There are still a few companies that make universal remotes. And some of the old devices, including the Harmony remotes, still work well if you’re willing to buy a used one. If your coffee table full of remotes needs taming, the best universal remotes can still swoop in and cut out some remote clutter.

    How we picked the best universal remotes

    I have covered the consumer electronics industry for more than 10 years for TechnoBuffalo, Gear Patrol, CNN Underscored, and iMore. The coverage included reviews and reports on TVs and third-party A/V gear, including universal remotes.

    To make our selections, I leaned on hands-on testing, as well as extensive research on the current third-party remote market. I checked peer reviews, user impressions, forums, and retailer comment sections to get a sense of what universal remotes are currently popular.

    What to consider when choosing the best universal remotes

    A good universal remote will consolidate your collection of remotes into a single tech navigation tool. It can dim your smart lights, switch on your TV, and start playing a movie through your streaming devices, with a few quick taps. Or you can program it to do all of those things at once with a single press of a button using a “macro.” 

    A good universal remote should also feature broad device compatibility and, like any good gadget, a well-organized layout that’s intuitive for novices and veterans alike. While a display isn’t necessary, it’s a nice perk because it allows users to scroll through their list of customizable activities.

    Device compatibility

    You want to make sure your universal remote can connect to all of the devices in the space where you plan to use it. You should be able to juggle between 5-10 devices at once (or more), spanning home entertainment, smart home, and other kinds of gear. Broad device compatibility will allow a universal remote to fit seamlessly into your daily routine, and make it easier to get the most out of all your devices.

    Battery life

    A universal remote can’t do its job with a dead battery. When doing our research and testing, we hunted down options that could last a few months between charges. 

    We generally prefer remotes that feature a rechargeable internal battery to minimize the possibility of e-waste. For remotes with rechargeable batteries, we prefer a charging hub over a simple cable, but that is definitely not a dealbreaker. If you’re using a battery that relies on disposable AA or AAA cells, we recommend purchasing rechargeable batteries.

    Design

    Universal remotes generally share the same design language as the TV and cable remotes you’ve likely used your whole life. In most cases, they have many, many more buttons. Sometimes they also have a small display, which is great because it helps you keep track of what you’re doing. Still, for the most part, the best universal remote shouldn’t be hard to parse.

    Beyond our picks’ general shape and size, we looked out for things like a comfortable button layout. Commonly used buttons, including volume, pause, and play, should be easy to find without requiring someone to hunt for them. 

    A great third-party remote should also have customizable buttons you can set for specific tasks, like turning on your TV to a particular input. Of course, we also tried our best to find options that look nice and feel good in hand, too.

    Price

    Strictly speaking, there’s nothing essential about a universal remote. It’s a luxury meant to make your technological life a little more convenient. Given that, every person will have their own thoughts on how much they’re willing to spend for convenience’s sake.

    Luckily, there are universal remotes for every budget. The most affordable ones provide limited functionality, akin to a TV remote, but with a wider range of functionality. The prices go up from there as companies add more broad support for many devices, displays for better navigation, charging stations, and more. The very best universal remotes are typically a few hundred dollars.

    On top of that, our picks include a couple of remotes that are no longer in production. They are still fairly easy to find, new or used, but they cost a lot more than you’d expect. Do not fret if our top picks aren’t your price range, as there are always more affordable options that can pare down your pile of remotes.

    IR, Bluetooth, and Wi-Fi support

    All universal remotes use an IR (infrared) transmitter to send a signal to your TV, which interprets that signal to actions like lowering the volume or changing the channel. Lower-priced universal remotes generally come equipped with an IR transmitter. The best of them should also support Bluetooth and Wi-Fi, allowing them to communicate with a wider range of modern devices like game consoles and smart home gear.

    The best universal remotes: Reviews & Recommendations

    Finding the right universal remote will let you consolidate your collection and bring some order to your living room. Though the list of appealing options is dwindling, there are still a few great universal remotes out there.

    Best overall: Logitech Harmony Elite

    Amazon Renewed

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: With broad device support, a capacitive touchscreen, and support for one-touch actions, the Harmony Elite is tough to beat.

    Specs

    • Size: 7.56 x 2.13 x 1.14 inches
    • Weight: 0.36 pounds
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Wi-Fi
    • Battery life: 3-7 days

    Pros

    • One-touch actions
    • Custom activities
    • A capacitive touchscreen makes it easy to control your devices

    Cons

    • Very expensive
    • Not in production, so may be difficult to find new

    Although it was discontinued in 2021, the Logitech Harmony Elite remains the best universal remote we’ve tried. It includes broad device support for over 270,000 entertainment and smart home devices, as well as customizable one-touch macros. It features a small capacitive touchscreen that makes navigating a potentially dizzying array of devices easy to follow. Though Logitech no longer manufactures Harmony remotes, the company still updates them, so they are still a viable option.

    That said, getting a Harmony Elite for a reasonable price isn’t easy. It was expensive from the start, retailing for $349. Now that there’s a limited supply, that price has only gone up. Even used models can cost nearly $400 or more. Still, if you’re searching for the versatile, feature-rich universal remote, nothing touches the Harmony Elite.

    Best for home theater: SofaBaton U1

    SofaBaton

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The SofaBaton U1 offers a similar experience to the Harmony Elite, including a small OLED display, in a more affordable package.

    Specs

    • Size: 7.7 x 1.9 x 1.2 inches
    • Weight: 0.61 pounds
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth
    • Battery life: N/A (requires two AA batteries)

    Pros

    • Small OLED display
    • Can control up to 15 devices
    • Supports over 350,000 devices

    Cons

    • Can’t control Wi-Fi-based devices

    Though we have a soft spot for the Harmony remote, there are still companies making great universal remotes. Case in point, the SofaBaton U1 can connect to over 350,000 devices from 6,000 brands and features a companion iOS and Android app so you can configure the remote on the fly. It can control up to 15 devices at once using IR blasts and Bluetooth. You can also assign buttons to perform specific actions and even create shortcuts to launch activities. 

    The SofaBaton U1 does all this for $69.99, far less than the Harmony remotes cost before scarcity drove up the price. Though it isn’t as easy to program, and can’t control Wi-Fi-based devices like smart light bulbs, it gives the Harmony remotes a run for their money. It’s a convenient, affordable, no-compromise universal remote in a reasonably polished package.

    Best simple: One for All Smart Control 8 (URC7880)

    One For All(r)

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The One for All URC7880 looks basic at a glance, but features customizable buttons and controls up to eight devices.

    Specs

    • Size: 9.4 x 4.8 x 1.1 inches
    • Weight: 0.46 pounds
    • Connectivity: Infrared
    • Battery life: N/A (requires two AA batteries)

    Pros

    • Simple, straightforward design
    • Can control up to eight devices
    • Customizable shortcut keys
    • Remote finder feature

    Cons

    • Doesn’t work with Bluetooth devices

    The One For All Smart Control 8 resembles a stock remote you’d get with a TV but can do a lot more. It can control up to eight devices via infrared and will work with everything from a TV to a set-top box to a Blu-ray player. It also features customizable shortcut keys that you can program via a smartphone app. Our personal favorite feature, though, is the remote finder, which lets you use a companion app on your smartphone to make the remote emit a noise so you can track it down.

    The Smart Control 8 only communicates with devices via IR blast, so it’s really just for home entertainment centers, rather than a full suite of smart devices. Still, its comparatively simple construction and narrow focus make a solid, affordable choice looking to combine a few of the remotes around the TV.

    Best for Apple TV: Apple TV Siri Remote

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished here: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Apple TV Siri Remote features an improved design, precise D-pad, and touch-sensitive jogwheel for easy control.

    Specs

    • Size: 6.93 x 2.62 x 1.04 inches
    • Weight: 0.28 pounds
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Wi-Fi
    • Battery life: Two months

    Pros

    • Clicky buttons
    • There’s a mute button
    • Jogwheel controls

    Cons

    • Kind of expensive if you’re upgrading from an older Apple TV remote

    With a lovely aluminum design and precise D-pad, the Apple TV Siri Remote is the best option for the company’s set-top box. The 3rd-generation remote includes a mute button, as well as an intuitive directional pad with a touch-sensitive “jogwheel” similar to the experience of using an old-school iPod. Of course, you can also use the Apple TV Siri Remote for system-level TV functions like power and volume. For people with basic setups, that’s all the “universal control” you really need. Plus, gen 3 charges via USB-C instead of Lightning, which many people will appreciate.

    Best for Alexa: Amazon Fire TV Cube

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Amazon Fire TV Cube makes it easy to control your entire setup without even touching your remote.

    Specs

    • Size: 5.5 x 1.4 x 0.62 inches
    • Weight: 0.09 pounds (without batteries)
    • Connectivity: Bluetooth, Wi-Fi
    • Battery life: N/A (two AAA batteries)

    Pros

    • Powerful voice controls
    • Preset app buttons
    • Simplistic layout

    Cons

    • Voice recognition isn’t always perfect

    It might seem unusual for the Amazon Fire TV Cube to show up on a list of the best universal remotes since it’s a … box. Just hear us out, though. The Fire Cube is a surprisingly powerful device. The set-top streaming device allows you to control your TV and any other Alexa-compatible smart devices in your home with voice commands you speak into its small remote.

    When you set aside the Alexa functionality, the Fire Cube remote, which you’ll also find in many new Amazon Fire streaming devices, is fairly rudimentary. Once you get into the swing of using voice commands, though, you won’t care about any of the buttons, anyway.

    Best budget: GE Universal Remote

    GE home electrical

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The GE Universal Remote is easy to use, offers master volume control, and can connect with up to four devices at once.

    Specs

    • Size: 7 x 2.24 x 1 inches
    • Weight: 0.2 pounds
    • Connectivity: Infrared
    • Battery life: N/A (requires two AAA batteries)

    Pros

    • Easy to use
    • Connects with up to four devices
    • Master volume control

    Cons

    • The plastic design feels cheap

    If you just want to consolidate remotes and have no need for customizable buttons, touchscreens, voice controls, or any of the other features we’ve highlighted in our other picks, then you’re looking for the GE Universal Remote. For about $10, you’ll get a remote that comes pre-programmed with support for thousands of AV devices and can control up to four devices at once. It also supports master volume control, so you can adjust the volume of whatever device you’re connected to, whether your TV or Apple TV. It isn’t special, but it gets the job done and is very cheap. There’s nothing wrong with paying a little when that’s all you need.

    FAQs

    Q: How much do universal remotes cost?

    Today, universal remotes range in price from $11 to about $400. As we mentioned, that number has inflated a bit in the last year or so thanks to high demand for the limited quantity of Logitech Harmony remotes available online. When you don’t factor in the harmony remotes, the price range for a fully featured universal remote comes to between $50-$100.

    Q: How do I program a universal remote?

    Universal remote programming varies from device to device. Sometimes you have to enter a code that identifies the product you wish to control. Other devices have standardized control codes that you can find on the device’s remote or manual. Still others can pair with a remote via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi.

    We generally prefer universal remotes that can be programmed via computer software or an app. The Harmony Elite, for example, features an app with a database of about 250,000 control codes. That way, you can just look up your device and easily connect.

    Q: Do universal remotes work with all brands?

    Universal remotes generally have a broad compatibility with AV systems that support IR control. You should have no trouble controlling the core components of a home theater setup—TV, soundbar, set-top box, etc.—regardless of the brand. Not every universal remote can connect to devices via Bluetooth or Wi-Fi, but those that can should be able to connect to any brand of smart device.

    Final thoughts on the best universal remotes

    Clearly, we still have a deep affection for Logitech’s Harmony remotes. That said, there are still a few good options out there, so there’s no reason not to use one if you think it would help. It’s also worth noting that more and more devices can handle basic system-level TV controls, making it easier to get by with one remote if you’re just watching TV.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best universal remotes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best microfiber cleaning cloths of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-microfiber-cleaning-cloths/ Mon, 04 Oct 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=400008
    best microfiber cleaning cloths
    Billy Cadden

    Swap out your old sponges for a set of highly effective and eco-friendly microfiber cloths.

    The post The best microfiber cleaning cloths of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    best microfiber cleaning cloths
    Billy Cadden

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall This set from E-Cloth is our pick for the best microfiber cleaning cloths. E-Cloth Reusable Microfiber Cleaning Cloths
    SEE IT

    This kit is ready to clean anything.

    Best for Electronics This set from Magic Fiber is our pick for the best microfiber cleaning cloths. MagicFiber Microfiber Cleaning Cloths
    SEE IT

    An easy way to keep screens gleaming.

    Best for Glasses The is set from Koala is our pick for the best microfiber cleaning cloths. Koala Kloth Glasses Cleaning Cloth
    SEE IT

    Easy-to-carry packaging makes them easy to keep around.

    The best microfiber cleaning cloth is like a magnet. The fabric has a slight positive charge, which means it attracts negatively charged gunk—like dust and grime tend to be—making them a great alternative to chemical-y cleaning solutions. Some data from UC Davis Health System also indicate that the material is three times better than its competitors at trapping baddies. Microfibers are also incredibly fine, measuring about 1/100th of the width of a strand of hair, so the cleaning cloths can wipe down the delicate surfaces of electronics, monitors, glasses, and car exteriors without scratching them. With so many readymade rags on the market, picking the best microfiber cleaning cloths can be overwhelming. Choosing the right set for the task at hand means taking a deeper look at key features that make subtle but important differences in how well they work.

    How we picked the microfiber cleaning cloths

    Our curated selection was developed based on several years of experience testing and reviewing home products as well as extensive research. We weighed a number of practical considerations when making our recommendations, including the makeup of the fabric itself and its durability. We looked for cloths with at least 100,000 fibers per square inch—the greater the density the better the grip on gunky stuff—and that can withstand at least 300 washes before going into the bin. We also looked for a decent percentage of polyamide, an indicator of a good cloth. After considering more than 20 potential options of varying styles and sizes, we narrowed down our choices to five top products.

    The best microfiber cleaning cloths: Reviews & recommendations

    Best overall: E-Cloth Reusable Microfiber Cleaning Cloths

    E-Cloth

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: E-Cloth crafts the microfiber cloths with care, ensuring 3.1 million fibers per square inch and guaranteeing they’ll hold up to 300 washes.

    Specs: 

    • Intended Use: Housekeeping
    • Dimensions: 12.5 x 12.5, 15.5 x 15.5, 16 x 20 inches
    • Number of Cloths: 8

    Pros:

    • Includes a variety of cloths for different purposes
    • Ultrafine weave
    • Can withstand 300 washes

    Cons:

    • Not great for electronics

    It can be difficult to choose the best microfiber cleaning cloths for housekeeping because different parts of your home require different weaves. E-Cloth created this eight-piece set to provide an option to clean every surface in your home—from your stainless steel fridge to your glass windows. Each cloth has an ultra-fine weave of ​​3.1 million fibers per square inch. 

    This set comes with a variety of different microfiber cloths, each of which has its own intended use—from mopping to polishing. For example, the window cloth has a large waffle-like-weave, which helps it better grab onto gunk. And the dedicated dusting cloth is made of 100 percent polyester, which is an usual recommendation for a microfiber cloth (normally we like a good portion of the material polyamide), but helps it hang onto those bigger bunnies. The brand also guarantees that their cloths can stand up to 300 washes, so you won’t have to replace them any time soon.

    Best for cars: Chemical Guys Professional Grade Microfiber Towels

    Chemical Guys

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: These cloths from Chemical Guys are created to serve all your automotive needs, with a dual-sided design and silk edges to prevent scratching.

    Specs: 

    • Intended Use: Automotive
    • Dimensions: 16 x 16 inches
    • Number of Cloths: 3

    Pros:

    • Specifically designed for automotive cleaning
    • Effective when wet or dry
    • Dual-sided with different fibers on each side
    • Silk edging to prevent scratches

    Cons:

    • Must be washed separately from other laundry

    While you can invest in having your car professionally detailed, it’s also possible to do a lot of the work yourself as long as you have the right tools. Pros use the best microfiber cleaning cloths for cars to clean and polish the interior and exterior surfaces of your car because they can gently clean without risking scratches. This three-pack of cloths from Chemical Guys is crafted specifically for your automotive needs. 

    Each cloth is dual-sided for added functionality. One side features long fibers which work well for wiping away dust, while the other features short fibers which are designed for buffing, polishing, and window cleaning. The cloths feature silk edging, which unlike inexpensive nylon edging is designed to prevent scratches. These wipers are also effective whether they’re wet or dry. They’re made with 70 percent polyester and 30 percent polyamide, indicating a high-quality construction.

    Best for electronics: MagicFiber Microfiber Cleaning Cloths

    MagicFiber

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: MagicFiber’s cleaning cloths are incredibly gentle while also remaining durable.

    Specs: 

    • Intended Use: Electronics, glasses
    • Dimensions: 6 x 7 inches
    • Number of Cloths: 6

    Pros:

    • Compact size makes them easy to transport
    • Can withstand up to 500 washes
    • Compatible with ultra-delicate surfaces

    Cons:

    • The black color doesn’t show dirt
    • Must be hand washed

    When it comes to cleaning ultra-delicate surfaces, these MagicFiber cloths are considered the best microfiber cleaning cloths for electronics by many experts. The fine fibers remove fingerprints, smudges, dust, and dirt without leaving lint or streaks behind. 

    The teeny, soft weave also makes the cloths safe to use on screens, including those of your best tablets, TVs, computers, and smartphones. (They’re also excellent for cleaning your smaller shiny things like eyeglasses, glassware, camera lenses, and watch faces). They’re thin and small—just 6 by 7 inches—and each comes in its own reusable bag, making sure they stay clean in your purse, wallet, or bag. 

    According to the manufacturer, they can be washed and reused up to 500 times. One downside is that these cloths are not machine washable, so hand washing will become part of your reality—especially considering that the black ones won’t readily show you how dirty they are.

    Best for kitchens: Zwipes 735 Microfiber Towel Cleaning Cloths

    Zwipes

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This 12-pack of microfiber cleaning towels from Zwipes features short fluffy fibers that are perfect for cleaning every surface in your kitchen. 

    Specs: 

    • Intended Use: Housekeeping
    • Dimensions: 16 x 12 inches
    • Number of Cloths: 12

    Pros:

    • Large surface area
    • 12 cloths included
    • Ultra-absorbent

    Cons:

    • Polymide content unknown

    The best microfiber cleaning cloths for kitchens come in handy when cleaning a number of surfaces, from countertops to cabinet faces and sinks to appliances. This 12-pack is affordable and each cloth features over 110,000 fibers per square inch for a fine weave of short, fluffy fibers. That relative puffiness makes them extremely absorbent—ideal for wiping up spills and other messes. The set includes three cloth colors so users can differentiate ones that are used for different tasks. 

    At 16 by 12 inches, they’re large enough for most standard kitchen cleaning tasks. These cloths are machine washable and the manufacturer recommends washing in cold or warm water and drying on low. When following these instructions, the cloths should last for as many as 500 washes. While they’re our top pick for kitchens, they’re also appropriate for most other household cleaning tasks.

    Best for glasses: Koala Kloth Glasses Cleaning Cloth

    Koala Lifestyle

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: These cloths by Koala Kloth are crafted for cleaning delicate lenses without leaving behind any lint or risking scratches.

    Specs: 

    • Intended Use: Glasses, electronics
    • Dimensions: 6 x 7 inches
    • Number of Cloths: 6

    Pros:

    • Specifically designed for glasses
    • Unique honeycomb weave
    • Can be washed 500 times

    Cons:

    • Must be hand washed

    While all microfiber cloths share some similarities, they’re not all designed to serve the same purpose. When it comes to cleaning your glasses, for example, you need the best microfiber cleaning cloth for glasses. This means it has very finely woven so that there’s no chance it will damage your expensive prescription lenses. These cloths from Koala Kloth feature a proprietary honeycomb pattern that offers an even gentler clean than other brands. 

    You will, however, need to take care of the cloths so that they’ll take care of your valuables: They must be washed by hand in cold water with a mild soap and then sit in the air to dry. By following these instructions, though, you’ll get as many as 500 washes out of each cloth.

    Things to consider before buying microfiber cleaning cloths

    Choosing a scrubber mat might seem like a simple decision, but there are actually a number of considerations to weigh before you make a purchase.

    Intended Use

    Microfiber cloths have either a loop weave or a waffle weave, which is what helps determine their best uses. Loop weave cloths are incredibly gentle and are ideal for cleaning delicate surfaces like glass, electronics, and automotive surfaces. Waffle weave cloths, on the other hand, are better for household cleaning because they’re slightly more abrasive.

    Fabric Makeup and Density

    Microfiber used for cleaning cloths is made up of a combination of polyester and polyamide. The highest-quality microfiber has a high percentage of polyamide (20 percent or more), while cheaper microfiber will have a higher portion of polyester. The quality of a microfiber cloth can also be determined by the number of fibers per square inch; while not all manufacturers list this specification, look for cloths with at least 100,000 fibers per square inch, if the information is available.

    Size

    Microfiber cloths vary widely in size depending on their intended use. Cloths for house cleaning or automotive care are larger, typically measuring 12 by 16 inches or 16 by 20 inches. Cloths for cleaning electronics and eyeglasses, on the other hand, tend to measure just 6 by 7 inches.

    Durability

    Many brands measure their product’s durability by the number of washes they can withstand. This can range from 50 to 500.

    FAQs

    Q: How do you wash a microfiber cloth?

    After each use, rinse the cloth with warm water. Many microfiber cloths are machine-washable so you can toss ‘em in with the rest of your laundry. Avoid using bleach or fabric softener, both of which could damage the fibers. Tumble dry on low for the best results. A lot of manufacturers do recommend hand washing to prolong effectiveness and durability, so be sure to check their instructions.

    Q: Do all microfiber cloths remove bacteria?

    Microfiber cloths do a good job of removing bacteria from a number of different surfaces. It’s important to note, though, that unlike chemical cleaning agents, microfiber cloths remove those baddies but don’t kill them.

    Q: Can you use vinegar with a microfiber cloth?

    Vinegar doesn’t pair well with microfiber because its high acidity level will degrade the quality of the material.

    Final thoughts on the best microfiber cleaning cloths

    The best microfiber cleaning cloths are not a one-size-fits-all affair. The best arsenal will include rags catered to various surfaces and tasks, from wiping down the car to polishing a camera lens. That’s why, if you’re looking to make one catch-all purchase, we recommend a diverse multipack like the E-Cloth Reusable Microfiber Cleaning Cloths.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best microfiber cleaning cloths of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Save up to $200 on Nespresso machines and give the gift of caffeine this Mother’s Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/nespresso-machine-sale-mothers-day-amazon/ Fri, 05 May 2023 21:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=539445
    Breville Nespresso machines in a fancy pattern for Mother's Day
    Stan Horaczek

    The gift of a classy coffee maker will have someone buzzing with excitement even before their first cup.

    The post Save up to $200 on Nespresso machines and give the gift of caffeine this Mother’s Day appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Breville Nespresso machines in a fancy pattern for Mother's Day
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    It has gotten absurdly expensive to buy a cup of coffee from just about anywhere. The iced coffee I like from a well-known chain now costs $5.58. It’s like paying airport prices repeatedly without leaving the neighborhood. If you or someone you know—for instance, your mom—also feels the squeeze of the coffee price hikes, these deep discounts on Nespresso machines at Amazon should be very appealing. Sure, it’s an upfront investment, but it will save money in the long run, and you won’t have to hear any Enya music playing over the coffee shop PA.

    Nespresso Vertuo Next Coffee and Espresso Machine by Breville with Milk Frother $171 (Was $229)

    Breville

    SEE IT

    For those who are unfamiliar, Nespresso is a pod-based coffee system that makes brewing incredibly simple. Unlike some other pod coffee systems, however, Nespresso creates more gourmet brews and more complex drinks. This machine offers a 37-ounce water reservoir and can brew traditional coffee, pour-over coffee, and both single and double espressos. Each pod will run you roughly $1 to $1.50, depending on what kind you get and how many you buy at one time. They often go on sale, though, so you can sometimes snag a large supply of them at a discounted rate. This model also includes a milk frother in case regular milk doesn’t have enough air in it for you.

    More Nespresso deals at Amazon

    There are a ton of different Nespresso models on sale at up to 25% off right now, and most of them will still arrive by Mother’s Day if you order soon. Pick the one that fits your budget and your crippling dependency on caffeine.

    Breville Nespresso Creatista Plus $487 (Was $649)

    If you really want to go for a classy coffee maker, this is the machine you want. It’s a Barista-grade machine that makes both coffee and espresso with a simple, elegant process. It offers durable stainless steel components that are easy to clean and will last for years. Plus, it has a great name that you’ll sound really classy saying. “Would you like some coffee? Let me just make you some here on the Creatista.” How continental.

    The post Save up to $200 on Nespresso machines and give the gift of caffeine this Mother’s Day appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best smart locks of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-smart-lock/ Thu, 10 Jun 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=363762
    best smart locks
    Maria Ziegler, Unsplash

    These smart locks give you peace of mind with the click of a button (touch of a finger, tap of a fob, etc.).

    The post The best smart locks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    best smart locks
    Maria Ziegler, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best compact Round, satin nickel smart lock and a smartphone controlling the lock Level Touch Keyless Entry
    SEE IT

    This lock replaces your deadbolt, and conceals the technology in a much smaller space than most others.

    Best with an alarm Rectangular, black smart lock with touch keypad using to control the lock Schlage Connect Smart Deadbolt 
    SEE IT

    This smart lock pairs with your security system or Z-Wave smart home.

    Best budget Oval, satin nickel Wi-Fi smart lock with electronic keypad Kwikset Halo WiFi Smart Lock
    SEE IT

    For under $150, the Kwikset Halo has everything you need in a smart lock.

    Smart locks are one of the best home security products of the last decade. Some of the best smart door locks fit over your regular manual door lock and some of them replace it, but instead of using a key to lock and unlock your door, you’ll use your smartphone or a special keyfob. Why would someone want such a thing? Well, for one thing, you can lock and unlock your door from anywhere. Instead of standing outside fumbling with your keys in the cold or rain, you can sit in your car and unlock the door before you get out. Some even have automated door-unlocking features that sense when you’ve arrived home—the best smart lock for you will fit the functions you want.

    Another selling point is the fact that you can double-check to make sure your door is locked at any time. Ever been in line at the grocery store and wondered if your teenager remembered to lock the door after leaving on a bike ride? Your phone can tell you … and fix it if the door is open. In addition, you can use the best smart locks to let people in and out of your house when you’re not home. If you’re at work, but need the services of a plumber or housekeeping service, or you’re running late and your child just got off the bus, you can unlock your door for them from wherever you are and lock it up again when you’re ready. And even better, they may even get you a reduced home insurance rate.

    Best smart locks: Reviews and Recommendations

    Best compact: Level Touch Keyless Entry

    Level

    SEE IT

    The nice part of this keyless-entry smart lock is that you can’t tell it’s a smart lock; it just looks like a normal deadbolt. But this simple-to-install device is powerful, with options for remote locking and unlocking, touch to lock/unlock, auto-lock/unlock, two included keys, and the ability to send links so guests can open the door. The smartphone app is easy to use and gives you full access to the features. There are five color options, so you’ll easily find a style that fits your home.

    Best for ease of installation: August WiFi Smart Lock

    August Home

    SEE IT

    August is one of the forerunners of smart-lock manufacturing, and this is now their fourth-generation model. The August WiFi Smart Lock’s auto-unlock feature still gets mixed reviews (it sometimes stops working unexpectedly), but it works reliably to lock and unlock from your phone, and to provide access to guests.

    Best with an alarm: Schlage Connect Smart Deadbolt

    SCHLAGE

    SEE IT

    First things first, it’s imperative to mention you’ll need a Z-Wave hub (a mesh network for home automation) in order to use this Schlage smart lock; it doesn’t work on direct WiFi. The benefit to that is less interference and no competition with other devices on a WiFi network, so it should be more reliable. You can pair it with the Ring Alarm, Samsung SmartThings, Wink, Iris, Nexia, and others, and the built-in alarm sounds when someone tries to force open the door or tamper with the lock.

    Best with door handles included: Schlage Encode Smart WiFi Deadbolt

    SCHLAGE

    SEE IT

    The Schlage Encode Smart Wifi Deadbolt is a simple-to-use lock with no hub required and a touchscreen keypad that allows for one-touch locking. You can program it to auto-lock at your chosen interval after unlocking, and program up to 100 codes for guests. It includes a forced entry alarm and a keypad light to indicate when the battery is low, and it integrates with Amazon Alexa.

    Best budget: Kwikset Halo WiFi Smart Lock

    Kwikset

    SEE IT

    Remote lock and unlock from anywhere with WiFi access with this Kwikset Halo option, which can be programmed with up to 250 guest codes. It integrates with Amazon Alexa and Google Assistant. The Kwikset Halo notifies you each time your door lock is triggered and stores lock activity in the app, and you can also temporarily disable the Kwikset Halo keypad in secure mode. 

    How do the best smart locks work?

    The best smart locks will function as intended, which is to make life easier. Keyless door locks work using WiFi: When you set up your lock, you’ll connect it to your home network by following the included directions, either directly connecting or through a hub. You should only need to connect it one time and the authentication stays in memory. Then your lock can “communicate” with you via your smartphone or a special keyfob designed for the lock. Many can also be integrated with your smart hub to communicate with Amazon Alexa devices or Google Assistant. It is important to note, however, that smart lock deadbolts run on batteries, and most will last for about six months before needing replacement. 

    Many smart locks also come with a keypad with numbers rather than a keyhole. Others allow you the ability to do both—just in case your batteries die or you have issues communicating with the smart lock, you can always go back to your tried-and-true physical key until you solve the problem. Still, others offer a fingerprint sensor in addition to a keypad. In any case, it’s always best to have more than one option just in case anything malfunctions—you don’t want to get stuck outside because your smart lock wasn’t smart enough!

    Related: Break-ins happen. Here are products to secure your prized possessions.

    Simple guest access to your keyless door locks

    Most keyless door locks will allow you to provide access to guests on a temporary or ongoing basis. Depending on the model, you may text a link to your guests that allows them to open and lock your door with their smartphones the same way you do, you may assign them a temporary code, or you may provide a password. 

    Smart locks get you the W: Who, What, When, Where, and maybe even Why

    One of the coolest features of a smart lock deadbolt is that you can usually customize exactly how you want this guest access to work: You may allow each guest access to your keyless door locks indefinitely, or you may set up specific parameters (the code may expire in four hours, four weeks, or whatever time period you specify; it may be cyclic so that someone with a standing appointment—like a housekeeper—can access it every Monday morning but no other times; or it may be for one-time use). You may revoke access early if someone cancels, or remove someone’s code even if you had set it up originally for permanent access. And you can normally issue several guest codes at once.

    Smart locks deliver convenience

    The modern world is truly a marvelous place, full of innovations and conveniences. If you play to combine two of these things—namely smart locks and eCommerce—you may find yourself reveling in the ability to let Amazon deliver a package right inside your front door, with an entry alert/timestamp. That’s just one of the many pros for a smart lock.

    Budget doesn’t mean you can budge it

    Going for a budget smart lock doesn’t mean a less reliable deadbolt, just fewer bells, and whistles. As it’s a budget pick, don’t expect fingerprint sensors or a touchscreen, and be aware that may be more complaints about short battery life and buggy software.

    FAQs

    Q: Which smart lock is best?

    The best smart lock for you depends on your needs. August, Schlage, Kwikset, Yale, Level, Ultraloq—all these brands have highly rated smart locks, so it depends on your aesthetic preference, budget, and which features you’re looking for. If you have a hub, your options are different from those who are looking solely for a direct WiFi connection.

    Q: Are smart locks safe?

    Of course, home security needs to come first. They should make your home safer, not more at risk. And for that, it’s kind of a wash: Keys can compromise your safety if you lose them, if they’re stolen, if someone makes a copy when you lend them a key, etc. And, yes, they remove that risk—you can give someone a temporary code or link rather than handing over a key that can be copied and used indefinitely. The encryption used by smart locks is generally on par with banks, so it’s not like people can just wander by and use their phones to easily hack into your system. But there are caveats, as always.

    One issue with keypad codes is that it’s possible on some models for the frequently used keys to wear down or become shiny, so it’s easier to guess a passcode by the worn numbers. But you can change your code at any time if this happens. The other issue is the rare malfunctioning of smart locks—for instance, an auto-unlock that randomly kicks in after you’ve already been home for an hour and had locked the door. But these are the exceptions to the rule.

    Q: Are smart locks worth it?

    Yes. They can make your life a lot more convenient. If you’ve ever stood out in the rain fumbling for your keys, or bent a key in the door, or rushed home to unlock the door because you were running late and a guest or worker was waiting for you, you’ll know the limitation and inconvenience of traditional locks. Only you can decide what monetary value to place on the convenience of a smart lock. 

    Related: Best doorbell cameras of 2023

    The final word on selecting the best door locks for your home

    The best smart door lock for you will make your life simpler because it will allow you to lock and unlock your door from anywhere, even if you’re stuck at work or at a doctor’s appointment and someone needs access to your home (or needs to leave and doesn’t have a key to lock up). It can give you peace of mind to know that your house is locked up, and it can save you from having to rekey your door in case of a breakup or end of a friendship. Technology has already moved forward in the few short years since they’ve been introduced, so look at all your smart-lock options to see how they have evolved and get more reliable. 

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best smart locks of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best pool vacuums for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-pool-vacuum/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 21:20:39 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-pool-vacuum/
    Appliances photo

    Ready for warm weather but need to restock on pool-cleaning gear? Check out our selection of effective pool vacuums.

    The post The best pool vacuums for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Appliances photo

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall The Aiper Seagull Pro is the best pool vacuum overall. Aiper Seagull Pro Cordless Robot Vacuum
    SEE IT

    This cordless, battery-powered robot can clean your pool for up to three hours on a single charge.

    Best robotic Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum Cleaner Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum Cleaner
    SEE IT

    Customize this mostly hands-off machine to clean your pool on your preferred schedule.

    Best budget POOLWHALE Portable Pool Vacuum POOLWHALE Portable Pool Vacuum
    SEE IT

    This lightweight, ultra-affordable pick is easy to assemble and works well in hot tubs.

    When you’re picturing long days spent poolside, vacuuming the pool is probably not top of mind. If you have a pool, you likely spend all winter dreaming of the day you can take a dip. But, along with the benefits (and there are so many benefits) of owning a pool, come the responsibilities of upkeep, which can get out of hand if you don’t have the right tools with which to keep your pool in tip-top shape. Case in point? The pool vacuum cleaner, that all-important piece of equipment that keeps the debris out and the good times rolling, all summer long. So get a head start on summer with our picks for the best pool vacuums.

    How we chose the best pool vacuums

    When it comes to pools, we’d rather spend more time swimming in them than cleaning them. To find the best pool vacuums, we considered the latest models from top brands, including Aiper and Zodiac. We dove into the specs to find a selection of great products. We then considered our hands-on testing, critical reviews, and peer recommendations to narrow down the options to the best pool vacuums.

    The best pool vacuums: Reviews & Recommendations

    Our choices for the best pool vacuums are workhorses that can cannonball debris out of your backyard oasis. Here are our recommendations for in-ground, above-ground, manual and robotic options, and more.

    Best overall: Aiper Seagull Pro Cordless Robot Vacuum

    Jen McCaffery

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This lightweight, high-tech pool vacuum does all the work for you.

    Specs

    • Weight: 30 lbs.
    • Item dimensions: ‎19.6 x 18.43 x 14.5 inches
    • Style: Automatic pool robot

    Pros

    • Comes with four motors for extra power
    • Internal gyroscope helps it map your pool
    • Rechargeable

    Cons

    • May need a manual nudge in some parts of the pool
    • Some users say it doesn’t charge well

    This rechargeable pool vacuum is so decked out in high-tech features that it barely requires your help to get the job done. Equipped with four motors and a gyroscope, the Aiper Seagull Pro cleans up to 3,200 square feet in the three hours of battery power it gets from each charge. This cordless model’s internal gyroscope provides smart navigation that allows the Seagull Pro to map the floor and walls of a pool. The powerful motors offer 130GPM (gallons per minute) of suction while bottom brushes sweep out leaves, dirt, and other debris. The Seagull Pro also cleans walls and the waterline and it’s programmed to stop near a pool wall when the battery starts to drain. Plus, it only 1.5 hours to charge up. Essentially, all you have to do is drop it in the pool, and watch it do all the work.

    Best in-ground: Zodiac MX6 In-Ground Suction Side Pool Cleaner

    Zodiac

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Leaves and debris are no match for this vacuum’s suction, easy maneuverability, and side cleaning capabilities.

    Specs

    • Weight: 6.54 pounds
    • Item dimensions: 40.38 x 8.88 x 14.75 inches
    • Style: Automatic cleaning robot

    Pros

    • Automatic
    • Cyclonic suction
    • Can clean floors, walls, and waterline

    Cons

    • Can get stuck if the suction isn’t high enough

    This small pool robot has the power of a much bigger vacuum, and will quickly traverse the walls and floor of your pool for a flawless clean. Swiveling hoses make for an easy hook-up and assembly, and “cyclonic” suction gives this Zodiac MX6 some serious chops. It easily maneuvers your pool floor using a grooved track design and it can also be used for above-ground pools. Here are some more above-ground pool vacuums options.

    Best robotic: Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus Robotic Pool Vacuum Cleaner

    Dolphin Nautilus

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This automatic pool vacuum has a scheduling timer, meaning it will run automatically when you want it to.

    Specs

    • Weight: 19 lbs.
    • Item dimensions: 16 x 10 x 16 inches
    • Style: Automatic pool robot

    Pros

    • Scheduling capabilities
    • 60-foot cable
    • Great at cleaning walls

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • Heavy

    Want the best robotic pool vacuum? The Dolphin Nautilus CC Plus is what pool cleaning dreams are made of. Essentially independent, you can program this robot to a weekly schedule, and you’re all set. It’s not completely hands-off, though—you still need to take it out of the pool regularly, if not daily, to empty it and clean out the filters. Also, it weighs 19 pounds, which is quite heavy, and has a 60-foot cable, so it’s not cordless.

    Best manual: POOL BLASTER Water Tech Catfish Pool Cleaner

    POOL BLASTER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This small pool vacuum works with above-ground and inground pools.

    Specs

    • Weight: 6 lbs.
    • Item dimensions: 8 x 8 x 18 inches
    • Style: Manual pool vacuum

    Pros

    • 45-minute battery life
    • Affordable
    • Rechargeable

    Cons

    • Not for deep in-ground pools

    Searching for a pool vacuum that can do it all? This small pool vacuum is the ideal piece of equipment if you’re looking for a no-frills, easy cleaning system. Suck up all debris and then recharge for its next use (the battery is designed to run for up to 45 minutes). This model comes with the vacuum head, wall charger, one all-purpose filter bag, and two disposable micro-filter bags. At less than three pounds, it’s also easily transportable. You won’t get the depth of a deep in-ground pool vacuum, or the thoroughness, but you will get a simple, affordable cleaner.

    Best for debris: Poolmaster Big Sucker Swimming Pool Leaf Vacuum

    Poolmaster

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This manual pool vacuum is specifically designed to capture pesky leaves.

    Specs

    • Weight: 1.82 lbs.
    • Item dimensions: 15 x 15 x 2.64 inches
    • Style: Manual pool robot

    Pros

    • No batteries required
    • Smooth maneuverability
    • Durable

    Cons

    • Hose and pool pole sold separately

    It’s back to basics with the Poolmaster vacuum; simply attach this cleaner to your garden hose, assemble the vacuum, and get to work. It should be able to pick up large debris, but smaller leaves or dirt might get left behind. The plus side? No batteries mean no time limit, and no recharging when you’re done.

    Best budget: POOLWHALE Portable Pool Vacuum

    POOLWHALE

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Inexpensive and easy to assemble, this handheld vacuum is perfect for above-ground pools, spas, ponds, and fountains.

    Specs

    • Weight: 1.2 lbs.
    • Item dimensions: 4.72 x 10.43 x 47.24 inches
    • Style: Manual

    Pros

    • Lightweight
    • Portable
    • Easy to assemble

    Cons

    • Handle feels flimsy

    Weighing in at a mere 1.2 pounds, the Poolwhale pool vacuum is probably the most portable vacuum on our list. Because it’s so tiny, it works best with spas and hot tubs, and less well in deep inground pools. It’s easy to assemble, attached to a standard garden hose, and comes with a 6 sections pole of 56.5-inches, making it perfect for collecting stains, leaves, and stones from the bottom of a shallow pool.

    Things to consider before buying a pool vacuum

    Buying and maintaining a pool is a significant expense. So before you buy a pool vacuum, take into consideration these factors to ensure you make the best choice for your needs.

    Type and size of pool

    There are pool vacuums that are designed for both above-ground and in-ground pools, and some models will work for both. Look for options designed for your type of pool. Also, make sure you know the size of your pool before you make a purchase. An above-ground pool that’s just 8 feet in diameter and 4 feet deep all around won’t take hours to clean. But if you’ve got a 16-foot by 32-foot lap pool that’s eight feet down in the deep end, you may want to consider a robotic model that can map the surfaces of your pool and that you can program to clean for hours.

    Corded or cordless

    If you decide to go with a corded option, keep the size of the pool in mind and make sure the pool vacuum comes with a hose that’s long enough. Battery-powered units tend to be lighter, but they might not clean as well as those that plug into an outlet.

    You want a balance between a cleaner heavy enough to fight off buoyancy to clean the bottom of the pool but light enough for you to easily lift it from the water. And with cordless models, you’ll also want to figure in how long they clean on a single charge and how long it takes them to recharge.

    Suction power

    Suction strength is another important measure to consider when purchasing a pool vacuum. Suction power is typically measured in GPM (gallons per minute) or LPM (liters per minute). Look for higher suction strength if your pool collects a lot of debris. Seek out pool cleaners that are easy to clean with a lift-off debris container that won’t drip or drop leaves and other crud back into the water.

    Smart features

    Do you like to clean your pool manually or do you prefer a unit that allows you to program cleaning times? How about the ability to control it with your smartphone? The ideal pool vacuum will not only clean your pool but fit seamlessly into your life as well so you’ll rarely think about it.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a pool vacuum cost?

    Pool vacuums can range in cost from less than $25 for a manual version that attaches to a garden hose to more than $1,500 for robotic vacuums that incorporate several motors, sophisticated mapping technology, and long run times. The best option for you depends on the pool you have, the amount of time you want to spend cleaning it, your comfort (or lack thereof) with technology, and your budget.

    Q: How long does a pool vacuum last?

    How long a pool vacuum lasts depends on the quality of your vacuum; a more expensive model could last five years, while a cheaper one will only make it through a couple of seasons. Your caretaking skills will also play a part—if you treat your vacuum poorly, for example, it’s almost inevitable that it won’t max out its potential lifespan.

    Q: Are robotic pool cleaners worth the money?

    For those perfectionists among us, a robotic pool cleaner may be worth the money. Here’s why: they’ll nab every last piece of debris in your pool, scrub the tiles, filter the water, and could last up to five or even eight years, so you won’t have to pay for a replacement anytime soon.

    Q: Do you really need a pool vacuum?

    If you’re reading this article (and have made it this far), chances are you already believe in the effectiveness—and, thus, necessity—of a pool vacuum. If you’re on the fence, though, the answer to this question really comes down to your standards. Do you want your pool to be spotless? Or can you turn a blind eye to the occasional floating debris? Where you live and what you use your pool for can help you answer these questions, and figure out if you really need a pool vacuum.

    Final thoughts on the best pool vacuums

    Long, loungy days spent by the pool are arguably the best way to experience summer, and a pool vacuum will only make those days that much more enjoyable. Find the best pool vacuum for you by figuring out your priorities—price, efficiency, or technological innovation—and your pool care will be set for years to come.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best pool vacuums for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best Singer sewing machines of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-singer-sewing-machines/ Wed, 15 Jun 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448954
    Best Singer sewing machines sliced header
    Stan Horaczek

    For your next creative project, trust the company that’s been manufacturing high-quality sewing machines for 171 years.

    The post The best Singer sewing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best Singer sewing machines sliced header
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall SINGER Quantum Stylist 9960 Sewing & Quilting Machine is the best overall. SINGER | Quantum Stylist 9960 Sewing & Quilting Machine
    SEE IT

    A computerized machine with convenient, automatic features.

    Best budget SINGER | MX60 Sewing Machine With Accessory Kit is the best for the budget. SINGER | MX60 Sewing Machine With Accessory Kit
    SEE IT

    A basic, mechanical machine that offers straightforward operating procedures.

    Best for beginners SINGER | Start 1304 Sewing Machine is the best for beginners. SINGER | Start 1304 Sewing Machine
    SEE IT

    An optimal choice for teens and adult beginners or sewing hobbyists who want a simple-to-use machine.

    A good Singer sewing machine is the one that meets the needs of the individual. With many models to choose from, beginning hobbyists, as well as experienced sewing artists, can find appropriate models to facilitate their creative sewing efforts and produce pleasing results. 

    Since 1851, when Isaac Singer patented the first practical sewing machine, the Singer company has been serving the public with reliable sewing machines manufactured from high-quality materials with precisely functioning component parts. Innovation and creative product development mark the company’s history. In the years since that first patent, the Singer company introduced the first electronic sewing machines, the first zigzag-stitch machines, and the first sewing-assistant app for mobile devices. 

    Today, Singer offers a plethora of sewing machine models for a wide range of sewing purposes. These include quilt-making, garment construction, embroidery, crafts, and fabricating home decor items such as curtains and toss pillows. Shoppers have many options to choose from when selecting the best Singer sewing machine for each individual sewer’s needs.

    How we chose the best Singer sewing machines

    To assemble our list of six recommended products, we took into account personal experience, peer suggestions, and user impressions to identify 13 top Singer sewing machines intended for home use. Although our selections are all available on Amazon, we did not limit our research to standard specs and basic product descriptions. Instead, we went to the source by consulting the Singer company website. There, we found more in-depth information to bring greater clarity to the selection process for our readers.

    First, we distinguished between sewing machines with either computerized or mechanical operating systems and focused on products in both categories. Then, we looked for both basic and advanced features to suit the varying needs of shoppers. For example, we considered machines with a great quantity of pre-set stitch choices and programmable functions such as automatic needle threading, one-step buttonholes, and push-button stitch selection. Alternatively, we considered simple machines with basic, mechanical functions that meet the needs of many sewists and crafters, including beginners. Additionally, we considered machines in the mid-to-upper price range, as well as more budget-friendly choices. We did not consider industrial or professional machines, such as those that perform serging and overlocking functions. 

    The best Singer sewing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best overall: SINGER | Quantum Stylist 9960 Sewing & Quilting Machine 

    SINGER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Singer Quantum Stylist 9960 machine offers computerized operation with a vast array of optional functions to turn out creative, personalized sewing projects.

    Specs

    • Weight: 20 pounds
    • Dimensions: 17.25 x 8.25 x 12 inches
    • Computerized or mechanical: Computerized

    Pros

    • 600 built-in stitch applications
    • Automatic needle threader
    • 5 alphanumeric fonts for monogramming and personalizing projects
    • High speed, up to 850 stitches per minute

    Cons

    • Somewhat expensive
    • Occasional issues with the automatic tension

    Creative sewists find that this machine meets and exceeds their needs for versatility and ease of use. With the outstanding features on Singer’s Quantum Stylist 9960 machine, users are limited only by their own imaginations. The machine simplifies the processes needed to turn out beautiful quilts, crafts, home decor, and fashion projects. 

    With its up-to-date, computerized operating system, the Quantum Stylist provides numerous options for sewing speed, precision, and multipurpose functioning. It offers 600 built-in stitches, ranging from basic to stretch and decorative options. The stitch choices include five alphanumeric fonts for monogramming or personalizing projects, as well as 13 alternatives for 1-step buttonholes. For ultimate ease, the machine includes a specialized underplate to successfully create perfect tailoring on every buttonhole.

    The Quantum Stylist is capable of producing 850 stitches per minute, facilitating the quick completion of sewing projects. Additionally, the automatic needle threader speeds up the tedious task of threading the machine’s needle. Within seconds, users can have the entire machine automatically threaded, from the spool to the eye of the needle. This feature eliminates the frustration and eye strain associated with threading the needle by hand.

    To facilitate a broad range of creative crafts and sewing projects, the Quantum Stylist 9960 includes a sizable array of accessories. These include the following attachable, working parts: All-purpose foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; Open toe foot; Overcasting foot; Darning and embroidery foot; Rolled hem foot; Cording foot; Straight stitch and quilting food; and Even-feed or walking foot.

    Singer’s Quantum Stylist 9960 is suitable for creative types who design and fabricate their own fashions, as well as those who turn out heirloom-quality quilts and custom-craft handiwork. Additionally, it serves users who simply want to make clothing from commercial patterns or construct simple toss-pillows and curtains for their home decor. Overall, it’s a high-quality, multifunctional, and dependable machine.

    Best for beginners: SINGER | Start 1304 Sewing Machine

    SINGER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Older children and teens, as well as adult beginners, might use the Singer Start 1304 machine to embark on a journey of creative discovery and productivity through sewing.

    Specs

    • Weight: 9.8 pounds
    • Product dimensions: 13 x 7 x 11.5 inches
    • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

    Pros 

    • Lightweight and portable
    • Full metal frame
    • 6 built-in stitches for 57 stitch applications
    • Includes a quick-start guide and an instruction manual

    Cons

    • Not for quilting
    • Not for heavy-duty fabrics

    The simplified operational procedures of this mechanical sewing machine make it ideal for casual hobbyists and beginning sewers. Older children and teens might use this machine to launch a lifelong fascination with the arts of sewing, quilting, and crafting. The Singer Start 1304 offers basic features with enough variable options to facilitate creativity and versatility in sewing projects. 

    A manual dial on the front of the machine displays six clearly marked stitch choices. With a simple turn of the dial, users can employ these stitches with pre-set lengths and widths to accomplish up to 57 stitch applications. In addition to straight stitches for seams and hems, beginners can experiment with decorative scallops and zigzag stitches to embellish their work.

    In addition to straight and decorative stitches, the Start 1304 boasts a simple, 4-step buttonhole system with clearly marked designations on the stitch selector dial. Even beginners can turn out tailored buttonholes every time. Although the machine is lightweight, compact, and portable, it features a full metal frame inside the plastic outer casing. This construction ensures durability for years of service as well as stability on a tabletop or work surface.

    For versatile use on a variety of sewing projects, the Start 1304 includes numerous attachable working parts along with other helpful accessories. These include the following: All-purpose foot; Zipper foot; Buttonhole foot; Darning plate; Pack of needles; Bobbins; Needle plate; Screwdriver; Spool pin felts; Seam ripper and lint brush; Power line cord; Foot pedal control; Quick-start guide; and Instruction manual.

    Best heavy-duty: SINGER | 4423 Heavy Duty Sewing Machine

    SINGER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a motor that is 60-percent more powerful than most, the Singer 4423 sewing machine handles thick seams and heavy-duty fabrics such as denim and canvas. 

    Specs

    • Weight: 14.5 pounds
    • Product dimensions: 15.5 x 6.25 x 12 inches
    • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

    Pros

    • Heavy-duty, interior, metal frame
    • Extra-powerful motor
    • High-speed performance
    • Sews lightweight, sheer fabrics as well as heavy-duty materials

    Cons

    • Not the best choice for thick leather and thick canvas

    Sew through denim, canvas, and heavy wool fabrics with the Singer 4423 machine. It boasts a motor that is 60-percent more powerful than standard sewing machine motors, making this model a workhorse for multiple sewing projects. Additionally, both the heavy-duty metal frame and the stainless-steel bedplate assure stability in operation along with long-wearing durability. Yet, this machine also handles lightweight, sheer materials. The smooth, stainless-steel bed plate along with the adjustable pressure for the presser-foot allow sheer fabrics to glide across the bed’s surface without snagging.

    With its powerful motor, the Singer 4423 sewing machine boasts exceptional sewing speed. It’s easy to complete sewing projects in record time when the machine produces up to 1,100 precision stitches per minute. A clearly marked dial allows users to select from a variety of preset stitches to create up to 97 stitch applications. Select the 1-step buttonhole feature to save time and frustration by producing consistent buttonholes every time. Simply place the button in the buttonhole foot, and the machine automatically sews a precision buttonhole around it.

    On the outer casing surface, clear markings indicate the procedure for threading the machine from the top-loading, drop-in bobbin to the needle. Then, the built-in, automatic needle threader takes over to thread the needle, thereby saving the user from annoyance and eye strain. 

    The Singer 4423 heavy-duty machine includes a package of 4 interchangeable feet along with multiple accessories such as bobbins, needles, a quilting guide, and more. Additionally, a soft-sided dust cover is included to protect the machine when it’s not in use.

    Best portable: SINGER | Stitch Quick + Handheld Mending Machine

    SINGER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Singer Stitch Quick + is a battery-operated, handheld sewing machine that delivers meticulous results on quick repairs and hems, eliminating the need to set up a full-size machine.

    Specs 

    • Weight: 1.45 pounds
    • Dimensions: 9.7 x 4.1 x 6 inches
    • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

    Pros 

    • Ultimate portability
    • May be used in locations without electricity
    • No need to set up a full-size machine
    • More precise results than hand-sewing on hems and repairs 

    Cons

    • Not suitable for constructing garments and full-size projects
    • Not for heavy-duty use

    Save time and effort when you use this mini, handheld, cordless mending machine. With the Singer Stitch-Quick +, there’s no need to set up a full-size sewing machine when it’s time to make rapid repairs on garments and home decor items. Use it to quickly hem a pair of pants, a skirt, or household curtains. Grab this handheld tool when it’s time to mend a ripped seam in a hurry. Weighing only 1.45 pounds, the diminutive machine is easy to store and to transport. Take it along wherever it might be necessary to complete a minor sewing task. It requires only 4 AA batteries (may we suggest rechargeables).

    On the other hand, the Stitch Quick + might be the ideal learning tool for an older child or teen to get started with sewing. A convenient switch on the front of the machine allows the user to choose either desktop or handheld operating modes. From there, the beginning sewer can learn many of the same procedures that pertain to standard sewing-machine operation. 

    Singer designs this machine with attention to ergonomic considerations for handheld use. The handle grip is designed to offer the most advantageous balance and control. A safety lock prevents accidental operation. 

    Use the Stitch Quick + for sewing paper as well as fabric. It’s useful for making crafts. The machine uses two threads to produce permanent, interlocking stitches. Replace the upper bobbin with the large spool pin to facilitate using standard-size thread spools. This diminutive machine contains many of the working parts of a standard sewing machine. These include the following: Built-in thread cutter; Drop-in bobbin compartment; Bobbin winder; Presser foot; Needle; Adjustable tension control dial; Handwheel; and Built-in storage compartment for notions.

    Best for embroidery: SINGER | Legacy SE300 Sewing and Embroidery Machine

    Singer

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Singer Legacy SE300 comes with 200 embroidery designs and 250 stitches, making this an ideal choice for people who love to embroider and embellish their work.

    Specs

    • Weight: 20.5 pounds
    • Dimensions: 17.25 x 8.25 x 12 inches  
    • Computerized or mechanical: Computerized

    Pros

    • 200 included embroidery designs
    • Fast sewing speed of 800 stitches per minute
    • Six fonts included

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • Software only available for Windows

    If embroidery is your thing, consider the Singer Legacy SE300. The machine comes with a large and small embroidery hoop, plus 7.25 inches of space to hold your project. The included 200 embroidery designs and six fonts will give you plenty of options. The SE300 provides basic stitches along with a wide range of decorative stitches and will automatically set the length, width, pressure, and more. It also has memory to save four individual stitching sequences. 

    Capable of up to 800 stitches per minute, the SE300 can move through projects fast. To convert it from sewing to embroidery mode, just attach the embroidery foot. The LCD and touch screens help simplify the job and the machine has online training as part of the package. It also comes with software, but it’s only compatible with Windows. It’s also one of the pricier models on the list. 

    Best for quilting: SINGER | Confidence 7469Q Computerized Quilting & Sewing Machine

    SINGER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Singer Confidence 7469Q computerized sewing machine includes automatic functions and attachable working parts that facilitate many of the specialized sewing procedures for quilt-making.

    Specs

    • Weight: 16.25 pounds
    • Dimensions: 17 x 8 x 12.5 inches  
    • Computerized or mechanical: Computerized

    Pros 

    • Includes 4 bonus feet designed for quilting
    • 98 built-in stitches
    • Automatic needle threader
    • Drop-feed lever for free-motion sewing

    Cons

    • Not the best choice for beginners

    Many quilters, crafters, and avid sewists appreciate the push-button operating ease of a computerized sewing machine. When it comes to quilting, the Singer Confidence 7469Q does not disappoint. Several features of this machine make quilting easier and more enjoyable, yielding creatively inspiring results.

    These features include: Darning and embroidery foot for stippling; even-feed or walking foot for smooth fabric flow; open-toe foot for improved visibility; 0.25-inch foot for piecing together quilting blocks; large sewing surface to handle large quilts; extension table included to extend the sewing surface; programmable needle up/down feature for piecing together quilts; and drop-feed lever lowers the feed teeth for free-motion sewing.

    Select from 98 built-in stitches for basic and decorative sewing and quilting projects. The most frequently used stitches are displayed on the front of the machine and available at the touch of a button. However, the lengths and widths of the preprogrammed stitches may be adjusted by the user. 

    Several convenient features of this computerized machine are designed to save time and effort for sewists. The drop-and-sew bobbin system eliminates the need for raising the bobbin thread before sewing. Simply drop in the bobbin and start sewing immediately. For added convenience, the bobbin cover is transparent, facilitating continuous monitoring of the thread supply. Additionally, the machine offers an automatic needle threader to save the user time and frustration while working.

    Sewing buttonholes is a breeze with the Confidence 7569Q one-step buttonhole function. Simply place the button in the buttonhole foot, and the machine sews a perfectly tailored buttonhole around it. 

    Best budget: SINGER | MX60 Sewing Machine With Accessory Kit

    SINGER

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Available at an affordable price, the Singer MX60 sewing machine is a solid choice for a lightweight, portable tool that provides reliable service for basic sewing and craft projects.

    Specs

    • Weight: 12.17 pounds
    • Product dimensions: 13 x 7 x 11.5 inches
    • Computerized or mechanical: Mechanical

    Pros

    • Lightweight for portability and storage
    • Full metal frame
    • 57 stitch applications
    • 4-step buttonhole function

    Cons

    • Not computerized
    • Not for heavy-duty fabrics such as denim or canvas

    Here’s a mechanical sewing machine that offers solid, basic features for a wide variety of sewing projects. Many users prefer mechanical machines like the Singer MX60 because the manual controls are simple to use and the machine is easy to maintain over time. Offering an array of useful features, this machine is suitable for beginners as well as experienced sewists.

    With a choice of 57 stitch applications, the MX60 is capable of producing decorative sewing as well as basic seams. The stitch choices vary in both length and width. Various stitch options are suitable for piecing quilts, sewing garments, or creating crafts with decorative stitching. Moreover, the stitch selector dial is uncomplicated to use, eliminating mistakes and frustration. 

    The MX60 does not boast an automatic needle threader, but it does provide easy-to-follow threading guides that are clearly marked on the machine’s outer surface. Additionally, the LED lighting saves users from straining their eyes while threading the machine. With a front-loading bobbin, the machine can be threaded and ready for use in only a few seconds. A simple lever switches from forward to reverse sewing for finishing off seams, and the tension adjustment allows users to fine-tune the machine for a variety of fabric types.

    Weighing in at only 12.7 pounds and exhibiting a compact size, the Singer MX60 is ideal for users who want a portable machine. It’s easy to lift, carry, and store, making it a practical choice for those who work in small spaces. Despite its small size and minimal weight, the MX60 boasts a full metal frame inside the plastic outer shell. This substantial frame provides stability that allows the machine to sew smoothly, without skipping.

    What to consider when buying the best Singer sewing machines

    Before making an investment in a Singer sewing machine, shoppers might consider their individual sewing aspirations. For example, a beginner who wants to create simple crafts and home decor items will have needs that are different from those of an experienced quilter or a sewist who aspires to develop their personal fashion line. Based on the extent and complexity of their anticipated sewing projects, shoppers might consider several factors in the selection process. 

    Computerized or mechanical

    Computerized sewing machines offer convenience to sewers via their programmable features and push-button operating ease. However, computerized machines are more expensive than mechanical models. Avid sewing artists and quilters might be willing to pay the additional cost for the convenient, computerized functions and the precision results that they facilitate. On the other hand, beginners and hobbyists might prefer the simplicity of mechanical sewing machines. The mechanical models tend to offer more straightforward operating procedures along with easier maintenance.

    Built-in stitches and stitch applications

    Both computerized and mechanical sewing machines include varying quantities of built-in or pre-set stitches. These fall into three categories, including straight stitches for seams, decorative stitches for embellishments, and buttonhole stitches. With a number of built-in stitches, machines offer a broad range of stitch applications. These applications involve various sewing techniques that can be accomplished with built-in stitch selections. For example, a machine with 98 built-in stitches might facilitate up to 600 stitch applications. Alternatively, a machine with 6 built-in stitches may facilitate 57 stitch applications. 

    Size, weight, and portability

    Tabletop sewing machines vary in size from around 13 inches to 17 inches in length and 11 inches to 12 inches in height. Most are around 7 inches to 8.5 inches in width. Similarly, they vary in weight from approximately 10 pounds to 20 pounds. All of the tabletop machines included in this round-up may be considered portable. However, the smaller and lighter weight machines are easier to set up, move, and store. For sewers who live in small spaces, a small and lightweight machine might be the most convenient for moving from place to place in the home as well as for storage. 

    FAQs

    Q: What is the best Singer sewing machine to purchase?

    The best Singer sewing machine to purchase is the Singer Quantum Stylist 9960. This computerized machine offers multiple automatic functions to make sewing procedures easier and more convenient. Features such as push-button stitch selection, automatic needle threading, and one-step buttonholes make this machine a top choice for quilters, crafters, and sewing enthusiasts.

    Q: Are Singer sewing machines good?

    Singer sewing machines are good choices for home use. Many crafters, sewists, and quilters rate Singer machines as their top choices. The Singer company has earned a reputation for manufacturing reliable, high-quality sewing machines for more than 170 years.

    Q: How much does a Singer sewing machine cost?

    Singer sewing machines range in price from $84.99 for a simple mending machine to $1,099.99 for a sewing and embroidery machine. Mid-range prices include mechanical and heavy-duty sewing machines for around $200 to $300. Computerized machines and sergers are available in the $200-to-$500 range.

    Q: What is the most reliable brand of sewing machine?

    Singer is considered by many consumers to be the most reliable brand of sewing machine. With a 171-year history, the Singer company has built a reputation for selling high-quality, durable machines that the public can rely on. 

    Q: Which is the best sewing machine for home use?

    The best machine for home use is one that suits the purposes and level of experience of the user. For example, a sewer who creates quilts might choose the Singer Confidence 7469Q machine. It offers specific features that make quilt-making procedures easier. On the other hand, a shopper who wants to begin a new sewing hobby might be better served by choosing the Start 1304 model. It’s designed to deliver positive results to beginning sewists as they create basic sewing and craft projects. 

    Q: Is Singer better than Brother?

    Singer is better than Brother, according to many consumers. With a 171-year history, the Singer brand has been around for longer than the Brother brand. However, the brands are certainly competitive. For many consumers, the choice between the two brands is dictated by the distinct features of individual machines. Shoppers looking for machines with specific features might choose a Singer machine over a Brother machine. Those looking for a different set of features might select Brother over Singer.

    Final thoughts on the best Singer sewing machines

    The Singer Quantum Stylist 9960 is our choice for the best Singer sewing machine. It’s a computerized sewing machine that offers advanced features to make sewing easier. It’s suitable for serious and experienced quilters, crafters, and sewists, but the clearly marked design facilitates use by beginners, as well. Multiple automatic functions take the guesswork out of sewing procedures and produce consistently excellent results in finished sewing projects. 

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best Singer sewing machines of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best dog pens of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-dog-pen/ Fri, 20 Aug 2021 11:16:33 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=390654
    Keep your pet secure with one of the best dog pens.

    Gently corral your pooch with one of these indoor or outdoor options.

    The post The best dog pens of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Keep your pet secure with one of the best dog pens.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Chewy's Frisco is the best dog pen overall. Frisco Wire Dog & Small Pet Exercise Pen
    SEE IT

    Safe for your floors, this aesthetically-pleasing dog pen also features a lockable doggy door.

    Best for large dogs The BestPet Playpen Exercise Pen is the best dog pen for large dogs. BestPet Pet Playpen Exercise Pen
    SEE IT

    Perfect for enclosing the big dogs outside while encouraging them to have plenty of room to play!

    Best for travel The EliteField Soft Pet Playpen is the best dog pen for traveling. EliteField 2-Door Soft Pet Playpen
    SEE IT

    Easy to pack and ideal for traveling either to a hotel or a campsite.

    Whether you are indoors, outdoors, or on the road, dog pens are an essential tool for pets and pet owners alike. They can safely keep a mischievous puppy from chasing other animals or gnawing on the living-room furniture, provide an exercise space as a dog run, or help with obedience or anti-anxiety training. Whether you’re searching for one of the best dog pens for your living room, backyard, or to take on the road, here’s how to find the best option for you and your furry friend.

    How we chose the best dog pens

    When you’re leaving your pet home for a few hours or are working in the backyard, a dog pen is a good solution to keep your canine secure while still providing room to play. We researched options from leading brands, including Chewy, BestPet, and Petmaker, to compile our list of recommendations. We considered the quality of material; the ability to customize shape and size for different breeds; whether the dog pen is designed for the outdoors, indoors, or can work in both; and user experiences. We also considered durability and price in making our picks.

    The best dog pens: Reviews & Recommendations

    The dog play pens on the market range from large metal pens designed to keep big dogs secure in the backyard to smaller, cushioned dogs pens that are easily transportable for traveling with your pet. Whether you’re looking for an option for your living room, backyard, or a campsite, you should find an option that works for you and your dog.

    Best overall: Frisco Wire Dog & Small Pet Exercise Pen

    Chewy

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 62 inches L x 62 inches W x 36 inches H (36-inch model)
    • Material: Metal
    • Sizes: Five (24, 30, 36, 42, 48 inches)

    Pros

    • Comes in five sizes and can customize shape
    • Can attach to a second pen to double space
    • Works indoors and out

    Cons

    • Some users say the metal bends easily
    • Dogs may get paws caught

    A dog pen should provide room for your pet to play while keeping your canine safe and secure. The versatile Frisco Wire Dog & Small Pet Exercise Pen does a good job of both. Made of sturdy metal wire, this pen comes in five sizes (24, 30, 36, 42, and 48 inches) that allow you to provide more space. The system also allows you to join two of the pens together with snap hooks. And you can customize the shape of the right panels and customize the shape into a square, rectangle, or octagon to best fit your place. 

    The versatile Frisco dog pen also works both indoors and outdoors and comes with metal anchors to secure it into the ground and keep it in place. It’s also designed with double-locking doors and high walls to keep your pet securely inside. And when you’re done using it, this foldable dog pen is easy to collapse and store or take on the road with you.

    Best for small dogs and puppies: ESK Collection Puppy Dog Playpen

    ESK Collection

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 48 inches L x 48 inches W x 25 inchesH
    • Material: Mesh
    • Sizes: One

    Pros

    • Cushioned
    • Made from breathable mesh
    • Comes in four colors (pink, red, blue, black)

    Cons

    • Only available in one size
    • Some users say material tears easily

    The ESK Collection Puppy Dog Playpen is a great option for small dogs and small spaces. At 48 inches by 25 inches, this small dog pen is available in black, pink, red, and blue. It’s made with Oxford cloth and mesh material that is breathable, durable, and waterproof. This puppy pen also features quality zippers and Velcro to keep your pooch inside. And when you’re done, reward the pup with one of these treats for your dog.

    Best for large dogs: BestPet Pet Playpen Exercise Pen

    BestPet

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: Comes in oval and rectangular shapes 
    • Material: Metal
    • Sizes: 24, 23, and 40 inches high; 8, 16, 24, and 32 panels

    Pros

    • Range of sizes and heights
    • Spacious
    • Metal is rust-resistant

    Cons

    • Some users say the metal is lightweight 

    The heavy-duty metal BestPet Pet Playpen Exercise Pen features eight panels that can easily be set up into rectangle, octagon, and circle shapes that will keep your pooch intrigued when he enters. With a perimeter of 126 inches, this large dog pen allows your dog to run around freely and safely solo or with other dog friends, making it an ideal dog exercise pen. The rust-resistant metal works both indoors and outdoors, and its foldable structure is simple to set up and break down. 

    Best for indoors: North States Mypet Petyard Passage

    MYPET

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 35.25 inches L x 10.3 inches W x 26.5 inches H (8 panel)
    • Material: Plastic
    • Sizes: Two (8 and 6 panels)

    Pros

    • Designed with lockable door
    • Portable
    • Comes with pads to avoid scratching floors

    Cons

    • Some users say latch is not secure
    • Some dogs can climb out

    If you’re in search of an indoor dog pen, the North States Mypet Petyard Passage creates up to 34.4 square feet of play room, and includes a swinging doggy door, which you can lock as you please. It comes with eight panels, and can be made smaller by removing two panels at a time. The assembly is super simple, thanks to its foldable panels, lightweight build, and carry-strap. Now that your pet is safe, keep him healthy with the help of these top vitamins for dogs.

    Best for outdoors: Richell Convertible Indoor/Outdoor Pet Playpen

    Richell

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 63.8 inches L x 33.1 inches W x 36 inches H
    • Material: Plastic
    • Sizes: 6 and 4 panels

    Pros

    • Can adjust from hexagon to square
    • Converts into gate
    • Works indoors and outside

    Cons

    • Designed for small dogs only
    • Some users say dogs can easily get out

    Recommended for dogs up to 88 pounds, the Richell Convertible Indoor/Outdoor Pet Playpen can be used indoors or outdoors due to its easy-to-clean and durable plastic construction. This plastic dog pen features specially designed caps that lock the panels for extra stability, customizable panels, a lockable gate door, and a convertible pet comfort mat (for the six- panel hexagonal configuration) which can be used as a top for shade protection or a mat for paw comfort. This indoor and outdoor dog pen is also available with four or six panels for optimum sizing.

    Best for travel: EliteField Soft Pet Playpen

    EliteField

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 62 inches L x 62 inches W x 36 inches H; 30 inches L x 30 inches W x 20 inches H; 42 inches L x 42 inches W x 24 inches H; 48 inches L x 48 inches W x 32 inches H; 62 inches L x 62 inches W x 24 inches H; 62 inches L x 62 inches W x 30 inches H; 36 inches L x 36 inches W x 24 inches H; 52 inches L x 52 inches W x 32 inches H
    • Material: Mesh
    • Sizes: 8

    Pros

    • Easy to transport and set up
    • Designed with breathable mesh
    • Comes with floor pads that are easy to clean

    Cons

    • Some users had issues with the quality of the material and zipper

    In the market for a portable dog pen? Consider the EliteField Soft Pet Playpen. It’s designed for safety, with both doors featuring locking zippers. This dog pen also includes two accessory pockets (never lose your treats or leash!) and a water bottle with holder. You’ll get a removable zip-off portion as well as a floor mat and top cover that can be put in the wash. The material is well-ventilated, lightweight, and stylish (it comes in eight different colorways!).

    Best budget: PETMAKER Exercise Playpen

    PETMAKER

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 58 inches L x 60 inches W x 30 inches H
    • Material: Steel
    • Sizes:  One (30-inch x 24-inch panels)

    Pros

    • Budget-friendly
    • Durable
    • Easy to set up and store

    Cons

    • Only comes in one size
    • Not customizable

    The budget-friendly PETMAKER Exercise Playpen is ideal for pups up to 40 pounds. It includes eight ground anchors, four snaps for extra safety, and an easy-access door for the pooches to enter. It folds flat for convenient storage when you no longer need it, and is made with durable coated steel panels with a black epoxy finish that will protect it against the elements over time. And if your pet appreciates a challenge, try one of these great dog puzzles.

    Things to consider when buying a dog pen

    Dog pens are enclosed spaces that ensure your pet is safely confined (hello, owner peace of mind!), while not having him feel as limited as he would if put in a crate. They come in many different shapes and sizes, can be used in different environments, and have been designed for different purposes, like training and/or exercise. When thinking about which dog pen is best for you, consider these factors.

    Size

    Dog pens are meant to provide safe and enjoyable experiences for dogs and their owners alike. Your pooch won’t be so thrilled if this new enclosure feels like a jail cell, so it’s vital to ensure the space is large enough for your dog to trot around a bit and play with its dog toys. Plus, if your pup thinks that the dog pen is an awesome place to be, there will be no problems encouraging your pooch to get in next time! 

    Not only do you have to consider the size of your puppy or dog (the larger the dog, the larger the pen), but you also need to bear in mind the measurements of the space you are planning on occupying (the smaller the room, the smaller the pen). Also consider your dog’s ability to run around and keep the height of the enclosure in mind so they can’t jump out. This is important for those crazy jumpers! Make sure the height makes sense as compared with the height of your dog’s typical jump.

    Location

    There are dog pens designed for indoor-only use, outdoor-only use, and some that can cover both categories. If you know it will be inside, you can basically have your pick of the litter of what type of material you want. If you plan to use your pen outdoors, you’ll have to consider the elements. You can easily find an outdoor dog pen that’s waterproof, rust-resistant, and durable enough to last.

    Portability

    Consider you and your pooch’s lifestyle, too! If you like to hit the road and travel at times, you may want to invest in a portable playpen that is easy to transport—you’ll be able to get your adventures in while having peace of mind that your pooch is in a safe place. 

    If you want to take your new dog pen with you on a trip, or simply put it in storage for some time, check out how easy or difficult it is to pack up and move. Some are made with this in mind, while others are better off staying put in one place. In line with portability, make sure you read the assembly instructions before buying so you know what you are getting yourself into!

    Price

    If you are hoping to keep your pup safely confined to one space, but don’t want to pay a pretty penny for a new product, look no further than this budget option.

    FAQs

    Q: What should I look for in a dog pen?

    When buying a dog pen, you should be sure to consider the product’s size, height, environment, durability, portability, and assembly requirements. Think about your lifestyle and the needs of your dog to find the best match for you. 

    Q: How tall of a playpen should I get for my dog?

    If the point of the playpen is to keep your dog safely enclosed, you’re going to need one that he or she can’t escape out of. Think about how high your dog typically jumps, and beat that height in your next playpen.

    Q: Is a dog pen better than a crate?

    Dog pens and dog crates serve different purposes and should not be used interchangeably. While crates are great for a night’s sleep or a safe space for one dog (and is also highly necessary when training puppies), a dog pen will allow for more room to roam. The dog pen should be used when you want to keep your pooch safe and confined, but still allow them to get some exercise in.

    The final word on the best dog pens

    There are many great options on the market for dog pens. Once you figure out where you’ll be situating your dog pen and match the size of the pen to your pooch (and possibly his or her doggie friends), it’s smooth sailing! Get on with your day while you enjoy peace of mind knowing your pet is secure.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best dog pens of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    You only have today to take advantage of these Amazon Pet Day deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-pet-day-sale/ Wed, 03 May 2023 17:52:14 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=538718
    A lineup of pets items on sale on a teal background
    Amanda Reed

    There's no better time to stock up on treats, supplies, toys, and food with Amazon's Pet Day deals.

    The post You only have today to take advantage of these Amazon Pet Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of pets items on sale on a teal background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Are you curious about what your pet does when you’re not home? The result could be heartwarming or heartbreaking—or you could just learn that they bark at whoever is delivering mail or walking by. Find out if your pet is a menace or an angel behind your back with a Ring Indoor Camera, on sale as part of Amazon Pet Day, which is today—and today only.

    Ring Indoor Cam (1st Gen) $39.99 (Was $59.99)

    Amanda Reed

    SEE IT

    The Ring Indoor Camera is small and discreet, letting you hear and even speak to your pets from a phone, tablet, or Echo device. It’s a great introductory indoor camera at an even better price. If you already have a Ring doorbell, you’re in luck if you add a Ring Indoor Camera—you can access all of your cameras in the Ring app. Set-up is easy—all you have to do is place the camera on a flat surface or mount it to the wall with a separate wall mount and scan the QR code on the back of the device. We personally love using Live View to see if our pets are snoozing on the couch, running around and meowing, or making a mess by rooting around in the litterbox, with Live Notifications letting us know if the plumber has decided to make a surprise visit.

    Amazon Pet Day is one day only—here are other Pet Day deals we think you should take advantage of:

    Pet cameras

    Feeders, bowls, and fountains

    Treats, chews, and vitamins

    Toys, beds, and stairs

    Pet cleaning products

    Pet care

    Tests

    The post You only have today to take advantage of these Amazon Pet Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Give Mom the gift of fresh herbs with 60% off an AeroGarden on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/aerogarden-mothers-day-amazon-sale/ Tue, 02 May 2023 16:29:03 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=538365
    Two AeroGarden HydroPonic growers on a green gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    She'll love having fresh herbs on hand—and you'll love all the savings from this AeroGarden deal on Amazon.

    The post Give Mom the gift of fresh herbs with 60% off an AeroGarden on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Two AeroGarden HydroPonic growers on a green gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Mother’s Day is right around the corner. We have plenty of recommendations, but if your mom has a green thumb—or needs something easy to take care of—we think she’d love AeroGarden’s variety of indoor gardens, and they’re up to 60% off on Amazon.

    AeroGarden Harvest with Gourmet Herb Seed Pod Kit $69.99 (Was $164.95)

    AeroGarden

    SEE IT

    The AeroGarden Harvest lets you easily grow herbs thanks to the power of hydroponics, where plants are grown in water instead of soil. This particular model comes with Genovese basil, curly parsley, dill, thyme, Thai basil, and mint seed pods—although there are other pods for meadow flowers, cherry tomatoes, and more that you can buy separately. It’s a mess-free way to take care of plants without killing them, thanks to 20-watt LED lights that automatically turn on and off.

    If counter space is a consideration, consider the AeroGarden Sprout, which packs the hydroponic power into a pint-sized pack just as potent as its larger pals.

    Don’t be the offspring known for getting every gift at the last minute—take advantage of this deal before it withers away.

    Here are more garden & patio deals that have us seeing (and saving) green:

    The post Give Mom the gift of fresh herbs with 60% off an AeroGarden on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best garage cabinets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-garage-cabinets/ Fri, 26 Mar 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=278265
    The best garage cabinets will help you make the most of your space.

    So you’ve got a covered space to park your car. Make the most of your space with these storage options.

    The post The best garage cabinets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best garage cabinets will help you make the most of your space.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall rolling garage storage system NewAge Products Bold 3.0 Grey 7 PC
    SEE IT

    These high-strength steel garage cabinets mount to the wall for added stability.

    Best shelves wire garage shelves FLEXIMOUNTS 2-Pack 2x6ft Garage Shelving
    SEE IT

    These floating shelves keep your garage organized without taking up valuable floor space.

    Best free-standing vertical garage storage Rubbermaid Storage 72 Inch, Four-Shelf, 2 Door cabinet
    SEE IT

    Tuck away tools and seasonal items in this reliable shed from Rubbermaid.

    Garages can become a catchall space that can quickly get out of hand—but a garage cabinet can help. These handy storage systems can help you organize your tools, gardening gear, sports equipment, paint cans, and more. They come in a variety of designs to serve a range of storage requirements. Here’s what to look for when shopping for the best garage storage cabinets and our recommendations of the leading options on the market.

    How we chose the best garage cabinets

    Garage storage can range from budget-friendly open shelves to multi-piece units with dedicated workspaces that cost thousands of dollars. In putting together this guide, we assessed options from a range of manufacturers that designed solutions for minimal storage needs to full-on solutions for people who use their garage as a workspace. We also took into account the size of garages, mobility, the ability to lock, materials, and price. Finally, we weighed the comments of users who were happy and displeased with garage cabinets they bought.

    The best garage cabinets: Reviews & Recommendations

    Whether your garage barely has enough space for your car or serves as a central storage location and workspace for a family, there’s a garage cabinet that can meet your needs. Here we break down the sizes, dimensions, mobility, materials, and special features of our recommendations so you can find the best fit.

    Best overall: NewAge Products Bold 3.0 Grey 7 PC

    NewAge

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 18 inches D x 108 inches W x 77.25 inches H
    • Weight: 800 pounds
    • Material: Steel

    Pros

    • Comprehensive storage solution
    • Comes with workspace and LED lights
    • Lockable

    Cons

    • Heavy 
    • Expensive

    This comprehensive storage solution comes with lockers, wall cabinets, a rolling tool cabinet, and a base cabinet, plus a workspace. The 800-pound base is secured to the wall, but wheels on the tool-cabinet portion allow for more portable work to be done around the garage. The worktop is made of bamboo, which is easy to clean. This unit also features LED lights which make it easier to see. All doors are lockable, so you can keep children out of your workspace.

    Best shelves: FLEXIMOUNTS 2-Pack Floating Shelves

    Fleximounts

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 24 inches x 72 inches each
    • Weight: 58 pounds
    • Material: Steel

    Pros

    • Easy to install
    • Comes in two sizes
    • Can be arranged in range of shapes
    • Steel construction

    Cons

    • Storage items won’t be protected
    • Costly 

    For people with more minimal storage needs, FLEXIMOUNTS storage bracket shelves are a simple solution. They are made to be installed solo and can be secured to wall studs or solid concrete. The components can be arranged in assorted ways—parallel, pyramid, staggered, etc.—to accommodate different design tastes. If you’re looking for overhead storage, these are the way to go. Purchase hooks separately for extra hanging storage.

    Best free-standing: Rubbermaid 72-Inch Four-Shelf Double-Door Resin Storage Cabinet 

    Rubbermaid

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 8 inches D x 36 inches W x 72 inches H
    • Weight: 68 pounds
    • Material: Resin, polyethylene

    Pros

    • Comes in three sizes (small, medium, and large)
    • Durable
    • Can hold up to 690 pounds
    • Lockable

    Cons

    • Shelves cannot be adjusted
    • Not made of sustainable materials

    This large Rubbermaid storage unit features five shelves inside, which hold a maximum weight of 690 pounds. The high-density polyethylene will not deteriorate—rot, rust, or dent—unlike metal and wooden cabinets. This makes these cabinets perfect for storing messier items like soil, paints, or cleaning solutions. The unit snaps together, making setup a breeze. That said, the shelves cannot be adjusted or removed.

    Best for tools: Power Tools Storage Organizers and Cabinets

    Power Tools

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 9.84 inches D x 33.86 inches W x 17.72 inches H
    • Weight: 22 pounds
    • Material: Wood

    Pros

    • Wall-mountable
    • Made of sustainable material
    • Allows you to organize tools of different sizes

    Cons

    • No drawers
    • Items on display
    • No locks

    Power Tools’ storage organizer was designed with variety in mind. It can hold small objects like hammers and clamps, power drills, and hanging tools. The wood is aesthetically appealing, plus it’s moisture-proof and resists erosion. That said, this unit doesn’t have drawers or doors, so all of your tools will always be in plain sight.

    Best cabinet system: Ulti-MATE 8-Piece Garage Cabinet Kit with Bamboo Worktop

    Ulti-MATE

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 141.8 inches W x 21 inches D x 82 inches H
    • Weight: 911 pounds
    • Material: MDF and particleboard cabinet construction, textured PVC laminate

    Pros

    • Provides plenty of storage
    • Includes bamboo workspace
    • Sleek design

    Cons

    • Assembly required
    • Stationary

    Tipping the scales at a whopping 911 pounds, this 8-piece system comes with a  4-drawer base cabinet, 2-door base cabinet, two 2-door tall cabinets, and three 2-door wall cabinets. This Ulti-MATE System also features a bamboo workspace. 

    You’ll need a lot of space to house it, and there are no rollable parts, so once you decide on a location for it, be prepared to stick with it. No matter if you’re storing tools, paint cans, planters, or just need extra storage for household items, this substantial system can handle it.

    Best rolling: Seville Classics UltraHD 12-Drawer Rolling Workbench

    Seville Classics

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 72 inches W x 20 inches D x 37 inches H
    • Weight: 500 pounds
    • Material: Steel

    Pros

    • Comes with 12 drawers
    • Topped with spacious wooden workspace
    • Designed with wheels for easy transport

    Cons

    • Heavy
    • No overhead storage

    If you’re looking for a garage cabinet that doubles as a spacious workspace, consider the Seville Classics UltraHD 12-Drawer Rolling Workbench. This attractive solution combines stainless steel, lockable drawers with one storage cabinet topped by a hardwood workspace that’s 72 inches wide and 20 inches deep. This unit will easily fit in with most garages. It does weigh 500 pounds, so the wheels will come in especially handy when you need to relocate.

    Best budget: Seville Classics Wall Cabinet Storage

    Seville Classics

    SEE IT

    Specs:

    • Dimensions: 24 inches W x 12 inches D x 24 inches H
    • Weight: 25.9 pounds
    • Material: Steel

    Pros

    • Wall-mountable
    • Lockable door
    • Budget-friendly

    Cons

    • Limited storage space
    • No compartments

    This unit isn’t designed specifically for garages, but it can fit right into a space next to your vehicles. It’s two feet wide and one foot deep, so don’t think you’ll be storing your entire life in one of these. Still, it’s a great option for putting away tools and other smaller items, and at such a low price, you can get more than one to satisfy your storage needs.

    Things to consider when buying garage cabinets

    The hunt for the best garage cabinets isn’t as simple as buying a few storage cubicles and calling it a day. Start with a checklist of questions. Once you figure out what you’ll be storing in your garage, you’ll have a clearer idea of what kind to get.

    The first thing to think about when installing garage storage is what future remodeling you might be doing to the space. Permanent storage systems allow for less flexibility with future upgrades. Next, consider what you’ll be storing. While you may want to display sports equipment on an open shelf, paint cans and tools might work better in a closed cabinet and drawers.

    If you or anyone else will be doing carpentry work inside the garage—and if there is enough space to accommodate such grand ambitions—you should consider storage that incorporates a workbench. For those who decide to get one that’s separate from the storage, it’s a good idea to get the workbench first and plan the cabinet or shelf storage around it.

    Finally, don’t forget the primary purpose of this part of the house. Garage storage and organization should be secondary to the vehicles that will be taking up most of the space. Garage cabinet systems must allow for the easy opening and closing of both the garage door and the door leading into and out of the house. The point of the best garage cabinets is to make the space as functional as possible, not serve as a barrier to such essential activities.

    Should you get wall-mounted garage cabinets?

    There are myriad benefits to getting wall-mounted garage cabinets—namely that they are more permanent fixtures than free-standing cubbies that sit on the floor. Depending on your taste and the space, these units can either be in the form of enclosed cabinets with doors or wall-mounted shelves. They are typically raised above ground level, so they make it easy to clean underneath the cabinets, and they make the space they are in appear less cluttered. Wall-mounted garage cabinets are also sturdier, and garage storage shelves require less bending than most standalone models. Both are less prone to wobbling around.

    This type of organizing system does come with a few downsides. They require installation, and they can’t be easily rearranged once they’ve been mounted to the wall. Also, they may not be as tall as standalone units, which may mean storing longer items elsewhere in the garage. And if you prefer things to be out of sight and out of mind when not in use, wall-mounted storage shelves won’t keep anything hidden.

    If the cons of permanent garage storage outweigh the pros, and you aren’t good with a hammer and other tools, make sure you consider the cost of hiring someone to install garage wall cabinets when comparing their price to that of other types of storage.

    What about free-standing cabinets?

    As previously mentioned, free-standing cabinets are a popular option for garage storage and organization that come with several limitations. If they sit on the floor, you won’t be able to clean under them, and you’ll probably have to do a bit more bending to retrieve items and replace them after use. Although they may wobble around a bit, they’ll likely be tall enough to store anything inside, and they’ll be easier to move around if and when you decide to give your garage a brand-new look.

    What can you do about tool storage?

    Steel cabinets work best for tool storage in garages. The drawers should be deep and fully extendable to permit the placement of bulky tools, and they should be padded to protect both the tools and the drawers and to stop the tools from moving around inside. Some come with convenience features like surge protectors, organizing trays, and USB charging ports. 

    If you are adding tool storage to an existing garage storage system, consider stackable chests that you can place on top. Toolboxes, tool bags, and tool belts are decent alternatives to bulky tool storage, as are peg boards with multi-tool hangers.

    Are garage cabinet systems worth the extra cost?

    When choosing your garage storage, you can opt for individual cabinets or a full system. One of the big benefits of garage cabinet systems is that the slats or rails permit you to install them anywhere on the wall, rather than being limited to where the studs happen to already be placed.

    If you go for a full system, just be sure it will more or less be suited for whatever storage needs you might have in the future. Of course, if necessary, you can always complement it with one or two individual cabinets. 

    Do you want a garage storage cabinet on wheels?

    If you want the ability to rearrange your garage storage without having to do any heavy lifting, garage storage cabinets on wheels are an excellent idea. If you go this route, though, you need to get a rolling garage cabinet with top-notch wheels that won’t break under the load of the storage space on top of them. 

    This may sound like a pretty convenient arrangement if you need to occasionally move things around, or even if you are working on a project and you want to have everything easily accessible from your workspace. You’ll just have to be more vigilant about keeping the floor space clean to prevent small items from getting jammed in the wheels.

    What you get for under $100

    You can spend hundreds or thousands of dollars on garage storage, depending on your preferences and requirements. Although you can splurge on garage furniture that’s as beautiful as it is practical, if you’re not willing to pay a four-digit price tag, you can still satisfy your basic storage requirements at a fraction of the cost and get something that won’t bring down the aesthetic value of the space. Best of all, you’ll have extra cash to spend on the car you’ll be parking in it.

    FAQs

    Q: Why are garage cabinets off the floor?

    Garage cabinets are off the floor to allow for easy sweeping and cleaning underneath and also to keep contents safe from flood damage. In addition to being more visually pleasing, a bit of height above the ground (four inches or so) means you’ll have to do less bending to reach things at the bottom, and it also makes garage storage systems easier to install and maintain.

    Q: How high should I mount my garage cabinets?

    You should mount your garage cabinets so that the distance between the surface of the floor and the top of the cabinets is about 96 inches. This height will allow you to reach the top either by standing on your toes or on a chair or stool. 

    Q: Can I use kitchen cabinets in the garage?

    You can use kitchen cabinets in the garage, including both the base and the upper cabinets. The installation process is pretty much the same, and the combination of drawers and cabinets allows for the convenient storage of larger and smaller items.

    A final word on shopping for the best garage cabinets

    The best garage cabinets come in a variety of shapes and sizes. You can go with wall-mounted garage cabinets, free-standing garage cabinets, or garage storage cabinets on wheels, and individual cabinets and more expansive garage cabinet systems satisfy a wide range of storage needs. The latter can set you back thousands of dollars, but if you’re strapped for cash, you can find decent garage storage options for closer to $100.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best garage cabinets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best spin scrubbers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-spin-scrubber/ Tue, 16 Mar 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-spin-scrubber/
    The best spin scrubbers make cleaning a cinch.

    Leave your floors looking polished and gleaming.

    The post The best spin scrubbers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best spin scrubbers make cleaning a cinch.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best for tile and grout Rubbermaid Power Scrubber with All-Purpose Grout Head Rubbermaid Power Scrubber with All-Purpose Grout Head
    SEE IT

    Get in close with this tiny power scrubber.

    Best for floors Bissell SpinWave Cordless PET Hard Floor Spin Mop Bissell Spin Wave Cordless Spin Mop
    SEE IT

    This easy-to-maneuver cordless mop runs up to 20 minutes at a time.

    Best budget Useful Drill Brush Attachment Drillbrush All Purpose Power Scrubber Cleaning Kit
    SEE IT

    Save some money and make use of your electric drill with this scrubbing attachment.

    What if we told you you could feel less like Cinderella while cleaning the house, scrubbing the floors with a cloth and bucket of water, and instead feel more like Inspector Gadget, whipping out all sorts of high-tech tools to make the job not only quick, but actually fun? Cleaning your floors, bath tiles, and kitchen sinks can go so much quicker with the help of a great spin scrubber. Whether you’re tackling the tile and grout in your bathroom, removing the baked-in grease and grit from your stove, or giving your hardwood floor a bit of a shine, here’s how to find the best spin scrubbers to finish the job.

    How we picked the best spin scrubbers

    Finding the best spin scrubbers for you means identifying the work you’ll be doing and the environment you’ll be doing it in. If you’re getting the grunge out of your grout or removing it from the narrow space around faucets, you’ll want a small brush specifically designed for tile and grout cleaning. If you’re tackling bathroom and kitchen floors, though, you’ll need a larger brush head. Thankfully, there are also convertible options that allow you to change out brushes to fit the job.

    Another popular option is a brush set designed to work with your drill. Such sets are convenient, as they provide a variety of heads that work with a tool you already own. However, they present the challenges of making sure you don’t drop your very expensive electric drill into the toilet and avoiding splashbacks that could fry your drill’s electronics.

    The best spin scrubbers: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best overall: Electric Spin Scrubber Cordless Shower Scrubber

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This Electric Spin Scrubber makes deep cleaning easier, with a kit that includes three brushes suitable for both kitchen floor and tile and extension handles for hard-to-reach messes.

    Specs:

    • Power: Cordless, 2500mAh batteries
    • Speed: Up to 350 rpm per minute
    • Run time: Up to 90 minutes

    Pros:

    • Easy to assemble
    • Comprehensive set of brushes that work from floors to grout
    • Extension handle makes it easy to reach high spots and into corners

    Cons:

    • Limited battery power

    If you’ve got a wide variety of surfaces to clean, from shower heads to tiled floors and all the spaces in between, you’ll want a device that can adapt. Hybrid electric spin brushes come with multiple heads and extendable arms to reach high-up spaces and between tiles. You’ll want to look for something powered by a rechargeable battery rather than something that runs on disposable batteries, because this is the kind of device you’ll be able to use year after year, thanks to tough and replaceable brush heads and a motor that is designed to last.

    Three detachable, waterproof heads on this electric spin scrubber allow you to switch from cleaning the space behind your shower head to scouring wide bathroom tiles. A three-to-four-hour charge provides up to ninety minutes of use.

    Best power scrubber: Ryobi 18-Volt ONE+ Cordless Telescoping Power Scrubber

    Why it made the cut: This powerful, cordless option comes with three brushes for deep cleaning, an extension of up to 51 inches, and water resistance that can handle a range of projects. 

    Specs:

    • Power: Cordless; one lithium ion battery
    • Speed: Up to 210 rpm per minute
    • Run time: Up to two hours 

    Pros:

    • 18 volts of power
    • Telescoping handle that extends from 51 inches down to 38 inches
    • Water resistant up to 30 feet for 30 minutes

    Cons:

    • Battery and charger sold separately 

    Scouring your sink and bathroom floor can be exhausting, but a good power scrubber can save the day. These deceptively powerful devices oscillate their scrubbers a staggering number of times per second to do away with tough mildew, stains, and filth stuck in hard-to-reach spaces. The best power scrubbers generally offer telescoping arms, and heads that can be swapped out to fit your task.

    This rechargeable power scrubber offers up to two hours of battery life, a telescoping neck that extends up to 51 inches and shrinks down to 38 inches, and an articulating head. Its water-resistance rating means it can be submerged in three feet of water for half an hour and keep on ticking.

    Best for cars: Brush Hero Wheel Brush

    Why it made the cut: The Brush Hero cuts through the grime and dirt that accumulates on your vehicle every day with water pressure and brushes that won’t damage its exterior.

    Specs:

    • Power: Water
    • Speed: Slow and steady
    • Run time: N/A

    Pros:

    • Water-powered
    • Comes with a four brushes to clean delicate detailing and deep seated-grime
    • Can use to clean grills, bikes, even pets

    Cons:

    • Slower working

    If you’re looking for an easy way to keep your vehicle clean, consider the Brush Hero. Just attach it to a garden hose and use water pressure to dislodge dirt and grime. A range of four brushes from soft to hard provide a slow and steady scrub that allows you to get your car clean without damaging the finish. And the Brush Hero can do double duty on a range of other items around the house, including the grill and sports equipment.

    Best for tile and grout: Rubbermaid Power Scrubber with All-Purpose Grout Head

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: For stubborn spots, the Rubbermaid Power Scrubber provides targeted cleaning power at an affordable price. 

    Specs:

    • Power: Cordless, two AA batteries
    • Speed: 360 per minute
    • Run time: N/A

    Pros:

    • Ergonomic design
    • Lightweight
    • Fast
    • Water-resistance

    Cons:

    • Can’t recharge directly

    If getting the spaces in between your kitchen and bathroom tiles is your main focus, you may not want an extendable power scrubber, because a less cumbersome device will do. Handheld grout scrubbers are great for getting into tiny spaces up close and personal. These tile and grout cleaning machines pack a load of automatic scrubbing ability into a device the size of a toothbrush but scrape away years of gunk in seconds. They run on AA batteries and offer packs of replacement heads at a reasonable price.

    Clean out tough-to-reach grout and get your sink handles to shine with this tile cleaning scrubber. Offering 60 oscillations per second, this tiny tool will banish dirt in no time. Interchangeable heads will help you tackle any job.

    Best for floors: Bissell SpinWave Cordless PET Hard Floor Spin Mop

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Bissell SpinWave Spin Mop is specifically designed to clean up after pets. This cordless model comes with spinning (and reusable) mop pads to clean hardwood floors, linoleum, and tile. 

    Specs:

    • Power: Cordless; lithium-ion battery
    • Speed: N/A
    • Run time: Up to 20 minutes

    Pros:

    • Designed to clean up after pets
    • Washable and reusable mop pads
    • Lightweight and quiet
    • Comes with multi-surface cleaner

    Cons:

    • May be harder to reach corners and crevices.

    Instead of spending the weekend crawling around on the floor, keep your tile and hardwood floors shining with handheld, hybrid mop scrubbers. Rather than boasting extending arms and articulating heads, these floor scrubbers are designed like an old-fashioned mop, but deliver two flat, spinning brushes to clean up dirt, pet messes, and dust.

    An 18-volt battery in this Bissell spin cleaning brush provides 20 minutes of cordless runtime as two brushes shine up your floor. Control how much cleaning solution hits your surfaces with a button. For another deep-cleaning method, check out the best steam mops.

    Best budget: Drillbrush All Purpose Power Scrubber Cleaning Kit

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Why buy a new device, when you can get these three brushheads you can attach to a cordless drill. 

    Specs:

    • Power: Comes from drill
    • Speed: Comes from drill
    • Run time: N/A

    Pros:

    • Three brushes in different sizes and shapes
    • Inexpensive
    • Can be used on porcelain, tile, and floorboards

    Cons:

    • Not great for big projects

    For under $20, you can get the scrubbers you need—but not the motor that powers them. That’s OK if you own a cordless drill. Drill brush-attachment packs offer an assortment of brushes designed for a wide variety of surfaces. Just plug in your drill, attach them, and bam, you’re ready to get your bathroom clean. We don’t recommend using your fanciest, newest drill for this task unless it’s waterproof, as odds are the drill is going to get wet.

    Three different-sized nylon brushes of this electric scrubbing brush will do away with gunk and dirt and shine up your bathroom fixtures. You can also purchase different colors for different surfaces—the stuff red brushes work best for dinge-y garages and outdoor work, while the yellow bristles are better suited for bathroom tiles and porcelain.

    Things to consider when shopping for the best spin scrubbers

    Here are some factors that you should weigh before purchasing one of the best spin scrubbers.

    Type of job: Are you looking for a scrubber to clean the sides of your house? Or are you looking to pinpoint tough areas, like grout in the bathroom? Spin scrubbers come in a variety of forms, from models that come with extenders for hard to reach places and a range of brushes to perform a variety of jobs, to handheld devices that allow you to zero in on an area.

    Power: Some devices are equipped to provide hours of scrubbing power, powered either by batteries or water. Other options that attach to tools such as cordless drill will depend on the capabilities of the tool.

    Versatility: The best spin scrubbers are designed to work in a variety of situations. They come with brushes with a range of firmness for delicate cleaning and deep scrubbing, angled heads for those hard-to-reach places, and extenders that allow you to reach up high and into corners.

    FAQs

    Q: Do spin scrubbers work?

    Spin scrubbers make some cleaning tasks much easier. They regularly do away with soap scum and dirt, but mildew stains may require more precise cleaning tools. Their effectiveness really relies on the power they put out and the job you are trying to do.

    Q: What soap should you use with a spin scrubber?

    Part of the allure of spin scrubbers is that they offer enough power to preclude the use of harsh detergents. Most experts recommend using a mild cleaning formula along with your scrubber.

    Q: How long does it take to charge a Hurricane spin scrubber?

    Hurricane spin scrubbers must be charged for 20 hours when first removed from the box, but after the first use they need nine hours to fully charge.

    The bottom line on finding the best spin scrubbers

    Whether you’re doing a deep spring cleaning or just trying to tidy things up, a motorized spin brush can make your least favorite kind of house cleaning much easier. Before buying a spin brush, make sure it’s compatible with the kind of work you plan to use it for. Yes, many spin brushes offer interchangeable heads and adjustable necks for different tasks, but they are not all equal. Scrubbing out the grout between your tiles and shining your floor requires different heads as well as power output. Check the product descriptions to see if your desired use is covered in order to find the best spin scrubbers for you.

    The post The best spin scrubbers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best stand mixers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-stand-mixers/ Tue, 31 Aug 2021 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=392406
    The Best Stand Mixers
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    Whip up sweet and savory treats with this kitchen essential.

    The post The best stand mixers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The Best Stand Mixers
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Kitchenaid Artisan Mini Series is the best stand mixer KitchenAid Artisan® Series 5 Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer
    SEE IT

    This all-in-one kitchen helper can make nine dozen cookies, cut pasta, and spiralize veggies.

    Best for professionals Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer
    SEE IT

    Wolf Gourmet’s High-Performance Stand Mixer would be the powerhouse of any baker’s kitchen.

    Best budget Cuisinart SM-50BC Stand Mixer Cuisinart SM-50BC 5.5-Quart Stand Mixer
    SEE IT

    Cuisinart’s stand mixer offer most of the performance as its competition at roughly half the price.

    Whether you’re a budding baker or an experienced enthusiast, a stand mixer is a must-have in your kitchen. Stand mixers have evolved over the years from burdensome appliances used solely for mixing dough to multi-use devices with attachments to make everything from pasta to ice cream. The best stand mixers not only look great displayed on your kitchen counter, but they are highly functional pieces of equipment that seriously cut down the amount of time it takes to make a cake or whip up a batch of whipped cream. 

    A great stand mixer can be a hefty investment, so it’s important to do your research before you bite the bullet. We compiled a list of the best stand mixers in every category so you can find one that your inner baker (and your wallet) will enjoy for years. 

    How we selected the best stand mixers 

    There are more than a baker’s dozen stand mixers worth considering, and the search can feel exhausting and overwhelming. You want to ensure you’re getting the best value for your dollar, but you also don’t want your stand mixer to die on you after just a couple of years. 

    We researched the highest-rated stand mixers available in a variety of price ranges and designs to come up with our list of the best stand mixers in six distinct categories. We considered capacity, size, bulkiness, price, design, color options, versatility, and durability when making our list. Finally, we did hands-on testing with some models to determine whether their performance was up to snuff. Whether your top priority is affordability, aesthetics, or function, we have a recommendation for you.

    The best stand mixers: Reviews & Recommendations

    The best stand mixers should save you time and prevent hand cramps in the kitchen. They should be simple to use for novices, but powerful enough for pros. After carefully researching and testing a bevy of stand mixers, we’ve slotted them into easy-to-understand categories to help you find the best one for your needs.

    Best overall: KitchenAid Artisan Series 5-Quart Tilt-Head Stand Mixer

    KitchenAid

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The longtime leader in stand mixers delivers a high-quality, long-lasting appliance in a variety of stylish colors.

    Specs

    • Accessories included: coated flat beater, coated dough hook, 6-wire wire whip, pouring shield
    • Capacity: 5 Quarts
    • Dimensions: 14.3 x 9.3 x 14 inches (LxWxH)
    • Weight: 26 pounds

    Pros

    • 10 speeds
    • Ample color options
    • Ability to transform the mixer into different kitchen tools
    • Large 5-quart capacity bowl

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • Heavy and bulky

    KitchenAid is synonymous with “stand mixer,” and there’s a good reason for it. The original stand mixer back in 1919, KitchenAid changed the game for home bakers everywhere by automating the manual, labor-intensive processes of baking. The company has maintained many of its original values including mixers that last for decades if properly cared for. 

    The Artisan Series mixer features 10 speeds for every level from mixing to kneading. The 5-quart stainless steel bowl has the capacity for up to 9 dozen cookies at once. The paddle rotates in a 59-point pattern (called a planetary pattern) that allows it to cover the entire bowl for complete integration. The tilt-head design makes it easy to add ingredients and clean the bowl and attachments. The bowl is dishwasher-safe, and the comfort handle allows for ease of use that some older models lacked. Another perk is the rainbow of colors available: no matter what your style or wallpaper color is, you’ll be able to find a KitchenAid mixer to match. 

    The innovative hub design allows for 10 different attachments, making your Artisan Series mixer an all-in-one kitchen assistant. From a pasta cutter to a veggie noodle spiralizer, these additions will make your life easier in the kitchen from dinner to dessert. The Artisan Series mixer clocks in at a whopping 26 pounds, and it’s larger than some other options, which is important to note if space is a concern.

    Best for professionals: Wolf Gourmet High-Performance Stand Mixer

    Brandt Ranj

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The built quality and performance of Wolf Gourmet’s Stand Mixer cannot be bested, and it’s a must-have if you’re a daily baker.

    Specs

    • Accessories included: coated flat beater, coated dough hook, 6-wire wire whip, pouring shield
    • Capacity: 7 Quarts
    • Dimensions: 17 x 10.5 x 17.63 inches (LxWxH)
    • Weight: 35.6 pounds

    Pros

    • Durable build quality
    • Rock solid performance with all recipes
    • Top-notch design

    Cons

    • Price

    Let’s be clear: High-Performance Stand Mixer is the best-looking, highest-performing, most durable option on the market today, and nothing comes close. We’ll be honest, this is a serious piece of kitchen equipment that will look a little intimidating on a kitchen counter. It’s the largest stand mixer—in size, weight, and capacity—that we’re recommending, so you’ll need a fair amount of space to accommodate it. That said, the larger size allowed Wolf Gourmet to use bigger, higher-powered components, which made a big difference in our tests.

    We used this mixer to make bread dough, cookie dough, whipped cream, cake batter, and everything in between. In each case, the recipes we made turned out flawlessly, and we began to push our luck by making double, triple, or quadruple batches of certain ones to push the mixer to its limit. It never caved—its motor never strained, the attachments never bent, and the mixer never shook around violently even when bread dough was being knocked against the sides of its bowl.

    For such a luxe piece of equipment, Wolf Gourmet made its stand mixer extremely simple to use. There’s a single red dial with speed settings between one and 10 with half intervals denoted with a dot. The mixer’s bowl fits into a slot at the bottom, then gets raised when you turn it clockwise to be closer to the attachment. When your recipe looks ready, you turn the knob to 0, turn the bowl counterclockwise, detach your attachment, and pull the bowl away.

    Every piece of equipment that comes with this stand mixer, from the mixer itself to its accompanying bowl and attachments, is extremely well made. There were no signs of damage after months of baking, and each attachment was easy to clean either by hand or in a machine. Wolf Gourmet’s High-Performance Stand Mixer would be the centerpiece of any home baker’s kitchen, but it’s not perfect.

    We’ve decided to name this stand mixer the best choice for professionals because it costs nearly $1,000, which puts it out of reach for most home chefs. You’re absolutely getting what you’re paying for—this is an appliance that should last a lifetime (or more if you pass it down to someone else)—but it’s a big up-front investment. That said, if you’re an avid home baker who wants the stand mixer, this is the obvious choice.

    Best for small kitchens: KitchenAid Artisan Mini Series Tilt-Head Stand Mixer, 3.5 Quart

    KitchenAid

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The compact version of the classic KitchenAid mixer is cheaper and lighter.

    Specs

    • Accessories included: flex edge beater, coated dough hook, and 6-wire whisk
    • Capacity: 3.5 Quarts
    • Dimensions: 14.3 x 9.3 x 14 inches (LxWxH)
    • Weight:18 pounds

    Pros

    • Lower price than the original KitchenAid
    • Smaller footprint on your counter
    • Lighter weight at 18 pounds
    • Same durability and high performance as the original

    Cons

    • Small capacity bowl
    • No splatter shield

    You want the quality and durability of the KitchenAid mixer, but you can’t fit it in your small kitchen. The KitchenAid Artisan mixer comes with all the bells and whistles of the original, at a 25% lighter weight while taking up 20% less space on your counter—meaning you don’t have to choose between your stand mixer and your microwave

    Just like the original, the Artisan Mini Series features 10 speeds from a light knead to a brisk whip, with a powerful, 250-watt motor. The mixer also includes the iconic tilt-head design for easy access and a comfort handle on the dishwasher-safe stainless steel bowl. The mixer provides the same opportunity to use any of the 10 optional hub-powered attachments. The Artisan Mini comes in several colors, including honeydew green and aqua sky blue, so you can get creative with your kitchen style. 

    It’s slightly more affordable than its bigger sibling, though still pricey when compared to other options on the market. It’s a reliable, durable choice for those with limited space who don’t need a large-capacity mixer. At 18 pounds, it’s still rather heavy, but much lighter than the original. 

    Best style and design: Smeg 1950s Retro Style Stand Mixer

    Smeg

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Stylist and powerful stand mixer for those who pride themselves on sleek decor.

    Specs

    • Accessories included: steel wire whisk, flat beater, dough hook, pouring shield
    • Capacity: 5 Quarts
    • Dimensions: 15.75 x 8.75 x 14.9 inches (LxWxH)
    • Weight: 19 pounds

    Pros

    • Sleek, retro design in several colors
    • High wattage with more power
    • Large capacity bowl
    • Non-stick accessories

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • No optional add-on accessories

    Folks who believe that style comes first can’t go wrong with a Smeg stand mixer. The attractive retro design comes in several neutral and pastel colors, including pink, red, blue, and green. The stylish design comes at a high price point, but the impressive features don’t disappoint, either. 

    With a 600-watt motor, it’s also the most powerful mixer on our list, making it a better choice if you’re frequently making things like stiff bread doughs. It features a planetary mixing movement that makes for a smooth, complete combination of ingredients. The 10 variable speeds give KitchenAid a run for its money when it comes to versatility. A large-capacity stainless steel bowl can hold up to 5 quarts for bigger baking projects. With a tilt-head design and several different accessories, this stand mixer provides agility in the kitchen. 

    Additionally, the accessories come with an all-new coating to make them non-stick and easy to clean. On top of that, they’re also dishwasher safe. If you can swing the cost, the Smeg stand mixer will not only look great in your kitchen, but it will put in the work as a solid stand mixer with a long life expectancy. 

    Best for bread: Kenmore Elite Ovation 5-Qt. Stand Mixer

    Kenmore

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Kenmore’s innovative stand mixer design prevents flour from flying, which is a big boon for bread bakers.

    Specs

    • Accessories included: steel wire whisk, flat beater, dough hook, egg separator, grater
    • Capacity: 5 quarts
    • Dimensions: 14.75 x 13 x 9.5 inches (LxWxH)
    • Weight: 30 pounds

    Pros

    • 360-degree splash guard prevents messes
    • Pour-in top design actually works well
    • Relatively compact

    Cons

    • Shakes under a heavy load

    Bread is one of the deepest categories in all of baking, which is ironic considering the core of many recipes is a combination of four simple ingredients: flour, water, yeast, and salt. Kenmore’s Elite Ovation is the right tool for bread baking because its innovative design makes dough-making less messy. Many of our stand mixer recipes come with a plastic guard, which prevents dry ingredients from flying everywhere as they’re first combined with wet ones, but Kenmore went a step further.

    A removable splash guard fitted into the top of the mixer fits perfectly on top of the mixer’s bowl to create an enclosed environment. There’s a hole open at the top, which allows you to pour ingredients into the mixer’s bowl while it’s working, but we’ve never had dry ingredients fly out of it during our tests. This was true whether we were making banana bread—an admittedly wet dough made with the paddle attachment—hamburger buns, a standard loaf of white bread, or even fresh pasta dough.

    The ability to pour extra liquid or flour in through the top of the mixer as it was working was a huge help. We could course-correct recipes on the fly without wasting time turning the machine off and on again. Amateur bakers who are scared of making a mess will appreciate this as much as pros who’ve had the unfortunate experience of getting a face full of flour at the start of bread baking.

    Our sole complaint with the Elite Ovation is that it’ll shake if you’re mixing a thick dough at high speeds. If you have it set on a kitchen island, it may rattle your other kitchen tools and appliances. This isn’t a dealbreaker by any means, just something to keep in mind if you’re not going to keep your stand mixer on a solid countertop. This wasn’t an issue when we used this mixer to make thinner doughs or batter, but bread bakers should be aware.

    Best budget: Cuisinart SM-50BC 5.5-Quart Stand Mixer

    Brandt Ranj

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Cuisinart’s stand mixer offers many of the same features as our premium picks at a far lower cost.

    Specs

    • Accessories included: steel wire whisk, flat beater, dough hook, pouring shield
    • Capacity: 5.5 quarts
    • Dimensions: 15.75 x 8.75 x 14.9 inches (LxWxH)
    • Weight: 19 pounds

    Pros

    • Easy to use
    • Supports lots of accessories
    • Price

    Cons

    • Slightly worse look and feel

    The biggest impediment for many bakers who want to go from a hand mixer to stand mixer is cost, but this is one of the few appliances where it pays to spend more money. Stand mixers are complicated machines with powerful motors, so getting an extremely inexpensive one means running the risk of having it break down after a couple of years. If you’re budget conscious but still want a stand mixer that’ll go the distance, your best bet is Cuisinart’s SM-50BC, which can be had for well under $200.

    In our tests, the SM-50BC handled typical recipes like chocolate chip cookie dough as well as the more premium picks we’re recommending. It also had some little creature comforts, like making a clicking sound when the mixer’s head was tilted all the way up. Other little features, like how easy its knob was to turn, also stood out. There was definitely a little hit to the overall look and feel of this stand mixer compared to our recommendations, but not in a way that hurt its performance.

    For common recipes—cookie dough, cake batter, whipped cream—this stand mixer will offer similar results to one that costs roughly double the price. If you’re looking for a way to cut down your cooking time with those recipes while adding some more complicated ones into your repertoire over time, this stand mixer will help guide you through that journey.

    Speaking of journeys, we only used this stand mixer with the included attachments, but we’re pleased by the fact that Cuisinart is expanding its functionality with a wide assortment of accessories. This includes everything from a pasta extruder to a meat grinder. It’s worth noting that these accessories are also a lot less expensive than the ones available for a KitchenAid mixer.

    If you’re looking for an entry-level stand mixer to take your baking to the next level, Cuisinart SM-50BC 5.5-Quart Stand Mixer should be the first one to consider.

    What to consider when shopping for the best stand mixers

    Before you decide on a stand mixer, you’ll need to decide what you actually want to use it for. A basic stand mixer will mix up things like cookie dough, cake batter, and whipped cream. But, some stand mixers are equipped to work with accessories to make things like burgers, pasta, and ice cream. It’s also important to consider how often you’ll use it. Many stand mixers are built to last a lifetime, but those typically come with a higher price tag. 

    When choosing a stand mixer for your kitchen, keep in mind your counter space. These machines are typically heavy and a bit bulky, so size may be a consideration for apartment dwellers. Even if you have space to store it, moving it in and out of a cabinet can be a hassle if it’s too heavy. 

    Here are some of the most prudent questions to ask yourself as you hunt for your ideal stand mixer: 

    Attachments and accessories

    If the idea of making pasta from scratch sounds like more effort than it’s worth, then you probably don’t need to worry about getting a stand mixer that allows for all kinds of fancy attachments. A basic stand mixer will meet all of your needs as a baking companion, including whipping, mixing, kneading, and creaming. If you’re looking for an all-in-one kitchen assistant, spring for a stand mixer that has the ability to add on cool accessories. Just make sure to factor the cost of those extra gadgets into your budget. 

    Capacity

    Stand mixers come in various sizes, so it’s worth considering what kind of capacity you want yours to have. If you’re a professional baker who will be whipping up large batches of batter, cream, and dough every weekend, a 3-quart mixing bowl might not cut it. Working in small batches can get frustrating if you’re in a time crunch and have a lot of work ahead of you. Alternatively, if you’re a hobby baker who whips up a few dozen cookies once a year for the holidays, a huge bowl and paddle may be a hindrance.

    Design and footprint

    Between your rice cooker, air fryer, toaster, and blender, your kitchen counter might be getting a bit crowded. Consider where you’re going to store your stand mixer before you go for a large-batch mixer. Many folks opt to display their stand mixer on the counter for aesthetic purposes, and because that sucker can be heavy to lug out every time you need it. If counter space is an issue, cabinet or pantry storage is another option. Luckily, there are some great compact options for those who live in close quarters. Some of the options on this list weigh more than 25 pounds and stand well over a foot high. 

    FAQs

    Q: Which stand mixer do professional chefs use?

    The KitchenAid Professional Series stand mixers are popular among professional bakers and chefs. The Artisan Series mixer is great for hobby bakers, but the pros tend to go for a stand mixer with an even higher capacity. The KitchenAid Professional 600 has a 6-quart capacity and the KitchenAid ProLine and commercial mixers have 7-and-8-quart capacities, respectively.

    Q: Does wattage matter in stand mixers?

    Wattage essentially translates to power, and how much power your stand mixer will use while it operates. So a stand mixer with higher wattage should be able to do the job of a lower-wattage mixer much faster. If you ran a 300-watt mixer and 600-watt mixer for the same amount of time. A 250-watt stand mixer will perform well with most doughs and batters. Anything more than that would only be helpful for things like super-stiff bread doughs. 

    Q: Which is better: hand mixers or stand mixers?

    It depends what your priorities are. Stand mixers will be able to handle thicker doughs and take less of your energy to operate. You can get larger jobs done a lot faster with a stand mixer. Hand mixers are great if space is an issue in your kitchen, or if you are an occasional baker who only makes small batches anyway.

    Q: How long do KitchenAid stand mixers last?

    KitchenAid stand mixers have a full warranty of one year, but many customers report that their mixers last 10-25 years, depending on how frequently they use them and how they care for them. 

    Q: How much do stand mixers cost?

    Stand mixers can cost between $200-$1,000, depending if they’re made for home use or industrial purposes.

    A final word on the best stand mixers

    Whether you’re an occasional baker or an aspiring professional, the best stand mixer will make a huge difference in your kitchen. With proper care, these versatile devices can pump out cakes, cookies, bread, pasta, and more for decades to come.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best stand mixers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best gaming desks for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-gaming-desks/ Tue, 10 May 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=441947
    The best gaming desks
    Stan Horaczek

    A base for your battlestation.

    The post The best gaming desks for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best gaming desks
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Secretlab Magnus Metal Desk is the best gaming desk. Secretlab Magnus Metal Desk
    SEE IT

    The Secretlab Magnus desk is simple, well-designed, and features more than a few modular upgrades for customization.

    Best computer desk Cooler Master GD160 ARGB is the best computer gaming desk. Cooler Master GD160 ARGB
    SEE IT

    The Cooler Master GD160 ARGB is a great standing desk with RGB lighting and other gaming-centric features.

    Best budget Seven Warrior Gaming Desk is the best budget gaming desk. SEVEN WARRIOR Gaming Desk
    SEE IT

    The Seven Warrior gaming desk offers gaming-focused features at an unusually affordable price.

    Every PC and console needs a home, and a great gaming desk can be where you build up a dynamic, ergonomic arsenal. There are so many options to choose from, including hundreds of dedicated desktops. A good one can live with you for years and shape your PC gaming experience with a stylish surface and helpful features like built-in USB ports, LED lighting, and extra storage. Not all gaming desks are created equal, though. Let’s talk about what’s special about the best gaming desks and how to pick the right one for you.

    How we chose the best gaming desks

    Over the last 17 years, I’ve set up gaming rigs using everything from folding tables to expensive solid wood standing desks. I pride myself on creating battlestations that are as eye-catching as they are reliable. As a member of the tech press for the last eight years—writing for sites like IGN, Reviewed, and Tom’s Hardware—I’ve had more opportunities than most to build systems and create gaming areas for friends, family, and colleagues. With all that hands-on time building PC gaming setups and testing out high-performance laptops, I’ve developed a good eye for what makes a good desk for gaming.

    To make these recommendations, I did extensive research, pulling recommendations from the PC gaming community and cross-checking them with user impressions of the products and manufacturers. There is no best gaming desk for every user, but every selection in this list is at the top of its class and well worth your consideration.

    The best gaming desks: Reviews & Recommendations

    Unlike most gaming-focused gear, the world of gaming desks doesn’t have an established set of trusted manufacturers. They come in countless shapes and sizes, ranging from cheap to exorbitantly expensive. Now that you know what to look for, you’re ready to pick a gaming desk on your own. To help you get started, take a look at our current favorites.

    Best overall: Secretlab Magnus Metal Desk

    Secretlab

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Secretlab Magnus blends high-quality craftsmanship, style, and an innovative design to deliver class-leading quality.

    Specs

    • Desktop dimensions: 59 x 28 inches (width x depth)
    • Height: 29 inches 
    • Special features: RGB lighting, cable management, magnetic accessory kits (sold separately)
    • Maximum supported weight: 220 pounds
    • Price at time of publication: $549

    Pros

    • Great build quality
    • Very stylish
    • Effective cable management system included 
    • Plentiful options for desktop customization

    Cons

    • Desk mat not included
    • Accessory kits cost extra

    The Secretlab Magnus sets the standard for the modern gaming desk. It features an exceptionally sleek style with its dark, gunmetal body, but takes that a step further with an RGB strip hidden in its real cable tray. With a durable steel frame, this desk is sturdy enough to hold over 200 pounds of gaming equipment. Even with a decked-out gaming PC and massive monitor, you’ll never need to worry about it wobbling or collapsing.

    Apart from its understated aesthetic and strong build quality, the Magnus desk has a uniquely attractive key featuremodular upgrades that magnetically latch onto the desk’s steel frame. The magnetic “ecosystem” of attachments runs the gamut from cable anchors and sheaths to headphone hangers to a magnetic desk mat.

    Those upgrades are also Magnus’ biggest flaw: These are optional add-ons that heap onto Magnus’s already high price tag. The basic Magnus, for $549, includes the basic frame and a cable management tray. The other attachments cost between $13-$79 apiece. Even the basic Magnus is a really nice, solid, gaming desk, but taking full advantage of its features requires a serious spend.

    Best computer desk: Cooler Master GD160 ARGB

    Cooler Master

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The Cooler Master GD160 RGB brings standing desks and gaming desks together in a stylish and functional package 

    Specs

    • Desktop dimensions: 63 x 30 inches (width x depth)
    • Height: 25.6-51.4 inches
    • Maximum supported weight: 220.5 pounds
    • Special features: RGB lighting, USB charging port, cable management, motorized adjustment for sitting/standing
    • Price at time of publication: $799

    Pros

    • Wide surface area
    • Front and rear RGB
    • Cable management
    • Full height adjustment

    Cons

    • Expensive
    • Complicated assembly

    The Cooler Master GD160 ARGB brings a full range of features to play, including RGB lighting, a USB-charging port, and the ability to adjust from seated to standing and back on the fly. Its dual-motor provides fast and quiet lifting power up to 220 pounds while reducing wear and tear that builds on a standard standing desk motor. Short of laying on the desk, you’ll never have to second-guess whether you’re overloading the frame.

    Cooler Master’s signature purple accents are immediately eye-catching, but it’s the desk’s integrated RGB lighting that really steals the show. Customizable front and rear lighting elements shine throughout your gaming room, lighting up the wall behind your desk. An included cable management tray keeps your cables hidden and your setup tidy. It lacks some of the smaller flourishes, like a headphone hanger and cup holder, but features an extra useful perk: a USB-A port behind the control pad to charge your phone.

    It’s an exceptional desk, but it has an exceptionally high price to match: $799. The GD160 ARGB is expensive, even compared to other standing desks. On top of that, the standing desk mechanics make this a tough build. If you’re willing to spend the money and have a friend to help you put it together, it has the perks to satisfy players who invest.

    Best converter: VIVO Extra Wide Corner Height Adjustable 38-inch Stand-up Desk Converter 

    VIVO

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: Add this simple monitor stand to any desk to incorporate standing-desk functionality on a budget.

    Specs

    • Desktop dimensions: 37.5 x 18 inches (length x depth)
    • Height: 4.8-20 inches
    • Special features: 33-pound lift assist
    • Maximum supported weight: 33 pounds
    • Price at time of publication: $189.99

    Pros

    • Spacious enough for two monitors
    • Lift assistance makes adjustments fast and easy
    • Keyboard tray preserves desk space
    • Limited assembly

    Cons

    • Bulky
    • Doesn’t look great

    If you’re interested in trying a standing desk but don’t want to buy a whole new piece of furniture, a monitor stand like the VIVO Extra Wide Desk Converter can help you get the best of both worlds on your current desk. The 37.5- x 18-inch surface is large enough to hold two reasonably sized monitors (or maybe one ultrawide curved one), with plenty of room for pictures, chargers, and other essentials. Once it’s in place, a lever triggers a pneumatic piston to easily raise or lower its spacious surface up to 20 inches above the surface of your desk. With only a few minutes of assembly, you’ll be able to find the perfect position for your gaming rig and stay competitive even when it’s time to stand up and stretch your legs. Not every folding or portable desk is perfect for gaming, but this one is.

    Want to make things even easier? VIVO also sells a larger, motorized version for only $100 more. Since it’s an add-on for an existing desk rather than a new piece of furniture, we feel the pneumatic version will make more sense for most people. To get the full experience with a motorized standing desk, there’s no substitute for a desk designed for that purpose from the ground up.

    Best L-shaped desk: ODK L-Shaped Gaming Desk 

    ODK

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The ODK L-Shaped Gaming Desk combines two desks into one, and comes with extra accessories.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 47 x 59 inches (Length x Depth)
    • Height: 29.83 inches
    • Special features: Spacious surface area, headphone hanger, monitor riser, and additional storage cubby included
    • Maximum supported weight: N/A
    • Price at time of publication: $118.99

    Pros

    • Huge surface area
    • Sturdy metal frame
    • Added storage
    • Useful accessories
    • Affordably priced

    Cons

    • Lacks gaming flair
    • Challenging assembly
    • No cable management

    ODK’s L-Shaped Gaming Desk offers outstanding value, whether you’re a gamer or just in need of a massive corner desk. It combines two surfaces: a long surface for your traditional PC setup and a shorter right side where you can put your computer tower, game consoles, or have a secondary space for other things. It doesn’t scream “gamer,” but has plenty of functional benefits for PC players.

    In addition to its expansive surface area, the ODK gaming desk has many accessories that enhance its functionality, including a moveable monitor stand, an iron headphone hook, and an attachable storage bin for controllers and cables. This desk isn’t just about added space; it’s about creating functional space.

    At $118.99, this desk borders on shockingly cheap, partly because ODK isn’t a well-known brand. That said, this desk has earned glowing reviews from users, who praise its durability, overall quality, and value. It has also attracted some negative feedback as well, namely that it is not easy to assemble.

    If you like the design of the OKL but want a little bit more color and extra “gaming” flair, the Bestier L-Shaped Gaming Computer Desk features a similar frame, plus features like LED lighting and a cup holder, for a slightly pricier $161.99.

    Best standing desk: Eureka Ergonomic 62-inch Standing Desk

    EUREKA ERGONOMIC

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Eureka Ergonomic Standing Desk has a huge surface and gaming-first features.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 27 x 62 inches (Length x Depth)
    • Height: 29.92-48.43 inches
    • Special features: Wide surface area, dual headphone hanger, cup holder, custom desk mat
    • Maximum supported weight: 220 pounds
    • Price at time of publication: $499.99

    Pros

    • Well-priced for size and features
    • Included accessories designed around gaming
    • Extra desk space compared to most gaming desks
    • Aggressive aesthetics 

    Cons

    • Complicated assembly 
    • Limited height range
    • Limited RGB settings

    We have something you need to see if you’re looking for an exceptionally large standing desk designed for gaming at a surprisingly reasonable price. At 62 by 28 inches, the Eureka Ergonomic 65-inch Standing Desk is wide enough to comfortably seat two people for side-by-side co-op. If you’re more interested in solo play, that extra space makes room for speakers, a tower, a big-screen gaming monitor, or multiple displays to truly make a showpiece battlestation. Knowing that you’re likely to have extra wires with the larger desk surface, Eureka has included two cable grommets that lead to an included cable management tray to keep the desk looking clean and tidy.  

    Along the left and right sides, you’ll find a headphone hanger and cup holder, as well as customizable LED strips to position your own lighting elements. There’s also a rack to hold your favorite games and a pair of controllers, doubling as a USB hub. Topping it off, a custom-fit desk pad spans the entire desk surface without blocking the two wire grommets. Little details like that really make this desk feel like it’s designed specifically for PC gaming.

    The standing functionality really feels like icing on the cake. Using the included control pad, the entire desk can raise up to 48 inches or lower to 30 inches for standard seating height. That’s a smaller range than other gaming desks with standing adjustability, including the Cooler Master GD160 ARGB. Standing-desk maker Autonomous has found that the average standing desk height for 5’11” users is 44 inches. Likewise, a standard desk for a user around this height is roughly 30 inches. That means you may need a taller chair to use this desk sitting down.

    Even for a standing desk, this Eureka desk requires much time to build. Nothing with this desk comes pre-assembled, even the desktop. You’ll need to do everything from bolting both halves of the desk to piecing together the frame, connecting the wires, and screwing on the accessories. However, given all this desk offers, the end result is worth the extra effort upfront.

    Best with storage: GIKPAL Computer Desk with Drawer

    GIKPAL

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This spacious desk has enough shelves and drawers to hold all your accessories, so you can always work on a clean desktop.  

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 19.7 inches x 47.2 inches (Length x Width)
    • Height: 33.8 inches
    • Special features: Two drawers, two shelves, a raised desktop-computer space, a built-in monitor stand, integrated USB ports and power outlets
    • Maximum supported weight: N/A
    • Price at time of publication: $149.99

    Pros

    • Multiple storage areas
    • Integrated USB ports and oulets
    • Built-in monitor stand

    Cons

    • Company does not provided maximum supported weight

    Anyone who uses the same desk for work and gaming knows the importance (and difficulty) of keeping your space clean. Tech accessories, pencils and pens, plates, glasses, and everything else end up cluttering up a place that should be used for work and play. GIKPAL addressed all of these issues with its gaming desk, which has shelves, drawers, and a very clever integrated cable management system.

    This desk’s drawers are the perfect place to store controllers, external hard drives, battery packs, carrying cases, games, or any other peripheral that isn’t always necessary. You can even use them to store your mouse and keyboard if you prefer to play PC games with a controller or have a console hooked up to the same monitor. If you play games on a desktop PC, you can make use of this desk’s bottom-right shelf, which was designed for this style of computer. Keeping your desktop elevated will make it easier to reach and provide a buffer if your computer room floods.

    The pair of shelves on the left-hand side of the desk are the perfect size for game consoles or VR headsets. If you play physical games, you can keep the titles you’re jumping between most often on them too. This is the only gaming desk we’re recommending with a built-in monitor stand, which can greatly improve the ergonomics of your setup if you’re using a display that doesn’t have height adjustment. The space between the desktop and the top of the riser is just big enough for smaller speakers or a slim console if you really want to maximize your space.

    If you’ve struggled with cable management before, GIMPAL has you covered. The company has built a three-outlet power strip into the top of this desk, which also features a pair of USB-A ports for charging your devices. You can snake the power strip’s cable down the leg of the desk and into an outlet behind your setup. If you have a lot of tech accessories that require power or opt to keep a console between the desktop and monitor riser, this is a key feature.

    GIMPAL declined to provide a maximum weight limit for this desk, but that’s less of an issue because it’s designed to let you distribute your on multiple shelves instead of keeping everything on top. If you want to clean up your setup with a gaming desk, this is the one to get.

    Best budget: SEVEN WARRIOR Gaming Desk

    SEVEN WARRIOR

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: This affordable desk offers a lot for little, providing ample space, attractive aesthetics, and plentiful accessories. 

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 55 x 24 inches (Length x Width)
    • Height: 29.5 inches
    • Special features: Full-size waterproof desk mat, dual headphone hanger, cupholder, game and controller rack
    • Maximum supported weight: 400 pounds
    • Price: $139.99

    Pros

    • Lots of included accessories
    • Sturdy steel frame capable of holding 400 pounds
    • Enough space for most gaming setups
    • Carbon fiber texture

    Cons

    • Desktop comes in two pieces 
    • Inconsistent quality control
    • No cable management tray

    SEVEN WARRIOR may not be a brand you’ve heard of before, but it’s made a splash in the affordable gaming desk space. And this desk is a prime example of why. At $139, it offers a great balance of features and functionality for a very affordable price.

    Available in 44-, 55-, and 60-inch surface sizes, you can find a size that fits your space. The desk is finished with a waterproof carbon fiber texture and includes a size-matched waterproof desk mat, making spills easy to clean up. At 24-inches deep, it’s on the shallow side but still gives you plenty of room for a full gaming PC setup. Two cable grommets allow you to route wires out of sight, but you’ll need to bring your own cable runner if you care to keep things tidy underneath the desktop. SEVEN WARRIOR also throws in a cup holder, dual headphone hanger, and a combination game and controller rack that doubles as a USB hub.

    The vast majority of reviews on this desk are overwhelmingly positive. Customers routinely remark on its easy setup and durability. When users are unhappy, though, it’s always for one reasoninconsistent quality control. Many users have reported that their desks came with misaligned parts or, worse, were missing pieces entirely. Sadly, this story is not uncommon with cheaper, lesser-known furniture brands. If the price is right, make sure to double-check all the parts before putting the desk together.

    Things to consider before buying a gaming desk

    Before you pick out a gaming desk, or a desk with PC gaming in mind, knowing what features to look for before you start is helpful. With so many different options to choose from, knowing what measurements and features you personally need can help you form a solid game plan to narrow down your options.

    What is a gaming desk, exactly?

    Gaming desks are very similar to any other kind of desk, but some core differences set them apart. While many desks feature wood grain or solid-colored finishes, gaming desks are designed to show off bright colors, decals, and stylized metallic surfaces like carbon fiber. It’s also more common for gaming desks to come with integrated features tailored to enhance your gaming station, including custom-fitted desk mats, headphone hangers, cupholders, and cable management solutions to keep your wires hidden. These aesthetic and utilitarian flourishes make a gaming desk; It’s all about style and convenience.

    Size

    Its surface area is the most important quality of any desk used for gaming (or work). Gaming desks come in all shapes and sizes, so consider how much space you’ll need. Desks come in many sizes, but a full-size desk surface typically measures around 60 inches wide—side-to-side—and 30 inches deep–front to back. That’s more than enough for a full PC setup.

    That said, it may also take up more space than you have in your home office, bedroom, or wherever you plan to set up your gaming rig. As with any furniture purchase, your first step should be to take measurements and determine how much space your desk can fill. Before settling on a purchase, consider exactly what you plan to place on it. Here are some questions to consider before deciding on the right size for you:

    • Will your computer tower be on the desktop or on the floor? 
    • How big is the monitor you will be using? 
    • How much space will you need to move your mouse?
    • What else would you also like to place on your desk?

    Answering these questions and measuring out the dimensions of your PC, monitor, and peripherals will give you a good idea of what a comfortable width would be. One more tip: When planning where to put your desk, ensure there’s enough room for a gaming chair.

    Knowing how your desk space fits into your home is important, but you shouldn’t stop there. Take a minute to consider everything you would like to place on the desk. Placing your gaming desktop on your desk looks flashy but can take up a significant amount of space you may need for your mouse and mousepad, peripherals, or any other things you want to keep within reach. Figuring out where you plan to place the key components of your setup—the PC, as well as a monitor, mouse, keyboard, and possibly a router—will help you pick a gaming desk capable of realizing your vision.

    Adjustability

    Some desks come at a specific set height, but others feature some amount of adjustability. Certain dedicated gaming desks, in particular, feature electric motors that allow you to adjust the height of your desk on the fly so you can swap between standing and seated configurations when you want. Some also allow you to adjust the angle of the desktop, though this is less common. 

    When shopping for a gaming desk, consider its specified height and how that would fit with the height of your chair. Ideal seated posture and desk layout are important to prevent muscle strain, eye strain, and repetitive stress injuries. According to the New York Times, it’s important to ensure that the desk you choose allows you to sit with your arms at a 90-degree angle for typing and that your eye level is several inches below the top edge of your monitor. Many gaming desks allow several inches of movement up or down to find the perfect position for your body. Even desks without on-the-fly adjustability may offer some amount of adjustability during assembly.

    Assembly and reliability

    Few, if any, gaming desks come preassembled out of the box. Before committing to a purchase, consider whether you have the time and resources to put your desk together. Cheaper desks often take longer to assemble, as part of the savings comes from limiting the assembly being completed at the factory. Even expensive desks can have their challenges and require multiple people to complete, though.

    There is no easy rule to determine whether a desk will be easy or challenging to put together. The best way to learn about the assembly process is through user reviews on retailer sites and forums. When people have an especially easy or difficult time putting a desk together, it often heavily influences their comments. If possible, downloading the assembly guide from the manufacturer’s website can also give you a cursory understanding of what you’ll need to do.

    Since desks aren’t professionally reviewed as often as gaming PCs, user reviews are crucial for determining whether a desk is well-made. Poor craftsmanship often becomes clear during the assembly process, and user reviews will hopefully alert you to specific red flags. Users are also quick to point out when parts of the product break or wear out early, both of which should be key factors in your decision-making process.

    Accessories

    One thing distinguishing a “gaming desk” from universal designs is a bevy of integrated features and included accessories that many players buy second-hand to add to their setup. Many gaming desks come with attachable hooks for headphones and cup holders. Others feature RGB lighting built into the desk frame, custom-cut mouse pad surfaces, and integrated cable management. It’s less common, but an especially luxe gaming desk may come with monitor stands or additional storage. 

    While many of these extras may seem superficial since you can purchase them separately, getting a desk with these elements included will save you some time and may save you money. It also ensures that your accessories fit and match your desk, which isn’t always the case if you buy them after the fact. That said, you can get most of them elsewhere, so you shouldn’t pick a desk with flashy accessories over one that perfectly fits you and your space.

    FAQs

    Q: How much do gaming desks cost?

    Gaming desks can vary from cost-effective to quite expensive, depending on the manufacturer and included features. You can find a simple, fixed-height desk for under $100. Larger, sturdier desks with many features can cost upwards of $1,000. Generally speaking, more expensive gaming desks tend to be larger, sturdier, and will wear less over time. Very expensive desks may also include advanced functions like motorized height adjustment.

    Q: Is a gaming desk worth it?

    The differences between a dedicated gaming desk and any other desk are pretty small. Gaming desks often come with integrated features that PC gamers often buy as separate accessories, like headphone hooks and RGB lighting. And, like other “gaming” products, a gaming desk typically features a flashy, eye-catching aesthetic. They usually come in bright colors, with decals and logos.

    Given that, picking a gaming desk versus another option comes down to taste. A gaming desk makes a lot of sense if you want your gaming space to lean into that very specific style that matches the gaming aesthetics of PC components and peripherals. Few desks outside the gaming world have built-in gaming-focused features like RGB lighting, mousepads, and integrated USB ports. 

    That said, many gamers may be better off with a standard desk. Remember that you can get most of the common features for gaming desks, such as headphone hangers, cup holders, mousepads, and cable management trays, as attachable accessories. You don’t need a gaming desk to build a killer PC gaming setup.

    Q: What’s the difference between a gaming desk and a regular desk?

    Ultimately, any desk can be a gaming desk if it has room for your PC or console, a monitor, a keyboard, and a mouse. However, a gaming desk typically has additional features—like a dedicated shelf or cage for hardware, cable management solutions, a cup holder, built-in ports, and customizable lighting—which may not be standard for typical desks.

    Q: What is the best color for a gaming desk?

    There is no best color for a gaming desk. Choose the one that best fits your aesthetics and gaming hardware.

    Final thoughts on the best gaming desks

    Choosing the right gaming desk can be, forgive the pun, game-changing. A good desk draws you in and makes you want to use it. It becomes a highlight of the room and puts your gaming station center stage. Finding the right choice can be intimidating when there are so many options, but taking the time to select the best choice is well worth the investment. 

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best gaming desks for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best shop vacs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-shop-vac/ Fri, 12 Mar 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-shop-vac/
    A lineup of shop vacuums on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    Handle any serious cleaning job with a shop vac that can handle serious crumbs and dirt.

    The post The best shop vacs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of shop vacuums on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac
    SEE IT

    This sleek machine is perfect for small clean-ups or large wet messes.

    Best mini Armor All 2.5 Gallon Wet Dry Vacuum Armor All 2.5 Gallon Wet Dry Vacuum
    SEE IT

    A small shop vac with powerful suction.

    Best budget Stanley SL18910P-3 Stanley SL18910P-3
    SEE IT

    This lower-priced option has what it takes to clean up any wet or dry mess.

    More powerful than the average Hoover, more versatile than the typical Dyson, and tougher than your pet Roomba, a shop vacuum is a must-have for any household. These cleaning tools can suck up almost anything. But shop vacuums aren’t just for cleaning big construction messes. Even the average homeowner should include one in their armory of cleaning supplies. They can take on even the most hard-to-clean areas, like a fireplace or barbecue pit. A cordless shop vacuum is easily transported out to the car to vacuum impossible corners and crevices between the seats and is powerful enough to pick up the dirt, leaves, and even matted-down pet hair littering the floor of your car. Once equipped with the best shop vac, you can attack any mess thrown at you, whether it’s sawdust in the workshop, a mosaic of Goldfish crumbs under the kid’s car seat, or even the two inches of water flooding the basement.

    How we chose the best shop vacs

    In short, the best shop vac can do just about anything. Sometimes referred to as bucket vacuums, these machines resemble little R2D2s. Used most often in construction, shop vacuums are durable enough to suck up dust, dirt, and most other debris found at a worksite. We looked at reviews, recommendations, conducted user testing, and performed heavy research while on the hunt for the best shop vacuum. We’ve also written plenty about the shop vac’s cousins, like upright vacuums, so we applied some of that knowledge here.

    The best shop vacs: Reviews & Recommendations

    Bear in mind that durability may come with unwieldiness. You might want to go all out with the most powerful shop vacuum you can find, but if a lightweight, portable shop vac is enough to handle the job, you’ll have an easier time maneuvering—not to mention, storing it when it’s not in use. Bigger might not be better, so tailor your choice to your needs. We chose five of the best shop vacs to crank up your cleaning game and have your space spotless in no time.

    Best overall: Bissell MultiClean Wet Dry Vac

    Bissell

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This vacuum can power through wet or dry messes on multiple surfaces—you can even detail your car with it.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 6 gallons
    • Weight: 16.1 lbs.
    • Hose length: 6.5 ft.
    • Power source: Corded electric

    Pros

    • Two-stage filtration
    • Blower function
    • Easy to move

    Cons

    • Loud

    If you want a wet-dry shop vacuum that handles anything, the Bissell MultiClean vac covers all the bases. This versatile cleaning tool comes with a variety of features and functions, including a blowing function for clearing leaves or blowing up inflatables, a wet suction tool, and a toolkit of different brushes for vacuuming various surfaces and crevices. The tank is on wheels for easy movement while vacuuming, and its balanced body keeps it from tipping over when it’s pulled. This machine is sleek and easy to use for both small at-home messes and bigger shop cleanups.

    Best powerful: Ridgid WD1450 Wet Dry Vac

    Ridgid

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: A six-horsepower motor and 14 gallons of storage let you vacuum your entire garage … and then some.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 14 gallons
    • Weight: 25 lbs.
    • Hose length: 6.8 ft.
    • Power source: Corded electric

    Pros

    • Six horsepower motor
    • Lots of storage capacity
    • Easy to maneuver

    Cons

    • Expensive

    This Ridgid shop vac’s 6-horsepower motor and top-notch dust filters make it one of the most powerful shop vacs on the market. Its 14-gallon tank makes it one of the larger models available, which is great if you have a big job and want to avoid frequent stops to empty the tank. Despite its size, this large shop vacuum is easy to maneuver thanks to its handled tank and a Tug-A-Long hose that stays locked in during use. Another perk? The powerful motor is made with noise-reducing technology, offering a quieter performance than other brands.

    Best mini: Armor All 2.5 Gallon Wet Dry Vacuum

    Armor

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This little shop vac packs a powerful punch—good things sometimes come in small sizes.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 2.5 gallons
    • Weight: 5.6 lbs.
    • Hose length: 4 ft.
    • Power source: Corded electric

    Pros

    • Wall mountable for storage
    • Portable
    • Easy to carry and transport

    Cons

    • Hose length shorter than others on our list

    The Armor All 2.5-gallon Wet Dry Vacuum has a 2.5-gallon tank and weighs 5.6 pounds, so it’s light enough to transport out to your car for some detailing or give the couch a quick once over before guests arrive. It has an easy-to-carry handle and a 10-foot power cord to take advantage of its portability. The 2-horsepower motor in this mini shop vacuum strikes the perfect balance between lightweight and power.

    Best cordless: Milwaukee 0880-20 Wet Dry Vac

    Milwaukee

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: No cord or plug? That’s not a problem with this sturdy, compact shop vac.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 2 gallons
    • Weight: 10.1 lbs
    • Hose length: 6 ft.
    • Power source: Battery-powered, cordless

    Pros

    • Washable HEPA filter
    • Sturdy design
    • Easy to carry

    Cons

    • Full charge only lasts 20 minutes

    This highly rated, battery-powered shop vac is great for car detailing and ideal for travel or minor clean-ups. The design of this vac is different from the typical cylindrical tank—this one is rectangular and looks almost like a toolbox. The body is sturdy and doesn’t tip easily, and the box has a handle for easy carry. It yields a strong suction, and you can expect about 20 minutes of continuous use on one battery before needing to recharge.

    Best budget: Stanley SL18910P-3

    Stanley

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This powerful, budget-friendly shop vac rivals its pricier counterparts.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 3 gallons
    • Weight: 8 lbs.
    • Hose length: 4 ft.
    • Power source: Corded electric

    Pros

    • Washable and reusable filter
    • Lots of included accessories
    • Easy to carry

    Cons

    • No casters to move vacuum around

    This Stanley shop vac has a 3-gallon tank and a 3-horsepower motor. With more capacity than mini shop vacs, this vac is performance on a budget. While it may not complete a job as quickly as one of the more expensive models with higher horsepower and a larger tank, this lower-priced option has what it takes to clean up any wet or dry mess.

    What to consider when buying the best shop vacs

    Shop vacs come in a variety of sizes and efficacy, so the biggest thing to consider is what kind of performance and capacity you’re looking for. Also, consider shop vacuum attachments: different nozzles may be available for cleaning small crevices or for sucking up that flooded basement, or you may need to buy adapters to use the inflation feature (no more manually blowing up giant pool floats!). You can get pretty creative using your shop vac. Here’s what else we recommend when shopping for a shop vac:

    Wet dry shop vacs

    What really sets shop vacs apart from regular vacuum cleaners is the wet vac feature. Many, if not most, shop vacuums can clear dry and wet messes, which is clutch in some of homeownership’s most difficult-to-handle situations. A wet-dry vac can clean up the jar of applesauce your toddler dropped in the middle of the living room. It can be shoved down the drain in your kitchen sink to retrieve a missing earring. And it can suck up all the water if—shudder—your basement is flooding. A wet-dry shop vac can remove unwanted water from your home, clean out a fish tank, unclog a drain—the list goes on. On top of this feature, many shop vacuums have a blowing function for added versatility—your leaf blower wishes it had that versatility.

    Power

    Shop vacuums come in a variety of sizes and levels of power, so the biggest thing to consider is what kind of performance and capacity you’re looking for. If you’re purchasing a vac for a construction business, you might want to consider at least a 12-gallon shop vacuum with the capacity to clean up larger, heavier debris.

    Wall-mounted shop vacuums are powerful and offer excellent filtration and capacity, although their immobility can hold you back without an extra-long hose and fixtures to stretch your reach. When overall suction strength is your biggest concern, look for a machine with high horsepower.

    Size

    Shop vacuums aren’t just for big industrial messes. A small shop vac can be a lifesaver for smaller jobs, like crumbs and pet hair. These lightweight micromachines come as small as 1.5 gallons.

    The one caveat to mini shop vacs is that the size and weight may come at the expense of suction, as the small body doesn’t allow for a more powerful motor. We looked for a model that brings the most power in relation to its small size.

    Battery-powered vs. electric

    While most shop vacuums are electric, battery-powered vacs are also available. The electric shop vacs will provide more power for a longer duration of time. Still, a battery-powered vac has the upside of being portable and usable even when you don’t have access to a reliable power source.

    On the downside, the batteries don’t last very long, and you’ll be stopping to recharge frequently. Electric shop vacuums will be better for long jobs, like clearing out a flooded basement, but a battery-powered vac is perfect for a quick and easy pickup. Some users recommend them for cleaning up during a long road trip.

    Budget

    Shop vacuums are by nature powerful and versatile, so even a less expensive model will complete a job better than a regular vacuum. The mini vacs are the least expensive models, but you can get a more mid-sized shop vac with a larger tank and more powerful motor at a reasonable price.

    A mid-sized shop vacuum, even a cheaper model, ensures you’re ready for whatever small disaster hits your home. For minor floods, clogs, home workshop messes, spills, or pet cleanup (have you ever wished for an easier way to clean the kids’ hamster cage?), a simple budget shop vac will have your home spotless.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a shop vac cost?

    The best shop vacs can start at around $30 and reach all the way into the $200 range, depending on their features and capabilities.

    Q: What’s the difference between a shop vac and a regular vacuum?

    It’s safe to say you don’t want to suck up scraps of wood, nails, screws, pieces of metal, or water with a regular vacuum. Not only does a regular vacuum lack the power to suck up big pieces adequately, but it’s also likely too small and delicate for heavy debris. The shop vac’s powerful motor and its larger, tougher hose are made to handle those nuts and bolts, and its tank can take in water. On the other hand, the regular vacuum is only made for reasonable amounts of dirt, dust, and crumbs in the home.

    Q: Can you use a shop vac as a regular vacuum?

    You can use a shop vac as a regular vacuum, and accessories and attachments are available to make that easier. However, a regular upright vacuum is easier to move across floors and rugs to clean up day-to-day dust and dirt. While you can substitute the regular vacuum for a shop vacuum in a pinch, they’re best left for the bigger messes that a regular vacuum can’t handle.

    Q: Which shop vacuum has the strongest suction?

    The suction on a shop vac relies on the strength of its motor. The strongest shop vacs have roughly 5-6.5 peak horsepower. Factoring in some other features, like the quality of the air filters and the size of the tank, sets these vacs apart from each other. The aforementioned Ridgid WD1450 and the Craftsman 12007 are notably among the shop vacs with the strongest suction at 6.5 HP and boast 14-16 gallon tanks, making them the strongest shop vacuums for big jobs.

    Final thoughts on the best shop vacs

    A shop vacuum is a versatile piece of equipment—the cleaning equipment you never knew you needed. They provide a quick and easy way to clean up the messes you once thought were impossible. Make a list of the features that are most important to you—Do you want them to be portable? Is power the biggest factor? Do you need a shop vac for a car?—and determine which is the best shop vac for you. It’s hard to go wrong, and many affordable options are available. This is a purchase you won’t regret. Happy cleaning!

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best shop vacs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best file cabinets of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-file-cabinets/ Wed, 28 Apr 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=361716
    A lineup of the best file cabinets
    Amanda Reed

    If you’ve got paperwork here, there, and everywhere, get a file cabinet to get yourself organized, stat.

    The post The best file cabinets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of the best file cabinets
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Black metal file cabinet with two drawers Lorell SOHO 18-Deep Two-Drawer File Cabinet 
    SEE IT

    A no-fuss, no-frills file cabinet is perfect for keeping documents organized.

    Best three-drawer The INTERGREAT 3 Drawer Rolling File Cabinet is the best 3 drawer filing cabinet INTERGREAT Locking Three-Drawer Filing Cabinet
    SEE IT

    You don’t have to sacrifice style for organization with this three-drawer file cabinet.

    Best wooden The Devaise 3 Drawer Rolling File Cabinet with Lock is the best wooden file cabinet DEVAISE Three-Drawer Rolling File Cabinet with Lock
    SEE IT

    This wooden file cabinet blends into decor and rolls for ease of use.

    Life comes with inevitable office detritus that still should be stored in a file cabinet. While more and more of modern life is going digital, there are still bills, birth certificates, warranties, tax records and returns, the deed to your house, etc., that need to be filed in some secure storage space. The key to keeping your important documents organized and easy to find—and stopping them from taking over your living space—is to find the filing system for your particular needs. The great news is, unlike the austere rectangles of yore, the best file cabinets can be super stylish to amp up your interior decor instead of detracting from it.

    Even if they’re more concentrated on function than form, filing cabinets are more a boon than a burden. While it may sound counterintuitive, dedicating this space can help free up space, so check out our selections for the best file cabinets.

    How we chose the best file cabinets

    File cabinets don’t just hold any old papers—they protect important documents that ensure we can live our lives to the fullest. They also allow us to revisit important memories if they’re used to store film. This means there’s a lot at stake when it comes to distinguishing the finest file cabinets from the flops. Plus, storing things physically looks a lot different than storing things online. In our judging, we took the number of drawers, materials, wheels, fireproofing, and design into consideration. We also looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted heavy research to choose the best file cabinets.

    The best file cabinets: Reviews & Recommendations

    Most of us think of office cabinets as pieces that belong at, well, the office. But with more and more people working from home, and the traditional workday moving from eight hours to reachable all the time, having dedicated home office furniture for your work documents can add a real peace of mind—and allow you to distinctly delineate your work-life balance (even when they’re technically in the same place). Here are the best file cabinets that can make it easier to establish a filing system organized from A to Zen.

    Best overall: Lorell SOHO 18-Deep Two-Drawer File Cabinet 

    Lorell

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Lock: Yes
    • Dimensions: 14.5 x 18 x 24 inches
    • Number of drawers: N/A
    • Wheels: No

    Pros

    • Made of sturdy steel
    • A built-in lock ensures security
    • Deep for papers for all sizes

    Cons

    • Heavy

    At 2 feet high, this file cabinet is a no-fuss solution that fits easily in your home office. It features two drawers that open and close easily thanks to its glide suspension. Its 18-inch depth fits most papers and folders. Weighing 19 pounds and without wheels, you’ll want to place this somewhere you plan to keep it. However, this is a fuss-and-frills-free file cabinet that is perfect for keeping important documents organized. An included key lock means you can keep them secure if need be.

    Best wooden: DEVAISE Three-Drawer Rolling File Cabinet with Lock

    DEVAISE

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Lock: Yes
    • Dimensions: 17.7 x 15.5 x 25.8 inches
    • Number of drawers: 3
    • Wheels: Yes

    Pros

    • Two stationary drawers
    • Lock-in-place casters
    • Stable and strong

    Cons

    • Technically has only one drawer to store documents

    If you’re looking for a stylish file cabinet that is as secure as it is beautiful, look no further than this wooden file cabinet on wheels. Five anti-tipping, swiveling, lock-in-place casters make this one easy to move from room to room but stable enough to stay put wherever it lands. No handles give it a modern look. Two stationery drawers and one filing drawer that fit letter-size hanging folders hold up to 55 pounds each. Ball bearings ensure the drawers open and shut smoothly. Plus, one lock secures all three drawers. Security and style aren’t sacrificed with this wooden file cabinet.

    Best three-drawer: INTERGREAT Locking Three-Drawer Filing Cabinet

    INTERGREAT

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Lock: Yes
    • Dimensions: 19.8 x 15.7 x 25 inches
    • Number of drawers: 3
    • Wheels: Yes

    Pros

    • Stylist
    • Durable
    • Adjustable hanger

    Cons

    • Technically has only one drawer to store documents

    This unique filing cabinet looks like a furniture piece straight from “The Jetsons” and is sure to be a stylish addition to your office. Two stationery drawers let you store office supplies and other essentials—hello, snack drawer. The bottom third drawer of this cabinet features an adjustable hanger that’s perfect for folders for ultimate document organization. Inset handles and ball bearings make the drawers easy to open and close. The entire unit can hold up to 330 pounds, making it pretty but tough. Plus, it’s treated with eco-friendly powder to keep it corrosion, rust, and damage-free after purchase.

    Best for small spaces: COASTER Brennan 3-Drawer Reversible Office Deck

    Coaster Home Furnishings

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Lock: No
    • Dimensions: 23.5 x 47.25 x 30 inches
    • Number of drawers: 3
    • Wheels: No

    Pros

    • Built-in desk
    • Neutral colors match many color schemes
    • Can hold legal documents

    Cons

    • Heavy

    There’s no need to get a separate desk with this cabinet-tabletop combination, making it perfect for your small home office. This simple setup, with a silver steel frame, is the perfect combination of form and function at a relatively reasonable price point. It comes in a weathered grey to go with any color scheme and includes two storage drawers and one file cabinet with Euro glides (it can hold letter/legal/A4 files). Simply add a desk chair and you’re ready to get to work. However, it’s a little on the heavy side at 72.6 pounds.

    Best fireproof: Fireking Turtle Fireproof File Cabinet 

    FireKing

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Lock: Yes
    • Dimensions: 22.13 x 17.75 x 52.75 inches
    • Number of drawers: 4
    • Wheels: No

    Pros

    • Legal-size drawers
    • Incredibly durable
    • Scratch-resistant finish

    Cons

    • Expensive

    Get ultimate peace of mind with this ultra-protective fireproof file cabinet. All four letter/legal-size drawers of this tower are deep enough and equipped to hang folders (no extra accessories required). A key lock stores everything inside securely, and a scratch-resistant finish keeps the outside free of damage too. The fireproof insulation is 100% gypsum reinforced by a 1-inch x 2-inch lattice made of 14-gauge galvanized welded steel wire, providing safety in case of fire, impact, or explosion. Although it is expensive, it’s a worthwhile investment if you’re looking to store important documents and know that they’ll stay safe.

    Best budget: Aesthetic File Organizer Box 

    ZICOTO

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Lock: No
    • Dimensions: ‎15.95 x 13.1 x 10.2 inches
    • Number of drawers: N/A
    • Wheels: N/A

    Pros

    • Cheap
    • Looks less intimidating than a standard file cabinet
    • Collapsible when not in use

    Cons

    • Might need something sturdier if looking for a long-term solution

    You don’t have to spend a lot of money to stay organized thanks to this cheap file box. The best part of these space-saving linen cabinets is that when you’re not using them, they collapse down to a slim, flat square for easy storage. Built-in handles make them easy to move around, and a card slot allows you to label each box so you can easily find what you’re looking for. Note that when hanging files are present, you won’t be able to use the lid. 

    What to consider when buying the best file cabinets

    At their root, all filing cabinets do the same thing: file. But finding the best file cabinets for you has everything to do with your particular needs and preferences. Do you want something on wheels that can be moved from room to room? What about something fireproof for incredibly important, sensitive documents? Are you looking for a two-drawer, three-drawer, or four-drawer file cabinet? Do you need an option that locks? Do you like the austere, all-business look of a metal filing system, or would you prefer something a bit warmer, like wood? Do you like the classic straight-up-and-down vertical filing system, or do you prefer lateral file cabinets, which feature drawers on the wide side? Perhaps even instead of searching for one that fits your desk, you want to purchase a cabinet that comes with a desk! 

    If you’re looking for some serious office organization, here is what you should know about choosing the best file cabinet:  

    Material

    There’s a reason metal filers have been around for so long. First and foremost, they’re sturdy and durable, and they can also be lighter than some other materials, such as wood. What you sacrifice is style: For the most part, metal file cabinets look like, well, metal file cabinets. But if aesthetics aren’t your main concern and you just want a safe place to organize important papers, you really can’t go wrong with a steel style.

    Aesthetics

    If aesthetics are important to you and you’re turned off by the austere look of metal, there are plenty of other good-looking options. Wood pieces have the look of regular furniture, so they blend seamlessly with the rest of your furnishings and don’t scream “filing cabinet.” The only downside is that you may have to pay a bit more to get the look, and they get heavy quickly. There are also some cool metal file cabinets out there that look modern thanks to rounded corners and a unique design.

    Movement

    If movement is important to you, be sure to pick a style that has 360-degree wheels for maximum ease. They move in every direction and on most surfaces, so whether you’ve got hardwood floors or wall-to-wall carpeting, you should be all set. The good news is that many cabinet models—in loads of styles—feature casters, so it’s not hard to find a pick that’s right for you and also rolls with it, baby.  

    All-in-one vs. standalone

    The greatest part about buying a minimalist all-in-one desk with a file cabinet is that you get the best of both worlds: a work surface plus a place to store your important papers without the cumbersome design of a solid desk with multiple drawers. Plus, you know all the pieces will match, and you won’t have to worry about measuring to make sure the cabinet clears the desk. It’s by far the easiest way to incorporate a filing system into your desk.

    Fireproofing

    A combination of fireproof insulation and metal is what makes a file cabinet resistant to flames and smoke. Look for a cabinet with a UL (Underwriters Laboratories) rating that corresponds with what you need to protect: 350 for paper, 150 for tapes and film, 125 for floppy disks (the numbers correspond to the heat resistance the cabinet can provide; e.g., a UL Class 350 can withstand 350 degrees Fahrenheit for one hour). These are not cheap, but if what you’re storing is priceless (or at least extremely difficult to replace), shelling out now for a cabinet that will protect you later is a worthwhile investment.

    Budget

    You can be on your way to a more organized life for less than $50. Perhaps you won’t get something as heavy-duty as an old-school filer, but you can certainly create your own system using lots of freestanding file boxes. In fact, a filing system comprised of affordable separate boxes gives you flexibility: You can store some boxes in one room, others in another, hide some away in a closet … they’re actually a great option for anyone looking for a little more latitude in the way they store. 

    FAQs

    Q: How much do file cabinets cost?

    A basic storage box will run you around $10-$20, but a fireproof file cabinet will cost you more than $1,000. However, a standard office file cabinet ranges from $100-$175.

    Q: Are steel file cabinets fireproof?

    No, steel file cabinets are not necessarily fireproof. Only cabinets that are insulated specifically to stop fire from getting in and have a suitable UL rating for whatever you’re storing are considered fireproof. The absolute most important thing to check for is proper insulation, which slows down the fire’s encroachment on the inside of the cabinet. 

    Q: Do lateral file cabinets hold more?

    The drawers of a lateral file cabinet extend from the long horizontal side, meaning that they can hold more than traditional vertical pieces. The tradeoff is that they also take up more room and aren’t designed to fit under a desk. They’re perfect for anyone with room to spare and/or lots of free wall space.

    Q: What is the difference between legal- and letter-size file cabinets?

    Letter-size paper is 8.5 by 11 inches; legal is 8.5 by 14 inches. Most cabinets can accommodate letter-size paper (it’s the most common size, similar to A4). If you use mostly legal-size paper or you’re not sure, be on the safe side and invest in office organization that will fit both.

    Final thoughts on the best file cabinets

    The best news about being ready to buy any filing system is that it means you’re on your way to a less cluttered life. Once you’ve committed to office organization, you just need to figure out the features you want and need in your filing cabinets—wheels, sleek design, versatility, lateral drawers—and get shopping for other office furniture to keep your work-from-home set-up clean and efficient.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best file cabinets of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best mattresses of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-mattress/ Tue, 06 Jul 2021 09:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-mattress/
    The best mattress on a bed frame in a bedroom
    Ty Carlson via Unsplash

    Sleep sounder when you have a mattress that conforms to your body, releases tension, and provides quality rest.

    The post The best mattresses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best mattress on a bed frame in a bedroom
    Ty Carlson via Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best memory foam mattress Tuft & Needle Mint Queen Mattress - Extra Cooling Adaptive Foam with Ceramic Gel Beads and Edge Support - Supportive Pressure Relief is the best memory foam mattress. Tuft & Needle Mint Mattress
    SEE IT

    This foam pick is constructed with multiple layers to provide a strong base, along with ceramic beads that support and a cooling gel to keep you at the perfect temperature all night long.

    Best hybrid mattress Casper Original Hybrid Mattress is the best hybrid mattress on the market. Casper Original Hybrid Mattress
    SEE IT

    With Zone SupportTM technology, you can rest easy knowing this mattress will allow for optimal spine alignment while allowing for air circulation and durable coil support.

    Best budget mattress Zinus 12 Inch Foam and Spring Mattress Zinus Memory Green Mattress
    SEE IT

    This affordable memory foam mattress offers three layers of foam to conform to the body, allow for airflow, and provide base support.

    What better way to start your morning than by showing up well-rested. While we can’t always control the stress in our daily lives, we can control the quality and comfort of our beds by taking time to select the best mattress for our bodies. The right bed will provide you with optimal support and comfort. Whether you prefer a firm support or a plush, soft mattress, you can choose from lots of options in many price ranges.

    With new technology and developments in sleep science, we know more about what it takes to get a good night’s sleep. Traditional coil innerspring models have evolved, and modern designs come with foam materials that can literally shape around our bodies. With cooling gels, foam, plush pillow tops, and breathable materials, we can stay cool, relaxed, and comfortable all through the night. What’s more, you’re no longer stuck shopping in stores with pushy salespeople. The best mattress can show up at your doorstep, once you decide on the best option for you.

    Things to consider when shopping for the best mattress

    The mattress marketplace is full of options. With hundreds of models and manufacturers, finding the right choice can feel overwhelming. You can pick from traditional and new materials and price points that range from reasonable to a splurge. Also, consider what type of comfort and support you want. While you should ideally try the model out in person, many online purchases come with free trials and easy returns. Finally, you should understand the construction and materials used. You want your mattress to be durable and retain its shape for many years.

    Innerspring vs. memory foam

    First, you should understand the difference between innerspring vs. memory foam. Traditional mattresses are designed with what is called innerspring construction, which is made with steel coils arranged in various configurations. While some manufacturers advertise that the more coils the better the support—and therefore the better the quality—it’s important to consider the gauge of metal used in these springs. Thinner-gauge metal may not be as durable as a thicker gauge. Some are designed with a Bonnell-style coil or hourglass shape, a continuous wire coil, or individually pocketed springs. You can find highly rated mattresses made with all of these coil styles.

    Why does it matter? Coil construction is responsible for the bounciness. The top of the innerspring construction mattresses can include special layers of cushioning, such as a pillow top layer or infused gel. Shifting positions tends to be easy with innerspring mattresses due to the bouncy quality. Foam layers and plush pillow tops added to the top help suppress the bounce by absorbing some of the vibrations.

    Memory foam mattress pros and cons

    Many today are completely constructed out of foam. The memory foam mattress was invented in the 1960s, designed to soften when you lie on it and mold to your body. Once you get up, it springs back to its original shape. The top models use foam to relieve pressure in areas of the body that may hold tension. This malleable material conforms to the body and is made with good motion isolation, which is convenient for couples. What’s more, the cost of these varies from budget to high end. That said, some negative attributes associated with some foam construction mattresses include an initial “off-gas” chemical smell that will dissipate after a few days of being set up and lack of bounce. The foam can also trap body heat.

    Though many manufacturers use polyurethane to create their foam layers, others use latex as well. Some include both (so be wary if you have sensitivities). Specific foams offer cooling, support, and pressure relief. Additional varieties include high-density polyfoam, high-resiliency polyfoam, open-cell memory foam, gel memory foam, and varieties of latex foam.

    A hybrid mattress combines both coils and foam

    Hybrid mattresses are made with both traditional construction (metal innerspring coil) and modern materials like foams and gels. They’re great for people who want the best of both styles of mattress. A hybrid has the sturdy support of the innerspring coil, better edge support, and durability along with the signature bounce. However, hybrids also incorporate the many benefits of new technology. Modern foam options offer superior comfort with the ability to mold to your body and relieve pressure in joints and muscles. Adding layers of foam or gel on top of the traditional base provides support and flexibility.

    One of the complaints associated with foam-style mattresses is that it can be difficult getting in and out of bed. Sometimes the softness (lack of bounce) and molding quality can make the edge of the bed seemingly collapse when you sit on it. With an innerspring coil, you get some edge support and bounce that makes sitting on bed and getting out of bed easier.

    Is pain relief a major consideration for you?

    The big question: Will it help you get a good night’s sleep? They will ensure that you wake up without any additional aches and pains and feel truly rested. The best mattress for back pain relief is a combination of flexibility and durability. It will conform to your body and provide full-body relief, but be supportive enough to not sink or sag.

    People seeking pain relief should also consider temperature. Cooling fabrics, gels, and breathable fabrics will allow for an ideal sleeping experience with plenty of airflow. Look for ergonomic designs such as gel pads that help to align the spine, provide softer support under the shoulders, and firmer support around the hips and lower back.

    How long do you want your mattress to last?

    Anyone who has spent a night tossing and turning in a friend’s basement on their ancient, broken mattress understands the importance of durability. The more durable the materials and construction, the more comfortable nights you will enjoy. Better quality spring construction will provide years of solid but flexible support. Look for foam that can withstand years conforming to the body, while remaining adaptable enough to return to its original shape after you get up.

    The amount of wear and tear put on the bed is just one factor that affects its lifespan. A rarely used mattress in a seasonal beach house will last longer than one a child jumps on every night. Laboratories test this durability with simulations of normal use and offer an idea of how well they will hold up in time. The longer a mattress is able to retain its original shape, height, firmness, and side/back support, the more durable it is. A mattress that can withstand eight or more years of wear and tear earns a high rating of durability.

    Best memory foam mattress: Tuft & Needle Mint Mattress

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    This memory foam mattress is made with multiple layers of foam to form a strong base, ceramic gel beads for support, and a cooling gel inside the mattress. The top layer uses T&N Adaptive foam, which contours to your shape and releases tension in your limbs. What’s more, it is swathed in a breathable cover to help cool the body. And you can rest easy knowing that this model is Greenguard Gold- and Certi PUR-certified, which means it’s free from harmful chemicals.

    Best hybrid mattress: Casper Original Hybrid Mattress

    Casper

    SEE IT

    This hybrid Casper mattress uses Zone SupportTM that allows for optimal spinal alignment. On top of that, breathable foam helps to circulate air and release heat, so you don’t get too hot at night. The final touch? Innerspring coils add lift, bounce, and border support to the base.

    Best mattress for back pain relief: Casper Sleep Wave Foam Mattress

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Looking for some relief? This all-foam mattress was created to help alleviate aches while you sleep. Designed with SupportTM Max, which uses softer foam around the shoulders and encourages healthy spinal alignment, this option is an excellent choice for people with back pain. What’s more, cooling technology reduces the retention of heat within the foam. And supportive gel pads in the middle to provide additional cushion for the spine. Click here for our review of the Casper Wave Hybrid mattress.

    Best mattress for durability: Nod Hybrid by Tuft & Needle

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    This Tuft & Needle mattress offers a hybrid construction, with layers of adaptive foam, slow recovery foam, and a layer of pocket coils with a foam base. It’s topped with a stay-cool material to prevent the heat that is associated with some foam mattresses. The hybrid style allows for the bounce and structure of a traditional models combined with the muscle-relaxing comfort of modern memory foam.

    Best mattress brands to know

    Casper

    Casper Sleep became a publicly-traded company in 2020, after Phillip Krim and partners launched the brand in being launched in 2014. The company began as an online mattress company that later opened brick-and-mortar stores in 2019. Casper has become known for its bold, funny marketing campaigns and their comfortable foam-construction-based mattresses, which are shipped shrink-wrapped in small boxes. They also sell bed frames, sheets, pillows, and sleep accessories.

    Tuft & Needle

    Tuft and Needle is a new company, started in 2012 by software engineers JT Marino and Daehee Park. The pair were looking to change the way mattresses are purchased, by promoting a customer-centric, online-only company (they felt traditional mattress companies were manipulative and unpleasant). Their goal was to craft a shopping experience that was honest, and was based on feedback from customers all at fair prices. The company grew, and with that success was recently purchased by the industry leader Serta Simmons Bedding in 2018.

    Beautyrest

    Beautyrest has been around since the 1870s. Its part of Serta Simmons, which assembles products in manufacturing plants across North America. In 1925, Beautyrest helped pioneer the mass-produced mattress market, with a new technology called the Pocketed Coil. This innovation provided individual support along with motion separation. In 1958, Simmons was the first manufacturer to offer queen and king-sized mattress sizes. Today, Beautyrest still offers the highest-quality innerspring-style mattresses, while incorporating emerging technology.

    Best on a budget: What you get for under $300

    Not looking to spend a lot? Typically you can find deals on foam mattresses; prices get lower as the size and thickness get smaller. The Zinus Memory Green Mattress, for example, is full size and measures 12 inches thick for under $300. This budget pick is made with three layers of foam to conform to the body, allow for airflow, and provide base support. The makers compress and ship it in a small box that expands within 72 hours of opening the package.

    A final word on buying a mattress

    Buying a mattress doesn’t have to involve hours of in-person shopping and haggling with salespeople. Now you can search hundreds of styles online, and order them to your doorstep without hassle. Understanding the needs of your body as well as the materials and construction will help you pick a brand and model. Then find the best mattress and look forward to restful nights and serenity ahead.

    The post The best mattresses of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best garden tillers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-garden-tiller/ Thu, 29 Jul 2021 10:51:34 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=385074
    A man with white skirt and jeans planting in an empty land with soil.
    Jed Owen, Unsplash

    Up your greenspace’s game with the best garden tillers out there.

    The post The best garden tillers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A man with white skirt and jeans planting in an empty land with soil.
    Jed Owen, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best cordless tiller The Sun Joe TJW24C is the best cordless power tiller. Sun Joe TJW24C 24-Volt Cordless Telescoping Power Weeder
    SEE IT

    This one has everything: It’s powerful, easy to maneuver, and won’t break the bank.

    Best mini tiller The Earthquake 12802 MC440 Mini Cultivator is the best mini garden tiller. Earthquake 12802 MC440 Mini Cultivator
    SEE IT

    This easy-start model is ergonomic and quiet.

    Best hand tiller The Yard Butler Twist Tiller is the best hand garden tiller. Yard Butler Twist Tiller Heavy-Duty Manual
    SEE IT

    Old-school hand tiller that runs on pure elbow grease.

    Inch by inch, row by row, you can make that garden grow. A healthy green space requires the right garden tools. Your first job? Finding the best garden tillers. A garden tiller breaks up and aerates hard soil so you can use it for planting. You can go the old-school hand tiller route, which is what it sounds like (you hold it in your hand, it tills). Or you can add something to your yard tools that requires a little less effort, like an electric, battery-powered, or gas tiller. If your green thumb is itching to get to work, any one of these babies will get the job done, at lots of different price points. 

    The best garden tillers: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best cordless: Sun Joe TJW24C Cordless Power Weeder

    Sun Joe

    SEE IT

    For a reasonable price, with the Sun Joe TJW24C Cordless Power Weeder, you get a 250-watt motor and 10 durable steel tines that you can easily steer in narrow spaces on one wheel. At just 4.5 pounds, it won’t strain your back, and a rechargeable battery means you’re free to go wherever you want. 

    Best mini: Earthquake 12802 MC440 Mini Cultivator

    EARTHQUAKE

    SEE IT

    Optional add-on accessories like edger and dethatcher kits make the already versatile Earthquake 12802 MC440 Mini Cultivator even more robust. Because it operates without gas or oil, it’s also better for the environment than some other models.

    Best gas: Tazz 35310 2-in-1 Front-Tine Tiller/Cultivator

    TAZZ

    SEE IT

    For its weight, the Tazz 35310 2-in-1 Front-Tine Tiller/Cultivator maneuvers surprisingly well, and the handlebar adjusts to four different heights for maximum ergonomic comfort. Toggle back and forth between a 21-inch tilling width and smaller cultivating widths (16 inches or 11 inches) for more micro jobs. You will, however, have to make sure to gas it up like a car.

    Best hand: Yard Butler Twist Tiller Heavy-Duty Manual

    Yard Butler

    SEE IT

    This old-school tiller-cultivator combo weighs just 4.5 pounds, so it’s not too heavy to carry around (though, all the work you’ll be doing will be manual, so the weight may add up more quickly than you think). Users like the Yard Butler Twist Tiller’s ability to weed and get around hard-to-reach places, like flowerbeds and shrubs.

    Best budget: Earthwise TC70001 Corded Electric Tiller

    Earthwise

    SEE IT

    At just 2.2 pounds and with an ergonomic grip, you won’t break your back (or your bank account) as you till and cultivate your garden. For extra ease, it starts with a single-lever switch, but a cord means you’re confined to a certain amount of space (i.e. this isn’t great for large plots of land). 

    What to consider when shopping for the best garden tillers

    Especially if you’re new to gardening, the first step in purchasing gear is to know exactly what you need, and that includes your tillers. It sounds simple enough—a tiller is a tool that breaks up soil—but garden tillers come in all shapes and sizes (and power modes and prices). Here’s how to tell your rear-tine tiller from your front-tine tiller from your hand tiller.

    Do you know what kind of tiller you need?

    Here is the Cliffs Notes rundown on tillers: Rear-tine tillers (which have blades at the back of the machine) are more hard-core than front-tine tillers (which have blades at the front). On a front-tine model, the wheels are behind the blades, making it easier to navigate, especially in small or narrow areas. Rear-tine options are better for harder, craggier, rockier soil, and are typically hardier and heavier (and therefore slightly more difficult to maneuver). A vertical tine tiller cuts forward instead of downward (unlike rear and front models), so it’s speedy—but also typically more expensive. A mini tine tiller is the smallest (and therefore lightest) of the rototillers (or powered bunch), making it perfect for weeding. Finally, a hand tiller operates by hand, making it the most affordable but also the one that takes the most effort. If you just need your tiller for minimal weeding or cultivating, a hand tiller will do. Anything more laborious than that (like breaking up very hard soil) will be a pain in the butt without some power. Beyond those types, you also need to consider what kind of power you want: none, electric, battery, or gas.

    What are the pros and cons of a gas tiller vs. an electric or battery-powered tiller?

    A gas tiller is powerful, so it’s great for any job that needs major muscle. The downside is that it’s also heavy and requires fuel (which is not only an added expense but not great for the environment). Battery-powered and electric tillers are not as powerful, but you also don’t have to worry about making sure you’re gassed up. (And you won’t pollute the environment as much.) With a battery model, you’ll have to remember to recharge before using; with a corded model, you can’t roam as freely.

    Are you sure you don’t want a cultivator?

    The main difference between a tiller and a cultivator is that the latter is for mixing soft soil, not breaking up soft soil. The truth is you may want both—and some models are a tiller and cultivator in one—but the purpose of a cultivator is to make loose soil even finer to prep it for planting. (First you till, then you cultivate.) Some models function as both a garden tiller and a cultivator, so if you’re not sure what you need—or you are sure that you need both a tiller and a cultivator—there are options for you too.

    Are you particular to any garden-tool brands?

    If you are, there’s good news. The Mantis tiller, Earthquake tiller, Craftsman tiller, and Stihl tiller are all quality choices at a variety of price points. 

    FAQs

    Q: What kind of tiller do I need for my garden?

    The kind of tiller you need depends on the kind of garden you have. If you have hard-to-break-up soil, consider a rear-tine tiller or vertical-tine tiller. If your soil is softer, a front-tine tiller will likely suffice. (If you mostly want to use your tiller for mixing soil and planting, consider a cultivator instead, or a combo tiller-cultivator model). In addition, think about whether you want power (i.e. a rototiller) and if you do, whether you want that to be gas, plug-in, or battery. (There are pros and cons to each.) If you want to garden like your ancestors did, a hand tiller will suffice (and you’ll get a workout to boot).

    Q: What is the best small garden tiller?

    If you’re working with a smaller patch of grass, you need something that maneuvers easily, can get into small spaces, and is relatively lightweight. If you don’t mind something non-electric, a simple, old-school hand tiller will get the job done. If you want a rototiller, consider a single-wheel design so you can get around narrow corners and into hard-to-reach nooks and crannies.

    Q: Will a tiller break up clay soil?

    A tiller will break up clay soil as long as it’s the right tiller. If you specifically need a tiller for clay, make sure to invest in a rear-tine tiller or vertical tiller, which is heftier than a front-tine tiller and will get the job done. 

    The final word on shopping for the best garden tillers

    The best garden tiller for you may not be the best one for your neighbor. Once you determine your budget and particular needs and wants in a soil tiller—power or no power, type of power, type of tines—you can get to work perfecting your verdant oasis. Turns out it is easy being green!

    The post The best garden tillers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best tool boxes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-tool-boxes/ Thu, 07 Apr 2022 21:00:04 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=432272
    Best toolboxes composited
    Stan Horaczek

    Keep your tools safe, organized, and secure during transportation or long-term storage with the right tool box.

    The post The best tool boxes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best toolboxes composited
    Stan Horaczek

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall DeWalt Tough System is the best tool box. DeWalt Tough System
    SEE IT

    This tool box protects your tools from rain, snow, and other sources of water on the job site with a built-in water seal.

    Best rolling Keter Mobile Hawk Tool Box System is the best rolling tool box. Keter Mobile Hawk System
    SEE IT

    This stackable pair of tool boxes has a set of durable wheels built into the base, making them easy to move around.

    Best budget DEWALT TSTAK Tool Box, Deep is the best budget toolbox. DeWalt TSTAK, Deep
    SEE IT

    Take advantage of the deep storage compartment to keep bulky power tools safe when they are not in use.

    Every home needs a tool box, but choosing the best one can be tricky. Almost every large tool manufacturer also produces at least one, which is why it’s easy to spot a Rigid, Craftsman, or Husky box given that these brands are popular options in many home improvement stores. With a wide range of options to choose from, it’s important to take your time, decide on the size, storage options, mobility, and type of box that you want or need for your workshop.

    Keep in mind that the best tool box for your purposes may not be the largest or most expensive option. Instead, look for a storage solution that is easy to move, spacious enough for all of your tools, and flexible enough to keep everything organized and easy to grab when you’re deep in a project. The best tool boxes will save you time, which is essential if you need to quickly grab something in the middle of a project.

    How we chose the best tool boxes

    Years of first-hand experience in the plumbing trade and as both a project manager and DIYer helped to form the basis for the selection criteria. Extensive research into each product helped us determine the dimensions, carrying capacity, construction, and if there were any useful additional features like storage compartments, extendable handles, or wheels. 

    We started with a list of more than 30 different boxes, including top options like DeWalt, Keter, Stalwart, and even a Westward. However, only the best models in each category were selected for this list. Extra options that helped products stand out from competitors included waterproofing, a stackable design, and built-in locks or locking clasps that could be used to prevent others from opening the box.

    The best tool boxes: Reviews & Recommendations

    By assessing the best tool boxes for multiple types of jobs at every available price point our recommendations cover all the bases for most people. In some cases you may want to get a couple of tool boxes—one that stays at home, and one to leave in your car, for example—to suit all of your needs.

    Best overall: DeWalt Tough System

    DEWALT

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This tool box is made with lightweight, durable structural foam and features an integrated water seal to improve water resistance.

    Specs

    • Type: Hand-Carry
    • Material: Metal and structural foam
    • Dimensions: 21.7 x 13.1 x 12.1 inches

    Pros

    • IP65 water-resistance and dust-resistance
    • Deep compartment for power tool storage
    • Durable, corrosion-resistant structural foam design
    • Metal locking brackets

    Cons

    • Carrying it increases user fatigue

    The DEWALT Tool Box is a medium-sized hand-carry case that’s a great choice for home use or on a busy job site. It comes with a deep storage compartment that is large enough to fit a drill, saw, or a cordless tool battery and a charger. Sitting on top of this compartment is a removable tray where users can store hand tools, like screwdrivers, wrenches, or a hammer. The tray doesn’t have any dividers, so it isn’t the best choice for carrying small fittings or fasteners.

    This box employs the DeWalt Tough System, which essentially means that it’s made with durable structural foam that protects against impact damage, cuts, slices, dust, and water. The box features an integrated water seal that keeps water out so the tools stay dry, even while working in the rain or dealing with a flood at a plumbing job. 

    It measures 21.7 inches by 13.1 inches by 12.1 inches and weighs just 9.5 pounds. Made with metal locking brackets and awarded an IP65 water and dust resistance rating, this is an excellent option for DIYers and professionals. Just keep in mind that it doesn’t have wheels, so users will need to carry the box. 

    Best rolling: Keter Mobile Hawk System

    Keter

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Don’t struggle to carry a tool box around the job site when this Keter tool box system comes with built-in wheels to improve portability.

    Specs

    • Type: Rolling
    • Material: Metal and plastic
    • Dimensions: 25.4 x 14.7 x 25 inches

    Pros

    • Two modular tool boxes
    • Wheeled design is easier to transport
    • Includes bungee cord hooks, securing straps, and metal latches
    • Extendable handle

    Cons

    • High price

    Hand-carry tool boxes can be tiresome to lug around, but the Keter Mobile Hawk System comes with a set of built-in wheels and an extendable handle that makes it easy to simply roll the boxes around the job site, down the driveway, or across almost any flat surface. 

    The spacious main compartment has plenty of room for larger power tools. It also has a second, smaller box that connects to the top of the chest with the included bungee cord hooks, securing straps, and metal latches. This second box is suitable for hand tools, like screwdrivers, wrenches, and hammers, as well as fasteners, like nails and screws. The product measures 25.4 inches by 14.7 inches by 25 inches and it’s made primarily of plastic, though the handles and clasps are metal. Expect to pay a little more for this than some other options on the list, but you’re basically getting two boxes in one. 

    Best organized: Stalwart Rolling Box

    Stalwart

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Sort and organize power tools, hands tools, fasteners, and other small items with this impressive rolling tool storage system.

    Specs

    • Type: Rolling
    • Material: Plastic
    • Dimensions: 17.5 x 10 x 24.5 inches

    Pros

    • Wheeled design
    • Two modular tool boxes
    • Durable, rust-resistant plastic construction
    • Many compartments and dividers for superior organization

    Cons

    • Light-duty product

    The Stalwart Rolling Tool Storage System includes a large, wheeled tool chest where power tools, extension cords, and other bulky items can reside, as well as a second box that connects to the top of the tool chest. The whole setup rolls easily across any flat surface. This Stalwart box measures 17.5 inches by 10 inches by 24.5 inches and it weighs 13.5 pounds due to the light-duty plastic construction. 

    While the light-duty plastic is vulnerable to impact damage—it won’t survive a fall down the stairs—it is resistant to water. Just keep in mind that the tool storage system is not watertight and water can still leak in through the seams or other openings. 

    The top box has several compartments and dividers so that hand tools, fasteners, washers, drill bits, screwdriver bits, zip ties, and a wide variety of other small accessories and parts can be neatly organized and stored securely for quick retrieval when necessary. 

    Best small: Milwaukee Modular Box

    MILWAUKEE’S

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Store hand tools, blades, fasteners, washers, drill bits, and more without sacrificing space with this compact tool box.

    Specs

    • Type: Hand-Carry
    • Material: Metal and plastic
    • Dimensions: 20.2 x 15.8 x 6.3 inches

    Pros

    • Thick, durable plastic construction
    • Multiple organizer trays
    • Narrow profile for easy transportation and storage
    • Metal locking brackets

    Cons

    • Carrying the tool box increases user fatigue

    This Milwaukee box measures just 20.2 inches by 15.8 inches by 6.3 inches because not every DIYer needs a ton of space. Its slim profile allows it to fit in narrow spaces, like behind the passenger seat in a car or it could slide onto a shelf in the garage. 

    Despite the small size, this impressive Milwaukee Modular Box contains several organizer trays with multiple compartments, as well as a central storage compartment that is deep enough to hold a battery charger, spare battery, and an impact driver. The hand-carry box weighs 11 pounds, and it’s made of tough, durable plastic with metal clasps to ensure the tools are secure when they are not in use. This product is part of a modular storage system, so additional Milwaukee modular storage options can be added to increase storage and mobility but, currently, users will need to carry this box around the home or the job site. 

    Best budget: DeWalt TSTAK, Deep

    DEWALT

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The affordable price and high-quality of this DeWalt tool box make it ideal for new and experienced DIYers.

    Specs

    • Type: Hand-Carry
    • Material: Metal and plastic
    • Dimensions: 17.8 x 13.3 x 12.6 inches

    Pros

    • Top-lid organizer for fasteners
    • Deep compartment for power tool storage
    • Affordable
    • Lightweight

    Cons

    • Carrying it increases user fatigue
    • No tool tray

    This lightweight, rugged toolbox weighs just eight pounds, which lightens the load when carrying one or more bulky power tools. It measures 17.8 inches by 13.3 inches by 12.6 inches and it’s made of plastic with durable metal clasps. Users can store small fasteners in the top-lid organizer, but the box does not come with a tool tray, so hand tools should stay in a different box.

    The DeWalt TSTAK Box is part of a modular line of DeWalt TSTAK products, including a four-wheel cart that can be used to improve the mobility of this box. It also has a long handle, so users don’t need to bend over as much to pick up the box, and it comes at an affordable choice, making it an attractive option for new and experienced DIYers. 

    Things to consider when buying the best tool boxes

    Before deciding on a box, it’s important to keep in mind that there is an incredible range of options to choose from because basic designs have been around for years. Consider the type, material, dimensions, and tool organization options to find the best box for your workshop.

    Tool box types

    There are several different kinds of boxes that can be used at home or on the job site, including a tool bag or tool bucket, a hand-carry box, a rolling box, and a truck-mounted box. 

    • Tool bags and tool buckets are often used by plumbers and electricians because they are ideal for holding a small number of specialized tools for common repair or installation jobs. These products are tough, durable choices that can be banged or bumped on walls, floors, and other objects without breaking and even the tool bags are made with cut-resistant fabric to prevent tools from tearing through the bottom or sides.
    • Hand-carry tool boxes traditionally fall into the classic tool box design, but you can find modern hand-carry tool boxes with a wide range of sizes, shapes, and compartments to keep your tools organized. Just keep in mind that you’ll have to carry it wherever you go, so make sure your forearms are up to the task.
    • Rolling tool boxes also come in a variety of sizes and shapes, but mobility is the one distinct advantage they have over hand-carry tool boxes. These products can be bigger and bulkier than a hand-carry tool box because they come equipped with a set of wheels that makes it easy to move the tool box around the workshop, garage, or job site.
    • Truck-mounted tool boxes are large, weather-resistant tool boxes that attach directly to the back of a pickup truck. These tool boxes are typically oversized, lockable steel boxes that are designed for carrying numerous power tools.

    Material 

    You can find boxes that are made of wood, plastic, or metal, though most wooden ones are now considered more of a novelty than their more practical plastic or metal counterparts. 

    • Metal tool boxes are heavier than plastic, though they tend to weigh the same or less than wood tool boxes. These products are also more durable than both wood or plastic options, allowing them to hold up admirably in both home and job site environments. Just keep in mind that metal tool boxes can rust if they are not properly maintained. They can also dent, which can impair their functionality.
    • Plastic tool boxes are lightweight and easy to carry. Many models come with wheels and extendable handles, making these products excellent options if you are looking for highly portable tool boxes. Plastic is also waterproof, though it is not as durable as metal or wood.
    • Wood tool boxes are not very popular, though some avid DIYers like to use them because they are heavy, durable, and won’t rust. This makes them ideal for long-term storage in a shed or garage, though metal tools left for long periods will still be susceptible to rusting. 

    Dimensions, drawers, and dividers

    The size of the box will be necessary to consider when it comes to the tools you want to store. If the box is too small, then there may be tools that don’t fit into the given space, while a box that is too large may be too difficult to move or lift. Also, keep in mind that if you want to take the tool box with you, then it will need to be able to fit into your vehicle. Similarly, it’s a good idea to make sure that the new box will have a suitable place in the workshop, shed, or garage that is out of the way of regular activity. 

    If you are looking for a box to carry large power tools, then drawers and dividers aren’t a big concern, but if you want to keep various hand tools, fasteners, and other small accessories, then it’s necessary to find a box with drawers, compartments, or dividers in order to neatly organize these smaller components.

    FAQs

    Q: How much does a good tool box cost?

    A good box can range significantly in cost because you can find a small high-quality product for just $15, but as the size of the box increases, the price also increases, even if the overall quality remains the same. With this in mind, a large box of similar quality can cost over $100, especially if it is made with any extra features like wheels, waterproofing, or a modular design that allows more than one box to neatly stack for easy transportation and storage.

    Q: How do you keep tools from rusting in a truck tool box?

    You don’t want to have to worry about rust when you put your tools away and slide the box into the shed, garage, or basement until you need them again, so before closing the box, drop a few pieces of chalk into the box to help absorb the moisture. Replace the chalk every couple of months to keep the moisture levels low and prevent your tools from rusting. 

    Q: What type of tool boxes are used to carry a variety of hand tools?

    A tool bag or tool bucket is a great choice if you are only carrying a few important hand tools for specific work, but if you need a box for a large number of hand tools, then it’s best to opt for a hand-carry, rolling, or truck-mounted box. It’s recommended to find a box with removable trays or compartments to store and organize your screwdrivers, wrenches, hammers, and other hand tools.

    Q: How much does a toolbox cost?

    This will depend on its size, purpose, and extra features. It’s possible to spend as little as $37 or close to $200 based on your needs.

    Final thoughts on the best tool boxes

    You don’t have to be particularly handy to need a toolbox. Even smaller home repairs are made simpler by collecting all of your tools in a single place. If your hammer is in your closet but your screwdriver is in your junk drawer, you’re going to waste valuable time. A toolbox is also a way to keep yourself a little more organized, which can never hurt. If you’re working in wet environments or outdoors, the DeWalt Tough System is a great choice, with thick structural foam walls and an integrated water seal. However, if you just want a tough, durable box for around the home, consider the affordable DeWalt TSTAK.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best tool boxes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best zero-turn mowers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-zero-turn-mower/ Fri, 05 Feb 2021 21:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=380865
    A man riding a mower in the middle of a green grass field with sunlight falling on it.
    Carnaby Gilany, Unsplash

    Take the best zero-turn lawn mower for a spin and never miss an inch of grass.

    The post The best zero-turn mowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A man riding a mower in the middle of a green grass field with sunlight falling on it.
    Carnaby Gilany, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall A product photo of the Husqvarna Z246 46 20HP Briggs and Stratton Zero Turn Lawn Mower Husqvarna MZ61 61 in. 27 HP Briggs & Stratton Hydrostatic Zero Turn Riding Mower
    SEE IT

    A comfortable way to cut the grass.

    Best budget A product photo of the Husqvarna Z242F 42 in. 18 HP Kawasaki Hydrostatic Zero Turn Riding Mower Husqvarna Z242F Zero-Turn Riding Mower
    SEE IT

    The best budget mower for big suburban yards.

    Best for first-timers A product photo of the Ariens APEX 48" Zero Turn Mower 23hp Kohler 7000 Series lawn mower Ariens APEX Zero-Turn Mower
    SEE IT

    A perfect entry-level riding mower.

    For large yards with tight corners and obstacles, nothing beats a zero-turn lawn mower. These agile mowers are powerful lawn-maintenance machines designed for maneuverability. The unique lever steering allows for complete 360-degree cutting, meaning no blade of grass is safe from the wide and nimble cutting deck. Today’s zero-turn lawn mowers are fuel-efficient and comfortable, with options and features to tackle just about any size yard. Residential zero-turn mowers are ideal for the suburbs. Larger commercial models are great for fields, golf courses, and hills. The best zero-turn lawn mowers run literal circles around the competition.

    How we chose the best zero-turn mowers

    Previously, we’ve searched for the top push mowers, the best riding lawn mowers, and some great cordless lawn mowers. That experience gave us very important background knowledge, which allowed us to have a little more nuance when finding excellent zero-turn mowers. We used personal testing, research, recommendations, reviews, and user impressions to find the best zero-turn mowers for all kinds of yards and users.

    The best zero-turn mowers: Reviews & Recommendations

    Which mower is best for you depends on your type of lawn. Any of these mowers will work wonders on a flat lawn. But if you have hills or big areas to cover, you’ll need a more specialized yard tool. Look for the size and features that work for your yard and your budget.

    Best overall: Husqvarna MZ61 61 in. 27 HP Briggs & Stratton Hydrostatic Zero Turn Riding Mower

    Husqvarna

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This mower easily transitions from mowing your own yard to commercial lawn work.

    Specs

    • Engine: 27 HP Briggs Endurance engine
    • Cutting deck: 61″
    • Weight: 770 lbs.

    Pros

    • Best-in-class cutting deck
    • Optional mulching kit and bagger attachment
    • Comfortable to handle

    Cons

    • No gas gauge

    Big yards need big power and the 27HP Husqvarna mower straddles the line between residential and commercial zero-turn lawn mowers. The wide 61-inch cutting deck gobbles up a big area of grass quickly. It handles great, even on small inclines, thanks to its commercial-rated hydraulic system. But be careful—there’s more oomph in this lawn mower than you might think. If you’re not paying attention, this powerful riding mower will get away from you. Practice first in a nice wide-open area so you get the feel of the controls, speed, and steering. A high-back seat with armrests, foam-padded handgrips, and vibration dampeners allows you to mow comfortably all day. If you have a yard larger than three acres and want a powerful lawn-cutting machine, the Husqvarna riding mower is a powerful option.

    Best for first-timers: Ariens APEX Zero-Turn Mower

    Ariens

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Step up your mowing game sans learning curve with this easy-to-use zero-turn mower.

    Specs

    • Engine: 23HP Kohler 7000 series engine
    • Cutting deck: 48″
    • Weight: 770 lbs.

    Pros

    • Good for smaller yards
    • Durable
    • East-to-use

    Cons

    • Reviewers note problems with warranty

    If you’re looking to replace your traditional lawn tractor or push mower, the Ariens zero-turn lawn mower is a fantastic upgrade. The 23HP Kohler 7000 series engine is strong and consistent. Great for yards smaller than three acres, the Ariens riding mower has a 48-inch cutting deck in its sturdy frame. It’s a residential zero-turn mower that’s as durable as some of the commercial mowers. Yet it’s not an overpowered, overpriced, over-complicated lawn tool. If you’re new to the world of zero-turn mowers, this is the perfect machine to give you comfortable, confident handling. 

    Best for comfort: Craftsman Z5200 20-HP V-Twin Dual Hydrostatic 42-in Zero-Turn Lawn Mower

    Craftsman

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This mower has built-in features to mow your entire lawn in comfort.

    Specs

    • Engine: 20 HP Kohler 7,000 twin-cylinder engine
    • Cutting deck: 42″
    • Weight: 600 lbs.

    Pros

    • Comfortable
    • Good for mowing flat surfaces with obstacles
    • Maneuverable

    Cons

    • No hour meter

    Riding mowers have come a long way in regards to comfort, and the Craftsman zero-turn riding mower is one of the most body-friendly yard tools out there. The high-back seat gives you much-needed support, especially if you’re cutting big areas. And the 20HP engine and 42-inch cutting deck give you enough power to chomp through up to three acres of grass. Cutting big yards can take time and that can take a toll on back muscles, so never overlook ergonomics. The rubber foot pad of this riding mower helps reduce the vibrations that can cause foot and leg pain. The steering bars feel great without being over-sensitive. This is not only a solid zero-turn lawn mower, it’s a comfortable outdoor throne. 

    Best for the pros: Swisher B&S Zero Turn Rider

    Swisher

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This professional-grade zero-turn lawn mower is a landscaper’s dream thanks to its safety, durability, and power.

    Specs

    • Engine: 24HP Briggs & Stratton engine
    • Cutting deck: 66″
    • Weight: 855 lbs.

    Pros

    • Eight-gallon fuel capacity
    • Safe handling
    • Good on inclines and embankments

    Cons

    • Expensive

    This is not the riding mower for everyone, but the Swisher zero turn tractor is one of the best commercial mowers you can get. If you’re starting a lawn care business or need to equip a lawn maintenance crew, this is a solid investment. The Swisher mower has a 24HP Briggs & Stratton engine. The zero-turn tractor can handle inclines and embankments. It’s dependable. It’s safe. And as big as it is, it handles great. You always feel in control of the 855-pound monster. The bad news? It’s not cheap. With a price tag soaring past $10,000 and another $3,000 for the cutting deck, this is not a typical piece of lawn equipment. This is a commercial-grade lawn mower with enough horsepower to mow an entire neighborhood, thanks to its 8-gallon fuel capacity.

    Best budget: Husqvarna Z242F Zero-Turn Riding Mower

    Husqvarna

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The cheapest zero-turn mower on our list features high-quality mechanics for well-manicured lawns.

    Specs

    • Engine: 18 HP Kawasaki engine
    • Cutting deck: 42″
    • Weight: 770 lbs.

    Pros

    • Great quality for the price
    • Reliable
    • Good for homeowners

    Cons

    • Not for larger yards

    Residential zero-turn lawn mowers are typically all in the same economic ballpark. You can expect to spend between $3,000 and $5,000 for a reliable riding mower. This Husqvarna is one of the cheapest zero-turn mowers, hovering around the low end of that spectrum, and is a great mower for the money. Husqvarna mowers are known for their quality, so even a lower-priced Husqvarna riding mower is a trusted, dependable machine. This zero-turn mower has a wide 42-inch cutting deck and a 18HP engine, putting it right in the middle of not being too weak and not being overpowered. If you have an acre of land to mow, there’s no need to spend money for extra size and power you’ll never need.

    What to consider when shopping for the best zero-turn mowers

    Are all riding mowers with lever steering the same? Not at all. Size, weight, horsepower, and fuel source are just a few of the things to look for when shopping for a zero-turn mower. Before opening up the wallet, understand how these mowers operate, how much they cost, and how much they can accomplish.

    The two types of zero-turn mowers: commercial and residential

    For years, zero-turn lawn mowers were only available as commercial yard equipment. Landscaping companies and groundskeeping crews who needed to tame and maintain large areas of grass used the big industrial lawn mowers. But, recently, residential zero-turn lawn mowers have given suburban homeowners the power and agility of lever steering. 

    The big difference between commercial and residential zero-turn mowers is power (and price). Commercial models are designed for big areas and constant use. They’re heavier, have wider cutting decks, and pack more horsepower. Residential zero-turn lawn mowers are smaller, easier to handle, and are better at once-a-week cutting. These lawn tools are less powerful, so hills can be challenging. But they still provide incredible maneuverability and handling at a much more affordable price. 

    What size zero-turn mower do I need for my yard size?

    For yards smaller than three acres, a residential zero-turn mower is the efficient, user-friendly way to go. If your lawn is larger, or you plan on using the mower on a daily basis, a commercial mower may be the best option.

    How much horsepower do you need?

    The best zero-turn mowers offer between 10HP and 25HP. But 10HP is only good for yards smaller than half an acre. And those mowers can’t handle inclines. For residential lawns up to three acres, 20HP to 25HP is perfect. In addition, zero-turn mowers tend to work well on hills up to a 15-degree incline. That said, any zero-turn lawn mower offering 25HP or more may be overpowered and overpriced for a typical suburban yard.

    Gas vs. electric lawn mowers

    Yes, there are electric, battery-operated zero-turn mowers on the market. And they do a pretty good job, especially for yards smaller than an acre. Battery-powered riding mowers are more than just noisy, angry golf carts. They have real cutting power and the technology is only getting better. 

    Electric riding mowers cost about the same as gas-powered models. You’re not saving money, but you are saving the planet while performing yard care. Electric mowers are more environmentally friendly since they don’t emit any exhaust fumes. But they do need batteries and that’s the biggest drawback. The battery on even the most energy-efficient electric mower can die quickly and recharging time will eat up your Saturday. If you don’t mind the limited battery life, or you plan on stocking up on backup batteries, electric mowers are just as good as gas-powered mowers. 

    Gas-powered mowers will be more powerful, but not by much. Gas mowers are also heartier machines that are better for riding over rough terrain and (mild) hills. Electric mowers aren’t good for commercial use, where horsepower and repeated use are a big concern. However, for flat lawns no bigger than an acre,  don’t overlook the electric machines as your best zero-turn riding mower.

    What size cutting deck do you need?

    The cutting deck houses the blades. But bigger isn’t always better. Zero-turn riding mowers start out with cutting decks measuring 32 inches and can go as large as 61 inches. The extra size is really only good if you’re cutting more than three acres of grass. While zero-turn mowers are made for tight turns and precise handling, a big mower is still a big mower and will be cumbersome in small yards. 

    If your yard has a lot of obstacles, such as trees and sheds, make sure the lawn mower is small enough to fit between the tight space. For suburban homes with about an acre of land, opt for a smaller mower with a cutting deck between 32 and 40 inches.

    Understand the steering and stopping

    The distinguishing feature of any zero-turn mower is the lever steering. There’s no steering wheel, and you don’t drive a zero-turn mower like a car. Instead, the two levers control the pivot point of the mower. Pull the right lever back and push the left lever forward to make a sharp right turn. 

    Due to the pivot steering, it’s usually best to mow the lawn in a Y pattern instead of making drastic turns that could dig the wheel into the lawn and create divots. And watch out: Most zero-turn mowers don’t have brakes. You hold the steering levers in a neutral position to brake. 

    If you’ve never used a zero-turn riding mower, give yourself some practice time before attempting tricky spins. The best zero-turn mowers are intuitive, and you’ll pick up the steering mechanism quickly. But your first time using this piece of yard equipment should not be along the edge of a beloved flower garden. While you often see professional lawn crews zipping around on these mowers, it’s best to go slow. The machine has more pickup than you may anticipate and it’s easy to overcorrect and make a wrong turn.  

    FAQs

    Q: How much do zero-turn lawn mowers cost?

    Pricing for residential zero-turn lawn mowers typically ranges from $3,000 to $5,000. However, commercial zero-turn lawn mowers can go for upwards of $10,000. Be conscious of your yard size and landscaper dreams. You might want to stray away from expensive zero-turn mowers if you don’t fantasize about mowing three acres of land.

    Q: How often should you mow your lawn?

    It depends on how fast your grass grows and how high you want your grass to be. Mowing once a week during the growing season—typically late spring and early summer—is recommended to keep your lawn healthy. During the rest of the year, you can get away with mowing every other week.  

    Q: How do I operate a zero-turn mower?

    To operate a zero-turn mower, you use the steering levers. These levers typically rest over your lap. In the neutral position, the mower stands still. Push both levers forward, and the mower moves forward in a straight line. Push both levers back, and the mower travels in reverse in a straight line. The real fun begins when you push one lever and pull the other, thus creating a pivot point. The zero-turn mowers are designed to make sharp turns and pivot 360 degrees. This makes it easier to steer around obstacles. It feels very different than using a steering wheel. Give yourself time (and room) to practice and you’ll get the hang of it.  

    Final thoughts on the best zero-turn riding mowers

    A zero-turn riding mower is ideal for navigating around sharp curves, obstacles, and landscaping beds. They are also the best type of riding mower for covering big areas quickly. Residential zero-turn riding mowers give you nearly all the power of the commercial-grade behemoths, but at a more manageable size and price. These nimble mowers are the perfect yard tool for lawns ranging between one and three acres. Find a comfortable seat, an adequately sized cutting deck, and a brand name known for quality. Discover today’s best zero-turn lawn mowers to effectively and efficiently maintain your yard.

    The post The best zero-turn mowers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best desk fans of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-desk-fans/ Mon, 26 Sep 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=472551
    Best desktop fans sliced header
    Tony Ware

    These compact machines can keep you cool or at least circulate some fresh air as you work.

    The post The best desk fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best desktop fans sliced header
    Tony Ware

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Vornado Pivot best desktop fans product image Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan
    SEE IT

    Style, power, and brand reputation align in this highly rated small fan!

    Best whisper-quiet Oscillating best desktop fan product image Rechargeable Small Oscillating Desk Fan
    SEE IT

    With a max sound of 25 dB, this desk fan offers great value for your money, at a fair price point.

    Best budget Gaiatop USB best desktop fans product image Gaiatop USB Desk Fan
    SEE IT

    For under $15, you can get a three-speed USB plug-in desk fan with overwhelmingly positive reviews.

    Desk fans offer a convenient way to take control of the climate around your workspace. When it’s hot and stuffy, focusing on work is near impossible. You don’t want to be a sweaty mess on those Zoom calls and you certainly don’t want a loud, disruptive, and distracting window A/C sputtering in the background—an absolute work-from-home nightmare. Desk fans are a great way to offset hot summer months without breaking the bank with cooling bills. And if you don’t have A/C at all, small desk fans should be mandatory in every household! While desktop fans don’t actually cool the air like air conditioning, they help circulate airflow around the room to create a wind chill effect, helping your body cool itself. The best desk fans are quiet, powerful, compact, and budget-friendly, so we rounded up some of the best options available to keep you comfortable.

    How we picked the best desk fans

    Choosing the right desk fan for your setup really depends on your own needs and personal tastes. For this list, we picked some models that work for just about anyone and others geared toward specific users. All of the entries on this list, however, promise reliable build quality, solid airflow, generally quiet operation, and compact sizing. We relied on a mixture of personal experience, peer suggestions, user impressions, editorial reviews, and spec comparisons to choose models from reputable brands. 

    Related: Best fans

    The best desk fans: Reviews & Recommendations

    A small, compact desk fan does not need to be expensive to be effective. You can find solid and simple designs for under $20, but more stylish designs will have a higher price tag. More speed settings and stronger power will also up the price, but you should really never be paying more than $100 for even the best desk fans.

    Best overall: Vornado Pivot Personal Air Circulator Fan

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Style, power, and brand reputation align in this highly rated small fan! It’s got three speeds, clocks in at under 2 pounds, and has a sleek, modern design. 

    Specs 

    • Product Dimensions: 5.1″D x 5.7″W x 6″H
    • Item Weight: 1.7 lbs
    • Number of Speeds: 3

    Pros

    • Budget-friendly
    • Stylish
    • Great brand reputation
    • 3-speed, multi-directional airflow

    Cons

    • Highest setting is noisy
    • Can be difficult to clean

    Designed with a cool, aviation-inspired look, the Vornado Pivot looks expensive without breaking the bank. Standing at only 6 inches tall, it’s a great choice for a desk or nightstand that produces concentrated airflow without overpowering the space. It features three speeds, multi-directional airflow, and several colors to suit your vibe. Reviewers love that it’s durable, not too loud (especially the lowest setting), and can “blow 11ft across my bedroom, even on medium.” Note that it can be a bit hard to clean, and the highest setting is definitely the noisiest if you’re trying to take a video call or are a light sleeper.

    Best retro: Vornado VFAN Vintage Whole Room Air Circulator Fan

    Target

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a green and gold painted finish, this retro-inspired desk fan offers a groovy vibe with your cooler air. It’s got three speeds, lots of positive reviews, and a full-action pivot head for multi-directional airflow.

    Specs

    • Product Dimensions: 13.8 Inches (H) x 11.8 Inches (W) x 8.1 Inches (D)
    • Item Weight: 7.9 pounds
    • Number of Speeds: 3

    Pros

    • 3 speeds
    • Pivot head for multi-directional airflow
    • Tough, sturdy, well-built
    • Lots of 5-star online reviews
    • Vintage feel

    Cons

    • Cleaning the inside can be challenging
    • Pricier than other options
    • Vintage look (not actually vintage)

    A vintage feel with the benefits of modern technology, this green-and-gold painted fan is strong yet compact enough to fit on your desk. With Vortex technology for whole-room circulation, three speeds to suit your preference, and a strong brand reputation, this desk fan is the perfect choice for anyone who has a more retro design style. It’s made from durable metal with no assembly required—just plug it in! Note that this is a retro feel, not an actual vintage fan. 

    Best compact: Vornado 133 Compact Air Circulator Fan

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With over 5,000 positive Amazon reviews, apartment dwellers and space savers will love this mini, 2-pound desk fan with two speeds and deep-pitched blades. 

    Specs

    • Product Dimensions: 7.4 x 5.9 x 8.7 inches
    • Item Weight: 2.1 pounds
    • Battery Required: No

    Pros

    • Lightweight (2 lbs)
    • Mini, compact, space-saving
    • Sturdy
    • Moves air up to 25 feet
    • Budget-friendly 

    Cons

    • Noisy
    • Only 2 speeds

    The 133 Compact Air Circulator features Vornado’s features deep-pitched blades, two speeds, and an inlet guide code with an enclosed air duct that moves air about 25 feet around the room. That’s pretty good for a fan that’s only 2 pounds! It comes with an adjustable tilt head so you can direct air right on your face during hot months; however, it only moves up and down (not sideways). Reviewers like that this mini desk fan is sturdy, compact, and budget-friendly at under $40. It’s a “good little fan” that’s pretty decent for home office use or a child’s room. Note that some found it to be noisy when on the higher speed. This isn’t ideal for light sleepers or noise-sensitive folks. 

    Best whisper-quiet: Kovhzcu Air Circulator Fan

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a max sound of 25 dB, this rechargeable oscillating desk fan offers great value for your money, at a fair price point.

    Specs

    • Product Dimensions: 8″D x 8″W x 11″H
    • Material: Plastic
    • Noise Level: 25 dB

    Pros

    • 4 Speeds
    • 45 dB – whisper quiet
    • Fairly priced
    • Compact yet durable
    • Rechargable 

    Cons

    • Some don’t see enough difference between levels 2 & 3

    With four wind speeds (normal wind, natural wind, sleep wind, baby wind) for a customizable experience, this whisper-quiet desk fan is only 45 dB when running. It features an intelligent oscillating fan with turbine technology for more concentrated blowing. While the high-performance DC motor makes for a powerful fan, the low noise output is perfect for light sleepers, video calls, and those who are easily irritated by noise. Reviewers absolutely rave about this little fan—many note that they love the LED function, how quiet it is, and that it’s small enough to be compact while large enough that it’s not flimsy. It’s also fairly priced at under $50!

    Best budget: Gaiatop USB Desk Fan

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: For under $15, you can get a three-speed, quality, USB plug-in desk fan that’s got over 11,000 positive reviews to back it up.

    Specs

    • Product Dimensions: 3.07″D x 4.57″W x 5.43″H
    • Item Weight: 8 oz.
    • Number of Speeds: 3

    Pros

    • Super inexpensive
    • Over 11,000 positive Amazon reviews
    • 3 speeds
    • Powerful yet compact
    • Anti-slip base

    Cons

    • Not the most stylish
    • Included 3-foot cords are short

    For a simple and straightforward desk fan that won’t break the bank but will deliver powerful circulation, look no further than the Gaiatop compact desk fan. For under $15, you get a small but strong fan with three speeds, USB plug-in, and one button for simple controlling. The anti-slip rubber pad base helps to reduce noise and prevent scratching your table or desk surface. Note that the three-foot cord can be a bit short for plugging into some outlets, depending on how your desk is situated. One reviewer had trouble fitting other plugs into the tiny fan’s USB outlet, so make note of this when purchasing. 

    What to look for when choosing the best desk fans

    Size

    Your tabletop desk fan should be compact enough that it won’t be taking up your entire workspace! We’d recommend considering size first and foremost when shopping for your desk fan—around 6- to 8-inches high is a good starting point.

    Weight

    You don’t want some big, heavy, chunk to lug around from desk to desk or around your house. Look for a lightweight design that’s easy to move.

    Noise

    Noise for fans can be measured in decibels. You’ll want around 40-50 dB for quiet, discreet noise levels.

    Speeds

    We prefer fans that have at least 3 speeds, so you can customize your experience and noise level depending on your preferences.

    FAQs

    Q: Does a desk fan cool the air?

    Desk fans don’t cool the air like an air conditioner but, rather, circulate air around the room. Fans create a wind chill effect and increase “the maximum amount of evaporation possible in a given environment,” which means sweat will evaporate off your skin quicker and help cool your body.

    Q: Are bladeless fans better?

    Bladeless fans are generally safer, especially if you have children (there’s less risk of cutting yourself on the blades). They tend to be stronger, as well, but also more expensive. If budget is the main concern, bladeless fans might not be the better option for you.

    Q: Is it cheaper to have fans or air conditioning?

    Fans are cheaper than air conditioning. However, they do two separate things. Fans circulate air around a room, while air conditioning actually cools the air. If running the fan feels sufficient, it will definitely be cheaper overall. But if it’s unbearably hot, you will only be able to actually cool the air by using the AC.

    Final thoughts about the best desk fans

    Stop sweating through work meetings, long nights writing, or brainstorming sessions at your desk. Keep cool in higher temps with these compact, affordable, and convenient desk fans that’ll make you feel comfortable and cool without spending a ton on AC bills!

    The post The best desk fans of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best log splitters of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-log-splitter/ Wed, 15 Dec 2021 21:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=371925
    A lineup of the best log splitters on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    The must-have machinery for any woodshed includes log splitters that cut wood clean and fast.

    The post The best log splitters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of the best log splitters on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall The Champion Power Equipment Compact Log Splitter is the best overall log splitter. Champion Power Equipment 7-Ton Compact Horizontal Gas Log Splitter
    SEE IT

    With fewer moving parts, flat-free tires, and a compact frame, this splitter offers power for a full workday with less maintenance and cost.

    Best manual The Fiskars IsoCore 36-Inch Maul is the best manual log splitter. Fiskars IsoCore Maul
    SEE IT

    A wedge-shaped splitting maul is still the simplest, most reliable, most portable tool for splitting firewood.

    Best budget The Southland Outdoor Power Equipment SELS60 is the best budget log splitter. Southland Outdoor Power Equipment 6 Ton Electric Log Splitter
    SEE IT

    This splitter offers power and performance similar to its competitors, but at a value price.

    Maintaining a steady supply of firewood takes a lot of work—that’s where a log splitter comes in handy. These powerful machines are capable of turning sections of trees into perfectly sized pieces of firewood with the pull of a lever. If you have a wood-burning fireplace or wood stove, you know that nothing beats a cozy fire on a cold day or evening—even in the summer, depending on where you are. Instead of buying ready firewood by the bundle or truckload, save some time, energy, and money doing it yourself—the easy way—with one of the best log splitters on the market now.

    How we chose the best log splitters

    There are two important measurements to watch for when shopping for log-cutting tools. Hydraulic log splitters are rated in tons for the amount of pressure they apply to the log, with the smallest machines applying about 5 tons and the largest more than 30 tons. The other measurement is maximum log size. Often only a length is provided in the literature, although some manufacturers specify both length and diameter. We’ve written about other outdoor lawn equipment, like wood chippers, so we applied that knowledge here. We also conducted heavy research, looked at in-depth reviews, and even channeled our inner lumberjack into finding the best log splitters—flannel shirts and all.

    The best log splitters: Reviews & Recommendations

    There’s no way around it: Cutting your own firewood is a big job for one person. Even with the help of heavy-duty log-cutting tools, it’s more work, not less. The benefit of adding a commercial log splitter to the equation is that it makes the work faster, more efficient, and more productive, and you can do it independently. That’s what a hydraulic model does, for example. Without one, a woodcutter positions the log then uses a maul to chop it (often requiring multiple swings and repositioning the wood), then puts the maul down to position a new one. The process is tiring and time-consuming. Any one of our picks will save your back and give you back some precious hours previously spent outside in the woodshed.

    Best overall: Champion Power Equipment Compact Log Splitter

    Champion Power Equipment

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Weight: 148 lbs.
    • Maximum log size diameter: 19.3 inches
    • Splitting force: 7 tons
    • Cycle time: 20 seconds

    Pros

    • Can fit in truck beds or towed
    • Low-profile frame
    • Offset wedge for efficiency

    Cons

    • Reviews note that hydraulic fluid leaks from the control valve

    This 7-ton gas log splitter conveniently fits into most pickup truck beds and includes a 2-inch ball hitch for easy towing. A 20-second automatic return cycle, low-profile frame with integrated log cradle, and durable offset wedge increase work efficiency. Maximum log size is 19.3 inches.

    Best gas: NorthStar Horizontal/Vertical Log Splitter

    NorthStar

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Weight: 600 lbs.
    • Maximum log size diameter: 25 inches
    • Splitting force: 30 tons
    • Cycle time: 14 seconds

    Pros

    • Built from premium parts
    • Auto throttle control to save fuel, reduce noise, and prolong engine life
    • Engine guard for safety

    Cons

    • Expensive compared to other selections on our list

    This heavy-duty gas log splitter is built from the ground up with premium parts—commercial GX200 Honda engine, NorthStar hydraulic cylinder with Hallite seals, and two-stage concentric pump—for many years of hard work. Thirty tons of force ensures this item will push through the toughest trees with the hardest, gnarliest grain with ease. Innovative design elements—such as a patented log stripper, heavy-duty log tables, auto throttle control, and engine guard—help you work more efficiently and safely. The 2-inch ball coupler, high-speed tires, and fenders make transportation a cinch. Maximum log size is 25 inches.

    Best electric: Boss Industrial EC5T20

    Boss Industrial

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Weight: 104 lbs.
    • Maximum log size diameter: 10 inches
    • Splitting force: 5 tons
    • Cycle time: 14 seconds

    Pros

    • 2-year residential warranty, 180-day commercial warranty
    • One-handed, two-way operation
    • Easy to store

    Cons

    • Has a hard time splitting damp wood

    This compact and powerful electric log splitter, with innovative two-way operation, weighs only 104 pounds and requires less than 15 cubic feet of storage space in the garage or tool shed. The 1.8 HP motor, providing 5 tons of force, operates on a standard household electrical outlet, produces no emissions, and it’s safe to use indoors. Maximum log size is 10 inches.

    Best manual: Fiskars IsoCore 36-Inch Maul

    Fiskars

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Weight: 7.43 lbs.
    • Maximum log size diameter: N/A
    • Splitting force: N/A
    • Cycle time: N/A

    Pros

    • Rust-resistant
    • Less shock, more comfortable to hold compared to other manual splitters
    • Riveted head prevents sliding or snapping

    Cons

    • Only good for small pieces of wood

    This manual log splitter is built to last with a forged, heat-treated steel head with a rust-resistant coating. Plus, the sculpted, soft-grip handle fits the contour of your hand and promises to transfer 2X less shock and vibration than wood handles. The wedge-shaped maul head is specifically designed for, and highly efficient at, splitting—significantly better than the thin, relatively lightweight head of an axe. At only 7.43 pounds and requiring almost no storage space, this tool punches well above its weight.

    Best budget: Southland Outdoor Power Equipment SELS60

    Southland Outdoor Power Equipment

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Weight: 103 lbs.
    • Maximum log size diameter: 10 inches
    • Splitting force: 6 tons
    • Cycle time: 18 seconds

    Pros

    • Easy to store
    • Light
    • Works through tough jobs quickly and efficiently

    Cons

    • Some reviews note a low level of hydraulic oil upon arrival

    With 6 tons of ram force and an adjustable 15-second cycle time, this electric log splitter is built for quick, efficient work. Weighing in at just over 100 pounds, it is the lightest machine on our list, and the ability to park in an upright position makes it easy to stow away when not in use. Maximum log size is 20.5 inches.

    What to consider when buying the best log splitters

    Adding one of the best wood splitters to the equation saves at least half the time. The operator simply positions the log and pulls a lever. It takes about 14 seconds for a hydraulic piston to drive the log into a fixed wedge and return to the ready position. And with between 12,000 pounds and 70,000 pounds of force, these machines don’t often get stuck. They can split logs with twisted or springy grain, which would be impossible with hand tools. In the end, they allow you to work faster and harder, plus they utilize wood that would otherwise be wasted. Here’s what you should know when shopping for the best log splitters:

    Gas-powered or electric

    Hydraulic log splitters are powered either by gasoline or electricity. The best depends on several factors, including log size and weight, where and how often it is used, available storage space, and more. If chopping wood out in the forest is your normal routine, a gas log splitter would be the logical choice since they carry their own power supply. These machines tend to be significantly larger and more powerful than their electric counterparts, so they are also better for larger, heavier logs with a diameter greater than about 16 inches. Many have the ability to work either horizontally or vertically. In the vertical position giant, heavy logs can be chopped with no lifting. 

    Due to its relatively smaller size, an electric model is an excellent choice if storage space is limited. They typically feature lightweight construction, which makes positioning them for work or storage easier. Plus, they can be used inside a barn or workshop if you’d like to cut wood when the weather is cold or rainy. Electric log splitters operate more quietly than their gas-powered counterparts, which makes the work more enjoyable—and you a better neighbor. Electric power also eliminates much of the maintenance of the machine.

    If you appreciate the exercise and relative quiet of working with hand tools, consider a maul

    A splitting maul is basically a heavy steel wedge on a wood, fiberglass, or metal handle. A manual splitter requires no engine or fuel, just human power. Those who only do a few at a time may find it more convenient to use this simple hand tool rather than setting up a much larger electric or gas-powered machine. The maul takes up almost no storage space and requires no maintenance. After you chop the wood, it’s time to cut the grass with the best lawn mower.

    FAQs

    Q: How much do log splitters cost?

    With a cheap log splitter—around the $300 range—you get the basic functionality to process a large pile of wood rather quickly. However, in exchange for the bargain price, some capability is lost. Low-cost splitters offer less ram force, as little as 5 tons of pressure, which limits the log diameter the machine can effectively handle. For instance, a model with 5 tons of pressure maxes out on logs that are 8 to 10 inches in diameter, while a 20-ton product can handle logs up to 24 inches in diameter. A good, inexpensive one should offer at least 5 tons of pressure and should be easy to transport with a lightweight frame on sturdy wheels. Otherwise, expect to pay $500-$2,000 for a log splitter.

    Q: What type of log splitter should I buy?

    The best log splitter for you is the one that can handle the cutting jobs you regularly encounter and won’t be in the way when not in use. If you only split a few small logs each season for occasional fireplace use, then a compact electric log splitter may be perfect. If you use wood as a primary heat source in your home, a powerful gas log splitter is probably a good investment.

    Q: What size log can a log splitter chop?

    Log size and splitter tonnage rating are closely related. The more pressure applied, the thicker (or wider) the log it can split. A few commonly used benchmarks are as follows: 4 tons will split a 6-inch log, 16 tons will split a 12-inch log, 30 tons will split a 24-inch log. This is just a general guide. Different species of wood split more or less easily, and seasoned wood often splits more easily than green wood.

    Q: How long should logs dry before splitting?

    An old rule of thumb for splitting wood with a maul is to split hardwoods like oak, maple, and beech when they are still green and to let softwoods like pine, fir, and spruce dry out for 6 to 12 months before splitting to make the work as easy as possible. But, if you have the benefit of splitting wood with a hydraulic log splitter, you can do it at whatever stage you choose. The benefit of allowing the wood to dry out is that it becomes lighter and easier to load on the splitter.

    Final thoughts on the best log splitters

    Whether you need a simple wood-splitting maul, a quiet electric machine, or a powerful gas model, finding the right tool is key to work satisfaction. An oversized machine is as inconvenient as an undersized one is frustrating. The best log splitter will get you out of the woods fast, saving you time, money, and stress.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best log splitters of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Power hangouts without hangups with 30% off this EcoFlow portable generator on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/ecoflow-portable-generator-amazon-sale/ Wed, 26 Apr 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=536890
    An Ecoflow generator on a gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    Don't let dead electronics sunset your outdoor fun—snag this on-sale portable power station on Amazon.

    The post Power hangouts without hangups with 30% off this EcoFlow portable generator on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    An Ecoflow generator on a gradient background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Picnics are all fun and games until someone’s Bluetooth party speaker dies, your phones are on their last leg, and you can’t even charge your eReader to read a book in the sun. Do not fret: a portable power station gives you enough power to charge everyone’s speakers and phones and still has some in reserve to maintain good-time vibes. You can also keep some cash in reserve because this EcoFlow portable power station is on sale on Amazon for 30% off—and that’s not even including the $10 coupon.

    EcoFlow River 2 Portable Power Station, $189 w/ $10 coupon (Was $289)

    Ecoflow

    SEE IT

    The River 2’s powerful, larger sibling, the EcoFlow Delta Pro, is our pick for the best solar generator for homes. With this in mind, we feel confident recommending the River 2 for weekend camping trips or ensuring no one has to leave the outdoor hang early because their phone is dead. You can power six essential appliances simultaneously thanks to a bevy of ports (including two AC outlets, two USB-A ports, and a USB-C port) and a 600W output. When plugged into an AC outlet, this portable generator charges in an hour, and you can even charge it with a separate solar panel. Although it takes three hours to charge via solar, you’ll feel good about using renewable energy to power your device. And, the portable power station is built to last up to 10 years—that’s less time being in a landfill and more time fueling your adventures.

    Another portable generator favorite, the Anker 521 Portable Power Station, is on sale for $186.99—25% down from its $249.99 standard price. This particular one includes a temperature control system to prevent overheating and is impact resistant.

    Don’t wait until the sun sets to take advantage of this deal—it will be over before you know it.

    Here are some great deals so you can take advantage of the great outdoors:

    The post Power hangouts without hangups with 30% off this EcoFlow portable generator on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best mouse pads of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-mouse-pad/ Sat, 27 Feb 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-mouse-pad/
    keyboard, leather mouse pad, and mouse on a white surface
    Benjamin Sullivan via Unsplash

    Upgrade your computer setup with the best mouse pad for you, whether that’s an ergonomic option or one specifically for gaming.

    The post The best mouse pads of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    keyboard, leather mouse pad, and mouse on a white surface
    Benjamin Sullivan via Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best with wrist rest 3M Performance mouse pad 3M Performance Mouse Pad
    SEE IT

    It’s a great mouse pad with wrist rest for those looking to ease wrist pain.

    Best full desk Aothia Desk Pad Protector Aothia Desk Pad Protector
    SEE IT

    This mouse pad’s sturdy build and anti-slip material are great for those who have lots going on at their desk.

    Best budget Mroco Comfortable Mouse pad Mroco Comfortable Mouse pad
    SEE IT

    A basic, cheap mouse pad if you don’t need anything particularly fancy or specialized.

    A comfortable mouse pad is a must-have office item. As one of the most-used office accessories, it’s important to get a quality option that’s right for your particular needs. Maybe it’s one with a wrist rest; maybe you’re just looking for one designed with high-quality materials for fast response time. No matter what, comfort is key. If you find that after a day of clicking away on your mouse your hand is numb and cramping you could be suffering from carpal tunnel syndrome. The carpal tunnel, located in the wrist, is a passageway of bones and ligaments that can get irritated from pressure on nerves. Your wrist is a fragile part of the body that with repeated awkward mouse movements can lead to problems. With the right pick, you can correct (or prevent) these issues.

    To pick the best mouse pad you’ll want to consider a few features. Are you looking for a gel pad that will add cushioning to your hand? Perhaps you want to keep your desk as minimalistic as possible and prefer something light and small. Check out our list of the very best mousepads to ensure you a comfortable day at your computer.

    The best mouse pads: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best with wrist rest: 3M Performance Mouse Pad

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The high-quality surface ensures that your optical mouse functions accurately and with ease. It’s a great mouse pad with wrist rest for those looking to ease wrist pain. 3M Gel technology—which the company calls a “satin pillow” for your wrist—automatically gives you good form because of the added height of the gel pad. It’s large enough to allow you plenty of mouse space but compact enough so as not to eat up too much valuable desk surface. An ingenious surface design means it draws less current out of your mouse, saving you battery life.

    Best for gaming: 3M Precision Wireless

    Looking to level up your gaming setup? A proper surface guarantees reduced loss-of-signal and skipping errors, ideal for gaming. The 3M Precise Mouse Pad is 9 inches x 8 inches x .13 inches and is specially designed for fast response times. And you’ll get nearly 50 percent more battery life with it.

    Best full-desk: Aothia Desk Pad Protector

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The high-quality leather of this desk pad, which comes in an array of colors, adds a touch of style to your office space. Its sturdy build and anti-slip material are great for those who have lots going on at their desk. At 31.5 inches by 15.7 inches, it’s large enough to accommodate everything on your desk.

    Best waterproof: Psitek Waterproof

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    A textured natural rubber underside gives this Psitek mouse pad stability. It’s a particularly great option if you have multiple workspaces, as you’ll get three pads in the pack. They’re completely waterproof, so enjoy your beverage in peace!

    Best budget: Mroco Comfortable Mouse Pad

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    This MROCO mouse pad is made of high-quality Lycra, which adds precision. Stitched edges mean it won’t fray and will leave your desk looking smart and tidy. It’s also conveniently stain-proof and water-resistant.

    Find the best mouse pad for office, gaming, and home use

    Get the best desk accessory that will allow you to get work done, level up, or simply add comfort while surfing the web.

    Get a mouse pad that won’t slip

    Nothing is more irritating than trying to work quickly and accurately, only to have to constantly reposition the pad because it won’t stay put. Mousepads with a nonslip surface ensure that everything stays exactly where it should be, cutting down on errors and frustration. Consider this one a sanity saver.

    Do you want to curtail wrist pain?

    It’s crucial to give your hand and wrist a comfortable work surface to rest on. The angle of your wrist while gripping a mouse can have a big impact on your health and well-being. By getting a mouse surface that offers gel support, you’ll save yourself from future pain.

    Although using your mouse may seem like an insignificant movement in your working day, the time you spend hovering and clicking can seriously add up. Make sure you’re working in comfort and have a nice gel pillow cushion to rest on.

    Are you looking for a mouse pad made for gaming equipment?

    A fast-performance mouse is only optimized when it’s paired with accessories that allow it to function at high speeds. It’s great for gamers looking to go for the gold with quick mouse performance. A nonslip pad guarantees stability in the most intense parts of an online battle.

    Want a full-desk pick to cover everything?

    If you’re looking for an all-in-one solution, you may want a desk cover that doubles as a mouse pad. A desk surface extends under your keyboard and computer, effectively turning your entire desk into a mouse-safe surface where you can also stow your desk accessories, like pen holders and cups. We love desk pads for the organization they automatically provide.

    Looking for a klutz-proof mouse pad?

    Who hasn’t knocked a glass of water or a mug of coffee or even the occasional beer all over their desk? If you have, make sure you have a waterproof option. Especially if you’re someone who tends to eat and drink at their desk, it doesn’t hurt to keep your things protected with a liquid-resistant and anti-stain design.

    The best option doesn’t have to be pricey

    You can get a great mouse pad that will deliver precision and a reliable workspace on a budget. Just ensure that it’s the right size and with a slick enough surface to allow your mouse to roam freely. If you have an extra-fast optical mouse, you may find some resistance in a cheaper pick, but for a more casual everyday mouse, a budget option will do the job.

    FAQs

    Q: How often should you clean your mouse pad?

    You’ll know whether it needs a wash. When it comes to how you wash it, some pads are machine-washable ( use a gentle detergent) and others should just be wiped down gently with water.

    Q: What is the best size for a mouse pad?

    It depends on what you’re looking for and your personal preference. If you like the feel of a pad and the freedom a large one gives you, go for a full-desk option. If you’re looking for something solid feeling and don’t have any ergonomic needs, opt for something with a slim base. There’s no right answer when it comes to size—it’s all about what feels right to you.

    Q: Is it bad to use a mouse without a pad?

    Yes! Using a mouse on a desk surface like wood will result in your mouse malfunctioning. On the wrong kind of surface your mouse will lag or be unable to recognize movements. A mouse pad solves this by providing a smooth surface designed for performance.

    A final word on shopping for the best mouse pads

    To ensure you’re using the best one for you pick a pad that’s nonslip and sturdy enough to stay in the precise location you need it to be. Waterproof and stain-proof materials give you added assurance in case of accidental spills. Lastly, you want a quality surface that lets the mouse react with speed and accuracy. It’s just one of the crucial laptop accessories you can get to upgrade your entire life.

    Related:

    Build a pro-level PC gaming setup in three steps

    Build a killer gaming PC for $100

    The post The best mouse pads of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best freezer chests of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-freezer-chest/ Mon, 22 Nov 2021 19:29:19 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/story/?p=279091
    best freezer chest
    Dev Benjamin, Unsplash

    Looking for a freezer chest to supplement your refrigerator? Here’s what you need to consider before investing.

    The post The best freezer chests of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    best freezer chest
    Dev Benjamin, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best upright upright white freezer Midea Upright Freezer
    SEE IT

    This upright model fits in tight spaces and comes with LED lights to help you organize.

    Best Energy-Efficient black whynter chest freezer Whynter Energy-Star Mini Freezer
    SEE IT

    This affordable model saves space and energy.

    Best Budget black Arctic King freezer chest with food in it Koolatron Compact Chest Freezer
    SEE IT

    This option provides 5 cubic feet of storage space at a budget-friendly price.

    With more people preparing food at home while trying to space out their trips to the grocery store, buying in bulk is becoming a new normal. This makes freezer chests an increasingly attractive and practical addition to the home. But PopSci, don’t chest freezers require a lot of space and energy? Not anymore! You can find freezer chests that suit your living space, storage needs, and even save energy. No matter your situation, you won’t be left out in the cold if you need a deep freezer.

    The best freezer chests: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best large: Kratos Refrigeration 69K-749HC Solid Top Chest Freezer

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Featuring adjustable temperature controls and a power-on indicator light (which is handy if you live in an area that is susceptible to power outages), the Kratos chest freezer is also lockable and has adjustable feet in case your floor is uneven. 

    Best upright: Midea Upright Freezer

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Hamilton Beach upright freezer has an adjustable hinge door that can open right or left, as well as adjustable legs to ensure no wobbling. The adjustable thermostat makes it easy to change the temperature to desired levels, and five wire shelves and bright LED lighting make organizing and accessing items easy. 

    Best energy-efficient mini-freezer: Whynter Energy Star 1.1-cubic foot freezer

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    Requiring less energy than a standard light bulb, the Whynter freezer is a great option for those who don’t need a lot of extra storage and are concerned about energy costs. It’s also lockable and has a manual defrost option. 

    Best outdoor or garage freezer: Midea 7-cubic foot chest freezer

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    The Midea Chest Freezer is a forced-air garage freezer unit that weighs just a hair under 75 pounds and is sturdy enough to withstand being housed in a garage or even outdoors. It also boasts an adjustable thermostat, removable baskets for easy cleaning, and a top door that can raise from 45 degrees to 75 degrees for easy access to its vast storage space. 

    Best budget: Koolatron Compact Chest Freezer

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    At just over $200, the Koolatron freezer is a surprisingly big model at such a low price point (its 5 cubic feet of space is just a nudge above a “compact” or “mini”). It weighs just about 65 pounds and while it doesn’t have a lot of bells and whistles, it’s not a bad choice if you’re not looking to spend a lot. 

    What to consider when buying the best freezer chests

    Deep freezers have come a long way. Not only don’t they require you to keep enormous blocks of actual ice somewhere in your living space, but they also aren’t powered by ammonia and sulfur dioxide like they were in the 1830s (until someone realized that that combination was, to put it mildly, lethal). General Electric popularized the modern domestic freezer in the 1920s, and it’s been evolving ever since. Of all your kitchen appliances, deep freezer chests—whether they be upright freezers, large chest freezers, or even outdoor freezers—can be among the most cost-effective and life-changing. Having a quality deep freezer chest changes the way you shop, the way you cook, and even the things you eat. They can save families (especially large families) significant time and money by allowing them to plan meals without fear of wasteful spoilage or annoying repeat trips to the supermarket. 

    Modern freezers use 1,1,1,2-Tetrafluoroethane, which does not deplete the ozone layer or cause toxic poisoning, and is considered safe for use in the home. Most freezers store food at -18 degrees Celsius and it is at this temperature that food will remain safe and viable indefinitely. Some freezers can go as low as -34 degrees Celsius. You have a wide range of size options as well, so they can handle whatever your kitchen refrigerator overflow requires. Here are our suggestions for the best freezer chest for any circumstance. 

    Related: The weather’s nice, so let’s pull some meat out of the freezer and get to grilling with these tools 

    Things to consider when looking for a large freezer chest

    If you’re in the market for a freezer chest, you might think bigger is better. But it’s important to consider your space and how much storage capacity you need to make sure you get the model that works best for you and your family.

    The large freezer chest you buy should be based on the size of your family and the size of the space you have to accommodate a spare appliance. Most appliance manufacturers estimate that you should dedicate 1.5 cubic feet of freezer space for each family member, and most commercial freezer chests come in four basic size ranges: Compact (5 cubic feet), Small (6 to 9 cubic feet), Medium (12 to 18 cubic feet) and Large (18 to 25 cubic feet). You’ll also want to consider your lifestyle: Do you buy frozen food and meat in bulk? Do you keep a lot of frozen snacks on hand year-round? You can easily store 35 pounds of food in one cubic foot of freezer space.

    What to look for in an upright freezer

    When you’re in the market for a standalone freezer, one of the biggest considerations overall is how much space you have in your home to dedicate to such a large appliance. The upside is, unlike standard refrigerators, freezers do come in a few more size and style options. 

    When choosing between a chest freezer or an upright freezer, consider that each style has its advantages and disadvantages. Because it’s less reliant on shelves, for example, a chest freezer has greater capacity than an upright and can easily handle food items of odd sizes and shapes. However, you do run the risk of having items fall to the bottom of a chest freezer never to be heard from again, which is not a problem with a more easily accessible upright model.

    Because of its low profile, a chest freezer can be placed under a window, where an upright needs a bit more wall space (and ceiling clearance). If you have narrow walkways and doorways, an upright is also easier to maneuver. 

    Looking for a mini freezer?

    While limited space is likely your main consideration when considering a mini freezer, you should also think about other factors, such as how much you need to store and how much you’re looking to spend. Maybe you don’t have a large group to feed and just need a little ancillary freezer for a few precious items (or just a handy supply of ice), or maybe you need something temporary to supplement your regular fridge. 

    Another thing to consider is cost—not just for the unit itself, but the money saved by purchasing a smaller, more energy-efficient model. Energy ratings can vary widely per model. For example, if your freezer comes with an ice-maker, that requires both additional energy reserves, as well as a connection to a water source. Some small freezer chests come with a flash-freeze option that will bring the temperature in the freezer down quickly when you load it up with food, which can also require more energy.

    How about an outdoor freezer?

    Once again, the space you have to work with is only part of the equation when shopping for an outdoor freezer or garage freezer. Not only do you have to take into consideration the durability of the unit—since it will be exposed to the elements—you also have to know if its cooling system can be as effective in your cold, winter garage or yard as it is when those areas become stiflingly hot in the summer. 

    There are two kinds of cooling systems: forced-air and cold plate. In a forced-air system, a hidden cooling unit—usually a compressor—cools air and then circulates it through the cabinet, leading to much more consistent temperatures throughout the unit. If your freezer is jam-packed with food, it will restrict the airflow and the unit will struggle to lower and maintain temperatures (not to mention that the appliance will have to draw massive amounts of power). The more room you have between items, the easier it will be to cool. Also, glass vs. metal shelves can affect the evenness of the internal temperature. 

    Cold plate refrigeration, also called static cooling refrigeration, is a method of cooling that uses a dedicated cooling element at the back of the unit’s cabinet to pull heat out of the freezer. Contents near the back of the freezer may block the flow of cold air, which can result in inconsistent temperatures. Additionally, contents directly touching the cold plate are more likely to ice or frost over. Point being: It’s not just about having more space, it’s about using it efficiently. And the placement of your freezer chest (whether it’s backed up against a wall, exposed to the elements, etc.) may inform the best system for you.

    On a budget?

    Since standalone freezers are designed in a variety of shapes and sizes, they also come at a range if price points. You can find options from as little as $150 to as much as $1,000, but you will likely sacrifice size, efficiency, and flexibility as you move from the biggest top-of-the-line models down to the budget options. 

    But if you are just looking for something basic to store a few items, there are quality options that won’t break the bank. Your biggest concerns will likely be size, energy use, and noise level—because you want something that’s going to be effective without causing you more problems than it’s worth. 

    FAQs

    Q: Is a chest freezer worth it?

    It’s hard to make a blanket statement for everyone, but generally, the answer is yes, a chest freezer is worth it. By limiting food waste, reducing the need to go back and forth to the grocery store, and allowing for better (and longer-term) food planning, chest freezers make themselves pretty invaluable (and eventually pay for themselves in money saved). 

    Q: How long does a chest freezer last?

    Along with gas and electric ranges, freezers tend to be the longest-lasting kitchen appliances—they typically last anywhere from 12 to 20 years. 

    Q: Are chest freezers dangerous?

    Chest freezers can be dangerous in certain circumstances, so you should consider a few things when shopping. If you have small children, you may want to invest in a chest freezer that is lockable, to avoid any “Hide and Go Seek” mishaps, and people in coastal areas should be aware that salt air can cause outdoor chest freezers to corrode more quickly. If you live in a place where extreme temperatures are common, the best freezer chest for you may be an indoor option. 

    Related: Gifts for the home cook who already has everything

    The last word on the best freezer chests

    Chest freezers can be extremely convenient and cost-effective, especially for large families or shared living spaces. They help reduce food waste and can ensure year-round access to seasonal foods or scarce items. When buying the best freezer chest for you, it’s important to consider how much capacity you need, what you want to store, the space you have, where you want to keep your freezer, how accessible it should be, and the climate you live in. Each of these factors can affect how much you’ll need to spend. But overall, the best freezer chests are a solid option for most homes.

    The post The best freezer chests of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best air fryers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-air-fryer/ Sun, 10 Oct 2021 12:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-air-fryer/
    The best air fryers of 2021.

    Cook food faster and healthier, using less oil, with the best air fryers.

    The post The best air fryers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best air fryers of 2021.

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall The COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer is the best overall. COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer
    SEE IT

    Enjoy the same crispy textures and delicious flavors with up to 85-percent-less fat.

    Best budget The Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer is the best option on a budget. Ninja AF101 4-Quart Air Fryer
    SEE IT

    The wide temperature range allows you to either gently remove moisture from foods or quickly cook and crisp.

    Best multifunction The Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker is the best air fryer combo. Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker
    SEE IT

    An 11-in-1 functionality allows you to air fry, broil, bake, roast, dehydrate, reheat, rotisserie, toast, and more

    Air fryers are all the rage these days because of their ability to simulate deep frying without having to actually submerge food in oil, as a standard deep fryer would, giving people the ability to enjoy healthier fried food right at home. These small kitchen appliances are essentially small convection ovens, which work by radiating heat from the cooking chamber and using a fan to circulate the hot air around the food. Air fryers also typically cook food faster. Though they vary, the best air fryers may reduce cooking time by 20 percent or more when compared to traditional ovens.

    In addition to health and convenience, air fryers also shine when it comes to versatility. When the uninitiated think of air frying, they may conjure images of perfectly crisped tater tots and appetizers from the freezer section of your local grocery store. But there’s so much more than that. Air fryers are also great for cooking main dishes, from whole chickens and steaks to fresh vegetables and tofu, depending on the size of the fryer. You also absolutely cannot do better for reheating tricky leftovers such as pizza and french fries than the different types of best air fryers.

    Air fryers can perfectly cook such a wide variety of food because most models have temperature and timer adjustments that allow more precise cooking, in addition to other intelligent features that vary by model. If you’re feeling overwhelmed just thinking about these options, we’ve compiled our best air fryer reviews to help you narrow down what’s on the market today. Let’s get frying!

    How we chose the best air fryers for convenience and flavor—without the grease

    In deciding on which products to feature on this list, we examined a variety of appliances with a diverse range of features that would accommodate consumers with average to advanced needs and understanding of the product. We researched 25 to 30 of the best air fryers on the market, taking into consideration personal experience, peer suggestions, critical reviews, and user impressions before settling on the six we chose. The basic criteria we looked at were quart capacity, cook and temperature settings, added-value special features, safety, and accessories.

    Though prices have dipped in recent years from when air fryers first began growing in popularity, the downside is that now the market is more inundated with options than ever before. As such, it can be challenging to determine at face value what constitutes the real deal and what is just a cheap imitation.

    The best air fryers: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best overall: COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer

    Cosori

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Customize and save up to a dozen of your favorite settings for each of the 10 one-touch cooking presets on the bright, easy-to-read LED display.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 5.8 quarts
    • Weight: 12.3 pounds
    • Dimensions: 11.78 x 13.87 x 12 inches

    Pros

    • 12 different cooking functions
    • Personalized shake reminders
    • Nonstick square basket

    Cons 

    • Nonstick coating wears off eventually
    • Operation could be quieter

    The COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer is all about practical touches, which is why it was named one of the 2021 iF Product Design Awards winners. Enjoy the same crispy, delicious foods with up to 85 percent less fat using any one of 12 different cooking functions. In addition, the digital LED display and touch panel allow you to customize and save your favorite settings, which are angled toward you, so you won’t have to bend down to operate the machine. 

    This device also comes with other helpful features, such as personalized shake reminders, which allow you to add an optional reminder to any cooking preset to flip or shake foods halfway through cooking. Learn to cook over 100 recipes with the included recipe guide, which is perfect for those still learning the ropes of air frying.

    The removable nonstick square baskets are designed to fit a variety of foods and are also dishwasher safe, PFOA-free, and BPA-free. However, a few users noticed that the non-stick coating starts to wear off after regular use, so you may want to handle and wash with extra care. Another slight downside is that the air fryer can be loud. But thankfully, it doesn’t take long to cook your favorite healthy and delicious meals, so any noise will always be kept to a minimum.

    Best large: Ninja DZ201 Foodi 10 Quart 6-in-1 DualZone 2-Basket Air Fryer

    Tony Ware

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: If you’ve got a hungry family and need to fill some plates but have a lot already on your plate, the DualZone Technology of this Ninja Foodi air fryer lets you prepare multiple parts of a meal simultaneously.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 8- or 10-quart models
    • Weight: 17.86 pounds – 19.8 pounds
    • Dimensions: 13.86 x 15.63 x 12.4 inches – 13.9 x 17.1 x 12.8 inches

    Pros

    • DualZone technology allows two independent baskets to operate simultaneously
    • Match Cook lets you double the capacity of a single food
    • 6 cooking functions
    • Easy to clean

    Cons 

    • Takes up sizable countertop real estate, plus requires room to vent
    • No shake/flip reminder, and no automatic pause when drawer removed

    Sometimes you want to prepare a balanced meal but with minimal juggling. And with the Ninja Foodi air fryer, you can cook both your protein and vegetables, or multiple sides, or simply enough fries to feed an army, all within one countertop contraption. With two easy-to-clean nonstick baskets (each a 4-quart or 5-quart capacity, depending on model), the Ninja Foodi can whip up its rapid heaters and cyclonic fans so you can whip up dinner, faster with less fuss.

    Featuring a temperature range of 105- to 450-degrees Fahrenheit and six selectable programs (Air Fry, Air Broil, Roast, Bake, Reheat, and Dehydrate), this 1690 watts air fryer can handle any menu. Admittedly, every air fryer takes some getting used to in order to find the perfect temp and time configuration to maximize crispiness. And if you want to make sure a single-drawer air fryer finishes its cycle at the exact same time as something you’re simultaneously cooking in the oven, well, that’s an extra challenge. The Foodi works to take some of that guesswork out of the equation with Smart Finish, which intelligently synchronizes the two drawers, even if they’re operating different modes. This means you no longer have to have something sit while you back-to-back cook two foods.

    Deeper than they are wide, the drawers do require learning optimal positioning for airflow. But you’ll quickly be surprised by the combinations you’re crafting. Nuggets and fries, sure. Reheating last night’s fava bean falafel on top of a frozen piece of Trader Joe’s garlic naan, all under four minutes? Even more exciting. Both the baskets and crisper plates are dishwasher-safe, adding to the ease of this appliance, though handwashing will prolong the life of components. Pro tip: To avoid overcooking (because who wants dry fries), reduce the recommended temperature by 25 degrees and the time by 1/3. Also, leaving room behind the Foodi is a must for venting, otherwise your wall can be discolored/damaged by hot exhaust.

    Best Insant: Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker

    Instant Pot

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With 11 functions, including air fry, broil, roast, rotisserie, toast, the limitations of what you can do with this multipurpose gadget are up to your imagination.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 8 quarts
    • Weight: 26.1 pounds
    • Dimensions: 15.35 x 12.57 x 14.78 inches

    Pros

    • Impressive 11-in-1 functionality
    • Customizable cooking programs
    • Evencrisp technology uses 95 percent less oil

    Cons 

    • Large size makes it difficult to store
    • Dual lids are also cumbersome

    Minimalists will love the Instant Pot Pro Crisp 11-in-1 Electric Pressure Cooker, which allows you to replace up to 11 kitchen appliances so you can air fry, pressure cook, slow cook, steam, sauté, sous vide, roast, broil, dehydrate, and more with just one machine. Though, with the size of this beast, you may need to get rid of some other gadgets just to make room for it on your counter. To dictate your favorite recipes, it also comes with five fully programmable settings.

    Two interchangeable lids make it easy to switch between the pressure cooker and air fryer functions. However, the extra lid can be cumbersome to store, but it delivers all the crunch and tenderness of deep-frying with 95 percent less oil using Evencrisp technology.

    For all your cooking needs, the pot also comes with standard includes accessories such as a stainless-steel multi-use steam rack, a nonstick multi-level air fryer basket with a stainless dehydrating/broiling tray, and a heat-resistant protective pad and storage cover. So you and your family will sleep well at night knowing that the safety features protect against overheating, steam, splashing, and more. If you’re loyal to the Instant Pot brand but want a dedicated air fryer, the Instant Vortex Plus 6-Quart 6-in-1 is also recommended.

    Best for most: Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer

    Ninja

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Choose between four programmable cooking functions to air fry, roast, reheat, and dehydrate a wide variety of different foods on a budget.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 4 quarts
    • Weight: 10.58 pounds
    • Dimensions: 8.5 x 12.1 x 11 inches 

    Pros

    • One-touch control panel
    • Four programmable cooking functions
    • Wide temperature range up to 400 degrees

    Cons

    • Cooking area can be difficult to clean
    • Plastic or chemical smell hard to remove

    For straightforward air frying without all the extra bells and whistles, the Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer lets you choose between four programmable cooking functions: air fry, roast, reheat, and dehydrate. The roast setting is ideal for casseroles and roasted veggies, while the reheat option is optimal for reviving leftover pizza, fries, wings back to crispy perfection. Or choose the dehydrate setting to make homemade dried fruits, veggie chips, and jerky and save even more money.

    This air fryer also puts the “fry” in frying, as the four-quart ceramic-coated nonstick basket and crisper plate are the perfect size to cook up to 2 pounds of french fries. With a wide temperature range from 105 to 400 degrees Fahrenheit, you can either gently remove moisture from foods or quickly cook and crisp foods with convection heat on manual settings.

    The only design flaw is that the interior cooking area, particularly the rubber tabs on the bottom grate, can be challenging to clean. So it might be a good idea to have a dedicated sponge for cleaning the air fryer. A chemical or plastic smell may linger out of the box, so you should thoroughly wash the basket and all components with warm, soapy water before using.

    Best budget: GoWISE USA 2.75-Quart Air Fryer

    GoWise

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This air fryer’s miniature size and compact shape leave plenty of room on countertops for other small kitchen items and appliances.

    Specs

    • Capacity: 2.75 quarts
    • Weight: 2 pounds 
    • Dimensions: 8 x 8 x 5 inches

    Pros

    • Easy-to-use controls
    • Nonstick frying pan and basket
    • Uses little to no oil

    Cons

    • Accessories and steamer papers not included
    • Automatically turns off when finished cooking

    Not everyone needs an air fryer big enough to feed a family, which is why this mini-sized GoWISE USA 2.75-Quart Air Fryer is the perfect choice for singles and those who live in small apartments or dorm rooms. With rapid air technology, you can enjoy your favorite fried foods without the extra calories using just a tiny amount of oil or none at all. For healthier eating in no time, choose from seven cooking presets, including fries or chips, meat, shrimp, cake, chicken, steak, and fish.

    Easy-to-use controls allow the time and temperature to be set from 175 to 400 degrees, or up to 30 minutes with the push of a button. An alarm will sound when the cooking is finished, and the timer will automatically switch to standby mode. Though some customers wish there was an option to add another minute or two before the fryer stops cooking.

    The air fryer also comes with a nonstick, PFOA-free air fry pan and basket with a cool-touch handle and button guard to prevent accidental detachment. Unfortunately, the fryer doesn’t come with many accessories or steamer papers, but you can purchase a kit separately that includes an insert rack, skewers, toasting and warming rack, and more. Prefer a less retro look and a bit more capacity? GoWISE makes many models, such as this 3.7-quart fryer and several 5-quart options that still don’t take up much counter space.

    Also consider: Ultrean 8-Quart Air Fryer

    Ultrean

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a high-capacity output and durable ​​stainless steel design, this air fryer is perfect for large families and those who frequently entertain guests for dinner.

    Specs 

    • Capacity: 8 quarts
    • Weight: 16.37 pounds
    • Dimensions: 13.35 x 15.75 x 13.58 inches

    Pros

    • Durable stainless steel design
    • Easy-to-use LCD touch screen
    • Preheating feature saves even more time

    Cons

    • Touchscreen can be finicky
    • Difficult to change the temperature

    The whole family will be eating healthier and cleaner when you’re cooking with the Ultrean 8-Quart Air Fryer, which eliminates the messy oil splatter of traditional frying. It’s also easy to operate with eight standard preset cooking functions that cook everything from french fries and bacon to chicken, fish, steak, and whole roasts. Then, when you’re finished, the detachable air frying rack and basket make cleanup a breeze.

    The stainless-steel design also makes it more durable compared to comparable air fryers, while the compact, square shape makes it convenient to store when not in use. This air fryer also comes with a handy preheating function to help you save even more time. Simply press the “P” button and then preheat at 400 degrees for three minutes for even faster cooking.

    Though a few users have noted, one minor drawback is that the touch screen display can occasionally be finicky, making it difficult to change the temperature. However, those complaints are definitely exceptions to the rule, as this high-quality air fryer consistently gets high marks from customers across the board.

    Things to consider before buying one of the best air fryers

    Capacity

    For the reasons we’ve already laid out, shopping for an air fryer can be daunting. So in deciding which air fryer is the right pick for you and your family, first consider your basic needs for an air fryer. For example, how many people will you be feeding on a regular basis? For obvious reasons, singles and couples can get away with having a standard, smaller quart-capacity air fryer. On the other hand, larger families, particularly kids, may opt for a workhorse that can produce snacks and meals for the whole family daily or multiple times per week.

    Uses

    Another thing to ask yourself is what type of cooking you plan to do with an air fryer. Likewise, if your main goal is to throw pizza rolls and fries into your air fryer for the big game or movie night, your needs may be different than someone who plans to regularly cook entire meals, main dishes, sides, and veggies with it. As such, the former air fryer user can probably get away with a more budget-friendly air fryer with standard features, whereas the latter may want to invest in a model that also doubles as a pressure cooker or a toaster oven.

    Space

    Space is another significant consideration, as air fryers tend to take up a not-insignificant amount of real estate on kitchen counters. Do you have somewhere to store an air fryer? However, if you’re considering a combination air fryer, you also may be able to get rid of a few excessive kitchen gadgets, which could be a good trade-off. Heck, you might even end up with even more counter space when all is said and done!

    FAQs

    Q: How does air-fried food taste?

    How air-fried foods taste depends on who you ask. Technically, since the food is not actually deep-fried, it’s not going to replicate that crispiness and flavor of deep-frying completely. That said, they do come pretty close. Air fryers are basically tiny convection ovens that work by circulating hot air around the food. So essentially, it tastes like extra-crispy oven-baked food, which is not a bad thing when you’re saving so many calories and fat.

    Q: Is air frying healthier than baking?

    Whether air frying is healthier than baking boils down to how much oil you’re using. Air fryers require little to no oil. However, depending on what you’re baking in a conventional oven, you’re probably also adding fat or oil to help with the cooking process and prevent the food from sticking to baking sheets and roasting pans. So if you add the same amount of oil to your air fryer as you would a baked dish, even if that’s no oil, then the air-fried dish would be just as healthy as if you would have baked it.

    Q: Can you put aluminum foil in an air fryer?

    Since we’ve always been taught not to put aluminum foil in the microwave, you may be wondering if it’s safe to put it in the air fryer. In a word, yes, it’s safe to put aluminum foil in an air fryer cooking basket. However, it’s not necessarily the best option. Manufacturers generally advise that parchment paper or an empty basket are better options since they won’t interfere with the cooking process.

    Q: What are the pros and cons of an air fryer?

    The pros of air fryers are versatility, ease of use, and the ability to achieve a crisp exterior and moist interior of most foods with up to 75 percent less oil than actual frying (since an air fryer is actually closer to a mini convection oven). In addition, an air fryer has the ability to bypass a full-sized oven and all the energy it takes up and the heat it puts out. Plus an air fryer is far easier to clean. As for the cons, air fryers cost you counter space and have far less cooking capacity than a full-sized oven. And those smaller compartments mean it takes some practice to determine the perfect placement of food for consistent airflow and the temperature and time needed to cook thoroughly but not dry food out.

    Final thoughts about the best air fryers

    There are so many models and features to consider when dealing with air fryers that it can be difficult to even the playing field. That’s why our favorite air fryer is a Ninja model (the brand also makes one of our favorite smart ovens), such as the Ninja DZ201 Foodi 8 Quart 6-in-1 DualZone 2-Basket Air Fryer. In addition to being one of the best-rated air fryers on this list (another Ninja, the Ninja 4-Quart Air Fryer, actually gets the distinction of top air fryer in popularity), the Foodi comes with features making it versatile enough to handle mains, sides, or a combination. However, larger families and those who plan to be using their air fryer heavily may want to consider a higher-capacity model such as the COSORI 12-in-1 Air Fryer or Ultrean 8-Quart Air Fryer. The best air fryers all just depend on how you plan to use them and how many people you’re feeding.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best air fryers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best cat trees of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-cat-tree/ Mon, 24 May 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=365810
    A black and white cat standing over a beige cat tree.
    Petrebels, Unsplash

    Stuck at home with a pent-up pet? These keep even the most high-climbing, adventurous kitties amused.

    The post The best cat trees of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A black and white cat standing over a beige cat tree.
    Petrebels, Unsplash

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best for large cats FANDReA is the best cat tree for large cats. FEANDREA Cat Tree for Large Cats
    SEE IT

    This cushy condo for big cats  is designed with anti-tipping technology for extra safety.

    Best wooden cat tree The Vesper Cat Tree is the best wooden cat tree. Vesper Modern Cat Tree
    SEE IT

    This eco-friendly modern design comes with a sisal scratching mat and memory-foam bed.

    Best on a budget A cat sitting over a cat tree in a beige color and with two floors. AmazonBasics Cat Condo Tree Tower with Hammock Bed
    SEE IT

    Help your kitty get away from it all in this affordable hammock bed made with plush carpeting.

    Does your cat enjoy scaling your cabinets and bookshelves? Do they spend every morning surveying their domain from the top of the refrigerator? A cat tree is a wonderful way to keep your cat occupied, especially if they have a fondness for high places. The majority also come equipped with scratching posts, which keep claws away from your beloved sofa. If your cat hides in closets and under beds, a cat tree house with covered shelters will provide them a sense of security and personal space. And all these options come stacked in a wide variety of shapes, sizes, and materials. Do you need a towering kitty castle, or a cozy perch for a cat that just wants to loaf? Does your interior aesthetic call for a modern cat tower? From kitten to couch potato, we’ll go over the best cat tree for you and your feline’s specific needs.

    The best cat trees: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best overall: Armarkat 77-inch Faux Fleece Cat Tree & Condo

    Chewy

    SEE IT

    The Armarkat stands over six feet high and boasts 10 scratching posts, six platforms, and two comfy condos. This feline fortress is built to handle the more exuberant kitty personalities, with a weight capacity of 80 pounds and a sturdy plywood structure. Your cat can govern from the highest perch of this large cat tree or spend all day snoozing in the privacy of a faux fleece cube.

    Best small: Frisco 32-inch Real Carpet Wooden Cat Tree

    Chewy

    SEE IT

    The Frisco Cat Tree is a double-decker tower for your cat to stretch out on. This wooden cat tower is built to last all nine lives, with a handcrafted solid wood structure and two heavy-duty sisal rope posts. It’s wrapped in plush, household-grade carpet, with a familiar texture that every cat can enjoy. This small cat tree comes fully assembled with two luxurious platforms and a hanging toy. The base of this tree measures 20 inches on both sides.

    Best for large cats: FEANDREA Cat Tree for Large Cats

    FEANDREA

    SEE IT

    The FEANDREA Cat Tree is a welcoming abode that won’t budge under pressure. The roomy cat condos and oversized plush perch provide an abundance of space for big cat naps. Each post is wrapped in natural sisal rope and reinforced with battens at the base of the tree. It also includes an anti-toppling wall attachment if you are super wary of tipping.

    Best wooden: Vesper Modern Cat Tree

    VESPER

    SEE IT

    This cat tower is made with laminated MDF board and comes in three attractive shades: warm walnut, natural oak, and classic black. With a tall observation platform, cozy cat cube, and seagrass scratching posts, this modern cat tree will keep your cat occupied while complimenting your meticulously curated apartment. The sisal scratching mat and memory foam beds are easily removable for easy washing. Vesper Trees are built for lifelong use, and replacement parts for scratching poles, cushions, carpets, and toys are available.

    Best budget: AmazonBasics Cat Condo Tree Tower with Hammock Bed

    Amazon Basics

    SEE IT

    This tower includes plush carpeting, an elevated hammock bed, two pillars wrapped in natural jute rope, and a hanging toy. The Amazon Basics cat tower is super easy to assemble and has a 15.7-inch base, but keep in mind that this condo is best for small and medium-sized cats and might be too snug for a larger breed.

    Features to consider when buying a cat tree

    There are a few features to keep in mind when shopping for your new cat tree. It is a good idea to designate a space in your home for your cat and keep the limitations of that space in mind. Sprawling homes can accommodate a large cat tree, but a tight apartment might require a more compact design. Then you will want to consider your cat’s activity level. Rambunctious kittens love to clamber up multilevel towers, but they are not as accessible for older cats; a cat with mobility issues will need a shorter model with wide platforms rather than a high-rise cat condo.

    If your cat loves to scratch, it is important to choose a tower that they can’t wait to sink their needle-sharp nails into. The best cat tree will include a scratching material that you know your kitty loves, whether it’s sisal rope, jute, cardboard, or wood. And if your tabby loves to spread out, their dream tower will include ample space for afternoon catnaps. There’s a lot to choose from when it comes to pet products, so let’s break it down some more.

    Related: Fulfill your cat’s dream of comfortable slumber with the best cat beds.

    What’s the best for active cats?

    The majority of house cats spend all day inside and they need a place to exert their bundles of energy. If you’re looking to entertain a cat that seems hellbent on toppling your bookshelves, a tall cat tree is an easy way to redirect their attention. If you have multiple cats, a large cat tower can accommodate three to four felines and prevent territorial scuffles. Tall cat towers are also a good way to stimulate and challenge curious kittens.

    The most important features to keep in mind when shopping for tall cat trees are durability and weight capacity. Yours will have to handle high-speed cat leaps, and you don’t want the tower to wobble or tip. If you have enough room for a larger cat tower, you will also want to ensure that it offers an assortment of interactive elements. The best cat tower will have scratching pads, a variety of perches, toy attachments, and condos to hide in. Check out our favorite for high-climbing cats.

    What if I’m looking for a smaller cat tree?

    If you live in an apartment or smaller home, you might not have room for a kitty skyscraper. Small cat towers are a great way to designate a spot for your furry friend without sacrificing precious living room space. Does your cat spend all day lounging by the window? The majority of small cat perches are window-level, which makes them perfectly suited for hours of cat contemplation. Although small cat towers are lower to the ground, you will still want one that won’t sway when jumped on. The best small cat tree will have a sturdy base, resilient scratching posts, and soft platforms for maximum relaxation.

    What’s the best for larger breeds?

    Your Maine coon might not fit on a regular cat perch, but that doesn’t mean he has to miss out on the fun. There are a variety of cat tower designs available that are built to lodge bigger cats. If your cat weighs over 15 pounds, their tower should be uniquely constructed to handle that extra fluff. When selecting cat towers for large breeds, you should ensure that the platforms are wide enough for them to fully recline, and that they contain spare padding for optimal comfort. The best way to avoid tipping is with a two-pillar design, which prevents trees from leaning to one side.

    What if I prefer a more modern design?

    We know that your décor vision might not include a carpeted cat tower. Wooden designs are a sleek solution for those that prefer a more minimal aesthetic. Traditional designs might cause unwanted visual clutter, while a modern cat tower can blend seamlessly into a contemporary layout. Wooden designs may not be covered in plush fabric, but they are easier to clean and attract less hair. The best wooden cat tree will fit your modern style without compromising on kitty comfort. Here’s our favorite for sophisticated cats.

    What can I get for under $30?

    We know that quickly cat furniture can run you into the triple digits, especially if you’re shopping for a complex tower or a contemporary design. Luckily, there are options available for inexpensive single-platform trees. Cheap cat towers are sometimes made with flimsier materials, so you will want to ensure that what you pick is sturdy and claw-proof. The best cat tree on a budget will have durable construction, a soft bed, and tough scratching posts. Here’s an economical tree for your four-legged friend.

    FAQs

    Q: Where should I put the cat tree?

    Buying the cat tree is only half the battle—you have to get your cat to actually use it. You might want to stick it in the most convenient or concealed location, but that is not always the most attractive spot for your cat. We recommend setting it up in a shared living space where your cat can keep tabs on you from the comfort of their perch. Proximity to a window is great for cats that love to birdwatch.

    Q: How can I get my cat interested in my cat tree?

    When you’re first introducing cat furniture to a kitty habitat, you should provide as many positive associations as possible. You can sprinkle the tower with catnip, reward them with treats when they show interest and line their condo with used toys and blankets for a familiar smell.

    Q: How many cat towers do I need for two cats?

    With a multiplatform cat tower like the Amarkat, two friendly cats or kittens can coexist peacefully. If your two cats struggle to get along and display territorial aggression, it might be better to purchase more than one cat tower. Ultimately, the number of trees you need depends on the dynamic between your feline pair. 

    Related: Best robot mops

    The final word on finding the best cat trees

    Cat towers are a smart solution for pet parents looking to keep their cats occupied and relaxed. The right cat products can resolve a scratching habit and entertain your pet while you’re away. From jungle-gym climbing trees to glossy wooden condos, the best cat tower will help your kitty feel truly at home.

    The post The best cat trees of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best random orbital sanders of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-random-orbital-sanders/ Thu, 07 Oct 2021 14:30:12 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=401153
    The best random orbital sanders of 2021

    Our comprehensive guide will help you find the right sander for your needs.

    The post The best random orbital sanders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best random orbital sanders of 2021

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best Overall Home photo Bosch ROS20VSC Palm Sander
    SEE IT

    One Sentence Summary: A high-quality, easy-to-use tool with variable speed and fine dust filter.

    Best Budget Home photo Beyond by Black + Decker Random Orbit Sander
    SEE IT

    A low-cost, lightweight model ideal for occasional DIY users

    Best for Woodworking Home photo Makita BO5041K 5" Random Orbit Sander
    SEE IT

    Well-balanced model equally suitable for fine woodworkers or jobsite carpenters.

    Random orbital sanders have a dual action specifically designed to smooth surfaces quickly and efficiently. They rotate around a central drive, and at the same time also oscillate in smaller circles. This motion mash-up maximizes provides a drastic improvement over manual or even other electric methods. On the one hand they can quickly remove existing coatings like old, worn paint. They are equally good at preparing a smooth, scratch-free surface for the application of varnish or other finishes.

    There are random orbital sanders for everyone from the occasional DIY user, to the home auto enthusiast, to the fine furniture maker. Having plenty of choice certainly has its advantages, but it does make choosing the right model challenging. Here, we’ll discuss the key features in detail and focus on the best random orbital sanders for a variety of different craftspeople and enthusiasts.

    How we chose the best random orbital sanders

    As a trained engineer, former woodshop owner, and keen home renovator I have used random orbital sanders for many different purposes. Using that broad experience I chose the following criteria when selecting what I believe to be the best random orbital sanders currently on the market.

    Performance: High performance isn’t always necessary. The important thing is the right amount of power for the job, and flexibility where necessary. In order to cover the full range of potential sanding tasks I included corded, cordless, and pneumatic models.

    Handling: DIY users generally want something light and easy to manage. Those using a sander all day often need greater control for more precise working, and better balance to reduce fatigue.

    Brand and value: Certain brands have established well-known reputations for reliability and durability. Each of the tools chosen comes from one of the market leaders. While cheap random orbital sanders from unknown manufacturers were avoided, the models chosen nevertheless offer competitive pricing and excellent value.

    The best random orbital sanders: Reviews & Recommendations

    Best electric: Bosch ROS20VSC Palm Sander

    Why It Made The Cut: The Bosch palm sander has a ton of range. It is capable of both rapid material removal, and fine finishing. It’s competitively priced too.

    Key Features

    • Power: 2.5 amp, corded
    • Size: 5”
    • Speed: Variable, from 7,500 to 12,000 OPM

    Pros

    • Variable speed
    • Excellent dust filtration
    • Vacuum adapter included

    Cons

    • Occasional issues with sanding pad grip
    • Awkwardly placed speed control switch

    Bosch have a particularly good reputation in what is often called the ‘prosumer’ market — high-quality tools aimed at the enthusiastic DIY user, but which also have the reliability and durability demanded by professionals. The Bosch palm sander falls into this category.

    The 2.5 amp motor isn’t hugely powerful, but it is plenty for general-purpose stripping and sanding tasks. Variable speed gives it the flexibility to work efficiently with different grits of sandpaper and on delicate surfaces. The fine filter dust canister can handle particles down to 1/2 micron diameter, or can be swapped for a vacuum extractor via the 1-1/4” or 1-1/2” adapters included.

    The Bosch palm sander has rubberized upper and front surfaces for confident grip. While one hand is usually sufficient, it can accommodate two for extra oomph. It weighs just 3.5 pounds, and comes with 8 feet of power cord giving plenty of usable reach. A few customers have complained that the Velcro-type hook and loop pad can lose grip. It is a frequent challenge with random orbital sanders, often down to a build-up of dust in the fibers. They can usually be brushed or vacuumed to restore adhesion.

    Best budget: beyond by BLACK+DECKER Random Orbit Sander

    Why It Made The Cut: Sometimes simple solutions are the best. The budget-priced Black+Decker sander is a basic but perfectly adequate tool for a host of different DIY tasks.

    Key Features

    • Power: 2.4 amp, corded
    • Size: 5”
    • Speed: Fixed, 12,000 OPM

    Pros

    • Very low cost
    • Light weight
    • Includes 60, 120 and 180 grit sandpaper sheets

    Cons

    • No vacuum connection
    • Fixed speed

    For those people who want to strip old furniture before repainting, sand lumber, or perhaps ease a sticking door, the Black+Decker could be the ideal tool. It may not be especially powerful, but it will get the job done. It is also priced at a level where just about everyone can afford it.

    The 2.4 amp motor is adequate for the purpose. The fixed speed doesn’t give it a great deal of versatility but is fast enough for ripping through old paint or varnish and good for sanding store-bought softwoods. The dust collector can fill quickly, but the interlocking connector design makes it very difficult to attach any kind of extractor instead. However, the Black+Decker user will seldom be producing high volumes of waste so it’s not the problem it would be on a professional sander.

    Weight is under 3 pounds, and rubberized areas make it easy to use at different angles. Cord length is 8 feet. It comes with three sanding disks of different grits, which won’t last very long but will get the new user started, and acclimate them to how each type cuts if this is their first sander.

    Best for woodworking: Makita BO5041K 5″ Random Orbit Sander

    Why It Made The Cut: The Makita has the power to provide aggressive sanding of softwood, and the control necessary for smooth finishes on hardwood. 

    Key Features

    • Power: 3.0 amp, corded
    • Size: 5”
    • Speed: Variable, from 400 to 12,000 OPM

    Pros

    • Soft start reduces marking
    • Multiple grip positions and auxiliary handle
    • Sealed bearings for improved durability

    Cons

    • Non-standard dust port may require adapter for shop vacs
    • Rare quality control issues

    Woodworkers need high flexibility from their random orbital sander. They frequently deal with different-sized workpieces, and softwoods, hardwood, or veneers. It can be quite difficult to sand the latter without going straight through the thin surface, so good control is vital.

    The Makita random orbital sander’s 3 amp motor provides enough power for heavy-duty sanding when required, but its variable speed (adjusted via a convenient thumbwheel) gives it the versatility to work on a wide variety of surfaces. Additionally, it has a soft start which makes it both very controllable and reduces the chances of gouging into delicate materials. At a fraction over 3 pounds it’s also comparatively light.

    Often woodworkers need to sand large areas, and the adjustable front handle helps keep the sander running smoothly as it is swept back and forth. It can be tucked out of the way in tight corners. Rubberized grip areas also help handling, and a lock-on power button means the user can concentrate on the sanding action rather than keeping the trigger depressed.

    Best professional: DEWALT 20V MAX Random Orbit Sander, 5-Inch, Cordless Kit

    Why It Made The Cut: The DeWalt powerful cordless sander provides versatile sanding on job sites, particularly when no mains power is available. It is also built tough to withstand those inevitable knocks.

    Key Features

    • Power: 20 volt, cordless
    • Size: 5”
    • Speed: Variable, from 8,000 to 12,000

    Pros

    • High performance brushless motor
    • Comfortable and very controllable
    • Includes charger and carry bag

    Cons

    • Included battery is modest at 2.0Ah
    • Spare battery is an added-cost essential for professionals

    DeWalt’s 20V Max random orbital sander is a fine example of the brand’s market-leading cordless power tools. While it requires a greater investment than corded tools, it offers professionals the combination of power, reliability, and mobility necessary to tackle any type of job, anywhere.

    The DeWalt uses a brushless motor which makes the most efficient use of the battery power available. Variable speed makes it suitable for all materials, with the dial on the front of the machine where it’s easy to reach. The whole upper part of the sander has a rubberized molding, making for convenient grip at whatever angle feels comfortable for the task.

    At 6 pounds the DeWalt is heavier than some, but many users like some weight behind the tool, particularly for fast, aggressive sanding. The supplied dust collecting bag is adequate for small jobs, or can be swapped out, and a hose fitted to powered extraction. The kit includes battery, charger, and bag, though an extra battery will be something of a necessity for professional use.

    Best air random orbital sander: Ingersoll Rand 328B Heavy Duty Air Geared Orbital Sander

    Why It Made The Cut: While primarily designed for sanding large areas of body filler, The Ingersoll Rand air sander is also suitable for large woodwork projects, and sanding poured acrylics used for worktops.

    Key Features

    • Power: Pneumatic, 16 CFM under load
    • Size: 8”
    • Speed: Variable, maximum 825 rpm

    Pros

    • Impressive material removal
    • Comparatively light for its size
    • Long service life expectancy

    Cons

    • Above average air compressor required
    • Adhesive rather than hook and loop pads

    Air-powered random orbital sanders are typically found in professional auto body shops, where they are used for cleaning up large areas of filler before spraying. A larger pad means faster working, and helps maintain a flat surface, so 8” models like the Ingersoll Rand are common.

    While the max speed setting is slower than most 5” tools, the extra diameter produces rapid material removal. Although mainly designed for sanding body filler, with the right abrasive it could be used for large expanses of wood, or poured acrylic countertops. Despite its size, the Ingersoll Rand air sander weighs just 2.5 pounds. Disks are adhesive, rather than the common hook and loop type as the latter can quickly loose grip in the heavy-duty production environments where this tool is most often found.

    The drawback with such a large tool is that it relies on a substantial compressor to power it. The Ingersoll Rand requires 16 CFM. That’s considerably more air consumption than provided by DIY compressors. There is no dust collection or extraction, so respiratory protection is strongly recommended.

    Things to consider before buying the best random orbital sander

    While all random orbital sanders operate in basically the same way, the specification can vary enormously. The following are key areas when making your choice.

    Power source

    There are corded, cordless, and air sanders (also called pneumatic sanders). Corded models are generally more affordable than their cordless counterparts, and there are no concerns about battery life. High-performance cordless models offer very competitive performance, but a spare battery is something of a necessity for extended work periods. That adds to the cost.

    Air sanders need a compressor to power them. They have long been the professional’s choice, particularly in auto body shops. With no motor in the tool itself, they are usually light, powerful, and very durable. However, their lack of portability makes them impractical for many.

    Performance

    Corded tools are rated in amps, and vary from around 2.5 amps for a DIY tool to 4.5 amps for a top professional model. The main difference is that a lower powered model might bog down under heavy load, whereas the more powerful motor would keep cutting.

    Cordless tools are rated by the voltage of the battery, usually 18V or 20V. These are effectively the same, as one refers to the startup voltage (which is slightly higher) while the other is the nominal (normal operating) voltage. When assessing batteries, particularly if buying a spare, it’s a good idea to maximize the Amp hour (Ah) rating because higher Ah equals longer run time. It’s also the case that brushless motors make more efficient use of battery power than brush motors.

    The key figure with air sanders is the air consumption figure, in Cubic Feet per Minute (CFM). It’s vital that the compressor can supply this volume of air or the sander will not function correctly.

    Sanding speed is given in Orbits Per Minute (OPM). Lightweight DIY models tend to have a single fixed speed, whereas the best random orbital sanders have variable speed. Actual speed ranges vary. Somewhere between 7,500 and 12,000 OPM is common for general-purpose models, but woodworking and large diameter sanders are usually slower.

    Size and control

    Random orbital sanders are generally rated by disk diameter. These range from 2” to 12”, with 5” models being by far the most popular. It’s a practical size for many different tasks, small enough to be maneuverable, and large enough to cover substantial areas relatively quickly.

    Weight isn’t usually an issue. None of these tools is particularly heavy and they are often resting on the workpiece while in use. How they are held does have an impact. Palm sanders are compact, and the gripping areas on the top are usually sufficient. Others may have auxiliary handles for two-handed use. These can either be at the front or the side.

    Dust

    The dust produced by a random orbital sander may cause respiratory difficulties, and in some cases can be toxic. While a face mask should always be worn, some kind of dust management should be fitted to the sander. Cartridge filters are effective but can fill quickly. The ability to attach a shop vac or extractor is a benefit in high production environments.

    FAQs

    Q: How do I choose a random orbital sander?

    Consider whether you need a tool for occasional or regular use, and thus the power requirement, and pad size. Also look at physical configuration (how you’re going to hold it), and the weight. The information provided above gives more detail on how to choose the best random orbital sander for your needs.

    Q: Do I need a variable speed random orbital sander?

    The main advantage of variable speed is that it enables you to slow the sander down when working with delicate materials like veneers, thus reducing the chances of sanding through. If the sander is only used for paint removal or softwood lumber, variable speed isn’t necessary.

    Q: How much does a random orbital sander cost?

    Lightweight corded DIY models start at around $35. A professional-grade cordless sander with battery and charger can top $300.

    Final thoughts on the best random orbital sanders

    The Bosch palm sander is a superbly made, and very affordable tool that offers all the features most DIY enthusiasts will ever need. It also has sufficient performance for many professionals. The Black+Decker beyond random orbital sander is a low-cost option aimed at the occasional user. It competes head-on with no-name brands that so often prove unreliable. Now you’re ready to add one of these sanders to your tool kit!

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best random orbital sanders of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best charcoal grills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-charcoal-grill/ Sat, 31 Jul 2021 13:35:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=385340
    A lineup of the best charcoal grills on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    Give food the unbeatable, smokey outdoor flavor by cooking with the best charcoal grill.

    The post The best charcoal grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of the best charcoal grills on a white background
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall The Weber Original Kettle Premium Charcoal Grill is the best for traditionalists. Weber Original Kettle Premium Charcoal Grill
    SEE IT

    The familiar face of the best backyard burgers.

    Best budget The Fire Sense Black Notebook Charcoal Grill is the best budget pick. Fire Sense Black Notebook Charcoal Grill
    SEE IT

    A cheap, portable camping grill that works anywhere.

    Best for large parties The Royal Gourmet CD2030AN Charcoal Grill and BBQ Smoker is the best for big families. Royal Gourmet CD2030X Deluxe Charcoal Grill and BBQ Smoker
    SEE IT

    A perfect large charcoal grill and smoker.

    The grill is an icon of the American backyard and it’s more popular than ever. The best charcoal grill is an affordable way to cook mouth-watering meat and veggies. With better temperature controls and smoking options, charcoal grills are becoming the cooking device of choice for serious outdoor eaters. The smokey flavor of charcoal briquettes or hardwood lump charcoal infuses burgers and chicken with distinct summer magic. These grills are easy to use, so even if you are a terrible chef, you can still cook up impressive food. Vegetables, hotdogs, pork chops, ribs, and more will all taste better when you cook them with these dependable, high-quality charcoal cookers.

    How we chose the best charcoal grills

    We grilled the best charcoal grill contenders based on reviews, recommendations, personal testing, research, and user impressions. We also looked at material, size, weight, and built-in features like thermometers to narrow down the list.

    The best charcoal grills: Reviews & Recommendations

    While there are small differences between various models, the basic science and design remain the same. More robust temperature controls and smoking options can bump up the price, but these can be well worth it for serious outdoor chefs. With a budget in mind, look for the options that will make your grilling experience easier and the food tastier.  

    Best overall: Weber Original Kettle Premium Charcoal Grill

    Weber

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a 70-year legacy behind it, this charcoal grill is proof that good design is timeless and durable.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 22.5 x 22.5 x 27 inches
    • Weight: 32.3 lbs.
    • Material: Porcelain
    • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

    Pros

    • One-touch cleaning system
    • Durable
    • Heat shield on handle

    Cons

    • Instructions unclear

    For over 70 years, the Weber kettle charcoal grill has cooked perfect burgers and deliciously smokey chicken. If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it. The Weber charcoal grill is an easy-to-use, basic grill that can comfortably cook 13 burger patties on its 363 square inches of grilling space. The handle on the lid doesn’t get too hot thanks to the shield, so you won’t fling the lid into the pool in anger. And ashes collected in the bottom bin are easy to remove. This is a great grill for cooking dinner every day. It’s consistent. It’s dependable. And it will last a long time.

    Best for experienced grillers: Char-Griller E56720 AKORN Kamado Charcoal Grill

    Char-Griller

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: An insulated design brings—and seals—the heat for juicy meats and smoky vegetables.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 45 x 31 x 47 inches
    • Weight: 97 lbs.
    • Material: Alloy steel
    • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

    Pros

    • Temperature control
    • Fuel-efficient
    • Large grill space

    Cons

    • Expensive

    The Char-Griller charcoal grill is a powerful backyard beast. The 447-square-inch cooking surface makes this one of the best large charcoal grills. It’s more expensive than a basic charcoal model, but you’re paying for temperature control and even cooking. The grill can reach temperatures of 700 degrees to sear big steaks, but can just as easily maintain a cool, smokey 200 degrees for ribs. The adjustable top and bottom dampers give you more control over the heat and smoke. The folding side shelves offer a helping hand when moving food to a serving tray. This large model is designed for those who want absolute power over the heat and smoke, to fine-tune the flavor profile of any grilled food.   

    Best for large parties: Royal Gourmet CD2030X Deluxe Charcoal Grill and BBQ Smoker

    Royal Gourmet

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Two build-in side tables and large cooking racks mean there’s enough room to grill and serve everything at once for a backyard party.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 58.66 x 28.74 x 50.39 inches
    • Weight: 70.3 lbs.
    • Material: Porcelain-enamel
    • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

    Pros

    • Built-in paper towel holder
    • Ample grilling space
    • Height-adjustable charcoal pan

    Cons

    • Large

    It looks like a gas grill, but the Royal Gourmet cart grill uses charcoal to cook anything on its spacious 764-square-inch surface (511 square inches of cooking space and a 253-square-inch warming rack). A side crank raises and lowers the coals for better temperature control. The smokestack makes it easy to keep air circulating without smoking out the chef. Even though it’s bigger than others, it’s easy to move and maneuver around a backyard. And a charcoal cart grill has more storage options with shelves and side tables ready to support the grill master’s tools.

    Best for gas grill lovers: Weber 15501001 Performer Deluxe Charcoal Grill

    Weber

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: The touch-and-go propane-powered ignition system gives you the feel of a gas grill with the smokiness of charcoal.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 8 x 48 x 43.5 inches
    • Weight: 91 lbs.
    • Material: Porcelain-coated steel
    • Built-in temperature gauge: Yes

    Pros

    • Removable LCD cook timer
    • Extra space compared to base model
    • Touch ignition

    Cons

    • Screws for lid holder can interfere with grate removal and replacement

    If you want the power and ease of a gas grill but the flavor of a charcoal grill, the Weber Deluxe Charcoal Grill is the best of both worlds. The touch ignition uses gas to get coals cooking instantly. The deluxe version also comes with a handy side table that doubles as a charcoal bin for easy access and storage. The shelf underneath adds even more storage space. Plus, it’s a fantastic Weber grill made of high-quality materials. Is it worth the extra money to opt for the deluxe model over the basic? If you want easy ignition and extra space, it’s money well spent. 

    Best budget: Fire Sense Black Notebook Charcoal Grill

    Fire Sense

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: This portable tabletop grill is ready for tailgates, camping, and small backyard get-togethers.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 17.53 x 11.82 x 14.18 inches
    • Weight: 8 lbs.
    • Material: Alloy steel
    • Built-in temperature gauge: No

    Pros

    • Portable
    • Carrying case included

    Cons

    • Not for large cookouts

    What can you get for $30? You can get a pretty great tabletop charcoal grill. The Fire Sense is the best budget charcoal grill, perfect for camping or setting up in a stadium parking lot. The 18-inch by 13-inch by 13-inch portable grill folds up and is easy to carry or stuff in a camping bag. This is a small charcoal grill, so don’t expect to feed 50 guests unless they don’t mind taking turns. But you can fit four burgers on the grill with room left over for veggies and hotdogs. Plus, this mini grill is easy to set up, fill, and light. For being a budget model, the Fire Sense is the best grill for the money.

    Think the concept of a portable BBQ grill/fire pit is … lit? If you’re looking for a step-up, check out the Front Runner, a more durable/aesthetically oriented option than the Fire Sense thanks to its rust/corrosion-resistant stainless steel design. It packs flat for easy transport and after a quick 30-second setup can be filled with charcoal and/or wood for cooking or keeping warm post-grilling on a chilly night.

    What to consider when buying the best charcoal grills

    If you’re still using an old grill that’s more rust than a cooking appliance, it’s time for an upgrade. Today’s modern charcoal grills are as stylish as they are useful. And with the right grilling know-how, you’ll be hosting gourmet backyard parties and family dinners all season long. 

    Gas grill vs. charcoal

    Gas grills are easier to use, easier to clean, and cook food faster. So why would you ever want to ditch the gas grill and opt for a charcoal cooker? Simple answer: The best charcoal grills are cheaper and the food tastes better. But there’s more to these grills than just an attractive price point. 

    Yes, the charcoal grill creates ash that must be cleaned. And yes, it can take a few minutes to get the charcoal hot and ready for cooking. But the flavor is unmistakable and delicious. The smokey charcoal penetrates burgers, chicken, and steak with a taste that screams hot-weather fun. And charcoal grills are also more affordable. For a reasonable price, you can have a great backyard grill that will last for years. Setting up a charcoal grill is simple since the device itself is simple: Three or four metal legs, a pit for hot coals, a metal grill for the food, and a dome lid to contain the heat and smoke.  

    And best of all, there’s something to be said for the ritual of charcoal. Everything takes a little longer but feels more important and sacred. From starting the coals to dumping the ashes, it’s a time-honored tradition and a quasi-religious experience. (Or maybe it’s just a cheap way to make burgers taste yummy.)

    Cart vs. kettle charcoal grill

    When you think of charcoal grills, you probably imagine a kettle grill. These charcoal grills have the classic design of a circular surface with a rounded dome lid. They’ve been around for nearly 100 years, so clearly the design works. They are smaller than gas grills, but that’s a good thing for getting the right temperature without wasting heat and space. They are also easy to assemble and easy to store in a garage or shed during the off-season. 

    A charcoal cart grill looks more like today’s gas grills, with a rectangular grilling surface and boxy shape. They may also come with a handy side tray and storage shelf underneath. Cart grills are typically bigger than kettle grills, and that means you’ll need more charcoal to heat up the large area. Getting up to the right heat is critical for charcoal, so a bigger model can be more hassle if you’re only cooking a couple of cheeseburgers. But for big parties and big families, a large charcoal cart grill does an amazingly efficient job. 

    Direct vs. indirect charcoal grilling

    There are two ways to cook on a charcoal grill: With direct heat or indirect heat. For burgers and hotdogs, you want the heat directly under the food to give it a blast of cooking power and sear the surface of the meat. Chicken should be cooked with indirect heat, meaning the hot coals are pushed to one side of the grill and the meat rests on the other side. This lets the chicken heat up to the right temperature slowly and evenly without drying out. 

    Charcoal grills can also be used to smoke meat over a long period of time. With strategic placement of the charcoal, you can smoke a rack of ribs in an afternoon. Simply shifting the charcoal position provides a whole new cooking option.

    Temperature control

    The biggest drawback to charcoal grills is cooking time. Unlike a gas or electric grill that is ready to start cooking at the touch of a button, charcoal grills need extra love and support to get the coals hot enough. 

    The best grill accessory for a charcoal grill is a charcoal starter or charcoal chimney. These metal tubes ensure all the briquettes are red hot. Put newspaper at the bottom and load your bricks to the top. Light the bottom and the charcoal will start working together to get each brick hot enough. When you start to see flames at the top of the chimney, the coals are ready. Carefully remove the chimney and spread out the coals. (A charcoal rake is another great accessory to have on hand.) The whole process shouldn’t take more than 15 minutes. Yes, that’s a lot longer than clicking a gas grill starter. But good things come to those who wait. Patience is part of the process. 

    If you don’t have a charcoal chimney, you can still stack the bricks in a pyramid formation and hit it with the lighter fluid to get things burning. But the chimney really does make things easier and more consistent.

    Speaking of the best charcoal grill accessories: Temperature control is a big part of any grilling process. Many come with built-in thermometers, but these are notoriously inaccurate. It’s always best to use a trusted meat thermometer to make sure the food is properly cooked.

    Types of charcoal

    Charcoal is basically wood that’s been through a rough couple of years. But there are two types of charcoal to pick from. Charcoal briquettes are the trusted old friend of traditional suburban backyard grills. These evenly shaped bricks are usually made of sawdust plus a binding agent to keep everything in the right shape. They are cheap. They are consistent. They are available in any grocery store or hardware store. The downside is flavor and heat. Because they are not 100-percent wood, they lack the smokey depth of lump charcoal. And they can struggle to get up to the proper temperature quickly. However, they are fantastic for slow and low cooking, such as smoking a rack of ribs for several hours. 

    Hardwood lump charcoal is exactly as the name says: 100 percent hardwood. They are not in a uniform shape and size, so they can’t cook food evenly. But they do get very hot, very fast. The biggest benefit: They give burgers, hot dogs, and any meat you’re cooking a deliciously distinct seared flavor. Hardwood lump charcoal will be more expensive, and they aren’t ideal for long, multi-hour cook times. That said, for foodies and backyard chefs who demand top-quality cooking materials, hardwood lump charcoal can’t be beaten.

    And you can always go for the best of both worlds by throwing a handful of hardwood lump charcoal on your traditional briquettes. 

    FAQs

    Q: Are charcoal grills easy to use?

    Yes, charcoal grills are easy to use. They are even easier than setting up and using gas grills. They may take longer to heat up, and you will need to clean out the ashes, but charcoal models are very user-friendly. Add charcoal. Add fire. Add meat. And that’s it. Even the smoking options on some are simple to use, with instructions on how to maintain good airflow and smoke over long periods of time. Plus, the best are smaller and lighter than gas grills. They are easier to move and store. The only easier way to cook food outside is over an open wood fire, but that results in lost hotdogs and burnt marshmallows. Charcoal is the easiest way to safely cook food outdoors. Just make sure you’re cleaning your grill regularly, and this easy-to-use grill will serve you for years.

    Q: How do I choose a charcoal grill?

    To choose a charcoal grill, consider how big you want it. Some portable grills are small, and can only accommodate two or three chicken breasts. A grill with over 300 square inches of cooking space should be more than enough for a family of four. You also want to make sure the grill is easy to clean. Digging out the ashes of a poorly designed grill can be a real pain. Temperature control is a plus, but for fine-tuning heat, you may need to spend more for a grill with more features. And watch your wallet. It’s always a good idea to start with a budget. Luckily, there are a lot of great grills that cost less than $150. 

    Q: Why are Weber charcoal grills so expensive?

    Comparatively speaking, Weber charcoal grills are not expensive. The basic model is affordable and will do a fantastic job. You can find cheaper charcoal grills, but they tend to be smaller. The small portable grills are designed for camping and tailgating. Tabletop grills cost less, but they need a level surface to rest on. Weber makes deluxe models, and these offer gas-powered ignition for fast, easy cooking. Are they worth the money? Only if you want the extra features like instant fire and bonus storage space.

    Final thoughts on the best charcoal grills

    Charcoal grills are easy to use and affordable. For half the price of a gas grill, you can equip your backyard with a high-quality charcoal grill. Food tastes better when cooked with charcoal and with flavorful lump charcoal, you can experiment and give backyard food an extra special kick of charred goodness. While charcoal grills do take longer to cook, it’s not too much time. The fifteen minutes it takes to get it going is a thoughtful time for you to reflect on the cooking process or stir up some secret BBQ sauce. And it’s worth the wait. There’s no better way to grill meat and vegetables.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best charcoal grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best gas grills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-gas-grill/ Fri, 13 Aug 2021 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=388980
    A lineup of the best gas grills
    Amanda Reed

    Become the master of delicious outdoor cooking with the best gas grill.

    The post The best gas grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    A lineup of the best gas grills
    Amanda Reed

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best for first-time homeowners The Weber 44010001 Spirit II Liquid Propane Grill is the best gas grill for first-time homeowners. Weber 44010001 Spirit II E-210 2-Burner Liquid Propane Grill
    SEE IT

    Grill dinner for a housewarming party and beyond. 

    Best overall The Char-Broil 463377319 Performance 4-Burner is the best gas grill for everyday grillers. Char-Broil 463377319 Performance 4-Burner Gas Grill
    SEE IT

    Perfect for grilling dinner every night.

    Best natural gas The Weber 66015001 Genesis II is the best gas grill for natural-gas homes. Weber Genesis E-325S Natural Gas Grill
    SEE IT

    A unique natural option with high-quality features.

    Modern gas grills are the most efficient and useful addition to any backyard. Today’s are as effortless to use as your kitchen stove. They are designed to cook a lot of food quickly, and grill cleaning and maintenance have never been easier. Plus, they are highly controllable. From cooking burgers and chicken to making perfectly seared restaurant-quality steaks, an affordable and powerful appliance gives you a wide variety of grilling options. If it’s time to upgrade your current rig, or you’re new to the grilling game, the best gas grill may become the new centerpiece of your patio—and personal food pyramid. 

    How we chose the best gas grills

    When the weather gets warm, you’ll find the entire PopSci gear team heating up the grill and throwing on kebabs, corn, steak, and other foods that are tastier simply by being made on the grill. This is a pro-grill team. In fact, we like anything involving fire, including fire pits. With that said, we looked at reviews, recommendations, and performed our own testing to find an easy-to-use grill perfect for entertaining or steak slinging.

    The best gas grills: Reviews & Recommendations

    Ready to become a grill master? Shop for a gas grill that does what you need it to do. The grill should be big enough to handle your household, yet secure and safe too. Perhaps most importantly, it should fit your budget. Once you know what you’re looking for, you can easily find the best gas grill for your yard. 

    Best overall: Char-Broil 463377319 Performance 4-Burner Gas Grill

    Char-Broil

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With a large cooking surface, this versatile grill can help fuel a few friends, your family, and even the entire neighborhood.

    Specs

    • Weight: 85 pounds
    • Material: Stainless steel
    • Rust-resistant: Yes
    • Dimensions: 50.4 x 24.5 x 45 inches

    Pros

    • Just-right size
    • Easy-to-clean drip tray
    • Large cooking surface

    Cons

    • Not sturdy

    The Char-Broil gas grill is big enough for a large family, but it’s not an oversized backyard behemoth. The stainless steel gas grill is easy to control and it heats quickly. Four burners provide perfect heat across the 425-square-inch cooking surface, with clean-up made easy thanks to the porcelain-coated cast iron grates. The porcelain drip tray is also easy to remove and clean. And the design is compact and stylish, perfect for any suburban backyard. And, it features a push-to-start electric ignition—no more cursing at the wind while hunched over the grill with a lighter and some newspaper. It’s not as sturdy as other grills on the list, so if you live in an area with high winds or have small kids or a dog, make sure you add some extra support to prevent spills.

    Best natural gas: Weber Genesis E-325S Natural Gas Grill

    Weber

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Get the ease of propane with the taste of natural gas with this versatile grill from Weber.

    Specs

    • Weight: 188 pounds
    • Material: Alloy steel
    • Rust-resistant: Yes
    • Dimensions: 35.5 x 30.75 x 31 inches

    Pros

    • Sear zone
    • Large side table
    • Lots of customizability and add-ons

    Cons

    • Strictly natural gas

    Natural-gas grills are different from traditional propane grills. They are fueled by your natural gas utility line. Why use natural gas? Food tastes better when cooked with natural gas, and the grills are more efficient. Plus, you won’t need to lug heavy propane tanks for refills. The Weber natural gas option is the best cooker of its kind. You get all the features of a Weber Genesis grill, with the added convenience and flavor of natural gas. The sear zone lets you cook multiple steaks at the same time, and allows you to serve them at the same time—your “well-done” friend and their stomach will thank you. Replaceable grates let you roast, bake, and even stir fry by swapping the grate for separate Weber grillware. Prep dinner on the extra large side table, and get more cooking room with the expandable top cooking grate.

    That said, this only runs on natural gas. While there are propane grills that come with natural gas options and hookups, this is strictly natural gas. Weber also makes a propane model of the grill.

    Best dual-fuel: BLOSSOMZ Dual Fuel Combination Charcoal/Gas Grill

    BLOSSOMZ

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: If you’re an indecisive griller, this grill can handle both charcoal and propane for any of your grilling moods.

    Specs

    • Weight: 103 pounds
    • Material: Alloy steel and stainless steel
    • Rust-resistant: Yes
    • Dimensions: 64 x 28 x 49.75 inches

    Pros

    • Can cook with charcoal and propane at the same time
    • Easy to control and manage
    • Lots of cooking space

    Cons

    • Not great for big parties

    Can’t pick between gas and charcoal? With the BLOSSOMZ combination grill you get it all. A gas grill with three burners is on one side, and a charcoal grill is on the other. The gas side is slightly larger, with 295 square inches of space, compared to the 262 square inches of the charcoal side. That means this is a standard-sized charcoal grill with a smaller-sized gas grill (and not great gas grilling for big parties). Both sides are easy to control and manage simultaneously. If you want to experiment with flavor and dinner menu options, this fantastic food laboratory is a unique combination of gas and charcoal grill.

    Best for first-time homeowners: Weber Spirit II E-210 2-Burner Liquid Propane Grill

    Weber

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: Get great quality when getting into the world of backyard grilling thanks to the Weber Spirit II E-210.

    Specs

    • Weight: 103 pounds
    • Material: Porcelain enamel, cast iron
    • Rust-resistant: Yes
    • Dimensions: 48 x 26 x 57 inches

    Pros

    • Open cart design
    • Simple ignition
    • Quick heating

    Cons

    • Vents out of the back, so keep away from vinyl siding

    This Weber gas grill is ideal for families of four, with 450 square inches of grilling space. The Weber grill is well-built and feels strong even on windy days. If you have young children racing around the yard, the lightweight Weber grill is pretty good at staying upright even when slightly pushed. Ignition is simple and dependable, and the grill heats up quickly. Food tastes particularly great thanks to the Weber grill flavorizer bars that help turn drippings into smoky flavor. For new homes and new families, this is a fantastic entry-level gas grill from a high-quality brand. This grill vents heavily out of the back, so be careful when placing it near vinyl siding 

    Best portable: Char-Broil Portable 240 Liquid Propane Gas Grill

    Char-Broil

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: Gas grilling isn’t limited to your backyard with a portable grill—we’re partial to this one from Char-Boil.

    Specs

    • Weight: 21.3 pounds
    • Material: Stainless steel
    • Rust-resistant: Yes
    • Dimensions: 16.2 x 24.8 x 13.3 inches

    Pros

    • Portable
    • Carry handle
    • Sturdy

    Cons

    • Not lightweight

    You won’t find a better portable grill for less than $100. The Char-Broil grill is designed for camping and tailgating. This tabletop gas grill is sturdy and dependable. Hook it up to a one-pound propane tank and you’ll be making dogs and brats in no time. It can easily cook five burgers at a time. While not a super lightweight grill (it weighs slightly more than 20 pounds, not including fuel), it is easy to carry thanks to the thick, comfortable handle. And it’s faster and easier than portable charcoal grills. Even if you only use it on a backyard table, this is a handy and affordable grill for any occasion.

    Best budget: American Gourmet Char-Broil Classic 360 3-Burner Liquid Propane Gas Grill

    American Gourmet

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: Get high heat across 360 square feet of grilling surface for less than $200.

    Specs

    • Weight: 48.5 pounds
    • Material: Stainless steel
    • Rust-resistant: Yes
    • Dimensions: 24.1 x 51.2 x 43.5 inches

    Pros

    • Porcelain-coated grates
    • Inline burners
    • Easy to assemble

    Cons

    • Some parts not as high-quality due to price

    This grill is made by American Gourmet, a subsidiary company of Char-Broil. This means you get high-quality features for a great price, like easy-to-clean, rust-resistant porcelain-coated grates and stainless steel burners. In fact, you get 30,000 British Thermal Units (BTUs) of heat across the grill’s 360-square-inch cooking surface. This means you won’t have to wait long for the grill to heat up for fast grilling. It even includes a 170-square-inch warming rack for hot buns or warming up sides. Piezo ignition gives you burner start-ups at the push of a button, and the metal side shelves give you ample prep space. However, you get what you pay for in some included parts. For example, the grill comes with plastic wheels, which will damage over time in the rain, versus solid wheels with rubber tracks in higher-priced models.

    What to consider when buying the best gas grills

    Nothing beats backyard burgers and hotdogs, but there is more to modern gas grills than a tank of fuel. Here’s what you’ll need to know and the feature you will need to control the heat and ensure your burgers don’t turn into bricks.

    Why use gas grills over charcoal, electric, and wood pellet grills?

    Of the main types of backyard grills—gas, charcoal, electric, and wood pellets—gas is the most popular, and with good reason. They are the easiest grill to start, control, and clean. Even if you’ve never grilled so much as a cheese sandwich, you can quickly become a gas-grilling master. 

    Another big benefit of a gas grill is the size. You can cook a whole chicken or rack of ribs easily and efficiently on most gas grills. You can find small grills for camping and tailgating, but most backyard grills will have a nice big surface that can handle two dozen burger patties or more. 

    Gas grills can be more expensive than charcoal grills, but you’re paying for convenience. Charcoal grills require more setup and monitoring, plus there’s the ash you have to deal with after cooking. Gas grills need a tank of fuel, but that’s about it. Touch the electric ignition and within a few minutes, the grill is ready to cook. 

    Find a gas grill with great grates

    Besides the temperature, grill grates are the most important part of any outdoor cooker. Grill grates can be stainless steel, cast iron, or enamel-coated. Cast-iron grates are better for searing and maintaining high temperatures, and they add iconic grill marks better than stainless steel. But cast iron can be a pain to maintain and clean. Stainless-steel grates will last longer, plus they’re lighter and they’re easier to clean. 

    Enamel-coated grill grates provide an excellent non-stick surface, but if that coating is chipped or damaged, the grate loses all of its magic and becomes difficult to clean. And don’t stick to just grilling grates. Add a griddle pan for easy outdoor frying.

    BTUs and temperature control

    Don’t get hung up on BTU (British Thermal Units) rating. While the BTU will tell you how much fuel the grill is guzzling, a higher BTU does not directly relate to higher heat. 

    Preheat time does matter. It can take some fifteen minutes or more to get up to the right cooking temperature, and every minute waiting to cook feels like an hour. 

    An infrared gas grill is designed to sear steak and chicken. It’s a popular feature of some of the best gas grills. But a lack of infrared burners shouldn’t be a total deal breaker as there are other ways to achieve similar searing effects. 

    The burners on any gas grill will be the part of the grill most often replaced. A burner can last between two and 10 years, and some offer a 10-year warranty for the burners. Replacing the burners is not a hard task; most grill burners can be replaced in less than 10 minutes.

    Can the grill hold up against a shake test?

    Gas grills need to be sturdy. A grill that tips over is a serious safety concern. If possible, give the grill a shake before buying. If you feel too much wobble and rattling, the grill could fall apart after one season of use. Welded stainless-steel grills tend to hold up better. If the grill is built with nuts and bolts, make sure everything is tight and all joints are as seamless as possible. The lid should lift easily yet feel secure when closed. If you assemble the grill yourself, read the instructions carefully. Many grill manufacturers also provide easy-to-follow online videos and tutorials to make sure you’re grilling safely. 

    The best gas grill should also have wheels or casters for easy mobility. Gas grills can be heavy, so if you plan on moving the grill make sure the wheels are up to the challenge and not cheap, hollow plastic. And always keep your gas grill covered when not in use. Rain is the obvious enemy of grills, but lawn chemicals and pesticides can also seep into the grill and cause damage. 

    How to avoid flare-ups

    No matter how careful you are, flare-ups will happen. When the fat hits the heat source, the result is a blast of flame. While this is most common with charcoal grills, it will happen with gas grills too. Most have a drip pan that channels and collects the grease away from the heat. These drip pans work well, and they are an improvement over older models. But the grease can still build up and collect, which can create a dangerous situation if it ignites. 

    If you experience a flare-up, keep calm. Move the food to another part of the grill. Most flare-ups only last a few seconds and you won’t need to do much to fight the flame. But if the fire continues past the flare-up phase, you may need to take action. Snuff out the fire by closing the grill, shutting off the fuel, and denying it oxygen. Do not use water. This is a grease fire and water only makes things worse. A fire extinguisher or box of baking soda should be standing by to prevent an annoyance from turning into a disaster. 

    FAQs

    Q: How long do gas grills last?

    A gas grill can last ten years or longer, depending on how you take care of it. The burners will be the first things to go and will need replacement, but they are easy to remove and install and aren’t too expensive. Keep the grill covered and protected from rain and lawn chemicals when not in use. Rust can sneak in just about anywhere, so the dryer your grill is, the longer it will last. Some so-called stainless-steel grills may show discoloration over time. This won’t affect the grilling process or the flavor, but it can be aesthetically unpleasing—especially when trying to impress the neighbors. And most importantly, always clean the grill grates after use. A good wooden scraper can get the job done without running the risk of adding metal bristles to your food. Check out our other must-have grill accessories.

    Q: Can gas grills use charcoal?

    No, gas grills cannot use charcoal. Propane and natural gas models are designed with specific burners to channel the fuel and heat. Putting charcoal into these boxes will result in a mess of ash since these are not made with ash bins. If you want the power of a grill and the flavor of a charcoal grill, consider buying a combination grill. While they’re not for every outdoor chef, a charcoal/gas combo can be a fun way to try new ways to cook. The two sides of these cookers have independent grilling surfaces and lids. It’s the safest and easiest way to bring charcoal to a gas grill party.

    Q: Are gas grills better than charcoal grills?

    Gas grills are better than charcoal grills with regard to prep time, heat control, and cleanup. While charcoal grills give food a distinct smoky, backyard flavor, they can be difficult to set up, and getting the coals to the right temperature takes a while. These grills have push-button operation, with easy knobs and dials to find the right temperature quickly. The grills will be more expensive. They are also larger and heavier. But the extra size means they can grill 30 or more burgers easily. Which is better? It depends on what you want. They are faster and easier. Charcoal grills make food taste better but need more care. The choice is yours. 

    Final thoughts on the best gas grills

    Gas grills might be the very best way to cook outside. They are fast and efficient, with easy temperature control. They also excel at cooking large amounts of food for parties and events. Find a gas grill big enough for the family, yet small enough so it won’t look out of place in the backyard. Trusted brands like Weber and Char-Broil have a proven track record of grills. And always make sure the grill is sturdy and won’t topple over when hit with a mild breeze. For backyard BBQs, it’s tough to beat the classic and convenient gas grill.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best gas grills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    Best candle warmers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/best-candle-warmers/ Wed, 24 Nov 2021 14:47:38 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-candle-warmers/
    White candle warmer pugged in the outlet
    CANDLE WARMERS ETC

    No lighter? No problem.

    The post Best candle warmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    White candle warmer pugged in the outlet
    CANDLE WARMERS ETC

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best Candle Warmer Large, white candle warmer Darice Large Jar Warmer
    SEE IT

    This warmer from Darice is large enough to handle even the biggest candles.

    Runner Up White candle warmer heating plate Bestinnkits Gravity Induction Cup Warmer
    SEE IT

    This coffee warmer is perfect for evenly heating smaller candles with flat bottoms.

    Best Budget Candle Warmer White, decorative, pluggable candle warmer Candle Warmers Etc Pluggable Fragrance Warmer
    SEE IT

    This plug-in warmer is affordable choice for warming “melts.”

    There’s nothing worse than a candle that’s started tunneling. Sometimes you just don’t have the time to burn them all the way out to the rim. Plus, candles can be hazardous—the beloved staples cause approximately 8,200 house fires per year. With an electric candle warmer, you can safely and evenly heat your favorite wax, no fire required. We’ve put together a list with some of the best candle warmers we’ve come across.

    What to consider when buying a new candle warmer

    What are you burning?

    There are usually two ways to use a candle warmer: place a full candle on top of the plate, or place melts (cubes of wax) in a little bowl on top of the warmer. If you have a favorite candle that you restock regularly, get a candle warmer that essentially functions as a hot plate. But if you don’t mind switching to melts, you can get a warmer that looks a little cuter and only requires a few cubes. And if you’re indecisive, you can find one that can handle both.

    Candle size

    Do you like to pick the largest candle in the store, or do you prefer getting several small ones to try out new scents? Your favorite candle sizes can determine what candle warmer you should get (a small warmer likely won’t hold a 16-ounce candle). When in doubt, go bigger.

    Do you want a corded warmer or a plug-In?

    Do you love putting fragrance wallflowers in your room? Then plug-in candle warmers will be a quick transition—instead of using wallflower refills, you can use wax melts. But, many candle warmers that can be used with full candles need to be plugged in with a cord, so consider which you’d prefer to use before choosing a corded or plug-in warmer.

    The best candle warmers: Here are our recommendations

    Best overall: BULK PARADISE Large Jar Warmer

    Darice

    SEE IT

    This has a 4.25-inch diameter—great for bigger candles—and it can do double duty to heat up a mug.

    Runner up: BESTINNKITS Candle Wax Cup Warmer Heating Plate

    BESTINNKITS

    SEE IT

    This compact item has an automatic switch and works best with products that have flat bottoms.

    Best budget: Candle Warmers Etc Pluggable Fragrance Warmer

    CANDLE WARMERS ETC

    SEE IT

    This comes in more than 30 designs, so you don’t need to worry about it not matching the rest of your home décor.

    Best for jars and melts: kobodon Ceramic Candle Wax Warmer

    kobodon

    SEE IT

    This can be used with both full jars or melts and comes in six different designs.

    Popular Science is here to help you choose among the most popular products on Amazon, and hidden gems our experts think are worth checking out.

    The post Best candle warmers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/samsung-galaxy-watch-5-amazon-sale/ Thu, 27 Apr 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537216
    SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 40mm
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    Take advantage of limited-time savings on Samsung's svelte Galaxy Watch 5 and collect more metrics for less money.

    The post You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 40mm
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    There aren’t many smartwatches that can stand toe-to-toe with the Apple Watch, but Samsung’s Galaxy Watch 5 is one of those exceptions. The sleek-looking digital timepiece can also display notifications and continuously record key health metrics without intervention, bringing the kind of integration that iOS users are used to over to the Android ecosystem. The best part is that you can snag this smartwatch for $219—its lowest price ever—if you shop at Amazon right now.

    SAMSUNG Galaxy Watch 5 (40mm), $219 (Was $279.99)

    Amazon

    SEE IT

    One of the Galaxy Watch 5’s greatest strengths is that it doesn’t look like a piece of tech at first glance. Watches are fashion accessories regardless of functionality, and subtlety works in Samsung’s favor. This smartwatch’s 1.2-inch color display is large enough that you should be able to easily read text without feeling like you’re carrying a boat on your wrist. The screen is made of scratch-resistant sapphire crystal glass, so it shouldn’t chip if you accidentally bump your wrist against a desk or dumbbell. You can change its watch faces and bands to suit your mood or the occasion, too.

    Aesthetics are important, but the Galaxy Watch 5’s tech features help it stand out the most. Samsung says its sensors can analyze your sleep and recommend changes to help you get more rest. Additional sensors can track your heart rate, BMI, body water level, basal metabolic rate, blood pressure, and more. If you’re exercising, the Galaxy Watch 5 can automatically assess how you’re working out and accurately track how many calories you’ve burned based on the activity.

    If you’re trying to improve your health or want to know what time it is without pulling out your phone, Samsung’s Galaxy Watch 5 is an excellent option at this price. Just be mindful that it can only be paired with Android devices, which means it’s incompatible with the iPhone.

    If you’re already happy with what’s on your wrist, here are some more deals to accessorize your home:

    The post You can save $60 on the best Android smartwatch at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best beverage coolers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-beverage-cooler/ Tue, 27 Jul 2021 21:55:15 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382732
    The best beverage coolers
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    These drink-specific fridges can keep your favorite drinks chilled, whether it's simple soda or fancy wine.

    The post The best beverage coolers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    The best beverage coolers
    Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Best Beverage Coolers NewAir Beverage Refrigerator and Cooler
    SEE IT

    NewAir’s AB-1200 can chill 126 cans of your favorite beverage.

    Best for beer Best beverage coolers Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator
    SEE IT

    Keep your cold ones frosty with this Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator.

    Best for wine Best Beverage Coolers Ivation Compressor Wine Cooler
    SEE IT

    Store your wine at the perfect temperature with Ivation’s Wine Cooler.

    A well-stocked beverage cooler can turn any room, garage, or basement into an upscale lounge. Not only does a dedicated fridge for drinks free up some space in the kitchen, but many dedicated bar fridges or “beverage coolers” offer features that allow you to maintain more consistent temperatures to ensure you and your guests always have a supply of icy cold beer and chilled wine. Whether you’re an IPA-lover, a burgeoning sommelier, or simply like soda, these are the best beverage coolers for your home bar.

    How we chose the best beverage coolers

    Brandon Russell has been writing and recommending gear for over 10 years for publications like CNN Underscored, Gear Patrol, and Popular Science. During that time, he’s recommended a number of devices for home tech, from the best energy-efficient air conditioners to the best carbon monoxide detectors.

    To find the best beverage coolers, Brandon and fellow refreshment aficionado Dan Bergstein researched the best-selling models at major retailers like Amazon, Home Depot, and Best Buy. They also read editorial reviews and user impressions, using the expertise of specialty publications like Liquor.com and our sister publication, Saveur.

    Why do you need a beverage cooler?

    The kitchen fridge is fine for storing groceries and stashing leftovers but, unlike most beverage coolers, they don’t allow users to set the temperature precisely. Having greater control over temperature is ideal for a drinks fridge because certain beverages, whether you’re drinking beer or wine, are better if stored at specific temperatures (more on that later). For wine, specifically, a dedicated wine fridge allows you to store your bottles horizontally so that the liquid can hydrate the cork. You don’t want crumbly bits of cork in your special bottles, do you?

    Space is also a serious consideration. Real estate inside the kitchen fridge is at a premium, and giving all cans and bottles a new home frees up space for that Thanksgiving turkey, a big casserole dish, or that industrial jar of mayonnaise.

    The best beverage coolers: Reviews & Recommendations

    Pick your beverage of choice and find the cooler that fits your home and budget. Wine drinkers will want to pay close attention to temperature controls and vibrations. Beer and non-alcoholic beverage fans can be a little less picky.

    Best overall: NewAir Beverage Refrigerator and Cooler

    NewAir

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: With a modern stainless steel design and the ability to store up to 126 cans, the NewAir AB-1200 is the perfect beverage fridge for hosting neighborhood gatherings.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 18.9 x 18.4 x 32.4 inches (WDH)
    • Weight: 65.9 lbs
    • Storage: 126 cans (12 oz)
    • Reversible door: Yes
    • Defrost type: Manual
    • Cooler type: Freestanding
    • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 37 – 64 degrees

    Pros

    • Ample storage for cans
    • Reversible door
    • Stainless steel design

    Cons

    • Door can be difficult to reverse

    With excellent interior capacity, seven custom temperature settings, and adjustable shelves, NewAir’s freestanding AB-1200 can chill many drinks. It features a classic glass door design, so you can see what drinks you have stored, and can chill up to 126 12-ounce cans of beer, soda, or whatever combination works best for you. The door is also reversible, giving you more flexibility when choosing where to put it.

    Best undercounter: Aaobosi Beverage and Wine Cooler Dual Zone

    Aaobosi

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With dual climate zones and a front-facing vent, Aaobosi’s beverage fridge fits in nicely under any bar or counter.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 24.4 x 22.6 x 34.2 inches (WDH)
    • Weight: 134.5 pounds
    • Storage: 18 wine bottles, 57 cans (12 oz)
    • Reversible door: No
    • Defrost type: Automatic
    • Cooler type: Built-in
    • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 35.6 – 50 degrees (left zone), 41 – 64.4 degrees (right zone)

    Pros

    • Dual-zone design with separate storage for cans and bottles
    • Separate temperature controls for each section
    • Stores 18 wine bottles and 57 cans

    Cons

    • Expensive

    This dual-temperature cooler is more expensive than your average bar fridge, but it’s tough to beat a two-chamber design if you love beer and wine. Keep your 18 bottles of wine a little warmer and the 57 cans of beer and beverages a little colder thanks to intuitive, programmable temp controls. It features a front-facing vent, so it’s ready for in-counter installation. For basement bars and garage lounges, this is the perfect chilly bartender-in-a-box.

    Best for beer: Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator

    Antarctic Star

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: With removable shelves, LED lighting, and a temperature display, the Antarctic Star Beverage Refrigerator makes it easy to chill your favorite beer at the right temperature.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 17.7 x 16.9 x 29.1 inches (WDH)
    • Weight: 44.1 pounds
    • Storage: 100 cans (12 oz)
    • Reversible door: No
    • Defrost type: Manual
    • Cooler type: Built-in
    • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 40 – 61 degrees

    Pros

    • Adjustable feet
    • Temperature display
    • Removable shelves

    Cons

    • Door isn’t reversible

    A step up from the teeny-tiny micro-fridges you see in college dorms, the Antarctic Star beverage cooler looks cool and keeps your beer cold. Storing about 100 cans or 24 wine bottles, it features adjustable temperature controls with an easy-to-read display. The shelves are removable, making it easy to convert it from a beer fridge to a wine fridge if you want (or make room for 2-liter bottles of soda). It’s also surprisingly quiet and doesn’t rattle. Throw in a lock and blue LED lighting for ambiance, and you’ve got a swanky little bar fridge.

    Best for wine: Ivation Compressor Wine Cooler

    Ivation

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Ivation Wine Cooler features a UV-resistant glass door and a lock to protect your collection.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 13.5 x 17.7 x 30.3 inches (WDH)
    • Weight: 43 pounds
    • Storage: 18 bottles
    • Reversible door: No
    • Defrost type: Automatic
    • Cooler type: Freestanding
    • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 41 – 64 degrees

    Pros

    • UV-resistant glass door
    • Door lock
    • Sleek design

    Cons

    • Door isn’t reversible

    For storing wine, the Ivation wine cooler is the next best thing to having your own wine cellar. The 31-inch chest stores up to 12 bottles of wine in an easy-to-control cooler that you can set to the perfect temperature. Its tinted glass door protects aging bottles against UV light, and its quiet, vibration-free operation won’t disturb them. The lock keeps your prized bottles safe and secure. When it’s time to drink, the soft interior light won’t blind you when you open the door like a kitchen fridge. It’s the best wine cooler for both sophisticated drinkers and those who toss back glasses of grocery-store wine.

    Best mini: NewAir Mini-Fridge Beverage Refrigerator and Cooler

    NewAir

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The NewAir Mini-Fridge can store up to 60 cans and features adjustable shelves for the ultimate dorm-room accessory.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 18.9 x 16.7 x 19.7 inches (WDH)
    • Weight: 45 pounds
    • Storage: 60 cans (12 oz)
    • Reversible door: No
    • Defrost type: Manual
    • Cooler type: Freestanding
    • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): 37 – 64 degrees

    Pros

    • Compact size
    • Sleek design
    • Great storage capacity for its size

    Cons

    • No light in the fridge

    NewAir’s mini-fridge is the perfect beverage cooler for dorm rooms and offices. It features a glass door (so you can easily admire your collection), enough space for 60 (12-ounce) cans, and an adjustable temperature from 37 to 64 degrees Fahrenheit. The fridge’s shelves are also adjustable to chill any combination of tallboys (16-ounce cans) and regular 12-ounce cans. If you want the “true” college experience, you must have a mini-fridge in your dorm, and the NewAir is tough to beat.

    Best budget: Frigidaire EFMIS129-Red Mini Portable Fridge

    Frigidaire

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The Frigidaire EFMIS129-RED Mini Portable Fridge is small, affordable, and the perfect option for an office or dorm room.

    Specs

    • Dimensions: 7 x 10 x 10 inches (WDH)
    • Weight: 3 pounds
    • Storage: 6 cans (12 oz)
    • Reversible door: No
    • Defrost type: Automatic
    • Cooler type: Freestanding
    • Temperature range (Fahrenheit): Up to 32 degrees below ambient temperature

    Pros

    • Affordable
    • Vintage design
    • Small but can still chill six cans

    Cons

    • Won’t make your drinks super cold

    The personal Frigidaire is more a mini-fridge than a “beverage cooler.” It doesn’t offer precise temperature controls and, in fact, only chills its six-can compartment by 20 degrees. For less than $40, it’s a compact, stylish little fridge to ensure you always have a soda handy at work or in a dorm room. If you don’t need to blast-chill your beverage, this is a handy and eye-catching little cooler that will do an adequate job.

    Things to look for in the best beverage coolers

    A dedicated beverage fridge should be easy to control, easy to access, and small enough to fit in most spaces. Before adding one to your space, you should also know what you plan to drink, as there are fridges optimized for beer or wine. Knowing what you want to store will also help you navigate the logistical differences between beverage coolers, including their sizes, shapes, and cooling systems. Here’s what you need to know to pick the best beverage cooler for any home.

    What are we drinking?

    You have a few options for a beverage fridge, including models designed for wine, beer, or both. Wine coolers–the appliances, not the cocktails, are better at holding bottles and often include specific features for keeping your collection at an optimal 55 degrees Fahrenheit

    If you’re looking to all-in on beer, you’ll need something more flexible. The ideal temperature for your fridge will change depending on the type of beer you bring home. Beer connoisseurs will often argue about the right beer temperature but, generally speaking, a can or bottle of beer should be warmer than 40 degrees Fahrenheit and below 55 degrees. Some manufacturers will make a recommendation right on the bottle or can.

    If you’re thirsty for beer and wine—and maybe some other stuff, like a soda, or a bottle of water—you’ll want a beverage cooler that accommodates all kinds of beverages. These dual-unit fridges tend to be larger, especially those that feature a storage compartment for wine bottles and one for beer (and other things). On the plus side, a high-end dual-unit beverage cooler may have separate temperature control for each section.

    Size and venting

    Most beverage coolers are designed for convenience and can fit into tight spaces. A smaller 18- by 19- by 18-inch cooler (WDH) with 1.5 cubic feet of interior space can comfortably hold 60 cans or 17 bottles of wine. A mid-sized 24-inch beverage cooler can hold 120 cans and more than 30 bottles of wine. Remember, though, that your appliance gets dramatically heavier and harder to move as it gets bigger.

    Freestanding bar fridges can live anywhere you put them, but there’s a certain appeal to installing a fridge to live under a counter or bar. If you choose to install a beverage cooler, make sure to buy one that’s meant for that purpose. Built-in beverage coolers can slide under bars or into tight cabinetry because they have front-facing vent channels that release heat out of the front. By contrast, most freestanding coolers direct their heat to blow out the back. If there’s no room in the back for air circulation, your fridge will overheat and break, so make sure you have an installation plan before bringing a fridge home.

    Noise and vibration

    According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), a whisper produces about 30 decibels (dB) of sound. The compressor of a beverage fridge can generate about 40 dB. While that may not sound like a lot, the humming may be distracting if you put a beverage cooler in a quiet office, bedroom, or home theater. By 70 dB, ambient noise starts actively annoying us.

    Wine drinkers may also want to pay attention to vibrations caused by a louder than normal fridge. It may alter the taste if the fridge kicks up enough wiggle and wobble to disturb the sediment in a bottle of wine. While this won’t be a deal breaker for most beverage cooler customers, those looking for a dedicated wine fridge will want a quiet unit that sits still.

    Extras

    While we primarily value storage capacity, noise, and defrost type, we also appreciate beverage coolers that offer additional features like reversible doors and safety locks. You can install a reversible door to open to the left or right, giving you more flexibility when finding a place to put it. A safety lock, or child lock, allows you to lock your beverage fridge so nobody raids the beer and wine fridge when you aren’t around.

    Finally, beverage coolers feature different defrosting options. A self-defrosting unit requires less maintenance, as heat coils within the fridge occasionally melt away the icy buildup. A manual model needs to be defrosted when the buildup becomes about 1/4-inch thick. You must either chip away at the ice with a tool or let it sit until it melts. We don’t consider automatic defrosting a must-have feature, but it’s definitely convenient. Be aware, however, that models that offer it are more expensive.

    FAQs

    Q: Can you keep beer in a wine cooler?

    Yes, you can keep beer in a wine cooler. Remember: You want to store wine warmer than beer in a kitchen fridge. We do not recommend turning down the temperature of your wine cooler to accommodate beer if there’s any wine inside. Even if there isn’t any wine in there, many wine coolers won’t get colder than 45 degrees Fahrenheit. 

    That may not be a problem, though. Beer enthusiasts will tell you that we Americans drink our beer too cold. If that sounds blasphemous, you should get a beer fridge or keep your beer in a full-size kitchen fridge.

    Q: Why are beverage coolers so expensive?

    Bar refrigerators feature the same technology as traditional refrigerators but with precision controls and other niche features. They’re niche luxury appliances and are priced with that in mind. It’s worth pointing out that there are mini-fridges out there that only cost $100-$200 or so, but they don’t feature the same beer- and wine-specific features as a beverage cooler and rarely work as well.

    Q: What is the coldest beverage cooler?

    The temperature ranges on this list are roughly the same. Bottles will break and burst when you hit freezing temperatures. Even cans will buckle when you drop below 30 degrees Fahrenheit. If you’re looking for a way to keep ice cubes frozen and ice cream solid, you don’t need a beverage cooler. You need a freezer.

    Q: Will a beverage cooler keep food cold?

    Although beverage coolers share a few basic similarities with full-size fridges, they serve different purposes. The average fridge keeps its temperature between 35 degrees and 38 degrees Fahrenheit to keep food fresher for longer. A beverage fridge keeps temperatures between 40 and 55 degrees Fahrenheit, which isn’t suitable for perishable food. According to the Food & Drug Administration (FDA), storing food at temperatures 40 degrees or below will slow the growth of bacteria that can make people sick. Some beverage coolers can get cold enough to store food, but you lose the advantage of having beverage-specific storage.

    Q: What can you put in a beverage cooler?

    While beverage coolers aren’t the best appliances for food, they are fantastic for storing drinks. While many are made with beer and wine in mind, you can put any kind of beverage in there. We recommend buying a general beverage cooler or a beer-specific model if you plan to store lots of different drinks, as wine coolers often feature both specific shelving and cooling systems just for wine.

    Q: How long will a beverage cooler last?

    It can be challenging to pinpoint how long a beverage cooler will last because parts can fail at any time. According to a survey from Consumer Reports, manufacturers estimate their appliances will last about ten years. When making your purchase, you should pay attention to whether or not it comes with a warranty. Typically, manufacturers will provide limited warranties for 12 months at no cost and offer extended warranties that can last for several years. However, extended warranties are generally available for an additional fee and can cover specific parts if they break down.

    Q: How much does a beverage cooler cost?

    A beverage cooler can cost hundreds of dollars depending on its size, and the ones we recommend fall within the range of $38 to $999.

    Q: What temperature should my beverage cooler be kept at?

    This entirely depends on the beverages you plan to keep inside your cooler. For example, white wine should be stored between 45 and 50 degrees Fahrenheit, while red wine should be stored between 50 and 65 degrees Fahrenheit, according to Kingsbottle.

    Q: Do I need a special outlet for a beverage cooler?

    No. A beverage cooler can be plugged into a standard outlet.

    Q: Will a beverage cooler keep food cold?

    Yes, but the coolers have ridges designed to fit bottles, which makes them inefficient for cooling food. Some food may need to be kept at colder temperatures, too.

    Final thoughts on the best beverage coolers

    There are multiple ways to keep your drinks cold. Wine coolers ensure your reds and whites never get too cold or too warm. A beer cooler provides quick access to well-chilled cans and bottles. And dual-temperature coolers give you the best of both worlds. Be aware of the noise level and keep an eye on your budget. And if you plan to place the cooler under a cabinet or against a wall, make sure the compressor has room to breathe. With that in mind, you’re ready to transform your kitchen, den, or garage into the neighborhood’s hot (and cold) spot.

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now. 

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to. 

    The post The best beverage coolers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>
    The best solar generators for 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-solar-generators/ Wed, 26 Jan 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=421868
    Best Solar Generators
    Mike Epstein

    Tap the power of the sun to meet your power needs wherever you may roam.

    The post The best solar generators for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

    ]]>
    Best Solar Generators
    Mike Epstein

    We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

    Best overall Best Solar Generators Jackery Explorer 2000 Pro
    SEE IT

    This is a solid all-around mix of features and affordability.

    Best for camping Goal Zero Yeti 1000 Core Portable Generator Review Goal Zero Yeti 1000 Core
    SEE IT

    This powerful pack is easy to transport to a site.

    Best for homes EcoFlow Delta Pro portable generator review EcoFlow Delta Pro
    SEE IT

    This is the pick if you need lots of scalable capacity.

    If you’re camping and want to charge up your lantern, phone, or other devices, a solar generator sure would be convenient. Or perhaps you’re van-living your way across the country, and you need to work on the go and keep your conversion electrified—yet another solid case for a solar-powered generator. Whatever the case, few things are as useful in today’s tech-driven world as a source of reliable, renewable power. The best solar generators can reliably and sustainably meet various energy needs, and we’re here to help you find the right one for you.

    How we chose the best solar generators

    As an avid outdoorsman, I’ve had the opportunity to test an extremely wide range of outdoor gear, including mobile and off-grid electrification equipment like solar-powered generators, as well as inverter and dual-fuel generators. These became particularly essential when the pandemic forced my travels to become domestic rather than international, which prompted me to outfit a van for long-term road-tripping. 

    To bring my work along for the ride, I needed a constant power source to charge my laptop, a portable fridge, lighting, and a myriad of devices and tools … even ebikes. As a result, I’ve tried all the leading portable power stations (and plenty that aren’t leading, too), so I know precisely what separates the best from the blah. I’ve written all about it (and other outdoor tech) for publications, including the Daily Beast, Thrillist, the Manual, and more. There were cases when my own opinion resulted in a tie, and I, therefore, looked to reviews from actual customers to determine which solar generators delivered the most satisfaction to the most users.

    The best solar generators: Reviews & Recommendations

    The solar generators on this list span a wide range of budgets, from a few hundred dollars to a few thousand. They span several use cases, from camping to a backup for your home. Only you know all the factors that make one of these the best solar generator for you, but we think that one of these will get the job done.

    Best overall: Jackery Explorer 2000 Pro

    Nick Hilden

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: This Jackery solar generator delivers the best blend of capacity, input/output capability, portability, and durability.

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 2,160Wh
    • Input capacity: 1,200W
    • Output capacity: 2,200W (4,400W surge)
    • Dimensions: 15.1 x 10.5 x 12.1 inches
    • Weight: 43 lbs
    • Price: $2,498

    Pros

    • Fast charging and outstanding capacity
    • Durable and easy to use
    • Plenty of ports
    • Can connect to six 200W solar panels

    Cons

    • Heavy for its size

    The biggest portable power station from Jackery, a leading solar generator manufacturer, the Explorer 2000 Pro offers a tremendous 2,160 watt-hours of power, making it capable of charging a full camping setup for a few days. When plugged into six 200W solar panels, an upgrade over the four-panel setup available on the Jackery Explorer 1500, you can fully charge this portable power station in just 2-2.5 hours. That’s less than half the time of the smaller model.

    On top of all that, it’s extremely user-friendly. Numerous output ports ensure that you can plug in a wide range of devices and electrical equipment. Its functions are highly intuitive, and the digital display is easy to understand. Like other Jackery generators, it’s incredibly durable, too. The one potential downside is its weight: At 43 pounds, it’s a bit heavy for its size. Even so, for all the power you can store, and the rapid-charging time, the Jackery Explorer 2000 Pro will keep the lights on wherever you need power.

    For more on the Jackery Explorer 2000 Pro, check out our full review.

    Best high-capacity: Jackery Explorer 3000 Pro

    Nick Hilden

    SEE IT

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 3,024Wh
    • Output capacity: 3,000W
    • Dimensions: 18.6 x 14.1 x 14.7 inches
    • Weight: 63.9 pounds
    • Price: $2,799

    Pros

    • Ample power storage for long trips or outages
    • Sturdy handles and wheels make it easy to move
    • Smooth design makes it easy to load and unload
    • High peak output for power-intensive tasks
    • Lots of ports for connectivity

    Cons

    • 200W solar panels can be klunky
    • Relatively pricey

    This is the big sibling to our best overall pick. Inside the Jackery Explorer 3000 Pro, you’ll find 3,024Wh of power storage, which is enough to power even large devices for extended periods of time. It can charge a high-end smartphone more than 100 times on a single charge. It can also power full-on appliances in an RV or emergency situation.

    Despite its large capacity, we learned firsthand that the Jackery Explorer 3000 Pro is relatively easy to move around. Sturdy handles molded into its case make it easy to pick up, while an extending handle and wheels make it easy to roll around at the campsite or any other location.

    It can charge in less than three hours from a standard outlet or, under optimal conditions with the 200W solar panels, it can fill up as quickly as eight hours. That full solar array can get large and unwieldy, but a smaller setup can still provide ample charging if you don’t need to max out the capacity daily.

    This portable power station offers the best of everything we loved about the Explorer 2000 Pro, there’s just more of it. When you’re living the van life, powering an RV, or trying to ride out a power outage, more is definitely better if you can justify the extra cost.

    Best for frequent use: Anker 767 Portable Power Station Solar Generator

    Stan Horaczek

    SEE IT

    Why it made the cut: High capacity and fast charging make this long-lasting battery a solid everyday driver.

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 2,048Wh
    • Output capacity: 2,400W
    • Dimensions: 20.67 x 9.84 x 15.55 inches
    • Weight: 67.3 pounds
    • Price: $1,999

    Pros

    • Charges up to 80% in less than two hours
    • Solid output and storage capacity
    • Optional battery pack doubles capacity
    • LiFePO4 batteries survive more charge cycles than traditional models
    • Plenty of ports
    • Built-in handle and wheels for transport

    Cons

    • Heavy for its capacity
    • No USB-C in for charging

    Anker has equipped its massive portable power station with LiFePO4 batteries, which stand up much better to repeat charging and discharging over the long term than common lithium-ion cells. Anker claims it can charge and discharge up to 3,000 times before it reaches 80% battery health compared to 500 in a similar lithium-ion setup. While I haven’t had the chance to run it through 3,000 cycles, LiFePO4 batteries have a well-earned reputation for longevity. 

    Regarding overall performance, the Anker 767 does everything you’d want a unit with these specs to do. The bad weather has given me [Executive Gear Editor Stan Horaczek] ample chances, unfortunately, to test it in real-world situations. 

    The built-in battery offers a 2048Wh capacity and pumps out up to 2,400W. It does so through four standard AC outlets, an RV outlet, two 120W car outlets, two 12W USB-A ports, and three 100W USB-C ports. 

    I used it during a blackout to keep our Wi-Fi running while charging my family’s devices. Filling a phone from zero barely makes a dent in the power station’s capacity, and it ran the router for several hours with plenty of juice left. 

    In another instance, it powered our small meat freezer for four hours before the power came back on with some juice still left in the tank. It does what it promises. 

    There are a few nice extra touches as well. Built-in wheels and an extendable handle allow it to roll like carry-on luggage. Unfortunately, those are necessary inclusions because it weighs a hefty 67.3 pounds. It’s manageable but definitely heavy compared to its competition. 

    The Anker 767 is compatible with the company’s 200W solar panels, which fold up for easy transportation. I mostly charged the unit through my home’s AC power, a surprisingly quick process. The 767 Portable Power Station can go from flat to more than 80% charge in less than a half hour with sufficient power. It takes about two hours to get it fully juiced. 

    Anker also offers a mobile app that connects to the power station via Bluetooth if you want to control it without actually going over and touching it.

    Best for camping: Goal Zero Yeti 1000 Core

    Nick Hilden

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: Thanks to its outstanding portability, high storage capacity, and Yeti’s famous durability, the Goal Zero Yeti 1000 Core is great for packing along for camping or van-living. 

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 983Wh
    • Input capacity: 600W
    • Output capacity: 1,200W (2,400W surge)
    • Dimensions: 9.86 x 15.25 x 10.23 inches
    • Weight: 31.68 lbs
    • Price: $1,198.95

    Pros

    • Highly portable
    • Incredible durability
    • Rapid recharge rate
    • Plenty of plugs

    Cons

    • Expensive for its size/capacity

    Yeti is long-renowned for making some of the best outdoor gear money can buy, so when the company launched its Goal Zero line of solar generators, it was no surprise that they turned out to be awesome. While the whole line is great, the 1000 Core model’s balance between capacity and portability makes it perfect for taking on the road.

    While the 1000 Core has a third less capacity than our top pick, it charges up faster, making it a great option for rapid solar replenishment. That said, its capacity is no slouch, offering 82 phone charges, 20 for a laptop, or upwards of 15 hours for a portable fridge (depending on wattage). Suffice it to say, that it’s more than capable of powering your basic camping gear.

    Beyond its charging capabilities, the Goal Zero 1000 Core excels at camping thanks to its hearty build quality. Built super tough—like pretty much everything Yeti makes—its exterior shell provides solid protection.

    The biggest issue it presents is the cost. Like pretty much everything Yeti produces, its price tag isn’t small. While there are other 1000-level solar generators for less, this one offers a great balance of power storage and portability.

    For more on the Goal Zero Yeti 1000 Core, check out our full review.

    Best for off-grid living: Bluetti AC200 Max

    Bluetti

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: Thanks to its high solo capacity and ability to daisy-chain with additional batteries, the Bluetti AC200 Max is perfect for bringing power off the grid.

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 2,048Wh standalone, expandable up to 8,192Wh
    • Input capacity: 1,400W
    • Output capacity: 2,200W (4,800W surge)
    • Dimensions: 16.5 x 11 x 15.2 inches
    • Weight: 61.9 lbs
    • Price: $1,999

    Pros

    • Massive capacity
    • Daisy-chain capability
    • Lightning-fast input capacity
    • 30A RV plug and two wireless charging pads
    • Surprisingly affordable for what it offers

    Cons

    • Pretty heavy
    • Fan can get loud, especially in hot weather

    You’ll be hard-pressed to find a solar generator better suited for living off the grid for an extended period than the Bluetti AC200 Max. It boasts a substantial 2,048Wh capacity, allowing you to power your whole life off it longer than most portable generators. Even better, you can daisy-chain multiple Bluetti batteries, expanding its capacity to a massive 8.192Wh. That’s flat-out enormous and translates into the ability to power a full-sized fridge for over a day or several hours of air conditioning. For the more modest needs of people who are used to living off a generator, it will last for a very long time.

    At the same time, the AC200 Max has an outstanding input capacity of 1,400W. That means you can plug in a pretty hefty array of solar panels to replenish its stores quickly. This allows you to keep your off-grid setup going with little to no interruption. It also features some specialty charging options, including a 30A plug, which lets you plug it directly into an RV, and multiple wireless charging pads for smaller devices.

    Best for homes: EcoFlow Delta Pro

    Nick Hilden

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it made the cut: The EcoFlow Delta Pro delivers the standalone and expandable power capacity necessary to power your entire home.

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 3,600Wh standalone, expandable up to 25,000Wh
    • Input capacity: 6,500W
    • Output capacity: 3,600W (7,200W surge)
    • Dimensions: 25 x 11.2 x 16.4 inches
    • Weight: 99 lbs
    • Price: $3,699

    Pros

    • Enormous capacity
    • Daisy-chain capability
    • 30A RV plug
    • Lightning-fast input capacity
    • Wi-Fi and Smartphone connectivity

    Cons

    • Very heavy
    • Expensive

    If you’re looking for the best solar generator for home backup in the event of a power outage, the EcoFlow Delta Pro stands apart from the pack, thanks to an unrivaled power and output capacity. The Delta Pro alone packs a 3,600Wh wallop, and you can expand that to 25,000Wh by chaining it to extra EcoFlow batteries and generators. That’s a ton of power and it has the substantial output capacity necessary to power an entire house worth of electronics when you need it to.

    The Delta Pro also offers a companion app for iOS and Android that allows you to monitor energy usage, customize its operation, and monitor and manage a number of other elements.

    While it’s not overly large for what it does, the Delta Pro is a heavy piece of equipment. It has wheels, so it is technically portable, but this is meant to be put down in a home or other semi-permanent site. Given its size and power, it’s also a much more expensive device, especially if you’re springing for the add-ons. As the best solar power generator to provide backup power for your entire home, however, it’s worth every penny. 

    Best portable: Anker 545

    Anker

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

    Why it makes the cut: If you’re looking for highly portable power, the Anker 545 delivers.

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 778Wh
    • Input capacity: 240W
    • Output capacity: 770W
    • Dimensions: 11.81 x 8.03 x 7.28 inches
    • Weight: 18.2 lbs
    • Price: $559.99

    Pros

    • Lightweight and compact
    • Plenty of capacity
    • Built-in lights

    Cons

    • Slower input capacity

    When portability is a priority, the Anker 545 offers the compact size and reduced weight you’re looking for and packs fairly substantial power to boot. Roughly the size of a shoebox and lighter than a case of beer, it’s easy to pack along with camping gear and move around without too much effort.

    To get something so light, though, you have to compromise on power. The Anker 545 has a capacity of 778Wh and an output capacity of 770W, which is plenty of power for keeping your devices charged. Specifically, that should provide about 55 phone charges, 10 for a laptop, or 38 for a camera. Unfortunately, the outlets only output at up to 500W, so it cannot power more demanding devices like hair dryers or electric stoves.

    That said, the Anker 545 has some bells and whistles, including an integrated flashlight and ambient light. All told it’s a solid option if you need a highly mobile generator.

    Best budget: Jackery Explorer 300

    Stan Horaczek

    SEE IT

    Buy it used or refurbished: Amazon

    Why it made the cut: With its reasonable capacity, compact size, and solid build quality at a low price, the Jackery Explorer 300 is a great budget pick.

    Specs

    • Storage capacity: 293Wh
    • Input capacity: 90W
    • Output capacity: 300W (500W surge)
    • Dimensions: 9.1 x 5.2 x 7.8 in
    • Weight: 7.1 lbs
    • Price: $250

    Pros

    • Affordable
    • Durable
    • Portable
    • Reasonable capacity

    Cons

    • No flashlight
    • Slower input capacity

    Though it isn’t quite as impressive as our top picks for best overall and best high-capacity, Jackery’s smaller Explorer 300 solar generator is super compact and lightweight with a decent power capacity for its price. Less a mobile power station than an upscale power bank, the 7-pound Jackery Explorer 300 provides plenty of portable recharges for your devices when you’re camping, on a job site, driving, or just need some power and don’t have convenient access to an outlet. Its modest 293Wh capacity isn’t huge, but it’s enough to provide 31 phone charges, 15 for a camera, 6 for the average drone, 2.5 for a laptop, or a few hours of operation for a minifridge or TV. A built-in flashlight would have upped its camping game somewhat, but at $300 (and often considerably less if you catch it discounted), this highly portable little power station does a lot for a little.

    We tested this portable power station for several months, and it came in handy numerous times, especially during the winter when power outages abound. At one point, we had it powering two phones, a MacBook, and a small light.

    The built-in handle makes it very easy to lug around. It feels like carrying a lunch box. The screen is easy to read, and the whole package seems fairly durable. Our review unit hasn’t taken any dramatic tumbles yet, but it has gotten banged around in car trunks, duffle bags, and other less-than-luxurious accommodations with no issues. If you catch one of these on sale, get it and stick it in a cabinet. You’ll be extremely glad to have it around when the need arises.

    What to consider before buying the best solar generators

    Over the past few years, solar generators have exploded onto the market. There are now dozens of different brands that largely look more or less the same at a glance. The fact is there are only a few standouts amidst a sea of knockoffs. Here’s what to look for to ensure you’re getting a great one:

    How much power can it store?

    A portable solar generator comes in an extremely wide range of sizes, but a generator’s size doesn’t automatically make it capable of storing a lot of power. In fact, most are disappointingly limited and unable to store much more juice than a portable charger.

    To properly check a generator’s storage, you must look at its capacity, measured in watt-hours (Wh). One watt-hour is the equivalent of 1 watt flowing over the course of an hour. The best solar generators offer capacities of several hundred and sometimes several thousand watt-hours. That doesn’t mean, however, that it will provide power for several hundred or several thousand hours. Any generator will ultimately last a different amount of time, depending on what’s plugged into it.

    It’s easy to predict how long a generator will last when you use it to power one thing. For example, if you were to power a 100-watt bulb using a power station with a capacity of 500 watt-hours, it would stay lit for five continuous hours. Add a portable fridge that requires 50 watts per hour, your phone which uses 18, a mini-fan that uses three … you get the picture. The more capacity, the better.

    Charging capability

    No solar generator will hold a charge forever, so you want one capable of charging as quickly and easily as possible. This is where we put the “renewable” into “renewable energy.”

    All of the power stations included in this roundup can be charged by connecting them to solar panels (hence the designation “solar generators”). Still, you also want to look for the ability to charge via other sources like wall outlets and your vehicle’s 12-volt plug. This ensures that you can charge up whether you’re off-grid in the sun, plugged in while preparing at home, or using your dash socket on the go.

    You must also monitor a model’s charging input capacity, measured in watts (W). For example, a solar-powered generator with a max input of 100W can take in a continuous flow of up to 100 watts, which is about the minimum that you’ll reasonably want to look for. Most of the generators below have input capacities of at least a few hundred watts when charging via solar, so a few 50- to 200-watt solar panels will max them out.

    Output capability

    Solar generators need to keep the power coming in and going out. The best solar generators can simultaneously charge all your intended devices via whatever plugs are necessary.

    Any portable power station worth your money will have a high output capacity so you can charge many devices, even if they require a lot of juice. A generator’s maximum output should be much higher than its max input. While a particular model might only be capable of taking in a few hundred watts at any given moment, it will usually put out exponentially more. At a minimum, you’ll want a generator that can put out 300 watts at a time, though you’ll want at least 500 for larger tasks.

    The best solar generators should also offer a variety of output plugs, including AC outlets, USB-A, USB-C, and even 12-volt DC outlets like the one in your vehicle dash. This ensures you can charge several devices simultaneously regardless of their plug. The number of ports you’ll need will vary depending on how many devices you need to power, but it should have at least a couple of AC outlets and a few USB-A ports.

    Portability

    While portable battery sources have been around for a while now, over the past several decades, they’ve been pretty heavy, unwieldy things. One of the most exciting aspects of the latest generation of solar generators is that they’ve become much more physically compact. 

    Suppose you plan on taking a generator camping or working it into a van conversion where every square inch matters; well, size and weight become major considerations. All of the products we’ve recommended are about the size of one or two shoeboxes—three at the most. The lightest is about the weight of a 24-pack of soda, while the heaviest is 100 pounds. Most fall somewhere between 30-60 pounds.

    If you’re using your generator as a more or less stationary source of backup power at home, portability isn’t a huge issue. Still, we generally recommend keeping weight and size in mind; You never know when you’ll need it for something other than a backup. (Plus, who wants to lug around something heavy and awkward if they don’t have to?) 

    Another consideration regarding portability involves the necessity for accessories, which can impact how easy it is to move and use your generator. Some generators, for example, require a lot of removable battery packs, which can be a hassle when you’re on the go or packing a vehicle. All of the inclusions on our list require some accessories—you can’t get solar power without connecting cables and solar panels—but they work well with minimal add-ons.

    Durability

    As with any product you expect to last, durability and all-around quality craftsmanship are essential. This is especially true if you plan on lugging your generator around on camping and road trips. Many subpar power stations are made from cheap components and flimsy plastic that doesn’t feel like it will hold up under the rigors of the road.

    Durability isn’t something you can determine by reading a spec sheet off the internet. You’ve actually got to take the generator out, use it a bunch, and see how it holds up. I’ve verified the durability of these recommendations via a combination of my own actual field tests and reviews culled from countless real product owners.

    Related: Best electric generators

    FAQs

    Q: What size solar generator should I get?

    It’s easy to underestimate how much capacity you need. A 1,000 watt-hours might sound like a lot, but if you’re going to power a converted van with a portable fridge, lights, and occasional phone and laptop top-off, that 1,000 watt-hours will go faster than you expect. I used a setup like this and know from personal experience that you should always overestimate how much power you’ll need.

    A generator with a capacity under 1,000Wh can keep electronics charged. A larger one with 1000-1500Wh should be the minimum for road trips where you’ll need it to last multiple days between full charges. For a house or worksite where you expect to use some serious energy—like a full-sized refrigerator or power tools—you’re going to want to start looking at the biggest possible power stations that can be daisy-chained to external batteries.

    If you want to get precise, there is an equation:

    1. Estimate how many hours you’ll need to power various devices. For example, if you want to power two light bulbs for 2 hours: you need 4 hours of operation.

    2. Add up the total wattage necessary: the two bulbs are 60 watts each, so you need 120 watts.

    3. Multiply these together to find the total watt-hours needed: 4 x 120 = 480. So, in this case you’d need at least a 500Wh solar generator. 

    That might sound like a lot for two lightbulbs, but remember that, in most situations, you won’t really be powering 60-watt light bulbs for hours on end. You’ll be charging phones and laptops for an hour here or there, cooling a fridge that kicks on and off every once in a while, using power tools in short bursts, and whatnot.

    Q: How many years will a solar generator last?

    Most modern generators are rated to last upwards of 25 years. The best-designed power stations are pretty sturdy, with few to no moving parts, so they should likely keep kicking for a long time, provided that you care for them properly. I’ve been pretty rough with a few of mine, and they show no signs of stopping.

    Q: Can I run my house on solar power only?

    Yes and no. While it’s absolutely possible to power your house with solar power, you’re unlikely to do so with a portable solar generator unless you use several at once while limiting your power usage. The largest of our recommendations—the EcoFlow Delta Pro—will come fairly close when bolstered with extra batteries. If the power goes out, you’ll be able to keep your fridge cold and use basic electronics for a couple of days without recharging. With quality solar panels, good sunlight, and smart energy usage, your power should theoretically go uninterrupted.

    Final thoughts on the best solar generators

    We’re living in a “golden age” for portable solar generators. When I was a kid, and my family was playing around with solar gear while camping in the ‘90s, the technology couldn’t charge many devices, so it wasn’t all that practical. 

    By contrast, the solar generators we’ve recommended here are incredibly useful. I’ve relied on them to power my work and day-to-day needs while road-tripping nationwide. They’re also great when the power goes out. When a windstorm cut the power at my house for a couple of days, I was still working, watching my stories, and keeping the lights on. 

    We haven’t even scratched the surface in terms of the potential offered by portable, reliable, renewable, relatively affordable power. What we can do now is already incredible. The potential for what may come next, though, is truly mind-blowing.

    Why trust us

    Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

    Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

    The post The best solar generators for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

    Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

    ]]>